==
E
2
s
copine, x
==
D
Em
BUD
cm
cum
PRR
M ;
n
i
n
LE
"nn
H
SET
pu
TNI
ERR
i an : TE IGANG
HUBER HON i TETUR
IH "ms "m Vasa Resin
Ht NR HON DEDE uh ^
HBA HIE
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 18, Part 1, 19 April 1991
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine js
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine
is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are
payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the
Editor, or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological
Magazine, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society’s News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members’
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia
Pty Ltd, Schering Pty Ltd.
Cover: Polyrhachis bellicosa Fr. Smith, a widespread arboreal rain
forest species occurring through Indonesia, New Guinea and in
Australia, as far south as Iron Range. Its nest is build against tree
trunks between climbing vines. Length 7-9 mm.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 1
MATING BEHAVIOUR OF MONISTRIA CONCINNA
(ORTHOPTERA: PYRGOMORPHIDAE) AND HEIDE AMICULI
(ORTHOPTERA: EUMASTACIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA WITH
NOTES ON THEIR FEEDING BEHAVIOUR
R.G. BLAND
Biology Department, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, Michigan, 48859,
U.S.A.
Abstract
The mating behaviour of a representative species of the endemic Australian Monistriini
tribe and Morabinae subfamily is described for the first time. Pair formation and
courtship of these flightless species are simple, consisting of stalking and antennal
pointing by males and, for the morabine, antennal tapping of the female by the male
after he mounts her. Brief notes on food plants and feeding behaviour are included.
Introduction
Monistriine grasshoppers form an endemic Australian tribe of the
Pyrgomorphidae, consisting of 4 genera and 12 species (Key 1985).
They are robust, usually brachypterous insects with aposematic
coloration. These insects feed on perennial forbs and shrubs and
occur throughout much of Australia in habitats ranging from the arid
centre to subhumid areas and cold mountain regions (Key 1985).
Their population density has been quite variable, ranging from high
numbers causing defoliation (Allsopp 1977a, 1977b, Key 1985) to
infrequently encountered and fragmentally distributed races of species
in mountains of southeastern Australia (Key 1985). Biological
information on the Monistriini is sparse, consisting primarily of a
recent monograph (Key 1985 and earlier taxonomic and cytogenetic
references therein) and a few studies on food plants, natural enemies,
and seasonal development (Allsopp 1977a, 1977b, 1978, 1979; Green
1983). There are no references to the mating behaviour of species of
Monistriini in the literature.
Morabine grasshoppers are an endemic Australian subfamily of the
Eumastacidae that consists of 41 described genera and about 250
species (Key 1976, 1977, 1982). They are attenuate, apterous insects
with ensiform antennae. Most morabines occur and feed on forbs
(broad-leaf herbs) and shrubs although about 20% inhabit grasslands
(Key 1974). They are generally polyphagous but their low vagility
and, in many cases, restricted habitats, can result in a very limited
choice of food (Blackith and Blackith 1966) and may account in part
for their low populations. Morabine species from different genera are
commonly sympatric and have apparently evolved isolating
mechanisms that include specific ecological niches and parapatry.
Intraspecific variability also occurs and chromosomal polymorphism
and chromosomal races may be particularly characteristic (Key 1974).
Studies have been made on the anatomy, physiology, development,
genetics, and taxonomy of morabines (cf. references in Key 1976), but
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
no information on their mating behaviour has appeared in the
literature.
The purpose of this study was to describe the mating behaviour of a
representative grasshopper species in the Monistriini and one in the
Morabinae. Monistria concinna (Walker) (montane race), a
monistriine of the low mountains of south-eastern Australia, and
Heide amiculi (Sjóstedt), a morabine of New South Wales coastal and
subcoastal heath, were selected.
Methods and Materials
M. concinna individuals were collected 10 January 1989 at Piccadilly
Circus and Mt. Ginini) summit in the Brindabella Range in the
Australian Capital Territory. They occurred sporadically) in open
meadows of forbs and grasses. Individuals were maintained on
Plantago lanceolata L. (English plantain) in the laboratory with an
occasional addition of Taraxacum officinale Weber ex Wiggers
(dandelion). These foods allowed third instar nymphs to develop to
adults and adult males to live for over 4 months. The observation
cage was a 30 x 30 x 20 cm-high glass terrarium with a wooden top
containing a central screen over which was placed a 40 watt
incandescent bulb to produce a temperature averaging 27?C on the
cage floor. Sandy loam and vegetation formed the cage floor and the
photophase ranged from 13 to 14.5 h. Behavioural descriptions are a
composite of 3 females and 5 males.
H. amiculi was collected 19 January and 8 March 1989, from coastal
heath 2 km NE of the village of Jervis Bay, New South Wales.
Individuals were fed Correa cv. Mannii (Myrtaceae), a widely grown
ornamental shrub, which was sufficiently nutritious to allow the
development of a last instar to the adult stage, oviposition, and
longevity for over 3 months. Grasshoppers were kept in an 18 x 18 x
35 cm-high glass terrarium with a screen top. The cage had a 10 cm-
wide vertical strip of screening in the centre for climbing, a sand floor,
and stems of vegetation resembling the habitat. An overhead 40 watt
incandescent bulb provided light and a temperature averaging 30?C at
the vertical midpoint of the cage. Natural lighting was present and the
photophase ranged from ca. 11 to 14.5 h. Behavioural descriptions
are a composite of observations on 4 females and 2 males.
Results and Discussion
Monistria concinna
Feeding Behaviour
Two specimens were captured on Podolepis robusta (Maiden et
Betche) J.H. Willis (Compositae) and fed on this plant for several
days before it was replaced with the more readily available laboratory
diet. As a grasshopper approached a food plant, it lowered its
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 3
antennae to touch the leaf and often moved the bent apical fourth of
the antennae across the surface in a posterior direction four to five
times, each pass taking ca. 1 s.
Mating Behaviour
Pair Formation - Monistriini lack tympana (Key 1985) and have not
been reported to stridulate. M. concinna males apparently use vision
to locate and approach females. Before moving toward the female,
the male's antennae are usually lowered from a raised, spread position
to a parallel, stationary position and pointed toward the female. This
antenna orientation is common to many acridids although M.
concinna did not vibrate its antennae as many do (Uvarov 1977). If
the visual sense is the dominating pair formation stimulus, then
pointing the parallel antennae toward a female and holding them
stationary in this confined airspace may reduce spurious olfactory and
tactile (e.g., wind) sensory input as well as expose a smaller surface
area to these stimuli, thus allowing visual cues from the female to be
received with less signal interference.
Males approached females by slowly stalking, walking quickly, or
making a short jump, generally approaching laterally until about 8 cm
away. Stalking lasted up to 3 min and the time period between the
cessation of stalking and mounting a female ranged from 10 to 45 s
(n=9). A female either remained motionless, moved away or, less
commonly, raised her hind femora slightly to resist a male.
Mounting, Courtship and Copulation - Females rarely jumped or
kicked when mounted. After mounting, the male faced anteriorly,
rotating and vibrating its antennae for 8 to 12 s up to 5 times.
Generally the vibrating antennae did not contact the female. Some
males vibrated one or both hind femora intermittently (ca. 10 cycles/s,
4 to 16 cycles/episode) which occasionally resulted in the tarsi
vibrating against the female's abdominal terga. Females rarely
vibrated their hind femora. If the female began walking the male
would start femora vibration again which usually caused her to stop.
Males occasionally rocked from side to side for ca. 2 s, repeating this
movement several times which sometimes caused the female to rock
weakly in response. Some males palpated the female's nota near the
base of the wings; this oecurred whether she was motionless or
moving. A female generally moved her head and prothorax slightly up
and down for several seconds on an irregular basis until copulation.
The time from mounting to copulation ranged from 2.5 to 8 min
(n=11). Pick-a-back riding (Key 1985) where the non-copulating male
is carried by the female was observed at times.
Aggression - During copulation there often were no aggressive signals
between the copulating male and an approaching or contacting male.
However, the female sometimes moved her head and thorax up and
4 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 199]
down several times in succession, each series lasting ca. 3 s. These
movements were identical to the body movement described above
during the male's attempt to copulate and may be a disturbance
response.
On one occasion a second male mounted a copulating pair, orienting
himself on the opposite side of the female from the first male (who
had moved to one side). The second male vibrated his antennae and
femora with only slight femoral response from the first male. Then
the first male kicked out and the second male jumped off. The first
male repositioned himself dorsally and displayed generalized
disturbance reactions which consisted of slowly raising and lowering
his hind femora and alternating his tibia from a folded to an extended
position. His antennae also vibrated for ca. 1 min during this time,
On another occasion a second male dislodged the first male, and when
the latter attempted to remount the female the newly mounted male
raised his hind femora three times with the tibiae extended about 45°
from the femoral axis. Femora raising and tibia extension are
common disturbance or male rejection signals (Otte 1970).
If a male approached within a few millimetres of, or mounted,
another male, the latter responded with a rapid vibration of his
antennae and one or both femora and then moved away. The
aggressor male frequently vibrated his femora as well after
dismounting.
Pyrgomorph species in other tribes show mating behaviour that is
similar to M. concinna (Srivastava 1957, Fishelson 1960). Srivastava
(1957) noted that the newly mounted male Atractomorpha crenulata
(F.) (Atractomorphini) repeatedly pats the pronotum and head of the
female with his forelegs and antennae, an action not observed with M.
concinna. Also, the female resisted mounted males more vigorously
than M. concinna which could be a reason why more male courtship
was required for successful copulation.
Female stalking without courtship display, and antenna vibration and
hindleg shaking or vibration as found with M. concinna males is
widespread among non-acoustic acridid species in the melanopline
subfamily of North America (Otte 1970) and five subfamilies of South
America (Riede 1987). Many of these species vibrate femora more
persistently than M. concinna males and a few have colored tips on
their antennae or knees (Riede 1987). Hindleg vibration, especially
where the substrate is contacted, is thought to play an important
communication role in vegetation-inhabiting species.
Heide amiculi
An average of only one grasshopper per 2 h was collected due to their
cryptic gray coloration, slender silhouette, unobtrusive behaviour, and
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 5
assumed low population. Individuals occurred up to ca. 0.5 m on
various xerophilous low plants.
Feeding Behaviour
Nine forbs and shrubs, two grasses and one sedge were collected from
the habitat for feeding trials, of which the foliage of four species was
placed in a container of water and presented to grasshoppers for 24 h.
H. amiculi fed only on the shrub Leptospermum scoparium Forst. f.
var. rotundifolium Maiden & Betche (Myrtaceae). The grasshopper
approached the leaf and tapped it two or three times with its antennae
in very rapid succession (occasionally repeating the tapping sequence)
before contacting the leaf with its mouthparts and beginning to feed.
While an individual was eating this species or the maintenance species,
C. cv. Mannii, a blade of Poa grass from a lawn could be placed on
top of the shrub leaf, the latter carefully withdrawn, and the latter
would continue to feed on the grass blade. However, the Poa sp.
alone initiated only limited feeding.
Some morabines may be facultative nocturnal feeders (D.C.F. Rentz
pers. comm.). To test this hypothesis with H. amiculi, two individuals
were starved for 18 h and then each placed in a 7 cm diameter Petri
dish with a leaf of C. cv. Mannii. One dish was covered with black
plastic (complete darkness) and the other with plastic perforated with
pinholes (subdued light) ca. 1 mm in diameter and at a density of 20
per 40 cm2. After 4 h, grasshoppers in complete darkness had not fed
but those in subdued natural light had. If the dish was covered with
unperforated or perforated black plastic while the individual was
feeding, ingestion stopped in darkness but continued in subdued light.
These results suggest that in nature some feeding may occur under low
light conditions (dusk, moonlight).
When the large cage of grasshoppers was placed in complete darkness
for 18 h, the grasshoppers usually moved to other locations to roost
soon after being placed in the dark. When light was restored all were
eating within 20 min. In one series of observations over a 2.5 h
period following the restoration of light, a male's first feed lasted 13
min, the second occurred 105 min later on a new leaf and lasted 2
min, and the third feed began 3 min later on a new leaf and continued
for 6 min. The female's first feed lasted 7-min whereupon she took 7
min to move to a new leaf and continued feeding for another 7 min.
A third feed of 5 min occurred 70 min later, and a fourth lasting 4
min took place 35 min later.
Mating Behaviour
Pair Formation - Morabines lack tympana and have not been reported
to stridulate so acoustical communication is unlikely. A male
approached a female from as far as 7.5 cm. His head and antennae
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
were lowered and pointed at her although sometimes pointing did not
occur until he had nearly contacted her. The antennae were —
subparallel but became essentially parallel immediately before he
mounted her. Males moved very slowly and took up to 10 min to
traverse 4 cm. Olfactory and/or visual cues may be involved in pair
formation as suggested by a female that began to open and close her
ovipositor. A male 3 cm behind the female turned instantly and
moved toward her until, after 1.5 min, he was oriented
posterolaterally to her. Prior to this time he had shown no interest in
her. Suddenly he lowered his head until it and the antennae pointed
toward the female and 6 s later he mounted her.
Courtship Before Mounting - No premounting courtship was observed.
A male would occasionally rock weakly just before mounting. At
times a female would rock irregularly from side to side (ca. 3.5
cycles/s) for several seconds. Rocking could often be evoked by
waving an object in front of a female.
Mounting, Courtship and Copulation - After mounting a female by
jumping, a male positioned himself to face anteriorly and immediately
tapped her prothorax in a rapid single burst (ca. 5 or 6 taps/0.5 s)
with his alternating antennae. Females were never observed to resist
males by vigorous jumping typical of acridid grasshoppers.
Immediately upon being mounted or during antennal tapping the
female lowered her hind femora so that they were horizontal and
either parallel to her abdomen or somewhat spread. The male then
lowered the distal third of his abdomen to probe the ventral side of
the female's abdomen. The long cultriform portion of the subgenital
plate was angled away from the female's abdomen and had no tactile
role.
If the male was positioned too far forward, one of the following two
sequences occurred:
1) The male alternated tapping each side of the female's
thorax with his antennae (left antenna tapped the left side, right
antenna the right side) as he simultaneously backed down her dorsum
to insert his terminalia. Copulation time averaged 2.3 h (range 50 min
to 3.5 h, n2 5).
2) Antennal tapping involved a single burst followed by one
or two additional bursts each separated by one to several minutes, but
copulation did not occur. The female remained immobile and the
male either jumped or crawled off usually after 4 to 7 min. Riding on
the back of a female for long periods of time was not observed. Once
a male had dismounted, the female raised her femora to their normal
position within 2 min.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 7
It was not determined what cues from the female stimulated the male
to tap her with his antennae continuously rather than sporadically.
The only other female behaviours observed were uncommon and
consisted of (1) a slight body vibration lasting only a few seconds and
(2) moving her head down and up once, this sequence repeated about
three times over a 3 min period. In both cases antennal tapping by
the male was sporadic and copulation was unsuccessful.
The antennae of males appear to convey important tactile information
since bursts of tapping occurred when contacting a food source and.
after mounting a female. Blackith and Goto (1974) noted that
antennal tapping is typical of eumastacids. They found that the
sensory fields on antennae of three morabine species consisted
primarily of olfactory coeloconic sensilla which were protected by
sclerotized masses surrounded by small numbers of trichoid sensilla.
Trichoid sensilla are typically tactile receptors but the small number of
them suggests that they would produce a weak signal from antennal
tapping. Cursory observations of antennae of male and female H.
amiculi with a scanning electron microscope revealed that the antennal
sensilla were virtually identical to those of the eumastacid species
studied by Blackith and Goto (1974). Coeloconic sensilla consisted
primarily of stout rods and about 3% slender rods. The flat, ventral
antennal surface had most and males had more proximally and distally
than females. Up to 500 coeloconic sensilla could occur on the ventral
surface of a segment. There were no unusual types or numbers of
sensilla associated with antennal tapping. The large number of
coeloconic sensilla indicated a strong dependence on olfactory cues.
Key (1976) noted that morabine species varied considerably in their
internal anatomy and ecological characteristics and differed
substantially from the norm for the Eumastacidae. It would be of
interest to determine if other morabine species depart from the
antennal tapping behaviour and the otherwise simple mating behaviour
of H. amiculi.
Acknowledgements
Facilities for this study were provided by the Entomology Division,
CSIRO, Canberra. D.C.F. Rentz and K.H.L. Key of this division
provided useful collecting information and comments on the
manuscript. Plant identification was confirmed by L. Craven,
Division of Plant Industry Herbarium, CSIRO.
References
ALLSOPP, P.G. 1977a. Insects associated with Eremophila gilesii F. Muell. in
southern Queensland. Queensland Journal of Agricultural and Animal Sciences 34: 157-
161.
8 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 199]
ALLSOPP, P.G. 1977b. Biology and capacity for increase of Monistria discrepans
(Walker) (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae) in the laboratory. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 16: 207-213.
ALLSOPP, P.G. 1978. Seasonal history, hosts and natural enemies of Monistria
discrepans (Walker) (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae) in south-west Queensland. Journal
of the Australian Entomological Society 17: 65-73.
ALLSOPP, P.G. 1979. Differentiation and increase in size of nymphal instars of
Monistria discrepans (Walker) (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae). Queensland Journal of
Agricultural and Animal Sciences 36: 155-161.
BLACKITH, R.E. and BLACKITH, R.M. 1966. The food of morabine grasshoppers.
Australian Journal of Zoology 14: 877-894.
BLACKITH, R.E. and GOTO, H.E. 1974. Antennal structures of morabine
grasshoppers. Acrida 3: 7-17.
FISHELSON, L. 1960. The biology and behaviour of Poekilocerus bufonius Klug,
with special reference to the repellent gland (Orth. Acrididae). Eos 36: 41-62.
GREEN, K. 1983. Alternative strategies in the life cycles of alpine grasshoppers
(Orthoptera: Acridoidea). Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 12: 125-
133.
KEY, K.H.L. 1974. Speciation in the Australian morabine grasshoppers—axonomy
and ecology. Pp. 43-56. Jn White, M.J.D. (ed.), Genetic mechanisms of speciation in
insects. Australia and New Zealand Book Company, Sydney.
KEY, K.H.L. 1976. A generic and suprageneric classification of the Morabinae
(Orthoptera: Eumastacidae), with description of the type species and a bibliography of
the subfamily. Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 37: 1-185.
KEY, K.H.L. 1977. The genera and species of the tribe Morabini (Orthoptera:
Eumastacidae: Morabinae). Australian Journal of Zoology 25: 499-565.
KEY, K.H.L. 1982. Species, parapatry, and the morabine grasshoppers. Systematic
Zoology 30: 425-458.
KEY, K.H.L. 1985. Monograph of the Monistriini and Petasidini (Orthoptera:
Pyrgomorphidae). Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 107: 1-213.
OTTE, D. 1970. A comparative study of communicative behavior in grasshoppers.
Miscellaneous Publications Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan 141: 1-168.
RIEDE, K. 1987. A comparative study of mating behaviour in some neotropical
grasshoppers (Acridoidea). Ethology 76: 265-296.
SRIVASTAVA, P.D. 1957. Observations on the breeding habits of Atractomorpha
crenulata (F.) the tobacco grasshopper (Orthoptera, Acrididae). Annals of the
Entomological Society of America 50: 15-20.
UVAROV, B. 1977. Grasshoppers and locusts. A handbook of general acridology.
Vol. 2, Behaviour, ecology, biogeography, population dynamics. Centre for Overseas
Pest Research, London. 613 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 9
NEW FOOD PLANTS FOR SOME QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES
Garry Sankowsky
P.O. Box 210, Tolga, Qld, 4882
Abstract
New host plant records are given for Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday),
Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. and R. Felder), Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. and
R. Felder), Graphium agamemnon ligatum (Rothschild), Graphium aristeus parmatum
(Gray), Eleppone anactus (W.S. Macleay), Princeps aegeus aegeus (Donovan), P. fuscus
capaneus (Westwood), P. canopus canopus (Westwood), P. ambrax egipius (Miskin),
Papilio ulysses joesa Butler, Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius), Atrophaneura
polydorus queenslandicus (Rothschild), Ornithoptera euphorion (Gray), Catopsilia
pyranthe crokera (W.S. Macleay), Danaus affinis affinis (Fabricius), Tirumala hamata
hamata (W.S. Macleay), Euploea sylvester sylvester (Fabricius), Polyura sempronius
sempronius (Fabricius), Phaedyma shepherdi shepherdi (Moore), Yoma sabina parva *
(Butler), Junonia orithya albicincta Butler, Cethosia cydippe chrysippe (Fabricius),
Vindula arsinoe ada (M.R. Butler), Vagrans egista propinqua (Miskin), Cupha prosope
prosope (Fabricius), Hypochrysops ignitus chrysonotus Grose-Smith, Deudorix epijarbas
dido Waterhouse, Anthene lycaenoides godeffroyi (Semper), Jamides aleuas coelestis
(Miskin) and Zizula hylax attenuata (T.P. Lucas). Distributions, including notes on
habitats are given for some host plants and new life history notes are recorded for some
butterfly species.
Introduction
Lists of food plants for Australian butterflies have been given or
summarised by Common and Waterhouse (1972, 1981) and Ackery
and Vane-Wright (1984). The author has previously listed numerous
butterfly food plants that occur in rainforest (Sankowsky 1975, 1978)
and over the past 10 years has observed the use of other (mostly
rainforest) plants as hosts.
Unless otherwise stated ova or larvae were found on the plants listed
and raised to adults on the same species. Records from Tolga were
obtained from cultivated plants in the author's arboretum, all other
records were from wild plants.
Abbreviations
(BRI) Queensland Herbarium, Indooroopilly; (QRS) C.S.I.R.O.
Herbarium, Atherton Qld; R.F.K. C.S.I.R.O. computerised key for
identification of rainforest plants of northern Australia. * Exotic
species of plants.
PAPILIONIDAE
Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday)
Desmos wardianus (Bailey) Jessup (Annonaceae). Weipa, Dec. 1986.
Common in the monsoonal rainforests of Weipa and Bamaga. Both larvae
and a pupal case were observed on the vine.
Melodorum uhrii F. Muell (Annonaceae). Mt Tamborine, Dec. 1979.
Occurs in rainforest from about Ingham to Cooktown. This host would
rarely be used naturally as it occurs in wetter rainforest than P. leosthenes
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
usually frequents, but in captivity the adults oviposited freely on the vine
and larvae developed at the normal rate.
Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. and R. Felder)
Beilschmiedia obtusifolia (F. Muell. ex Meissn.) F. Muell. (Lauraceae),
Tolga, Jan. 1989. A common tree found in both moist and wet rainforest
from Cape York to Sydney.
Cryptocarya cinnamomifolia Benth. (Lauraceae). Tolga, Dec. 1983. Tree
found only in high altitude very wet rainforest from Cooktown to Tully
River.
Cryptocarya mackinnoniana F. Muell. (Lauraceae). Tolga, Mar. 1989. A
common tree in wet tropical rainforest from Mt Tozer to Mt Dryander.
Cryptocarya murrayi F. Muell. (Lauraceae). Tolga, Jan. 1989. A tree
found mostly in lowland rainforest from Cooktown to Mackay.
Endiandra impressicosta Allen (Lauraceae). Tolga, Dec. 1983. A tree
found in lowland rainforest from Cape York to Tully.
Litsea ferruginea (R.Br.) Benth. & J.D. Hook (Lauraceae). Tolga, Jan.
1989. A small tree found mostly on rainforest margins near the coast from
Cairns to Cooktown.
Litsea glutinosa (Lour.) C.B. Robinson (Lauraceae). Weipa, Dec. 1986.
Commonly found in vine thickets and dry monsoonal rainforest of Cape
York Peninsula, the Northern Territory and Western Australia.
Litsea leefeana (F. Muell.) Merr. (Lauraceae). Tolga, Jan. 1984. Tree
found only in wet to very wet rainforest from Cooktown to northern New
South Wales.
Neolitsea australiensis Kosterm. (Lauraceae). Burleigh Heads, Mar. 1980.
Common in both wet and dry rainforests of Queensland and the Northern
Territory.
Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. and R.Felder)
Artabotryus sp. (Annonaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1989. A large vine found only
in rainforest along the Claudie River.
Desmos sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 483 (BRI)) (Annonaceae). Tolga, Jan.
1989. An uncommon vine found from Mossman Gorge to Bloomfield and
along the Claudie River.
Melodorum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 532 (BRI)) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Jan. 1989. A large vine which is very similar to Rauwenhoffia leichhardtii.
It is common along the Wenlock River and in the Weipa area.
Melodorum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 625 (BRI) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Jan. 1989. A large vine found only at Topaz and Woopen Creek.
Melodorum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 770 (BRI) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Jan. 1989. A large vine commonly found in dry monsoonal rainforest
north of Coen.
Melodorum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 822 (BRI) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Dec. 1988. A rare vine found only at Baker's Blue Hills and near Coen.
Polyalthia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 292 (BRI) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Dec. 1988. A large tree which has a fairly restricted distribution, found
only from Pine Ck, E of Cairns to Bellenden Ker.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 11
Polyalthia australis (Benth.) Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1988.
Medium sized tree, commonly found in monsoonal rainforest on Cape
York Peninsula, the Northern Territory and Western Australia. The
southern limit is the Mulgrave River near Cairns.
Uvaria membranacea Benth. (Annonaceae). Sweet Ck, N of Cairns, Dec.
1987. A large vine found in moist monsoonal rainforest north of Cairns.
It is common at Bamaga but does not occur at Weipa.
Uvaria rufa Blume (Annonaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1988. A large vine found
in dry monsoonal rainforest north of Coen. It is a common vine at
Weipa.
Graphium agamemnon ligatum (Rothschild)
Ancana stenopetala F. Muell. (Annonaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1984. A small
shrub found only in south-eastern Queensland outside of the range of this
butterfly (Common and Waterhouse 1981) and so would not normally be a
host.
Cyathostemma micranthum (A.Dc.) J. Sinclair (Annonaceae). Tolga, Jan.
1989. A large vine found in moist to wet monsoonal rainforest north of
Cooktown.
Desmos goezeanus (F. Muell.) Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Feb. 1984. A
large vine found in wet rainforest between Ingham and Cooktown.
Desmos sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 483 (BRI)) (Annonaceae). Bloomfield,
Dec. 1984.
Fitzalania heteropetala (F.Muell. F.Muell.(Annonaceae). Tolga, Feb.
1984. A small shrub found in moist to dry (mostly coastal) rainforest
from Proserpine to about Maryborough. It may be the host plant of G.
aristeus at Yeppoon.
Goniothalamus australis Jessup (Annonaceae). Topaz, Dec. 1984. A small
tree which is restricted mostly to high altitude very wet rainforest from The
Big Tableland (near Cooktown) to about Millaa Millaa.
Haplostichanthus johnsonii F. Muell. (Annonaceae). Woopen Creek, May
1986. A small shrub found only from the eastern base of Mt Bartle Frere
to the Johnston River.
Haplostichanthus sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 221 (BRI) (Annonaceae).
Tolga, Feb. 1984. A very common small shrub in lowland rainforest from
Mossman to Bloomfield.
Haplostichanthus sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 342 (BRI) (Annonaceae).
Tolga, Feb. 1984. A common small tree in lowland rainforest between
Cairns and Ingham.
Haplostichanthus sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 402 (BRI) (Annonaceae).
Tolga, Feb. 1984. A small tree only occurring between the Mulgrave and
Johnston Rivers.
Melodorum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 625 (BRI)) (Annonaceae). Topaz,
Aug. 1984.
Melodorum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 822 (BRI) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Feb. 1985.
Miliusa brahei (F.Muell.) Jessup (Annonaceae). Four Mile Beach, Port
Douglas, Nov. 1983. A small tree common in beach or monsoonal
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
rainforest on the east coast north of Proserpine. Ova and larvae were
found on juvenile plants, which appear to be the only situation where G.
agamemnon ova are found.
Miliusa traceyi Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Feb. 1989. A small
deciduous tree found only in dry monsoonal rainforest on Cape York
Peninsula north of Musgrave. It is interesting to note that the author has
not been able to induce any Graphium larvae to feed on Miliusa horsfieldii
(Benn.) Baillon ex Pierre.
Oncodostigma sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 230 (BRI)) (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Jan. 1984. A shrub or small tree found mostly in high altitude very wet
rainforest from The Big Tableland to Mt Lewis but not on Mt Bartle
Frere.
Polyalthia michaelii C.T. White (Annonaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1988. A large
tree with very limited distribution, from Mt Bartle Frere to the South
Johnston River.
Polyalthia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 292 (BRI) (Annonaceae).
Goldsborough Rd (Mulgrave River), Nov. 1982.
Pseuduvaria froggattii (F.Muell.) Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Feb. 1984.
A small tree occurring from the Bloomfield River to Black Mountain, near
Kuranda.
Pseuduvaria hylandii Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Feb. 1984. Tree to 10
m high in rainforest on Mt Bartle Frere and near Topaz.
Pseuduvaria mulgraveana Jessup var. mulgraveana (Annonaceae). Tolga,
Dec. 1988. A small understory tree found in lowland rainforest between
Bellenden Ker and the Mulgrave River valley.
Pseuduvaria mulgraveana Jessup var. glabrescens (Annonaceae). Clohesy
River, Mar. 1983. A small tree found in the rainforest from Kuranda to
Lake Tinaroo in the ranges and at Freshwater Creek, near Cairns. In the
past this species has sometimes been called Mitrephora Sroggattii F. Muell.
Pseuduvaria villosa Jessup (Annonaceae). Glen Allyn, Nov. 1982. A
small tree found in lowland rainforest between the Russell and South
Johnston Rivers.
Rauwenhoffia leichhardtii (F.Muell. Diels. (Annonaceae). Fitzroy Is.,
Aug. 1978. Ova and larvae found on the plant.
Uvaria goezeanus (F. Muell.) Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Feb. 1984.
Uvaria membranacea Benth. (Annonaceae). Bloomfield, Dec. 1984.
Uvaria rufa Blume (Annonaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1985.
Xylopia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 284 (BRI)) (Annonaceae). Tolga, Dec.
1984. A small tree found in dry monsoonal rainforest north of Coen.
*Annona squamosa L. (Annonaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1984. A small custard
apple tree now naturalised in northern Queensland. Originally imported
from South America.
*Annona cheromoya Mill. (Annonaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1984. This is the
most commonly used root stock used in the Tolga area for grafting of the
various cultivated custard apples. It is rarely seen growing wild.
*Rollinia deliciosa Safford (Annonaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1984. This is the
most recent introduction from South America of the custard apple group
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 13
but already some wild plants can be found.
Graphium aristeus parmatum (Gray)
Miliusa brahei (F.Muell.) Jessup (Annonaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1988. Larvae
were collected by Max and Barbara Moulds from near Coen on Miliusa
traceyi Jessup. As the author had very little of this plant they were offered
a range of Annonaceae and the only one they accepted without hesitation
was M. brahei. G. aristeus is commonly seen just north of Cairns and as
M. traceyi is not found this far south M. brahei could be the host plant in
this area.
Eleppone anactus (W.S. Macleay)
Microcitrus inodora (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1983.
A rare shrub found only on the lower eastern slopes of Mt Bellenden Ker.
Microcitrus garrawayae (F.M.Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar.
1983. A small tree found in dry monsoonal rainforest from Coen to Iron
Range and across to Weipa.
* Poncirus trifoliata (L.) Raf. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1982. A small tree
often used as a rootstock when grafting cultivated citrus.
Princeps aegeus aegeus (Donovan)
Flindersia ifflaiana F. Muell. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1985. A large tree
common in the rainforest north of Mareeba up to Cooktown, occurring
again at Heathlands on Cape York Peninsula. Adults rarely oviposit on it
but larvae readily accept it.
Flindersia laevicarpa C.T. White and W.D. Francis (Rutaceae). Tolga,
Mar. 1988. A small tree found in high altitude rainforest between
Atherton and Mossman.
Flindersia oppositifolia (F. Muell. T. Hartley and Jessup (Rutaceae).
Tolga, Jan. 1987. A small tree found only on Mt Bartle Frere and Mt
Bellenden Ker at high altitudes.
Flindersia pimenteliana F. Muell. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1985. A
common tree occurring in rainforest between Ingham and Cooktown, often
at fairly high altitudes.
Melicope melanophloia C.T. White (Rutaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1987. A
small tree with a very disjunct distribution, occurring in south-eastern
Queensland and then again in northern Queensland.
Microcitrus garrawayae (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar.
1983.
Microcitrus inodora (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1983.
Zanthoxylum nitidum (Roxb.) DC. (Rutaceae). Clohesy River, Mar. 1982.
A large vine occurring in rainforests of northern Queensland.
Zanthoxylum veneficum F.M. Bailey (Rutaceae). Danbulla, Mar. 1983. A
common tree in the rainforests of northern Queensland.
*Zanthoxylum ailanthoides (Sieb.) Zupp. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1983.
A tree introduced from Japan.
Princeps fuscus capaneus (Westwood)
Bosistoa brassii T. Hartley var. brassii (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1986. A
widespread tree found in rainforest from about Iron Range to Ingham.
14 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
Microcitrus garrawayae (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr,
1983.
Microcitrus inodora (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1983.
Zanthoxylum nitidum (Roxb.)Dc. (Rutaceae). Clohesy River, Apr. 1983.
*Zanthoxylum ailanthoides (Sieb.) Zupp. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1983.
Princeps canopus canopus (Westwood)
Microcitrus garrawayae (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr.
1984.
Microcitrus inodora (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1984.
Zanthoxylum nitidum (Roxb.) Dc. (Rutaceae). Clohesy River, Apr. 1984.
*Zanthoxylum ailanthoides (Sieb.) Zupp. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1984.
Princeps ambrax egipius (Miskin)
Microcitrus garrawayae (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar.
1984.
Microcitrus inodora (F.M. Bailey) Swingle (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1983.
Zanthoxylum nitidum (Roxb.) Dc. (Rutaceae). Clohesy River, Apr. 1983.
*Zanthoxylum ailanthoides (Sieb.) Zupp. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1987.
Papilio ulysses joesa Butler
Acradenia euodiiformis (F. Muell.) T. Hartley (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar.
1984. From south-eastern Queensland. P. ulysses oviposit readily on it at
Tolga.
Euodia micrococca F. Muell. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1982. A small tree
found in rainforest of south-eastern Queensland and northern New South
Wales.
Euodia sp. (Voucher: R.F.K./3921 (QRS)) (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1983.
A small tree found only in very wet high altitude rainforest from Mt Lewis
to Ravenshoe.
Euodia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 652 (BRI)) (Rutaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1987.
A large tree found only in the McDowall and Thornton Ranges, (N of
Daintree) extending down to the lowlands on the eastern slopes near Cape
Tribulation.
Euodia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 894 (QRS)) (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar.
1986. A shrub found only on Mt Lewis and the Windsor Tableland.
Euodia vitiflora F. Muell. (Rutaceae). Julatten, Jun. 1980. A large tree
occurring in wet to very wet rainforest from Daintree southwards to
northern New South Wales.
Evodiella muelleri (Engl.) B.L. Linden (Rutaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1983. A
shrub or small tree occurring in rainforest from Cooktown to the Atherton
Tableland. P. ulysses commonly oviposit on this plant.
Geijera paniculata (F. Muell.) Druce (Rutaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1987. A
small tree found in dry rainforests in south-eastern Queensland.
Geijera salicifolia Schott. var. latifolia (Lindl.) Domin. (Rutaceae). Tolga,
Feb. 1984. Occasionally ova are deposited on this plant in the author's
garden, though none have been observed in the wild. It is a widespread
plant in the rainforest but never common where P. ulysses is found.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 15
Halfordia scleroxyla F. Muell. (Rutaceae). Tolga, Apr. 1984. A common
tree in the wet to very wet rainforests of northern Queensland. Larvae
have not been observed on this plant in the wild.
Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius)
Aristolochia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 490 (BRI) (Aristolochiaceae).
Tolga, Jan. 1989. A small vine found on the edge of dry rainforest or in
open forest from northern New South Wales to north of Gladstone. This
is the only natural host plant of C. cressida in south-eastern Queensland.
It has sometimes been identified incorrectly as A. pubera R.Br., which is
found only in northern Queensland.
Aristolochia holtzei R.Br. (Aristolochiaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1989. A very
small vine found in the Northern Territory and from Cape York Peninsula
to about Dimbulah, W of Mareeba. As with all the small Aristolochia
species there is usually not enough foliage on one plant to sustain a larva
so they have to search for another vine after the current host has been
devoured. A. pubera R.Br. is the only open forest Aristolochia that can
Support two or three larvae through to pupation.
Atrophaneura polydorus queenslandicus (Rothschild)
Aristolochia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 372 (BRI) (Aristolochiaceae).
Woopen Creek, Nov. 1984. A large vine found only from the western side
of Mt Bartle Frere to the Johnston and Russell Rivers.
Aristolochia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 382 (BRI)) (Aristolochiaceae). Iron
Range, Nov. 1986. A large vine found commonly in the rainforests of the
Iron Range and Pascoe River areas.
Aristolochia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 368 (BRI) (Aristolochiaceae). 50
km N of Heathlands on Cape York Peninsula, Oct. 1988. A small vine
found commonly in open eucalypt and heath forests north of Iron Range.
A. polydorus was laying freely on this vine in the open forest, at least 10
km from the nearest rainforest.
Ornithoptera euphorion (Gray)
Aristolochia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 372 (BRI)) (Aristolochiaceae). Mt
Bartle Frere, Apr. 1982.
Aristolochia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 220 (BRI)) (Aristolochiaceae). Mt
Lewis, Mar. 1982. A medium sized vine known only from Mt Lewis.
PIERIDAE
Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W.S. Macleay)
Cassia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 450 (BRI)) (Caesalpiniaceae). Paluma
Ra., Mar. 1983. A small tree which is so far known only to occur on the
Paluma Range.
NYMPHALIDAE
Danaus affinis affinis (Fabricius)
Cynanchum ovalifolium Wight (Asclepiadaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1989. A
small vine which occurs in monsoonal rainforest on Cape York Peninsula.
Tirumala hamata hamata (W.S. Macleay)
Cynanchum leptolepis (Benth.) Domin. (Asclepiadaceae). Tolga, Mar.
1989. A large vine that is very common in the monsoonal rainforests of
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
the Weipa area. The adults preferred to oviposit on this vine, even when
their normal host plant, Secamone elliptica R.Br. (Sankowsky 1975) was
nearby.
Heterostemma acuminatum Decne. (Asclepiadaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1989.
A large vine occurring in monsoonal rainforest on Cape York Peninsula.
Euploea sylvester sylvester (Fabricius)
Gymnema pleiadenium F. Muell. (Asclepiadaceae). Forty Mile Scrub, Jan.
1982. A large vine occurring in vine thickets in the Mt Surprise area.
Gymnema geminatum R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae). Chillagoe, Feb. 1984. A
very common vine in vine thickets in the Chillagoe area.
Polyura sempronius sempronius (Fabricius)
Adenanthera abrosperma F. Muell. (Mimosaceae). Chillagoe, Mar. 1984.
A small tree occurring in dry open forest in northern Queensland.
Albizia retusa ssp. retusa Benth. (Mimosaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1985. A very
large tree found at Iron Range.
Sp. A (Voucher: Sankowsky 901 (BRI)) (Mimosaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1989.
A small tree found in vine thickets along the Pascoe River.
Paraserianthes toona (Bailey) I. Nielsen (Mimosaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1988.
A large tree found in rainforests north of Mackay. Previously known as
Albizia toona F.M. Bail.
Phaedyma shepherdi shepherdi (Moore)
Bombax ceiba var. leiocarpum A. Robyns (Bombacaceae). Tolga, Feb.
1989. A large deciduous tree found in monsoonal rainforests north of
Cairns.
Celtis sp. aff. C. timorensis (Voucher: Sankowsky 814 (QRS)) (Ulmaceae).
Tolga, Feb. 1989. A small tree found only at Shipton’s Flat near
Cooktown.
Cordia dichotoma G. Forster (Ehretiaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1989. A medium
to large tree found in most types of rainforest from Cape York to
Rockhampton.
Grewia papuana Burret (Tiliaceae). Yaramulla Station, Mar. 1989. A
shrub common in vine thickets in the Mt Surprise area.
Yoma sabina parva (Butler)
Dipteracanthus bracteatus (R.Br.) Nees (Acanthaceae). 3 km S of Pascoe
River crossing, Iron Range road, Dec. 1986. A small perennial herb found
commonly in open forest, especially near the edge of vine thickets, on
Cape York Peninsula.
Sp. B (Voucher: Sankowsky 477 (BRI)) (Acanthaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1988.
A small trailing herb collected only from vine thickets on Big Mitchell Ck
near Mareeba.
Junonia orithya albicincta Butler
Sp. C (Voucher: Sankowsky 334 (BRI)) (Acanthaceae). . Chillagoe, Apr.
1984. A small herb to about 20 cm high and 50 cm wide found in vine
thickets near Chillagoe.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 17
Sp. D (Voucher: Sankowsky 802 (BR))I (Acanthaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1987.
A perennial herb collected in vine thickets just south of Cooktown and
near the mouth of the Claudie River.
Sp. E (Voucher: Sankowsky 803 (BRI)) (Acanthaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1988.
A small herb collected from Mt Pinnacle near Dimbulah.
Hypoestes floribunda R. Br. (Acanthaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1987. A herb
commonly found in gallery rainforest from Cape York to Coen.
Justicia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 285 (BRI)) (Acanthaceae). Tolga, Dec.
1985. A small herb common on creeks just north and south of the Pascoe
River.
Pseuderanthemum sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 245 (BRI) (Acanthaceae).
Scrubby Ck, S of Cooktown, Aug. 1982. A small clumping herb found in
vine thickets from Cooktown to Lakeland Downs. It is interesting to note
that neither Doleschallia nor Hypolimnas oviposit on this plant.
Rostellularia adscendens (R.Br.) R.M. Barker ssp. glaucoviolacea (Domin)
R.M. Barker (Acanthaceae). Dimbulah, Mar. 1983. A small herb
widespread in open eucalypt forests of northern Queensland.
Cethosia cydippe chrysippe (Fabricius)
Hollrungia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 762 (BRI)) (Passifloraceae). Cape
Tribulation, Aug. 1978. A large vine found in wet rainforests north of the
Clohesy River to about Cooktown.
Vindula arsinoe ada (M.R. Butler)
Hollrungia sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 762 (BRI)) (Passifloraceae). Clohesy
River, Mar. 1982.
Vagrans egista propinqua (Miskin)
Homalium alnifolium Thwaites and F.. Muell ex F. Muell.
(Flacourtiaceae). Tolga, Feb. 1989. This species is not naturally found in
northern Queensland as it occurs from about Rockhampton to Yarraman.
Vagrans larvae can only eat soft new growth and the large bright red new
growth of this species is much favoured.
Cupha prosope prosope (Fabricius)
Xylosma terraereginae C. White & Sleumer (Flacourtiaceae). Tolga, Feb.
1989. This shrub is naturally found only in southern Queensland and
northern New South Wales and could be a host in this area.
Xylosma sp. nov. (Voucher: Sankowsky 284 (BRI)) (Flacourtiaceae).
Tolga, Mar. 1987. This is a small and very rare tree found only on Mt
Lewis in northern Queensland.
Flacourtia sp. nov. (Voucher: Sankowsky 262 (BRI) (Flacourtiaceae).
Tolga, Feb. 1986. A small tree found in dry to moist monsoonal
rainforests north of Cooktown.
The adults do not oviposit on Flacourtia territorialis Airy Shaw from near
Darwin, the host of Phalanta phalantha araca.
LYCAENIDAE
Hypochrysops ignitus chrysonotus Grose-Smith
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
Acacia flavescens Cunn. ex Benth. (Mimosaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1988. A
small tree common in open forest, east of the Great Dividing Range, north
of Bundaberg.
Grevillea baileyana McGillivray (Proteaceae). Tolga, Nov. 1988. A
common tree in rainforest north of Tully.
Terminalia arenicola N. Byrnes (Combretaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1988. A
tree that grows commonly on beaches in northern Queensland. One
particular tree in the author’s garden had larvae on it continuously for
twelve months.
Deudorix epijarbas dido Waterhouse
Sarcopteryx martyana (F. Muell.) Radlk. (Sapindaceae). Lake Tinaroo,
Dec. 1983. A small tree commonly found in rainforests from Mt Tozer to
Hinchinbrook Island. The seeds were too small for the larvae to remain
inside in the final instar and they were found at the base of the fruit when
not feeding.
Anthene lycaenoides godeffroyi (Semper)
Cassia retusa Rovel (Caesalpiniaceae). Tolga. Dec. 1983. A small shrub
found in dry rainforests from Cooktown to south-eastern Queensland.
Larvae feed on the buds and flowers.
*Cassia auriculata L. (Caesalpiniaceae). Tolga, Dec. 1981. A shrub or
small tree from South East Asia, sometimes grown in gardens. Larvae
feed on the buds and flowers.
Rhyssopterys timorensis (Blume) Juss. (Malpighiaceae). Tolga, Jan. 1984.
A large vine found in dry rainforest from Weipa to Townsville. Larvae
feed on the flowers and buds.
Jamides aleuas coelestis (Miskin)
Arytera pauciflora S. Reyn. (Sapindaceae). Mulgrave River, Jan. 1986. A
small tree found in rainforest from Cooktown to Innisfail. Larvae feed
only on the very soft new growth and mostly on juvenile plants up to 2 m
high.
Zizula hylax attenuata (T.P. Lucas)
Hygrophila angustifolia R.Br. (Acanthaceae). Tolga, Mar. 1985. A small
herb found only in and near swamps, usually in association with Melaleuca
trees.
Notes and Discussion
The author has experimented with various Passiflora spp. as host
plants for Cethosia cydippe chrysippe. If placed on P. aurantia G.
Forster, P. herbertiana Ker Gawler and P. foetida L. var. hispida
Killup the larvae will mature and pupate. In the first generation they
are below average size, but by the third generation they are normal
size. These plants are not natural hosts as Cethosia cydippe chrysippe
never lays on them in the wild.
There are about four varieties (or species) in the P. foetida group.
Cethosia cydippe chrysippe and Vindula arsinoe ada will only survive
on the variety with orange fruit and lightly hairy leaves which usually
grows near beaches in northern Queensland.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 19
It has been reported that the larvae of Vagrans egista propinqua feed
on Xylosma ovatum Benth. (Common & Waterhouse 1981) at Cairns.
This is unlikely as this species grows only in central Queensland and is
a host for Cupha prosope prosope not Vagrans egista propinqua.
Adults do not oviposit nor do larvae feed on two northern Queensland
species, Homalium brachybotrys (F.Muell.) F.Muell. and Homalium
sp. (Voucher: Sankowsky 367 (BRI))
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank staff of the Queensland Herbarium, Indooroopilly and
the C.S.I.R.O. Department of Forest Research, Atherton for
assistance in plant identification, especially Dr L.W. Jessup and Mr
B.P.M. Hyland. I would also like to thank Mr J.G. Tracey for
providing access to the records of the extensive Webb and Tracey
rainforest plant collections.
References
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed butterflies their cladistics
and biology. Pp. vii + 425. British Museum (Natural History), London.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xii
+ 498. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
4 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies.
Australian entomological Magazine 2: 55-56.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1978. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies.
Australian entomological Magazine 5: 77-79.
TRACEY, J.G. 1982. The vegetation of the humid tropical region of north
Queensland. 124 pp. C.S.I. R.O., Melbourne.
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 199]
BOOK REVIEW
Stickiness in Cotton. ICAC Review Articles on Cotton Production Research
No.2. by Hector, D.J. and Hodkinson, I.D. ISBN 0-85198- 646-3, 43 pages.
Priced US$24.25. Published 1989 by C.A.B. International, Wallingford, UK.
Stickiness in cotton has severe economic implications both for the cotton
producer (farmer) and the cotton processor (miller). Contaminated cotton is
downgraded, so returns to the producer are reduced. Cotton stickiness places
an additional burden on the processor in terms of time and expenditure. In
some countries, stickiness is considered the most serious quality factor
confronting the textile industry. It is not surprising, therefore, that this review
was instigated and supported financially by the cotton processing industry.
Hector and Hodkinson provide a very comprehensive review of the current
knowledge of stickiness in cotton. The first section introducing the stickiness
problem outlines the extent of stickiness on a global scale and how this malady
affects the processing industry. The causes of stickiness are covered in the
second section. Although most readers may be aware that stickiness in cotton
is usually associated with honeydew secretions by sap-sucking insects such as
aphids and white flies (entomological sugars), it will come as a surprise to
some that plant exudates (physiological sugars) may sometimes be the cause of
contamination. The cotton white fly is the most serious global problem
causing stickiness. However, in Australian cotton, white fly is not a pest and
the cotton aphid occasionally causes honeydew problems.
The third section examines the various methods used to test for sugars and
stickiness. No quick, simple and reliable method is available to test for
stickiness. Factors affecting stickiness in the mill and methods of managing
contaminated cotton during processing are discussed in the fourth section.
The largest section and the one of most interest to entomologists is the fifth
section dealing with honeydew-producing insects. It discusses the biology of
the most important pests - aphids and white flies - and their relationship with
the host plant and how these pests are controlled - host plant resistance,
biological, cultural and chemical methods. Case studies of stickiness
outbreaks are presented. Finally, the authors make recommendations which
may reduce the probability of the occurrence of sticky lint.
The review is well written and presented although there are several errors in
the text, especially in the section on chemical control. Most noticeable is the
concurrent use of trade names and common names, and uniformity would
have been desirable. There are also several spelling errors.
These errors do not detract from the valuable contribution that this review
article makes to the understanding of stickiness in cotton. While it may not
find a place on everybody's bookshelf, it is certainly a useful reference for
those involved in cotton production and processing. The entomological
background to stickiness in cotton makes this article more widely appealing.
D.A.H. Murray
Queensland Department of Primary Industries
P.O. Box 12
Toowoomba, Qld 4350
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 21
ANNUAL ACTIVITY OF A POPULATION OF CATASARCUS
ASPHALTINUS THOMPSON (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE) IN PERTH, WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Ian Abbott
Department of Conservation and Land Management, Research Centre, Como, W.A.,
6152
Abstract
A study of a population of the indigenous leaf-eating weevil Catasarcus asphaltinus
during 40 weeks in a Perth garden showed that adults were active mainly between
August and May. Peak abundance was in January, before average weekly maximum
temperatures exceeded 30?C. Peak reproductive activity, evidenced by pairs in copula,
was also recorded in January. Longevity could not be precisely estimated; however
some individuals lived at least 33 weeks. The preferred host species was Eucalyptus
angulosa Schauer, one of 5 species of native plant on which beetles were recorded.
Introduction
The 41 species of the weevil genus Catasarcus Schónherr are largely
confined to temperate portions of Western Australia (Thompson
1968). Despite their extensive distribution, little ecological,
behavioural and reproductive information is available (Thompson
1968; Koch and Jefferys 1970). The discovery of an abundant
population of C. asphaltinus in a garden provided an opportunity to
add to our knowledge. Previously, this species was recorded as a
minor pest in gardens in the Perth area (Thompson 1968). C.
asphaltinus is a relatively large (10-20 mm long), black weevil with red
legs and antennae (see Thompson 1968, p. 410 for illustration). The
aim of the project was simply to mark and record all individuals
present in a well-defined, highly accessible locality at least weekly.
Relevant behavioural notes were made. These data are presented in
this paper.
Methods
The study area was a small garden ca. 35 m? in West Leederville, an
inner suburb of Perth. Before 1977 it consisted of lawn and exotic
plants. In that year most vegetation was removed and a garden of
native plant species was established. The soil was covered by leaf
litter and pine bark. The major shrub/small tree species present in the
garden are one each of Eucalyptus angulosa Schauer, Hakea petiolaris
Meisn., Melaleuca huegelii Endl., Agonis flexuosa (Spreng.) Schauer,
Kunzea baxteri (Klotsch) Schauer and Citharexylum sp. and two
Grevillea banksii R.Br., as well as the climbers Hardenbergia
comptoniana (Andr.) Benth. and Bougainvillea sp. and there are a few
small clumps of small shrubs. The garden is watered at least weekly
during summer. Between August 1986 and May 1987 all adults of C.
asphaltinus found in the study area were marked with typist’s white
correction fluid. The number of adults present was recorded every 1
to 3 days depending on season, apart from rare occasions when the
interval was 5 days. The number of copulating pairs and the identity
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
of plant species on which beetles were observed was recorded. Data.
were tabulated on a weekly basis, Saturday to Friday.
Results and Discussion
The number of beetles present in the study area (Fig. 1) increased |
exponentially between August 1986 and January 1987, reaching a.
maximum of 65. This was just before the weekly mean maximum |
temperature consistently exceeded 30?C (Fig. 2). The population then |
déclined linearly (at a rate of 5 individuals/week) to near zero in May |
1987. The period May to August is the wettest and coldest part of the |
year (min 10?C, max 20?C, weekly rainfall 0-75 mm). |
A maximum population density of nearly two Catasarcus beetles/m? |
(65/35m?) is unusually high in south-western Australia. Throughout
the jarrah forest, Catasarcus species are uncommon and usually |
recorded singly (Abbott, unpublished data). However I do know of a |
population (tentatively identified as C. coruscus Thompson) occurring
at comparable high densities, on Jarrah Eucalyptus marginata Donn ex
Sm., in Quininup forest block, south of Manjimup. |
Although no adults were found before late August 1986 or between
May - July 1987, casual observations after May 1987 revealed the |
presence of 3 beetles marked in August and September 1986. Thus,
not all adults die before May. As no adults were seen on foliage after
May, it is assumed that over-wintering takes place on or in the soil.
70
50
40
20
NUMBER OF BEETLES PRESENT
8
5 10 15 20 25 30 a hor
AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY
| SPRING | SUMMER | AUTUMN |
Fig. 1. Number of beetles recorded weekly during a 40 week period beginning 23
August 1986. Up to week 21, the power equation logjg N— 1.5 logjo t-0.4 provides a
very good fit (r 20.95). From week 23 to week 35, the linear equation N= 162.3 - 4.6t
provides the best fit (r = -0.99)
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 23
80
70
MAXIMUM & MINIMUM TEMPERATURE °C
RAINFALL (mm)
| SPRING | SUMMER | AUTUMN |
Fig. 2. Weather details, calculated on a weekly basis for Perth Regional
Meteorological Office, for the 40 week period beginning 23 August 1986.
11
10
NUMBER OF PAIRS OBSERVEDIN COPULA
5 10 "15 20 25 30 35 40
AUG SEP oct NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY
| SPRING | SUMMER | AUTUMN |
Fig. 3. Number of pairs of beetles observed in copula each week during a 40 week
period beginning 23 August 1986.
24 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
Table 1. Apparent longevity of adult beetles, grouped into 4 equal periods according to
when the beetles were first recorded
Number of weeks seen alive Number of
beetles
Period first recorded Median Range
20.viii.86 - 25.x.86 incl. 17.5 1-33 12
1.xi.86 - 3.1.87 incl. 6.0 1-18 74
10.1.87 - 14.iii.87 incl. 4.0 l-18 -> 43
28.iii.87 - 30.v.87 incl. - 1-3 2
Survivorship of beetles was analysed in four 10 week periods (Table
1). Beetles first recorded in the period August - October 1987 were
seen alive for the longest period (up to 33 weeks, Table 1).
Reproductive activity, evidenced by beetles in copula, was first
recorded in October 1986 and then consistently from December 1986.
to April 1987. Most pairing was recorded during January 1987 (Fig.
3).
Comparison of Figs 2 and 3 showed that copulation was observed.
mostly during the rainless part of the year. Koch and Jefferys (1970)
recorded first instar larvae of C. asphaltinus in April 1969, suggesting |
that the larval period of the life cycle may last 5 months or more.
Egg clusters have been found about 1 cm beneath the soil surface |
(Sundstrom, in Thompson 1968). Egg development (in April 1969)
took 14 - 24 days (Koch and Jefferys 1970). |
Host records for adults were as follows: Eucalyptus angulosa 505
records; Hakea petiolaris 188; Agonis flexuosa 29; Melaleuca huegelii |
10; and Grevillea banksii 3. There was no sign of feeding on the
last two species. Beetles feed on the leaf margin and in extreme cases -
the margin may be totally crenellated. However, the population of |
131 beetles studied had no significant impact on any of the plant
species observed. Previous host records are Casuarina sp. and Banksia
sp. (Thompson 1968).
Beetles are flightless, and I can confirm Thompson's (1968) discussion
of beetles dropping to the ground when disturbed and lying motionless |
for several minutes. They are then virtually impossible to relocate.
They are strong walkers; one climbed a 3 m tall tree in 20 minutes.
Acknowledgments
I thank Janet Farr and James Ridsdill-Smith for comments on this
paper.
References
KOCH, L.E. and JEFFERYS, E.A. 1970. Egg-laying and hatching in the weevil,
Catasarcus asphaltinus Thompson 1968. Western Australian Naturalist 11: 147-148. |
THOMPSON, R.T. 1968. Revision of the genus Catasarcus Schönherr (Coleoptera: |
Curculionidae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Entomology Series 22:
359-455.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 25
HOST PLANT RECORDS (FAMILY ASCLEPIADACEAE) FOR
PYRAUSTA INCOLORALIS GUENEE (LEPIDOPTERA:
PYRALIDAE)
P.I. FORSTER
Department of Botany, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
Abstract
Ceropegia cumingiana Decne, Cynanchum leptolepis (Benth.) Domin, C. ovalifolium
Wight, Gymnanthera nitida R. Br., Gymnema tricholepis Schltr., Heterostemma
acuminatum Decne, Marsdenia hemiptera Rchb., M. rostrata R. Br., Marsdenia sp.
undescribed and Tylophora sp. undescribed are recorded as host plants for larvae of
Pyrausta incoloralis.
Introduction
Pyrausta incoloralis is widespread in south-eastern Queensland
(records at QDPI and UQIC), and also in Malesia (as defined by van
Steenis 1950), Asia and Africa if the synonymy given by Swinhoe
(1900) can be still applied. There is little known on its biology, with
De Baar (1983) recording Cynanchum carnosum (R.Br.) Schltr.,
Gomphocarpus fruticosus (L.) R.Br. and Secamone elliptica R.Br., (all
Asclepiadaceae), as host plants for this moth in Australia.
Observations
Observations were made on cultivated plants in May 1989 in a
glasshouse at St Lucia. As the glasshouse was unsealed, presumably
adult moths had entered and oviposited on a range of plants with the
resulting larvae being the first indication of activity of the moth. A
voucher of P. incoloralis (Forster 89606) has been deposited at UQIC
and vouchers of the plants at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI).
Larvae of P. incoloralis feed primarily on young leaves. On pupation
the larva web together 2 leaves, usually those of a leaf pair. Pupation
to the adult takes between 11 and 14 days.
Host Plant Records
Oviposition, feeding, pupation and adult emergence were recorded on
the following plants (voucher numbers are given in brackets).
1. Ceropegia cumingiana Decne. Voucher: Liddle [AQ408494].
. Cynanchum leptolepis (Benth.) Domin. Voucher: Forster 3962.
. Cynanchum ovalifolium Wight. Voucher: Forster & Liddle 4090.
. Gymnanthera nitida R. Br. Voucher: not kept.
. Gymnema tricholepis Schltr. Voucher: Forster & Liddle 4233.
. Heterostemma acuminatum Decne. Voucher: Forster & Liddle 4238.
. Marsdenia hemiptera Rchb. Voucher: Bird s.n.
. Marsdenia rostrata R. Br. Voucher: Forster & Orford 2728.
. Marsdenia sp. nov. Voucher: Forster 4567.
10. Tylophora sp. nov. Voucher: Forster 3974.
WO 00-10 tA FW NY
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
The distribution of these plants in Australia extends from Victoria to
north-western Australia. Many of these species occur in far northern
Queensland and Malesia (1, 3-6), M. hemiptera has been recorded
from northern New South Wales to the Kimberley in Western
Australia, Marsdenia sp. nov. is restricted to Cape York Peninsula and
Tylophora sp. nov. to the Herberton Range. No feeding was observed
on fresh leaf material of Tylophora benthamii Tsiang or Gymnema
micradenium Benth., although the leaves of the latter were used for
pupation.
Discussion
P. incoloralis fed on a range of species from diverse genera in two
subfamilies of Asclepiadaceae, the Periplocoideae (Gymnanthera) and
the Asclepiadoideae (remaining genera). As with the wide range of
host plants recorded for Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay), some
caution should be exercised in extrapolating these glasshouse records
to the field situation (Kitching and Zalucki 1983).
Acknowledgements
Miss M.A. Schneider, UQIC, identified the moth. M. Griffiths,
Queensland Department of Lands raised some individuals of the moth
and established the record of G. nitida.
References
DE BAAR, M. 1983. New food plants, life history notes, and distribution records for
some Australian Lepidoptera. Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 97-98.
KITCHING, R.L. and ZALUCKI, M.P. 1983. A cautionary note on the use of
oviposition records as larval food plant records. Australian Entomological Magazine 10:
64-66.
SWINHOE, C. 1900. Noctuina, Geometrina and Pyralidina. Catalogue of Eastern and
Australian Lepidoptera Heterocera in the collection of The Oxford University Museum.
Pp. vi + 540. Clarendon Press: Oxford.
VAN STEENIS, C.G.G.J. 1950. The delimitation of Malaysia and its main plant
geographical divisions. Flora Malesiana, Series 1, Spermatophyta 1: lxx-Ixxv.
Noordhoff: Djakarta.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 27
THE NOMENCLATURE OF PARALUCIA | PYRODISCUS
(DOUBLEDAY) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
E.D. EDWARDS
C.S.I. R.O. Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
A lectotype is selected for the name Lycaena pyrodiscus Doubleday, first used in
synonymy and subsequently validated. By selecting as the lectotype a specimen of Lucia
pyrodiscus Rosenstock the current nomenclature can be minimally disturbed.
Introduction
In south-eastern Australia the tribe Luciini contains three common
copper coloured butterflies. The current scientific names for these
are, Lucia limbaria (Swainson), Paralucia aurifera (Blanchard) and
Paralucia pyrodiscus (Rosenstock) (e.g. Common and Waterhouse
1981). The species known as P. pyrodiscus (Rosenstock) has a
remarkable nomenclatural history which it has been necessary to
understand for the preparation of a "Checklist of Australian
Lepidoptera" currently in progress.
Discussion
Swainson (1833) illustrated an Australian lycaenid naming it
Polyommatus (Lucia) limbaria Swainson. Doubleday (1847) used this
name, as Lucia limbaria (Swainson), with "Lycaena pyrodiscus Leach
mss" as a synonym, for five specimens in the British Museum (Natural
History), as follows:
"a, Australia;
b,c, Australia. Presented by the Entomological Club;
d,e, Australia. From Mr Beckers collection".
These specimens may be regarded as the syntypes of Lycaena
pyrodiscus Doubleday as they represent Doubleday's concept of
Leach's manuscript name. Waterhouse (1937b), after locating some of
these specimens in the British Museum (Natural History), concluded
that Doubleday had misidentified L. limbaria since Doubleday's
specimens did not agree with Swainson’s figure. Lucia limbaria is now
placed in a separate genus and need not be further discussed here.
Many new names included by Doubleday (1847) are nomina nuda but
Lycaena pyrodiscus Doubleday was first published in synonymy. As
such its validity, according to the Code, depends upon its subsequent
usage.
Rosenstock (1885) described Lucia pyrodiscus Rosenstock as a new
species adopting a Newman manuscript name. He based the name on
a single specimen. An examination of the holotype in the British
Museum (Natural History) shows that it was correctly identified by
Waterhouse and all subsequent authors.
In establishing the genus Paralucia, Waterhouse and Turner (1905) had
cited Lucia pyrodiscus Rosenstock as its type species and included as a
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
second valid species Thecla aurifer Blanchard ([1848]. Waterhouse
(1903) treated Chrysophanus aenea Miskin (1890) as a junior synonym
of L. pyrodiscus Rosenstock and this was accepted by all subsequent
authors until 1937. |
In that year Waterhouse (1937b) treated Paralucia pyrodiscus
(Rosenstock) (the type species of Paralucia) as a junior secondary
homonym. of the "Lycaena pyrodiscus Leach mss" that had been
published in synonymy by Doubleday (1847). In so doing he was.
treating, prior to 1961, Lycaena pyrodiscus Doubleday as a senior.
homonym of Lucia pyrodiscus Rosenstock. This brings the names.
within the ambit of Article 11e of the third edition of the International
Code of Zoological Nomenclature which provides that such a senior
homonym is available from its original publication in synonymy if so
treated before 1961. Thus Paralucia pyrodiscus (Rosenstock) is a
junior homonym and invalid. All authors subsequent to 1937 used P.
aenea (Miskin) as the valid name for the type species of Paralucia
until Common and Waterhouse (1972) treated Paralucia pyrodiscus
(Rosenstock) as valid, thus reversing the previous practice.
Waterhouse (1937a) located in the British Museum (Natural History)
two of the five specimens listed by Doubleday (see above). Each of
these bore a label "46-46" and the museum register showed that they
had been purchased from Becker. They were undoubtedly
Doubleday's specimens d and e. Waterhouse identified these
specimens as P. aurifera (Blanchard) (on the basis of Blanchard's
plate) which would thus be synonymous with P. pyrodiscus
(Doubleday). Although he was apparently uncertain of the date of
Blanchard's plate and thus of which of the two names was senior, he
did treat P. pyrodiscus (Doubleday) as a senior homonym and
substituted P. aenea (Miskin) as a replacement name for P. pyrodiscus
(Rosenstock). But he did not replace P. aurifera (Blanchard) by P.
pyrodiscus (Doubleday). It is now known that Blanchard's plate was
published in 1848 (Couchman 1948) so that P. pyrodiscus (Doubleday)
would clearly be the senior synonym. Couchman (1956) while agreeing
that P. pyrodiscus (Doubleday) and P. aurifera (Blanchard) were
synonymous gave priority to aurifera listing pyrodiscus (Doubleday) as
a nomen nudum. Although not in accord with the current Code this is
the accepted usage.
On my behalf Mr P.R. Ackery located in the British Museum (Natural
had identified (correctly) as P. aurifera. Ackery also found a third
History) Doubleday's specimens d and e which Waterhouse (1937a)
had identified (correctly) as P. aurifera. Ackery also found a third
specimen, labelled "Ent Club 44-12" and "146b". This is undoubtedly
Doubleday's specimen b, presented by the Entomological Club in
1844. Waterhouse, in manuscript notes, traced the origin of the label
"146b" to an old register which listed the specimens in the same
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 29
manner as Doubleday. This register cannot now be located.
Photographs kindly sent by Ackery (see Figs 1 and 2) show that
specimen b is conspecific with the holotype of P. pyrodiscus
(Rosenstock). It is clear therefore that Doubleday had a mixed series
including both the species now recognized as P. aurifera and P.
Pyrodiscus (Rosenstock).
A judicious choice of lectotype enables the prevailing nomenclatural
confusion to be resolved and current usage to be substantially
preserved. If specimen b were selected as lectotype of P. pyrodiscus
(Doubleday) (rather than d or e) the name pyrodiscus, while credited
to Doubleday would be used for the species designated by that name
by Rosenstock. P. aurifera would be released from synonymy with P.
Figs 1-2. Lectotype male Paralucia pyrodiscus (Doubleday); (I) upperside; (2) underside.
Scale bar 5 mm.
Pyrodiscus (Doubleday) to be used in the sense of Waterhouse (1903)
and later authors and P. aenea (Miskin) would remain a junior
Synonym and not be needed to be substituted for P. pyrodiscus
(Rosenstock) as the type species of Paralucia. Most importantly the
name pyrodiscus would not become the valid name for the species
always known as aurifera and so not be transferred from one species
to the other. Furthermore the specimen represents the subspecies
found in New South Wales and Queensland and so does not disturb
the use of /ucida Crosby for the well-publicised populations near
Melbourne.
The specimen in the British Museum (Natural History) labelled "Ent.
Club 44-12" and "146b" is hereby designated as the lectotype male of
Lycaena pyrodiscus Doubleday. The specimen is figured in Figs 1 and
2;
The ensuing synonymy in Paralucia is therefore:
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991.
Paralucia Waterhouse and Turner, 1905. Type species Lycaena
pyrodiscus Doubleday, 1847 (cited as Lucia pyrodiscus
Rosenstock, 1885).
pyrodiscus (Doubleday, 1847) (Lucia) first published in synonymy,
validated by Waterhouse, 1937.
pyrodiscus (Rosenstock, 1885) (Lucia) nec (Doubleday, 1847)
(Lycaena)
aenea (Miskin, 1890) (Chrysophanus)
lucida Crosby, 1951 (Paralucia)
aurifera (Blanchard, [1848]) (Thecla)
Acknowledgements |
I thank Mr P.R. Ackery, British Museum (Natural History), for.
locating Doubleday's specimens and providing the photographs of the |
lectotype. Dr K.H.L. Key assisted greatly with the manuscript and |
Drs E.S. Nielsen and M. Horak also critically read the manuscript. |
References |
BLANCHARD, C.E. [1848]. Voyage au Pôle Sud et dans l’Océanie sur les corvettes
l'Astrolabe et la Zelée; .... Atlas Zoologie Insectes 25 pls. E. Thunot, Paris. |
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xii |
+ 498. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. |
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv |
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. |
COUCHMAN, L.E. 1948. Notes on the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera of Tasmania.
Records of the Queen Victoria Museum 2: 93-96.
COUCHMAN, L.E. 1956. A catalogue of the Tasmanian Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera. |
Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 90: 1-33. |
CROSBY, D.F. 1951. A new geographical race of an Australian Butterfly. Victorian |
Naturalist 67: 225-226. |
DOUBLEDAY, E. 1847. List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection |
of the British Museum. Part II. 57 pp. British Museum, London.
MISKIN, W.H. 1890. Descriptions of hitherto undescribed Australian Lepidoptera
(Rhopalocera) principally Lycaenidae. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales (2) 5: 29-43. |
ROSENSTOCK, R. 1885. Notes on Australian Lepidoptera, with descriptions of new ©
species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (5) 16: 376-385, pl. 11. |
SWAINSON, W. 1833. Zoological Illustrations ... Second Series. Vol. III. Baldwin |
and Craddock, London.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1903. Notes on Australian Rhopalocera: Lycaenidae. Part III.
Revisional. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 28: 132-275, pls I-
III.
WATERHOUSE, G.A., 1937a. Note on Hesperia lucanus Fabricius (Lepidoptera).
Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of London (B) 6: 16.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1937b. The biology and taxonomy of the Australasian
butterflies. Report of the Australian and New Zealand Association for the
Advancement of Science 23: 101-133.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and TURNER, R.E. 1905. Notes on Australian Rhopalocera
Lycaenidae. Part IV. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 29: 798-
804.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 31
A NEW SPECIES OF POGONUS NICOLAI (COLEOPTERA:
CARABIDAE) FROM NORTHERN AUSTRALIA
B.P. MOORE
C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract A
Pogonus variabilis sp. n. is described from northern Australian coastal districts, ranging
from Western Australia, through the Northern Territory to the Queensland Gulf. A
record of P. nigrescens Baehr from north-eastern coastal Queensland is also reported
and its ecological significance is discussed.
Introduction ,
Seven species of Pogonus have already been recorded from Australia
but their distributions are still very imperfectly known. Six of these
species were dealt with in my earlier paper (Moore 1977), when the
genus appeared to be restricted to saline habitats in central and
southern regions of the continent. | However, the subsequent
description of P. nigrescens (Baehr 1984), from near Ravenshoe in
tropical Queensland, indicated a substantially wider geographical range
and perhaps, less strictly halophile habits for some of the species.
In the present paper, a further new species is described from northern
coastal districts and a new record of P. nigrescens from coastal
Queensland is reported. The new data confirm that the genus has an
essentially pan-Australian distribution and tend to uphold the earlier
belief that all included species are halophiles.
Pogonus variabilis sp. n. (Figs 1-2)
Types. NORTHERN TERRITORY: holotype male, South Alligator
River, Arnhem Highway, 11.xii.1982, A. Walford-Huggins, in the
Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC), CSIRO, Canberra.
Paratypes, 3 males, 4 females, same data as holotype, in the author's
collection (now lodged with ANIC). There are other specimens
(topotypes) with the same data in the Walford-Huggins' collection.
Largely pale, yellowish-brown but head and pronotum darker,
brownish to bronze-black; elytra pale, with dark strial punctures, or
with 4 inner intervals anterior to apical declivity also dark; margins of
mandibles, eyes and most of underside, except margins of abdominal
sternites, dark brownish-black; antennae, palpi and legs entirely pale,
straw-yellow. Hindwings fully developed. Head rather large,
impunctate but very finely reticulate; eyes large and prominent, not
enclosed behind by the genae; frontal furrows short, shallow,
semicircular; antennae of average length for genus, the outer segments
increasingly broad and compressed, laterally. Pronotum slightly
transverse (3 x 2.5 mm in holotype), a little broader at apex than at
base, convex, shining, but basal impressions and transverse sulcus
strongly rugose; anterior margin slightly sinuate; posterior margin
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
slightly arcuate; sides oblique in front half, broadly sinuate before
hind angles; front angles rounded but subprominent, well separated
from margins of head; hind angles obtuse but well marked; marginal
channel narrow in middle, explanate and poorly defined at extremities;
basal impressions shallow and ill defined; no marginal carina; median
line lightly impressed on disc. Elytra elongate, finely shagreened and
lightly striate, convex basally but more depressed towards apex; striae
strongly punctate near base but progressively weaker towards apex,
evanescent on apical declivity; humeri broadly rounded; 3rd intervals
with 3 small setiferous pores, contiguous with 3rd striae; legs of
average length for genus; male anterior tarsi weakly expanded.
Aedeagus weakly sclerotised; median lobe laterally compressed;
parameres each with 4 apical setae. Length 9-11 mm; max. width 3.9-
4.0 mm.
Diagnostic notes
The type material shows very little variation, all specimens having the
foreparts dark brown, but in 2 females (not types) from Karumba,
northern Queensland (14.iii.1985, at light, K. & E. Carnaby, ANIC),
the foreparts are almost as pale as the elytra. In a male from
Wyndham, N.W. Australia (W. Crawshaw, no date, in the British
Museum (Natural History), London), the foreparts are bronze-black,
as are the 4 inner elytral intervals, except near apex. There is thus a
suggestion of clinal variation from west to east, but alternatively,
distinct subspecies could be involved. More material, from intervening
localities, would be needed to resolve the matter but meanwhile, it is
clear that the new species has an extensive range along the tropical
northern Australian coast. The above-mentioned specimen from
Wyndham is labelled as being a "cotype" of "Pogonus marginalis
Sloane", in Sloane's handwriting, but this name was evidently never
published and no specimen of the species remains in his collection
(ANIC). By virtue of its general habitus and setation, Pogonus
variabilis is evidently close to the type species (the all-dark European
P. chalceus (Marsham)) and indeed, it resembles even more closely the
Mediterranean P. pallidipennis Dejean, but the latter is somewhat
smaller (length. 7-9 mm) and there are pronounced submarginal carinae
near the pronotal hind angles. Within the Australian fauna, P.
variabilis is the largest known member of the genus and among the
more or less depigmented species, it could be confused only with P.
hypharpagoides Sloane, which shares its robust build. The latter,
however, is smaller (length 7.2 - 8.1 mm) and uniformly pale, and has
markedly less prominent eyes.
Pogonus nigrescens Baehr
New record - a male in poor condition (aedeagus missing) among
unsorted material in the Sloane collection (ANIC), with the following
data: Townsville, ix.1903, F.P. Dodd.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 33
Figs 1-2. Pogonus variabilis sp. n.: (1) holotype male (natural length
= 11 mm); (2) aedeagus in left lateral view, with the parameres
detached. Scale-line = 1 mm.
Discussion
The discovery of Pogonus variabilis from a wide range of coastal
districts of northern Australia virtually establishes the pan-continental
distribution of the genus in this country and it now seems likely that
one species or another will be found in every major saline land habitat
that has not yet been investigated. In these circumstances, it is
somewhat surprising that no member of the genus has yet been
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
reported from New Guinea (Darlington 1962, 1971). However, this
apparent lacuna may well be due to inadequate collecting, although it
could perhaps also reflect the general paucity of suitable habitats in
that large but generally, well watered country. The type locality of P.
nigrescens, near Ravenshoe, northern Queensland, is a large shallow
depression in open forest that appears to be well removed from any
saline habitat (Baehr 1984, p. 171), a fact which led its author to
express some doubt as to whether this species is as strictly halophilous
as are its better known congeners. However, the record from
Townsville, where there are adequaté nearby saline habitats, tends to
counter this. Certainly, other, strictly halophile species such as
Bembidion (Desarmatocillenus) albovirens (Sloane, 1903) are already
known from the latter locality. One may therefore speculate that the -
unique type of P. nigrescens, which was taken at light, could have
been a stray intercepted from a migratory flight, rather than a local
specimen from the Ravenshoe district.
Acknowledgments
I thank Mr A. Walford-Huggins for providing the type material of P.
variabilis and the authorities of the British Museum (Natural History)
for access to their collections.
References
BAEHR, M. 1984. Pogonus nigrescens sp. n. from north Queensland, (Coleoptera:
Carabidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 23: 169-171.
DARLINGTON, P.J. 1962. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part I. Cicindelinae,
Carabinae, Harpalinae through Pterostichini. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard 126: 321-564.
DARLINGTON, P.J. 1971. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part IV. General
considerations, analysis and history of the fauna, taxonomic supplement. Bulletin of the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 142: 129-337.
MOORE, B.P. 1977. New or little known Pogoninae (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from
Lake Eyre, South Australia. Australian Entomological Magazine 4: 63-67.
SLOANE, T.G. 1903. Studies in Australian Entomology. No XII New Carabidae
(Panagaeini, Bembidiini, Pogonini, Platysmatini, Platynini, Lebiini with revisional lists
of genera and species, some notes on synonymy, etc.). Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales 28: 566-642.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 35
OVERSUMMERING OF EGGS OF HALOTYDEUS DESTRUCTOR
TUCKER (ACARI: PENTHALEIDAE): DIAPAUSE
TERMINATION AND MORTALITY
David G. James and Karen J. O'Malley
Yanco Agricultural Institute, N.S.W. Agriculture and Fisheries, Yanco, N.S.W., 2703
Abstract
Diapause termination and mortality were examined in oversummering eggs of H.
destructor collected from two pasture sites near Leeton, New South Wales, which
differed in soil type and drainage. The effect of soil type and moisture on these factors
was also investigated experimentally. Diapause termination was less reliable and
mortality higher in eggs obtained from poorly drained clay than from well drained sandy
loam. Soil type and moisture did not affect timing or extent of diapause termination.
However, moisture increased mortality. Mortality of eggs on permanently wet sand was
significantly greater than in any other treatment. The results from this study indicate
that summer rainfall can have a deleterious effect on survival of oversummering eggs of
H. destructor, particularly on heavy poorly drained soils.
Introduction
Halotydeus destructor (red legged earth mite) is a major pest of winter
crops and pasture in southern Australia (Wallace 1940; Wright 1961;
Hely et al. 1982; James 1987). Most serious damage occurs to young
plants although productivity of established pasture can be seriously
reduced by large populations (Nicholas and Hardy 1976). Chemical
control of earth mites can be unsatisfactory particularly when
population levels are high, and there is a need to develop improved
management strategies which take greater account of pest biology and
ecology.
Mite activity commences following the onset of autumn rain and low
temperatures and continues until late spring (Wallace 1970).
Oversummering occurs as heat and desiccation resistant eggs which are
retained within mite bodies following their death in spring (Norris
1950). Oversummering eggs undergo an aestival diapause which
ensures dormancy until autumn (Wallace 1970a, 1970b). Diapause
development is completed following exposure to high temperatures.
Wallace (1970a) showed exposure of eggs to 52°C and 50% R.H. for
32 days was the most effective treatment to terminate diapause.
Oversummering eggs in mite bodies on the soil surface are exposed to
extremely high temperatures from October onwards. Wallace (1970a)
reported maximum soil surface temperatures of 55-64°C in Western
Australia. It is therefore likely that oversummering eggs regain
competency for development sometime before the occurrence of
autumn rain.
Wallace (1970a) stated that temperatures of 30-50?C were lethal to
moist oversummering eggs of H. destructor. Exposure of moist eggs
to 50°C for one day killed all the embryos. Consequently, summer
rainfall may be an important source of mortality to oversummering
egg populations (Wallace and Mahon 1971).
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
This study presents information on the effect of site, soil type and
moisture on egg diapause termination and mortality in oversummering
populations of H. destructor.
Materials and Methods
Egg diapause termination and mortality in field populations
Oversummering egg populations of H. destructor were sampled from
two pasture sites at Yanco near Leeton in the Murrumbidgee Irrigation
Area from November - March in 1988/89 and November - February in
1989/90. These sites were 5 km apart and differed considerably in
drainage and soil type. YAI (Yanco Agricultural Institute) was an
improved dryland pasture on well drained, sandy loam. LFS (Leeton
Field Station) was an improved irrigated pasture on heavy clay with
poor drainage. Samples were collected at two or three week intervals
in 1988/89 and fortnightly in 1989/90. Waterlogged conditions
prevented collection of a sample at LFS in February, 1990.
Surface soil samples were removed from each site and examined in the
laboratory for the presence of dead earth mites. They were collected
as shallow scrapings using a trowel to half fill a 40 x 30 cm plastic
bag.' In the laboratory samples were sieved through 2 mm and 1 mm
mesh sieves to remove most large organic and soil matter. Small
amounts of the sieved material were placed in a petri dish and
examined under a stereomicroscope for the presence of dead mites.
Ten to 25 mites from each sample were placed on filter paper on wet
cotton wool in a plastic cup (10 cm diameter). Following absorption
of moisture, each mite was dissected to expose the contained eggs and
the number recorded. They were then stored at 17.5°C, L:D 15:9, a
temperature optimal for post-diapause development of H. destructor
eggs (Wallace 1970a). Cups were held in a metal tray filled with water
to ensure eggs were continually exposed to moisture. After 14 days
eggs were examined and recorded as developed (hatched or at
deutovum stage), undeveloped (diapause) or dead. Dead eggs lost
their contents and remained as shells only. In each sample 300-800
eggs were examined.
Temperature and rainfall data for the sampling period were obtained
from the YAI meteorological station situated approximately mid-way
between the two sampling sites.
Effect of soil type and moisture on egg diapause termination and
mortality
Dead mites containing oversummering eggs were placed on sand, loam
or clay under wet or dry conditions during November - February,
1989/90. Soil was contained in seedling boxes (40 x 30 x 12 cm, one
per treatment) held outdoors but protected from rain by plastic
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 3
Table 1. Percentage development (upper two lines) and mortality
(lower two lines) of oversummering eggs of H. destructor collected
from Leeton Field Station (LFS) and Yanco Agricultural Institute
(YAI), in (a) 1988/89, (b) 1989/90 and (c) overall means 1988/90.
22 Nov 15 Dec 6Jan 20 Jan 3Feb 14Feb 1 Mar
YAI 0 50.8 58.0 73.7 65.0 75.9 90.7
LFS 0 40.0 17.5 30.0 42.4 46.9 69.6
YAI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
LFS 0 0 0 23 11.6 5.5 7.5
(a) 1988/89
22 Nov 6 Dec 20Dec 3 Jan 17 Jan 31Jan 14 Feb
YAI 8.0 16.7 49.6 77.5 86.4 95.7 83.1
LFS 2.2 S30 4.0 68.7 63.7 94.7 =
YAI 0 0.8 1.9 0 4.6 2.9 0
LFS 0 0.9 12.4 11.3 3.4 3.4 =
(b) 1989/90
YAI 59.4
LFS 37.3
YAI 0.7
LFS 6.1
(c) Means 1988/90
a significant difference from LFS (P <0.05)
sheeting positioned 1 m above the boxes. Saturation of soil in wet
treatments was maintained by placing boxes in water filled trays. In
each box ten groups of 50 - 100 mites were placed on the soil surface.
Mites were obtained from a local field population in October and
contained 100% diapause eggs. They were left to die in the laboratory
and placed in experimental conditions within a week of death. At
fortnightly intervals one group of mites from each of the treatments
was examined. Five to 25 mites from each treatment were placed on
filter paper, dissected to expose eggs and assessed for development and
mortality as described above. In each sample 200-800 eggs were
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
examined. Data were analysed using ANOVA and LSD procedures
(P « 0.05)
Results
Egg diapause termination and mortality in field populations
Termination of egg diapause occurred in most of the population
during December. Development occurred in the majority of eggs (x —
71.3 + 4.6) from all January samples except those from LFS in 1989
(Table 1). Egg development was greater and mortality lower at YAI
than LFS when analysed over the two seasons (P«0.05) Egg
development at LFS in 1988/89 did not exceed 60% until late
February and mortalities (x = 13.4 + 3.6) occurred in
January/February.
Table 2. Yanco Agricultural Institute Rainfall data (mm) for
November-February.
1988/89 1989/90
30 yr Actual % of 30 yr Actual % of
mean 30 yr mean 30 yr
Month
November 32.1 53.4 166 31.7 17.3 55
December 30.7 70.6 230 30.3 9.7 32
January 31.7 11.2 35 31.7 31.7 100
February 27.0 1.2 4 28.7 109.2 380
Rainfall was equal to or below the long term average in all months
except November and December, 1988 and February, 1990 Table 2).
Temperatures did not deviate greatly from long term means.
Effect of soil type and moisture on egg diapause termination and
mortality
Soil type and the presence or absence of moisture had no significant
effect on timing or extent of diapause termination as indicated by
percentage of eggs developed over the sampling period (Table 3)
(P >0.05). Mortality was lower on dry soils (x = 3.3%) than wet soils
(x = 16.6%) with mortality on wet sand significantly greater than in
any other treatment (Table 3) (P<0.05). On wet soils greatest
mortality occurred in late December and early January, whilst on dry
soils mortality tended to increase as summer progressed.
Discussion
Mortality in oversummering egg populations and diapause termination
must be considered in any analysis of the seasonal population
substantially influence population size and thus pest status. This study
dynamics of H. destructor. Both factors have the potential to
indicate that site, soil type and moisture can have a significant effect
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 39
Table 3. Percentage development (a) and mortality (b) of
oversummering eggs of H. destructor collected from dry or wet sand,
loam and clay during November-February 1989/90 and (c) means for
wet and dry soils.
22 Nov 6 Dec 20 Dec 3 Jan 17 Jan 31 Jan 14 FebMEAN
Wet loam 2.] 23.6 20.6 69.6 60.2 77.3 34.3 dl.la
Wet clay 7.9 304 81 742 77.0 67.1 808 49.4
Siac) whe 36.4 26.4 40.2 54.5 62.0 25.3 36.6
Dry loam 11.7 18.6 32.1 53.9 60.5 61.8 42.7 40.2
Dry clay 7.5 12.9 35.1 53.9 39.1 47.6 41.6 34.02
Dry sand 6.7 10.1 31.3 34.7 42.5 53.6 64.9 34.8
(a) Development
Wet loam 0 3.5 16.0 15.4 14.4 13.4 10.7 10.5*
Wet clay 0 2.7 34.22 12.5 5.4 12.4 6.5 10.5»
Wet sand 0 3.3 70.8 46.4 10.0 15.9 54.6 28.7
Dry loam 0 3.5 179 All l4) - Ads OS 2.14
Dry clay 0 1.2 0 SA AT 1.5 4.0 2.24
Dry sand 0 4.5 4.0 7.1 7.2 10.8 4.2 5.54
(b) Mortality
Soil Development Mortality
Wet 42.32 16.6^
Dry 36.33 3.34
(c) Overall means
Values followed by different superscript letter are significantly
different (P < 0.05)
on both diapause termination and mortality.
The well drained dryland site on sandy loam (YAI) was more
favourable to the survival and post-diapause development of H.
destructor than the poorly drained, clay site (LFS). This is in
agreement with the observation that H. destructor prefers light, sandy
soils (Tucker 1925). Differences in effectiveness of diapause
termination and mortality were most marked in 1988/89. This season
was characterised by above average rainfall in November and
December. This would have resulted in prolonged exposure of moist
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
eggs on poorly drained soils to high summer temperatures with
consequent mortality (Wallace 1970a). The reduction in development
capability at the poorly drained site may be attributable to the flush of
summer vegetation following rainfall, reducing the exposure of eggs to
high temperatures. The exposure of dry diapausing eggs to hot
temperatures is a necessary precursor to diapause termination (Wallace
1970a). At the well drained site eggs were probably not exposed to
prolonged moisture and minimal growth of vegetation occurred
ensuring maximum exposure of the eggs to high temperatures. In
1989, November and December were relatively dry and although
mortality was higher and competency to develop lower at LFS than at
YAI, it was not as marked as in the previous year.
Different soil types and the presence or absence of moisture did not
have a great effect on diapause termination in the controlled
experiments. This may be explained by the wet treatments not having
vegetation to shield eggs from high temperatures as occurred in the
field following summer rainfall. Continuously wet soils caused higher
egg mortality than dry soils. Wet sand caused highest mortality but it
is important to note that this result has little significance to the field
situation where sandy soil because of its good drainage, would be
unlikely to remain wet for any length of time during summer.
Mortality in wet treatments was usually greatest during late
December/early January declining to some extent in later samples.
Egg death was characterised by swelling, rupturing and resultant loss
of contents leaving only the shell. Consequently, samples taken later
in January and February contained eggs which had not succumbed to
exposure to heat and moisture for more than 3 months. The
population had, in effect, been selected for those individuals less
susceptible to the combination of heat and moisture. It is also likely
that mortality in wet treatments would have been underestimated due
to no account being taken of deaths prior to sampling.
These results indicate that high rainfall in early to mid summer has a
significant deleterious effect on survival of post-diapause
oversummering eggs of H. destructor. The lethality of hot conditions
(30-50°C) to moist oversummering eggs of H. destructor (Wallace
19702), indicates that they are probably vulnerable to rainfall-induced
mortality for most of the summer. This effect would be most marked
on soils which retain moisture, but of minor importance on well
drained soils. The adverse effect of moisture on oversummering eggs
could be a major factor in determining local abundance and
distribution of H. destructor in southern New South Wales. The
possibilities of using summer flooding of pastures in irrigated areas as
part of a management strategy for H. destructor should be examined.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 41
Acknowledgment
We are grateful to Glen Warren for performing the statistical analysis
and preparing the figures.
References
HELY, P.C., PASFIELD, G. and GELLATLEY, J.G. 1982. Insect pests of fruit and
vegetables in NSW. Inkata Press: Melbourne.
JAMES, D.G. 1987. Toxicity of pesticides to the red legged earth mite, Halotydeus
destructor. Plant Protection Quarterly 2: 156-157.
NICHOLAS, D.A. and HARDY, D.L. 1976. Red legged earth mite cuts pasture
production. West Australian Journal of Agriculture 17: 33-34.
NORRIS, K.R. 1950. The aestivating eggs of the red legged earth mite, Halotydeus
destructor (Tucker). Bulletin Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
Organisation No. 253.
TUCKER, R.W.E. 1925. The black sand mite, Penthaleus destructor n.sp.
Entomological Memoirs, Department of Agriculture, South Africa No. 3.
WALLACE, C.R. 1940. Red legged earth mites, their occurrence and control in New
South Wales. Agricultural Gazette New South Wales 51: 431-433.
WALLACE, M.M.H. 1970a. Diapause in the aestivating egg of Halotydeus destructor
(Acari: Eupodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 18: 295-313.
WALLACE, M.M.H. 1970b. The influence of temperature on post-diapause
development and survival in the aestivating eggs of Halotydeus destructor (Acari:
Eupodidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 18: 313-329.
WALLACE, M.M.H. and MAHON, J.A. 1971. The distribution of Halotydeus
destructor and Penthaleus major (Acari: Eupodidae) in Australia in relation to climate
and land use. Australian Journal of Zoology 19: 65-76.
WRIGHT, W.E. 1961. Red legged earth mites. Agricultural Gazette New South Wales
72: 213-215.
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
EXTENSION TO THE KNOWN RANGE OF CHAETOCNEMI
CRITOMEDIA SPHINTERIFERA (FRUHSTORFER
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
M.S. MOULDS
Entomology Department, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W.,
2000
The banded red-eye, Chaetocneme critomedia, is known from New
Guinea and the Aru Islands with the Australian subspecies, C. c.
sphinterifera, recorded from Cape York to the Claudie River
(Common and Waterhouse 1981). Its life history has recently been
described by Wood (1985).
While collecting moths at UV light in the MclIlwraith Range NE of
Coen, northern Queensland, on 11 January 1990, a male C. c.
sphinterifera was taken just after dusk. The site was in dense
rainforest at an altitude of some 300 m on the old Leo Creek track,
only a short distance after it first enters dense complex mesophyll
forest.
This record extends the known range of C. critomedia southwards by
120 km.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson: Sydney.
WOOD, G.A. 1985. The life history of Chaetocneme critomedia sphinterifera
(Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae). Australian entomological Magazine
11: 84-86.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 43
NEW SOUTHERN RECORDS OF THE YELLOW PALMDART
CEPHRENES | TRICHOPEPLA (LOWER) (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIIDAE) IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Andrew A.E. Williams
Department of Conservation and Land Management, W.A. Wildlife Research Centre,
PO Box 51, Wanneroo, W.A., 6065
Abstract
The yellow palmdart Cephrenes trichopepla is recorded from Perth, Onslow and
Karratha, Western Australia. It may have been introduced through the transfer of
ornamental palms.
Introduction
The recorded range for the Yellow Palmdart C. rrichopepla is north-
western Australia north from Broome, across the Northern Territory
including the Alice Springs area, the islands of Torres Strait, and Cape
York to Brisbane (Common and Waterhouse 1981). On the east coast
it has recently been recorded as far south as Byron Bay, New South
Wales (Petrie 1985).
Discussion
In January 1983 the species was first noted at Karratha, 650 km south-
west of Broome. Its arrival coincided with the import from Darwin,
of large quantities of palms, the food plant for C. trichopepla. For a
time it was abundant, but now appears to persist in much lower
numbers (A.N. Start, Department of Conservation and Land
Management, pers. comm.). In late April 1990, I found the species at
Onslow, a further 200 km south-west of Karratha. Larvae and pupae
were common on palms in the town.
On 24 September 1989, I collected an adult male C. trichopepla at
Wanneroo Heights, Wanneroo, 25 km north of Perth. Another male
and a female were subsequently taken at the same locality on 7 April
1990. The site is adjacent to a semi-rural subdivision where several
species of introduced ornamental palms are well established and new
plants continue to be introduced. These are the first records of this
skipper from Perth.
It is probable that C. trichopepla reached Perth in the same manner as
Karratha and will soon become established. This has already
happened with C. augiades sperthias, which it has been suggested, was
introduced to Wanneroo on palms from Queensland in 1977, and is
now plentiful throughout the Perth metropolitan region (Hutchison
1983). There is an interesting parallel in eastern Australia, where C.
trichopepla has recently been found as far south as Byron Bay, New
South Wales. Petrie (1985) suggests that the range of C. trichopepla
may well be extending due to the widespread planting of ornamental
palms.
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
The specimens of C. trichopepla from Wanneroo, and examples from
Karratha and Onslow, are housed at the W.A. Wildlife Research
Centre, Wanneroo.
Acknowledgement |
Mr Bob Hay, of Perth, kindly confirmed the identification of the
specimens collected at Wanneroo.
References |
COMMON, I.F.B. AND WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. |
HUTCHISON, M. 1983. Occurrence of Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Orange
Palmdart Butterfly) in Perth. Western Australian Naturalist 15: 125-126. |
PETRIE, E. 1985. A new southern record for the Yellow Palmdart, Cephrenes
trichopepla (Lower) (Lepidoptera : Hesperiidae). Australian Entomological Magazine
12: 106.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 45
EUPLOEA CORE CORINNA (MACLEAY) AND EUPLOEA
ALGEA AMYCUS MISKIN (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
FORM HYBRIDS WITHIN TORRES STRAIT, QUEENSLAND
Murdoch De Baar
Queensland Forest Service, P.O. Box 631, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
A series of specimens of Euploea core corinna and E. algea amycus from the Torres
Strait area were examined. Shared characters indicate that hybridization may be
occurring between the two taxa.
Introduction
E. core is represented by many subspecies and occurs from India and
south-east Asia through Indonesia to Australia with distinctive
subspecies present on Biak, Admiralty Islands and Rennell Island
within the Papua New Guinea area, but is not represented on the
Moluccas or Papua New Guinea.
E. core corinna occurs on Christmas Island and Cocos Island, at Bali
and Lombok, in northern and eastern Australia and Torres Strait, but
has not been recorded from Papua New Guinea. E. algea is widely
distributed through southern Asia, Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and
the Pacific; however its sole representative in Australian territory is
the subspecies amycus which occurs only in Torres Strait and the tip
of Cape York Peninsula. Examination of a large series of E. algea
from Papua New Guinea indicates that E. algea amycus is well within
the variation of E. algea violetta (Butler) from Papua New Guinea and
is an extension of it in Torres Strait. The occurrence of E. core
corinna and E. algea amycus in the Torres Strait area of Queensland
represents the only overlap in the distributional ranges of subspecies of
these two Euploea species.
E. core corinna shows very little variation over its range, apart from
the tip of Cape York Peninsula and Torres Strait. Variable specimens
from Cape York (Common and Waterhouse, 1981) are based on the
male and female type specimens of E. euclus Miskin, since included in
E. core corinna (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). The holotype of
E. algea reginae Carpenter from north-western Australia is a typical E.
core corinna and is included in E. core corinna (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981).
Among features used to distinguish between male E. core corinna and
male E. algea amycus are the degree of spotting on the upper and
lower wing surfaces (usually greater in E. core), the post median series
of hindwing spots (present in E. core) and the length of the sex brand
(shorter in E. core) As well, the absence of long, spatulate
androconia embedded in the upper hindwing speculum normally
separates E. core andamanensis Atkinson, E. core bumila Evans
(Andaman Island subspecies) and E. core corinna from all other
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
subspecies of E. core and all subspecies of E. algea (Ackery and Vane |
Wright 1984). Wood (1987), on examining a large series of Euploea
taken on Murray Island in the Torres Strait, found many specimens
which displayed characters intermediate between E. algea and E. core.
He suggested that E. core corinna and E. algea amycus may be ont
species, E. core corinna. The results of my examination of specimens |
from this area are presented in this paper.
Data
A total of 50 specimens of male E. core and E. algea from throughout
the Torres Strait area from several collections including my own, wert
examined. Thirty of these specimens were considered to be normal É
algea males: Murray Island (12), Campbell Island (2), Yam Island (3)
Darnley Island (1) and Papua New Guinea (12). The remaining 20.
specimens, appeared to be E. core based on the retention of some |
hindwing postmedian band of spots, but many displayed characte!
that were not typical of E. core corinna. These specimens are groupe
as follows:
l. those with normal E. core spotting on wings and without long -
spatulate androconia: Thursday Island (3), Prince of Wales Island (1).
2. those with normal E. core spotting on wings and with lon? |
spatulate androconia: Murray Island (4), Thursday Island (1).
3. those with reduced spotting on wings and without long spatulatt
androconia: Murray Island (1), Yam Island (2), Cape York (1).
4. those with reduced spotting on wings and with long spatulaté |
androconia: Murray Island (5), Yam Island (2).
The first group can be classified as normal E. core corinna based On.
characters listed while groups (2) to (4) are possible hybrids betwee?
E. core corinna and E. algea amycus. Group (2) would normally be
accepted as E. core but had androconia present and as such ale
hybrids. Group (3) most approaches E. core but has spot reductio”
and can be classed as potential hybrids. This group includes the tyP*
male of E. euclus mentioned in the introduction, and had tw?
specimens with very large sex brands: a feature expected for E. alget
Group (4) is closest in appearance to E. algea but still retains some
postmedian spots on the hindwing and as such are hybrids (figs 1, 2):
Discussion
Wood (1987) has suggested that E. core corinna and E. algea amy
are conspecific, using as support the lack of autapomorphies of ^
core and E. algea as outlined by Ackery and Vane-Wright (1984):
However, these authors use the term ’clades’ (approximately
equivalent to species) and admit that in cases such as the clade cor?
and the clade algea that they refer to species complexes as considere
over their Indo-Australian distributions. They also admit in the sam
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991 47
publication that E. core corinna probably deserves elevation to species
status based on the androconia as outlined in the introduction.
The combined observations of Wood (1987) and myself suggest an
alternative explanation for the large number of specimens which
display characters intermediate between E. core and E. algea. The
alternative is that hybridization is occurring between E. core corinna
and E. algea amycus. The islands of Torres Strait are small and
remote (for example, Murray Island is 45 km from the nearest other
island, 120 km from Papua New Guinea, and about 180 km from
Cape York). Isolation may place stresses on the populations of E.
core and E. algea in their distributional overlap, increasing the
likelihood of hybridization. The androconia are an important feature
distinguishing E. core corinna and E. algea amycus as separate species
although they may occasionally hybridize.
Figs 1-2. Euploea hybrids with long, spatulate androconia: (1) Yam Island; (2) Murray
Island, with postmedian band on hindwing underside.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr G.B. Monteith, Mr T.A. Lambkin, Mr A.I.
Knight, and Mr K. Beattie for allowing me to examine specimens in
their care and for helpful discussions. Approval to publish and other
assistance provided by the Queensland Forest Service is gratefully
acknowledged. In particular, thanks are due to Dr F.R. Wylie for
comments, Ms M. Brooks for typing the manuscript and Mr C.
Fitzgerald for printing the figures.
References
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed butterflies. Pp. IX c
425. British Museum (Natural History), London.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WOOD, G.A. 1987. The butterflies of Murray Island, Torres Strait, Queensland.
Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 39-42.
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (1) Apr 1991
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
RENTZ, D.C.F.
(1988). The shield-backed katydids of southern Africa: their taxonomy, ecology and relationships to the faunas of
Australia and South America (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae: Tettigoniinae). /nvert. Taxon. 2: 223-335.
(1989). The orthopteroid insects of Norfolk Island, with descriptions and records of some related species from
Lord Howe Island, South Pacific. Invert. Taxon. 2 (1988): 1013-1077.
RENTZ, D.C.F. and JOHN, B.
(1990). Studies in Australian Gryllacrididae: taxonomy, biology, ecology and cytology. Invert. Taxon. 3: 1053-
1210.
RHEINHEIMER, J.
(1989). Notes on the hosts plants of some adult Australian weevils (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Aust. ent. Mag.
16: 27-31.
RONDONUVWU, S.A. and AUSTIN, A.D.
(1988). A new species of Uracanthus (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae): a pest on ornamental cypresses in the Adelaide
Region. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 112: 109-117.
ROTH, L.M.
(1989). The cockroach genus Margattea Shelford, with a new species from the Krakatau Islands and redescriptions
of several species from the Indo-Pacific Region (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blattellidae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash.
91: 206-229.
(1989). — Paranauphoeta rufipes Brunner in Queensland, and a description of the female of Calolampra elegans Roth
and Princis (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blaberidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 27: 589-597.
(1990). A revision of the Australian Parcoblattini (Blattaria: Blattellidae: Blattellinae). Mem. Qd. Mus. 28: 531-
596.
(1990). — Revisionary studies on Blattellidae (Blattaria) from the Indo-Australian Region. Mem. Qd Mus. 28: 597-
663.
ROZARIO, S.
(1989). Description of the five nymphal instars of Eurymeloides punctata (Signoret) (Hemiptera: Eurymelidae).
Gen. appl. Ent. 21: 56-64.
SAMSON, P.R
(1989) Morphology and biology of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and Lyell), a myrmecophagous lycaenid
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae: Theclinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 161-168.
SAMULESON, G.A.
(1989). — A review of the hispine tribe Aproidini (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 27: 599-604.
SCAMBLER, D.J.
(1990). A revision of genus Psilomorpha Saunders (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). Invert. Taxon. 3
(1989): 163-173.
SCHEERMEYER, E., KITCHING, R.L. and JONES, R.E.
(1990). Host plants, temperature and seasonal effects on immature development and adult size of Euploea core
corinna (Lepidoptera: Danainae). Aust. J. Zool. 37: 599-608.
SCHMIDT, F.
(1989). Les Hydrobiosides (Trichoptera, Annulipalpia). Bull. Inst. r. sci. nat. Belg. (Ent.) 59 (Suppl.): 1-154.
SCOBLE, M.J. and EDWARDS, E.D. L
(1988). — Hypsidia Rothschild: a review and a reassessment (Lepidoptera: Drepanoidea, Drepanidae). Ent. scand. 18:
333-353.
(1990). Parepisparis Bethune-Baker and the composition of the Oenochrominae (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Ent.
scand. 20: 371-399.
SHATTUCK, S.O.
(1990). Revision of the dolichoderine ant genus Turneria (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Syst. Ent. 15: 101-117.
SHAW, S.R.
(1990). A taxonomic revision of the long-tailed- wasps of the genus Megalyra Westwood (Hymenoptera:
Megalyridae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 1005-1052.
SHIELDS, O.
(1989). — World numbers of butterflies. J. Lepid. Soc. 43: 178-183.
SIMPSON, G.B.
(1990). Immature stages of Protaetia fusca (Herbst) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Cetoniinae) with notes on biology.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 67-73.
SIMPSON, G.B. and MAYER, D.G.
(1990). Morphometric analysis of variation in Nala lividipes (Dufour) and Labidura truncata Kirby (Dermaptera:
Labiduridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 287-294.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
I H H i i j
o tems for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
r charge for notices.
EXCHANGE. Korean butterflies
for Australian Pieridae. Mrs
Cheong Seon Woo, Dept of
TRANSWORLD Biology, College of Natural
Sciences, Kyungpook National
BUTTERFLY CO. University, Taegu, 702-701,
South Korea.
EXCHANGE. Italian Lepidoptera
Since 1976... serving lepidopterists worldwide
WORLOWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE
Neotropical, African, Palearctic, for Australian Papilionidae and
ndo-Australian Butterflies. Papilionidae, Saturnidae. Crespi Franco, Via
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Nymphalidae, C VIRA 5 23 41033
B ,
Lycaenidae etc. Books and more. z
LATEST 12-PAGE CATALOGUE Concordia, Modena, Italy.
EOR SALE: Common and
Waterhouse Butterflies of
VISIT COSTA RICA!
Entom OOA ; Australia. First edition, 1972.
mological programs for collecting — $40 Colin M Roche 24
photography at naturalist Lodges F à TN H EG P k
throughout Costa Rica. Brochure on ramon Me AD A
request. Naturalist & Birders programs Qld, 4121. Ph. (07) 397 7254.
available. WANTED. Exchange insects from
many families esp. Acrididae
ESTADO 6951 TEL: +506-284768 and Cicadidae for Australian
? oes ikd specimens from these two
SAC AMERICA families. Tim McNary, 2820
Plainview Rd, Cheyenne,
Wyoming 82009, USA.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
. All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page: $25 for 100 copies
and $30 for 200 copies. Page charges may be reduced at the discretion of the
Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 18, Part 1, 19 April 1991
CONTENTS
ABBOTT, I. Annual activity of a population of Catasarcus
asphaltinus Thompson (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in Perth,
Western Australia 21
BLAND, R.G. Mating behaviour of Monistria concinna
(Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae) and Heide amiculi
(Orthoptera: Eumastacidae) from Australia with notes on
their feeding behaviour 1
De BAAR, M. Euploea core corinna (Macleay) and Euploea
algea amycus Miskin (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) form
hybrids within Torres Strait, Queensland 45
EDWARDS, E.D. The nomenclature of Paralucia pyrodiscus
(Doubleday) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) 27
FORSTER, P.I. Host plant records (family Asclepiadaceae) for
Pyrausta incoloralis Guenée (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) ioe
JAMES, D.G. and O’MALLEY, K.J. Oversummering of eggs
of Halotydeus destructor Tucker (Acari: Penthaleidae):
diapause termination and mortality 35
MOORE, B.P. A new species of Pogonus Nicolai (Coleoptera:
Carabidae) from northern Australia 31
MOULDS, M.S. Extension to the known range of Chaetocneme
critomedia sphinterifera Fruhstorfer (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) 42 |
MURRAY, D.A.H. Book review of Stickiness in cotton 20
SANKOWSKY, G. New food plants for various Queensland
butterflies 9
WILLIAMS, A.A.E. New southern records of the yellow
palmdart Cephrenes trichopepla (Lower) (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) in Western Australian 43
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels 48
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881 _» E
: |
-9
w
m
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 18, Part 2, 28 June 1991
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members’
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia
Pty Ltd, Schering Pty Ltd.
Cover: Polyrhachis bellicosa Fr. Smith, a widespread arboreal rain
forest species occurring through Indonesia and New Guinea to as far
south as Iron Range in northern Queensland. Its nest is built against
tree trunks between climbing vines. Length 7-9 mm. Drawing by
Rudy Kohout.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 49
THE BIOLOGY AND ABORIGINAL USE OF THE HONEYPOT
ANT, CAMPONOTUS INFLATUS LUBBOCK, IN NORTHERN
TERRITORY, AUSTRALIA
John R. Conway
Department of Biology, University of Scranton, Scranton, PA 18510 USA
Abstract
Three Earthwatch expeditions excavated two nests, plotted colony distribution and
observed foraging of the honeypot ant, Camponotus inflatus, in Northern Territory,
Australia in July-August, 1987. Nests were associated with mulga trees (Acacia aneura
F. Muell. ex Benth.) and had either single or multiple entrances. Two colonies
contained 1063 and 4019 ants. Workers with swollen abdomens, called repletes,
comprised 49% (516) and 46% (1835), respectively, of the populations. Six wingless
queens were in the smaller colony. Replete abdomens were clear to dark amber; the
largest was 15 mm long and weighed 1.4 g. The larger colony had 66 replete chambers
with up to 191 repletes per chamber, reached a depth of 1.7 m, and radiated as far as
2.4 m from the entrance. Honeypot ants foraged during the day at extrafloral nectaries
on mulga phyllodes as far as 9 m from nests and on a blue-tongued lizard (Tiliqua sp.)
carcass. A raid of one honeypot ant colony on a smaller colony lasted several days and
involved interactions with four ant species. Honeypot ants are eaten by some Aboriginal
people and are significant in their Dreamtime, culture, and livelihood.
Introduction
The Australian ant fauna is among the richest and most diverse in the
world, particularly in semiarid regions, but there is little information
concerning the biology of many species, such as the black honeypot
ant, Camponotus inflatus (Taylor, 1972; Greenslade and Greenslade,
1989; Andersen and Yen, 1985).
Many ants forage for nectar (Cleland, 1965; Tindale, 1961), and/or
honeydew, but honeypot ants store these secretions in the crops of
certain swollen workers, repletes, hanging from domed chambers in
the nest. This behaviour culminates in two Formicinae, C. inflatus in
Australia and Myrmecocystus mexicanus Wesmael in North America,
in which repletes develop abdomens the size of grapes (Greenslade,
1979; McCook, 1882). These species have undergone convergent
evolution, independently developing the same adaptation to store
transient nectar supplies in a semiarid environment.
C. inflatus appears to have a widespread but patchy distribution over
the arid interior: from Hooker Creek in. the Northern Territory to the
Murchison in Western Australia to the Everard Range in South
Australia (Spencer and Gillen, 1899; White, 1915; Basedow, 1925;
Spencer, 1928; Bicchieri, 1972; Gould, pers. comm., 1987). This
species is usually associated with mulga trees (Acacia aneura) which
provide nectar, insect prey, and shelter from high temperatures and
evaporation (Low, 1978).
The purposes of our study were to determine nest density, foraging
distances, food sources and intra- and interspecific interactions.
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Careful excavations provided information on nest architecture,
population size, and repletes. We worked with Aborigines to learn
about the significance of this ant in their diet and culture.
Materials and methods
Three Earthwatch expeditions studied C. inflatus in the Northern |
Territory of Australia in July-August 1987. Two expeditions worked
at Kunoth Paddock, a small part of the Hamilton Downs Cattle
Station, 50 km north-west of Alice Springs. This site was chosen
because it contains numerous honeypot ant nests (including a number
previously excavated by Aborigines) and had been mapped and
studied. It is tall shrubland consisting of perennial mulga on red
sandy loam at an elevation of 683-710 m. The climate is arid to
semiarid with an average rainfall of 263 mm. Most work occurred in
July, the coldest month, which has average maximum and minimum
temperatures of 19°C and 4°C (Low, 1978).
Colony distribution and foraging were assessed by mapping nests on
one hectare and marking some workers with acrylic paint. We
determined one nest’s architecture by centring a north-south, east-west
string grid over its entrance and recording the depths and dimensions
of passages and chambers in each quadrant excavated. Nest and
ground temperatures were measured with a digital thermometer. All
ants were collected. We weighed 277 repletes on a balance and
measured their abdominal lengths.
A C. inflatus nest was also excavated 3.8 km from the Ranger Station
in Uluru National Park (Ayers Rock) and the coordinates and depths
of passages and chambers recorded. All ants were collected and 503
repletes weighed in the field with a spring balance and their abdominal
lengths measured with calipers.
To learn how Aborigines use honeypot ants I camped with a family
near Alice Springs, worked with guides at Uluru National Park, and
interviewed women at the Institute of Aboriginal Development in Alice
Springs.
Results
The density of C. inflatus nests at Kunoth is 24-26/ha, but was
difficult to determine with certainty since some were inactive and/or
partially excavated by Aborigines. There were 16 active nests; 6-7
excavated inactive nests; and 2-3 probable nests based on worker
activity in the vicinity. Minimum distances between nests ranged from
5 m between active nests to 2.4 m between active and inactive nests.
Six nests were 0.2-1.7 m away from mulga trees.
The entrance to the excavated Kunoth nest was 2.5 x 3.8 cm. Another
nest had two entrances 4-5 cm apart, but one was more active.
Excavation of the Uluru nest uncovered four passages leading to the
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 51
surface 18 to 55 cm from the entrance suggesting that either the
entrance changed position over time or that multiple entrances had
been present.
Little is known about the subsurface architecture except Froggatt's
(1896) description of the entrance leading into a 5-6 foot vertical shaft
going to a large chamber at the bottom with a number of honeypot
ants. He also noted horizontal foot-long passages containing 3-4
honeypot ants which lead off the main shaft about a foot below the
surface. Our excavations provide a more detailed picture of the nest.
The Kunoth nest radiated from the entrance 2.4 m SW, 1 m SE, 1m
NE, and 0.4 m NW, and reached a depth of 1.7 m. The shallowest
passage was 1.9 cm deep. Repletes were in 66 chambers 0.2 to 1.7 m
deep. The number per chamber ranged from 1-191, an average of 28
per chamber. Refuse middens, some containing dead honeypot ants
and pupal cases, were in a passage 5.7 cm deep and rooms at 1 m and
1.7 m. Nest temperatures ranged from 9.4-17.2?C.
The smaller Uluru nest radiated 0.95 m SW, 1.3 m SE, 1.1 m NE, and
1.8 m NW, and reached a depth of 0.54 m. The shallowest passage
was 3.5 cm deep. Repletes were in 16 chambers 26 to 54 cm deep with
1-125 per chamber, an average of 31 per chamber. The largest
chamber was 18 cm long, 15 cm wide and 3 cm high. Another small
honey ant colony, Plagiolepis sp., was found 0.95 m south-west from
the C. inflatus entrance with three replete chambers at depths from 26-
42 cm.
Although the Kunoth and Uluru nests differed greatly in size, both
radiated asymmetrically from the entrance and had widely scattered
dome-shaped chambers off several vertical passages. Some chambers
were separated by only 1-2.5 cm from the ones below. Both nests
extended into the root zones of nearby mulgas.
The populations of the excavated nests varied considerably. The
Kunoth nest housed 4019 ants: 1835 repletes and 2184 workers.
Numerous small larvae (652 counted) and large larvae (11 counted)
were at depths from 17.5 cm-1.7 m. The Uluru population was 1063:
516 repletes, 541 workers, and 6 wingless queens (3 physogastric).
Larvae were also present. Eggs, pupae, external parasites and
myrmecophiles were absent from both nests.
I observed C. inflatus feeding on one blue-tongued lizard (Tiliqua sp.)
carcass about 0.6 m from a nest entrance. We also observed honeypot
ants foraging on one or more mulga trees 1.8 to 9 m from their nests
between 0925 and 1500 h at Kunoth Paddock at ground temperatures
of 12-30°C. They chewed and scraped front tarsi on mulga "leaves?
(phyllodes) and drank the exudate and licked yellow bud-like
structures, but they usually drank from single, sunken extrafloral
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
nectaries at the base of phyllodes (Cleland, 1965). Only one forager
developed a swollen abdomen.
Various substances were given to honeypot ants to determine food
preferences and observe trophallaxis. Workers and repletes fed on bee
honey and lerps, but not on dilute bee honey, sugar water or a
disabled cricket. Only one worker developed a swollen abdomen.
Regurgitation was observed between repletes, workers, and a worker
and a replete.
We noted intraspecific hostility on two occasions at Kunoth Paddock.
On 5 August a worker 3.8 m from her nest fought a honeypot ant
from another colony. They used their mandibles and sprayed acid
from abdomens slung forward beneath their bodies.
The second instance involved a raid by a large honeypot ant colony on
a small nest 4.5 m away. The battle may have resulted from the
establishment of a new colony in the territory of the larger nest.
Fighting was first observed about noon on 16 July in an area 40 cm by
40 cm around the small nest entrance. Since no brood or repletes were
carried away, it was probably not a slave raid (Holldobler, 1976). The
battle diminished as the afternoon progressed, but resumed at 0930 the
next day when 63 dead ants were collected. On 18 July the raiders left
their nest for battle at 0915 but 20 minutes later some were also on a
mulga tree.
Four ant species entered the battle area between July 16-21.
Rhytidoponera sp. workers from nests 12.6 m and 31.1 m away fought
each other and honeypot ants and carried off their remains.
Encounters between Camponotus denticulata Kirby soldiers from a
slit-entrance nest (Greenslade, 1979; Spencer, 1928) 8.2 m away and
honeypot ants led to some fatalities, but often resulted in sprayed
soldiers staggering away and wiping their heads. Two smaller
unidentified ant species, one from a nest 2.4 m away, also carried
away dead honeypot ants.
We observed the common Aboriginal practice of eating repletes
("tjala") singly by holding the head and thorax between two fingers
and biting off the distended abdomen (Froggatt, 1896; Winfield, 1982;
Bryce, 1986; Devitt, 1986). This method is identical to the use of
Myrmecocystus repletes by Indians of the American Southwest and
Mexico (Curran, 1937; De Conconi and Moreno, 1979) and indicates
convergent evolution of their utilization by native peoples on both
continents. Australian and North American repletes have a flavour
like cane molasses, but often have an acrid aftertaste due to formic
acid. Aboriginal women at Uluru told me that if a large number are
eaten without water, the effect is like drinking too much wine - your
head feels funny, your belly burns, and you feel dry inside and need to
drink a lot of water.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 53
The continued use of honeypot ants by Australian Aborigines provides
insights into how they might have been utilized by North American
Indians. We were told that Aboriginal women usually gather
honeypot ants, a skill taught to young girls by senior women. We
found 26 Aboriginal excavation pits at Kunoth Paddock; one to three
associated with each nest. The digs covered areas of 0.09-5.72 sq. m
(¥=1.1) and ranged in depth from 10-100 cm. Partial excavations
appear to be common and may preserve the species since queens,
workers and brood move down when a colony is disturbed.
Discussion
A major question is why honeypot ants occur in some patches of
mulga and not others. Nelson (pers. comm., 1987) believes honeypot
ants only thrive in undisturbed mature mulga stands and are abundant
at Kunoth Paddock because cattle do not enter this area. Other
factors, such as temperature, humidity, soil type, predation and
availability of nectar and honeydew may also determine distribution.
Honeypot ants may protect mulga trees. Lamont (1979) reports
extrafloral nectaries may be universal in Acacia of south-western
Australia, where their year round secretion attracts ants to defend
nectaries, or the whole plant, against herbivores (Buckley, 1982). We
only observed one C. inflatus worker eating a small red insect or mite
on a phyllode, but Aboriginal women said grubs ("muyamuya") on
mulga leaves are fed to honeypot ant larvae. We did see workers
move along the length of each phyllode, the same foraging pattern
used by other ants to detect insects on acacia (Majer, 1979; New,
1984).
It is questionable whether extrafloral nectaries alone could sustain a
honeypot ant colony since their secretions are not abundant and
contain mainly glucose and fructose which do not provide a complete
diet (Buckley, 1982). Further study is needed to determine whether the
interaction between A. aneura and C. inflatus involves obligate
mutualism and co-evolution similar to other ant-plant associations.
Honeypot ants are reported to get nectar from a variety of sources at
other times of the year. Mulgas provide nectar when they flower at
the end of August (Bicchieri, 1972; Hart, 1974; Nelson, pers. comm.,
1987). Morton (pers. comm., 1986) believes ants use spring-flowering
shrubs, such as Cassia, and Aboriginal women at Uluru said repletes
store nectar from black corkwood blossoms (Hakea sp.), red
Eremophila latrobei flowers ("mintjingka"), and yellow mulga flowers
(“inuntji”). Others report honeypot ants gather nectar from the
"mulga apple," an acacia gall (Basedow, 1904; Spencer, 1928;
Mckeown, 1944).
Primary 'honey' sources for C. inflatus may be ’lerps’ (sugary scales
secreted by psyllids) and scale insects (Coccidae) (Spencer, 1928; Kean,
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
1987) which cover mulgas for about three weeks in the spring (Latz,
pers. comm., 1984). Lerps infest the bark and leaves and exude clear
droplets, especially after rain (Bryce, pers. comm., 1987). Bicchieri
(1972) reports lerp infestations over large areas of A. aneura but not
in other areas; one factor which might contribute to this ant’s
discontinuous distribution.
Replete abdomens range in colour from clear to dark amber as in
Myrmecocystus mexicanus, but the clear to clear-amber ones are few
in number (19 of 277 Kunoth repletes) (Conway, 1977, 1990a). These
colour variations, which have also been reported by Aborigines
(Devitt, 1986), may be due to different storage products. Dark amber
repletes store fructose and glucose (Basedow, 1904; Badger and.
Korytnyk, 1956; Conway, 1977) and clear ones may store water
(Snelling, 1976). Australian repletes reach larger sizes (15 mm gaster;
1.4 g) than M. mexicanus repletes (12 mm gaster; 0.98 g) (Conway,
1990 a, b).
I saw no evidence of predation on honeypot ants and Jakamara, my
Aboriginal guide, said the nests are not dug out by mammals as
sometimes occurs in Arizona (Chew, 1979; Conway, 1990a).
Froggatt (1896) mentions extensive Aboriginal excavations of honeypot
ant nests around Ayers Rock. Aborigines still expend much time and
effort locating and excavating nests but most digs are partial and last
less than an hour (Devitt, 1986). Others have reported digs as deep as
1.2-1.8 m (Spencer, 1928; Hart, 1974; Winfield, 1982) and several
meters in diameter (Bicchieri, 1972). Honeypot ants were originally
sought by Aborigines as a sweet, but now the digging is often a picnic
with a purpose, a mother teaching children their way of life with its
values and customs (Hart, 1974).
Honeypot ants also play a role in Aboriginal mythology. Aborigines
believe all creatures and topographical features result from the |
activities of their totemic ancestors during the Dreamtime. Each |
animal and plant has a "Dreaming! - the story of its creation and
importance. I was told the totems and ceremonies associated with
honeypot ants are still extant at Aboriginal settlements such as
Papunya and Yuendumu north-west of Alice Springs.
Honeypot ants also have commercial importance. Honeypot ants have
been depicted by Aborigines for thousands of years in ground mosaics
and cave paintings. Today Aboriginal paintings on canvas, as well as
T-shirts and postcards depicting honeypot ant dreaming are sold to
tourists. Thus, honeypot ants still play an important role in the diet,
Dreamtime and livelihood of Aboriginal people (Hart, 1974; Devitt,
1986).
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the 25 Earthwatch volunteers who excavated the
nests. Thanks also to Dr Anne Kerle and Dr Mike Fleming who
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 55
provided information, logistical support and hospitality during our
stay in Alice Springs. Dr Steve Morton, CSIRO Alice Springs, and
Des Nelson visited the Kunoth site and shared their knowledge of the
ecology of the area. Bill Pryor, Manager of the Hamilton Downs
Station, granted permission to work on Kunoth Paddock. Suzy Bryce
at The Institute of Aboriginal Development in Alice Springs shared
her expertise on the use of honeypot ants by Aboriginal people. Lynn
Baker, Scientific Officer, and Chip Morgan, Park Superintendent,
assisted work at Uluru National Park. Special thanks are extended to
Jakamara, my Aboriginal guide in Alice Springs and the Aboriginal
women from the Mutitjulu Community at Uluru who provided first-
hand information on honeypot ants through their interpreter, Susan
Woenne-Green. Peter Latz (Northern Territory Conservation
Commission), Richard Gould (Dept of Anthropology, Brown
University) and P.J.M. Greenslade (CSIRO Div. of Soils-Canberra
Laboratories) also provided information. This research was supported
by a grant from The Center for Field Research and a Faculty Study
grant from the University of Scranton.
References
ANDERSEN, A. N. and YEN, A. L. 1985. Immediate effects of fire on ants in the
semi-arid mallee region of north-western Victoria. Australian Journal of Ecology 10:
25-30.
BADGER, G.M. and KORYTNYK, W. 1956. Examination of honey in Australian
honey-ants. Nature 178: 320-321.
BASEDOW, H. 1904. Anthropological notes made on the South Australian
Government North-West prospecting expedition, 1903. Transactions of the Royal
Society of South Australia 28: 12-37.
BASEDOW, H. 1925. The Australian Aboriginal. F.W. Preece and Sons, Adelaide.
422 pp.
BICCHIERI, M.G. (Editor) 1972. Hunters and gatherers today. Holt, Rinehart and
Winston, Inc., New York. 494 pp.
BRYCE, S. 1986. Women's gathering and hunting in the Pitjantjatjara homelands.
Institute of Aboriginal Development, Alice Springs.
BUCKLEY, R.C. 1982. Antplant interactions in Australia. Dr W. Junk Publishers,
The Hague. 162 pp.
CHEW, R.M. 1979. Mammalian predation on honey ants, Myrmecocystus
(Formicidae). Southwestern Naturalist 24: 677-682.
CLELAND, J.B. 1965. The gland on Acacia phyllodes and ants. South Australian
Naturalist 39: 53.
CONWAY, J.R. 1977. Analysis of clear and dark amber repletes of the honey ant,
Myrmecocystus mexicanus hortideorum. Annals of the Entomological Society of
America 70: 367-369.
CONWAY, J.R. 1990a. Notes on repletes, myrmecophiles, and predators of honey ant
nests (Myrmecocystus mexicanus) in Arizona. Journal of the New York Entomological
Society 98: 103-107.
CONWAY, J.R. 1990b. Copping it sweet: the honey ant in Aboriginal culture. Geo
12 (3): 54-61.
CURRAN, C.H. 1937. Insect lore of the aztecs. Natural History 39: 196-203.
56 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
De CONCONI, J.R. and MORENO, J.M.P. 1979. Insectos comestibles del valle del
mezquital y su valor nutritivo. Anales Instituto de Biologia. Universidad Nacional
Autonoma de Mexico 50: 563-574.
DEVITT, J. 1986. A taste for honey: Aborigines and the collection of ants associated
with mulga in Central Australia. /n Saffler, P.S. (ed.), The mulga lands. Royal Society
of Queensland, Brisbane.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1896. Honey Ants. Report on the work of the Horn Expedition
to Central Australia. Pt. II.-Zoology. pp. 385-392, pl. 27.
GREENSLADE, P.J.M. 1979. A Guide to ants of South Australia. Special
Educational Bulletin Series. South Australian Museum, Adelaide. 44 pp.
GREENSLADE, P.J.M. and GREENSLADE, P. 1989. Ground layer invertebrate
fauna. Pp. 266-284 In Noble, J.C. and Bradstock, R.A. (eds), Mediterranean landscapes
in Australia: mallee ecosystems and their management. CSIRO, East Melbourne. 485
pp.
HART, M. 1974. Kulila on Aboriginal education. Australia and New Zealand Book
Company, Sydney. 134 pp.
HOLLDOBLER, B. 1976. Tournaments and slavery in a desert ant. Science 192: 912-
914,
KEAN, J. 1987. Aboriginal/Acacia relationships in Central Australia. Project 1A
Graduate Diploma in Natural Resources. Roseworthy Agricultural College.
LAMONT, B. 1979. Extrafloral nectaries in Australian plants, with special reference to
Acacia. Pp. 15-18 in Mulga Research Centre Annual Report 1978. Western Australian
Institute of Technology, Bentley, Western Australia.
LOW, W.A. 1978. The physical and biological features of Kunoth Paddock in Central
Australia. Division of Land Resources Management Technical Paper No. 4. CSIRO,
Melbourne. 137 pp.
MAJER, J.D. 1979. The possible protective function of extrafloral nectaries of Acacia
saligna. Pp. 31-39 in Mulga Research Centre Annual Report 1978. Western Australian
Institute of Technology, Bentley, Western Australia.
McCOOK, H.C. 1882. The honey ants of the Garden of the Gods, and the occident
ants of the American Plains. J.B. Lippincott and Co., Philadelphia. 188 pp.
McKEOWN, K.C. 1944. Insect wonders of Australia. Angus and Robertson, Ltd.,
Sydney. 187 pp.
NEW, T.R. 1984. A Biology of Acacias. Oxford University Press, Melbourne. 153
pp.
SNELLING, R.R. 1976. A revision of the honey ants, genus Myrmecocystus
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Natural History Museum of Los Angeles County Science
Bulletin 24: 1-163
SPENCER, B. 1928. Wanderings in wild Australia. Macmillan, London. Two
volumes.
SPENCER, B. and GILLEN, F.J. 1899. The native tribes of Central Australia. Dover
Publications, Inc. 669 pp.
TAYLOR, R.W. 1972. Biogeography of insects of New Guinea and Cape York
Peninsula. /n Walker, D. (ed.), Bridge and barrier: the natural and cultural history of
Torres Strait. Research School of Pacific Studies, Dept. of Biogeography and
Geomorphology, Australian National University, Canberra. 437 pp.
TINDALE, N.B. 1961. A new species of Chlenias (Lepidoptera, Boarmiidae) on
Acacia aneura, with some central Australian native beliefs about it. Records of the
South Australian Museum 14: 131-140.
WHITE, S.A. 1915. Scientific notes on an expedition into North-Western regions of
South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 39: 707-729.
WINFIELD, C. 1982. Bush tucker. Wattle Park Teachers Centre. 80 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 57
SOME RECORDS OF MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA) FROM
MANGROVES IN SOUTHERN QUEENSLAND
M.J. HOCKEY and M. DE BAAR
Queensland Forest Service, P.O. Box 631, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
This paper presents mangrove food plant records, locality data and biology notes for
moths bred from mangrove environments in southern Queensland.
Introduction
This paper is part of a series on mangrove insects (De Baar and
Hockey, 1987; Hockey and De Baar, 1988), bred or collected from
mangrove ecosystems in southern Queensland. The paper by
Hutchings and Recher (1982) provides a comprehensive introduction to
the literature on mangrove fauna. Much of the previous
entomological work was incidental to research on the crustacean and
molluscan fauna. These works often present their insect components
as lists of insects identified, for the most part, to order (Anonymous,
1977; Ellway, 1974).
While there are some ubiquitous species in the mangroves, examples
being Achaea janata (Linnaeus) and Syntherata janetta (White), the
mangrove fauna also contains specialised components such as the
xyloryctine Echiomima sp. The ecological relationships between these
insects is poorly known for any Australian mangrove system but
presents many interesting research opportunities.
Methods and Materials
Material with insect attack was collected and removed to cages in a
temperature controlled insectary. Voucher specimens are deposited in
the Queensland Forest Insect Collection (QFIC). Data on insects not
identifiable to species are preceded by their QFIC registration number.
The mangrove taxa mentioned in the text are: Aegiceras corniculatum
(L.) (Myrsinaceae); Avicennia marina (Forsk) Vierk (Avicenniaceae);
Ceriops tagal (Perr.) C.B.Rob. (Rhizophoraceae); Excoecaria
agallocha L. (Euphorbiaceae); Rhizophora stylosa Griff.
(Rhizophoraceae).
Locations of sites mentioned in the text are: Brisbane, 27?28'S
153*0l'E; Coochin Ck, 26°53’S 152?59'E; Glass Mountain Ck,
26959'S 153°1’E; Maryborough, 25?32'S 152°42’E; Port Alma,
23935'S 150°52’E; Redland Bay, 27°37’S 153?18'E; and Tooloom
Scrub, 28°37’S 152°25’E.
Moth Records
Family Cosmopterigidae
Labdia sp. nr. deliciosella Walker. QFIC 6243/11. Port Alma, 2
adults emerged 1.i.1986 from branch of E. agallocha.
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Family Cossidae
Macrocyttara expressa (Lucas). Indooroopilly Is., Brisbane, 11 males,
9 females emerged in the period 25.x.1985 to 10.iv.1986 from stems of
A. corniculatum. Although the collected material still contained active
larvae, no adults emerged from December 1986 to February 1987;
Glass Mountain Ck, via Beerburrum, 26.iii.1986, larvae were collected
in the stem of A. corniculatum; Coochin Ck via Beerwah, 2.iv.1986,
larvae were collected in the stem of A. corniculatum; Corinda,
Brisbane, 12.iii.1987, 1 male to mercury vapour light.; Tooloom
Scrub, 21.i1.1937 E.J. Dumigan, (1 male in the University of
Queensland Collection).
Illidge and Quail (1903) thoroughly described the insect and its effect
on A. corniculatum. Since the type series was collected near Bulimba,
Brisbane circa 1900, collection records are: a single specimen collected
near Gympie, in Australian National Insect Collection (E.D. Edwards,
pers. comm.), some specimens taken at light in Brisbane (B.K.
Cantrell, pers. comm.) and our records. A number of authors have
referred to Macrocyttara as attacking E. agallocha (Common, 1970;
Hutchings and Recher, 1982). The only basis that we can find for this
is a comment by Turner (1945) who states it was ’bred in large
numbers by Mr R. Illidge from larvae tunnelling the stems of the
"milky mangrove” ’ (E. agallocha is commonly known as the milky
mangrove). However, in Turner’s only reference, Lucas (1902), there
is no reference to this plant. Examination of the original paper
(Illidge and Quail, 1903) leaves no doubt that only A. corniculatum
(as Aegiceras majus Gaertner) has been recorded as a host. The larva
was illustrated in colour by Common (1990) and De Baar and Hockey
(1987).
Family Gelechiidae
?Anarsia sp. QFIC 6388/01. Long Pocket, Brisbane, larvae were
collected 23.i.1987 boring into the fruits of A. corniculatum. Four
adults emerged 10.11.1987.
Family Geometridae
Anisozyga sp. QFIC 6415. Long Pocket, Brisbane, larva collected
20.1.1987 feeding on leaves of A. corniculatum. Adult emerged
13.11.1987.
Family Limacodidae
Doratifera unicolor Swinhoe. Mary River Heads, nr Maryborough,
cocoons were collected 27.11.1986 on the stem of R. stylosa. Adults
emerged 27-28.ix.1986. The small trees had been heavily defoliated by
the larvae.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 59
Family Noctuidae
Achaea janata (Linnaeus). Maryborough, 3 pupae, 6.v.1978 from A.
marina with damaged leaves. One adult emerged 17.v.1978. Edwards
(1978) lists E. agallocha as a food plant.
Family Oecophoridae
Barea leucocephala (Turner). QFIC 5485/07. Redland Bay, 2 adults
emerged 1.xi.1984 from branches taken from a dead A. marina.
Barea sp. QFIC 6243/19. Port Alma, 3 adults emerged Oct. 1986
from E. agallocha branch material heavily attacked by cerambycid
branch-pruners.
Echiomima sp. n. QFIC 6243/05. Port Alma, emerged 2.xii.1985
from tunnel on underside of branch of A. marina collected 13.xi.1985.
The tunnel of this xyloryctine, on the branch was completely
inundated by the tide. Similar damage was noticed on the trunks of
other Avicennia in the area.
nr. Garrha sp. QFIC 6248. Redland Bay, emerged 25.ix.1985. The
larvae feed on the leaf surfaces of A. marina.
Family Tineodidae
Cenoloba obliteralis (Walker). Redland Bay, 8 moths emerged 19 to
20 Aug. 1985 from dead branches of A. marina collected 12.viii.1985;
Redland Bay, numerous moths emerged in October 1985 from seeds of
A. marina collected 12.viii.1985.
Common (1970, 1990) records the fruits of A. marina as host. These
insects were bred from fruits of A. marina picked from tree, but the
majority of specimens emerged from fallen fruits, indicating
oviposition possibly occurs more often in older fruits. The larvae were
able to leave fallen fruits to find suitable pupation sites and this also
occurred in the laboratory. Field collected, dead branch material also
yielded many adult specimens.
Family Pyralidae
Gen. et sp. indet. (Phycitinae). QFIC 6218. Redland Bay, 14 moths
emerged in the period 21 to 26.viii.1985 from fruits of A. marina
picked from the tree on 12.viii.1985. Insectary reared larvae left fruits
to find pupation sites. No moths emerged from fallen fruits collected
at the same time.
Gen. et sp. indet. (Phycitinae). QFIC 1562. Maryborough, emerged
3.1v.1978. The larva feed on leaves of A. marina; QFIC 6391. Long
Pocket, Brisbane emerged 14.11.1987. The larvae feed on the leaves of
A. marina, some of which were partly rolled.
The above species of Phycitinae are morphologically similar. We have
tentatively regarded them as different species due to their behaviours.
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Family Saturniidae
Syntherata janetta (White). Long Pocket, Brisbane, eggs and larvae
were found on leaves of A. corniculatum on 23.1.1987. 3 males and 3
females emerged 17-25.iii.1987; St. Lucia, Brisbane, Aug. 1986: an
empty pupal case of this species was found in leaves of A. marina.
The pupal case was occupied by workers and male alates of
Polyrhachis sp.
C. tagal has previously been recorded as a host by Manski (1960), and
Ceriops and Aegiceras were recorded by Common (1990).
Family Tortricidae
Gen. et sp. indet. (Olethreutinae). QFIC 6249. Redland Bay,
emerged 18.ix.1985 from fruit of R. stylosa, collected from tree.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr I.F.B. Common and Mr. E.D. Edwards for
identification of material and for assistance with references. Dr B.
Cantrell allowed access to material under his charge. We particularly
wish to thank Miss M.A. Schneider for the loan of Macrocyttara
material in the University of Queensland collection.
References
ANONYMOUS 1977. An investigation of management options for Towra Point,
Botany Bay. Report prepared for the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service by
the Australian Littoral Society.
COMMON, I.F.B. 1970. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). /n CSIRO The Insects
of Australia. Pp. 765-866. Melbourne University Press.
COMMON, I.F.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
535 pp.
DE BAAR, M. and HOCKEY, M. 1987. Mangrove insects. Wildlife Australia 24 (1):
18-21.
EDWARDS, E.D. 1978. A review of the genus Achaea Hübner in Australia
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 17: 329-
340.
ELLWAY, C.P. 1974. An ecological study of Corio Bay, Central Queensland. Report
commissioned by the Capricorn Coast Protection Council.
HOCKEY, M. and DE BAAR, M. 1988. Insects of the Queensland mangroves. Part
2. Coleoptera. Coleopterists Bulletin 42: 157-160.
HUTCHINGS, P.A. and RECHER, H.F. 1982. The fauna of Australian mangroves.
Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of London 106: 83-121.
ILLIDGE, R. and QUAIL, A. 1903. Australian woodboring Cossidae. Proceedings of
the Royal Society of Queensland 17: 161-174.
LUCAS, T.P. 1902. New species of Queensland Lepidoptera. Proceedings of the
Linnaean Society of New South Wales 27: 246-251.
MANSKI, M.J. 1960. Food plants of some Queensland Lepidoptera. Queensland
Naturalist 16: 68-73.
TURNER, A.J. 1945. A revision of the Australian Cossidae (Lepidoptera).
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 56: 47-70.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199] 61
HOST RECORDS (FAMILY ASCLEPIADACEAE) FOR EUPLOEA
CORE CORINNA (W.S. MACLEAY) (LEPIDOPTERA:
NYMPHALIDAE)
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Old, 4068
Abstract
Ceropegia cumingiana Decne., Gunnessia pepo P. Forster, Gymnanthera fruticosa K.L.
Wilson, Gymnema geminatum, R. Br., G. micradenium Benth., Hoya cumingiana
Decne., Hoya oligotricha subsp. tenuipes K. Hill, Marsdenia hemiptera Rchb., M.
viridiflora subsp. nov. and Tylophora sp. nov. are recorded as host plants for Euploea
core corinna. Host plant records for this butterfly in the Asclepiadaceae are
summarised.
Introduction
The Asclepiadaceae are important as hosts for larvae of the
Nymphalidae with 40 species having recorded hosts in the family
(Ackery and Vane-Wright, 1984). The Australian crow or oleander
butterfly Euploea core corinna is a common butterfly in eastern
Australia and has had a number of Asclepiadaceae previously listed as
hosts (Ackery and Vane-Wright, 1984; Scheermeyer and Zalucki, 1985;
Forster, 1987, 1989).
Observations
From observations on plants in cultivation or in habitat, a number of
instances of oviposition, feeding and pupation of E. c. corinna were
recorded. Previous host records in the Asclepiadaceae are summarized
in Table 1. Voucher plant specimens have been deposited at the
Queensland Herbarium.
New Host Plants ,
1. Ceropegia cumingiana Decne.: Cultivated plants (ex Mcllwraith
Range, Qld, Voucher: Liddle s.n.) at St. Lucia. Larval feeding (V
instar) observed, March 1989.
2. Gunnessia pepo P. Forster: Cultivated plants (ex Lake Patricia,
Weipa, Qld, Voucher: Forster & Liddle 4076) at St. Lucia.
Oviposition, feeding and pupation to adults observed, February 1989.
3. Gymnanthera fruticosa K.L. Wilson: Cultivated plants (ex central
Australia, Voucher: Forster 6208) at Sherwood. Oviposition, feeding
and pupation to adults observed, January 1990.
4. Gymnema geminatum R. Br.: Wild plants (Voucher: Forster 6536)
at Chillagoe. One female observed ovipositing (6 March 1990), no live
larvae observed.
5. Gymnema micradenium Benth.: Cultivated plants (ex Newman’s
Lookout Scrub, voucher not kept) at Rainworth. Larval feeding (V
instar) observed, February, 1989.
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
6. Hoya cumingiana Decne.: Cultivated plants (ex Philippines,
Voucher: Cumming 1702) at Strathpine. Larval feeding (V instar)
Observed, February 1989.
7. Hoya oligotricha K. Hill subsp. tenuipes K. Hill: Cultivated plants
(ex Charmillin Ck, 12 km SSW of Ravenshoe. Voucher: Lockyer sub.
Forster 2380) at Rainworth. Oviposition, feeding and pupation to
adults observed, 1989-1990.
8. Marsdenia hemiptera Rchb.: Cultivated plants (ex near Ginger
Mick's Mine, 2 km S of Punsand Bay, Qld. Voucher: Forster &
Liddle 4445) at St Lucia. Oviposition, feeding and pupation to adults
Observed, March 1989.
9. Marsdenia viridiflora R. Br. subsp. nov. This undescribed
subspecies occurs in tropical northern Australia and is primarily a
plant of open woodland although it may occasionally occur in vine
thickets. Ovipositing females and II instar larvae were observed on
wild plants at Chillagoe (6 March 1990). (Voucher: Forster 6533). M.
viridiflora R.Br. subsp. viridiflora has previously been recorded as a
host for this butterfly (Forster, 1989).
10. Tylophora sp. nov.: Cultivated plants (ex Herberton area,
Voucher: Forster 3947) at St. Lucia. Larval feeding (IV and V instar)
Observed, March 1989.
Discussion
The species of Asclepiadaceae recorded as new hosts for E. c. corinna,
with the exception of H. cumingiana (from the Philippines), all grow
within the known distribution range of the butterfly (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981).
Several of the hosts for this butterfly, notably the Asclepias and
Gomphocarpus spp. and perhaps the Calotropis spp. are unsuitable
for full development from egg to adult (Rahman et al. 1984, Kitching
and Zalucki 1983), and although some taxa such as A. curassavica and
G. fruticosus are widespread in eastern Australia their contribution to
the population dynamics of this butterfly are uncertain. Certainly Æ.
c. corinna may visit plants of A. fruticosa quite frequently, but this
seems on most occasions to be primarily for nectar, although some
individuals have been observed to rest on young pods and may
perhaps obtain chemicals from them (M. Zalucki, personal
communication 1989).
The Australian Asclepiadaceae suitable as hosts (Table 1), represent
less than one quarter of the taxa in this family that occur in the
country. While it would appear that some taxa are not suitable, at
least in terms of unattractiveness for oviposition or larval feeding, it
can be expected that further taxa of this family are suitable as hosts.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 63
Table 1. Hosts in the family Asclepiadaceae for Euploea core corinna.
* indicates native Australian taxa.
HOST SOURCE
Asclepias curassavica L. 1
Asclepias spp. 2
(inferred to be Gomphocarpus fruticosa and Asclepias curassavica)
* Brachystelma glabriflorum (F. Muell.) Schltr. 3
(as B. microstemma)
Calotropis gigantea (L.) W.T. Aiton 1
*Ceropegia cumingiana Decne. 4
Cryptostegia grandiflora Roxb. ex R. Br. 2
C. madagascariensis Bojer ex Decne. 2
*Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. 5
(as Ischnostemma carnosum)
Gomphocarpus fruticosus (L.) W.T. Aiton 1
(as G. physocarpus)
*Gymnanthera fruticosa K.L. Wilson 4
*G. nitida R. Br. 5
*Gymnema geminatum R. Br. 4
*G. micradenium Benth. 4
*Gunnessia pepo P. Forster 4
Hoya archboldiana C. Norman 3
*H. australis R. Br. subsp. australis 6,3
*H. australis subsp. sanae (Bailey) K. Hill 3
H. carnosa (L. f.) R. Br 3
H. cumingiana Decne. 4
*H. oligotricha K. Hill subsp. tenuipes K. Hill 4
*H. macgillivrayi Bailey 3
*Marsdenia australis (R. Br.) Druce 6,
(as Leichhardtia or M. leichhardtiana)
*M. coronata Benth.
*M. glandulifera C. White
*M. hemiptera Rchb.
*M. microlepis Benth.
*M. rostrata R. Br.
*M. suaveolens A. Cunn.
*M. viridiflora R. Br. subsp. viridiflora
*M. viridiflora subsp. nov.
*Sarcostemma australe R. Br. subsp. australe
*S. australe subsp. nov. 1
*Sarcostemma sp. nov. (as S. australe subsp. nov. 2)
*Secamone elliptica R. Br.
Stephanotis sp.
*Tylophora sp.
1 - Ackery and Vane-Wright 1984; 2 - Common and Waterhouse 1981; 3 -
Forster 1987; 4 - this paper; 5 - Sankowsky 1975; 6 - D'Abrera; 7 - Forster
1989; 8 - Musgrave 1948.
N
iO UU OI Ro B
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Given the preponderance of certain genera in the list already recorded, it
could be predicted that further hosts will be found in Marsdenia R.Br. which
has nearly 30 species in Australia and perhaps in Tylophora which has 11
species in Australia.
Acknowledgements
Plants used in this study were collected on trips undertaken in conjunction
with L.H. Bird, P.D. Bostock, R.A. Harvey, G. Kenning, D.J. Liddle and
M.C. Tucker. The author benefited from various conversations on the subject
with M.P. Zalucki. All are gratefully acknowledged.
References
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed butterflies, their cladistics and
biology. British Museum (Natural History), London.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
D'ABRERA, B. 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. Pp. 415. Lansdowne, Melboume.
FORSTER, P.I. 1987. New host records for Euploea core corinna (Macleay) (Nymphalidae).
Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society 40: 354-355.
FORSTER, P.I. 1989. New host records (Family Asclepiadaceae) for Euploea core corinna
(W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Queensland. Australian Entomological
Magazine 16: 79-80.
KITCHING, R.L. and ZALUCKI, M.P. 1983. A cautionary note on the use of oviposition
records as larval food plant records. Australian Entomological Magazine 10: 64-66.
MUSGRAVE, A. 1948. Some butterflies of Australia and the Pacific. Family Danaidae -
danaids. Australian Museum Magazine 9: 270-275, 309-314.
RAHMAN, H.U., ZALUCKI, M.P. and SCHEERMEYER, E. 1984. The effect of host plant on
the development and survival of the immature stages of Euploea core corinna (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 24: 95-98.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies. Australian
Entomological Magazine 2: 55-56.
SCHEERMEYER, E. and ZALUCKI, M.P. 1985. Food plant records of Euploea core corinna
(W.S. Macleay) with some notes on larval coloration. Australian Entomological Magazine 11:
87-90.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 65
THE EFFECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS ON THE
DISTRIBUTION OF IMMATURE CULEX ANNULIROSTRIS
SKUSE (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE)
D.S. KETTLE!, P. MOTTRAM? and B.H. KAY?
! Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
? Division of Environmental and Occupational Health, Brisbane, Qld, 4001
3 Queensland Institute of Medical Research, Herston, Qld, 4006
Abstract
Observations were made on the distribution of immature Culex annulirostris in a
drainage channel at Charleville in south-western Queensland. Highest densities were
found in still waters supporting a moderate or dense growth of Paspalum spp. which
was shaded for part of the day. Density was independent of water depth (6-10 cm cf.
11-15 cm) in the presence of Paspalum spp. but was higher in water 11-15 cm deep when
Cenchrum ciliaris L. was the dominant grass. In this depth of water C. ciliaris had
more leaves on the surface and was more branched under water.
Introduction
Culex annulirostris is a common pest mosquito in Australia and the
vector of Murray Valley Encephalitis and Ross River virus to humans
(Doherty, 1977), and heartworm (Dirofilaria immitis (Leidy)) to dogs
(Russell, 1985). Its breeding sites have been described as fresh-water
swamps, transient grassy pools in shade or sunlit and usually with
aquatic or emergent vegetation (Kay ef al. 1981). No quantitative data
have been published on the relationship between these environmental
variables and abundance of immature Cx annulirostris. In this study
we evaluate the effect of water depth, speed of water flow, degree of
shading, and species and density of grass on the distribution of
immature Cx annulirostris at one site.
Methods
Observations were made on a side channel leading from the cleanest
sewage treatment pond (No. 4) at Charleville (26°24’S, 146?15' E) in
south-western Queensland. The channel was about 1.7 m wide with
both banks covered with C. ciliaris, Paspalum distichum L. and a
Paspalum sp. The middle of the channel was almost free of grass
where the water flowed quite fast but at the banks it was slow flowing
or still. Water depth varied from 7 to 15 cm.
Samples were taken close to the banks on each side of the channel at
36 evenly spaced positions (60 cm apart), giving 72 sampling locations.
At each location a sample was taken with a 300 ml dipper daily for 10
days (22-31 March 1980), the number of immatures recorded and the
sample returned to the same spot. Samples were taken sequentially
from positions 1-36 on the left bank and then on the right bank.
Disturbance would show as a lower catch in sample x+ 1 compared to
sample x. Using the total number of immatures observed at each
location, numbers at locations x-- 1 were higher than those at x in 39
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
comparisons, lower on 28 and equal on 3. This suggests that
disturbance was minimal.
Each location was classified as shallow (6-10 cm) or deep (11-15 cm);
fast flowing, slow flowing or still; open (exposed to the sun all day),
partially shaded (shaded for part of the day) or fully shaded; and the
grass density as light (most parts emergent with only a few leaves
touching the water), moderate (branched in the water and some leaves
lying flat on the surface), or dense (branched in the water and dense
cover of leaves on the surface).
For statistical analysis the data were transformed logarithmically
[In(x-- 1) where x is the number of immatures. Tests of significance
were carried out on means of the transformed data (Mj, Kettle and
Linley 1967) using the /-test. In presenting the results modified
geometric means (Mw, Williams mean, Haddow, 1960) have been
used where Mw = antilog My -1. Two statistical analyses were carried
out. The first looked at variance due to days, locations and banks
using an ANOVA, and the second assessed the contribution of the
environmental variables using a technique for unbalanced, factorial
data (GLIM 3.10, Royal Statistical Society, London; Baker and
Nelder, 1978).
The second analysis was complicated by the unequal frequency with
which various environmental categories occurred. Thus for water
depth 51 locations were shallow and 21 deep; for speed of flow - still
(36), slow (35), fast (1), reducing the comparison to still v slow; shade
- open (48), partial (16), full (8); grass species C. ciliaris (12), P.
distichum (47), Paspalum sp. (13); grass density - light (15), moderate
(31), dense (26).
Results and Discussion
Over the 10 days 6300 immature Cx annulirostris were collected with
the numbers at the different locations ranging from 0 to 423 and daily
totals from 293 to 934.
Table 1. Analysis of variance of numbers of immature Cx
annulirostris on days, locations and banks. SS = Sum of squares; MS
— Mean square; df — degrees of freedom; F — Variance ratio.
Source df SS MS E
Days 9 58.45 6.49 20;:25***
Locations 71 628.35 8.85 39.86***
Banks l 203.42 203.42 916.3] ***
Positions 35 222.05 6.34 28.58***
Banks x Positions 35 202.88 5.80 26.11***
Banks x Days 9 4.94 0.55 2.47*
Positions x Days 315 81.49 0.26 1.17
Error 315 70.06 0.22
Total 719 843.29
***, **. * signify probabilities of «0.001, «0.01 and «0.05 respectively.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 67
The first analysis, using the 720 daily counts (10 days x 72 locations),
found highly significant differences between days, banks and positions
(Table 1). The difference between days was to be expected as it was
unlikely that the numbers of eggs hatching and the numbers of adults
emerging would maintain a steady population. Nearly 3 times as
many immature Cx annulirostris were recorded from the left bank
(4631) than from the right bank (1669). An explanation of this
difference will be given in the next paragraph. For the present
investigation the most important feature of this analysis was the highly
significant bank/position interaction, indicating that the distribution
of the immatures was influenced by factors other than bank and
position. Some of these factors could be environmental.
Table 2. Analysis of variance of numbers of Cx annulirostris on
various environmental factors. Only significant first order interactions
have been included. For symbols see Table 1.
Source df SS MS F
Flow 1 22.81 22.81 51.61***
Grass density 2 16.91 8.45 38.21***
Grass species 2 13.77 6.89 BEL Soe
Shade 2 2275, 1.38 6.22**
Depth 1 0.04 0.04 0.18
Depth x grass species 2 3.03 1.50 6.80**
Depth x grass density 2 2.53 1.27 atis hr
Residual 42 9.29 0.22
TOTAL 71 127.90
The second analysis related the transformed total count of immatures
at each location to the 5 environmental variables listed above. The
most important factor affecting the distribution of immature Cx
annulirostris was speed of flow (Table 2), followed by grass density
and species and, of lesser importance, shade. Water depth in itself
was unimportant but it interacted significantly with both grass species
and grass density. Immature Cx annulirostris were five times as
abundant in still compared to slow flowing water (Table 3). The
larger number of Cx annulirostris recorded from the left bank results
from the greater number of still water locations (23) on the left bank
compared to the right (13).
Table 3. Effect of speed of flow and degree of shading on the
numbers of immature Cx annulirostris. Means followed. by the same
letter are not significantly different. Mj, and Myw are defined in the
text.
Mp Mw
Still water 4.70a 108.9
Slow flowing | 3.04b 19.9
Partly shaded 4.73 a 112.3
Open 3.97 b 52.0
Fully shaded 1.71 c 4.5
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
Immature Cx annulirostris were relatively scarce in shaded locations
(4.5, Table 3), much more common (52.0) in open areas and most
numerous (112.3) in partly shaded locations. They were equally
abundant in shallow and deep water in the presence of Paspalum spp.
but very scarce in shallow water where C. ciliaris was present (Table
4A). When C. ciliaris was in deep water significantly more immature
Cx annulirostris were present and the number was lower but not
significantly different from those found among the Paspalum Spp.
Table 4. Effect on numbers of immature Cx annulirostris of depth of
water in association with (A) Species of grass, and (B,C) Density of
grass - (B) including C. ciliaris and (C) excluding C. ciliaris. Means
followed by a different letter are significantly different. The letters
a,b and v,w refer to vertical and horizontal comparisons respectively.
Shallow Deep
(A) Species of Grass
ML Mw ML Mw
Paspalum sp. 4.39av 79.6 3.96 av 51.5
P. distichum 4.27av 70.5 4.09 a v 58.7
C. ciliaris 1.ll bw 2.0 3.24a v 24.5
(B) Including C. ciliaris
Grass Density ML Mw ML Mw
Moderate 4.68av 106.8 4.47 a v 86.4
Dense 3.49bv 31.8 3.62 ab v 36.3
Light 3.26bv 25.1 2.69 b v 13.7
(C) Excluding C. ciliaris
Moderate 4.71] av 111.1 4.67av 106.7
Dense 4.43av 83.9 4.38a v 79.8
Light 3.200b v 26.1 2.70 bw 14.9
One possible explanation for this is that in deeper water the habit of
C. ciliaris changes and the plant is more branched underwater and has
more leaves on the surface, a habit similar to that of the Paspalum
spp.
In both shallow and deep water the largest number of immature Cx
annulirostris was among moderately dense grass and significantly
fewer were found where the grass density was light (Table 4B). These
results include the interaction between water depth and C. ciliaris.
When the comparison is restricted to Paspalum spp. the numbers of
immature Cx annulirostris in dense and moderately dense grass are
similar irrespective of water depth and species of Paspalum (Table
4C). They are significantly higher (x3 to x7) than the numbers found
where the grass density was light. In addition there is an indication
that, when the grass cover was light, fewer immature Cx annulirostris
were found in deeper water (t— 2.014; 19,05 — 2.019).
These observations showed that, in descending order, the density of
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 69
immature Cx annulirostris was greatest in locations characterised by
still water, supporting a moderate or dense grass cover of grasses
which branched under the surface, and which were shaded for part of
the day. This conclusion agrees with that of Laird (1988) who
includes Cx annulirostris in his breeding sites grades A3-A6 lake
edges, swamps and marshes, shallow permanent or temporary pools,
all of which would provide still water in the presence of grass.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Dr D. Chant for statistical assistance, to Dr M.
Zalucki for commenting on an early draft of the manuscript, and to
the NHMRC for financial support.
References
BAKER, R.J., NELDER, J.A. 1978. Generalised linear interactive modelling. 385 pp.
NAG Central Office, Mayfield House, Oxford, England.
DOHERTY, R.L. 1977. Arthropod-borne viruses in Australia 1973-1976. Australian
Journal of Experimental Biology and Medical Science 55: 103-130.
HADDOW, A.J. 1960. Studies on the biting habits and medical importance of the East
African mosquitoes in the genus Aedes. I - Subgenera Aedimorphus, Banksinella and
Dunnius. Bulletin of Entomological Research 50: 759-779.
KAY, B.H., SINCLAIR, P. and MARKS, E.N. 1981. Mosquitoes: their inter-
relationship with man. in Kitching, R.L. and Jones, R.E. (eds) The ecology of pests -
some Australian case histories. pp. 157-174. CSIRO Press, Melbourne Australia.
KETTLE, D.S. and LINLEY, J.R. 1967. The biting habits of Leptoconops bequaerti
I. Methods; standardisation of technique; preference for individuals, limbs and
positions. Journal of Applied Ecology 4: 379-395.
LAIRD, M. 1988. The natural history of larval mosquito habitats. 555 pp. Academic
Press, London.
RUSSELL,, R.C. 1985. Report of a field study on mosquito (Diptera: Culicidae)
vectors of dog heartworm, Dirofilaria immitis Leidy (Spirurida: Onchocercidae) near
Sydney, N.S.W., and the implications for veterinary and public health concern.
Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 61-472.
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
BOOK REVIEW
Leafhoppers (Cicadellidae): a bibliography, generic check-list and index to the world
literature 1956-1985. P.W. Oman, W.J. Knight and M.W. Nielson. 368 pp. Price £49.50
post free. C.A.B. International Institute of Entomology, Wallingford, U.K.
The family Cicadellidae contains many species of economic importance as vectors of
plant pathogens, as well as species that cause direct feeding damage to plants. Over
20,000 described species are included in the family and the literature dealing with these
species is extensive and often difficult to access.
The literature prior to January 1956 has been catalogued in the monumental General
Catalogue of the Homoptera (fascicle VI) prepared by Z.P. Metcalf and V.W. Burnside
between 1962 to 1971. The present volume lists and indexes works on the Cicadellidae
published between January 1956 and December 1985, a period during which 1,084 new
genera and almost 8,000 new species have been described. Much of the work
undertaken in leafhopper taxonomy during this period involves the faunas of
comparatively poorly-known regions (including Australia), and emphasises the enormous
diversity within the group. The book does not, however, confine itself to taxonomic
works alone; all published works that deal with the biology and behaviour of
leafhoppers are also included.
Three major. sections form the bulk of this work. The first is a comprehensive
bibliography of over 7,000 references. Each reference is cited with the journal title in full
and information on the presence or absence of English summaries is provided if the
paper itself is not in English. Papers in which new genera are described are
appropriately annotated, resulting in a bibliography that is highly informative, yet easily
readable.
The second major section is a check-list of generic and family-group names proposed
prior to January 1986. It should be stressed that this part of the catalogue is
comprehensive; all generic and family group-names used in, omitted from, or proposed
subsequent to the Metcalf catalogues are listed. Each entry is accompanied by the
author's name, coded year of publication, type species, type locality, Metcalf reference
(for pre-1956 names), further major references, classification, distribution, subgenera
and synonymies. Like the bibliography, the check-list is preceded by a detailed
description of the format used for each entry.
Subject and taxonomic indexes for the period 1956 to 1985 form a large part of the
remainder of the volume. The subject index is extremely detailed, and each section is
appropriately subdivided, for example, life-histories are indexed alphabetically by
species, whilst entries on pest status are listed by host crop. This format allows the
reader to locate the relevant literature on any topic in a matter of minutes. The generic
level taxonomic index is likewise a pleasure to use.
A number of smaller, but extremely useful sections occupy the remainder of the book.
Names placed on the Official Lists of generic and family-group names in zoology are
catalogued, as are those on the Official Indexes of rejected and invalid names.
Misassigned generic names and misidentified type species are listed, as are family-group
names.
The authors have provided an extensive review of the leafhopper literature for the period
1942 to 1955, which, whilst included in the Metcalf bibliography, has never been
indexed. This review fills a major gap in the indexing of literature on the Cicadellidae.
In conclusion it is hard to find fault with this comprehensive and scholarly work.
Despite prolonged efforts I could find no omissions in the bibliography or check-lists.
The format of all sections is both well planned and carefully explained, making the
book, and especially the indexes, a joy to use. This book should be in the library of
every researcher with an interest in the Cicadellidae or in the transmission of plant
diseases.
Mark Stevens
Yanco Agricultural Institute
NSW Agriculture and Fisheries
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199] 71
THE LIFE HISTORY OF EVERES LACTURNUS AUSTRALIS
COUCHMAN (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
P.R. SAMSON
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg, Qld, 4670
Abstract
The immature stages of Everes lacturnus australis are described. Desmodium
heterocarpon (L.) DC. (Fabaceae) is recorded as a food plant in southern and central
Queensland. Larvae from southern Queensland have a facultative diapause that seems
to be broken by immersion in water.
Introduction
Everes lacturnus australis occurs from central New South Wales to
northern Queensland and the Northern Territory, and is also recorded
from Lord Howe Island, New Guinea, New Britain and the Solomons
(Common and Waterhouse, 1981).
The life history of the Indo-Malayan subspecies E. l. rileyi Godfrey
was recorded by Corbet and Pendlebury (1956). However, there is no
record of the life history of the subspecies occurring in Australia.
Here I describe the immature stages collected at Brisbane, with
observations on the life history. The food plant near Mackay is also
recorded. :
Immature stages
Egg (Fig. 1). Mandarin-shaped, with irregular pattern of fine ridges
arranged in 2 oblique series at sides; ridges with very short blunt
projections at their intersections; pale green. Average diameter 0.46
mm (N = 6).
First instar larva (Fig. 2). With long pale dorsal and marginal hairs;
greyish white; thoracic and anal plates pale grey; head smoky grey.
Final instar larva (Fig. 3). Flattened and densely covered with golden
setae; body green at sides and pale green dorsally, sometimes with red
middorsal line; spiracles grey; head pale brown. Newcomer’s organ
present but inconspicuous; tentacular organs not visible, possibly
absent.
Pupa (Fig. 4). Elongate, with long pale hairs; pale green or buff with
scattered black spots and dorsolateral row of larger black patches;
thorax with black middorsal line; abdomen sometimes with reddish
middorsal and dorsolateral lines. Attached by anal hooks and central
girdle.
Life history
The food plant is Desmodium heterocarpon. 1 found larvae on D.
heterocarpon var. heterocarpon at Brisbane and on var. strigosum at
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Seaforth north of Mackay. D. heterocarpon is the food plant near
Ingham (Valentine, 1988).
The food plant is a herb that grows in grassy areas among open forest.
Adults of E. /acturnus (Fig. 5) fly close to the ground. Eggs are laid
singly on flower heads and seed pods. Small larvae feed mostly on the
flowers. Large larvae feed externally on the pods, and-are well
camouflaged by their flattened shape, colour shading, and the covering
of hairs which blend well with those of the pods. Larvae that I fed in
captivity on the reddish flowers of the food plant developed a red
dorsal stripe whereas those that I fed on pods did not. A larva from
near Mackay was attended by a large black ant, but larvae are often
unattended. Several larvae collected near Mackay were parasitised by
tachinid flies. I have not found pupae in the field, although Valentine
(1988) reported that in northern Queensland they occur within clumps
of pods on the food plant.
The larvae are distinctive, and readily distinguished from larvae of
other lycaenids Zizina labradus labradus (Godart), Famegana alsulus
alsulus (Herrich-Schaffer) and Euchrysops cnejus cnidus Waterhouse
and Lyell that feed on small legumes similar to D. heterocarpon.
Larvae of these species are not as flattened as larvae of E. lacturnus.
None has been found on D. heterocarpon.
I have found the immature stages of E. lacturnus at Brisbane from
February to early June during the flowering period of the food plant.
They are plentiful in March but scarce during May and June. I was
unable to find eggs or larvae in late December 1989, nor could I find
any flowers or pods on the food plant. I have not looked for larvae
in January. Larvae were present on my only two visits to Mackay,
early in February and in April.
Larvae collected at Brisbane early in March pupated in the same
month. Pupal duration at 25°C was 8 days (N=2). Four large larvae
collected on 12th June 1988 stopped feeding several days after
collection and their colour changed to pale brown with longitudinal
reddish lines. However, they failed to pupate. They were kept under
Observation in shaded conditions at ambient temperature. One
individual had died by September but the remainder were still alive
and in the larval stage. I thought the larvae may be drying out, so I
immersed one in water for a short time: it subsequently pupated on
23rd September and the adult emerged soon after. Another larva died
in October. The surviving larva was moistened on 25th November: it
pupated on 29th November and had produced an adult by llth
December 1988.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 73
CAAA ATLA
5
Figs 1-5. Everes lacturnus australis: (1) egg, dorsal view; (2) first
instar larva (head on right); (3) final instar larva (head at top); (4)
pupa; (5) adult, underside. Scale bars (1, 2) = 0.2 mm; (3-5) = 2.
mm.
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
I have never found larvae of E. /acturnus on any of the other legumes
occurring at the collection site at Brisbane. D. heterocarpon flowers
mainly in summer and autumn (Stanley and Ross, 1983). There would
seem to be no food for the larvae for much of the year. Larvae
apparently have a facultative diapause that may serve to maintain the
population between flowering times of the food plant. Flowering of
the plants and pupation of larvae may both be stimulated by rainfall.
This is the first record of larval diapause in an Australian lycaenid.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to the Queensland Herbarium for identifying the food
plants.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. xiv +
682 pp. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CORBET, A.S. and PENDLEBURY, H.M. 1956. The butterflies of the Malay
Peninsula. Pp. xi + 537, pls 1-55. Oliver and Boyd, London.
STANLEY, T.D. and ROSS, E.M. 1983. Flora of south-eastern Queensland. Vol. 1.,
iv + 545 pp. Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane.
VALENTINE, P. 1988. Australian Tropical Butterflies. iii + 71 pp. Tropical
Australia Graphics, Queensland.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 75
INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH KENAF IN NORTHERN
QUEENSLAND
I.R. KAY! and J.D. BROWN
Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 591, Ayr, Qld, 4807
Abstract
A list is given of 46 species recorded feeding on kenaf in the Burdekin River Irrigation
Area in northern Queensland. The damaging stage of the insect and the plant part
attacked are noted. Only two species, the beetle Monolepta australis (Jacoby) and the
moth Anomis flava (F.) were of major importance. An additional 88 species, which
were not recorded feeding on kenaf, were collected in the crop.
Introduction
Kenaf (Hibiscus cannabinus L., family Malvaceae) is an herbaceous
annual plant with a straight stem that grows 4-5 m high. Traditionally
kenaf has been used as an important textile fibre in south-east Asia
and other tropical areas. However the stems can be used to produce
paper pulp and there has been interest in kenaf for this purpose in
Australia since the early 1950’s. Wood (1981, 1984) reviewed research
on kenaf as a source of paper pulp.
Since 1984 kenaf has been investigated as a potential crop for the
Burdekin River Irrigation Area (BRIA), based on the town of Ayr
(19°35’S_ 147°24’E), in the dry tropics of northern Queensland
(Hazzard et al., 1988). As part of these studies we sampled the insect
fauna associated with kenaf to determine pests and potential pests of
the crop. Ferraris (1979) reported that it was necessary to control
beetles from the genera Monolepta and Rhyparida (Chrysomelidae),
and Henosepilachna (= Epilachna) (Coccinellidae) on kenaf in the wet
tropics of Queensland, and Strickland and Learmonth (1981) recorded
pests and potential pests of kenaf in the Ord Irrigation Area of
Western Australia. In the latter area Anomis spp. (Noctuidae) were
considered to be the major pests, and a complex of plant bugs and
bollworms were important in seed production.
Methods
Collections were made from experimental crops (1-10 ha in area) of
kenaf throughout the BRIA during the 1984-85, 1985-86, and 1986-87
growing seasons. The crops were irrigated and in general were
surrounded by sugar cane. The kenaf growing season extends from
October to May. Crops were visited throughout each season and
representatives of insects observed were collected by hand or with a
sweep net, and immature insects were reared to adults on kenaf in the
laboratory. Plant parts attacked were noted. Neither the ground
fauna nor spiders were sampled.
| Present address: Department of Primary Industries, MS 108, Ashfield Road,
Bundaberg, Qld, 4670
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
Table 1. Insects feeding on kenaf. (Plant part damaged: y - seedling;
1 - leaf; s - stem; t - terminal; f - flower bud, open flower; c - seed
capsule).
Insects Damaging Plant part
stage damaged
COLEOPTERA
Cerambycidae
Zygrita diva Thomson adult S
Chrysomelidae
Aulacophora abdominalis (F.) adult l
Chaetocnema sp. adult l
Cleptor sp. adult l
Monolepta australis (Jacoby) adult l
Podagrica submetallica (Blackburn) adult y,l
Rhyparida ? dimidiata Baly adult l
Coccinellidae
Epilachna cucurbitae Richards adult 1
Epilachna vigintioctopunctata pardalis (Boisduval) larva l
Epilachna vigintisexpunctata
vigintisexpunctata (Boisduval) adult l
Curculionidae ,
Baris (Cosmobaris) sp. adult lt
Nitidulidae
Aethina nigra (Reitter) adult l
HEMIPTERA - HOMOPTERA
Aphididae
Aphis craccivora Koch nymph, adult y
Aphis gossypii Glover nymph, adult y,c
Coccidae
| unidentified sp. nymph, adult s
Diaspididae
Pinnaspis strachani (Cooley) adult S
Flatidae
Colgar sp. nymph, adult |l
Siphanta patruelis (Stàl) nymph, adult 1
HEMIPTERA - HETEROPTERA
Pseudococcidae
unidentified sp. nymph, adult t
Coreidae
Aulacosternum nigrorubrum Dallas adult IL t
Lygaeidae
Oxycarenus luctuosus (Montrouzier and Signoret) nymph, adult e,t
Miridae
Campylomma livida Reuter adult tf
Pentatomidae
Nezara viridula (L.) nymph, adult f,c
Piezodorus hybneri (Gmelin) adult Lf
Plautia affinis Dallas nymph, adult l,t,c
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 TI
Table 1 (cont.). Insects feeding on kenaf. (Plant part damaged: y -
seedling; 1 - leaf; s - stem; t - terminal; f - flower bud, open flower; c
- seed capsule)
Insects Damaging Plant part
stage damaged
Pyrrhocoridae
Dysdercus cingulatus (F.) adult c
Dysdercus sidae Montrouzier nymph, adult c
Scutelleridae
Lampromicra senator (F.) adult c
Tectocoris diophthalmus (Thunberg) nymph, adult c
LEPIDOPTERA
Gelechiidae
Pectinophora scutigera (Holdaway) larva f,c
Lymantriidae
Euproctis sp. larva f
Noctuidae
Acontia graellsi Feisthamel larva l
Acontia transversa Guenée larva l
Agrotis sp. larva y
Anomis flava (F.) larva l
Anomis fulvida (Guenée) larva l
Earias huegeli Rogenhofer larva t,c
Earias vittella (F.) ; larva t,c
Eublemma versicolor (Walker) larva t
Helicoverpa armigera (Hübner) larva tL f,c
Helicoverpa punctigera (Wallengren) larva ize
Nanaguna breviuscula Walker larva f,c
Spodoptera litura (F.) larva l
Pyralidae
Cryptoblabes adoceta Turner larva I*C
Loxostege affinitalis (Lederer) larva , l
THYSANOPTERA
Phlaeothripidae
Haplothrips gowdeyi (Franklin) adult Lf--
Results and Discussion
The insect species recorded feeding on kenaf are listed in Table 1
together with the stage causing damage, and the parts of the plant
attacked. All Lepidoptera listed in Table 1 were collected as larvae
and reared to the adult stage for identification (except for Agrotis sp.
(Noctuidae) which failed to develop). Forty-six species from 21
families in 4 Orders were identified as pests or potential pests. Only
two, Monolepta australis and Anomis flava, were of major
importance. M. australis, the redshouldered leaf beetle, was the most
important pest, occurring throughout each season in all crops. The
adults preferred young leaves but also fed on old ones, and caused
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
serious defoliation if uncontrolled. P. Elliot (pers. comm.) recorded
adverse effects on stem yield caused by such defoliation. The beetle
was controlled effectively with carbaryl at 1 kg a.i./ha.
A. flava, the cotton looper, also caused serious defoliation to several
crops. Usually infestations were controlled by parasites and predators.
Strickland and Learmonth (1981) considered Anomis spp. to be the
most important defoliators of kenaf in the Ord Irrigation Area.
Flea beetles, Podagrica spp., are major pests of kenaf in the Sudan,
killing seedlings by feeding on their, cotyledons and leaves (Sharaf
Eldin and El-Amin, 1981). Although adults of Podagrica submetallica
were common on kenaf during this study, feeding on the leaves of
seedlings and older plants, no serious damage was noted.
Hill (1983) lists pests of kenaf in India and gives Maconellicoccus
hirsutus (Green), the hibiscus mealybug, as the most important pest.
We recorded a pseudococcid from kenaf terminals but were unable to
identify it, and its incidence was low. However in March 1990 kenaf
plants in small experimental plots at Ayr suffered severe terminal
stunting typical of that caused by M. hirsutus (Hill, 1983). It was not
possible to identify the mealybug as predatory coccinellids quickly
controlled the infestation. M. hirsutus has been recorded from other
hosts in the district. Many of the other insects listed by Hill (1983) as
minor pests in India were recorded in this study.
The insects that fed on the reproductive structures of the plant
(flowers and seed capsules) were of no importance in kenaf crops
grown for the stems but they would be of concern in crops grown for
seed production. Common amongst the insects feeding on flowers and
seed capsules were larvae of the noctuids Helicoverpa spp. and Earias
spp., and Pectinophora scutigera (Gelechiidae), and adults and
nymphs of Oxycarenus luctuosus (Lygaeidae), Nezara viridula
(Pentatomidae), Dysdercus spp. (Pyrrhocoridae), and Tectocoris
diophthalmus (Scutelleridae). This complex is similar to that recorded
by Strickland and Learmonth (1981).
Of the three genera reported by Ferraris (1979) as major pests of
kenaf in the wet tropics of northern Queensland M. australis was a
major pest and Epilachna spp. and Rhyparida ? dimidiata were
uncommon in the BRIA. This difference may be due to the climatic
differences and/or differences in the native vegetation between the wet
and dry tropics.
Table 2 lists another 88 species recorded in kenaf. It is probable that
some of these may feed on kenaf although they were not seen to do
so. The list contains many parasitic and predatory insects, indicating
that control measures taken against pests should be taken cautiously so
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199]
Table 2. Other insects associated with kenaf
Insects Comments
BLATTODEA
Blattellidae
Ellipsidion variegatum (F.)
unidentified sp.
COLEOPTERA
Apionidae
Apion sp.
Cerambycidae
Prosoplus torosa Pascoe
Chrysomelidae
Aphthona sp.
Psylliodes sp.
unidentified sp. (Halticinae)
Cleridae
Zenithicola crassus Newman
Coccinellidae
Coccinella repanda Thunberg
Coelophora inaequalis (F.)
Cryptolaemus montrouzieri Mulsant
Halmus ovalis Blackburn
Harmonia octomaculata (F.)
Micraspis frenata (Erichson)
Scymnus (Pullus) mitior Blackburn
Curculionidae
Alcides bubo F.
Centyres sp.
Lixus sp.
Helodidae
unidentified sp.
Languriidae
Languria sp.
Lathridiidae
Melanopthalmus sp.
Nitidulidae
Carpophilus ? dimidiatus (F.) in flowers
Carpophilus ? marginellus Motschulsky in flowers
Staphylinidae
Paederus cruenticollis Germar
DIPTERA
Agromyzidae
Pseudonapomyza sp.
Calliphoridae
Stomorhina xanthogaster (Wiedemann)
Drosophilidae
Drosophila hibisci Bock in flower
Gitonoides perspicax Knab associated with mealybugs
Sarcophagidae
Parasarcophaga sp.
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Table 2 (cont.). Other insects associated with kenaf.
Insects Comments
Tachinidae
Carcelia cosmophilae (Curran) bred from A. flava,
Helicoverpa sp.
Carcelia illota (Curran) bred from A. transversa,
A. flava
Exorista sorbillans (Wiedemann) bred from A. flava
Goniophthalmus australis (Baranov) bred from H. armigera
HEMIPTERA - HOMOPTERA
Cicadellidae
unidentified sp.
Cixiidae
Oliarus lubra Kirkaldy
Oliarus sp.
HEMIPTERA - HETEROPTERA
Alydidae
Noliphus sp.
Riptortus sp.
Coreidae
Cletomorpha sp.
Lygaeidae
Arocatus sp.
Aspilocoryphus australicus Stal
Germalus sp.
Graptostethus sp.
Nysius vinitor Bergroth
Spilostethus hospes (F.)
Miridae
Deraeocoris signatus (Distant)
4 unidentified spp.
Nabidae
Nabis kinbergii Reuter
Pentatomidae
Cermatulus nasalis (Westwood) feeding on A. flava
Oechalia schellenbergii (Guérin-Méneville)
Oncocoris sp. 1
Oncocoris sp. 2
Reduviidae
Polytoxus sp.
Pristhesancus plagipennis Walker
Scipinia arenacea Distant feeding on M. australis
HYMENOPTERA
Apidae
Apis mellifera L
Bethylidae
Goniozus sp.
Braconidae
Microgaster sp. bred from Helicoverpa sp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
81
Table 2 (cont.). Other insects associated with kenaf.
Insects
Comments
HYMENOPTERA (Cont.)
Chalcididae
Brachymeria sp.
Encyrtidae
unidentified sp.
Formicidae
Iridomyrmex sp.
Tetramorium guineense (F.)
Ichneumonidae
Echthromorpha agrestoria (Swederus)
Enicospilus ? samoana (Kohl)
Eriborus sp.
Heteropelma scaposum (Morley)
Temelucha sp.
Perilampidae
Euperilampoides scutellatus Girault
Pteromalidae
Coruna sp.
Scelionidae
Trissolcus basalis (Wollaston)
Trissolcus sp. 1
Trissolcus sp. 2
Trissolcus sp. 3
LEPIDOPTERA
Blastobasidae
Blastobasis sp.
Noctuidae
Acontia thapsina (Turner)
Pyralidae
Endotricha puncticostalis Walker
MANTODEA
Mantidae
Orthodera ministralis (F.)
NEUROPTERA
Chrysopidae
Chrysopa ramburi Schneider
Chrysopa signata Schneider
ORTHOPTERA
Gryllidae
Homoeoxipha lycoides (Walker)
Madasumma affinis Chopard
Oecanthus rufescens Serville
Pteronemobius sp.
Tettigoniidae
Hexacentrus sp.
Phaneroptera gracilis Burmeister
bred from A. flava
bred from A. flava
bred from A. flava
bred from C. adoceta,
Earias sp.
bred from Helicoverpa sp.
bred from C. adoceta
bred from heteropteran eggs
bred from heteropteran eggs
bred from T. diophthalmus eggs
bred from heteropteran eggs
bred from heteropteran eggs
larva feeding on mealybugs
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
as to conserve the beneficial species. Others are probably vagrants or
of no economic significance.
It is unlikely that these lists are exhaustive, but we hope that most of
the potential pests have been identified. The lists will serve as a base
for additional records over time.
Acknowledgements
We thank Dr B.K. Cantrell, Mr J. Donaldson, Dr I. Galloway and the
late Mr K. Houston for identifying many of the insects.
References
FERRARIS, R. 1979. Effect of time of sowing and age at harvest on kenaf (Hibiscus
cannabinus L.) in the wet tropics. Journal of the Australian Institute of Agricultural
Science 45: 132-136.
HAZZARD, W.H., NORMAN, K.L., WOOD, I.M. and GARSIDE, A.L. (eds.). 1988.
Kenaf production in the Burdekin River Irrigation Area. Queensland Department of
Primary Industries Information Series Q188022.
HILL, D.S. 1983. Agricultural insect pests of the tropics and their control. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge. 746 pp.
SHARAF ELDIN, N. and EL-AMIN, EL T.M. 1981. Review of research on the insect
pests of kenaf and their control in the Sudan. Beitrage zur tropischen Landwirtschaft
und Veterinarmedizin 19: 433-437.
STRICKLAND, G.R. and LEARMONTH, S.E. 1981. Entomological observations of
kenaf at the Ord Irrigation Area. Proceedings of Kenaf Conference, May 28-29, 1981,
Brisbane, Queensland: 36-40.
WOOD, I.M. 1981. Kenaf for paper pulp: Research and development around the
world. Proceedings of Kenaf Conference, May 28-29, 1981, Brisbane, Queensland: 1-9.
WOOD, I.M. 1984. Kenaf and Guar. /n Cook, J.R. (ed.), Jojoba, Guayule or what?
New Crops - Factors for Survival. Australian Institute of Agricultural Science
Occasional Publication No. 16: 35-45.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 83
A NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD FOR ACRODIPSAS ILLIDGEI
(WATERHOUSE AND LYELL) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
D.A. LANE
3 Janda St, Atherton, Qld, 4883
Abstract
The lycaenid Acrodipsas illidgei is here recorded from Toowoomba, Queensland,
extending inland its previously known and exclusively coastal distribution.
Introduction
Acrodipsas illidgei (Figs 1 and 2) has been previously recorded only
from coastal areas between Mary River Heads, southern Queensland
(Manskie and Manskie, 1989) and northern New South Wales
(Samson, 1989). Its larvae and pupae have been found within the
nests of the ant Crematogaster sp. (laeviceps group) established in
hollow branches of mangroves (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). It
was demonstrated recently that the larvae are predacious throughout
their development on the immature stages of the ant (Samson, 1989).
Smales and Ledward (1942) also found larvae and pupae of A. illidgei
in a nest of this ant under bark on a trunk of a bloodwood
(Eucalyptus sp.) at Southport, an observation which shows that the
butterfly is probably not wholly dependent on a mangrove
environment.
Observations
On 13th January 1987, a fresh female A. illidgei was collected on the
summit of a prominent ridgetop below the crest of the main
escarpment of the Great Dividing Range at Toowoomba, Queensland.
Comparison of this specimen with a series of specimens in the author's
collection from Burleigh, Queensland, confirmed its identity. Also
present on this ridgetop were Acrodipsas brisbanensis brisbanensis
(Miskin) and A. cuprea (Sands), whilst these two species and A.
myrmecophila (Waterhouse and Lyell) were collected on higher,
adjacent hilltops.
This area supported many very large ironbark (Eucalyptus sp.) trees
both immediately below and on the ridgetop, in association with
several other Eucalyptus and Acacia species.
The collection of a fresh female specimen of A. illidgei at
Toowoomba, some 130 km inland and at an altitude of some 460 m, is
indeed interesting, and implies a much wider distribution of the species
than previously supposed.
Acknowledgments
Thanks are extended to Dr I.F.B. Common of Toowoomba for his
comments on this manuscript and to Clifford Frith for the
photographs.
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Figs 1 and 2. Acrodipsas illidgei from Toowoomba, Qld: (1) ventral
view; (2) dorsal view.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. ;
MANSKIE, R.C. and MANSKIE, N. 1989. New distribution records for four
Queensland Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 16: 98.
SAMSON, P.R. 1989. Morphology and biology of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and
Lyell), a myrmecophagous lycaenid (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae: Theclinae). Journal of
the Australian Entomological Society 28: 161-168.
SMALES, M. and LEDWARD, C.P. 1942. Notes on the life-histories of some lycaenid
butterflies part 1. Queensland Naturalist 12: 14-18.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 85
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF TAENARIS ARTEMIS
(SNELLEN VAN VOLLENHOVEN) (LEPIDOPTERA:
NYMPHALIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA AND THE REDISCOVERY OF
T. A. QUEENSLANDICA ROTHSCHILD
S.J. JOHNSON! and I.R. JOHNSON?
! P.O, Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
2 26 Brodie Street, Holland Park, Qld, 4121
Abstract
Descriptions are given of the mature larva and pupa of Taenaris artemis jamesi Butler
from Torres Strait and a further specimen of 7. a. queenslandica Rothschild is recorded
from Cape York. The host plant is identified.
Introduction
Taenaris artemis is known with certainty to occur within Australian
limits, as the subspecies 7. a. jamesi Butler, on Darnley and Murray
Islands in Torres Strait (Common and Waterhouse, 1981; Wood,
1987). A single male labelled North Queensland was described by
Rothschild (1916) as T. a. queenslandica; however, no further
specimens have been taken on mainland Australia and the record has
been regarded as doubtful. The life history of T. artemis in Australia
was previously unknown.
In April 1989 a single larva was taken on Murray Island and reared in
Townsville and in June 1990 a specimen was taken flying in rainforest
near Lockerbie, near the tip of Cape York Peninsula.
Notes
Taenaris artemis jamesi
Food plant. Pandanus sp. (Pandanaceae).
Final instar larva (Fig. 1). Head orange, sparsely covered in long pale
hairs and dorsally bearing a pair of stout black horns each tipped with
a rosette of 5 pale spines surrounding a single central spine.
Mandibles and genal patch overlying ocelli, black. Body pale orange,
each segment with a raised central band densely covered in fine white
secondary hairs and dorsolateral tufts of strong dark brown bristles.
Dorsal line black on raised bands interrupted by paler areas at
intersegmental regions. Dorsolateral lines white with irregular dark
edging on posterior segments. Lateral stripes broad and pale yellow.
Ventrolateral line orange edged black on thoracic segments. Anal
plate rounded, orange and bearing numerous hairs. Length 55 mm
and width 7.5 mm.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Smooth, pale green, with a pair of short anterior
projections; abdominal spiracles pale whitish-yellow and basal
cremaster black. Length 27 mm and width 12 mm. Pupal duration
12 days.
T. a. queenslandica
A single female was taken flying in rainforest 5 km north-east of
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Figs 1 and 2. Taenaris artemis jamesi: (1) Mature larvae; (2) Pupa.
Lockerbie on 8 June 1990. The size of the ocelli and the extent of the
grey areas on the wings are both within the variation in these
characters present on specimens of 7. a. jamesi taken by the authors
on Murray Island. Although this supports the contention of Howarth
(see Common and Waterhouse 1981) that 7. a. queenslandica is a
synonym of 7. a. jamesi, any firm conclusion should await the
collection of additional specimens from mainland Australia. Although
a search of the area failed to locate further specimens it did reveal
extensive Pandanus spp. swamps within the rainforest. This suggests
that 7. artemis is established in the area and that the previous record
was valid. Collecting during the wetter months may be more likely to
provide further specimens.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
ROTHSCHILD, W. 1916. Notes on Amathusiidae, Brassolidae, Morphidae, etc., with
descriptions of new forms. Novitates Zoologicae 23: 299-318.
WOOD, G.A. 1987. The butterflies of Murray Island, Torres Strait, Queensland.
Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 39-42.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 87
THE LIFE HISTORY OF SIGNETA TYMBOPHORA (MEYRICK
AND LOWER) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE:
TRAPEZITINAE)
A. ATKINS,! R. MAYO, and M. MOORE?
1 45 Caldwell Ave, Dudley, N.S.W., 2290
2 12 Dena Ave, Narara, N.S.W., 2250
3 P.O. Box 647, Waikerie, S.A., 5330
Abstract
The early stages of the dingy shield skipper, Signeta tymbophora are described and
illustrated. Brief field observations are also provided.
Introduction
The Australian skipper genus Signeta Waterhouse and Lyell contains
just two described species, flammeata (Butler) and tymbophora
(Meyrick and Lower), found along the south-eastern Great Dividing
Range. The genus is allied to Toxidia Mabille, both being notable for
well-defined sexual dimorphism in the adults. Signeta is characterized
by a prominent, broadly ovoid sex-brand on the upperside of the male
forewing (Fig. 9), while that of Toxidia is variable in width, but
decidedly linear and obliquely placed.
Signeta flammeata is relatively common and found in cool to
temperate sclerophyll woodlands and subalpine tussock grasslands of
southern Australia. Signeta tymbophora is a smaller and darker
species, locally confined to temperate and subtropical rainforests. It
ranges from Mt Dromedary in southern New South Wales to the
Bunya Mts in southern Queensland. There are less than a dozen
recorded localities for S. tymbophora. Contributing factors to this
apparent rarity are its small size, cryptic colouration and a habitat
preference for sunlit glades, deep within forest gullies.
Common and Waterhouse described the egg and final instar of S.
tymbophora but other details of the larva and pupa have remained
unknown. The following description is recorded from seven eggs
obtained from a female collected at Narara, New South Wales.
Subsequently, four adults (three males and a female) were reared
from larvae fed with common grasses, confined indoors, under
ambient temperature and humidity. Field observations of the larva
and pupa of S. tymbophora are also provided.
Food plant. Probably Entolasia marginata (R.Br.) Hughes (Poaceae)
and possibly Carex hubbardii Nelmes (Cyperaceae).
Egg (Fig. 1). Diameter 0.85 mm, dome-shaped, slightly tapered
dorsally with 12 or 13 vertical ribs, displaced near the micropyle, pale
greenish-white when first laid, changing in 2 days to pearl-coloured
with deep-pink dorsal and lateral markings.
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
Larva (Figs 2-5). Ist instar (Fig. 2): length 1.8 mm; head shiny black,
with pale setae on frons and dorsal area; prothoracic plate reddish
brown; body pale orange-yellow with light brown dorsal and
dorsolateral lines on posterior segments. 2nd to 5th instars (5th instar,
Figs 3, 4): head brown with dark brown lateral, dorsolateral and
dorsal areas, and covered with numerous small concavities and
associated setae; body greyish-brown to reddish brown, green between
segments and ventrally, and with brownish longitudinal banding in
dorsal and dorsolateral areas and covered with short clubbed setae
ringed with radiating dark pattern on anal segment (Fig. 5).
Pupa (Figs 6-8). Length 15 mm; short, stout, tapered posteriorly,
light brown with scattered dark brown markings covering abdominal
segments and wing-cases, and with paired dark brown markings on
anterior of thorax and on frons (pupal cap); setae (Fig. 7) simple,
unbranched, coiled on cremaster.
Notes
Eggs were obtained by confining a female in a net-covered pot plant
containing various cultivated soft grasses. Oviposition was mainly on
grass stems and leaf litter at the base of the grass. The eggs hatched
after 13 days, and the egg shell was eaten by the newly emerged larva.
The first instar larval shelter was made from a single leaf of a grass
blade rolled into a tube and secured with silk. The mature larva made
shelters from two or three grass blades joined together. Final larval
shelters were made in Eucalyptus leaf litter and other debris. Larval
development was slow, lasting 40-42 weeks at Newcastle, but no
obvious diapause was observed. Pupal duration was approximately 12
days, adults emerging from mid-December to mid-January. This was
at least six weeks earlier than the flight period at Narara, probably
due to indoor rearing. Variable emergence of adults from the same
egg-batch is unusual in the Trapezitinae.
Signeta tymbophora is probably only single-brooded in the southern
part of its range (pers. observ.). There are not enough data on the
flight times of northern populations. Adults have mainly been
recorded in December and January, although Brown (1983) has
recorded this species in the Manning River district in October.
In structure and biology both species of Signeta are very similar. The
posterior of the pupa of S. tymbophora is very tapered, and the
pupal head (and adult head) is comparatively large, reminiscent of.
Anisynta Lower. The morphology of the larva and pupa indicates
that Signeta is nevertheless closely allied to Toxidia.
Field observations
A mature larva matching the above description and a pupa of S.
tymbophora were collected (by M.M.) from Carex hubbardii growing
89
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
2
Motel
ij
mt f
ni it
a
Figs 1-10. Life history of Signeta tymbophora from Narara, N.S.W.: (1)
dorsal and lateral view of egg; (2) Ist instar larva; (3) mature larva; (4) final
instar larval head; (5) posterior, body and head setae of mature larva; (6)
front view of pupa; (7) pupal setae and cremaster hook; (8) pupa; (9) adult
male, upperside and underside; (10) adult female, upperside and underside.
Scale lines: Figs 1, 2, 4, 5, 7=1 mm; Figs 3, 6, 8=5 mm; Figs 9, 10= 10 mm.
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
in rainforest on the Dorrigo Plateau. The larva was found on the
leaves of this sedge in the late afternoon. The pupa was upright in a
loose shelter, deep within the tussock. The larva failed to complete
its development but an adult male emerged from the pupa on 5
January 1990. At Narara females were observed (by A.A.) fluttering
low around ’bordered panic’ (Entolasia marginata) and depositing eggs
on leaf litter and debris at the base of the grass.
Acknowledgements
Mr P. Evans and Mr N. Dwyer kindly identified Carex hubbardii and
Ms B. Wiecek, Sydney Herbarium, identified Entolasia marginata.
References
BROWN, J. 1983. A study of Lepidoptera of the Manning River district, NSW.
Victorian Entomologist 13: 59-61.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 199] 9]
RANGE EXTENSION FOR THE BUTTERFLY JTAGIADES
JAPETUS JANETTA BUTLER (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
IN QUEENSLAND
K.L. DUNN! and R.G. EASTWOOD?
! Plant Research Institute, Burnley, Vic., 3121
2 P.O.Box 325, Maroochydore, Qld, 4558
Abstract
The known distribution of Tagiades japetus janetta is extended to Mary River Heads,
Queensland and the possibility of further range extension is considered.
Introduction
The black and white flat Tagiades japetus janetta, is common from
Torres Strait to Paluma, northern Queensland (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981). J.F.R. Kerr suggested that this species may have
extended its range in recent years (Common and Waterhouse, 1972).
Collecting since 1972 appears to support Kerr's suggestion and a
chronological list of published records suggests that the species range
has been extending in Australia since the earliest record in 1889.
History of records
The following repository abbreviations are used: (ANIC), Australian
National Insect Collection, Canberra; (JCUC), James Cook University
Collection, Townsville; (MV), Museum of Victoria, Melbourne; (QM),
Queensland Museum, Brisbane; (UQIC), University of Queensland
Insect Collection, Brisbane.
Major published distribution in chronological order:
1889 - Cape York, northern Queensland (Miskin, 1889).
1914 - Cape York to Claudie River (Waterhouse and Lyell, 1914).
1964 - Cape York to Tully (Common, 1964).
1972 - Cape York to Paluma (Common and Waterhouse, 1972).
1981 - Cape York to Shute Harbour (Common and Waterhouse,
1981).
1988 - Cape York to Yeppoon (Valentine, 1988).
Significant specimen records since 1950 (see also Fig. 1):
Jan 1955 - Cairns Intake (JCUC).
Apr 1961 - Waterview Creek near Paluma (ANIC).
Aug 1976 - Airlie Beach near Shute Harbour (ANIC).
Dec 1979 - Byfield (UQIC).
Apr 1980 - Jim Crow Mountain (Valentine and Johnson, 1982).
Apr 1982 - Miriam Vale collected by E. Johansen (in QM, G.B.
Monteith pers. comm.).
Apr 1989 - Two adults observed by R. Eastwood and a specimen since
taken by P.J. Fox on 7 Nov 1989 at Mary River Heads near
Maryborough.
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
A Cape York - 1889
4
J?
?
5 |, Claudie River - 1914
{ EU
k
T |
We 645 J ‘
ay f Cairns - 1955
a,
]
et Waterview Ck Paluma - 1961
E
M
* ^ Airlie Beach - 1976
NS
X
Me
| 0 Byfield - 1979
Ce Ns LOND * Jin Crow Mtn ~ 1980
45, Miriam Uale - 1982
TA
' River Heads -~ 1989
4
|
^
Fig. 1. Range extension of Tagiades japetus janeta based on earliest
available records.
-Discussion
T. japetus was not encountered in the Cairns district by F.P. Dodd
who resided at Kuranda between 1904 and 1937, nor by A.N. Burns
when he lived at Meringa between 1925 and 1930, nor by M.J. Manski
who also lived in the district between 1926 and 1940. The earliest
record from the Cairns region appears to be that from the Cairns
Intake (Crystal Cascades) collected in January 1955 by E.J. Harris.
Further specimens were collected during 1956 by both Harris and
C.W. Frazier at a number of adjacent localities.
Wood (1985) described the life history and recorded the larval food
plant as Dioscorea transversa (R. Brown) (Dioscoreaceae). This plant
occurs along the coast in the Northern Territory and the Kimberley
region of northern Western Australia and continuously from Cape
York to Paluma district, Queensland. Between Paluma and
Rockhampton the distribution is sporadic, but south of Rockhampton
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 93
it occurs continuously to Stanwell Park, New South Wales (Telford,
1986).
Since T. japetus has bridged the dry belt regions in central
Queensland, there now exists the possibility of range extension along
the central coast of New South Wales. A possible host plant shift to
the widespread D. transversa from one of the more restricted
Dioscorea species at Cape York or Torres Strait islands could easily
explain the apparent invasion of this species in coastal Queensland this
century. Other Dioscorea species must be utilised in Torres Strait as
according to Telford (1986), D. transversa is not known from these
islands and 7. japetus has been known from Torres Strait (specimens
in MV) since H. Elgner's intensive collecting at the turn of the
century.
Acknowledgements
Thanks are due to G. Daniels, P.J. Fox, C. Muller and G.B. Monteith
for their contributions; E.D. Edwards and M. Malipatil for helpful
comments; and the curators of ANIC, JCUC and MV for allowing
examination of material in collections under their care.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. 1964. Australian Butterflies. 131 pp. Jacaranda Press Brisbane.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 498 pp.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. 682 pp.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
MISKIN, W.H. 1889. Descriptions of some new species of Australian Hesperiidae.
Proceedings Royal Society Queensland 6: 146-154.
TELFORD, I.R.H. 1986. Dioscoreaceae. Flora of Australia 46: 196-202.
VALENTINE, P.S. 1988. Australian tropical butterflies. Pp. iii + 71. Tropical
Australia Graphics, Queensland.
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J. 1982. New records of Lycaenidae and
Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera) from northern Queensland. Australian Entomological
Magazine 9: 1-3.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. 239 pp.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WOOD, G.A. 1985. The life history of Tagaides japetus janetta Butler (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae: Pyrginae). Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 15-16.
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
ACHTERBERG, C. von
(1988). Revision of the subfamily Blacinae Foerster (Hymenoptera, Braconidae). Zool. Meded. 249: 1-324.
AKSENT'EV, S.I.
(1988). Catalogue of the genus group taxa of Meloidae (Coleoptera). Ent. Obozr. 68: 569-582. [In Russian;
translated Ent, Rev. 68 (6): 11-26.
ALLEN, G.R. A
(1990). Uraba lugens Walker (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae): larval survival and parasitoid biology in the field in South
Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 301-312.
ALLSOPP, P.G.
(1989). Schizognathus apricagger sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rutelinae) from southeast Queensland and new
locality records for other Schizognathus spp. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 187-190.
(1990). Revision of the Systellopini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae). /nvert. Taxon. 3 (1989): 197-227.
(1990). Two new species and new distribution records of Australian Melolonthini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
Coleopts Bull. 44: 217-223.
(1990). Anoplognathus hilleri sp. nov. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rutelinae) from southeastern Queensland and
notes on A. flindersensis Carne. Mem. Qd Mus. 28: 377-381.
(1990). Phyllognathus carnei sp. n. and Oryctoderus latitarsis Boisduval (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae),
two additions to the Australian fauna. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 229-232.
(1990). Sexual dimorphism in the adult antennae of Antitrogus parvulus Britton and Lepidiota negatoria Blackburn
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 261-266.
(1990). Revision of Pachytrichini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae). Invert. Taxon. 4: 753-761.
ALLSOPP, P.G. and ROBERTSON, L.N.
(1989). Biology, ecology and control of soldier flies /nopus spp. (Diptera: Stratiomyidae): a review. Aust. J. Zool.
36 (1988): 627-648.
AMHAD, I. and KAMALLIDDIN, S.
(1989). A revision of the Australian genus Diemenia Spinola (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae: Pentatominae). Rec. S.
Aust. Mus. 23: 21-31.
(1989). A new genus and species of the Diemenia group (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae: Pentatominae) from Australia,
with cladistic analysis of some related genera. Rec. S: Aust. Mus. 23: 33-38.
ANDERS N.M.
(1989). The coral bugs, genus Halovelia Bergroth (Hemiptera, Veliidae). 1. History, classification, and taxonomy
of species except the H. malaya-group. Ent. scand. 20: 75-120.
(1989). The coral bugs, genus Halovelia Bergroth (Hemiptera, Veliidae). Il. Taxonomy of the H. malaya-group,
cladistics, ecology, biology and biogeography. Ent. scand. 20: 179-227.
ANDERSON, J.M.E.
(1989). Honeybees in natural ecosystems. Pp. 300-304. /n Noble, J.C. and Bradstock, R.A (eds), Mediterranean
landscapes in Australia. Mallee ecosystems and their management. CSIRO: Melbourne.
ASCHE, M. and WILSON, M.R.
(1990). The delphacid genus Sogarella and related groups: a revision with special reference to rice-associated species
(Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). Syst. Ent. 15: 1-42.
ATKINS, A.F. `
(1989). The drinking and perching habits of skippers. Antenna 13: 103-104.
(1990). A range extension for the Queensland skipper butterfly Arrhenes marnas affinis (Waterhouse and Lyell)
(Hesperiidae: Hesperiinae). Qd Nat. 30: 14.
(1990). New larval foodplants for three Australian skippers (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) from the central coast of
New South Wales. Vict. Ent. 20: 61-62.
(1990). A note on Hypochrysops byzos (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Vict. Ent. 20: 63-64.
AULD, T.D.
(1989). Larval survival in the soil and adult emergence in Melanterius Erichson and Plaesiorhinus Blackburn
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) following seed feeding on Acacia and Bossiaea (Fabaceae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.
28: 235-238.
AUSTIN, A.D.
(1990). Revision of the enigmatic Australian genus Miropotes Nixon (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Microgastrinae),
with comments on the phylogenetic importance of the female ovipositor system. Syst. Ent. 15: 43-68.
(1990). — A revision of Old World Parabaeus Kieffer (Hymenoptera: Platygastridae), a group of highly modified
apterous parasitoids inhabiting litter. /nvert. Taxon. 3: 647-659.
AUSTIN, A.D. and FAULDS, W.
(1989). Two new Australian species of Bracon F. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) parasitic on Phylacteophaga spp.
(Hymenoptera: Pergidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 207-213.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991 95
SMITH, D., PAPACEK, D.F. and MURRAY, D.A.H.
(1989). The use of Leptomastix dactylopi Howard (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae) to control Planococcus citri (Risso)
(Hemiptera: Pseudococcidae) in Queensland. Qd J. agric. anim. Sci. 45 (1988): 157-164.
SMITH, K.G.V.
(1987). Darwin's insects. Charles Darwin's entomological notes. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (hist. Ser.) 14: 1-143.
SMITH, K.G.V. and CHAINEY, J.E.
(1989). The larval habits of some stratiomyid "travellers" (Diptera), with new synonymy. Entomologist's mon.
Mag. 125: 141-142.
SMITH, M.
(1991). Field crop entomology section at the Institute of Plant Sciences. Vict. Ent. 21: 16-19.
SMITHERS, C.N.
(1989). A distinctive new species and new distribution records of Stilbopteryginae (Insecta: Neuroptera:
Myrmeleontidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 110: 407-410.
(1990). Two new species of Amphientomidae (Insecta: Psocoptera), the first record of the family for Australia.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 111 (1989): 31-35.
(1991). Psocoptera (Insecta) from nest webs of Badumna candida (L. Koch) (Desidae: Araneae) in Queensland.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 112 (1990): 27-31.
St CLAIR, R.M.
(1991). The genus Noralina (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae: Triplectidinae) in southeastern Australia, with descriptions
of the larvae and pupae. Invert. Taxon. 4: 895-934.
STEVENS, M.M.
(1990). A revision of the genus Epipsychidion Kirkaldy (Homoptera: Cicadelloidea: Cicadellidae). /nvert. Taxon.
4: 655-664.
(1990). Revision of the genus Mirelloides Evans, with two new species from northern Australia (Homoptera:
Cicadellidae). Ent. scand. 21: 281-288.
STONE, F.D.
(1988). The cockroaches of north Queensland caves and the evolution of tropical troglobites. Pp. 88-93. In
Pearson, L. (ed.), Reprints of papers for the 17th biennial Conference, Australian Speleological Federation.
Tropical Conference. 27-31 December 1988.
STOREY, R.I. and WEIR, T.A.
(1990). New species of Onthophagus Latreille (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from Australia. Invert. Taxon. 3: 783-
815.
SULLIVAN, N.
(1988). Chillagoe caves faunal challenge. Pp. 94-97. [n Pearson, L. (ed.), Reprints of papers for the 17th biennial
Conference, Australian Speleological Federation. Tropical Conference. 27-31 December 1988.
TAYLOR, K.L.
(1989). Three new species of Cardiaspina Crawford (Homoptera: Psylloidea) from Australian eucalypts. J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 28: 45-52.
(1990). Redescription of PAyllolyma Scott (Hemiptera: Psylloidea) and description of three new species. J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 29: 313-318.
(1990). Revision of the genus Schedotrioza Tuthill & Taylor (Homoptera: Pslloidea: Triozidae). Invert. Taxon. 4:
721-751.
TAYLOR, M.F.J.
(1988). Field measurement of the dependence of life history on plant nitrogen and temperature for a herbivorous
moth. J. anim. Ecol. 57: 873-891.
TAYLOR, R.W.
(1989). The nomenclature and distribution of some Australian ants of the genus Polyrhachis Fr Smith
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 23-27.
(1989). Australasian ants of the genus Leptothorax Mayr (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmicinae). Mem. Qd Mus.
27: 605-610.
(1990). New Asian ants of the tribe Basicerotini, with an on-line computer interactive key to the twenty-six known
Indo-Australian species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmicinae). Invert. Taxon. 4: 397-425.
(1990). The nomenclature and distribution of some Australian and New Caledonian ants of the genus Meranoplus
Fr. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmicinae). Gen. appl. Ent. 22: 31-40.
THEISCHINGER, G.
(1991). Interpretation and identification of insect species: an urgent, interesting and rewarding task. Vict. Ent. 21:
10-13.
THEISCHINGER, G. and HOUSTON, W.W.K.
(1988). Megaloptera. Pp. 23-32, index 287-288. In Houston, W.W.K. (ed.), Zoological catalogue of Australia. Vol.
6, Ephemeroptera, Megaloptera, Odonata, Plecoptera, Trichoptera. Australian Government Publishing
Service: Canberra.
THOMPSON, D.J.
(1989). A species of Gynacantha that breeds in caves (Anisoptera: Aeschnidae). Nor. Odonat. 3: 41-43.
96 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (2) Jun 1991
THOMPSON, D.J.
(1990). On the biology of the damselfly Nososticta kalumburu Watson & Theischinger (Zygoptera: Protoneuridae).
Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 40: 347-356.
TITMARSH, I.J., STOREY, R.I. and STRICKLAND, G.R.
(1990). The species composition of Helicoverpa Hardwick (Heliothis Ochsenheimer) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
infestations on tobacco in far north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 81-86.
TOBIAS, V.I.
(1988). A new subfamily of braconids (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) from Australia. Ent. Oboz. 67: 644-648 [In
Russian, translated Ent. Rev. 68 (4): 49-53].
UPTON. M.S.
(1989). Gauze mesh for insectaries. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 44.
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J.
(1988). Some new larval food plants for north Queensland Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). Aust. ent. Mag. 14: 89-91.
(1989). Polyphagy in larvae of Hypochrysops miskini miskini (Waterhouse) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Aust. ent.
Mag. 16: 1-3. tj
(1989). Observations on the life history of Graphium aristeus parmatum (Gray) (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Aust.
ent. Mag. 16: 17-20.
VERVES, Y.G.
(1987). Sarcophagidae (Diptera) collected by V.F. Zaytsev and G.M. Dlusskiy in Australia and Oceania. Ent.
Obozr. 67: 653-668. [In Russian, translated Ent. Rev. 67: 9-26.]
VOLKOVITSH, M.G. and HAWKESWOOD, T.J.
(1990). The larvae of Agrilus australasiae Laporte & Gory and Ethon affine Laporte & Gory (Insecta: Coleoptera:
Buprestidae). Spixiana 13: 43-59,
VRANJIC, J.A. and GULLAN, P.J.
(1990). The effect of a sap-sucking herbivore, Eriococcus coriaceus (Homoptera: Eriococcidae), on seedling growth
and architecture in Eucalyptus blakelyi. Oikos 59: 157-162.
WATSON, J.A.L., BROWN, W.V., MILLER, L.R., CARTER, F.L. and LACEY, M.J.
(1989). Taxonomy of Heterotermes (Isoptera: Rhinotermitidae) in south-eastern Australia: cuticular hydrocarbons
of workers, and soldier and alate morphology. Syst. Ent. 14: 299-325.
WATT, J.C.
(1989). The identity of two Fabrician species of Amarygmini (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) from Australia with a
key to species groups and some species of Chalcopteroides Strand. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 115-123.
WATTS, C.H.S.
(1989). Revision of Australasian Srernolophus Solier (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 23: 89-95.
(1990). Revision of Australian Hydrobiomorpha Blackburn (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 24:
35-42.
WEBB, G.A.
(1989). Insects as potential pollinators of Micromyrtus ciliata (Sm.) Druce, Myrtaceae. Victorian Nat. 106: 148-151.
WHARTON, R.A., AUSTIN, A.D. and THOMSON, J.A.
(1990). Two new species of Opius Wesmael (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) parasitic on Drosophilidae (Diptera) in
Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 11-18.
WIRTH, W.W. and GROGAN, W.L. Jr
(1988). The predaceous midges of the World (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae; tribe Ceratopogonini). Pp. xv + 160.
E.J. Brill: Leiden.
WOODGER, T.
(1990). Observations on the Selwyn butterflies - northern Australia. Vict. Ent. 20: 141.
(1991). Further observations on the Selwyn butterflies. Vict. Ent. 21: 25.
WOOLCOCK, L.T.
(1989). A simple caging system for cereal aphids and their parasites. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 55-56.
WOYKE, J.
(1988). Brood survival in productive bees in apiaries in Australia as a test for breeding honeybees in closed
populations. J. apic. Res. 27: 30-34.
YEATES, D.K.
(1988). Bee flies (Bombylliidae). Pp. 249-252. In Scott, G. (ed.), Lake Broadwater. The natural history of an
inland lake and its environs. Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba, Queensland.
(1990). Revision of the Australian bee fly genus Doddosia Edwards (Diptera: Bombyliidae). J. nat. Hist. 24: 69-80.
(1990). Phylogenetic relationships of the Australian lomatiines (Diptera: Bombyliidae). Syst. Ent. 15: 491-509.
(1990). — When the pitcher pays. Aust. nat. Hist. 23: 512-513. [Ecology of micopezid fly Badisis ambulans.]
YEATES, D.K. and DODSON, G.N.
(1990). The mating system of a bee fly (Diptera: Bombyliidae). 1. Non-resource-based hilltop territoriality and a
resource-based alternative. J. insect Behav. 3: 603-617.
ZALUCKI, M.P.
(1990). Monarchs I have known and loved. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 18: 75-80.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
WANTED. Exchange insects from
many families esp. Acrididae
TRANSWORLD and Cicadidae for Australian
specimens from these two
Jum d eie E families. Tim McNary, 2820
Plainview Rd, Cheyenne,
Wyoming 82009, USA.
Since 1976... serving lepidopterists worldwide
WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE
Neotropical, African, Palearctic,
Indo-Australian Butterflies. Papilionidae, WANTED. Contact ^. with
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Nymphalidae, collectors of Australian
Lycaenidae etc. Books and more. butterflies wishing to exchange
LATEST 12-PAGE CATALOGUE for Australian species. Mr S.
Wallwork, 6 Central Ave,
' Paddington, Qld, 4064. Ph.
ie ee COSTA age ; 369 6076.
ntomological programs for collecting — j
photography at naturalist Lodges EXCHANGE. Australian
throughout Costa Rica. Brochure on Lucanidae for northern
request. Naturalist & Birders programs Queensland species. Jack
available. Hasenpusch;? PiOw Box: 26;
Innisfail, Old, 4860.
APARTADO 6951 TEL: +506-284768
100 SANJOSE FAX: +506-281573
COSTA RICA, C. AMERICA
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies.
Page charges may be reduced at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 18, Part 2, 28 June 1991
CONTENTS
ATKINS, A., MAYO, R. and MOORE, M. The life history of
Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick and Lower) (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) 87
CONWAY, J.R. The biology and aboriginal use of the
honeypot ant, Camponotus inflatus Lubbock, in Northern
Territory, Australia 49
DUNN, K.L. and EASTWOOD, R.G. Range extension for the
butterfly Tagiades japetus janetta Butler (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) in Queensland 9]
FORSTER, P.I. Host records (family Asclepiadaceae) for
Euploea core corinna (W.S. MacLeay) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) 61
HOCKEY, M.J. and DE BAAR, M. Some records of moths
(Lepidoptera) from mangroves in southern Queensland 57
JOHNSON, S.J. and JOHNSON, LR. Notes on the life history
of Taenaris artemis (Snellen van Vollenhoven) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Australia and the rediscovery of T. a.
queenslandica Rothschild 85
KAY, I.R. and J.D. BROWN, J.D. Insects associated with
kenaf in northern Queensland 75
KETTLE, D.S., MOTTRAM, P. and KAY, B.H. The effect of
environmental factors on the distribution of immature Culex
annulirostris Skuse (Diptera: Culicidae) 65
LANE, D.A. A new distribution record for Acrodipsas illidgei
(Waterhouse and Lyell) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) 83
SAMSON, P.R. The life history of Everes lacturnus australis
Couchman (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) 71
STEVENS, M. Book review of Leafhoppers (Cicadellidae): a
bibliography, generic check-list and index to the world
literature 1956 - 1985 70
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels 94
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL -
MAGAZINE
Volume 18, Part 3, 20 September 1991
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society’s News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members’
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia
Pty Ltd, Schering Pty Ltd.
Cover: Polyrhachis bellicosa Fr. Smith, a widespread arboreal rain
forest species occurring through Indonesia and New Guinea to as far
south as Iron Range in northern Queensland. Its nest is built against
tree trunks between climbing vines. Length 7-9 mm. Drawing by
Rudy Kohout.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
—— E €
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 97
HOST RECORDS (FAMILY ASCLEPIADACEAE) AND
DISTRIBUTION OF DANAUS CHRYSIPPUS PETILIA (STOLL)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Rd, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
The species of the family Asclepiadaceae that are hosts in Australia for larvae of Danaus
chrysippus petilia are reviewed and their distribution discussed. Brachystelma
glabriflorum (F. Muell.) Schltr., Cynanchum christineae P. Forster and C. liebiana (F.
Muell.) P. Forster are recorded as new hosts.
Introduction
Danaus chrysippus petilia (lesser wanderer) has been recorded over the
entire Australian mainland and also in New Guinea (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981). Some 48 different Asclepiadaceae have been
recorded as larval food plants for various subspecies of D. chrysippus
(Ackery and Vane-Wright, 1984). In Australia previously recorded
larval food plants in the Asclepiadaceae for the subsp. petilia are the
native Cynanchum carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. [as Jchnostemma
carnosum], (Sankowsky, 1975); C. floribundum R. Br., Marsdenia
australis (R. Br.) Druce [as Leichhardtia australis], Pentatropis linearis
Decne. [as P. atropurpurea and P. quinquepartita] (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981) and the naturalised Asclepias fruticosa L., A.
curassavica L., A. cancellata N.L. Burm. [as A. rotundifolia]
(Common and Waterhouse, 1981), Calotropis gigantea (L.) Ait. and
C. procera (Ait.) Ait. f. (Sankowsky, 1975).
Observations
The following new host records for larval feeding have been made.
No vouchers of the butterflies were kept, vouchers of the plants have
been deposited at the Queensland Herbarium (BRI).
1. Brachystelma glabriflorum (F. Muell.) Schltr.
(a) Wild plants (Vouchers: Forster 5912, 6062) at Berry Springs,
Northern Territory (12°43’S 130°59’E) and near Finnis River Station
road turn-off, Bynoe Road, N.T. (12°44’S 130°50’E). Feeding from
third instar larvae to pupation observed, November 1989. Eggs are
laid on young shoots or buds and the larvae feed primarily on the
leaves, young shoots, buds and flowers and ignore the older stems.
Individual larvae shredded the usually solitary shoot of each plant and
then climbed down to the ground, moved to another plant and
repeated the process. It was not observed whether more than two
shoots were consumed by an individual larva as most larvae tended to
disappear before pupation, presumably due to predation. The only
pupa that was found was attached to a stem approximately 5 cm
above the soil surface.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
(b) Cultivated plants (Voucher: Forster 1768) at Didcot, Qld (25?28'S
151°53’E). Feeding of third instar larvae observed, April 1990.
This plant is fairly widespread in northern Western Australia,
Northern Territory and Queensland in Australia and also grows in
New Guinea (Forster, 19882). Plants tend to occur in small
concentrated colonies of up to several dozen individuals in a few
square metres.
2. Cynanchum christineae P. Forster.
Wild plants (Voucher: Tingey [AQ408486]) at Palmerston, N.T.
(12°29’S 130°58’E). Oviposition and feeding of up to at least third
instar larvae, December 1987 (C. Cox & R. Tingey, pers. comm.
1988). Eggs are laid on young buds. This plant has only been
recorded from the Darwin region, N.T. (Forster, 1989).
3. Cynanchum liebiana (F. Muell.) P. Forster.
Wild plants (Voucher: Tingey [AQ408479]) at Palmerston, N.T.
Oviposition, feeding and development to third instar larvae, December
1987 (C. Cox & R. Tingey, pers. comm. 1988). This plant has only
been recorded from the Darwin region, N.T. (Forster, 1989).
Discussion
The three new larval host plants recorded here are inconspicuous
geophytic herbs that shoot from perennial rootstocks and make rapid
growth with the first storms of the wet season in October and
November. These plants flower during this short period and by late
December, most are fruiting or producing only leaves. Feeding by the
lesser wanderer larvae reduce the number of plants available for cross-
pollination and must also reduce the amount of dry matter that is
available for retranslocation to the tubers or fleshy rootstocks by
which these plants survive during the dry season. C. christineae and
C. liebiana are presently considered as endangered species (Forster,
1989), although given their inconspicuous nature both may be much
more widespread than the sparse collection records would indicate.
Nevertheless management of areas in which they occur should take
into account the predation by this butterfly. Although the other
native Asclepiadaceae recorded as larval hosts (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981) are evergreen perennials, it is unlikely that suitable
foliage for larval feeding would be available throughout the year.
The native Australian Asclepiadaceae recorded as hosts for this
butterfly occur naturally over much of the interior of Australia. In
coastal areas of southwestern Western Australia, South Australia,
Victoria, New South Wales and southern Queensland introduced hosts
are often very common. Hence there is a range of plants available
over the whole Australian mainland suitable, at least for part of the
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 99
year, as hosts and this is reflected in the wide distribution of the
butterfly. In Tasmania, where the lesser wanderer has been collected
but not observed to reproduce (Common and Waterhouse, 1981), no
native or naturalised Asclepiadaceae occur.
Both Cynanchum carnosum and Brachystelma glabriflorum occur in
New Guinea (Forster, 1988a; b) with the former restricted to coastal
mangrove communities and the latter to grassland in southern Papua.
Unless the lesser wanderer is restricted to these habitats it is probable
that additional hosts are present and remain to be determined from
the islands rich asclepiadaceous flora.
Acknowledgements
My thanks to R. Tingey and C. Cox for original observations, G.
Daniels for identifying various larvae and J. Russell-Smith and D.
Lucas for a pleasant homebase in the Northern Territory. This work
was incidental to taxonomic work on the Asclepiadaceae funded by the
Australian Biological Resources Study during 1989-1990.
References
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed butterflies their cladistics
and biology. Pp. vii + 425. British Museum (Natural History), London.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FORSTER, P.I. 1988a. Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. I. Brachystelma
Sims in Australia. Nuytsia 6: 285-294.
FORSTER, P.I. 1988b. Studies on the Australasian Asclepiadaceae. V. Cynanchum
carnosum (R. Br.) Schltr. and its synonymy. Austrobaileya 2: 525-527.
FORSTER, P.I. 1989. Notes on Asclepiadateae, 1. Austrobaileya 3: 109-133.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies.
Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 55-56.
100 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORD FOR THE DOUBLE DRUMMER
CICADA, THOPHA SACCATA (FABRICIUS) (HOMOPTERA:
CICADIDAE)
M. COOMBS! and E. TOOLSON2
! Department of Zoology, University of New England, Armidale, N.S.W., 2351
? Department of Biology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, N.M., USA 87131
The range of the double drummer cicada, Thopha saccata, is given by
Burns (1962) and Moulds (1990) as extending along a coastal strip
from north-eastern Queensland to southern New South Wales.
Moulds states that in New South Wales there are no records of T.
saccata westward past the eastern slopes of the Great Dividing Range.
On 14th December 1990 we found a substantial population of T.
saccata 27 km west of Bundarra in the Nandewar Range of northern
New South Wales (30°17’S 150?48'E) at an altitude of 760 m. The
Nandewar Range is on the upper western slopes of the Great Dividing
Range and this record extends the known distribution for the species
past the western limit given by Moulds (1990). Singing males had
been heard on the 2nd December 1990 but not positively identified.
However, examination of adults collected on the 14th December 1990
identified them as T. saccata rather than the closely related T. sessiliba
Distant. T. sessiliba is known to occur on the western side of the
Great Dividing Range in Northern New South Wales (Moulds, 1990).
It is distinguished from T. saccata primarily by the presence of a white
transverse band close to the apex of the abdomen.
Adults of T. saccata occupied dry sclerophyll forest at this locality,
occurring singly on the upper limbs and branches of red stringybark,
Eucalyptus macrorhyncha F. Muell. and mugga ironbark, EF.
sideroxylon A. Cunn. Exuviae were common on the lower trunks of
red stringybark trees, indicating that this species may serve as a
nymphal food plant. None was observed on the trunks of mugga
ironbark. The height of singing males of T. saccata precluded detailed
Observations of adult behaviour. Males sang throughout daylight
hours with the singing being most intense in the first half of the day.
A voucher specimen of T. saccata has been retained by MC.
Acknowledgement
W. Sheather (Department of Botany, University of New England)
identified the voucher specimens of both Eucalyptus species.
References
BURNS, A.N. 1962. Revision of the genus Thopha Amyot and Serville Cicadidae,
division Thopharia Homoptera-Hemiptera. Memoirs of the National Museum of
Victoria 25: 269-279.
MOULDS, M.S. 1990. Australian cicadas. Pp. x + 217. New South Wales University
Press, Kensington.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 101
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE INTRODUCED DUNG BEETLE
ONITIS ALEXIS KLUG (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) IN THE
NORTHERN TERRITORY
G.J. FLANAGAN
Department of Primary Industry and Fisheries, P.O. Box 79, Berrimah, N.T., 0828
Abstract
Onitis alexis was first released in the Northern Territory in 1973 and last recovered in 1985 in
Kakadu National Park some distance from the nearest release site and nine years after the last
release. High buffalo numbers in the park have probably been responsible for its establishment
and spread and the current buffalo eradication program may well see O. alexis disappear from the
park.
Observations and discussion
The history and rationale of Australias dung beetle program is well
documented (Waterhouse, 1974). In the Northern Territory 12 species of
Scarabaeinae and two Histeridae have been released since 1969.
Onitis alexis, a southern African species, was first released in the Northern
Territory at the Berrimah Agricultural Research Centre, near Darwin. It was
subsequently released at 21 sites and recovered at nine sites, 5 of which were
not release sites (Fig. 1).
The most recent record is from Barramundi Gorge, Kakadu National Park,
A.M.G. reference: 5471-418309, on the 4th August 1985, when a 1 kg brood
mass was recovered 30 cm below a 4-6 L buffalo pad on sandy soil in a
riverine forest. The brood mass contained 3rd instar larvae which had a full
gut and had not yet formed a pupal chamber. The brood mass were kept in
moist soil at 26'C and 15 adults emerged between the 8th and 15th December
1985.
This recovery comes some 9 years after the last release in the area and is
more than 100 km from the nearest release site (Fig. 1). This suggests that O.
alexis is well established in this region of the Northern Territory. In
Australia, O. alexis is dependent on bovine dung for its survival and spread.
It is probable that the presence of high numbers of the Asian water buffalo
Bubalis bubalis (L.) in this area in recent years have been largely responsible
for its persistence.
It is now the policy of the Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service to
eradicate buffalo and cattle from Kakadu National Park (Anon. 1980). While
it is unlikely that complete eradication will be achieved, buffalo numbers and
distribution will be severely reduced, perhaps to levels that would not support
a population of O. alexis and we may see this species disappear from the
region.
102 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
(P) VANDERLIN
Is.
LÀ]
BORROLOOLA
à
* Release Only Sites
oRecovery Only Sites
œ Release and Recovery Kilometres
Sites
Fig. 1. Distribution of Onitis alexis in the Northern Territory.
References
ANONYMOUS 1980. Kakadu National Park plan of management. 388 pp. Australian Parks
and Wildlife Service, Canberra.
WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1974. The biological control of dung. Scientific American 230: 101-
108.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 103
WOOD-BORING COLEOPTERA AND ASSOCIATED INSECTS
REARED FROM ACACIA DEALBATA LINK IN TASMANIA
R. BASHFORD
Forestry Commission Tasmania, G.P.O. Box 207B, Hobart, Tas., 7001
Abstract
Thirty two insect taxa were reared from dead or dying Acacia dealbata trees from three sites in
Tasmania. Sixteen new records are noted for A. dealbata in Tasmania and fourteen for Australia.
The Cerambycidae was the most diverse family of wood-borers in this study demonstrating their
importance as secondary insects influencing mortality and decomposition of A. dealbata. The
families Bostrychidae and Curculionidae were also numerically important, though less diverse.
Buprestidae and Lyctidae occurred in small numbers. Predators of the coleopteran families
Cleridae and Trogositidae and parasitoids of the hymenopteran families Aulacidae, Braconidae
and Orussidae were also reared from A. dealbata timber. Some cerambycid species are
distributed within trees according to a positive relationship between beetle size and stem
diameter.
Introduction
A. dealbata is a widespread and locally abundant wattle which frequently
occurs in dense young stands following fire, and several papers have been
published recently listing emergence records of wood-boring Coleoptera (van
den Berg, 1982; Webb, 1987, 1990).
Observation of stands of debilitated A. dealbata regeneration indicates a
health decline downwards from the crown, often following severe defoliation
by the fireblight beetle Pyrgoides orphana (Erichson) (Chrysomelidae)
(Elliott, 1978). Dead twigs, less than 0.5 cm diameter, often contain
cerambycid larvae while the main stem is green and sprouting shoots. Attack
by the larger cerambycids, especially Anicita spp., occurs most frequently in
the second year of decline often resulting in the death of the tree. Subsequent
attack by other wood-borers lead to rapid tree fall and decomposition of
timber on the forest floor.
A. dealbata has excellent growth rates and fibre length quantities as a pulp
timber and would be grown commercially in Tasmania if defoliation by P.
orphana could be reduced.
There have not been any previous rearing studies of timber insects of A.
dealbata carried out in Tasmania. The number of new records reflects the
paucity of information on the relationships of many timber insects and their
hosts.
Collection sites and methods
Timber sections of recently dead A. dealbata were collected in mid winter
(July/August) of 1984 (6 trees) and 1985 (3 trees) from three sites in
Tasmania. Table 1 lists the sites, heights and basal diameters of the nine trees
collected.
Trees sampled at Woodsdale were ringbarked 5 cm above ground level in
August 1983 and collected the following winter. Samples from other sites
104 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
Table 1. Tasmanian collection sites of A. dealbata and tree measurements.
Site 1984 1985
Number Hts DOB* Number Hts DOB*
of trees (m) (cm) of trees (m) (cm)
Tower Hill 2 5.4 4.8 2) 5.0 3.8
(North East) SM xu 48/3: 9.
Branch's l 7.5 4:5 l 5.9 5.0
Creek (North)
Woodsdale 3 2:4 93H No observations
(East) DIS £5
Sl «ps
*DOB Diameter over bark taken at 30 cm above ground level.
were obtained from trees already dead for one year or dying at the time of
Observation.
All trees were sawn into 50 cm lengths which were then placed, either
individually or in groups of similar diameter, into 1 mm wire mesh cages in a
laboratory and maintained at ambient temperature for three years. The cages
were checked weekly during the summer months and monthly for the rest of
the year.
The emergence of all Coleoptera and associated predators and parasitoids was
noted and reference specimens prepared for identification.
Measurement of emergence hole width, at the point of greatest diameter, were
made for known species of cerambycids using vernier callipers. By
measuring fresh emergence holes each week it was possible to correlate the
size of emergence holes with particular species. Mid-stem diameters were
taken on timber samples held in individual cages to correlate with species
distribution in the trees.
Results
A number of wood-boring beetles and associated insects which have not been
previously recorded from A. dealbata were collected as well as some known
species. Table 2 lists the insects reared from each site and an indication of
the numbers of each species.
A total of fifteen cerambycid species were reared from A. dealbata timber
collected from three sites in Tasmania. Only three of those species, B.
signiferum, I. exilis and P. plumula were common to all sites. These species
occurred in large numbers and clearly have a statewide distribution. B.
signiferum has been reared in high numbers from A. dealbata timber in NSW
by Webb (1990).
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 105
Table 2. Insects reared from Acacia dealbata 1985-1987.
Species Number of Site Status
Specimens * dex
COLEOPTERA
Bostrychidae
Xylobosca bispinosa (Macleay) 200+ 3 -
Xylobosca canina (Blackburn) 5 3 m
Buprestidae
Cisseis sp. 4 3 T, A
Melobasis purpurescens Fabricius 9 3 T.A
Cerambycidae
Ambeodontus pilosus (Pascoe) 3 2 T, A
Amphirhoe decora (Newman) 2 3 T,A
Ancita crocogaster (Boisduval) 23 1,2 IT
Ancita marginicollis (Boisduval) 35 DAS -
Aphneope quadrimaculator Poll 1 2 T,A
Bethelium signiferum (Newman) 107 1,2,3 -
Illaena exilis Erichson | 122 123 -
Mecynopus cothurnatus Erichson 18 1,2 T,A
Notoceresium sp. 6 1 -
Phacodes personatus Erichson 2 5 -
Probatodes plumula (Newman) 141 1,2,3 -
Rhinophthalmus nasutus (Shuckard) 4 3) -
Stenoderus suturalis (Olivier) 1 1 -
Syllitus grammicus (Newman) 8 3 -
Zoedia divisa Pascoe 5 13 -
Cleridae (predators)
Blackburniella hilaris (Westwood) 11 13 T,A
Eleale sp. 2 1,2
Curculionidae
Belus bidentatus (Donovan) 5 3 -
Belus bimaculatus Pascoe 9 3 T,A
Orthorhinus cylindrirostris (Fabricius) 8 3 -
Pachyura cinerea (Blanchard) 2 3 T,A
Pentamimus australis (Erichson) 3] 1 T,A
Saccolaemus sp. 200 3 -
Lyctidae
Trogoxylon ypsilon Lesne 5 3 T,A
Trogossitidae (predator)
Lepidopteryx decorata (Erichson) 3 1 T,A
HYMENOPTERA (parasitoids)
Aulacidae
Aulacostethus variegatus (Shuckard) 8 218 -
Braconidae
Doryctes sp. 15 3 T,A
Orussidae
Orussobaius minutus Benson 12 3 T,A
* Site: 1. Tower Hill; 2. Branch's Creek; 3. Woodsdale.
**Status T - not previously documented from A. dealbata in Tasmania
A - not previously documented from A. dealbata in Australia.
106 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
The lyctid T. ypsilon emerged only from 30 cm length of Woodsdale timber.
Large numbers of the bostrychid X. bispinosa and the curculionid
Saccolaemus sp. emerged from all timber sections of Woodsdale material but
were absent from the northern Tasmanian sites.
None of the predators or parasitoids could be linked directly with the other
species present in the timber however all, except Orussobaius minutus, have
been previously found attacking cerambycid larvae in eucalypts (Bashford,
unpub.). Orussobaius wilsoni has been considered as a possible parasite of
the buprestid Melobasis purpurascens by Riek (1955).
Emergence hole diameters for nine cerambycid species are listed in Table 3
while Figure 1 compares the range, means and standard error of those
diameters with the timber samples from which they emerged.
Table 3. Emergence hole diameters of some cerambycids from A. dealbata.
Species Diameter (mm)
Range Mean
Ancita crocogaster 3.8 - 5.0 4.2 n=13
Ancita marginicollis 2.6 - 3.7 3:3 n=10
Bethelium signiferum 1.6 - 2.3 22 n-36
Illaena exilis 1.3 -2.1 1.9 | nz25
Mecynopus cothurnatus 1.8 - 2.7 2.4 nz-ll
Notoceresium sp. 1.7 - 1.8 118 neS
Probatodes plumula 2.2-2.8 2.6 n=9
Stenoderus suturalis 3:5 3.5 n=l
Zoedia divisa 2.6 26e n-l
An attempt has been made to correlate stem diameter with attack by
individual species along the stem length. The results show that some species
are confined to defined stem widths regardless of other material to them
whilst others are generalistic, attacking throughout the tree stem length.
The small cerambycids /. exilis, B. signiferum and Notoceresium sp. were
only found from branches of less than 1.7 cm diameter. The two Ancita
species were restricted to stem diameters of more than 3.7 cm diameter. The
other cerambycids were distributed throughout the range of stem diameters as
were the buprestids and the bostrychid Xylobosca bispinosa.
T-tests for each pair of species are given in Table 4. These t-tests used the
standard deviation of each species separately rather than a pooled estimate
from an ANOVA because of significant heterogeneity of variances
(P=<0.001) between species which could not be corrected by logarithmic or
square root transformations of the size data. Degrees of freedom of the t-tests
were calculated using Satterthwaite's approximation where variances were
unequal. (SAS/STATTM User's Guide, 1988).
The total cerambycid emergences over two years, from the Branch's Creek
and Tower Hill samples are illustrated in Figure 2. Stem diameters were
taken for only some Woodsdale stems so this site is not included. A total of
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 107
Stem size.
=p
3.7 — 5.0+ cm A. crocogaster
diameter.
A, marginicollis
+
S. suturalis
+
Z. divisa
B plumula
M. cothurnatus
5. signiferum
0.3 — 1.7 cm + n
diameter. Notoceresium sp.
ir ezilis
H+ 4 4111} ALLLLLL t 4111+ 1
o 0.5 1 15 2 25 3 35 4 45 5 55
Emergence hole diameter (mean, SE and range indicated in mm.)
Figure l. Diameter of emergence holes of some cerambycids emerging from
A. dealbata.
212 adults emerged from Tower Hill sections of surface area 1.54 m2, and
266 adults from 1.06 m2 of Branch Creek material.
Emergence of all the wood-borers occurred between late September and mid-
April with a peak in the mid summer months. There was no cerambycid
emergence in the third year of caging. All species of cerambycids emerged
during a two year period, with only three species, B. signiferum, I. exilis and
Notoceresium sp. having a higher second year emergence. It is unlikely that
higher emergence in the second year was due to reinfestation since the cages
were emptied on a weekly basis but rather that reduced timber moisture levels
slowed larval development.
Table 4. Significance of individual cerambycid species emergence hole
diameters.
Species SE A.m. B.s Le. Mc. P.p.
A. crocogaster 0.1132 ek eek okk kkk ok
A. marginicollis 0.1054 Lo OXOROR kok kk ele
B. signiferum 0.0239 Leek o ek okk
I. exilis 0.0416 look okk
M. cothurnatus 0.0809 - NS
P. plumula 0.0645 2
*** P < 0.0002
** p-0.035
108 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
Tower Hill
Adult emergence
F G Fo 88) 2 yp
o
100 Branch's Creek
Adult emergence
o
1 128 15 175 2 225 25 275 3 325 35 375 4 425 45 475 5
Stem diameter (cm)
Figure 2. Emergence of cerambycids from A. dealbata timber.
Discussion
The pattern of debilitation and subsequent death of patches of young A.
dealbata has been outlined. Predisposing defoliation by the chrysomelid
Pyrgoides orphana is rapidly followed by aggressive attack of the smaller
twigs and branches by several species of small cerambycids. As further
decline occurs the larger cerambycid species, such as Ancita spp., and the
weevil Saccolaemus sp. are able to establish resulting in the death of the tree.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 109
Freshly killed trees are then utilised by a range of timber boring insects.
Patches of dead saplings are frequently broken and shredded by the yellow-
tailed black cockatoo Calyptorhynchus funereus searching for large wood
inhabiting larvae.
Management control of the fireblight beetle, P. orphana, would also largely
prevent successful infestation by many of the wood boring Coleoptera reared
in this study. This would enable a valuable timber resource to be added to the
plantation inventory and the potential of A. dealbata as a pulp and veneer
timber to be realised.
References
ELLIOTT, HJ. 1978. Studies on the fireblight beetle, Pyrgoides orphana (Erichson)
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and its effect on the growth of silver wattle in Tasmania.
Australian Forestry 41: 160-166.
RIEK, E.F. 1955. The Australian sawflies of the family Orussidae (Hymenoptera, Symphyta).
Australian Journal of Zoology 3: 99-105.
SAS INSTITUTE INC. 1988. SAS/STATTM user's guide. Release 4.0. Cary, N.C. 1028 pp.
van den BERG, M.A. 1982. Coleoptera attacking Acacia dealbata Link, Acacia decurrens
Willd., Acacia longifolia (Andr.) Willd., Acacia mearnsii de Wild and Acacia melanoxylon R.Br.
in eastern Australia. Phytophylactica 14: 51-55.
WEBB, G.A. 1987. Larval host plants of Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) held in some Australian
insect collections. Forestry Commission of New South Wales Technical Paper 38, pp. 1-19.
WEBB, G.A. 1990. Some wood-boring and other insects of Acacia dealbata Link from northern
New South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 45-50.
110 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
Corrections
James, D.G. and O'Malley, KJ. (1991). Oversummering of eggs of
Halotydeus destructor Tucker (Acari: Penthaleidae): diapause termination
and mortality. Australian Entomological Magazine 18: 35-41.
A typographical error was introduced into this paper after authors had
corrected the proofs. The first paragraph of the discussion is reprinted below.
Discussion
Mortality in oversummering egg populations and diapause termination must
be considered in any analysis of the seasonal population dynamics of H.
destructor. Both factors have the potential to substantially influence
population size and thus pest status. This study indicates that site, soil type
and moisture can have a significant effect on both diapause termination and
mortality.
Bibliography
An authors name was ommitted from the bibliography on page 95. The
entry should have read:
TAYLOR, G.S.
(1990). Revision of the genus Schedotrioza Tuthill & Taylor (Homoptera: Psylloidea:
Triozidae). /nvert. Taxon. 4: 721-751
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 111
THE LIFE HISTORY AND DISTRIBUTION OF ALLORA
DOLESCHALLII DOLESCHALLU (FELDER) (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIIDAE) IN NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
S.J. Johnson and W.M. Doherty
Oonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
Abstract
The life history of Allora doleschallii doleschallii is recorded and illustrated and notes made on
its distribution in northern Queensland. The food plant is RAyssopteris timorensis Blume.
Introduction
Allora doleschallii doleschallii and A. major (Rothschild) are the only two
members of the genus occurring in Australia. A. doleschallii has previously
been encountered uncommonly from a few localities in Torres Strait through
to Mackay, Queensland (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Collecting in recent years has revealed several additional localities and more
recently we followed the life history of this species, the early stages of which
were previously undescribed.
Life History
Food plant. Rhyssopteris timorensis (Malpighiaceae).
Egg. White, hemispherical, 1.0 mm wide at base and 0.8 mm high with 16
vertical ribs. Surface between ribs covered in short fine tubercles arranged in
irregular vertical chords ventrally and in horizontal lines dorsally.
Larva. Ist - 4th instar: Head orange-yellow, median and adfrontal sutures
black. An oblique black line from occipital region to genal margin. Body
yellow. Prothorax pale yellow, broadly edged dark brown anteriorly and
narrowly edged reddish brown posteriorly. Anterior spiracle black. Thoracic
and abdominal segments each with abroad central dark brown band edged
white and with a small red patch ventrolaterally. Central band continuous
across thoracic segments and abdominal segments 2, 4, 6, 8 and interrupted
Figs. 1 and 2. Allora doleschallii doleschallii: (1), final instar larva; (2) pupa.
112 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 199]
dorsally on abdominal segments 1, 3, 5, 7. Dorsal heart edged brown. Anal
plate with brown dorsal stripe and oblique lateral stripes. Final instar (Fig,
1): Length 30 36 mm. Head orange with similar pattern to earlier instars but
black lines less distinct and occasionally interrupted. Body yellow.
Prothorax edged pinkish anteriorly and posteriorly with a fine black line,
Anterior spiracles black. Mesothorax with a broad central black band and
metathorax with a broad reddish brown band. Abdominal segments 1, 3, 5, 7
with a central broad cresenteric orange band. Ventrolaterally, band edged
white anteriorly and reddish posteriorly. Abdominal segments 2, 4, 6, 8 with
a narrow red central band. Anal plate translucent white. Spiracles black, a
faint white line ventrolaterally and dorsal heart faintly edged reddish-brown.
Pupa (Fig. 2). White, 19 - 23 mm long. Pupal cap with lateral angulate
protrusions over eyes and centrally bearing an anterodorsally directed blunt
rod-shaped projection. Anterior spiracles black. Mesothorax with scattered
black spots. Abdominal segments 2 - 8 each with an irregular black central ’
transverse band and segments 4 - 8 with lateral black spots slightly larger on
posterior segments. Pupal duration 19 - 23 days.
Notes
Eggs are laid singly on the uppersides of leaves of the host plant. First to
fourth instar larvae cut opposing semicircular pieces of leaf which they erect
into characteristic vertical bivalve-shaped shelters. Successive instars build
progressively larger shelters which are sealed along the outer margin except
for a small entrance hole at the end of the hinge facing the centre of the leaf.
First instar larvae feed on the epidermis of the leaf inside the shelter and on
the leaf surface adjacent to the entrance hole. Later instars also feed on the
walls of the shelters and older shelters develop a characteristic perforated
appearance. Up to three successive shelters commonly occur on a single leaf.
Final instar larvae join adjacent leaves of the hostplant or of plants supporting
the host vine or enter curled dead leaves caught amongst the twining stems of
the plant. Pupation occurs in the last larval shelter,
In recent years we have taken A. d. doleschallii on Thursday Island, Station
Creek and Seary Creek in central Cape York Peninsula, Packers Creek near
‘Portland Roads and on Mt White near Coen. At these locations A. d.
doleschallii was taken flying in depauperate rainforest, the preferred habitat
of R. timorensis (Jones and Gray 1988). If A. d. doleschallii is restricted to
areas of depauperate rainforest then it is unlikely to occur along the Claudie
River valley where A. major occurs.
The brightly coloured larvae and distinctive larval shelters should aid in the
recognition of the immature stages of A. d. doleschallii in the field.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
JONES, D.L. and GRAY, B. 1988. Climbing Plants in Australia. Pp. 392. A. Reed, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 113
NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND ADULT BEHAVIOUR
OF PRAETAXILA SEGECIA PUNCTARIA (FRUHSTORFER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE: RIODININAE)
M.S. Moulds
Entomology Department, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.
Abstract
Early specimens of the Australian harlequin, Praetaxila segecia punctaria recorded from
Coen almost certainly came from the nearby Mcllwriath Range. Adults of this species
inhabit closed rainforest and are crepuscular.
Introduction
The Australian harlequin, Praetaxila segecia punctaria, is a little
known species recorded from Cape York to Coen (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981). Nothing is known of the early stages and very
little about the behaviour of the adults. During a recent field trip to
the Coen district in January 1990 I found this species flying deep
within rainforest on the Mcllwraith Range, some 20 km north-east of
Coen.
Notes on distribution
I collected a male P. s. punctaria, and sighted another, in dense
rainforest (notophyll vine forest) along the old Leo Creek track,
Mcllwraith Range, at an altitude of around 300 m. The species has not
been taken previously from the western side of the McIlwraith Range
and has not been recorded from anywhere near Coen since 1905.
The 'Coen' distribution of this species is based upon two specimens (a
male and a female) in the Museum of Victoria which are labelled
"Coen, NQ, 29.10.05" [no collector given]. There is another male
specimen in the Australian Museum labelled "Rocky R., Cape York,
Qld., H.H., 29.10.05" and "G. Lyell Collection, Fig. 67 upperside in
The Butterflies of Australia by Waterhouse and Lyell was taken from
this specimen". Rocky River has its source in the McIlwraith Range
and flows east a short distance to the sea. It is most likely that Rocky
River is the origin of all three 1905 specimens.
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914), and subsequent authors, list Coen as the
southern limit of distribution for this species, no doubt based upon
the two "Coen" specimens. However, the identical dates of the
"Coen" specimens and the "Rocky River" specimen strongly suggests
that all three were collected together. Because the adults appear to be
confined to closed rainforest with a deeply-shaded open interior, and
because there is no habitat like this in the vicinity of Coen, it is almost
certain that Rocky River is the true origin of all three specimens. The
"Coen" labelling was most likely adopted because it was a convenient
and distinct map locality; Rocky River is ignored by Waterhouse and
114 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
Lyell (1914) despite the fact that the specimen they illustrated was the
one labelled Rocky River.
I consider it reasonable, therefore, to dismiss Coen as a locality for P.
s. punctaria and regard the nearby southern end of the Mcllwraith
Range as the species’ known southern limit of distribution.
Notes on behaviour
Adults of both sexes have been found settled amongst leaf litter during
the day in deeply shaded rainforest (Common and Waterhouse, 1981;
Moulds and d'Apice 1982) and when disturbed fly but soon alight
again on the litter. The male I collected at the MclIlwraith Range was
found in a somewhat similar habitat but was netted at dusk. It was
flying rapidly back and forth some 3 m above ground level in a small
'open' area amongst tree trunks deep within the forest. As it was
nearly dark it was impossible to identify for certain what it was that.
was flying and to follow its flight path. After several random sweeps
with a net in the flight area the specimen was eventually taken. It did
not appear to have beeen disturbed by several near misses. Such
behaviour suggests that the adults are crepuscular.
Acknowledgement
Mr K. Walker, Assistant Curator, Museum of Victoria, kindly
extracted data from specimens in his care.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D. F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Angus
and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp., 49 pls.
MOULDS, M.S. and d'APICE, J.W.C. 1982. Butterflies of the upper Jardine River,
Cape York Peninsula. Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 21-26.
WATERHOUSE, G. A. and LYELL, A. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. A
monograph of the Australian Rhopalocera. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 239 pp., 43
pls.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 115
ATTRACTION OF ADULT PHYLLOTOCUS | NAVICULARIS
BLANCHARD AND EUPOECILA AUSTRALASIAE (DONOVAN)
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) TO VOLATILE COMPOUNDS
P.G. ALLSOPP and R.H. CHERRY!
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg, Qld, 4670.
Abstract
Japanese beetle traps baited with anethole attracted 20-36 times more adults of Phyllotocus
navicularis than did unbaited traps. In one of two tests eugenol and a Trécé floral lure (10: 22: 11
2-phenylethylpropionate: eugenol: geraniol) attracted significantly more P. navicularis than did
the unbaited traps. Competition from flowering plants may explain the difference in
attractiveness between tlie two tests. Eupoecila australasiae was attracted to anethole and less so
to geraniol and the Trécé floral lure.
Introduction
Food-type lures have been used since the 1920s for trapping Japanese beetles,
Popillia japonica Newman (Fleming, 1969), and have since been tested as
attractants for a variety of other scarabs (Osborne and Hoyt, 1968; Tashiro et
al., 1969; Williams and Miller, 1982; Donaldson et al., 1986; Klein and
Edwards, 1989; Williams et al., 1990). No information is available on the
attractiveness of food-lures to Australian scarabs.
The, melolonthine PAyllotocus navicularis is a household nuisance pest in
southern Queensland, being attracted to white items on washing lines, and is
common in flowers during spring. The cetoniine Eupoecila australasiae is
often seen feeding on nectar in flowers during summer and is a strong diurnal
flier. Here we report on their attraction to some of the food-type lures being
tested in Queensland against canegrub beetles.
Materials and Methods
We tested lures by exposing them in Catch-can Japanese beetle traps (Trécé
Inc., Salinas) near Bundaberg, south-eastern Queensland. Traps were hung 1
m above the ground on steel rods 10 m apart. The lures tested were anethole
(1-methoxy-4-(1-propenyl)benzene), eugenol (2-methoxy-4-(2-propenyl)
phenol) citral (3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadienal), citronellal (3,7-dimethyl-6-
octenal), geraniol (3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadien-1-ol), hexanoic acid, pentanoic
acid, eucalyptus oil (Double "D" Eucalyptus Oil, Sheldon Drug Co, Sydney),
and the standard Trécé Japanese beetle floral lure (10:22:11, 2-
phenylethylpropionate: eugenol: geraniol). Chemicals evaporated from a
covered piece of sponge 4 x 4 x 1 cm placed in the same position in the trap
as the standard Trécé lure. Every 2-3 days of each test, 5 ml of the
appropriate lure were added to the sponges. Standard Trécé lures were not
replaced during each test.
Phyllotocus navicularis
We conducted three tests at two sites. In test 1 we exposed one trap with
| Present address: University of Florida, Everglades Research and Education Center, P.O. Box
8003, Belle Glade, FL 33430, USA
116 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
each lure and one unbaited trap for 12 consecutive days from 10 October
1989. Traps were arranged randomly in a line on the edge of a sugarcane
field adjacent to native forest. Beetles were counted each 2 days, making six
replicates in time. Test 2 comprised three replicates of the nine lures and an
unbaited control arranged in a randomised block design in a sugarcane field.
Beetles were counted after 7 days exposure from 3 November 1989. Test 3
compared only anethole and unbaited traps at the same site as test 1. Lures
were replicated five times in a randomised block design and beetles were
counted after 7 days exposure commencing on 23 October 1989.
Eupoecila australasiae
We exposed lures in two tests at one site in a sugarcane field. In test 1 we
exposed three replicates of the nine lures and one unbaited control for 7 days
from 22 December 1989. In test 2 we exposed six replicates of traps each
with either anethole, eugenol, geraniol or the Trécé lure or unbaited for 7
days from 3 January 1990. Both tests used a randomised block design.
Analysis
As none of the raw data sets were normally distributed (P « 0.01, Shapiro-
Wilk test for normality) and were not normalised by transformation, they
were analysed using the non-parametric Friedman two-way analysis of
variance (Conover, 1980).
Results
Phyllotocus navicularis
In test 1 anethole attracted significantly (P < 0.05) more P. navicularis than
did any other lure, whilst in test 2 anethole attracted significantly more than
all lures except eugenol and the Trécé lure (Table 1). The attractiveness of
anethole was confirmed in test 3. Anethole attracted 20-36 times as many
beetles as the unbaited controls; only 4 P. navicularis were caught in unbaited
traps, | each in tests 1 and 2 and 2 in test 3. In test 2 eugenol and the Trécé
lure attracted significantly (P < 0.05) more P. navicularis than did the
unbaited controls. The addition of 2-phenylethylpropionate and geraniol in
the Trécé lure did not make a significant improvement upon the attractiveness
of eugenol alone.
Eupoecila australasiae
In both tests no E. australasiae were caught in the unbaited traps (Table 1).
In test 1 anethole attracted significantly (P « 0.05) more beetles than any
other lure except the Trécé lure. In test 2 the Trécé lure and geraniol attracted
significantly fewer beetles tham did anethole. Citral, citronellal, eucalyptus
oil, hexanoic acid and pentanoic acid did not attract this species. The
presence of eugenol and 2-phenylethylpropionate in the Trécé lure did not
significantly improve the lure's attractiveness over geraniol alone.
Aüst. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 117
Discussion
Single chemicals were more attractive to P. navicularis and E. australasiae
than was the Trécé lure mixture. This contrasts with P. japonica where,
mixtures are more effective attractants than are single chemicals (Fleming,
1969; Ladd and McGovern, 1980). It parallels the attraction of South African
cetoniines and rutelines and the American cetoniine Euphoria sepulchralis
(F.) to single chemicals (Donaldson er al., 1986; Cherry unpubl. data). This
may be because adult cetoniines and some rutelines feed on fruit and flowers
whereas Japanese beetles have a more varied diet including leaves as well as
fruit and flowers (Donaldson et al., 1986). P. navicularis has similar habits
to cetoniines being a diurnal flier and attracted to flowers.
Table 1. Catches of P. navicularis and E. australasiae in traps containing
aromatic lures.
P. navicularis E. australasiae
Lure No./trap/day* No./trap /week*
Test | Test 2 Test 3 Test 1 Test 2
Anethole 2.5a 1.8a 1.2a 3.0a 4.8a
Eugenol 0.lcd 0.4ab 0.3cd 0.3c
Citral 0.1cd 0.05c 0.0d
Citronellal 0.4be 0.05c 0.0d
Geraniol 0.05cd 0.2bc 1.0bc 1.7b
Eucalyptus oil 0.0d 0.05c 0.0d
Hexanoic acid 0.4b | 0.05c 0.0d
Pentanoic acid O0.0d 0.1be 0.0d
Trécé lure 0.0d 0.4ab ].3ab 1.8b
Unbaited 0.08cd 0.05c 0.06b 0.0d 0.0c
* Means are original values. In each test, values followed by the same letter
are not significantly different at the 5% level.
The attractiveness of anethole and eugenol is strikingly similar to that in
honey bees Apis mellifera L. (Ladd et al., 1974; Ladd and Tew, 1983;
Allsopp and Cherry, 1991). Phyllotocus spp. and E. australasiae are
commonly found swarming on both native and exotic flowers (Tillyard, 1926;
Alderson, 1976; Moore, 1986) and P. macleayi Fischer swarms around
beehives, apparently attracted by the smell of honey (Britton, 1957).
Anethole and eugenol are common constituents of plant oils (Windholz,
1983) and it may be their influence which attracts P. navicularis and E.
australasiae to flowers and hives.
118 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
The difference. in attractiveness of eugenol to P. navicularis between tests 1
and 2 may be related to competition from flowering plants. Test 1 was
adjacent to native forest in which Grevillia banksii was flowering. In test 2
all traps were within fields of newly-ratooned sugarcane where there were no
flowering plants. We have observed a similar attractiveness of eugenol to
honey bees when traps are placed in sugarcane fields free of flowering plants
(Allsopp and Cherry, 1991).
Although neither P. navicularis nor E. australasiae cause significant damage
to crop plants, P. navicularis is a nuisance pest soiling washing, particularly
white items. The further development of traps and synthetic attractants may
provide a method for reducing this.
Acknowledgements
We thank Norm McGill and Greg Sullivan for technical assistance and the
Sugar Research and Development Corporation for financial support through
project BS34S. RHC was on sabbatical leave from the University of Florida.
References
ALDERSON, J. 1976. Behaviour and larvae of two rose chafer beetles Eupoecila australasiae
(Don), Diaphonia dorsalis (Don) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae, Cetoniinae). Victorian Naturalist
93: 86-91.
ALLSOPP, P.G. and CHERRY, R.H. 1991. Attraction of Apis mellifera L. (Hymenoptera:
Apidae) to volatile compounds. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 30: 219-220.
BRITTON, E.B. 1957. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae). Vol. 1. 185 pp. British Museum (Natural History), London.
CONOVER, W.J. 1980. Practical nonparametric statistics. 493 pp. Wiley, New York.
DONALDSON, J.M.I., McGOVERN, T.P. and LADD, T.L. 1986. Trapping techniques and
attractants for Cetoniinae and Rutelinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Journal of Economic
Entomology 79: 374-377.
FLEMING, W.E. 1969. Attractants for Japanese beetle. Technical Bulletin, U.S. Department of
Agriculture 1399.
KLEIN, M.G. and EDWARDS, D.C. 1989. Captures of Popillia lewisi (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) and other scarabs on Okinawa with Japanese beetle lures. Journal of Economic
Entomology 82: 101-103.
LADD, T.L., McGOVERN, T.P. and BEROZA, M. 1974. Attraction of bumble bees and honey
bees to traps baited with lures for Japanese beetle. Journal of Economic Entomology 67: 307-
308.
LADD, T.L. and TEW, J.E. 1983. Attraction of honey bees (Hymenoptera: Apidae) to traps
baited with lures for Japanese beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae), Journal of Economic
Entomology 76: 769-770.
MOORE, B.P. 1986. A guide to the beetles of south-eastern Australia, Fascicle No. 7.
Australian Entomological Press, Greenwich.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 119
OSBORNE, G.O. and HOYT, C.P. 1968. A chemical attractant for males of the grass grub
beetle Costelytra zealandica (White) (Col., Scarabaeidae). Bulletin of Entomological Research
59: 81-83.
TASHIRO, H., GYRISCO, G.G., GAMBRELL, F.L., FIORI, B.J. and BREITFELD, H. 1969.
Biology of the European chafer Amphimallon majalis (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in northeastern
United States. Bulletin of the New York State Agricultural Experiment Station 828.
TILLYARD, RJ. 1926. The insects of Australia and New Zealand. 560 pp. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney.
WILLIAMS, R.N., McGOVERN, T.P., KLEIN, M.G. and FICKLE, D.S. 1990. Rose chafer
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae): improved attractants for adults. Journal of Economic Entomology
83: 111-116.
WILLIAMS, R.N. and MILLER, K.V. 1982. Field assay to determine attractiveness of various
aromatic compounds to rose chafer adults. Journal of Economic Entomology 75: 196-198.
WINDHOLZ, M. (Ed.) 1983. The Merck index. An encyclopedia of chemicals, drugs, and
biologicals. 1463 pp. Merck, Rahway.
120 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
NEW DISTRIBUTION AND FOOD PLANT RECORDS FOR
NORTHERN QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIOIDEA AND PAPILIONOIDEA)
G. Daniels
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
Abstract
New distribution records from Cape York Peninsula are given for Trapezites macqueeni Kerr and
Sands (Hesperiidae), Candalides xanthospilos (Hübner) and Jalmenus eichhorni Staudinger
(Lycaenidae). A new food plant, Acacia leptocarpa Cunn. ex Benth., is recorded for Jalmenus
eichhorni.
Trapezites macqueeni
A female of this species was taken 3 km north of the Archer River crossing in
April 1989. Common and Waterhouse (1981) record the distribution as far
north as Musgrave, some 210 km to the south of Archer River. A male and a -
female of the species were also taken 13 km west of Musgrave. Both the
above localities are in granite areas and as females were taken, there must
have been suitable larval habitats nearby. This is contrary to Monteith and
Hancock's (1977) suggestion that the species may be characteristic of
sandstone areas on the peninsula.
Candalides xanthospilos
A single specimen of this species was taken flying in vine forest, 11 km north
of the Palmer River crossing. The nearest population of this species recorded
by Common and Waterhouse (1981) is on the Atherton Tableland, over 500
km further south.
Jalmenus eichhorni
Numerous larvae and pupae of this species were found on regrowth of Acacia
leptocarpa growing along the side of the Edward River Road, 17 km west of
Musgrave. The only previously recorded food plant for this species was
Acacia crassicarpa recorded by Common and Waterhouse (1981) and
illustrated in McCubbin (1971). The species was also found hilltopping near
the Kennedy River, 26 km west of Fairview Homestead, north-west of Laura.
The only other record for the species at this latitude is near Cooktown, over
100 km to the east.
Acknowledgement
John Clarkson, D.P.I. Mareeba kindly identified the wattle.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
McCUBBIN, C. 1971. Australian butterflies. 206 pp. Nelson, Melbourne.
MONTEITH, G.B. and HANCOCK, D.L. 1977. Range extensions and notable records for
butterflies of Cape York Peninsula. Australian Entomological Magazine 4: 21-38.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 121
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF TARACTROCERA
ANISOMORPHA (LOWER) (HESPERIIDAE: HESPERIINAE)
Andrew Atkins
University of Newcastle, Waratah, N.S.W., 2308
Abstract
Descriptive notes and illustrations are given for juveniles and adults of the endemic
skipper Taractrocera anisomorpha from central Australia.
Introduction
Taractrocera anisomorpha is distributed across the northern half of
Australia as far south as the Fortesque River in Western Australia,
Alice Springs in the Northern Territory, and Burleigh in southern
Queensland (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). The life history is
unrecorded, although females, probably of this species, were observed
laying eggs on Cenchrus ciliaris L. (buffel grass, Poaceae) in the
Gogango Ranges, central Queensland (Atkins, 1975).
In February, 1990, hesperiine larvae and larval shelters were found on
tussock grasses bordering dry water courses and sand-banks associated
with the Todd and Finke River systems of central Australia.
Life History
Food plant: Eulalia fulva (R. Br.) Kuntze (silky browntop' or 'sugar
grass’) (Poaceae).
Second to final instar larvae (Fig. 1). Length 3-18 mm; head pale
yellow-brown, plain or with light variable vertical bands on frons,
extending to dorsal area; body yellowish cream, darker grey-brown
suffused dorsal line extending almost length of body.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Length 14-16 mm; long and cylindrical, pale yellow,
cream wing-cases, pale brown anterior and posterior; operculum dark
brown, pointed and protruding; cremaster dorsal section rectangular,
slightly crenulated, flanged and ridged at perimeter; stiff hooked setae
at posterior.
Notes
Six larvae were collected in the Northern Territory, two from the Old
Telegraph Station and four from Ormiston Gorge, respectively 3 km
NW and 105 km W of Alice Springs. They were found in typical
hesperiine tube-like shelters made from grass blades sewn together and
arranged vertically or diagonally within the tussocks. The larvae were
medium-sized (probably second or third instar), with two (from the
Old Telegraph Station) more advanced (probably final instar). Four
empty larval shelters were found at Trephina Gorge, 55 km ENE of
Alice Springs.
Silky browntop is a common tussock grass that grows in stands along
122 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
Figs. 1-3. Adult and early stages of Taractrocera anisomorpha from
Alice Springs region, Northern Territory: (1) mature larva (Scale line
= 2 mm); (2) pupal head (scale line = 2 mm) and pupa (scale line =
10 mm); (3) adult male and female, left upperside, right underside
(scale line = 10 mm).
- Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 123
creek-banks, rocky out-crops near water courses and on sandy river
beds. The purplish brown leaves and drooping, branched and dark,
silky seed heads are distinctive features of this plant.
The larvae were transferred to Choris sp. grass at Newcastle, N.S.W.
and five were reared to adults. The two mature larvae pupated in late
February, emerging as adults two weeks later in March. The
remaining larvae continued to feed until late April, when they became
immobile within their shelters. One larva died, the remaining three
made no attempt to eat and pupated in January the following year. A
quiescence of over nine months for hesperiine larvae reared in the
comparatively humid conditions of the central coast of N.S.W. has
not previously been recorded. It is not possible at present to
determine what the implications of this are in the life cycle of T.
anisomorpha.
The adults illustrated (Fig. 3.) represent the extremes of maculation in
the specimens reared from the Northern Territory.
References
ATKINS, A.F. 1975. Larval foodplants of some Queensland butterflies. News Bulletin
of the Entomological Society of Queensland 3: 117-119.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv
+ 682. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
124 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF THREE QUEENSLAND
CICADAS (HOMOPTERA: CICADIDAE)
C.J. Burwell
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Qld, 4072
The following records extend the distributions given by Moulds (1990)
of three species of cicadas. All specimens are in the University of
Queensland Insect Collection.
Psaltoda flavescens Distant.
A small population was discovered in January 1991 in a patch of dry
vine forest on the shore of Maroon Dam, 20 km south of Boonah. A
single male was collected. Males were also heard calling in the Black
Rock Scrub, an isolated patch of dry vine forest 14 km south of
Boonah but no specimens were taken. Previously recorded as far south
as Eidsvold (Moulds, 1990), these localities represent a south-easterly
extension of about 350 km.
Illyria burkei (Goding & Froggatt).
A single male was taken 98 km east of Cunnamulla, on 16th March
1991. The previous western limit at this latitude was near St. George
(Moulds, 1990), about 180 km to the east.
Abricta willsi (Distant).
Two males and two females were taken 28 km east of Eulo, on 16th
March 1991. Adults were also observed but not collected 60 km west
of Eulo. Moulds (1990) records this species as far west as St. George
at this latitude, about 350 km east of Eulo.
Reference
MOULDS, M.S. 1990. Australian cicadas. Pp. x + 217. New South Wales University
Press, Kensington.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 125
HIBISCUS SP. (MALVACEAE), A NEW HOST FOR
PECTINOPHORA ENDEMA COMMON (LEPIDOPTERA:
GELECHIIDAE) AND PYRODERCES FALCATELLA
(STRAINTEN) (LEPIDOPTERA: COSMOPTERIGIDAE) AND
THEIR EFFECTS ON PREDISPERSED SEED
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
An undescribed Hibiscus sp. (Malvaceae) on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland is
recorded as a larval host for Pectinophora endema (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) and
Pyroderces falcatella (Lepidoptera: Cosmopterigidae). This is an extension of the known
range for P. endema. Both species pupate in separate parts of the Hibiscus fruit and
destroy as much as 66% of the predispersed seed crop.
Introduction
Several taxa of Malvaceae have been recorded as larval hosts for
Lepidoptera which feed on the seed and pupate within the fruit
capsule (Sands and Hill, 1982; Common, 1958, 1990). Previous
studies have mainly concentrated on Pectinophora gossypiella
(Saunders), the pink bollworm, and P. scutigera (Holdaway), the pink
spotted bollworm (references in Vickers, 1982). One or more species
can be present in any one fruit of various Malvaceae (Sands and Hill,
1982). Apart from recording the presence of different species from
different hosts little has been published on the effect of these larvae
on seed production in the hosts, or on the ability of different larvae to
coexist in the one fruit.
In June 1989, a number of larvae were observed feeding on seeds in
young to mature fruits of an undescribed Hibiscus sp. on Cape York
Peninsula, Queensland. Two Lepidoptera were reared from these
fruits and an estimate is made of the predispersed seed killed by these
larvae.
Study Area and Methods
An undescribed Hibiscus sp. [Forster 5234, Vouchers at BRI, CANB,
QRS] (section Furcaria DC.) occurs at Maloney’s Springs, "Bromley"
Station, Cape York Peninsula (12?28'S 142°55’E) on sandy soil in
open forest dominated by Eucalyptus tetrodonta and Erythrophloeum
chlorostachys. It has been recorded south to the Laura area (L.A.
Craven & F.D. Wilson, pers. comm. 1989).
Plants of this Hibiscus sp. are erect, scabrid, spiny shrubs to 2.5 m in
height, and several hundred plants occurred in an area of 1-2 ha at
Maloney’s Springs. In 1988 the annual wet season was early and poor
and by June plants had died back to perennial root-stocks. In 1989,
there was a longer wet season and plants were still in full flower and
had well-developed fruit from the 1989 summer to autumn flowering.
126 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
Large numbers of Lepidopteran larvae were present in the fruit and
dissection indicated that they were feeding exclusively on the
developing seed. Infested fruiting capsules (50) were collected and
transported back to Brisbane to allow the emergence of adults, which
occurred in late August 1989.
The number and location of pupal cases in each fruit, the number of
seeds per fruit and the percentage of seeds destroyed by the larvae
were recorded.
Results
Two species of moths emerged: Pectinophora endema (Gelechiidae)
[Forster 89602, UQIC] and Pyroderces falcatella (Cosmopterigidae)
[Forster 89601, ANIC, UQIC]. It should be noted that Pyroderces is
in need of revision in Australia (E. Nielsen, pers. comm. 1990).
Larvae of P. endema pupated within the carpels of the fruit whereas
those of P. falcatella pupated outside the carpels in an area of long
yellow, stellate hairs that occurs between the carpels and the perianth.
In a number of instances, there were holes in the carpel walls
indicating that larvae had chewed through these.
All larvae enter the seed via the micropyle. While there was some
evidence of abortive feeding on the testa surface away from the
microple, no evidence of entry via the testa was observed. Only fully-
developed seed were eaten.
A maximum of 15 seeds may occur in fruits of this 5-carpelled
Hibiscus sp. with 2-3 seeds per carpel. Pupae of P. endema were
more common (mean 1.42, range 0-4) than pupae of P. falcatella
(mean 0.57, range 0-4). Sixty-six percent of seed set in the capsules
was destroyed (testa penetrated and seed eaten wholly or in part) by
the feeding of the two species with an average destruction of 9.93 seed
per capsule (range 0-15 seed destroyed).
Discussion
Hibiscus diversifolius Jacq., H. divaricatus R. Grah. and H.
heterophyllus Vent. are hosts of P. endema (Common 1958, 1990) and
the Hibiscus sp. reported here, represents a new host record.
Common (1958, 1990) records P. endema from central Queensland to
central New South Wales and this collection from Cape York
Peninsula is the first published record for the region.
The Hibiscus sp. reported here is the first host plant record for P.
falcatella.
Seed predation by various insects may vary considerably between
different hosts in the same environment (Auld, 1983) and on the same
host in different localities and seasons (Randall, 1986). It must be
expected that the 669/ of predispersed seed recorded here is an
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991 127
example of what these two Lepidoptera can achieve in one season.
Certainly in many years (e.g. 1988), this species of Hibiscus is not
available for as long a period. The relationship between the two
Lepidoptera in this species of Hibiscus is unknown, however, the
differing requirements for pupation would indicate some degree of
compatibility.
Acknowledgements
Miss M.A. Schneider arranged the identification of P. endema by Mr
E.D. Edwards and P. falcatella by Dr E.S. Nielsen, both C.S.I.R.O.
F.D. Wilson, U.S.D.A. and L. Craven, C.S.LR.O. advised on
Hibiscus taxonomy. Assistance in the field was given by Messrs G.
Kenning, D.J. Liddle and M.C. Tucker. Dr M.P. Zalucki commented
on the manuscript.
References
AULD, T.D. 1983. Seed predation in native legumes of south-eastern Australia.
Australian Journal of Ecology 8: 367-376.
COMMON, I.F.B. 1958. A revision of the pink bollworms of cotton (Pectinophora
Busck (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae)) and related genera in Australia. Australian Journal
of Zoology 6: 268-306.
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. 535 pp. Melbourne University Press,
Carlton, Victoria.
RANDALL, M.G.M. 1986. The predation of predispersed Juncus squarrosus seeds by
Coleophora alticolella (Lepidoptera) larvae over a range of altitudes in northern
England. Oecologia 69: 460-465.
SANDS, D.P.A. and HILL, A.R. 1982. Surveys for parasitoids of Pectinophora
gossypiella (Saunders) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) in Australia. CSIRO Division of
Entomology Report No. 29.
VICKERS, R.A. 1982. Some aspects of reproduction in Pectinophora scutigera
(Holdaway) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological
Society 21: 63-68.
128 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (3) Sept 1991
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
ALCOCK, J.
(1991). Getting in on the ground floor. Aust. nat. Hist. 23: 714-721. [Behaviour of the bee Amegilla dawsoni
(Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae).]
ALDRICH, J.
(1991). | Pheromones of good and bad bugs. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 19: 19-27.
BAEHR, M.
(1989). Revision of the Australian species of the genus Pogonoglossus Chaudoir (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae:
Helluodinae). /nvert. Taxon. 2 (1988): 961-972.
(1989). Review of the Australian shield bug genus Theseus Stal (Insecta, Heteroptera, Pentatomidae). Spixiana 11:
243-258.
(1989). | On some new and rare crickets from northern and north-western Australia (Insecta, Orthopteroidea,
Gryllidae). Spixiana 12: 13-29.
(1989). A new species of the Tachys ectromoides-group from Western Australia. Spixiana 12: 279-283.
(1990). | Revision of the Australian species of the genus Apofomus Illiger (Insecta, Coleoptera, Carabidae,
Apotpominae). /nvert. Taxon. 3: 619-627.
(1990). Revision of the genus Oc/terus Latreille in the Australian Region (Heteroptera: Ochteridae). Ent. scand.
20: 449-477.
(1990). A review of the Australian species of Minuthodes Andrewes, with the description of two new species
(Coleoptera, Carabidae, Lebiinae). Spixiana 13: 33-41.
(1990). Two new species of Trichotichnus Morawitz from north Queensland (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Harpalinae).
Mem. Qd Mus. 28: 383-388.
(1990). A new species of Microlestodes Baehr from Western Australia. Spixiana 13: 183-185.
(1990). Revision of the genus Megochterus Jaczewski (Insecta: Heteroptera: Ochteridae). /nvert. Taxon. 4: 197-
203.
(1990). Revision of the Australian ground-beetle genus Tasmanitachoides Erwin (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae:
Bembidiinae), with special regard to the tropical species. /nvert. Taxon. 4: 867-894.
BARRACLOUGH, D.A.
(1990). Field observations of Senostoma spp. (Diptera: Tachinidae) at Katoomba, N.S.W. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29:
247-252.
BARRO, P.J. de
(1990). Natural enemies and other species associated with Saccharicoccus sacchari (Cockerell) (Hemiptera:
Pseudococcidae) in the Bundaberg area, southeast Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 87-88.
(1991). Sampling sirategies for above and below ground populations of Saccharicoccus sacchari (Cockerell)
(Hemiptera: Pseudococcidae) on sugarcane. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 19-20.
BATES, R.
(1989). Observations on the pollination of Caleana major R.Br. by male sawflies (Prerygophorus). Orchadian 9:
208-210.
BAYLIS, M. and PIERCE, N.E.
(1991). The effect of host-plant quality on the survival of larvae and oviposition by adults of an ant-tended
lycaenid butterfly, Jalmenus evagoras. Ecol. Ent. 16: 1-9.
BEATTIE, A.
(1990). When the ants get home, they feed their plants. Ant-plants and their guests. Wildlife Aust, 27 (4): 3-4.
BELOKOBYLSKIJ, S.A.
(1989). Braconids of the tribe Hormiini (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) of Australia. Ent. Obozr. 68: 376-392 [In
Russian, translated Ent. Rev. 69 (2): 89-108].
BHATTI, S.
(1990). A new monophlebine genus (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Margarodidae: Monophlebinae) on Melaleuca L. in
Australia. /nvert. Taxon. 3: 495-517.
YEN, A.L.
(1989). Overstorey invertebrates in the Big Desert, Victoria. Pp. 285-299. Jn Noble, J.C. and Bradstock, R.A
(eds), Mediterranean landscapes in Australia. Mallee ecosystems and their management. CSIRO:
Melbourne.
ZALUCKI, M.P., OYEYELE, S. and VOWLES, P.
(1989). Selective oviposition by Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in a mixed stand of Asclepias
fruticosa and A. curassavica in southeast Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28: 141-146.
ZBOROWSKI, P.
(1989). Now you see them, now you don't. Geo 11: 102-113 [Cryptic colouration in acridids and mantids].
aa
5x
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
EXCHANGE. Korean butterflies
for Australian Pieridae. Mrs
TRANSWORLD Cheong Seon Woo, Dept of
Biology, College of Natural
BUTTERFLY CO. Sciences, Kyungpook National
University, Taegu, 702-701,
WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE SUPE OLOR
Neotropical, African, Palearctic, : i
err dE EXCHANGE. Italian Lepidoptera
for Australian Papilionidae and
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Nymphalidae, i t -
Lycaenidae etc. Books and more. Saturnidae. Crespi Franco, Via
Since 1976... serving lepidopterists worldwide
LATEST 12-PAGE CATALOGUE E: Menotti 23, 41033
Concordia, Modena, Italy.
VISIT COSTA RICA! FOR SALE. Common and
Waterhouse Butterflies of
Australia. First edition, 1972.
$40. Colin M. Roche, 24
Entomological programs for collecting —
photography at naturalist Lodges
throughout Costa Rica. Brochure on
request. Naturalist & Birders programs Framont Ave, Holland Park,
available. Qld, 4121. Ph. (07) 397 7254.
A ; WANTED. Exchange insects from
APARTADO 6951 TEL: +506-284768 many families esp. ZNadüsitskis
100 SAN JOSE FAX: +506-281573
COSTA RICA, C. AMERICA and Cicadidae for Australian
specimens from these two
families. Tim McNary, 2820
Plainview Rd, Cheyenne,
Wyoming 32009, USA.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are $25 per printed page for 100 copies. Page charges
may be reduced at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 18, Part 3, 20 September 1991
CONTENTS
ALLSOPP, P.G. and R.H. CHERRY, R.H. Attraction of adult
Phyllotocus navicularis Blanchard and Eupoecila australasiae
(Donovan) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) to volatile compounds 115
ATKINS, A. Observations on the biology of Taractrocera
anisomorpha (Lower) (Hesperiidae: Hesperiinae) 121
BASHFORD, R. Wood-boring Coleoptera and associated insects
reared from Acacia dealbata Link in Tasmania 103
BURWELL, C.J. New distribution records of three Queensland
cicadas (Homoptera: Cicadidae) 124
COOMBS, M. and E. TOOLSON, E. New distribution record for the
double drummer cicada, Thopha saccata (Fabricius) (Homoptera:
Cicadidae) 100
DANIELS, G. New distribution and food plant records for northern
Queensland butterflies (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea and
Papilionoidea) 120
FLANAGAN, G.J. The distribution of the introduced dung beetle
Onitis alexis Klug (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in the Northern
Territory 101
FORSTER, P.I. Host records (family Asclepiadaceae) and distribution
of Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in
Australia 97
FORSTER, P.I. Hibiscus sp. (Malvaceae), a new host for
Pectinophora endema Common (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) and
Pyroderces falcatella (Strainten) (Lepidoptera: Cosmopterigidae)
and their effects on predispersed seed 125
JOHNSON, S.J. and DOHERTY, W.M. The life history and
distribution of A//ora doleschallii doleschallii (Felder)
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in northern Queensland 111
MOULDS, M.S. Notes on the distribution and adult behaviour of
Praetaxila segecia punctaria (Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae: Riodininae) 113
CORRECTIONS 110
RECENT LITERATURE » An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology 128
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
icon 1981 Cube
0$ Tet
dom
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 18, Part 4, 20 December 1991
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
| Price: $5.00 per part
CREER rere stralia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
iii
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
to entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand,
Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The
magazine is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually by
the Entomological Society of Queensland. Articles will be accepted
from amateur and professional entomologists. The magazine is
produced independently and subscription to the Magazine is not
included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions are payable
in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or to
the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars
should have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings
are normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland on the second Monday of March-June and August-
December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's News
Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members?
activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, C/- Entomological Society of Queensland, Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Queensland, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Incitec Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia
Pty Ltd, Schering Pty Ltd.
Cover: Polyrhachis bellicosa Fr. Smith, a widespread arboreal rain
forest species occurring through Indonesia and New Guinea to as far
south as Iron Range in northern Queensland. Its nest is built against
tree trunks between climbing vines. Length 7-9 mm. Drawing by
Rudy Kohout.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 129
REDESCRIPTION OF THE MONOTYPIC GENUS MICROLEDRELLA
EVANS (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE: LEDRINAE)
M.M. STEVENS
Yanco Agricultural Institute, NSW Agriculture and Fisheries, Yanco, N.S.W., 2703
Abstract
The atypical thymbrine genus Microledrella Evans and its only species, M. minuta Evans, are
redescribed from the type material. The genus displays a combination of morphological features
that render its taxonomic position uncertain. The current placement of Microledrella in the
Thymbrini cannot be fully evaluated until more information is available on related groups, most
notably the Australasian Ledrini.
Introduction
The genus Microledrella was established by Evans (1969) for a single species,
M. minuta, known only from Irian Jaya. Evans (1969) placed the genus in
the Thymbrini, one of three tribes of the Ledrinae commonly recognised from
the Australasian area. M. minuta was considered an annectent form with
certain ulopine characteristics and a close resemblance to the atypical
thymbrine Ledrella brunnea Evans, a species known only from south-east and
south-west Australia (Evans 1969). It has been suggested that M. minuta, L.
brunnea, and members of the New Zealand genus Novothymbris may "lie
close to the base of the thymbrid stem’ (Evans 1982).
M. minuta shares certain similarities with L. brunnea, notably dorsal ocelli,
a carinate crown, and a hind femoral setal pattern that often differs from the
strongly conservative 3+0+0 arrangement typical of the Australian Thymbrini.
These features are, however, also found in taxa currently included in the
Ledrini. M. minuta displays several morphological features which are absent
from the Australian Thymbrini, including strongly granular microsculpture, an
anteriorly expanded frontoclypeus, atypically shaped second valvulae, and
tegminal venation in which the cells are shortened and the crossveins variable
in position. The uncertain taxonomic position of the genus has been
recognised previously (Stevens 1990, 1991), and cannot be resolved at the
present time. Males of M. minuta are unknown, and certain important
characters such as hind femoral setation are variable, both between the two
known specimens and also within individuals. Further studies on both the
Thymbrini and the Australasian Ledrini are required before changes in
suprageneric classification can be justified.
Methods
Specimens were examined using a Wild M5 stereomicroscope fitted with a
Wild camera lucida. Ovipositors were examined after maceration of
abdomens in hot 10% w/v aqueous KOH and dissection in 70% ethanol.
Definitions of measurements, morphological ratios, and the terms 'crown' and
'vertex' follow Stevens (1990, 1991). Length is defined as body length in
dorsal view measured along the midline from the apex of the head to the apex
130 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
of the abdomen or a point level with the apices of the folded tegmina,
whichever is the greatest. The crown ratio (CR) is the length of the crown
in the midline divided by the length of the crown adjacent to the eye
measured parallel to the midline. The pronotal ratio (PR) is total length (as
defined previously) divided by the maximum width of the pronotum in dorsal
view. The term 'crown' refers to that part of the head (excluding the eyes)
that is visible in dorsal view. The term ’vertex’ refers to the dorsal (or
anterior) area of the face above the antennal ledges, excluding the eyes and
the dorsal region of the frontoclypeus. Venational terminology follows Evans
(1946); hind femoral setation is described using the formula method, as
discussed by Fletcher & Stevens (1988).
Tribe Thymbrini
Genus Microledrella Evans
(Figs 1 - 10)
Microledrella Evans 1969: 745, fig. 4A, B.
Type species: Microledrella minuta Evans, by original designation.
Medium-sized leafhoppers (Length 9 5.75 and 5.82 mm), generally pale to
mid brown in colour.
Female
Head slightly spatulate, acute in profile (Fig. 1). Crown in dorsal view of
approximately even length throughout or slightly longer in midline (CR 1.03
and 1.26), strongly punctate, with an elevated longitudinal median ridge (Fig.
3). Areas lateral to ocelli medianly swollen, laterally concave adjacent to
eyes. Ocelli clearly visible dorsally. Subocellar ridge absent. Antennal
ledges distinct, close to margin of head (Fig. 2), downturned and not
extending to eye margins. Frontoclypeus moderately planar in posterior half,
anterior half with a median longitudinal ridge that extends across vertex to
head margin, and with depressed areas laterally. Anteclypeus moderately and
gradually depressed in apical two-thirds. Apical half of lora very strongly
swollen, each with a protuberant transverse ridge conspicuous in profile (Fig.
1). Maxillary plates swollen along margins with lora. Antennal depressions
deep basally, granular, clearly delimited from remainder of maxillary plates
(Fig. 2). Face entirely rugose/punctate. Pronotum strongly punctate, very
strongly convex in profile, anteriorly declivous, muscle impressions visible as
concavities anteriorly; posterior margin elevated above level of scutellum.
Scutellum strongly punctate in anterior half, with a well defined transverse
sulcus delimiting the conspicuously elevated, transversely striate posterior
half. Tegmina punctate, strongly so in basal two-thirds. Venation only
vaguely discernible, cells often shortened (Figs 5, 6) as a consequence of
variable cross venation in apical area. Additional mcu crossvein may be
present, either distinct or indistinct. Additional rm crossveins present or
absent. A complete or incomplete additional end vein may be present
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 131
Figs 1-4. M. minuta Evans 9. (1), head and thorax, lateral view. (2), facial view
(striped areas raised, stippled areas depressed). (3), head and thorax, dorsal view
(striped areas raised, stippled areas depressed). (4), thoracic pattern, dorsal view.
Scale bars 0.5 mm.
between Sc and third subapical cell. Hind femoral setal formula variable,
either 34-040, 2+1+0, or 24040, preapical seta when present small and close
to apical pair (Fig. 7). Hind tibia with 6 or 7 spur-mounted spines on
ventrolateral margin (excluding those in apical and subapical rings), hind tibial
margins strongly ridged (Fig. 8).
Female Genitalia. (Figs 9, 10). Second valvulae of ovipositor long, narrow,
serrate area not elevated above shaft. Pregenital sternite with a strong
indentation on posterior margin.
Microledrella minuta Evans
(Figs 1 - 10)
Microledrella minuta Evans 1969: 745, fig. 4A, B.
Type specimens examined: Holotype 9. "New Guinea (Neth.) [Irian Jaya]
Wisselmeren: Enarotadi [misspelling of Enarotali] 1900 m. Aug.1, 1955 J.L.
132 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
Figs 5-10. M. minuta Evans 9. (5, 6), tegmen venation (holotype). (7), apex of left
hind femur, anterior view (leading edge). (8), left hind tibia, tarsus, and femoral apex,
ventral view. (9), pregenital sternites (arrow directed anteriorly). (10), apical region
of second valvulae. Scale bars: Figs 5, 6, 1.0 mm; Fig. 7, 0.1 mm; Figs 8 - 10, 0.2
mm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 133
Gressitt Collector.’ Reg’n. No. 8881. Paratype: 1 9, 'New Guinea (Neth.)
Wisselmeren: Enarotadi 2000 m. Aug. 5, 1955 J.L. Gressitt Collector.' Both
specimens in the collection of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu,
Hawaii.
Other material examined: none.
Length 9 5.75 and 5.82 mm. CR 9 1.03 and 1.26. PR 9 2.83 and 2.86.
Male unknown.
Female
Crown mid brown with sparse pale brown markings, median longitudinal
ridge pale brown sometimes bordered by mid/dark brown. Vertex and lateral
regions of maxillary plates generally concolorous with crown, pale brown
markings sometimes sparser. Frontoclypeus, anteclypeus, lora and median
areas of maxillary plates mid brown sometimes faintly patterned with
mid/dark brown. Antennal depressions mid brown. Labium terminating just
before midpoint of mid coxae. Pronotum mid brown with stramineous
markings, principally in midline and in a transverse band just anterior to
posterior margin; alternatively, stramineous markings reduced, mid/dark
brown markings prominent in a transverse band near posterior margin and in
two round patches, one either side of midline (Fig. 4). Anterior region of
scutellum basically concolorous with pronotum, with a poorly defined
longitudinal stramineous stripe in midline, lateral corners uniformly brown.
Posterior region behind transverse sulcus dark brown in midsection. Tegmina
pale brown, more or less opaque in basal third, remainder translucent, some
veins partly cream.
Female Genitalia: (Figs 9, 10). Pregenital sternite with a distinct U-shaped
median indentation on posterior margin. Second valvulae of ovipositor with
serrations large, widely separated.
Foodplants/Habitat: Foodplants unknown. The only known specimens were
collected at altitudes of 1,900 and 2,000 metres.
Distribution: Enarotali, Irian Jaya.
Acknowledgements
Thanks are extended to Dr G.M. Nishida, Bernice P. Bishop Museum,
Honolulu, for allowing me to borrow the type specimens of M. minuta. Dr
M.J. Fletcher, Biological and Chemical Research Institute, NSW Agriculture
and Fisheries, is thanked for providing helpful comments on an early draft of
the manuscript.
References
EVANS, J.W. 1946. A natural classification of leaf-hoppers (Jassoidea, Homoptera). Part 1.
External morphology and systematic position. Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society
of London 96: 47-60.
EVANS, J.W. 1969. Characteristics and components of Ledrinae and some new genera and new
species from Australia and New Guinea. Pacific Insects 11: 735-754.
134 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
EVANS, J.W. 1982. Biogeography of New Guinea leafhoppers (Homoptera: Cicadelloidea).
Monographiae Biologicae 42: 639-644.
FLETCHER, M.J. and STEVENS, M.M. 1988. Key to the subfamilies and tribes of Australian
Cicadellidae (Hemiptera: Homoptera). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 27: 61-
67.
STEVENS, M.M. 1990. Revision of the genus Mitelloides Evans, with two new species from
northern Australia (Homoptera: Cicadellidae). Entomologica Scandinavica 21: 281-288.
STEVENS, M.M. 1991. Revision of the genus Alseis Kirkaldy (Homoptera: Cicadelloidea:
Cicadellidae), with descriptions of six new species. Invertebrate Taxonomy 5: 43-59.
mr D — I D ———À— nml s. i —
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 135
THE GENITALIA OF A GYNANDROMORPH DELIAS HARPALYCE
(DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE)
T.R. NEW
Department of Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic., 3083
Abstract
The genitalia of a bilateral gynandromorph of Delias harpalyce from Victoria are described and
compared with those of normal individuals.
Introduction
Bilateral gynandromorphs have been recorded for many butterfly species and
have been presumed to develop from binucleate ova (Cockayne 1935), or
from bilateral differentiation at the time of formation of the first two
blastomeres (Clarke and Ford 1980). The causes of this developmental
abnormality are by no means clear, although there are suggestions that
disease, parasitisation, or abnormal temperature regimes could induce it
(review by Scriber and Evans 1988). Some tendency for multiple
occurrences of gynandromorphism in the same brood in laboratory reared
Lepidoptera has been noted (Cockayne 1935).
Scriber and Evans (1988) recorded 10 (five bilateral) gynandromorphs from
28,000 reared Papilio glaucus L., and Emmel and Boender (1990) noted two
gynandromorphs in six years from about 500,000 Heliconius melpomene (L.)
reared in. the Florida 'Butterfly World’. Gynandromorphs in natural
populations are undoubtedly rare, though their abundance is difficult to
quantify. They are most conspicuous in sexually dimorphic butterflies and a
survey of natural occurrences by Scriber and Evans (1988) included records
for 10 species of Pieridae.
The purpose of this note is to record the capture of a bilateral gynandromorph
(left side female, right side male) of Delias harpalyce and to describe briefly
its genitalia. Because such specimens are highly prized by collectors they are
only rarely available for dissection and detailed examination. The present
specimen (Victoria, Greensborough, 37°42'S 145°06'E, 20 May 1990) was
captured by Miss Kim Zammit. I have not made an extensive search for
additional records of gynandromorphic D. harpalyce, but am aware of two
other specimens (Australian National Insect Collection, Museum of Victoria).
These have not been dissected.
Genitalia of the Greensborough specimen were examined after clearing the
abdomen and storing it in glycerine. Comparison was made with normal
individuals of both sexes: a fresh reared female was used to avoid any
complication of bursal change induced by fertilisation or oviposition, and the
male was from a Greensborough population.
136 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
7
Figs 1-11. Delias harpalyce, genitalic structures: (1-3 normal male; 8, 9, normal female; 4-7,
10, 11 gynandromorph) 1: genitalia, lateral, valvae omitted; 2: tegmen and uncus, dorsal; 3, 4:
inner aspect of ventral part of right valve; 5: genitalia from right side; 6: genitalia from left
side; 7: genitalia, dorsal; 8, 10: corpus bursae; 9, 11: signum, ventral. Abbreviations on Fig.
l: a, aedeagus; b, brachium; j, juxta; s, saccus; t, tegmen; u, uncus; v, vinculum.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 137
Structure
Genitalic elements of both sexes are present in the gynandromorph, but are
unilaterally distorted or modified on the side displaying the external
characters of the opposite sex.
Male. Typical male genitalia of D. harpalyce are shown in Figs 1, 2. In the
gynandromorph, the right valve is complete and the left is absent. The valve
is similar in size to that of a normal male and is undistorted: the apical
prominence is slightly longer and more tapered and the ventral 'pocket' on
the inner side somewhat more pronounced (Figs 3,4), both probably reflecting
normal variation. The vinculum is complete on the right side (Fig. 5) but
reduced to a small tapered projection from the tegmen on the left side (Fig.
6). The tegmen itself is shortened anteriorly and the uncus divided medially
(Fig. 7) with the right side complete and the left side extensively fragmented
and distorted; a distinct transverse setose lobe is present between the two
halves, and the left structures are displaced ventrally. The juxta is present,
though shortened, and the aedeagus is indistinct. The saccus is shorter than in
normal specimens, and the normal broad brachia flanking the tegmen are
strongly reduced on the right side and slightly so on the left side. This
brachial reduction is anomalous, as it does not reflect the prevailing
bilateralism.
Female. The normal corpus bursae of D. harpalyce (Fig. 8) has a rounded
anterior lobe, extends forward to about abdominal segment III, and supports a
single transverse arcuate signum with expanded papillate/dentate arms (Fig.
9). In the gynandromorph the anterior bursal lobe is poorly defined and the
main chamber of the bursa reduced in size (Fig. 10). The signum is reduced
and asymmetrical (Fig. 11); left side normal and the right side a small
sclerotised tapered lobe without ornamentation. The genital chamber is
represented only by the left side. There is also a large bladder - like median
structure extending more than half the depth of the abdomen (Figs 5, 6): its
homologies are not clear.
Comment
The structure in general reflects the true bilateral nature of this individual.
Each side bears genitalic structures typical of the sex on that particular side
but severe distortion occurs at the midline or shortly beyond it. In some cases
(male valve, female genital capsule) the corresponding structure is absent on
the 'opposite' side; in others (male uncus, female signum) the structures are
recognisable but abnormal. Median structures, such as the aedeagus, are
most severely distorted.
Acknowledgment
I thank Miss Kim Zammit for the donation of this specimen.
References
CLARKE, C.A. and FORD, E.B. 1980. Intersexuality in Lymantria dispar (L.): a reassessment.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London (B) 206: 381-394.
138 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
COCKAYNE, E.A. 1935. The origin of gynandromorphs in the Lepidoptera from binucleate
ova. Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of London 83: 509-521.
EMMEL, T.C. and BOENDER, R. 1990. An extraordinary hybrid gynandromorph of
Heliconius melpomene subspecies (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Tropical Lepidoptera 1: 33-34,
SCRIBER, J.M. and EVANS, M.H. 1988. Bilateral gynandromorphs, sexual and/or color
mosaics in the tiger swallowtail butterfly, Papilio glaucus (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Journal
of Research on the Lepidoptera 26: 39-57.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 199] 139
NEW RECORDS OF AUSTRALIAN HEMEROBIIDAE
(NEUROPTERA)
C.N. SMITHERS
Entomology Department, Australian Museum, College St, Sydney, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
New distribution records for species of the economically important brown lacewings
(Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae) are presented.
Introduction
Identification of material in the Australian Museum collections has revealed
the presence of specimens of brown lacewings from localities which have not
been recorded. Despite the economic importance of brown lacewings as
predators of homopterous and other pest arthropods there has been relatively
little published on the family in Australia. It is hoped that this note might
encourage others to collect these important insects and add to knowledge of
their distribution and biology.
New records
Carobius curvatus New
MATERIAL EXAMINED. South Australia: 3 males, 1 female, 5 km N
Yunta, 25.iv.1983, G.A. Holloway. Species known previously only from the
type locality, 13 km NW by N of Hawker, South Australia, 100 km to the
NW.
Carobius pectinatus New
MATERIAL EXAMINED. Northern Territory: 1 male, Palm Valley,
MacDonnell Ranges, 21.v.1983, G.A. Holloway. 2 males, 1 female, King's
Canyon, George Gill Range, 25.v.1983, G.A. Holloway. These localities are
about 80 km and 125 km SW of Alice Springs respectively. The species was
previously known from two localities in the Northern Territory, namely 39
km E of Alice Springs and 8 km N of Kulgera.
Carobius pulchellus Banks
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 1 female, Narrabeen,
10.x.1983, G. Hangay. The only previously recorded New South Wales
locality is Campbelltown, about 60 km to the SW. The species is otherwise
recorded from Queensland.
Carobius spinosus New
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 13 males, 18 females, 55 km
E Tibooburra, Pindera Downs, 10-12.viii.1983, G.A. Holloway. Species
previously known from 28 km E by S of Southern Cross, 29 km SE by E of
Coolgardie and from Madura Pass, all in Western Australia.
140 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
Drepanacra binocula (Newman)
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New (1988) does not list localities for the very
large number of specimens he examined. This is a very common and
widespread species of hemerobiid which has been recorded from all States
except the Northern Territory. I have examined material from the following
localities. Tasmania: King River (near Queenstown) and Nietta. Western
Australia: Bunbury. New South Wales: Barren Grounds Nature Reserve, Mt
Tomah, Mt Wilson, Wattamolla and Kurrajong.
Megalomina acuminata Banks
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 1 female, Turramurra,
Sydney, 29.ix.1966. A.S. Smithers. This large species was previously known
only from Bundaberg, Queensland, and Canberra.
Micromus tasmaniae (Walker)
MATERIAL EXAMINED. This is probably the commonest species of
hemerobiid in Australia and has been recorded as being "throughout
Australia" by New (1988, p.366) but details of localities have not been
recorded. The present material includes specimens from the following
localities. Tasmania: Collinsvale, Forth River, Hobart, Mt Wellington, Leven
Canyon. Western Australia: Cape le Grand, 1 km W Dalyup River, 20 km W
Pemberton. New South Wales: Narrabeen, Bago State Forest, Northwood,
Polblue (Barrington Tops), Gloucester Tops, Mooney Mooney Creek, Mt
Tomah, Yalogrin State Forest, Kurrajong, 2 km E Mt Wilson, 115 km SE
Tibooburra, Sandy Hollow, Merriwa, Werrikimbe National Park, Jenolan,
Landsdowne (near Taree), Mootwingee National Park, Shoalhaven River, 30
km W Nowra, 10 km N Roto, Mt Keira, Mt Kaputar. Queensland: Bunya
Mts. South Australia: Port Augusta.
Psychobiella sordida Banks
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 4 females, Jenolan, 14-
20.1.1985, G. Hangay. A widespread species in eastern Australia, occurring
from southern Queensland (Bundaberg) to Tasmania.
Notherobius nothofagi New
MATERIAL EXAMINED. Tasmania: 1 male, 2 females, Cradle Mt National
Park, 4.11.1987, C.N. and A.S. Smithers. 1 female, Wedge River, 7.ii.1987,
C.N. and A.S. Smithers. Previously known from a few Tasmanian localities
only and the type locality, Lake Mountain, in Victoria.
Zachobiella submarginata Esben-Petersen
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 1 female, 4 km S Murrurundi,
1.iv.1983, A.S. Smithers. 3 females, Upper Allyn, 21.ii.1984, C.N. and A.S.
Smithers. This species occurs in eastern Australia from Queensland to
Victoria.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 141
Psectra tillyardi (Kimmins)
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 1 female, Lorien Wildlife
Refuge, 3 km N Landsdowne, near Taree, 11-25.i.1981, G. Williams. 1 male,
same locality, 6.iv.1987, D.K. McAlpine, B. Day, R. de Keyzer. 1 male,
Mooney Mooney Creek, near Gosford, 13.xii.1990, D.K. McAlpine.
Queensland: 1 female, The Boulders, near Babinda, 21.1.1991, D.K.
McAlpine and B. Day.
DISCUSSION. The genitalia of the males from Lorien Wildlife Refuge and
Mooney Mooney Creek correspond well with the description and illustrations
given by New (1988, figs. 65-70). In the Lorien specimen the forewing has
the dark oblique colour band along the gradates much more distinct than in
New's fig. 63 and approaching that of Psectra obliqua (Banks) (New, loc. cit.
figs. 50, 54). In the Mooney Mooney Creek male there is a mere suggestion
of such a band but the rest of the wing is much more strongly mottled. New's
females from Lorien and near Babinda correspond with New's illustration for
Ps. obliqua. There is considerable variation in the wing pattern in these
species so that it is not a reliable guide to identification. Unfortunately, the
male of Ps. obliqua has not yet been described and the problem of whether
there is one or there are two species involved still cannot be resolved.
Psectra nakahari New
MATERIAL EXAMINED. New South Wales: 1 male, Jenolan, 15-
20.1.1985, G. Hangay. Species known previously from a few localities in
New South Wales, the Australian Capital Territory and Tasmania.
Acknowledgement
I would like to thank the many collectors who have donated material to the
Australian Museum collections on which this note is based.
Reference
NEW, T.R. 1988. A revision of the Australian Hemerobiidae (Insecta: Neuroptera).
Invertebrate Taxonomy 2: 339-411, 327 figs.
142 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
BRACHYCHITON BIDWILLII HOOK. (STERCULIACEAE), A HOST
PLANT FOR NOTARCHA POLYTIMETA (TURNER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE)
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
Larvae of Notarcha polytimeta feed on the foliage of Brachychiton bidwillii before pupating
inside one to several leaves webbed together.
Introduction
N. polytimeta is a rarely collected small moth that has been recorded only
from south-eastern Queensland (based on holdings at QDPI and UQIC). No
previous host plants have been recorded for N. polytimeta and the species is
not mentioned in Common (1990).
Observations and Discussion
During botanical exploration in late December 1990 in the Goodnight Scrub,
State Forest 169 St Agnes (25'19'S 151°51'E), a population of the small
shrub Brachychiton bidwillii was examined. Several larvae were observed to
be feeding on leaf tissue and most had webbed one to several leaves together
and were starting to pupate.
This live material was collected and after 12-15 days, several adult moths
emerged with one being identified as N. polytimeta (Voucher: Forster s.n.,
QDPI). Larvae of this moth are surface feeders and devour mainly
interveinal areas after they have webbed the leaves together. Much of the
resultant frass tends to remain within the webbed leaves. Pupation occurred
within both live and dead leaves that were webbed together.
B. bidwillii is found in a number of disjunct populations from Edgecumbe
Bay (20'S) in the north to near Boonah (28°10'S) in the south (Guymer,
1988). Plants grow on the edges of drier vineforests and vinethickets, or
rarely in open eucalypt forest. Given the distribution of the host plant, further
records for the moth should be sought in central Queensland to confirm its
possible presence elsewhere.
Acknowledgement
The moth was identified by J. Donaldson, Entomology Branch, Department
of Primary Industries, Indooroopilly.
References
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. 535 pp. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
GUYMER, G.P. 1988. A taxonomic revision of Brachychiton (Sterculiaceae). Australian
Systematic Botany 1: 199-323.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 143
MIGRATION OF EUPLOEA CORE CORINNA (W.S. MACLEAY)
(NYMPHALIDAE: DANAINAE) IN NORTHERN QUEENSLAND,
AUSTRALIA
M.F. BRABY
Department of Zoology, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville, Qld, 4811.
Abstract
A large-scale north-westerly movement of Euploea core corinna is recorded from northern
Queensland. Butterflies moved consistently in a WNW direction at Townsville from at least mid-
May to mid-June 1990. Females were relatively 'fresh' in wing condition and reproductively
dormant. Flight activity occurred predominantly during warm sunny periods and ceased on
cloudy days. The number in flight reached a maximum in late-May when approximately 2000
individuals crossed a 50 m transect per hour.
Introduction
Very little is known about the movement patterns of the common crow
butterfly, Euploea core corinna, in Australia, especially from the northern
tropical areas of its range. Kitching and Zalucki (1981) stated that E. c.
corinna was a non-migrant but Smithers (1983), in a review of the movement
patterns of E. c. corinna, suspected that the species, like many other danaids
in Australia, was migratory but as yet few detailed accounts have reported
this. Most observations on movement and spatial distribution of E. c. corinna
are from the southern part of the range: the most recent findings suggest that
the species makes southerly (temporary) extensions beyond its normal,
mainly tropical and subtropical breeding range into the temperate areas of
south-eastern Australia (Smithers 1983, Scheermeyer 1985, 1987). The only
published record of a northerly movement is that of Straatman (1963) who
noted "a few specimens" of E. c. corinna accompanying a large northerly
flight of Tirumala hamata hamata (W.S. Macleay) near Ingham, northern
Queensland, in February-April 1961. More recently, Scheermeyer (1987)
noted two separate movements of E. c. corinna, one over sea between Palm
Island and Magnetic Island (near Townsville) in March 1982 and another at
Rockhampton in March 1983. Both flights apparently formed a minor part of
a large south-easterly movement of T. h. hamata after heavy rainfall. It is
perhaps of interest then that a spectacular, large-scale north-westerly flight of
E. c. corinna was witnessed by the author in the Townsville district, northern
Queensland, during mid-May to mid-June 1990. Counts across a 50 m
transect over 2 min time intervals were made at James Cook University
campus on 19.v., 28.v. and 9.vi. between 1200-1400 h.
Observations
Direction and duration of flight
On 19 and 20.v.1990 a mass movement of E. c. corinna was noticed in many
suburbs around Townsville (19*16'S 146°49'E), and this may have been the
start of the migration. Adults were observed moving rapidly in a WNW
direction (i.e. parallel to the coast) and on 19.v. at 1330 h I estimated
butterflies were moving at a rate of 20/50 m/2 min. The weather at this time
144 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
was warm and sunny with no cloud or wind and the flight continued at a
steady pace over the next three days. From 24-27.v. the weather deteriorated
markedly, being cloudy with light patches of rain, and no butterflies were
observed flying during this period. On 28.v. conditions became warm and
sunny with no wind or cloud and E. c. corinna commenced flying in very
large numbers. Counts made on this day between 1323 and 1402 h yielded a
mean of 65 + 20 (s.d.) /50 m/2 min (n=10). This estimate extrapolates to
1,960/50 m/hr (95% confidence limits of sample mean 1,540-2,380). Over
the next two days large numbers of butterflies continued flying WNW, but on
3l.v. and for the next week conditions generally remained poor, being
overcast with infrequent light showers. Little activity occurred during this
period and the only movements noted coincided with patchy periods of
sunshine. However, on 9.vi. the weather was warm and sunny, and at 1230 h
small numbers (5/50 m/2 min) of E. c. corinna were in evidence again. Very
few butterflies were observed moving over the next week and by 14.vi. the
flight had ceased altogether despite favourable weather.
Feeding and Behavioural Activity
A pronounced diurnal shift in activity was noticed during the peak of the
flight in late-May, though the direction of flight remained strictly WNW.
Little movement occurred during the cooler hours of the morning («9000) or
late afternoon (71600) and flight activity reached a maximum around midday.
At Melton Hill, Townsville, large overnight 'camps' were found amongst
shrubs and understorey vegetation in suburban gardens. During the early
hours of the morning these camps would begin to dissociate as butterflies
devoted much time to nectar feeding on a variety of flowers, including
Antigonon leptopus, Melaleuca viridiflora and Mangifera indica (mango).
Within several hours after dawn the butterflies had dispersed from these sites.
Reproductive Condition
On 29.v. a sample of female butterflies (n218) was collected. Butterflies
were frozen and then dissected to evaluate reproductive condition, mating
state (by examination of the bursa copulatrix) and fat-body content. All
females examined contained no eggs, showed no signs of ovarian
development, were unmated (i.e. contained no spermatophore) and contained
extensive fat reserves in the body cavity. Examination of the extent of wing
damage, as an indication of relative age, revealed that most females (14 or
78%) were 'fresh' (096 scales missing), three (1796) were 'slightly worn' (1-
5% scale loss) and one (5%) was 'worn' (6-25% scale loss).
Other Species
Several other butterfly species, notably Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll),
Tirumala hamata hamata and Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius), were
noted moving in the same direction with E. c. corinna but in substantially
lower numbers. Badamia exclamationis (Fabricius) had made its main annual
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 145
northerly flight several weeks earlier and there was little overlap in the timing
of its movement with that of E. c. corinna.
Discussion
The observations made on directional flight, together with evidence on
female reproductive condition, overnight clustering and early morning
feeding behaviour strongly indicate that E. c. corrina is a migrant, and this
attribute must now be considered a life history component of the species.
Furthermore, several independent observations were made at Charters Towers
(20'05'S 146°16'E), approximately 100 km inland from Townsville, where
large numbers of E. c. corinna were noted moving approximately NW on 1 &
11.v. (R. Cumming, pers. comm.) and 9.vi. (J. Kennedy, pers. comm.). These
observations coincide with the flights recorded at Townsville and, overall,
suggest that a large-scale north-westerly migration of E. c. corinna, spanning
some six weeks, occurred towards the end of the wet season along and near
the north-eastern Queensland coast.
In the northern and north-eastern part of its range E. c. corinna forms large
overwintering aggregations during the dry season (Kitching and Zalucki
1981, Monteith 1982, Jones 1987, Scheermeyer 1987). In Queensland, these
clusters occur frequently along the eastern coast in sheltered microhabitats,
such as in dense open forest and vine thicket patches along creeks, and adults
remain reproductively dormant (Kitching and Zalucki 1981, Scheermeyer
1987). The aggregations reflect local contractions in distribution in response
to the unfavourable dry months (Scheermeyer 1987), however, a migratory
phase opens the intriguing possibility that such population movements of E.
c. corinna may occur on a much wider, continental scale. Clearly, more
detailed observations on movement, particularly at the wet-dry season
interface, are needed and there is an opportunity to establish if a link exists
between directional flight and overwintering.
Acknowledgements ;
I thank Russell Cumming and Jayne Kennedy for inclusion of their
observations and Dr Betsy Jackes for assistance with botanical
identifications. Dr Chris Hill made helpful suggestions on the manuscript.
References
JONES, R.E. 1987. Reproductive strategies for the seasonal tropics. Insect Science and Its
Application 8: 515-521.
KITCHING, R.L. and ZALUCKI, M.P. 1981. Observations on the ecology of Euploea core
corinna (Nymphalidae) with special reference to an overwintering population. Journal of the
Lepidopterists' Society 35: 106-119.
MONTEITH, G.B. 1982. Dry season aggregations of insects in Australian monsoon forests.
Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 20: 533-543.
SCHEERMEYER, E. 1985. Some factors affecting the distribution of Euploea core corinna
(W.S. Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Danainae). Australian Journal of Zoology 33: 339-348.
146 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
SCHEERMEYER, E. 1987. Seasonality or opportunism in reproduction of Australian danaine
butterflies: Euploea core, E. tulliolus and Tirumala hamata (Lepidoptera). PhD thesis, Griffith
University, Brisbane.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1983. Migration records in Australia. 3 Danainae and Acraeinae
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 10: 21-27.
STRAATMAN, R. 1963. Observations on migration in certain Australian Lepidoptera.
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 104: 197-199.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 147
MALE-MALE COPULATION IN ANTITROGUS CONSANGUINEUS
(BLACKBURN) (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)
P.G. ALLSOPP and T.A. MORGAN
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg, Qld, 4670
Abstract
Copulation between males of the melolonthine Antitrogus consanguineus is reported. This has
implications in the understanding of pheromone-mediated behaviour.
Larvae of the melolonthine Antitrogus consanguineus feed on the roots of
sugarcane in south-eastern Queensland (Bull 1972). Adult males have large
51/5-lamellate antennal clubs, while antennal clubs of females are shorter,
more rounded and 3!/2-lamellate (Britton 1978). Unmated females attract
males, presumably by a pheromone (Allsopp unpubl. data).
We observed male-male copulation in A. consanguineus five times. The first
pair was amongst 20 males confined in a container. None had mated or had
picked up traces of pheromones from contact with females, as we had reared
them in individual containers from field-collected third-instar larvae. Within
5 min of placing them together in the container, the pair was copulating.
The other times were within three groups of 10-30 males collected in a light
trap during September and October 1990. Pairs of males were copulating
when we counted the beetles the morning after capture. No females were
present in any of these captures.
Fig. 1. Copulating males of A. consanguineus.
148 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 199]
In all cases the posture of the copulating pair was the same as that of a
copulating male-female pair (Fig. 1). Only the large antennal clubs of the
lower male distinguished the pair from a normal mating pair. The aedeagus
of the upper male was inserted into the genital capsule of the lower male.
The upper male's parameres were below those of the lower male, with the tip
of the upper male's parameres level with the base of the lower's parameres.
Dissection showed that the lower individuals were always males in all
respects; none were gynandromorphs similar to a female of Golofa tersander
Burmeister with external male characters (Ratcliffe 1989).
This homosexual behaviour indicates that females of A. consanguineus use
the pheromone to attract males over long distances. Over short distances
chemical cues are apparently not important, allowing males to misidentify
other nearby males and copulate with them. The observations also bear out
predictions from sexual selection theory that males of species with low male
parental investment should be indiscriminate in mating relative to females
(Daly and Wilson 1982).
Acknowledgment
We thank the Sugar Research Council for their financial support through
project BS17S.
References
BRITTON, E.B. 1978. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae) Vol. 2. Tribe Melolonthini. Australian Journal of Zoology, Supplementary Series
60: 1-150.
BULL, R.M. 1972. Antitrogus mussoni - major cane pest of the Bundaberg district. Cane
Grower's Quarterly Bulletin 36: 64-67.
DALY, M. and WILSON, M. 1982. Sex, evolution and behavior. 402 pp. Wadsworth: Belmont.
RATCLIFFE, B.C. 1989. A case of gynandromorphy in Golofa tersander Burmeister
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Coleopterist's Bulletin 43: 256-258.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 149
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF EUPLOEA ALCATHOE (GODART)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) FROM THE NORTHERN
TERRITORY, AUSTRALIA
T.L. FENNER
Department of Primary Industry & Fisheries, GPO Box 2268, Darwin, NT, 0801
Abstract
Euploea alcathoe (Godart) is recorded from the Northern Territory, Australia, and described
as a new subspecies, E. a. enastri. Notes are given on its biology and habitat, with comments
on flora and butterflies shared by north-eastern Arnhem Land and Cape York Peninsula.
Introduction
As treated by Ackery and Vane-Wright (1984) the butterfly species
Euploea alcathoe (Godart [1819]) ranges from the southern Molucca
Islands and the Kai and Aru groups through New Guinea eastward to
Fergusson Island and southward to north-eastern Australia. These authors
followed Corbet (1943) in regarding the taxon E. eichhorni Staudinger as a
subspecies of E. alcathoe rather than a full species. This is not, however,
universally accepted by Australian workers (e.g. M. De Baar, pers. comm.).
Be that as it may, undisputed E. alcathoe is known within Australian limits
by the subspecies monilifera (Moore), of which the type female came from
Thursday Island and a small number of males have subsequently been
collected in the Torres Strait Islands and far northern Cape York Peninsula
(De Baar, 1988; Lambkin and Knight, 1990).
Abbreviations: ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO,
Canberra; BMNH, British Museum (Natural History), London; NTM,
Northern Territory Museum, Darwin; QFIC, Queensland Forest Service
Insect Collection, Brisbane; QM, Queensland Museum, Brisbane; TLF,
author's collection.
Observations
In July, 1988, Mr Geoff Martin collected what proved to be the first
known specimen of E. alcathoe from the Northern Territory. The insect
was one of several individuals seen in a small area of tall groundwater
forest behind coastal sand dunes at Rocky Bay (12?16'S 136?54'E) on the
Gove Peninsula-at the north-eastern extremity of Arnhem Land. The
newly discovered insect was easily distinguished in the field from
E. darchia darchia (Macleay) and E. sylvester pelor Doubleday, with
which it flew, by its larger size and darker appearance. Unfortunately the
specimen, a male, was shattered during transport and only its wings remain
in the author's collection. Following a number of subsequent visits to the
locality, I have been able to collect good series of both sexes and obtain
some information on the insect in life. Its occurrence in two other
locations in far north-east Arnhem Land is confirmed by 1 9 taken near
the head of Port Bradshaw and 8 d' 2 99 collected near Mt Bonner.
150 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
These localities are respectively some 20 km SW and 40 km WNW of
Rocky Bay and likewise bear pockets of groundwater forest, in and around
which E. alcathoe was collected. Males from Rocky Bay show
considerable variation in the number and size of spots on the wings,
whereas those from the Mt Bonner area are less variable in these
characters.
Males were most commonly found within 3 m above ground level in small
glades within the forest or near its boundary with surrounding woodland,
resting on twigs or the upper surface of large leaves or making short
flapping and gliding flights to and fro. During these flights they
investigated other butterflies in the vicinity and interacted particularly with
conspecifics, engaging in joint circling flights with other males or a
dipping pursuit of females. One was collected feeding at flowers of Leea
rubra (Leeaceae).
Females were more commonly encountered within 20 m outside the forest
edge. They were attracted to paperbark (Melaleuca sp.) blossom,
presumably as a food source, but more usually fluttered slowly near
vegetation, settling frequently and briefly, apparently seeking oviposition
sites. At Rocky Bay one was seen apparently ovipositing on young shoots
of a creeper projecting from the forest edge about 5 m above ground level.
At Mt Bonner, a similar looking plant was collected in woodland
surrounding a patch of forest inhabitated by E. alcathoe. This has been
identified as Tylophora benthamii (Asclepiadaceae), and is a possible larval
food plant.
Two pairs were taken in copula, in each case resting on the upper surface
of a leaf within 3 m of ground level in a sunny situation near the forest
edge at mid-morning.
Euploea alcathoe enastri ssp. n.
Figs 1 - 6.
Types - NORTHERN TERRITORY: holotype d, NE Arnhem Land, Rocky
Bay, 15.xii.1988, T. Fenner (ANIC Reg. No. 2495) paratypes
23 dc 5 99, same locality and collector as holotype, various dates
(11.viii.1988, 15.xii.1988, 8.1.1990) (ANIC, BMNH, NTM, QFIC, QM,
TLF) 19 same locality 15.xii.1988, S. Collins (ANIC); 8 dd 1 9, NE
Arnhem Land, 6km NW Mt Bonner, 25.iv.1990, T. Fenner (ANIC, BMNH,
NTM, TLF); 1 2, same locality and date, I. Haselgrove (ANIC).
Other specimens examined: NORTHERN TERRITORY: 1 & (wings only),
NE Arnhem Land, Rocky Bay, vii.1988, G. Martin (TLF); 1 9, Gove
Peninsula, Pt. Bradshaw, 16.11.1989, I. & S. Kilduff (ANIC) with tornal
area missing from both hindwings.
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 151
Figs 1-6. Euploea alcathoe enastri, dorsal (left) ventral (right). 1, 2:
holotype male; 3,4: paratype male; 5, 6: paratype female. Scale lines: 10
mm.
152 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
Description
MALE: Head, body and appendages black with small patches of white
Scales on palps, near eyes and on thorax, legs and ventral surface of
abdomen. Abdominal hairpencils, which are of the bottle-brush type
(Boppré and Vane-Wright 1989), bright orange-yellow in the living insect.
Forewing without androconial brands, costa curved, apex rounded, termen,
tornus and dorsum forming a continuous curve; velvety black above, in
fresh specimens with a dull purplish gloss in angled light, very slightly
paler on termen and at tornus; usually with an apical white dot or spot
between R; and M, and sometimes up to 4 such dots between R, and M,;
in 12/32 a few subterminal dots between M, and tornus, usually obscure;
beneath blackish-brown lightening to chocolate brown toward costa, apex
and termen, still lighter below CuA, with a whitish streak along outer 3/4
of 1A + 2A and the area below that vein satiny greyish fawn; usually up to
4 white apical spots and in 19/32 from 1 to 5 white subterminal dots; a
white dot at base of cell and a larger one edged bluish near its apex;
usually 1 to 3 similarly coloured spots or short streaks in discal area
immediately beyond cell between M, and CuA, and occasionally another
between R, and R,; usually at least a trace of a short, pale streak between
CuA, and 1A + 2A, but this is rarely pronounced. Hindwing rounded,
above blackish-brown lightening to mid-brown toward termen below M,,
this colour extending across tornal area to outer H of dorsum; cell, part of
area between M, and CuA, and most of that between R, and M,
comprising elongate dull dark brown androconial scales as does the
posterior part of the outer 2/3 of the space between Se + R, and Rg
remainder of anterior portion of wing satiny greyish-fawn; an outer
subterminal series of 1 to 13 pale dots, often obscure, between R, and
tornus and usually an inner series of up to 9 similar but larger obscure,
sometimes elongate spots in the same spaces. Ground colour beneath
similar to that above, 4 white dots near base, a bluish-white spot near apex
of cell and 1 to 5 similarly coloured spots in discal area immediately
beyond it between Rg and CuA,; an outer series of 1 to 13 subterminal
white dots and usually an inner series of up to 9, often larger and
sometimes elongate, spots. A few specimens, lacking forewing apical spots
on both surfaces and subterminal spotting on both wings, are
indistinguishable from ssp. monilifera (Moore). In one specimen the
lighter area of hindwing above is conspicuously paler brown than usual,
and on ventral surface of forewing there is an additional small spot in the
distal part of the cell. One specimen has, in addition to 4 apical white
spots of forewing beneath, 3 dots still closer to the margin between R, and
M,. Forewing length 41 - 46 mm.
FEMALE: Head and body colouring as in male. Forewing termen slightly
concave, tornus distinct and dorsum straight; blackish-brown above, outer
1/5 paler; 4 white apical spots between R, and M,, sometimes obscure, that
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991 153
between R, and M, largest; in 4/8 a white dot between R, and R, near apex
of cell; usually a few obscure subterminal spots; in 3/8 a short, pale streak
on dorsum near tornus; beneath blackish-brown, costal area and outer "4
distinctly paler, near dorsum bluish-grey; 4 white apical spots, usually 2 - 4
white subterminal dots with another 1 or 2 slightly further from termen
between M, and CuA,; a dot at base of cell and a lavender spot near its
apex; 2 - 4 discal spots of similar colour and in 5/8 another with white
centre between R, and R,; a long, narrow lavender streak between CuA,
and 1A + 2A. Hindwing rounded, blackish-brown above, broadly paler
toward margins; 1 or 2 pale dots in space between Sc + R, and Rs; a
subterminal series of 2-11 pale dots, often obscure, between Rg and tornus
and an inner series of 4-11 larger, sometimes elongate spots in same area,
also often obscure; indications of a discal spot near cell between R, and
M,. Ground colour beneath dark brown, broadly paler toward termen,
tornus and dorsum; 4 white dots near base; a lavender spot near apex of
cell and 6 discal spots of similar colour immediately beyond it between Se
+ R, and CuA,, that nearest the costa sometimes minute; an outer
subterminal series of 5-12 white dots and an inner series of 1-11 larger
white spots, sometimes elongate. One specimen has a discal white dot
between M, and CuA, on forewing above. Forewing length 41-46 mm.
The subspecific name is the feminine form of a modern Greek adjective
meaning ‘starry’ and alluding to the ventral wing pattern of scattered small
white spots on a very dark background.
Recognition
The new subspecies is distinguished by the submarginal spots on the dorsal
surface of the hindwing being either very small or only obscurely
indicated. In addition, 25/32 males and 8/8 females have from | to 4
smallish but sharp white dorsal spots at the apex of the forewing, and
while these may be variously shaped none are indented at the distal end (as
are the largest of those of E. a. nox Butler). The forewing ventral streak
between CuA, and 1A + 2A of males is short and narrow, and is absent in
8/32. specimens.
The new subspecies most closely resembles E. a. nox of the Aru Islands,
of which some males have the hindwing dorsal submarginal spots
somewhat obscure, but in such examples the forewing dorsal apical spots
are also obscure which is not the case in E. a. enastri. The majority of
Aru specimens have distinct white submarginal spots on the dorsal surface
of the hindwing.
I have only seen the female type of E. a. nymphas Fruhstorfer from the
Kai Islands. This is not dissimilar to the type female of E. a. monilifera
(also examined), which is illustrated in Waterhouse and Lyell (1914, fig.
22). Both are more profusely white spotted, particularly on the dorsal
surface, than is the case in E. a. enastri. Males of subspecies monilifera
154 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
are "remarkably uniform" (De Baar 1988) and are as illustrated in
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914, Fig 14) and Lambkin and Knight (1990). A
male from. Thursday Island mentioned by the former authors as having
forewing subapical dots well developed on both surfaces is E. modesta
Butler (De Baar, 1988), while the male illustrated in Common and
Waterhouse (1981) is E. a. macgregori Kirby from the D'Entrecasteaux
Islands (M. De Baar, pers. comm.). Dark males like those of E. a.
monilifera are also typical of the subspecies monaeses Fruhstorfer from
south-west New Guinea and occur occasionally in the subspecies nox and
enastri. Males of the forms from the Moluccas and most of those from the
main island of New Guinea have the forewing ventral streak between
CuA, and 1A + 2A longer and broader than in monaeses, nox, enastri and
monilifera. Lambkin and Knight (1990) incorrectly attribute to me that the
subspecies monilifera has been taken in the Northern Territory. I consider
that all known Territory specimens of E. alcathoe should be treated as
enastri.
Discussion £
E. alcathoe is one of several species which, within Australia, are only or
mainly found in north-eastern Arnhem Land in addition to their eastern
coastal range. A number of woody plants which occur in Queensland are
predominantly or exclusively found within the Northern Territory in that
area. They include Arenga australasica (Arecaceae) (Jones, 1984),
Calophyllum inophyllum (Clusiaceae), Dillenia alata (Dilleniaceae),
Semecarpus australiensis (Anacardiaceae) and
Syzygium fibrosum (Myrtaceae) (Brock, 1988). At least 2 butterfly species
show similar distribution patterns. Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan
(Papilionidae) has been recorded from Groote Eylandt (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981) but does not appear to be established there. A wild
population exists on uninhabited Marchinbar Island (11?15'S 136°38’E),
Wessel Islands, where it breeds on Micromelum minutum (Rutaceae)
(author's observations: voucher specimens in ANIC and NTM). The north-
western Australian citrus butterfly P. canopus canopus Westwood also
occurs there. Yoma sabina parva (Butler) (Nymphalidae), despite older
specimens with Darwin as their stated locality (e.g. Waterhouse and Lyell,
1914), has not been collected in recent years further west than Howard
Island, north-east Arnhem Land. It is not uncommon in monsoon and
groundwater forest pockets of the Gove Peninsula.
Climate may help to explain these observed distributions. The prevailing
south-east winds of the May to October period, which bring dry conditions
to the rest of the Top End, produce cooler and more humid conditions in
north-eastern Arnhem Land by carrying moist air from the Gulf of
Carpentaria over that region. From April to October, maximum
temperatures on the Gove Peninsula are on average more than 2°C lower
Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 199] 155
than in Darwin. The milder climate may allow the persistence there of
species unsuited to the severe and prolonged dry season experienced in
most of the monsoon tropics of the Northern Territory.
Acknowledgments
The subspecies described here was brought to my attention by Mr G.
Martin of Palmerston. Mr M. De Baar, Queensland Forest Service,
provided much valuable information and literature, and additional
references were supplied by Mr E.D. Edwards, CSIRO, Canberra, and Dr
G.B. Monteith, Queensland Museum. My parents contributed to the cost
of travel to London, where Messrs R.I. Vane-Wright and P.R. Ackery,
Natural History Museum, kindly allowed me to examine specimens in their
care. Mr T. Lambkin, Queensland Department of Primary Industries,
generously loaned specimens for study. Mr C.R. Dunlop, Conservation
Commission of the Northern Territory, identified botanical specimens and
Mr D. Hodge, Darwin, advised me on the etymology of the subspecific
name. Messrs De Baar, Dunlop, Edwards and E.S.C. Smith kindly
commented on an earlier draft of this paper. I am grateful to them all.
Fieldwork was carried out in the course of quarantine surveillance of
northern Australia, an activity funded by the Commonwealth Department of
Primary Industries and Energy and implemented in the Northern Territory
by the Department of Primary Industry and Fisheries with the co-operation
of communities including the Yirrkala people on whose land the type
locality lies.
References
ACKERY, P.R. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1984. Milkweed butterflies. Pp. ix + 425.
British Museum (Natural History), London.
BOPPRÉ, M. and VANE-WRIGHT, R.I. 1989. Androconial systems in Danainae
(Lepidoptera): functional morphology of Amauris, Danaus, Tirumala and Euploea. Zoological
Journal of the Linnean Society 97: 101-133.
BROCK, J. 1988. Top End native plants. Published by author, Darwin.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CORBET, A.S. 1943. A key for the separation of the Indo-Australian and African species of
the genus Euploea F. (Lep. Danaidae). Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of
London (B) 12: 17-22.
DE BAAR, M. 1988. Insects collected during a trip to Torres Strait 27 March to 10 April,
1987. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland 15: 107-117.
JONES, D.L. 1984. Palms in Australia. Pp. 278. Reed, French’s Forest.
LAMBKIN, T.A. and KNIGHT, A.I. 1990. Butterflies recorded from Murray Island, Torres
Strait, Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 101-112.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The Butterflies of Australia. Pp. vi + 239.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
156 Aust. ent. Mag. 18 (4) Dec 1991
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
ARMSTRONG, J.E. and IRVINE, A.K.
(1990). Functions of staminodia in the beetle-pollinated flowers o f Eupomatia laurina.
Biotropica 22: 429-431.
BAEHR, M.
(1991). Tachys windsorensis, spec. nov. from north Queensland, a further new species of
the Tachys ectromoides-group. Spixiana 14: 189-192.
BARKER, S.C. and CLOSE, R.L.
(1990). Zoogeography and host associations of the Heterodoxus octoseriatus group and H.
ampullatus (Phthiraptera: Boopi dae) from rock-wallabies (Marsupalia: Pterogale). /nt. J.
Parasitol. 20: 1081-1087.
BELL, R.T. and BELL, J.R.
(1991). The Rhysodini of Australia (Insecta: Coleoptera: Carabidae or Rhysodidae). Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 60: 179-210.
BEN-DOV, Y.
(1988). A taxonomic analysis of the armoured scale tribe Odonaspidini of the world
(Homoptera: Coccoidea: Diaspididae). Tech. Bull. USDA Agr ic. Res. Serv. 1723: 1-142.
BLAND, R.G.
(1991). Mating behaviour of Phaulacridium vittatum Sjóstedt (Orthoptera: Acrididae). J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 221-229.
BLAND, R.G. and RENTZ, D.C.F.
(1991). External morphology and abundance of mouthpart sensilla in Australian
Gryllacrididae, Stenopelmatidae, and Tettigoniidae. J. Morph. 207: 315-325.
BOCAK, L. and BOCAKOVA, M.
(1990). Revision of the supergeneric class ification of the family Lycidae (Coleoptera).
Polskie Pismo ent. 59: 623-676.
BOCK, I.R.
(1990). The Australian species of Hydrellia Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera: Ephydridae).
Invert. Taxon. 3: 965-993.
BOLTON, B.
(1991). New myrmicine ant genera from the Oriental Region (Hymenoptera: Formicidae).
Syst. Ent. 16: 1-13.
BOUCEK, Z.
(1988). Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). A biosystematic revision of genera of
14 families with a reclassification of the species. 832 pp. CAB International:
Wallingford.
(1990). Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera): further errors and omissions.
Entomologist' s mon. Mag. 126: 87-88
BOWER, C.C.
(1989). The phenology of Comstockaspis perniciosus (Comstock) (Hemiptera:
Diaspididae) in an apple orchard at Orange, New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 28:
239-245.
BRABY, M.F.
(1989). The butterfly fauna of La Trobe University, Victoria. Victorian Nat. 106: 118-132.
(1990). The life history and biology of Paralucia pyrodiscus lucida Crosby (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 41-50.
(1990). An alpine record for Geitoneura klugii. Vict. Ent. 20: 9-10.
(1991). Occurrence of Hypochrysops byzos hecalius Miskin (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae)
near Melbourne: further notes and comments on an article by J. Burns. Vict. Ent. 21: 4-9.
(1991). City butterflies go bush. Wildlife Aust. 28 (2): 20-21.
BRABY, M.F. and DUNN, K.L.
(1991). Range extensions and distribution records for some butterflies from north-eastern
Queensland. Vict. Ent. 21: 62-66.
BRABY, M.F. and NEW, T.R.
(1989). Adult reproductive biology of Geitoneura klugii and G. acantha (Lepidoptera:
Satyrinae) near Melbourne, Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 36: 397-409.
BRITTAIN, J.E.
(1991). Effect of temperature on egg development in the Australian stonefly genus,
Austrocercella I llies (Plecoptera: Notonemouridae). Aust. J. mar. freshw. Res. 42: 107-
114.
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
VOLUME 18
1991
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUUENSLAND
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The magazine is a non-profit
journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or
to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box 537,
Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$18.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should have
A $5.00 added to the subscription rate.
Magazine Publication Committee
Editor: Mr G. Daniels
Assistant Editor: Emeritus Prof. D.S. Kettle
Business Manager: Miss M.A. Schneider
ISSN 031! 1881
Printed for The Entomological Society of Queensland
by Hans Quality Print, Brisbane.
Copyright Reserved, 1991
iii
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
INDEX Vol. 18, 1991
ABBOTT, I. Annual activity of a population of Catasarcus asphaltinus Thompson
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in Perth, Western Australia 21
ALLSOPP, P.G. and CHERRY, R.H. Attraction of adult Phyllotocus navicularis
Blanchard and Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) to
volatile compounds 115
ALLSOPP, P.G. and MORGAN, T.A. Male-male copulation in Antitrogus
consanguineus (Blackburn) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) 147
ATKINS, A. Observations on the biology of Taractrocera anisomorpha (Lower)
(Hesperiidae: Hesperiinae) 121
ATKINS, A., MAYO, R. and MOORE, M. The life history of Signeta tymbophora
(Meyrick and Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) 87
BASHFORD, R. Wood-boring Coleoptera and associated insects reared from Acacia
dealbata Link in Tasmania 103
BLAND, R.G. Mating behaviour of Monistria concinna (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae)
and Heide amiculi (Orthoptera: Eumastacidae) from Australia with notes on their
feeding behaviour l
BRABY, M.F. Migration of Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay) (Nymphalidae:
Danainae) in northern Queensland, Australia 143
BURWELL, C.J. New Distribution records of three Queensland cicadas (Homoptera:
Cicadidae) 124
CONWAY, J.R. The biology and aboriginal use of the honeypot ant, Camponotus
inflatus Lubbock, in Northern Territory, Australia 49
COOMBS, M. and TOOLSON, E. New distribution record for the double drummer
cicada, Thopha saccata (Fabricius) (Homoptera: Cicadidae) 100
DANIELS, G. New distribution and food plant records for northern Queensland
butterflies (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea) 120
De BAAR, M. Euploea core corinna (Macleay) and Euploea algea amycus Miskin
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) form hybrids within Torres Strait, Queensland 45
DUNN, K.L. and EASTWOOD, R.G. Range extension for the butterfly Tagiades japetus
janetta Butler (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in Queensland 91
EDWARDS, E.D. The nomenclature of Paralucia pyrodiscus (Doubleday) (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) 27
FENNER, T.L. A new subspecies of Euploea alcathoe (Godart) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) from the Northern Territory, Australia. 149
FLANAGAN, G.J. The distribution of the introduced dung beetle Onitis alexis Klug
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in the Northern Territory 101
FORSTER, P.I. Host plant records (family Asclepiadaceae) for Pyrausta incoloralis
Guenée (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 25
FORSTER, P.I. Host records (family Asclepiadaceae) for Euploea core corinna (W.S.
MacLeay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) 61
FORSTER, P.I. Host records (family Asclepiadaceae) and distribution of Danaus
chrysippus petilia (Stoll) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia 97
FORSTER, P.I. Hibiscus sp. (Malvaceae), a new host for Pectinophora endema
Common (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) and Pyroderces falcatella (Strainten)
(Lepidoptera: Cosmopterigidae) and their effects on predispersed seed 125
FORSTER, P.I. Brachychiton bidwillii Hook. (Sterculiaceae), a host plant for Notarcha
polytimeta (Turner) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 142
HOCKEY, M.J. and DE BAAR, M. Some records of moths (Lepidoptera) from
mangroves in southern Queensland 57
JAMES, D.G. and OMALLEY, K.J. Oversummering of eggs of Halotydeus destructor
Tucker (Acari: Penthaleidae): diapause termination and mortality 35
JOHNSON, S.J. and DOHERTY, W.M. The life history and distribution of Allora
doleschallii doleschallii (Felder) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae), in northern
Queensland 111
JOHNSON, S.J. and JOHNSON, I.R. Notes on the life history of Taenaris artemis
(Snellen van Vollenhoven) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia and the
rediscovery of T. a. queenslandica Rothschild 85
KAY, LR. and BROWN, J.D. Insects associated with kenaf in northern Queensland 75
KETTLE, D.S., MOTTRAM, P. and KAY, B.H. The effect of environmental factors on
the distribution of immature Culex annulirostris Skuse (Diptera: Culicidae) 65
LANE, D.A. A new distribution record for Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and Lyell)
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) 83
MOORE, B.P. A new species of Pogonus Nicolai (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from northern
Australia 31
MOULDS, M.S. Extension to the known range of Chaetocneme critomedia sphinterifera
Fruhstorfer (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) 42
MOULDS, M.S. Notes on the distribution and adult behaviour of Praetaxila segecia
punctaria (Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae: Riodininae) 113
NEW, T.R. The genitalia of a gynandromorph Delias harpalyce (Donovan)
(Lepidoptera: Pieridae) 135
SAMSON, P.R. The life history of Everes lacturnus australis Couchman (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) 71
SANKOWSKY, G. New food plants for various Queensland butterflies 9
SMITHERS, C.N. New records of Australian Hemerobiidae (Neuroptera) 139
STEVENS, M.M. A redescription of the monotypic genus Microledrella Evans
(Homoptera: Cicadellidae: Ledrinae) 129
WILLIAMS, A.A.E. New southern records of the yellow palmdart Cephrenes
trichopepla (Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in Western Australia 43
BOOK REVIEWS, BOOK NOTICES 20, 70
RECENT LITERATURE 43, 94, 128, 156
Publication dates: Part 1 (pp. 1-48) April 12
Part 2 (pp. 49-96) June 28
Part 3 (pp. 97-128) Sept 20
Part 4 (pp. 129-156) Dec 20
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject
or charge for notices.
WANTED. Exchange insects from
many families esp. Acrididae
TRANSWORLD and Cicadidae for Australian
specimens from these two
BUTTERFLY CO.
families. Tim McNary, 2820
Plainview Rd, Cheyenne,
WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE Wyoming 82009, USA.
Neotropical, African, Palearctic,
[eee eel Flansieieccaiicwae-eitieaterin’ WANTED. Contact with collectors of
Since 1976... serving lepidopterists worldwide
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Nymphalidae, Australian butterflies wishing to
PASSAT TS ELC BOONS He MOE exchange for Australian species.
LATEST 1 2CAGE CATALOGUE Mr S. Wallwork, 6 Central Ave,
Paddington, Qld, 4064. Ph. 369
VISIT COSTA RICA! 6076.
Entomological programs for collecting — EXCHANGE. Korean butterflies
sees pese Aaa keen for Australian Pieridae. Mrs
throughout Costa Rica. Brochure on
request. Naturalist & Birders programs
available.
Cheong Seon Woo, Dept of
Biology, College of Natural
Sciences, Kyungpook National
APARTADO 6951 TEL: +506-284768 University, Taegu, 702-701,
100 SANJOSE FAX: +506-281573 South Korea.
COSTA RICA, C. AMERICA EXCHANGE. Italian Lepidoptera
for Australian Papilionidae and
Saturnidae. Crespi Franco, Via
G., Menotti 234 41033
Concordia, Modena, Italy.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to
reject any paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased.
Manuscripts occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no
reprints are required. Charges are $25 per printed page for 100 copies. Page charges
may be reduced at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to
appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 18, Part 4, 20 December 1991
CONTENTS
ALLSOPP, P.G. and MORGAN, T.A. Male-male copulation in
Antitrogus consanguineus (Blackburn) (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) 147
BRABY, M.F. Migration of Euploea core corinna (W.S. Macleay)
(Nymphalidae: Danainae) in northern Queensland, Australia 143
FENNER, T.L. A new subspecies of Euploea alcathoe (Godart)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from the Northern Territory,
Australia. 149
FORSTER, P.I. Brachychiton bidwillii Hook. (Sterculiaceae), a
host plant for Notarcha polytimeta (Turner) (Lepidoptera:
Pyralidae) 142
NEW, T.R. The genitalia of a gynandromorph Delias harpalyce
(Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) 135
SMITHERS, C.N. New records of Australian Hemerobiidae
(Neuroptera) 139
STEVENS, M.M. A redescription of the monotypic genus
Microledrella Evans (Homoptera: Cicadellidae: Ledrinae) 129
RECENT LITERATURE - An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. Compiled by G. Daniels 156
VOL. 18 INDEX i-iv
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 19, Part 1, 29 May 1992
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
"- B a HM c
du aee
i
|! Price: $5.00 per part
P MUSEUM
] |
Í 4
i
| TIN lia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The magazine is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia.
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should
have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are
normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland
on the second Monday of March-June and August-December each year.
Meetings are announced in the Society's News Bulletin which also contains
reports of meetings, entomological notes, notices of other Society events and
information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd, Schering Pty
Ltd.
Cover: Arthropterus sp. (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Paussinae). Numerous
species of this genus are distributed throughout Australia and can be found
beneath bark or under fallen logs. They are often attracted to mercury vapour
lights. The genus has been found in Baltic amber. Length 6-18 mm.
Drawing by Jenny Beard.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 1
THE PRINCEPS FUSCUS COMPLEX (LEPIDOPTERA:
PAPILIONIDAE) NS m DE ^
LIBER
D.L. HANCOCK Se
Entomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Rd, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
` The Princeps fuscus complex is considered to comprise 3 closely related species: P. fuscus
(Goeze), P. prexaspes (C. & R. Felder) and P. hipponous (C. & R. Felder). Revised status is
accorded to 23 species-group names: P. fuscus lunifer (Rothschild) (from P. hipponous); P.
fuscus minor (Oberthur) and P. f. metagenes (Fruhstorfer) (from synonymy with P. f. pertinax
(Wallace); P. fuscus canopus (Westwood), P. f. babberensis (Fruhstorfer), P. f. croton
(Fruhstorfer), P. f. kallon (Fruhstorfer), P. f. hypsiclides (Rothschild), P. f. canopinus
(Rothschild), P. f. vollenhovii (C. & R. Felder), P. f. alorensis (Rothschild), P. f. modestia
(Tsukada & Nishiyama), P. f. sumbanus (Rothschild), P. f. umbrosus (Rothschild) and P. f. buisi
(Kalis) (from P. canopus); P. fuscus hypsicles (Hewitson) and P. f. burgessi (Samson) (from P.
hypsicles); P. prexaspes prexaspes (C. & R. Felder), P. p. andamanicus (Rothschild), P. p.
dayacus (Rothschild) and P. p. bowringi (Prout) (from P. fuscus); P. prexaspes pitmani (Elwes &
de Niceville) and P. p. duboisi (Vitalis de Salvaza) (from P. pitmani). P. fuscus oitylus
(Fruhstorfer) and P. f. pyrgoteles (Fruhstorfer) are placed as new synonyms of P. f. indicatus
(Butler).
Introduction
In an earlier review of the Princeps fuscus group (Hancock 1983) I noted that
P. fuscus itself was under investigation by others; consequently certain
problems associated with the taxonomy of that species were left unresolved.
That investigation has now been abandoned and my notes on the species are
presented here.
As treated here, the P. fuscus complex is equivalent to the fuscus subgroup of
Hancock (1983). Three species are included: P. fuscus (including canopus
and hypsicles), P. prexaspes (including pitmani) and P. hipponous. The
remaining species in the fuscus group, P. albinus (Wallace) and P. woodfordi
(Godman & Salvin), are retained in the albinus subgroup. All occur
primarily at low altitudes. Additional notes on the group were provided by
Hancock (1985). Illustrations of most of the subspecies may be found in
D'Abrera (1977, 1982), Haugum and Collins (1987) and Tsukada and
Nishiyama (1982).
List of taxa
Princeps fuscus (Goeze)
This species occurs from Talaud, Sangir (Sangihe), Sulawesi and Bali to
Vanuatu and Australia. Thirty-four subspecies are recognized. There are 5
basic pattern types: (1) fuscus-type, with dark forewings and a large, broad
pale hindwing patch; (ii) cinereomaculatus-type, with postdiscal pale spots
on the forewing and a large hindwing patch; (iii) madanus-type, with a pale
forewing band and a large hindwing patch, (iv) castaneus-type, with a
reduced hindwing patch, and (v) canopus-type, with a narrow hindwing band.
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
Group A: Sulawesi - Moluccas subspecies
P. f. lunifer (Rothschild), stat. rev. Talaud I. (NE of Sulawesi).
Previously placed as a subspecies of P. hipponous and originally described
from Sangir I. (N of Sulawesi) but this may have been a locality error as
recent evidence (Tsukada & Nishiyama 1982) indicates that only P. f. minor
is present there. The hindwing has a narrow, canopus-type hindwing band.
In this and the following 9 subspecies the posterior areas of the hindwings
tend to be dusted with yellow-grey scales.
P. f. minor (Oberthür), stat. rev. Sangir I. and N. Sulawesi. Usually
placed as a synonym of P. f. pertinax. There are two distinct forms, one
fuscus- or cinereomaculatus-type (form minor) and one castaneus-type. Both
were illustrated by D'Abrera (1982, as P. f. pertinax and P. f. ? subsp.).
P. f. pertinax (Wallace). S. Sulawesi (Makassar). Tsukada and
Nishiyama (1982) erroneously applied this name to the northern Sulawesi
population but Wallace's types are from Makassar and his figure (Wallace
1865) agrees with material from southern Sulawesi. As in’P. f. minor there
are two forms, with a large or reduced (form pertinax) hindwing patch; both
were figured by Tsukada and Nishiyama (1982, as P. f. porrothenus).
P. f. porrothenus (Jordan). Kalao and Tanadjampea Is (S of Sulawesi).
P. f. metagenes (Fruhstorfer), stat. rev. Binongka and Tukangbesi Is
(SE of Sulawesi). Usually placed, without explanation, as a synonym of P. f.
pertinax, the status of this population is uncertain.
P. f. talyabona (Talbot). Sula Is (E of Sulawesi).
P. f. fuscus (Goeze). Southern Moluccas (Ambon, Buru, Seram). This
is a variable subspecies, with forms castaneus Goeze, cinereomaculatus
Goeze, madanus Fruhstorfer and fuscus (= severus Cramer) all occurring
together.
P. f. ombiranus (Rothschild). Obi, Central Moluccas.
P. f. lapathus (Fruhstorfer). Northern Moluccas (Halmahera, Bachan,
Ternate, Morotai). Papilio heringi Niepelt appears to be a hybrid between
this subspecies and P. tydeus (C. & R. Felder).
P. f. offakus (Fruhstorfer), Waigeo I. (NW of Irian Jaya).
Group B: Lesser Sunda Islands - NW Australia subspecies
P. f. thomsoni (Butler). Kai Is (S of Irian Jaya). In this and the
following 12 subspecies the tails are narrower and the hindwings broader and
more rounded in appearance than in the remaining subspecies.
P. f. canopus (Westwood), stat. rev. NW Australia and Northern
Territory. Regarded as a distinct species since Rothschild (1895).
P. f. babberensis (Fruhstorfer), stat. rev. (7 tenimberensis Rothschild, a
homonym). Tanimbar and Babar Is (E of Timor). This and the following 10
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 3
subspecies have previously been placed as subspecies of P. canopus. This
subspecies resembles P. f. xenophilus, having the hindwing band broader than
the normal canopus-type, approaching that of the fuscus-type.
P. f. croton (Fruhstorfer), stat. rev. Damar I. (NE of Timor). This
subspecies varies considerably, with forms approaching both the previous and
next subspecies in pattern.
P. f. kallon (Fruhstorfer), stat. rev. Romang I. (N of Timor). The status
of this population is uncertain. Usually placed as a synonym of P. f.
canopinus, it may be more closely related to P. f. hypsiclides. This and the
next 3 subspecies are closely allied and variable in pattern.
P. f. hypsiclides (Rothschild), stat. rev. Wetar I. (N of Timor). The
hindwing tails may be present or absent. Forms occur with the broader tails
and more elongate hindwings typical of P. f. fuscus, suggesting that this
population may have resulted from a dual invasion from the
Sulawesi/Moluccan and Lesser Sunda lineages.
P. f. canopinus (Rothschild), stat. rev. Moa and Leti Is (E of Timor).
The hindwing tails may be present or absent and the bands yellow or white.
P. f. vollenhovii (C. & R. Felder), stat. rev. Timor. The hindwing tails
may be rudimentary or absent and the bands yellow or white. The white form
apparently mimics Euploea sp. (Tsukada & Nishiyama 1982).
P. f. alorensis (Rothschild), stat. rev. Alor I. (N of Timor). This and
the next 4 subspecies are tailless and have greatly reduced pale markings.
Some of the forms may be mimics of Euploea spp. (Tsukada & Nishiyama
1982).
P. f. modestia (Tsukada & Nishiyama), stat. rev. Flores I.
P. f. sumbanus (Rothschild), stat. rev. Sumba I.
P. f. umbrosus (Rothschild), stat. rev. Sumbawa and (provisionally)
Lombok.
P. f. buisi (Kalis), stat. rev. Bali. Records from Lombok may belong to
this subspecies.
Group C: New Guinea - Pacific subspecies
P. f. beccarii (Oberthür). Northern Irian Jaya and NW Papua New
Guinea.
P. f. rotalita (Swinhoe). Aru Is. The original description from the Kai
Is is generally accepted as a locality error.
P. f. indicatus (Butler) (= oitylus Fruhstorfer, syn. nov.; = pyrgoteles
Fruhstorfer, syn. nov.). Southern Papua New Guinea (including Louisiades,
D'Entrecasteaux and Woodlark Is) and Torres Strait Is. Intergrading with P.
f. capaneus at Cape York. The names oitylus from Yule I. (Gulf of Papua)
4 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
and pyrgoteles from St Aignan (Misima) (Fruhstorfer 1916) appear to
represent no more than individual forms and not valid subspecies.
P. f. capaneus (Westwood). Eastern Australia (Cape York to northern
NSW).
P. f. lamponius (Fruhstorfer). New Britain.
P. f. cilix (Godman & Salvin). New Ireland and New Hanover.
P. f. hasterti (Ribbe). Bougainville and Solomon Is except Ugi and San
Cristobal. Papilio ponceleti Le Moult appears to be a hybrid between this
subspecies and P. woodfordi (Godman & Salvin).
P. f. xenophilus (Mathew). Ugi and San Cristobal, southern Solomon
Is. In this and the following 3 subspecies the pattern approaches that of the
canopus-type.
P. f. nomus (Gabriel). Torres I. (N of Vanuatu). This subspecies
appears to be intermediate between P. f. xenophilus and P. f. hypsicles.
P. f. hypsicles (Hewitson), stat. rev. Northern and Central Vanuatu
(Esperitu Santo to Efate). Previously regarded as a distinct species or
subspecies of P. canopus.
P. f. burgessi (Samson), stat. rev. Southern Vanuatu (Erromango
southwards). Previously placed as a subspecies of P. canopus or P. hypsicles.
Princeps prexaspes (C. & R. Felder), stat. rev.
This species occurs from Hainan and Thailand to Burma and Malaysia. Six
subspecies are recognized. As noted previously (Hancock 1985), P. pitmani
leptosephus (Fruhstorfer) appears to be a synonym of P. hipponous, the
original locality of Assam being undoubtedly erroneous.
P. p. prexaspes (C. & R. Felder), stat. rev. Peninsular Malaysia. Placed
as a subspecies of P. fuscus since Rothschild (1895).
P. p. andamanicus (Rothschild), stat. rev. Andaman Is. Previously
placed as a subspecies of P. fuscus.
P. p. dayacus (Rothschild), stat. rev. Borneo (Sarawak, Sabah).
Previously placed as a subspecies of P. fuscus.
P. p. duboisi (Vitalis de Salvaza), stat. rev. (Fig. 1). Vietnam.
Previously placed as a subspecies of P. hipponous or P. pitmani, this
subspecies has not hitherto been illustrated.
P. p. bowringi (Prout), stat. rev. Hainan I. (S. China). Previously
placed as a subspecies of P. fuscus or P. hipponous. As in P. p. duboisi, this
subspecies has the broad hindwing band continued narrowly to the anal
margin of the wing, with the last two spots suffused with grey scales. The
band is narrower in this subspecies than in P. p. duboisi.
RUE iI n a Se a
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 5
Fig. 1. Princeps prexaspes duboisi, male ex Trang Bom Forest, S. Vietnam;
upper and undersides.
Figs 2-5. Valve and harpe of Princeps species: (2) P. fuscus capaneus; (3) P.
fuscus hypsicles; (4) P. prexaspes prexaspes; (5) P. hipponous.
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
P. p. pitmani (Elwes & de Niceville), stat. rev. Southern Burma and
Thailand. Previously regarded as a distinct species or subspecies of P.
hipponous.
Princeps hipponous (C. & R. Felder)
This species is restricted to the Philippines and Banggi I. (Sabah). No
subspecies are recognized here (see discussion).
Discussion
Princeps fuscus
Based on the characteristic reflexed shape of the male harpe and the
orientation of the hindwing band, P. hipponous lunifer is transferred to P.
fuscus. P. canopus and its subspecies are also included; they have identical
male genitalia and larvae, and hybridization experiments between typical P.
canopus from Northern Territory and P. fuscus capaneus from Queensland
(R. Straatman, personal communication) resulted in fertile offspring to at
least F3 generation. Association of P. canopus with P. fuscus has prompted a
reassessment of the status of P. Aypsicles and it is now considered that the
genitalic differences are not significant enough to warrant specific separation
from P. fuscus. Pattern variation within other populations of P. fuscus
provides further evidence of conspecificity in these cases.
The canopus-like and hypsicles-like subspecies are linked to P. fuscus via
intermediate populations such as P. f. babberensis and P. f. xenophilus/P. f.
nomus. They are not directly related to each other, as is evidenced by the
different shape of the wings in the two lineages, but appear to have evolved
their reduced patterns in parallel. The Wetar population (P. f. hypsiclides)
has a form very similar in appearance to P. f. hypsicles, including the more
elongate hindwing, but the former population is a variable one, suggesting a
separate origin. A gradation in pattern reduction occurs from east to west in
the Lesser Sunda lineage and from north to south in the Solomon Is - Vanuatu
lineage.
The apical plate of the harpe (Figs 2-3) is narrower in P. f. hypsicles than is
the case in P. f. capaneus/P. f. canopus, but more information on the status of
the Torres I. population (P. f. nomus) and the morphology of the early stages
of P. f. hypsicles is required before specific separation can be justified.
Available information (R. Straatman, personal communication) indicates that
the larvae and pupae of P. f. hypsicles are similar to those of P. f. capaneus
and P. f. canopus, whilst the apical plate of the harpe is somewhat
intermediate in shape in P. f. hasterti. I am therefore removing P. f. hypsicles
and P. f. burgessi from the albinus subgroup.
Princeps prexaspes
In the case of P. prexaspes, southern populations have generally been
included within P. fuscus but the male genitalia (Fig. 4) do not have the
reflexed harpe characteristic of that species and the apical portion is more
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 7
evenly rounded; they are very close to those of P. hipponous (Fig. 5) in
appearance. P. pitmani is also included within this species; it is linked to
typical P. prexaspes by subspecies P. p. duboisi and P. p. bowringi in much
the same manner as the canopus-like subspecies of P. fuscus are linked to
more typical subspecies by P. f. babberensis and P. f. xenophilus. The
relationship between P. p. bowringi and typical P. prexaspes was also noted
by Prout (1919). All subspecies of P. prexaspes appear to have the white
submarginal spots on the underside of the forewing confined to space 1b.
Variation within P. p. pitmani was noted by Haugum and Collins (1987).
Princeps hipponous
As in P. prexaspes, P. hipponous lacks the reflexed harpe seen in P. fuscus
(Fig. 5). It differs from both these species in the orientation of the pale band
on the hindwing. In both P. fuscus and P. prexaspes this band is relatively
curved, the outer edges of the upper three spots all being about the same
distance from the wing margin. In P. hipponous this band is straighter, with
the outer edges of the upper three spots lying progressively further from the
wing margin. From P. prexaspes it also differs in the better developed
submarginal white spots on the underside of the forewing, which in P.
hipponous extend at least into spaces 1a and 2.
There is still considerable controversy concerning the recognition and
distribution of subspecies in P. hipponous. Jumalon (1969) recorded the
species from all the major islands except Samar and Leyte, whilst Treadaway
(1989) recorded typical P. hipponous from Luzon and Marinduque and
subspecies bazilanus (Fruhstorfer) from islands southwards of Palawan and
Panay. Tsukada and Nishiyama (1982) also recognized these two subspecies
(based on material from Marinduque and Palawan) but noted the difficulty in
separating them, as similar variation occurs in both populations. Variation
was also noted by Haugum and Collins (1987). D'Abrera (1982) additionally
recorded the species from Samar and Leyte, and included this material and
that from Panay and Negros in the typical subspecies. Given the absence of
clear-cut distinctions, and the presence of the species in the intervening
locality of Mindoro (Jumalon 1969), the recognition of subspecies is not
accepted here.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to the late Ray Straatman for his generosity in providing details
of breeding and hybridization studies, Dr A. G. Orr for the loan of material,
Major A. Bedford-Russell for a copy of his photograph of P. p. duboisi, and
Lt-Col. J. N. Eliot for helpful observations on P. prexaspes.
References
D'ABRERA, B. 1977. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 2nd edition. 415 pp. Lansdowne,
Melbourne. (1st edition 1971).
D'ABRERA, B. 1982. Butterflies of the Oriental Region. Part 1. Pp. xxi + 244. Hill House,
Ferny Creek, Vic.
8 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
FRUHSTORFER, H. 1916. Rhopaloceren aus Hollündisch-Neu-Guinea. Archiv für
Naturgeschichte (A) 81: 61-78.
HANCOCK, D.L. 1983. Phylogeny and relationships of the Papilio fuscus group of
swallowtails (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 63-70.
HANCOCK, D.L. 1985. Notes on the taxonomy and distribution of Indo-Australian
Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 29-34.
HAUGUM, J. and COLLINS, N. M. 1987. Papilio hipponous in the IUCN Swallowtail Red
Data Book, a correction. Papilio International 3: 207-209.
JUMALON, J.N. 1969. Notes on the new range of some Asiatic papilionids in the Philippines.
Philippine Entomologist 1: 251-257.
PROUT, L.B. 1919. A new Papilio form. Entomologist 52: 129.
ROTHSCHILD, W. 1895. A revision of the papilios of the Eastern Hemisphere, exclusive of
Africa. Novitates Zoologicae 2: 167-463.
TREADAWAY, C.G. 1989. A check list of the Philippine Papilionidae. Papilio International 5:
375-381.
TSUKADA, E. and NISHIYAMA, Y. 1982. Butterflies of the South East Asian Islands. Volume
1, Papilionidae. Translated by K. Morishita. 457 pp. Plapac, Tokyo. (Japanese edition published
1980).
WALLACE, A.R. 1865. On the phenomena of variation and geographical distribution as
illustrated by the Papilionidae of the Malayan Region. Transactions of the Linnean Society of
London 25: 1-71, 8 pl.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 9
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF DELIAS | HARPALYCE
(DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE) NEAR MELBOURNE,
VICTORIA
M.F. BRABY! and F. DOUGLAS?
l Department of Zoology, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
? 88 Morrison Avenue, Wombarra, N.S.W., 2515
Abstract
Observations on the life cycle and general biology of the large pierid butterfly, Delias
harpalyce, were made between 1985 and 1990 near Melbourne, Victoria. Three mistletoes
Amyema miquelii, A. pendulum and Muellerina eucalyptoides were utilised in approximately
equal frequency. Populations were bivoltine with early-spring and mid-summer generations.
Adults occurred in each month but were scarce between May and August. Adults of winter
cohorts emerged over 4-9 days and in a 1:1 sex ratio. Pupal polyphenism is described and the
two colour forms are shown to be seasonal: orange pupae predominate in summer and black
pupae in winter. In summer generations larvae pupated solitarily or in small groups, pupal
webs were substantially smaller and the pupal stage varied from 3-4 weeks, compared with 6-
10 weeks in winter. It is hypothesized that the black pupal morph plays an important
adaptive role in thermoregulation and development during harsh winter conditions of low
temperatures.
Introduction
The common imperial white butterfly, Delias harpalyce (Lepidoptera:
Pieridae), is confined to south-eastern Australia and is the only member of
the genus with a strictly temperate distribution (Common and Waterhouse
1981). Descriptions and habits of the early stages were first reported by
Anderson and Spry (1893) and Rainbow (1907); further details were given
by Waterhouse (1932), Barrett and Burns (1951) and McCubbin (1971).
The species is reported to have two generations annually (Common and
Waterhouse (1972, 1981), and near Melbourne adults fly from late August
to early May (Braby 1987). Larvae specialise on at least two mistletoe
species (Loranthaceae), Muellerina eucalyptoides (DC.) B.A. Barlow and
Amyema miquelii (Lehm. ex Miq.) Van Tiegh. (Common and Waterhouse
1981). Compared with most other members in the genus which have
orange or yellow pupae, D. harpalyce is distinctive by its pupae being
shiny black. However, an orange pupal form was reported recently
(Coupar 1988, Braby and Berg 1989, Douglas and Braby 1989) and the
presence of this phenotype prompted us to investigate the life cycle and
general biology in more detail. In this paper we examine the host plant
spectrum, larval and pupal habits, extent of pupal polyphenism, seasonality
and adult temporal distribution.
Methods
Observations on the early stages and general biology of D. harpalyce were
made intermittently between 1985 and 1990, predominantly in the north-
eastern suburbs of Melbourne, but also in central Victoria and the coastal
areas south-east of Melbourne. Information on larval hosts, pupal habits
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
and colour, seasonality, flight period and adult emergence was collected.
Overall, 53 records of the early stages on host plants were obtained. For
studies on adult emergence, six different cohorts (i.e. a group of larvae or
pupae derived from the same egg batch), five of which comprised pupae
and the other as final instar larvae, were collected in August 1988. They
were placed in a rearing cage (2 x 1 x 1 m) at Eltham and the numbers of
males and females which emerged were recorded.
Results
Host plants
The early stages of D. harpalyce were recorded on A. miquelii, A.
pendulum (Sieber ex Spreng.) Van Tiegh. and Muellerina eucalyptoides
parasitising eucalypts and acacias (Table 1). Of the 15 tree species, only
Eucalyptus polyanthemos Schauer and E. radiata Sieber ex DC. supported
all 3 host plants. The distribution of D. harpalyce across the mistletoes
was approximately equal: A. miquelii (n=19, 36%), A. pendulum (n=21,
40%), M. eucalyptoides (n=13, 24%); the slight differences observed in
host frequencies were not significant (p> 0.25).
Immature stages
Similar to descriptions given by Common and Waterhouse (1981) except
pupae were also light orange or dark reddish, usually with black thoracic
ridge and black abdominal spines and spiracles (Fig. 1). Some orange
Table 1. Mistletoes utilised by D. harpalyce and their host trees.
Host tree Mistletoe
Muellerina Amyema Amyema
eucalyptoides pendulum miquelii
Eucalyptus camaldulensis +
ovata
. pryoriana
. cephalocarpa
obliqua
. macrorhyncha
radiata
polyanthemos
goniocalyx
melliodora
microcarpa
behriana
Acacia mearnsii
A. melanoxylon +
A. penninervis +
tee tt
+++++++
+++++++
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
'896T 15n8ny ‘YAN SJORS *"anbnu vuəkuy uo qəm
jednd pue 224]vdvy ‘q jo adAjouayd pednd xove[g "cz "uq
nua&wuy uo 22&qpdapi
'L86] Krenuef ‘wey à"unpnpuad
`q jo adAjouayd [ednd o3uvi() ^T ‘SA
12 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
pupae contained considerable amounts of black on the thorax and wings.
Black pupae were occasionally noted with varying amounts of red on the
thorax and abdomen (Fig. 2). Pupal stage varied from 3-4 weeks in
summer to 6-10 weeks in winter.
Pupal polyphenism and seasonality
Final instar larvae constructed silken webs to which they attached
themselves by the cremaster and a central girdle (Figs. 1 & 2). The webs
were suspended amongst the host foliage, and the number of pupae, pupal
exuviae or late instar larvae per cohort varied considerably (Fig. 3),
although most cohorts (75%) were of less than 30. One very large web
which comprised 93 pupae may have been derived from progeny of two
cohorts. A frequency distribution of the seasonal occurrence of pupal
cohorts (Fig. 4) revealed two distinct peaks which corresponded to two
generations, one in August and another in December. Winter pupae were
predominantly black, the webs large and well developed (Fig. 2), and were
usually exposed on the northern or north-western side of the mistletoe
clump facing the sun. In contrast, pupae in summer were generally bright
orange, the webs were considerably smaller with pupae solitary or in small
groups (Fig. 1), and were often in a shaded part of the clump.
FREQUENCY
1-10 11-20 21-30 31-40 41-50 51-60 61-70 71-80 81-90 91-100
NUMBER OF INDIVIDUALS PER COHORT
Fig. 3. Frequency distribution of the number of pupae, pupal exuviae or
late instar larvae of D. harpalyce recorded for cohorts, 1985-1990.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 13
Seasonal variation in adult form between these two generations was
evident, and conformed to the general descriptions given by Couchman
(1954). In particular, spring bred specimens of both sexes had a restriction
in the scarlet postmedian band on the hindwing underside; in summer
specimens the scarlet markings were considerably broader.
Flight period and adult emergence
Adults were observed in each month but were most numerous between
September and April; the few records obtained for May-August are listed
in Table 2. Adults were also noted by Waterhouse and Lyell (1914),
McCubbin (1971) and Burns and Rotherham (1969) in August. Adult
emergence, for the six cohorts collected in August 1988, occurred over a
relatively short period of 4-9 days with the sexes emerging at
approximately the same time (Fig. 5). The sex ratio of these adults,
although slightly male biased (1.14, 839/739), was not significantly
different from 1:1 (p> 0.25). Adults were observed to expanded their
wings within 30 min of emergence but were not able to fly for 1-2 days;
apparently taking this length of time before their wings were fully
hardened.
Table 2. Late autumn and winter records of adult D. harpalyce near
Melbourne, 1985-1990.
Locality Date Comments Source
Warrandyte 4.v.1985 ld'fresh pers: obs.
Christmas Hills 9.v.1987 2d' sl.worn M.F. Braby (1987)
Mt Riddell, Healesville 9.v.1989 19 fresh pers. obs.
Mt Riddell, Healesville 14.v.1989 ld'fresh pers. obs.
Frankston 4.vi.1988 [M FY obs. J.L. Ross (pers.comm.)
Greens Bush,
Mornington Peninsula 30.vi.1990 emerged M.&P. Coupar (pers.comm.)
Dromana,
Mornington Peninsula vi.1990 emerged D. Holmes (pers.comm.)
Dromana,
Mornington Peninsula vii.1990 1c' obs. D. Holmes (1990)
Kinglake vii. 1990 1c" obs. J. Burns (pers.comm.)
Mt Riddell, Healesville 25.vii.1990 — 19 fresh pers. obs.
Blairgowrie,
Mornington Peninsula —17.viii.1986 emerged M. Le Souef (1986)
Steels Creek 26.viii.1987 12 fresh M.F. Braby (1987)
14 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
FREQUENCY
Joes Ame Oe On BN DEE
MONTH
Fig. 4. Seasonal distribution of D. harpalyce pupal cohorts, 1985-1990.
Records are grouped into half months. Closed bar = black pupae, hatched
bar = orange pupae.
Discussion
Host plants
D. harpalyce is now recorded utilising three mistletoe host plants.
Although A. pendulum was not listed by Common and Waterhouse (1981),
it had been noted by earlier authors (Anderson and Spry 1893, Barrett and
Burns 1951, Burns and Rotherham 1969, McCubbin 1971). The host was
frequently used in many areas around Melbourne, and these records
confirm earlier observations. There is also an unconfirmed record of the
butterfly utilising A. quandang (Lindl. Van Tiegh. (Condron 1974), and
some late instar larvae collected by K.L. Dunn (pers. comm. 1984) from
Muellerina near Newcastle, New South Wales, were successfully reared on
Dendrophthoe vitellina (F. Muell.) Van Tiegh. As the larvae were close to
pupation the extent to which D. harpalyce uses Dendrophthoe is not
known.
Seasonality
D. harpalyce is clearly bivoltine but the second (summer) generation
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 15
occurs much earlier than previously reported (Barrett and Burns 1951,
Burns and Rotherham 1969, McCubbin 1971). Following emergence of
adults in September-October, second generation adults appear
approximately 3-4 months later in December-January rather than in
"February-March". Anderson and Spry (1893) originally stated that "..the
greater number of eggs or larvae appear either in July or August, or
February and March." Subsequent authors appear to have confused this
seasonal pattern of eggs and larvae with pupae and adults.
The seasonal history during autumn and early winter perhaps deserves
further study however. Eggs and early instar larvae were numerous in late
March-early April, but only one pupal cohort was recorded in March.
Presence of these pupae in autumn, as well as freshly emerged adults in
May-August, may represent advanced cohorts which managed to pupate
before winter. Alternatively, it is possible that in some areas or seasons, a
third ’autumn’ generation may occur. For example, larvae reared in
captivity by K.L. Dunn (pers. comm. 1985) from eggs collected in
December from Barrington Tops, N.S.W., and from eggs in February from
Murrindal, eastern Victoria, produced adults in February and April-May,
respectively.
Larval and pupal habits
D. harpalyce larvae feed gregariously, spin considerable amounts of silk
over the host foliage and branches, and usually moult and pupate together.
In both broods, pupae were orientated upwards (the illustrations in
Morrison 1939 and Barrett and Burns 1951 are depicted upside down) and
there was no evidence of webs being constructed early in larval life (i.e.
second instar) as suggested by earlier authors (Anderson and Spry 1893,
Rainbow 1907, Common and Waterhouse 1972, 1981). Only in the first
(winter) generation did final instar larvae construct a large web and pupate
gregariously. Second (summer) generation larvae pupated singly or in
small groups, a habit more commonly seen in other closely related species,
for example, D. mysis (F.) (Barrett and Burns 1951, McCubbin 1971), D.
argenthona (F.) (pers. obs.), D. nigrina (F.) (Common and Waterhouse
1981, Nousala 1979) and usually D. aganippe (Don.) (Common and
Waterhouse 1981, pers. obs.). The pupal web in D. harpalyce may serve
the dual function of providing structural support and, in the winter brood,
maximising the incidence of sunshine to enhance pupal development.
D. harpalyce larvae on one occasion were observed to leave the host plant
when the host foliage had been stripped, and pupate on grass or shrubs by
lowering themselves to the ground on a thread of silk, a behavioural trait
more often exhibited by D. nigrina and D. argenthona (pers. obs.) and D.
ennia nigidius Miskin (Quick 1982a,b). On another occasion 47 larvae of
D. harpalyce were found in sympatry with 14 D. aganippe larvae on A.
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
"La b C
A
N
NUMBER OF ADULTS
A Oo œ o
N
0
Fig. 5. Number of adults emerged for D. harpalyce cohorts collected in
August 1988 (a) Panton Hill, (b) Steels Creek I, (c) Mangalore, (d)
Benalla, (e) Steels Creek II, (f) Steels Creek III. Closed bar — males, open
bar = females.
miquelii at Eltham; the latter species pupated gregariously on the
haustorium while those of D. harpalyce remained on the foliage.
Although orange D. harpalyce pupae in summer took less than half the
time to complete development than black pupae did in winter (72-75 days
max.) the pupal stage of this form is comparatively longer than that
recorded for other Delias species viz: D. aganippe (17 days in January at
Eltham, pers. obs.), D. argenthona (10 days at 24°C, Braby, unpubl. data),
D. nigrina (8 days at 27°C to 16 days at 19°C, Nousala 1979), and D.
ennia nigidius (9 days in August at Kuranda, Quick 19822).
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 17
Pupal polyphenism
The variability in pupal colour is intriguing and the two broad colour forms
are clearly seasonally linked. Larvae which pupate in winter are at first
bright reddish in colour, a finding previously noted by McCubbin (1971),
but after several days the pupae usually become black. Limited field and
laboratory observations on late instar larvae and pre-pupae in summer
showed that cool temperatures promote forms which are dark reddish with
some black, rather than the typical bright orange form (Braby, unpubl.
data). More studies are needed to determine precisely which environmental
factors cause differential pupal colour.
Polyphenism in butterflies (the existence of environmentally cued
alternative phenotypes in a population) is generally viewed as a highly
adaptive evolutionary response to environmental seasonality (Shapiro
1984), and the significance of melanism in wing pigmentation of several
butterfly species has been shown to play an important adaptive role in
thermoregulation (e.g. Watt 1968). A similar mechanism may operate in
the pupal colours of D. harpalyce in which the black pupal morph may
have evolved as a means of tolerating the harsh cold winter periods of
south-eastern Australia. Given that D. harpalyce is the only Australian
species in the genus which has a predominantly black pupa (other species
are mainly orange or yellow, although winter melanism has recently been
recorded in D. argenthona, Braby, unpubl. data) and which also has a
strictly temperate distribution, it seems likely that the black pupal colour
morph has developed as a 'cool-climate adaptation’ or thermoregulatory
device. Moreover, differences noted in web size and in locations of black
and orange pupae between the seasons indeed suggests an adaptive
behaviourial response to seasonal differences in temperature. This
behavioural, and presumed developmental plasticity may also explain why
the species has a remarkably long flight season.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Kelvyn Dunn, David Holmes, Nigel Quick, Jenny Ross
and John Burns for biological information on D. harpalyce, and to Mike
and Pat Coupar for permission to include figures 1 & 2.
References
ANDERSON, E. and SPRY, F.P. 1893. Victorian butterflies and how to collect them. H.
Hearne and Co., Melbourne.
BARRETT, C.L. and BURNS, A.N. 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea. 187 pp.
N.H. Seward, Melbourne.
BRABY, M.F. 1987. Behaviour of common imperial white butterflies. Victorian Naturalist
104: 187-188.
BRABY, M.F. and BERG, G.N. 1989. Further notes on butterflies at Wattle Park, Burwood.
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
Victorian Entomologist 19: 38-42.
BURNS, A.N. and ROTHERHAM, E.R. 1969. Australian butterflies in colour. 112 pp.
A.H. and A.W. Reed, Sydney.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972, 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Angus
and Robertson, Sydney.
CONDRON, R. 1974. In Exhibits. Victorian Entomologist 4 (5): 54.
COUCHMAN, L.E. 1954. Notes on some Tasmanian and Australian Lepidoptera-
Rhopalocera with descriptions of new forms and subspecies. Papers and Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Tasmania 88: 67-79.
COUPAR, M. 1988. Jn Minutes of the General Meeting, 11 December 1987. Victorian
Entomologist 18: 1-2.
DOUGLAS, F. and BRABY, M.F. 1989. A note on the effects of temperature on the early
stages of Delias harpalyce - possible constraints on distribution. Victorian Entomologist 19:
65-68.
HOLMES, D. 1990. Jn Minutes of the General Meeting, 17 August 1990. Victorian
Entomologist 20: 90.
LE SOUEF, M. 1986. In Minutes of the General Meeting, 17 October 1986. Victorian
Entomologist 16: 66-67.
McCUBBIN, C. 1971. Australian Butterflies. PP. xxxi + 206. T. Nelson (Aust) Ltd,
Melbourne.
MORRISON, P.C. 1939. Miracles are happening in your garden. Wild Life, Melbourne. 1
(14): 7-9.
NOUSALA, A.K. 1979. A study of the temperature-dependent rates of development of two
species of pierid butterfly: Delias nigrina (Fabricius) and Delias argenthona argenthona
(Fabricius). Honours Thesis, Griffith University, Nathan, Brisbane.
QUICK, W.N.B. 1982a. Delias ennia nigidius Miskin - its host plant and some early stages.
Victorian Entomologist 12: 40-41.
QUICK, W.N.B. 1982b. Early stages of Delias ennia nigidius Miskin. Victorian
Entomologist 12: 52-53.
RAINBOW, W.J. 1907. A Guide to the study of Australian butterflies. 272 pp. T.C.
Lothian, Melbourne.
SHAPIRO, A.M. 1984. Experimental studies on the evolution of seasonal polyphenism. Pp.
297-307. In Vane-Wright, R.I. and Ackery, P.R. (eds), The biology of butterflies. Symposium
of the Royal Entomological Society of London, No. 11. Academic Press, London.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1932. What butterfly is that? 291 pp. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Pp. vi + 239.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WATT, W.B. 1968. Adaptive significance of pigment polymorphisms in Colias butterflies. I.
Variation of melanin pigment in relation to thermoregulation. Evolution 22: 437-458.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 19
BIOLOGY OF OCHROGASTER LUNIFER HERRICH-SCHAEFFER
(LEPIDOPTERA: THAUMETOPOEIDAE), A DEFOLIATOR OF
ACACIA ACUMINATA BENTHAM, IN THE WESTERN
AUSTRALIAN WHEATBELT
J.J. VAN SCHAGEN", J.D. MAJER! and R.J. HOBBS?
! School of Biology, Curtin University of Technology, G.P.O. Box U1987, Perth, W.A., 6001
2 CSIRO, Division of Wildlife & Ecology, LMB 4 P.O., Midland, W.A., 6056
Abstract
Ochrogaster lunifer is a serious defoliator of Acacia acuminata in the Western Australian
wheatbelt, and also of several other Acacia spp. across the southern half of Australia. This paper
describes its life cycle in the south of Western Australia. It is univoltine with six larval instars
occurring from January to June, and adults in November and December. Larvae are gregarious
feeders and live together in a bag made of frass and cast skins covered with silk.
Introduction
O. lunifer, or bag-shelter moth, has previously been referred to as O.
contraria Walker, or Teara contraria Walker (Froggatt 1923, Mills 1951,
1952, Jenkins 1962, Common 1970, McFarland 1979). Although the adults
exhibit extremely variable colour patterns, the larvae are virtually
indistinguishable so the species, or 'complex of species', is generally now
referred to as O. lunifer (E.S. Nielsen and I.F.B. Common pers. comm.).
The moth is distributed from southern Queensland (Turner 1921), New South
Wales (Froggatt 1923), South Australia (McFarland 1979) to Western
Australia (Mills 1951, 1952; Van Schagen et al. in press). Common (1990)
suggests that O. lunifer should .be restricted to eastern populations but
indicates that the species is undergoing taxonomic revision. Its larvae feed
mainly on Acacia spp., such as A. pendula, A aneura and A. acuminata, but
also attack eucalypts.
This paper gives an account of the life cycle and biology of O. lunifer during
1987 and 1988 in Durokoppin Nature Reserve, 25 km north of Kellerberrin,
W.A. It is a pest of roadside Acacia species and the moths are believed to
concentrate their attack on such trees as a result of their foliar nutrient levels
being elevated by adjacent agricultural practices (Van Schagen et al. in
press). Recently several reports have been received of bag-shelter moths
causing severe damage to trees in N.S.W. (D.G. James pers. comm.) and in
the northern wheatbelt of W.A. (I. Abbott pers. comm.).
Methods
Observations were made of the various stages in the life cycle of O. lunifer
from November 1986 to December 1988. Six bag-shelters were collected per
month during the larval stage and their contents examined in the laboratory.
Larvae were counted, and measurements of head capsule width were recorded
on 40 randomly selected specimens. These were later dissected to detect the
presence of parasitoids.
* Present address: Agriculture Protection Board, Baron-Hay Court, South Perth, W.A., 6151
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
During the period of pupation, ten 1 m? areas of soil along a 100 m transect
were excavated to a depth of 20 cm and the soil was sieved to extract any
pupae. This was repeated at three locations where bag-shelters were
abundant.
Adult activity was monitored daily by dawn counts of moths that were
present on an illuminated glass window of a nearby farmhouse. Adults of this
species have been deposited in the Australian National Insect Collection in
Canberra.
Life History
In the study area, O. lunifer was univoltine (Fig. 1). Adults were present in
November and early-December and females laid eggs on branches of A.
acuminata during this period.
Pupae
Larvae
Eggs
Adults Adults
Nov" Dec "Jan Feb Mar “Apr May Jun Jul" Aug" Sep " Oct "Nov Dec
Fig. 1. Outline of the life cycle of Ochrogaster lunifer in the W.A.
wheatbelt from November 1986 to December 1987.
Larvae emerged in late-December or early-January. Initially they were
grey/brown but became reddish brown in later instars. Six instars were
recorded (Fig. 2) with head capsule widths (means and standard deviations)
of 0.57 + 0.15 mm, 1.27 + 0.12 mm, 2.06 +0.11 mm, 3.19 + 0.15 mm, 3.92 +
0.10 mm and 4.80 + 0.10 mm respectively. In contrast to Dyar's Law which
has a ratio of 1.4: 1, our results show a decreasing ratio from instar to instar.
All instars were covered with dense hairs, which can be urticating to
predators and humans. The larvae were always encountered in a communal
nest, or bag-shelter, made of silk spun around frass and cast skins. Diameters
of the bags ranged from about 20 mm in January to 225 mm in June, and
varied greatly depending on the number of larvae present. Numbers of larvae
per bag were highly variable. In January 1987, the average number of larvae
per bag was 71 + 32 (n=8) but this gradually declined to 16 + 13 (n=8) during
the 6th instar. The larvae are gregarious and feed mainly at night. They
always left the bag-shelter in a single line, or procession (hence the name
'processionary caterpillar’) to feed on foliage of A. acuminata. An estimate of
the amount of foliage consumption by larvae has been reported elsewhere
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 21
24
20
16
12
No. of larvae
0
OT DNONT OO Ww QO v v DN
oO o0- — NN oO 0o 4 y+ wv
Capsule width (mm)
Fig. 2. Size distribution of larval head capsule width of Ochrogaster lunifer.
Frequency
| vi ow 0 3E) WU E BA PSOE Wd
Date
Fig. 3. Frequency of adult Ochrogaster lunifer captured during November
and December 1987. The broken line represents a period when no recordings
were made.
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
(Van Schagen et al. in press). It was found that, over its lifespan, the larvae
in an average bag shelter consumed foliage equivalent to that on a 2 m tall A.
acuminata tree. In the first year they found that larvae were most abundant
on minor road verges, with an average of more than two bags per tree. In the
second year, bag density dropped sharply to 0.16 bags per tree, the maximum
number of bags on a tree was 16.
At the end of the larval stage, im late May or early June, the larvae moved
down the trunk of the tree to pupate. Although several attempts were made to
extract pupae from the soil none were located, so it is not known whether
they pupate directly under the tree or disperse more widely. Adults emerged
in November and were active until late December. Numbers of flying adults
peaked around mid November (Fig. 3). Eggs were usually laid in clusters on
branches of A. acuminata and were covered by protective scales. Bags
collected in January 1987 contained an average of four unhatched eggs,
suggesting that the total number of eggs laid in one batch by the female moth
is 75.
Three colour forms of O. lunifer were found. One was light beige in colour,
the forewings with a distinct white spot, abdomen barred orange and dark
brown. The second was somewhat darker, its forewings also had the distinct
white spot with a dark line parallel to the body across it, and abdomen striped
light and dark brown. The third had white stripes on the forewings that
radiated towards the wing tip, abdomen barred orange and dark brown. All
three forms were similar in size with a wingspan of about 50 mm and all were
confirmed as belonging to the O. lunifer 'complex of species' (E.S. Nielsen
pers. comm.). Caterpillars of these three forms were similar in appearance.
Predators and parasites
No evidence of parasitism of larvae was detected. The unhatched eggs,
which were collected in January, could have been parasitised. Some fifth and
sixth instar larvae had small eggs attached to the head capsule. They are
believed to be eggs of parasitic flies (Tachinidae, Diptera). Froggatt (1923)
records Titanoceros sp. (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae), a moth predator of egg
masses of the bag-shelter moth, and also a chalcid wasp parasite. In South
Australia, spiders are known to predate small larvae before they have
constructed bag-shelters (D. Morgan pers. comm.).
The adults could be predated by several insectivorous bird species, common,
or moderately common, in woodlands in the Reserve (Dell 1978). Mackay
(1985) states that bag-shelter moths are eaten by the pied butcher bird
Cracticus nigrogularis (Gould), which was present in the study area.
The fact that the number of larvae decreased during progressive instars could
be due to predation or parasitism, or to natural mortality. Although predation
is a possibility, larvae are well protected by their urticating hairs and
communal bag-shelter. It is unlikely that predation plays a major role in
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 23
larval mortality. Parasitisation is unlikely to have a major influence, because
no parasitoids were found except for the Tachinidae eggs on fifth and sixth
instar larvae. The parasitoids mentioned by Froggatt (1923) are egg-
parasites. An average of four dead eggs per bag is not a major mortality
factor. Dehydration is not considered to play a major role, since the
caterpillars forage at night and remain in the bag-shelter during the day-time;
a strategy which would reduce their water loss. One possibility is that larvae
die as a result of the lower nutrient levels in their food. This possibility has
been investigated by Van Schagen et al. (in press).
Discussion
At present, there is some uncertainty about the taxonomic status of O. lunifer.
In the south of Western Australia, it has a univoltine life cycle. The timing of
the various stages of the life cycle corresponds with observations made in
N.S.W. by Froggatt (1923), in S.A. by D. Morgan (pers. comm.) and by Mills
(1951, 1952) in the W.A. wheatbelt. They indicate that the ecology of this
species is similar throughout its range.
Several features of the biology O. lunifer indicate that there is a degree of
social behaviour among the larvae. They construct large, conspicuous
shelters of silk as permanent or semi-permanent gathering sites from which
they set out to feed, leaving silk trails radiating from this resting site to the
distant feeding sites on the host tree. Fitzgerald and Peterson (1988) refer to
this type of foraging as 'central-place foraging.. No information is yet
available on the relationship between groups of caterpillars where more than
one bag occurs on the same host tree.
Acknowledgements
We thank Lyn Atkins for her assistance in the field and E.S. Nielsen for
identification of the moths.
References
COMMON, LF.B. 1970. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). Jn: CSIRO, Division of
Entomology, Canberra (eds.) The insects of Australia. pp 765-866. Melbourne University Press,
Melbourne. ;
COMMON, I.F.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press,Melbourne. 535 pp.
DELL, J. 1978. Birds of Kodj Kodjin and Durokoppin Nature Reserve. Jn: Lovell, A.F. (ed.).
Biological survey of the Western Australian wheatbelt. Part 6: Durokoppin and Kodj Kodjin
Nature Reserves. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 7: 55-68.
FITZGERALD, T.D. and PETERSON, S.C. 1988. Cooperative foraging and communication
in caterpillars. Bioscience 38: 20-25.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1923. Forest insects of Australia. Forestry Commissioners of New South
Wales. 171 pp.
JENKINS, C.F.H. 1962. Insect pest of forests. 2: Tussock moths and bag-shelter moths.
Journal of Agriculture (Western Australia) 3: 2-4.
MACKAY, A.P. 1985. Moth species eaten by pied butcher birds. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 24: 93-94.
24 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
McFARLAND, N. 1979. Annotated list of larval food plant records for 280 species of
Australian moths. Journal of the Lepidopterist's Society 33 (supplement): 1-72.
MILLS, M.B. 1951. Bag-shelter caterpillars and their habits; pt. 1. Western Australian
Naturalist. 3: 61-67.
MILLS, M.B. 1952. Bag-shelter caterpillars and their habits; pt. 2.
Naturalist. 3: 84-92.
TURNER, A.J. 1921. An entomologist in the interior. pt. 2. Queensland Naturalist, Oct. 1921:
40-47.
VAN SCHAGEN, J.J., HOBBS, RJ. and MAJER, J.D. (in press). Defoliation of trees in
roadside corridors and remnant vegetation in the Western Australian wheatbelt. Journal of the
Royal Society of Western Australia.
Western Australian
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 25
NEW RECORDS FOR SIX LYCAENID BUTTERFLIES IN WESTERN
AUSTRALIA (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
A.A.E. WILLIAMS!, R.W. HAY? and H.H. BOLLAM?
! Dept of Conservation and Land Management, W.A. Wildlife Centre, P.O. Box 51, Wanneroo,
W.A., 6065
2 8 Klem Ave, Manning, W.A., 6152
3 135 The Esplanade, Mt Pleasant, W.A., 6153
Abstract
New localities for Acrodipsas brisbanensis brisbanensis (Miskin), Hypochrysops ignitus olliffi
Miskin, Hypochrysops ignitus erythrinus (Waterhouse and Lyell), Ogyris zosine typhon
Waterhouse and Lyell, Candalides cyprotus cyprotus (Olliff) and Candalides erinus erinus
(Fabricius) are recorded from Western Australia.
New records and discussion
Acrodipsas brisbanensis brisbanensis
A. b. brisbanensis is known from New South Wales and Queensland where it
is usually rare (Common and Waterhouse 1981), and from Victoria (D.P.A.
Sands, pers. comm.).
Two specimens, both males, were collected by B. Dell near Yanchep, 50 km
N of Perth on 17 April 1977. A further three males and a female were taken
on 22 October 1982. The female and two males were sent to D.P.A. Sands in
Queensland but were unfortunately lost in transit. A further 25 specimens
were taken by R.W. Hay and H.H. Bollam in November 1984 and November
1989. Only two were females, both taken in 1984.
All specimens have been taken on a small limestone hill at the Yanchep site,
where the habitat is predominantly a Melaleuca and Acacia shrubland 1 - 3 m
high within banksia woodland. D.P.A. Sands compared Yanchep specimens
with specimens from eastern Australia and confirms that they conform with
A. b. brisbanensis. Yanchep females most closely resemble Queensland
populations from between Brisbane and the Atherton Tableland. Specimens
from these localities have more extensive blue areas, especially on the hind
wing, than New South Wales and Victorian populations (D.P.A. Sands, pers.
comm.)
Hypochrysops ignitus olliffi
H. i. olliffi is known from the Esperance, Albany and Denmark areas in south-
western Australia (Common and Waterhouse 1981), and from Dolphin Cove
in Cape Arid National Park (Field 1990b).
About 30 specimens, both males and females, were taken at Windy Harbour
23 km S of Northcliffe in November 1989, extending the known distribution
of this species 125 km further west. A male was collected from Stirling
Range National Park on 28 November 1990. However, more specimens are
required to confirm the presence of a breeding viable population in the
National Park. Lycaenid larvae have been taken from ant byres at the base of
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
Choretrum glomeratum R.Br. shrubs and these conformed closely with
descriptions of the larvae of other subspecies of H. ignitus. Attempts to rear
these larvae to adults have been unsuccessful.
Hypochrysops ignitus erythrinus
H. i. erythrinus was previously known from a few specimens captured at
Darwin in the Northern Territory (Common and Waterhouse 1981), from a
male collected 163 km SE of Broome, and from the Mitchell Plateau in north-
western Australia (Sands 1986).
A single female was collected along Crabcreek Road, Broome on 25 July
1988. This record may represent a considerable range extension but further
specimens are required to accurately establish the distribution of this species.
Ogyris zosine typhon
O. z. typhon has previously been recorded from Darwin, the Alice Springs
area (Common and Waterhouse 1981) and from a point 93 km N of Elliot in
the Northern Territory (Field 1990a). It is also known from northern and
central Queensland as far south as Rockhampton and Yeppoon (Common and
Waterhouse 1981). In Western Australia the species has been recorded from
Lake Argyle, Fitzroy Crossing and 110 km S of Broome (Field 1990b), while
specimens taken near Paraburdoo have been assigned to this species
(Common and Waterhouse 1981).
We have taken a male at Roy Hill, 85 km N of Newman on 30 August 1971, a
female at Broome on 20 July 1988, and a further female in worn condition at
Milyering, Cape Range National Park, North West Cape, on 7 December
1989. The Milyering specimen was active around a flowering creeper,
Ipomoea yardiensis A.S. George. Surrounding vegetation was dominated by
Acacia bivenosa A.P. de Candolle shrubs to 3 m, many of which were
parasitised by the mistletoe Amyema preissii (Miq.) Tieghem. This may be
the larval food plant.
These records are well outside the known range of O. z. typhon. However,
further specimens are required to accurately establish the distribution of the
species.
Candalides cyprotus cyprotus
C. c. cyprotus is known from localities in New South Wales, Victoria and
South Australia. In south-western Australia the species has been recorded
from as far north as Geraldton (Common and Waterhouse 1981) and from
Meanarra Hill in Kalbarri National Park where it is common (Field 1990b).
We collected about 15 specimens in July and August 1985 on red sand dunes
120 km S of Exmouth where it was relatively common. A freshly emerged
male was also taken 21 km SSW of Exmouth at Thomas Carter Lookout,
Cape Range National Park, North West Cape on 28 August 1989, where it
Aust. ent. Mag. 19-(1) May 1992 27
was hill-topping along a rocky ridge. These records extend the known
Western Australian distribution some 640 km further north.
Candalides erinus erinus
C. e. erinus is recorded from north-western Australia north from Onslow,
across the Northern Territory including Groote Eylandt and the islands of
Torres Strait, and from Cape York south to Port Macquarie and Wallis Lake
(Common and Waterhouse 1981).
We collected a number of specimens in August 1985 at the base of Vlaming
Head Lighthouse, 10 km N of Exmouth where it was common. A further
male was collected at Thomas Carter Lookout, Cape Range National Park,
North West Cape on 3 September 1989. Several others were caught and
released. All were flying around shrubs on top of a rocky ridge together with
Candalides hyacinthinus simplex (Tepper) and Nacaduba_ biocellata
biocellata (C. and R. Felder). In April 1990 another specimen was seen but
not taken at Burnside Island on the eastern side of Exmouth Gulf.
The North West Cape locality extends the known distribution 100 km further
west.
Specimens referred to in this paper are housed in the Insect Collection,
Department of Conservation and Land Management, and in our private
collections. Two male A. b. brisbanensis from Yanchep are lodged in the
Australian National Insect Collection and a further three males are lodged in
the D.P.A. Sands collection.
Acknowledgements
Greg Keighery of the Department of Conservation and Land Management
identified Ipomoea yardiensis and Amyema preissii specimens from
Milyering. The Acacia bivenosa specimen was identified by Bruce Maslin of
the Western Australian Herbarium. B. Dell of Murdoch University provided
data for A. b. brisbanensis specimens collected by him. D.P.A. Sands,
CSIRO Queensland, kindly confirmed the identity of the A. b. brisbanensis
specimens from Yanchep and the O. z. typhon specimen from North West
Cape.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FIELD, R.P. 1990a. New and extended distribution records of butterflies from the Northern
Territory. Victorian Entomologist 20: 40-44.
FIELD, R.P. 1990b. Range extensions and the biology of some Western Australian butterflies.
Victorian Entomologist 20: 76-82.
SANDS, D.P.A. 1986. A revision of the genus Hypochrysops C. and R. Felder (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Entomonograph Vol. 7. E.J. Brill/Scandinavian Science Press, Leiden and
Copenhagen.
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR LYCAENIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA) FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
G.A. WOOD
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, Qld, 4883
Abstract
Distributional extensions for Jalmenus ictinus Hewitson, Deudorix epirus agimar Fruhstorfer,
Ogyris abrota Westwood and Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus (Rosenstock) are given. The
latter two species are recorded from northern Queensland for the first time.
New Records
Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus. A series of specimens was collected during
late June 1990, flying around Bursaria sp. (black-thorn, Pittosporaceae) on
the Walsh River, 5 km north-west of Herberton. The previous northern-most
records for this species were Duaringa and Expedition Range, central
Queensland (Common and Waterhouse 1981). This record extends the
known distribution of this species by approximately 900 km.
Ogyris obrota. A single female of this species was collected at Herberton on
25 August, 1987. Previously unknown north of southern Queensland
(Common and Waterhouse 1981), this record extends the known distribution
by approximately 1400 km.
Jalmenus ictinus. Larvae of this species were observed at Davies Creek, 17
km south-west of Kuranda on an Acacia sp (Mimosaceae) on 12 March,
1985. A series of adults was raised from pupae collected at Mt Garnet in
February, 1990. The previous northern-most record for this species was 96
km west of Bowen (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The Davies Creek
record extends its known distribution approximately 400 km northwards.
Deudorix epirus agimar. A single male of this species was collected on
Mount White, near Coen on 2 March, 1988. Previous southern-most record
was Rocky River (Common and Waterhouse 1981), 30 km to the east-north-
east of Coen.
Acknowledgement
I thank Mr David Lane of Atherton who accompanied me in the field when
specimens of D. e. agimar and J. ictinus (Mt Garnet) were collected.
Reference
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 29
THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE SCIRON SKIPPER TRAPEZITES
SCIRON SCIRON WATERHOUSE AND LYELL (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIIDAE: TRAPEZITINAE)
Matthew R. Williams!, Andrew A.E. Williams? and Andrew F. Atkins?
l Department of Conservation and Land Management, 50 Hayman Road, Como, W.A., 6152
2 Department of Conservation and Land Management, P.O. Box 51, Wanneroo, W.A., 6065
3 45 Caldwell Ave, Dudley, N. S. W., 2290
Abstract
The life history of the sciron skipper Trapezites sciron sciron is described and illustrated.
Lomandra caespitosa (Benth.) Ewart (Dasypogonaceae) and Acanthocarpus canaliculatus A. S.
George (Dasypogonaceae) are recorded as foodplants.
Introduction
Trapezites sciron sciron is distributed in southern Western Australia from
Perth to the Stirling Range and east to Cocklebiddy; there is a single annual
generation, and adults have been taken from October to December (Common
and Waterhouse 1981). R.W. Hay was the first to locate the early stages, on
Acanthocarpus canaliculatus (Dasypogonaceae), and two larvae were
subsequently reared to adult on this plant by P. Hutchinson. The life history
was previously unrecorded.
Foodplants and life history
Foodplants: Lomandra caespitosa and Acanthocarpus canaliculatus.
Egg (Fig. 1). Diam. 1.0 mm, hemispherical, with 17-19 prominent vertical
ribs; cream coloured and unmarked when first laid but within a few days
developing a series of red markings laterally and on the micropyle.
Larva. Ist instar (Fig. 2). Length 2.5 mm, head shiny black, prothoracic
plate black. Body translucent, light brown, with a few long posterior setae,
no prominent markings. 2nd-5th instars (Figs. 3-5). Length 3.8 - 25 mm.
Body pale light brown in 2nd and 3rd instars, greyish brown in 4th and 5th
instars, with a dark dorsal line and a pair of dorso-lateral lines extending the
length of the body. The area between the paired dorso-lateral lines is lighter
in colour than the rest of the body. Head capsule rugose, light brown with
dark brown central band on medial suture, adfrontal sutures marked with
paired longitudinal dark brown bands diverging ventrally.
Pupa (Figs. 6-8). Length 18 mm, cylindrical and tapering markedly towards
cremaster; head, thorax and wing cases variable in colour from light brown to
black, abdomen variably light to dark brown, banded with light brown; dorsal
and lateral surfaces bearing numerous white setae.
Observations and Discussion
Adults of T. s. sciron were observed in banksia woodland at Koondoola and
Alexander Heights, 13 km north of Perth, Western Australia in October 1989.
The early stages were located when a female was observed to oviposit on L.
caespitosa. Further eggs were found deposited on the leaves of this plant, a
ocu
——L LM
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
R. ATKINS
Figs 1-8. Life history of Trapezites sciron sciron Waterhouse and Lyell: (1)
egg (scale line = 1.0 mm);
(2) Ist instar larva (scale line = 1.0 mm); (3)
mature larva (scale line = 10.0 mm); (4) larval head (scale line = 2.0 mm);
(5) larval setae (scale line =
mm); (7) pupal setae (scale li
0.25 mm); (6) frons of pupa (scale line = 2.0
ne = 0.25 mm); (8) pupa (scale line = 10.0 mm).
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 _ 31
few centimetres above ground level. These were collected, and resulting:
larvae placed on foodplants conveniently located for observation. Larvae
were also obtained from remnant vegetation on vacant residential land at
Alexander Heights.
On L. caespitosa early instar larvae rest head upwards in shelters formed at
the base of the plant by drawing a few leaf blades together with silk. At third
instar this shelter is abandoned and a new one constructed, usually in the
rolled edge of a dead leaf near the base of the foodplant, but occasionally in
detritus and sand grains and partially buried in soil at the base of the
foodplant. Shelters may be attached to the foodplant, or up to 20cm distant
and attached to debris on the ground; this may prevent the leaf from being
blown away. Pupation occurs within the shelter.
Larval feeding occurs at night. 1st instar larvae consume the epidermis on
the edge of the leaves, but feeding by later instars produces obliquely cut-off
leaf tips characteristic of this genus (Common and Waterhouse, 1981).
Larvae attain 4th instar by April, continue to feed at a reduced rate during
winter and pupate in August and September. At Alexander Heights and
Koondoola adults emerge in September and October and have been observed
as late as November.
Our observations suggest that young, vigorously growing L. caespitosa which
had regrown after fire or some other physical disturbance were preferred for
oviposition.
On A. canaliculatus, only shelters attached to the foodplant have been
observed. These consist of a mixture of foodplant and detrital material,
including fallen leaves. ,
The early stages of T. s. sciron are typical for this genus and similar to those
of T. I. luteus (Tepper) and T. s. eremicola Burns (see Fisher 1978, 1984).
The record of T. s. sciron on A. canaliculatus at Kelmscott, 15 km south of
Perth, is the first record of a Trapezites sp. feeding on a plant other than a
species of Lomandra. A. canaliculatus was until recently (George 1986)
regarded as conspecific with A. preissii Lehm., foodplant of the related
Anysintoides argenteoornatus (Hewitson).
Note
Specimens relevant to the material presented in this paper are lodged in the
W. A. Department of Conservation and Land Management Insect Collection.
Acknowledgements
Greg Keighery of the Department of Conservation and Land Management
identified L. caespitosa and staff of the W.A. Herbarium identified A.
canaliculatus. We thank R.W. Hay and P. Hutchison for assistance.
References
COMMON, L.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
FISHER, R.H. 1978. Butterflies of South Australia. Pp 1-272. Government Printer, South
Australia.
FISHER, R.H. 1984. Life history of the sciron skipper Trapezites sciron eremicola Burns
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 108: 131-132.
GEORGE, A.S. 1986. Acanthocarpus. Flora of Australia. Vol. 46, pp. 92-98. Australian
Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 _ 33
NOTES ON NESTS OF AMEGILLA (ASAROPODA) SP.
(HYMENOPTERA: ANTHOPHORIDAE)
Glynn Maynard
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072
Abstract
Observations of an Amegilla (Asaropoda) nesting aggregation are presented. Comparisons with
other recorded A. (Asaropoda) nests are discussed.
Introduction
A nesting site of a species of anthophorid bee, Amegilla (Asaropoda) sp., was
located on the southern shoulder of the Diamantina Developmental Road,
approximately 200 m west of the turnoff to Clifton homestead (67.5 km SE
Windorah 25°40'S 143*09'E).
Nests of Amegilla (Asaropoda) spp. have previously been reported from the
Sydney district by Rayment (1935, 1951); for A. (Asaropoda) dawsoni
(Rayment) from near Carnarvon, Western Australia by Michener (1965) and
for A. (Asaropoda) near bombiformis from Brisbane (Cardale 1968).
The bees located near Clifton differ morphologically from both A.
(Asaropoda) near bombiformis (Smith) and A. (Asaropoda) dawsoni, as
represented in the University of Queensland Insect Collection (UQIC), in
colouration of hair and integument; they are about half the size of A.
(Asaropoda) dawsoni and lack the basal black hair band of the second
metasomal tergum possessed by A. (Asaropoda) near bombiformis. Voucher
specimens from the Clifton nest site have been deposited in UQIC.
Observations
The nesting site was visited three times: at 1500 h on 18.ix.1990; 0810 h on
20.ix.1990; and about 1400 h on 9.xi.1990. Although part of the road
shoulder had been levelled by a grader between the first and second visits,
bee activity was high on both occasions, and excavations and provisioning
(i.e. females entering the nests carrying pollen on their scopae) were still
being carried out in the disturbed area. Seven weeks later (9.xi.1990), no
adults were seen and only a few abandoned nest entrances remained.
Nest entrances consisted of holes (Figs. 1, 2) about 1 cm in diameter, in the
fine, red, compacted sand; many had a turret (Fig. 3) of small, cemented
spheres of sand to a height of about 1 cm. . The nests, some of which were
between low clumps of Helipterum floribundum, were fully exposed to the
sun. In contrast, the nests described by Rayment (1935, 1951) and Cardale
(1968) were in the shade.
The nesting site was about 1 m wide by 30 m long with the highest density
nest entrances per square metre (about 50) in an area of about 6 m? (Fig. 1).
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
Figs. 1-3. (1). Nesting site of Amegilla (Asaropoda) sp. Scale bar = 10 cm.;
(2). Female at nest entrance. Scale bar = 1 cm.; (3). Low turret of nest
entrance on 18.ix.1990. Scale bar = 1 cm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992. 35
At the nest site, males flew fast and noisily 0.5-1 m above the ground,
attempting to intercept females departing from the nests. Within the nesting
site four copulating pairs of bees were observed on the ground on 18.ix.1990
(one pair was collected). When burrowing, females emerged backwards,
pushing soil from the nest. Foraging females returning to the nest with pollen
on the scopae, spent only 10-20 s down the burrow before reappearing at the
nest entrance. These females did not fly away immediately but paused at the
nest entrance (Fig. 2) for varying lengths of time. If the nest was approached
by an observer, the resident female would retreat down its burrow.
Both female and male Amegilla (Asaropoda) were collected from Eucalyptus
terminalis blossom ca 200 m westward along the road. However no A.
(Asaropoda) were collected from a much closer E. terminalis ca 50 m south-
east of the nest.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Dr M.P. Zalucki and Mr C. Jones for assistance in the
field and photography.
References
CARDALE, J. 1968. Observations on nests and nesting behaviour of Amegilla (Asaropoda) sp.
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Anthophorinae). Australian Journal of Zoology 16: 709-713.
MICHENER, C.D. 1965. A classification of the bees of the Australian and South Pacific
regions. Bulletin of the American Museum of natural History 130: 1-365.
RAYMENT, T. 1935. A cluster of bees. Endeavour Press, Sydney. 752 pp., 101 figs., 1-66 pls.
RAYMENT, T. 1951. A critical revision of species in the genus Asaropoda by new characters.
Memoirs of the National. Museum of Victoria 17: 65-80, pls 1-5.
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR HESPERIIDAE AND
PAPILIONIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) FROM CAPE YORK PENINSULA,
NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
G. DANIELS
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072
Abstract
New distribution records are given for Papilio ulysses joesa Butler (Papilionidae) and Hesperilla
crypsigramma (Meyerick and Lower) (Hesperiidae).
New Records
Hesperilla crypsigramma
Johnson and Valentine (1988) record this species from Mt White (near Coen),
an extension of its previously known northern limit of Laura (Common and
Waterhouse 1981). During April-May 1989 this species was found to be
abundant in most areas north of Laura, the most northerly record being 3 km
N Archer River. Other localities where the species was taken include Archer
River crossing, 13 km W Musgrave and 26 km W Fairview H.S.
Papilio ulysses joesa
The distribution of this species given by Dunn and Dunn (1991) indicates
absence of records between the Claudie River and Cooktown. In May 1989,
this species was observed flying along Brady Creek, approximately 1 km
from its junction with Shepherd Creek. The vegetation in this area, which is
about 50 km SW of Laura, is primarily eucalypt woodland with some small
areas of rainforest along the watercourses. Other records for the region
between the Claudie River and Cooktown are sightings by G.B. Monteith at
Peach Ck (25 km NNE of Coen) and Leo Ck (30 km NE of Coen) between 29
June and 5 July, 1976, and at Mt Webb (50 km NNE of Cooktown) on 11-12
July 1976 (G.B. Monteith, pers. comm.).
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Part 1: Introduction, Papilionidae, Pieridae and regional adult temporal data.
Pp. i+ 197. Privately published by the authors, Melbourne.
JOHNSON, S.J. and VALENTINE, P.S. 1988. Butterflies collected on Mt White in January
1988. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland 16: 12-13.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 37
THE INSECT PREY OF A WHITE-THROATED NEEDLETAIL
HIRUNDAPUS CAUDACUTUS (LATHAM) (AVES: APODIDAE)
CJ. BURWELL and C.R. PAVEY
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072
Abstract
The stomach of a male Hirundapus caudacutus contained 622 prey insects, representing three
families and four species. Winged ants of the genus Pheidole Westwood were the dominant prey
(613 specimens).
Introduction
Swifts and swiftlets (Apodidae) are birds specialized for life on the wing,
feeding on airborne insects and spiders (Lack & Owen 1955; Harrison 1976).
Detailed information on their diet and prey preferences is difficult to obtain
because of these aerial habits. Most data have come from the examination of
the food pellets given to the young at nesting colonies (eg. Harrison 1976;
Smyth 1980). The white-throated needletail (Hirundapus caudacutus) is a
common, non-breeding migrant to the east coast of Australia from October to
April (Blakers et al., 1984). Data on its diet in this country have been
collected only by chance observation of feeding or examination of stomach
contents (see references in Barker & Vestjens 1989).
This note provides information on the relative abundance of different insects
in the stomach of H. caudacutus.
Materials and Methods
The stomach of an adult male H. caudacutus, found at Caloundra, south-
eastern Queensland, on 12 February 1991 was opened, flushed with 80%
ethanol, and the prey items identified and counted. The number of ants was
determined by counting the head capsules.
Results and Discussion
The stomach contained the remains of 622 insects, all Hymenoptera except
for a scarab beetle (Table 1). H. caudacutus has been recorded feeding on a
variety of insects from 8 orders (Barker & Vestjens, 1989). This is the first
observation of this species taking vespid wasps in Australia, although bees,
including Apis mellifera L., have been recorded in the diet (Lea 1938).
Winged ants were the commonest prey (Table 1). The worker ants ingested
were probably attached to flying alates, since it is unlikely the bird was
foraging on the ground. Flying ants have been observed in the diet of H.
caudacutus by a number of authors (see references in Barker & Vestjens
1989). Other species of swift have been found to feed on winged ants (Lack
& Owen 1955; Smyth 1980; Barker & Vestjens 1989). They also form a
dominant but seasonally variable part of the diet of two species of cave
swiftlet at Niah Cave, Sarawak (Harrison 1976).
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
Table 1. Insect prey in the stomach of a male H. caudacutus.
PREY FREQUENCY (n)
HYMENOPTERA
Formicidae
Pheidole sp. alates 613
Pheidole sp. workers 4
Vespidae
Ropalidia romandi (Le Guillou) 3
Ropalidia socialistica (Saussure) l
COLEOPTERA
Scarabaeidae
scarab beetle 1
Like other swifts (eg. Lack & Owen 1955), H. caudacutus probably feeds on
a wide range of airborne insects, exploiting situations where insects are
superabundant, such as swarms of winged ants. As a result, the stomach
contents will be dominated by one species of insect as in this instance. This
does not reflect a specific prey preference, but local abundance of one of a
large range of prey species.
Acknowledgements
We gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Wayne Longmore of the
Queensland Museum and Greg Daniels of the Entomology Department,
University of Queensland in preparing the manuscript.
References
BARKER, R.D. and VESTJENS, W.J.M. 1989. The food of Australian birds. 1. Non-passerines.
480 pp. CSIRO, Lyneham.
BLAKERS, M., DAVIES, S.J.J.F., and REILLY, P.N. 1984. The atlas of Australian birds. 738
pp. Melbourne University Press, Carlton.
HARRISON, T. 1976. The food of Collocalia swiftlets (Aves: Apodidae) at Niah Cave, Borneo.
Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 71: 376-393.
LACK, D. and OWEN, D.F. 1955. The food of the swift. Journal of Animal Ecology 24: 120-
136.
LEA, A.M. 1938. Food of birds. South Australian Ornithologist 14: 177-178.
SMYTH, D.M. 1980. Notes on the diet of the Grey Swiftlet Aerodramus spodiopygius. Sunbird
11: 20-21.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 39
POLLINATION OF HOYA AUSTRALIS (ASCLEPIADACEAE) BY
OCYBADISTES WALKERI SOTHIS (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
Plants of Hoya australis R. Br. ex Traill (Asclepiadaceae) cultivated at Indooroopilly, Brisbane
were pollinated by Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) over
several months. A pollination efficiency (pollinaria inserted to pollinaria removed) of 70% was
recorded.
Introduction
In the strictly entomophilous plant-family Asclepiadaceae, pollination is
effected by the removal and insertion of pollinaria by insect vectors (Wyatt
1976), or rarely by in situ pollen germination (Kunze 1991). These pollinaria
consist of three main components, the corpusculum, caudicles and pollinia
(Bookman 1981) (Fig. 1H). Hymenoptera (Wanntorp 1974, Pant et al. 1984,
Morse and Fritz 1983, Wyatt and Shannon 1986, Willmer 1988), Diptera
(Agnew 1976, Sabrosky 1987), Lepidoptera (Willson and Bertin 1979, Morse
and Fritz 1983) and Coleoptera (Pant et al. 1984) have been found to be
effective cross-pollination agents of a variety of asclepiads. Insects are
attracted to the flowers for the nectar (Wyatt and Shannon 1986) that is
produced from secretory tissue at the base of the corolla next to the staminal
column (Galil and Zeroni 1965, Christ and Schnepf 1985).
Studies by Agnew (1976), Willson and Bertin (1979), Pant et al. (1984),
Morse and Fritz (1983), Willmer (1988) and Liede and Whitehead (1991)
indicate that several pollinators may visit a given species, although some
pollinators are more effective than others. In certain taxa, some degree of
coevolution between the floral morphology and the pollinators is evident with
certain pollinators having greater accessibility to nectar (Willmer 1988).
In Australia, over 90 species of Asclepiadaceae occur, yet the insect
pollinators are unknown, apart from the record of Metriorrhynchus lateralis
Redtenbacher (Coleoptera: Lycidae) pollinating Marsdenia fraseri Benth.
(Forster 1989). The pollination of the introduced Araujia sericifera Brot. by
a skipper butterfly was mentioned by Coleman (1935), but the species was
not identified. Observations on the pollination of Hoya australis by
Ocybadistes walkeri sothis at Indooroopilly, Queensland are presented in this
paper. H. australis is a widespread and variable species in coastal northern
and eastern Australia, Papuasia and Melanesia (Forster and Liddle 1991).
Plants may be encountered in vineforests, vinethickets, rainforests and open
eucalypt forest on rock outcrops, clifflines and mountain tops. The
subspecies H. a. australis occurs in south-eastern Queensland and has flowers
in clusters of 1-40 which are white in colour with red colouring at the base of
the coronal lobes (Fig. 1). O. w. sothis is widely distributed in south-eastern
Australia with the larva recorded as feeding on Cynodon dactylon (Poaceae)
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
and an unidentified Dianella (Phormiaceae) (Common and Waterhouse
1981), however, other aspects of its biology are unknown.
Materials and Methods
Field collected clones of H. australis were established at Indooroopilly,
Brisbane, 6 km due east of the nearest known natural population at Mt
Elphinstone, Kenmore. Flowering plants were observed during the daytime.
When successful pollination of flowers had occurred, the flower from the
corolla upwards abscised leaving the developing ovaries and sepals (Fig. 1B).
Unpollinated flowers abscised at the junction of the pedicel and peduncle.
Ninety-four abscised flowers were collected and the number of pollinaria
removed and inserted in each flower counted. Individuals of O. w. sothis
were collected and the positions of attached pollinaria noted. No other
species were observed to visit the flowers.
Results
On anthesis the flowers of H. australis emit a strong sweet-smelling perfume,
the intensity of which increases at dusk and persists throughout the evening.
During March - May 1987, various individuals of O. w. sothis were observed
visiting the flowers of different clones. Two individuals were also found
trapped by the proboscis in flowers of Araujia sericifera Brot. Individuals of
O. w. sothis were observed to feed on nectar during the day and in moving
around individual flowers, removal and insertion of pollinaria was usually
effected. Pollinaria lodged on either the front pair of legs or the proboscis.
Butterflies were seen to attempt to dislodge pollinaria on the proboscis by
rubbing with the forelegs, but not those on the forelegs.
Of the 94 abscised flowers collected (ie. all with 1 or more pollinaria
inserted), some 85 (90.496) had 1 or more pollinaria removed. Given that
each flower has five pollinaria available for removal and five positions for
pollinarium insertion, from the 94 flowers, 470 pollinaria were available for
removal and 470 positions were available for insertion. 232 (48.5%)
pollinaria were removed and 163 (34.796) inserted, thus the percentage
efficiency of pollination (pollinaria inserted/pollinaria removed) was 7096.
Discussion
The pollination biology of some Asclepiadaceae, notably of American
Asclepias species has been extensively studied by Morse and Fritz (1983),
Wyatt (1976, 1982), Wyatt and Shannon (1986). Observations on other
genera are few (e.g. Agnew 1976, Pant et al. 1982, Willmer 1988, Liede and
Whitehead 1991) and those presented here are the first for the genus Hoya
except for the brief observations of Brown (1885). The efficiency of
pollination reported here is comparable to various Asclepias spp. pollinated
primarily by Hymenoptera under natural conditions (e.g. Morse and Fritz
1983: 59-78%) and is higher than that obtained by Wyatt and Shannon (1986)
for Asclepias exaltata (36-43%). The flowers of H. australis noticeably
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 41
'd Membranous
^! anther
Inner lobe appendages
of corona
Pollen
sac
; Pollinium
OUTER“):
CORONAL 7:
"V Pollen `,
tubes
Anther
wing
SPACE
OCCUPIED
STAMINAL
TUBE
COROLLA
Fig. 1. Morphological aspects of pollination in H. australis. (A). side view of flower,
x 2.5. (B). face view of calyx with corolla removed showing ovaries, x 10. (C). face
view of flower, x 2. (D). face view of gynostegium, x 10. (E). side view of
gynostegium, x 10. (F). side view of staminal column showing anther wings with
inserted pollinarium, x 20. (G). side view of staminal column showing anther wings
before pollinarium insertion, x 20. (H). pollinarium, x 30. (J). cross-section of
gynostegium showing inserted pollinarium with pollen tube growth into the carpels, x
25. Del. K. Harold.
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
increase’ perfume production on dusk, which may indicate that nocturnal
insects also play a role in pollination. A similar temporal variation of
perfume emittance in H. carnosa (L.f.) R. Br. is due to an endogenous
circadian rhythm (Altenburger and Matile 1988). Nocturnal pollinators are
responsible for significant levels of pollination in Asclepias species (Morse
and Fritz 1983, Jennersten and Morse 1991), and the pollination efficiency
recorded for H. australis may be only partially due to the day flying O. w.
sothis. The entrapment of several O. w. sothis in flowers of Araujia in close
proximity to the flowering Hoya provides a demonstration that the flowers of
these two distantly related taxa attract the same species. Whereas the
attraction cues are similar for the two asclepiads, O. w. sothis is only able to
use nectar from H. australis without becoming entrapped.
Acknowledgements
Mr K. Harold provided the drawings of H. australis. Miss M.A. Schneider
identified the butterfly.
References
AGNEW, J.D. 1976. A case of myophily involving Drosophilidae (Diptera). Journal of South
African Botany 42: 85-95.
ALTENBURGER, R. and MATILE, P. 1988. Circadian rhythmicity of fragrance emission in
flowers of Hoya carnosa R. Br. Planta 174: 248-252.
BOOKMAN, S.S. 1981. The floral morphology of Asclepias speciosa (Asclepiadaceae) in
relation to pollination and a clarification in terminology for the genus. American Journal of
Botany 68: 675-679.
BROWN, N.E. 1885. Fertilisation of hoyas and other asclepiads. Gardeners Chronicle 24 (n.s.):
435.
CHRIST, P. and SCHNEPF, E. 1985. The nectaries of Cynanchum vincetoxicum
(Asclepiadaceae). Israel Journal of Botany 34: 79-90.
COLEMAN, E. 1935. Pollination in Australia of Araujia sericofera Brothero. Victorian
Naturalist 52: 3-7.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FORSTER, P.I. 1989. Pollination of Marsdenia fraseri (Asclepiadaceae) by Metriorrhynchus
lateralis (Coleoptera: Lycidae). Coleopterists Bulletin 43: 311-312.
FORSTER, P.I. and LIDDLE, D.J. 1991. Variation in Hoya australis R.Br. ex Traill
(Asclepiadaceae). Austrobaileya 3: 503-521.
GALIL, J. and ZERONI, M. 1965. Nectar system of Asclepias curassavica. Botanical Gazette
126: 144-148.
KUNZE, H. 1991. Structure and function in asclepiad pollination. Plant Systematics and
Evolution 176: 227-253.
JENNERSTEN, O. and MORSE, D.H. 1991. The quality of pollination by diurnal and nocturnal
insects visiting common milkweed, Asclepias syriaca. American Midland Naturalist 125: 18-28.
LIEDE, S. and WHITEHEAD, V. 1991. Studies in the pollination biology of Sarcostemma
viminale R.Br. sensu lato. South African Journal of Botany 57: 115-122.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 43
MORSE, D.H. and FRITZ, R.S. 1983. Contributions of diurnal and nocturnal insects to the
pollination of common milkweed (Asclepias syriaca L.) in a pollen-limited system. Oecologia
60: 190-197.
PANT, D.D., NAUTIYAL, D.D. and CHARTURVEDI, S.K. 1984. Pollination ecology of some
Indian asclepiads. Phytomorphology 32: 302-313.
SABROSKY, C.W. 1987. A new species of Leptometopa (Diptera, Milichiidae) from
Madagascar pollinating Ceropegia (Asclepiadaceae). Proceeding. | 1
f E gs of the Entomological Society
of Washington 89: 242-243. Lei DE
WANNTORP, H.E. 1974. Calotropis gigantea (Asclepiadaceae) and Xylocopa tenuiscapa
(Hymenoptera, Apidae): studies in floral morphology and pollination biolo s S i.
. Svensk B. sk
Mei 25 32 gy. Svensk Botanisk
WILLMER, P.G. 1988. The role of insect water balance in pollinati
pollination ecology: Xyloc:
Calotropis. Oecologia 76: 430-438. pay db AM
WILLSON, M.F. and BERTIN, R.I. 1979. Flower-visitors, nectar production, and inflorescence
size of Asclepias syriaca. Canadian Journal of Botany 57: 1380-1388.
WYATT, R. 1976. Pollination and fruit-set in Asclepias: a rea isé j
? ppraisal. American Jour
epis p ierican Journal of
WYATT, R. 1982. Inflorescence architecture: how flower number, arrangement, and phenology
affect pollination and fruit-set. American Journal of Botany 69: 585-594.
WYATT, R. and SHANNON, T.R. 1986. Nectar production and pollinati 7
j F at f Ascle
exaltata. Systematic Botany 11: 326-334. d PEUT MM.
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
BOOK REVIEW
Catalogue of the family-group, genus-group and species-group names of the Odonata
of the world by Charles A. Bridges. 1991. Privately published by the author, 502 W.
Main St, #308, Urbana, Illinois, USA 61801. Price (including postage) US $110.
This very impressive work attempts to assemble in one volume the names of all
published dragonfly taxa, documenting their status and much associated data. The
book is divided into 12 parts plus 3 appendices as follows: PART I--Type-genera of
family-group names, PART II--Synonymic list of family-group names, PART III--
Genus-group names, PART IV--Synonymic list of genus-group names, PART V--
Index to bibliographic citations (genera), PART VI--Index to type-species, PART VII-
-Species-group names, PART VIII--Index to genera, PART IX--Index to bibliographic
citations (species), PART X--Bibliography by year, APPENDIX I--genus-group
names with problems, APPENDIX II--species-group names with problems and
APPENDIX III--Bibliography entries with problems.
Compiling a work such as this is a monumental task. The catalogue is not intended as
a revisionary treatment in any way, but rather as a working tool for taxonomists and in
this regard it is of exceptional value. As the Abstract points out "The arrangement of
the names is based entirely on bibliographical references. No specimens have been
examined, and no new names are introduced."
The Part headings indicate much of the content so I will not dwell on each but briefly
discuss two of the most significant. The major part of the book is, as one would
expect, the list of species-group names with almost 8000 entries. But this is far more
than just a mere list of species names with their authorship, date and original generic
placement. It also includes, in most cases, the current genus, type status and location |
of the type(s), the type locality, a brief summary of the distribution of the species and
a list of primary references to the species. All names are listed--available, unavailable
and invalid; the status of each name is indicated by typeface as well as a letter code.
While the primary purpose of this work is to catalogue the world's Odonata, many
supplementary benefits are included. Most significant amongst these is the
Bibliography. It contains 5407 entries and must be the most comprehensive
taxonomic bibliography of the Odonata ever published. It includes literature up to
1990 and, while the author has no doubt overlooked some papers it is unlikely that
many, if any, concerning nomenclature have been overlooked and, he is to be
commended on a great effort indeed. I have also found sections such as the list of
journals and serials useful in tracking down the full title of serial publications.
Although some other impressive works on world dragonflies have appeared in recent
years I cannot recommend this volume too strongly for any serious student of
Odonata. It is reasonably priced for such a large volume and is very well bound and
beautifully presented. For the author to take on such a task entirely at his own expense
clearly shows the depth of his dedication to it.
M.S. Moulds
Australian Museum
Sydney
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992 45
INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE FLOWERS OF MARSDENIA
CYMULOSA BENTH. (ASCLEPIADACEAE) AND THEIR POSSIBLE
ROLE IN POLLINATION
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
. Abstract
Insects associated with the flowers of Marsdenia cymulosa (Asclepiadaceae) at Weipa,
Queensland are listed. Two flies Sciara sp. (Sciaridae) and Aporropina bispinosa (Becker)
(Chloropidae) were found capable of effecting cross-pollination. A. bispinosa is newly recorded
for Australia.
Introduction
Although many insects are capable of removing, transporting and inserting
pollinaria in the strictly entomophilous plant family Asclepiadaceae, only
some are effective at cross-fertilization with resultant seed production (Morse
and Fritz 1983, Willmer 1988, Wyatt and Shannon 1986). Thus care should
be exercised in attributing "pollinator" status to insects associated with
asclepiad flowers (e.g. Pant et al. 1982).
There are approximately 90 species of Asclepiadaceae in Australia, and apart
from Metriorrhynchus lateralis Redtenbacher (Coleoptera: Lycidae)
pollinating Marsdenia fraseri Benth. (Forster 1989), Ocybadistes walkeri
sothis Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) pollinating Hoya australis
R.Br. ex Traill (Forster 1992) and Anopheles farauti Laveran (Diptera)
carrying pollinaria that are probably those of Gymnanthera nitida R. Br.
(Piper et al. 1990, Forster 1991), natural pollinators have not been recorded.
In this paper brief observations are given on insects associated with flowers
of Marsdenia cymulosa Benth. at Weipa, and those considered capable of
effecting cross-pollination are indicated.
Materials and Methods
Several copiously flowering plants of the liane M. cymulosa growing on the
margins of evergreen notophyll vineforest at Lake Patricia, Weipa,
Queensland (12°39'S 141°50'E) were studied between 1600 to 1630 h on 3
March 1990. Weather conditions during the day were clear to overcast with
sporadic torrential downpours and showers due to the passage of a cyclone
down the Gulf of Carpentaria. Humidity was high.
M. cymulosa has small campanulate flowers (2.4-3 mm long, 2.9-5 mm
diameter) with the corolla tube unobstructed (entrance c. 1.5 mm diameter).
The staminal column and a nectar source are at the corolla base. Flowers are
present in umbelliform cymes with between 1 and 5 flowers open on a cyme
at any one time. Pollinaria are small (c. 0.2 mm long and 0.34 mm wide) and
just visible to the naked eye. Flowering occurs from December to April, and
ripe fruits are present several months later.
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
Insects captured from open flowers by a hand-held aspirator were examined
for pollinaria, in the field with a x 10 lens and under a dissecting microscope.
Results
Five insect species were observed on the flowers.
Sciara sp. (Diptera: Sciaridae).
Apotropina bispinosa (Becker) (Diptera: Chloropidae).
Luciola sp. (Coleoptera: Lampyridae).
?Melanterius sp. (Coleoptera: Curculionidae).
Homoneura sp. (Diptera: Lauxaniidae).
All Diptera were 3 or 4 mm long and c. 1 mm broad. The beetles were at
least 5 mm long and 2 mm broad.
The Sciara sp. and A. bispinosa were numerous (» 20 individuals) and had
pollinaria present on the front legs and head. These minute flies were the
most active of the insects, moving between individual flowers on the same
cyme, between cymes and between flowers on different plants. Some
individuals were observed to stroke the head with the front legs, seemingly
attempting to dislodge pollinaria.
This is the first record of A. bispinosa for Australia, being previously known
from New Guinea (J.W. Ismay, pers. comm. 1991).
Microscopic examination of flowers revealed that pollinaria were removed
from some, pollinaria were inserted in some and dislodged pollinaria were
caught in the various hairs in the corolla throat of others.
Discussion
Of the five'insect species observed only the small flies were seen removing
and inserting pollinaria. The beetles were too large to enter the flowers and
are unlikely to dislodge pollinaria. Various Hymenoptera and Lepidoptera
have been demonstrated to be highly efficient pollinators of asclepiads and
are considered to be the primary pollinators (Morse and Fritz 1983). There is
also considerable observational and qualitative evidence that Diptera are
regular pollinators (Agnew 1976, Pant et al. 1982; Sabrosky 1987,
Whittington 1989). The present observations support the role of Diptera as
pollinators of asclepiads.
If small flies like those reported here, or insects of similar size as predicted by
Kunze (1991), are common pollinators of asclepiads, it is possible that they
are capable of entering quite complex flowers, eventually leaving and
effecting cross-pollination. At yet the evidence is scanty, however small
Diptera: Milichiidae have been reported from the complex, salverform
flowers of Ceropegia (Sabrosky 1987). The present example serves to
demonstrate that very small flies are capable of cross-pollinating small
flowered asclepiads.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992. 47
Major problems with determining the pollinators of asclepiads (and orchids
for that matter) are observational opportunity and environmental suitability
for the pollinator. I have collected a great many Asclepiadaceae in flower,
yet have rarely sighted any insects that could be construed to be pollinating.
Most plant collecting tends to be done when it is not too wet. At Weipa
conditions were very damp and probably suitable for copious flowering of
many plants and for the hatching and aggregation of many insects. Further
Observations are needed to determine whether asclepiad pollinators are more
common at times generally unfavourable for human observation.
Acknowledgements
I am most grateful to Mr M. O'Reilly, then resident at Weipa for his
hospitality and general enthusiasm in the field; Dr P. Cranston, Canberra for
identifying the sciarid and for organising the identification of A. bispinosa by
Dr J.W. Ismay; and Miss M.A. Schneider, Brisbane for identifications of the
remaining insects.
References
AGNEW, J.D. 1976. A case of myophily involving Drosophilidae (Diptera). Journal of South
African Botany 42: 85-95.
FORSTER, P.I. 1989. Pollination of Marsdenia fraseri (Asclepiadaceae) by Metriorrhynchus
lateralis (Coleoptera: Lycidae). Coleopterists Bulletin 43: 311-312.
FORSTER, P.I. 1991. A possible identification for 'Pollinia attached to adult Anopheline
mosquitoes from northern Australia. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland
18: 112-113.
FORSTER, P.I. 1992. Pollination of Hoya australis (Asclepiadaceae) by Ocybadistes walkeri
sothis (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 19: 39-43.
KUNZE, H. 1991. Structure and function in asclepiad pollination. Plant Systematics and
Evolution 176: 227-253.
MORSE, D.H. and FRITZ, R.S. 1983. Contributions of diurnal and nocturnal insects to the
pollination of common milkweed (Asclepias syriaca L.) in a pollen-limited system. Oecologia
60: 190-197.
PANT, D.D., NAUTIYAL, D.D. and CHATURVEDI, S.K. 1982. Pollination ecology of some
Indian asclepiads. Phytomorphology 32: 302-313.
PIPER, R.G., SWEENEY, A.W. and GIBBONS, D.S. 1990. Pollinia attached to adult
anopheline mosquitoes from northern Australia. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of
Queensland 18: 83-84.
SABROSKY, C.W. 1987. A new species of Leptometopa (Diptera: Milichiidae) from
Madagascar pollinating Ceropegia (Asclepiadaceae). Proceedings of the Entomological Society
of Washington 89: 242-243.
WHITTINGTON, A.E. 1989. A short comparative biology of two stapeloid plants. Veld &
Flora 75: 126-129.
WILLMER, P.G. 1988. The role of insect water balance in pollination ecology: Xylocopa and
Calotropis. Oecologia 76: 430-438.
WYATT, R. and SHANNON, T.R. 1986. Nectar production and pollination of Asclepias
exaltata. Systematic Botany 11: 326-334.
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (1) May 1992
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
BRYAN, J.H., FOLEY, D.H., GEARY, M. and CARVEN, C.T.J.
(1991). Anopheles annulipes Walker (Diptera: Culicidae) at Griffith, New South Wales. 3. Dispersal of two sibling species. J
Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 119-121.
BRYCESON, K.P. ;
(1989). The use of Landsat MSS data to determine the distribution of locust eggbeds in the Riverina region of New South
Wales. Int. J. Remote Sens. 10: 1749-1762.
BURNS, John L.
(1989). Distribution of warm temperate rainforest in Victoria and its importance Yor Lepidoptera. Vict. Ent. 19: 82-84.
(1989). December sludge file for Melbourne and environs. Vict. Ent. 19: 99.
(1989). The possibility of (hither to undiscovered) new Lepidoptera species in Victoria. Vict. Ent. 19: 100-101.
(1989). Summary of excursion to Greens Bush (southern Mornington Peninsula). Vict. Ent. 19: 101.
(1990). A trip through East Gippsland via the Murrungower Forest. Vict. Ent. 20: 6-8.
(1990). — Hydochrysops [sic] byzos hecalius. Vict. Ent. 20: 12-13.
(1990). Victorian hepidoptera [sic] . Vict. Ent. 20: 14-15. e
(1991). Flora and fauna "islands" in suburban Melbourne - Harper's land at Heathmont. Vict. Ent. 21: 28-30.
BURNS, J.F.
(1989). New records for Australian Lepidoptera distribution. Vict. Ent. 19: 84.
CALDER, A.A.
(1990). Gross morphology of the soft parts of the male and female reproductive systems of Curculionoidea (Coleoptera). J,
nat. Hist. 24: 453-505.
(1990). Anthracalaus australis Fleutiaux, a little-known Australian elaterid (Coleoptera: Elateridae), with a key to related
genera. Invert. Taxon. 3: 551-563.
CAMPBELL, I.C.
(1990). The Australian mayfly fauna: composition, distribution and convergence. Pp. 149-153. In Campbell, LC. (ed.),
Mayflies and stoneflies: life histories and biologies. Proc. 5th Int. Ephemeroptera Conf. and 9th Int Pleoptera Conf.
Pp. ix + 366. Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
CAMPBELL, I.C., DUNCAN, M.J. and SWADLING, K.M.
(1990). Life histories of some Ephemeroptera from Victoria, Australia. Pp. 81-84. /n Campbell, L.C. (ed.), Mayflies ana
stoneflies: life histories and biologies. Proc. 5th Int. Ephemeroptera Conf. and 9th Int Pleoptera C. onf. Pp. ix + 366,
Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
CARRUTHERS, R.I. and RAMOS, M.E.
(1990). Australian fungal aid. Aust. nat. Hist. 23: 516. [Entomophaga grylli as a biological control agent for grasshoppers.]
CARTWRIGHT, D.I.
(1991). Descriptions of immatures stages of Neureclipsis napaea Neboiss from Australia (Trichoptera: Polycentropidae), with
notes on biology. Aust. J. mar. freshw. Res. 42: 47-51. F
CHERRY, Ron H.
(1991). Use of insects by Australian aborigines. Am. Ent. 37: 8-13.
CHINAJARIYAWONG, A. and WALTER, G.H.
(1990). Feeding biology of Campylomma livida Reuter (Hemiptera: Miridae) on cotton, and some host plant records. J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 29: 177-181.
CLIFFORD, H.T. and MONTEITH, G.B.
(1989). A three phase seed dispersal mechanism in Australian quinine bush (Petalostigma pubescens Domin). Biotropica 21:
284-286.
COLLINS, K.
(1990). South-west Tasmania. A natural history & visitor's guide. 368 pp. Heritage Books: Hobart.
COLONNELLI, E.
(1986). Checklist of Phytobiini of the world, with a key to the genera and description of a new species from South Africa,
Fragm. Ent. 19: 155-168. [Australian species: Rhinoncus bruchoides (Herbst) and R. nigriventris Pascoe.]
COMMON, LF.B.
(1990). Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Carlton.
COMMON, LF.B. and EDWARDS, E.D.
(1991). The early stages of Gastridiota adoxima (Turner) (Lepidoptera: Bombycoidea) and its family placement. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 30: 187-192.
COUPAR, I.M. and COUPAR, P.S.
(1991). The caterpillar of the white-stemmed wattle moth, Chelepteryx chalepteryx Feld. (Lepidoptera: Anthelidae). Vict. Ent.
21: 121-124.
COUPAR, P.S. and COUPAR, I.M.
(1990). — Epicoma melanospila - the black spot moth. Vict. Ent. 20: 70-71.
(1990). Rearing techniques for algae-feeding arctiids. Vict. Ent. 20: 127-129.
CRANSTON, P.S., WEBB, C.J. and MARTIN, J.
(1990). T UR nuisance chironomid Carteronica longilobus (Diptera: Chironomidae): a systematic reappraisal. Syst. Ent.
15: 401-432.
CROSBY, D.F.
(1988). A note on one of our early collectors Richard Ernest Trebilcock, 1880-1976. Vict. Ent. 18: 84-85.
(1989). Notes on the distribution of some butterflies in south-western Victoria. Vict. Ent. 19: 74-78.
(1990). n orange palmdart Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in Victoria. Vict. Ent. 20: 59-
(1990). The ENTRECS Scheme - an update. Vict. Ent. 20: 94-96.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
Since 1976... serving lepidopterists worldwide
TRANSWORLD
BUTTERFLY CO.
WORLDWIDE LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE
Neotropical, African, Palearctic,
Indo-Australian Butterflies. Papilionidae,
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Nymphalidae,
Lycaenidae etc. Books and more.
LATEST 12-PAGE CATALOGUE
VISIT COSTA RICA!
Entomological programs for collecting —
photography at naturalist Lodges
throughout Costa Rica. Brochure on
request. Naturalist & Birders programs
available.
APARTADO 6951 TEL: +506-284768
100 SAN JOSE FAX: +506-281573
COSTA RICA, C. AMERICA
Suppliers of fine quality insect
specimens for both the amateur and
professional collector. Our March
1992 catalogue contains over 1200
species of Papilionidae, Nymphalidae,
Satyridae, Lycaenidae, Saturnidae,
Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae,
Lucanidae and many other families
from North and South America,
Africa, Europe, Australia, Papua New
Guinea, Solomons, Russia, etc. Many
rare and hard to get species are
available. We also supply preset
material. The Insect Company, P.O.
Box 618, Cooktown, Qld, 4871.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to:
Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 19, Part 1, 29 May 1992
CONTENTS
BRABY, M.F. and DOUGLAS, F. Observations on the biology of
Delias harpalyce (Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) near
Melbourne, Victoria 9
BURWELL, C.J. and PAVEY, C.R. The insect prey of a white-
throated needletail Hirundapus caudacutus (Latham) (Aves:
Apodidae) 37
DANIELS, G. New distribution records for Hesperiidae and
Papilionidae (Lepidoptera) from Cape York Peninsula, northern
Queensland 36
FORSTER, P.I. Pollination of Hoya australis (Asclepiadaceae) by
Ocybadistes walkeri sothis (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) 39
FORSTER, P.I. Insects associated with the flowers of Marsdenia
cymulosa Benth. (Asclepiadaceae) and their possible role in
pollination 45
HANCOCK, D.L. The Princeps fuscus complex (Lepidoptera:
Papilionidae) 1
MAYNARD, G. Notes on nests of Amegilla (Asaropoda) sp.
(Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) 33
MOULDS, M.S. Book Review Catalogue of Odonata names of the
world 44
VAN SCHAGEN, J.J., MAJER, J.D. and HOBBS, R.J. Biology of
Ochrogaster lunifer Herrich-Schaeffer (Lepidoptera:
Thaumetopoeidae), a defoliator of Acacia acuminata Bentham, in
the Western Australian wheatbelt 19
WILLIAMS, A.A.E.; HAY, R.W. and BOLLAM, H.H. New records
for six lycaenid butterflies in Western Australia (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) 25
WILLIAMS, M.R., WILLIAMS, A.A.E. and ATKINS, A.F. The life
history of the sciron skipper Trapezites sciron sciron Waterhouse
and Lyell (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) 29
WOOD, G.A. New distribution records for Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera)
from northern Queensland 28
RECENT LITERATURE - An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. 48
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
D
ISSN 0311 1881 2
xi
at |
CL
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 19, Part 2, 31 July 1992
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The magazine is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia.
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should
have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are
normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland
on the second Monday of March-June and August-December each year.
Meetings are announced in the Society's News Bulletin which also contains
reports of meetings, entomological notes, notices of other Society events and
information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd, Schering Pty
Ltd.
Cover: Arthropterus sp. (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Paussinae). Numerous
species of this genus are distributed throughout Australia and can be found
beneath bark or under fallen logs. They are often attracted to mercury vapour
lights. The genus has been found in Baltic amber. Length 6-18 mm.
Drawing by Jenny Beard.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
ante.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992 49
A NOTE ON THE REARING OF AUSTROARGIOLESTES
ISABELLAE (THEISCHINGER & O'FARRELL) (ODONATA:
MEGAPODAGRIONIDAE)
Ken Murray
41 Stanley St, Croydon Park, N.S.W., 2133
Abstract
Rearing of Austroargiolestes isabellae from egg to adult revealed that 21 days were required for
egg development at room temperature and approximately 37 weeks for larval development with
8-9 instars.
Introduction
Theischinger and O'Farrell (1986) described Austroargiolestes isabellae, a
medium-sized damselfly from the Blue Mountains and the Sydney region in
New South Wales. Nothing has been published on its life history and rearing
from egg to adult has provided the information presented below.
Life history
Eggs of A. isabellae were collected on 12.xi.1989 after a female was
observed ovipositing into the soggy bark of a fallen tree limb floating in the
upper reaches of Waterfall Ck, Royal. National Park, N.S.W. (34°08'S
151*00'E). The female, unaccompanied by the male, laid her eggs near water
level at 1515 h. The eggs were returned from the field, placed in an 80 mm
Petri dish filled with creek water and maintained at room temperature with
the aim of rearing two larvae to adults in order to obtain some details on the
early stages.
Embryonic development was completed 21 days later, when many second-
instar larvae were observed crawling about the bottom of the dish. The
prolarvae were not seen. Two larvae were removed from the dish using a
small brush and placed in individual 80 mm Petri dishes filled with tap water.
The number and dates of subsequent larval moults were recorded daily. The
other larvae were returned to Waterfall Ck. Early instars were fed each day
with a dropper of pond water containing Protozoa and later instars were fed
weekly on Daphnia and small mosquito larvae. After about ten weeks, when
the wing buds began to appear, the larvae were transferred to small 10 cm
plastic flower pots with enlarged drainage holes and covered with fine
netting.
A substrate of rock and gravel and an emergence stick were provided. The
pots were placed in a tray of water (39 x 35 x 6 cm) aerated by two large air-
stones placed in the middle to circulate water and provide a well oxygenated
environment.
The two larvae underwent 7 and 8 moults respectively (Table 1) over a period
of approximately 37 weeks. The final instar was the longest occupying about
half the period of larval development. Larva one emerged on 19.viii.1990 at
0800 h and the other on 23.viii.1990 at 0630 h. Emergence took place on the
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
Table 1. Records of egg hatches, larval moults, emergence of adults and
duration of all instars in Austroargiolestes isabellae
Larva No. Egghatched Moult Moult Moul Moult Moult Moult Moult Adult Total
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Emergence larval
period
ONE 3.xii.89 17.xii.89 31.xii.89 7.1.90 28.190 11.ii90 25.1190 26.iii.90 19.viii.90
Duration of
instars (days) 14 14 7 21 14 14 29 146 259
TWO 3.xii.89 17.xii.89 31.xii.89 17.190 15.1.90 24.11.90 28.iv.90 - 23.viii.90
Duration of
instars (days) 14 14 17 29 9 63 - 117 263
emergence stick with both larvae selecting a position about 7 cm above the
water level. Examination of the teneral adults showed them both to be
females.
September 10 is the earliest I have observed adults, with an ovipositing
female and four males perched in waterside vegetation being sighted at
Waterfall Ck.
Both larval skins and one of the reared adults have been donated to the
Australian National Insect Collection, C.S.LR.O., Canberra. The remaining
adult was released in its native habitat.
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr J.A.L. Watson (CSIRO) for identification of specimens and Mr G.
Theischinger for a copy of his paper on Austroargiolestes.
Reference
THEISCHINGER, G and OFARRELL, A.F. 1986 The genus Austroargiolestes Kennedy
(Zygoptera: Megapodagrionidae). Odonatologica 15: 387-428.
te
«dba
EX
o» F
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992 51
DIURNAL AND NOCTURNAL MORTALITY OF ANT-TENDED
TREEHOPPERS (HEMIPTERA: EURYMELIDAE) ON A
TEMPERATE-ZONE EUCALYPT
Ralf Buckley
Faculty of Science and Technology, Griffith University - Gold Coast Campus, PMB 50, Gold
Coast Mail Centre, Qld, 4217
Abstract
Excluding a tending /ridomyrmex sp. from experimental populations of Eurymeloides musgravei
Evans on Eucalyptus melliodora A. Cunn. ex Schauer in Canberra, ACT increased the overall
treehopper mortality rate by 70% relative to controls. This overall increase was due entirely to an
increase in the diurnal mortality rate, by a factor of 13 times; the nocturnal rate did not change
significantly.
Introduction and Methods
Many Auchenorrhyncha are tended by ants which reduce their mortality rates
(Buckley 1987; Cushman and Addicott 1989). Here the effects of this ant
defence by day and night respectively are compared for a eurymelid
treehopper, Eurymeloides musgravei, on a sterile planted sapling of
Eucalyptus melliodora, 3 m high and 3 m in diameter, growing near the edge
of native mixed eucalyptus woodland in the Black Mountain Reserve,
Canberra. Evans (1966, p. 67) also recorded E. musgravei on Black
Mountain, and Evans (1931) recorded Eurymela spp.. attended by 3
Iridomyrmex spp. in the Canberra area. Evans (1931) also described the
general morphology and behaviour of eurymelids as exemplified by
Eurymela distincta in what is now the ACT, recording eggs parasitised by
chalcid wasps, others eaten by chloropid flies, and nymphs parasitised by
lepidopteran larvae, probably epipyropid moths. He recorded Eucalyptus
melliodora as a eurymelid host plant, but only for Eurymelops rubrovittata.
The experimental population occupied a single host plant and was tended by
ants from a single nest. Using the sticky barrier resin Tanglefoot®, ants were
excluded from 6 branches. Ants and treehopper instars were counted at dawn
and dusk for 6 days, on these and on 6 control branches. New cohorts of
first-instar eurymelids hatching during the experimental period were excluded
from the counts.
To test the effects of ant attendance on eurymelid mortality rates, I analysed
these counts as follows.
l. Aggregated counts for all instars to give total numbers of individual
eurymelids in each subpopulation at each count.
2. Subtracted successive counts to determine the numbers of eurymelids
which disappeared from each of the 12 subpopulations during each of the 6
nights and 6 days.
3. Aggregated the 6 nights and the 6 days respectively to allocate each of
the individual eurymelids to one of three categories, namely those which
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
disappeared during the night, those which disappeared during the day, and
those which remained until the end of the experimental period.
Eurymelids which disappeared between counts were presumed to have died,
and death and disappearance are treated interchangeably henceforth. The
reasons for this assumption are as follows.
l. | Most of the individuals were late-instar nymphs. Even under severe
provocation, these were never observed to jump, and adults only rarely;
instead, they dodged quickly behind twigs.
2. Itrimmed leaves so that the 12 branches were isolated from the rest of
the tree except via their main stems. I kept the tree under observation at
intervals during both days and nights and never saw eurymelids on these main
stems, nor were any trapped in the tanglefoot® collars; they remained on the
distal twigs.
Changes in eurymelid numbers in each of the 12 subpopulations may
therefore be considered independent. Numbers of ants on the control
branches may also be considered independent since relatively few of the total
number of workers in the colony were present on the tree at any given time;
the number of ants on any one branch was not limited by the number on any
other branch.
The absolute numbers of eurymelids disappearing between counts on each
branch cannot be treated directly as experimental replicates, however, since
they may depend on the initial sizes of the subpopulations concerned. There
are two ways to overcome this difficulty. The first is to aggregate the 6
experimental and 6 control subpopulations respectively and examine the
effects of ant attendance using contingency tables. The alternative is to
convert absolute numbers of individuals which disappeared by day and night
respectively into proportional mortality rates, individuals per individual per
day, and to treat these rates as independent replicates. Both these approaches
are used here.
Results
The fates of individual eurymelids in each subpopulation are summarised in
Table 1. These results, aggregated over subpopulations, are shown in Table 2
as a contingency table. Average aggregate proportional mortality rates
(AAPMR) may be expressed as individuals per individual per day, i.e. day-!.
These AAPMR's are not true daily mortality rates, but one sixth of the
mortality rates over a period of 6 days. For comparing relative rates,
however, this does not matter. The statistical significance of differences in
mortality rates are tested using actual numbers of individuals, not AAPMR's.
In these units, the AAPMR was 0.0645/day (67/186/6) for ant-tended
eurymelids, and 0.110/day for untended eurymelids: 7096 higher.
Aggregating the first two columns of Table 2 and comparing with the third
shows that this effect is significant at p < 0.001 (y?= 28.3). The diurnal
v] dO
Puy
n
Ww
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
Table 1. Fate of individuals in 6 tended and 6 untended eurymelid
subpopulations.
Ant-tended (control) Untended (experimental)
Initial Died Diedat Lived Initial Died Diedat Lived
Numberby day night to end number by day night to end
28 0 7 21 15 4 6 5
16 0 10 6 16 5 3 8
23 0 5 18 20 7 12 l
46 2 13 31 25 7 9 9
35 l 16 18 76 25 20 31
38 2 16 20 42 13 17 12
Total 186 5 67 114 194 61 67 66
mortality rate of ant-tended eurymelids is 0.004/day, as compared to
0.052/day for untended individuals. Comparing the first two columns of
Table 2 shows that this is also significant at p < 0.001 (X? = 34.5). Aggregate
proportional nocturnal mortality rates, however, were 0.060/day and
0.058/day for tended and untended eurymelids respectively; not significantly
different. Proportional disappearance rates are summarised in Table 3. Time
of day, ant-attendance and their interaction all had significant effects on
mortality rates (Two-way ANOVA; F = 22.5, 10.3, 11.1; p « 0.01 in each
case). Duncan's range test shows that this heterogeneity is due to the low
diurnal mortality rate for ant-tended populations; this is significantly (p «
0.01) lower than the other three rates, which do not differ significantly from
each other.
Table 2. Differential effects of tending by ants on diurnal and nocturnal
disappearance of eurymelids: aggregate of subpopulations.
Disappeared Disappeared Still present Totals
During night During day at end
With ants 67 5 114 186
No ants 67 6l 66 194
Totals 134 66 180 380
Discussion
I did not attempt to determine the physical causes of eurymelid mortality.
Spiders and predatory bugs were abundant on the host tree and I observed
both capturing and consuming eurymelids. Some of the eurymelids from
which ants were excluded turned from their normal black to a yellowish
colour before disappearing from the branch, but this could have been due to
retention of honeydew rather than parasitisation. None were coated with
honeydew or attacked by fungi, but the experimental period was probably too
short for any such effect to have become apparent.
Diurnal and nocturnal mortality rates have previously been compared for only
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
Table 3. Proportional disappearance rates for 6 tended and 6 untended
eurymelid subpopulations. Average Aggregate Proportional Mortality Rates.
Ant-tended (control) Untended (experimental)
day night total day night total
0.000 0.042 0.042 0.044 0.067 0.110
0.000 0.104 0.104 0.052 0.031 0.083
0.000 0.036 0.036 0.058 0.100 0.158
0.007 0.047 0.052 0.047 0.060 0.107
0.005 0.076 0.081 0.055 0.044 0.099
0.009 0.070 0.079 0.052 0.067 0.119
one other ant-tended auchenorrhynchan, a tropical eurymelid (Buckley 1990).
In that case, the nocturnal mortality rate for untended individuals was
significantly higher than the other three rates. In this case, the diurnal
mortality rate for ant-tended species is significantly lower than the other three
rates. In both cases, the ant defence was more effective by day: but nocturnal
enemies were more significant in the tropics, diurnal ones in the temperate
zone. Data from other sites and species will be needed to determine whether
this is representative of a general pattern.
Acknowledgments
Hemiptera were identified by Dr P.J. Gullan of the Australian National
University and Dr M.J. Fletcher of NSW Department of Agriculture; ants by
Dr R.W. Taylor of CSIRO Division of Entomology; and the host plant by Dr
M. Crisp of the ANU. I thank anonymous referees for constructive criticism
which greatly improved the presentation of these results.
References
BUCKLEY, R.C. 1987. Interactions involving plants, Homoptera and ants. Annual Review of
Ecology and Systematics 18: 111-135.
BUCKLEY, R.C. 1990. Ants protect tropical Homoptera against nocturnal spider predation.
Biotropica 22: 207-210.
CUSHMAN, J.H. and ADDICOTT, J.F. 1989. Intraspecific and interspecific competition for
mutualists - ants as a limited and limiting resource for aphids. Oecologia 79: 315-321.
EVANS, J.W. 1931. Notes on the biology and morphology of the Eurymelinae (Cicadelloidea,
Homoptera). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 56: 210-
EVANS, J.W. 1966. The leafhoppers and froghoppers of Australia and New Zealand. Memoirs
of the Australian Museum 12: 1-347.
eee.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992 55
THE LIFE HISTORY OF OGYRIS OTANES C. & R. FELDER IN THE
STIRLING RANGE, WESTERN AUSTRALIA (LEPIDOPTERA:
LYCAENIDAE)
M.R. WILLIAMS!, A.F. ATKINS?, R.W. HAY? and H.H. BOLLAM?4
! Department of Conservation and Land Management, 50 Hayman Road, Como, W.A., 6152
2 45 Caldwell Ave, Dudley, N.S.W., 2290
38 Klem Ave, Salter Point, W.A., 6152
^ 135 The Esplanade, Mount Pleasant, W.A., 6153
Abstract
Observations on the life history and biology of Ogyris otanes were made in the Stirling Range,
Western Australia in November 1990. Details of the life cycle are presented and the early stages
described and illustrated. Larvae associate with Camponotus sp. (claripes group) ants, and feed
at night on small specimens of the host plant, Choretrum glomeratum R. Br. The common name
"western dark azure" is proposed for Western Australian populations of O. otanes.
Introduction
Ogyris otanes has a wide, disjunct distribution in southern Australia,
extending from western New South Wales, through north-western Victoria,
southern South Australia and Kangaroo Island, to Israelite Bay, the Stirling
Range and Leeman in Western Australia (Common and Waterhouse 1981;
Hay 1989; Field 1990). We propose the common name "western dark azure"
for the Western Australian populations of O. otanes, which is to be given
subspecific status in a forthcoming publication (E. D. Edwards, in prep.).
Thé first specimens were collected in the Stirling Range by F. L. Whitlock in
1911. No further specimens were recorded for over 75 years, until a number
of populations were located within the Stirling Range National Park (Hay
1989).
The early stages are described from material collected in December 1990,
from the Stirling Range sites located by Hay. A number of pupae, and larvae
from first to final instar were reared to adult, and three ova to mature larvae.
Life History
Host plant: Choretrum glomeratum R. Br., Santalaceae.
Egg (Figs. 1, 6, 7): White, hemispherical, top slightly flattened with shallow
micropylar depression; surface densely pitted, the size of the pits decreasing
toward the micropyle. Diam. 1.0-1.1 mm.
Larva: Ist instar (Figs. 2, 3, 8, 9): Length 2.5 mm. Head shiny brown-black,
prothoracic and anal plates mottled brown. Prothoracic and anal segments
with long colourless primary setae and numerous smaller setae. Ground
colour cream, translucent, with numerous obscure pink markings on each
segment. Gut contents give a green appearance to anterior segments. 3rd-5th
instars (Fig. 4): Length 15-25 mm. Head light brown, drawn in behind
prothorax. Body cream, translucent, with distinct grey mid-dorsal vein;
spiracles black. ^ Prothacic plate shining grey-brown, diamond shaped
(apparent in lateral view of larva, Fig. 4), bifurcate; anal plate shining grey-
56 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
brown, rectangular. Obscure pink markings around prothoracic and anal
plates, faint pink markings around spiracles. 2-4 pairs of dorsal setae on
abdominal segments 4-7. 2 pairs of prominent setae on prothoracic and anal
segments; a single prominent lateral seta on each abdominal segment. Setae
colourless, base black. Eversible dorsolateral organs on abdominal segment
8. A colour illustration of a mature larva and attendant ants is given by Hay
(1989).
Pupa (Fig. 5): Initially very light tan or cream in colour, glossy, mid dorsal
vein prominent. Over a period of days developing a dusty appearance and
darkening to very light brown, especially on thorax and wing cases; dorsal
vein less prominent. Spiracles girdled with brown markings. Attached to
substrate by cremaster and a central girdle. Length 18 mm.
Biology
Ova are deposited singly or in small batches on leaf litter or detritus at the
base of the host plant. Observed batch sizes were 1, 1, 1, 3, 4 and 4. We
observed a clear preference for plants that are small in stature. Braby (1990)
made similar observations of the Eltham Copper Paralucia pyrodiscus lucida
Crosby, and proposed possible reasons for this preference.
Larvae feed at night on foliage, attended by Camponotus sp. (claripes group)
workers and soldiers. During the day larvae shelter within the ant's nest at the
base of the foodplant. The relationship with Camponotus sp. appears to be
specific, and is probably obligatory. Pupation occurs within the ant's nest.
Pupae are usually attached to a solid object, such as a root of the host plant.
Adults are on the wing from October to March, with peaks in December and
March. Adults have not been observed feeding at flowers.
"Traps" may be constructed for larvae and pupae by heaping twigs, rocks and
bark around the base of plants displaying signs of feeding. The usual method
of collecting larvae is to examine plants at night (Hay 1989); these may then
be reared on a supply of excised foodplant.
Discussion
The early stages are similar to Fishers (1978), and Common and
Waterhouse's (1981) descriptions of O. otanes from South Australia. Known
details of the life history at Leeman are similar, with a host ant from the same
species group. However, Leeman specimens feed on a different foodplant
(Leptomeria preissiana (Miq.) DC., family Santalaceae).
Conservation of O. otanes has been of interest both to collectors and the
general public (Nicholson 1990; Hay 1989). The species is proposed for
inclusion on a forthcoming list of rare and endangered Australian butterflies.
Whilst Stirling Range populations are well protected through National Park
status and management oriented to biological conservation, the Leeman and
Israelite Bay populations may be at risk. Further research is required to
determine the conservation status of this subspecies in Western Australia.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992 57
[ Figs 1-5. Life history of O. otanes from Stirling Range, Western Australia:
(1) eclosed ovum, lateral and dorsal view (scale line 2 1.0 mm); (2) Ist instar
larval posterior seta (scale line = 0.02 mm); (3) first instar larva, lateral and
dorsal view (scale line = 1.0 mm, appearance reconstructed from damaged
specimen); (4) mature larva, lateral and dorsal view (scale line = 5.0 mm);
d (5) pupa, lateral and dorsal view (scale line = 5.0 mm).
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1995
58
Fig. 6. Scanning electron micrograph (SEM) of ovum, showing reticulate
pattern of pits.
Fig. 7. SEM of ovum, detail of pits.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
Fig. 9. SEM of first instar larva, detail of anal plate.
59
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
Note
Specimens relevant to the material presented in this paper are lodged in the
Insect collection, Department of Conservation and Land Management, 50
Hayman Road Como, Western Australia.
Acknowledgements
Rangers of the Stirling Range National Park, Alan Rose and Tony Smith,
provided considerable assistance. Garry Webber, University of Newcastle,
kindly provided the scanning electron micrographs. Jonathon Majer of Curtin
University identified the host ant.
References
BRABY, M.F. 1990. The life history and biology of Paralucia pyrodiscus lucida Crosby
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 29: 41-50.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. xiv + 682 pp
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FIELDS, R.P. 1990. Range extensions and the biology of some Western Australian butterflies,
Victorian Entomologist 20: 76-82.
FISHER, R.H. 1978. Butterflies of South Australia. 272 pp. Government Printer, South
Australia.
HAY,R.W. 1989. In search of a butterfly. Landscope 4: 42-43.
NICHOLSON, B. 1990. Living treasures. The West Australian 1 Dec. 1990.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992 61
NOTES ON A NEST OF THE HONEY ANT, PLAGIOLEPIS
SQUAMULOSA WHEELER, IN THE NORTHERN TERRITORY,
AUSTRALIA
John R. Conway
Department of Biology, University of Scranton, Scranton, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.
Abstract
A dormant nest of a honey ant, presumed to be Plagiolepis squamulosa, was discovered during
the excavation of an active nest of the black honey ant, Camponotus inflatus Lubbock, at Uluru
National Park, Northern Territory, Australia. The P. squamulosa nest consisted of three
chambers at depths of 26-42 cm and housed 5 de-alated queens, 114 workers, 96 repletes and 31
semi-repletes. The small repletes had greatly distended gasters but were mobile. Aborigines do
not eat the repletes.
Introduction
Several genera of ants store food in distended crops which cause their gasters
to become greatly enlarged. These storage ants, called repletes, are best
developed in some species of Myrmecocystus in North America, Camponotus
inflatus and Melophorus bagoti in Australia, some Leptomyrmex species in
Australia, New Guinea, and New Caledonia, and Plagiolepis trimeni of Natal,
South Africa (McCook 1882; Forel 1895; Wheeler 1910; Creighton 1950;
Wilson 1971). Plagiolepis is cosmopolitan, but mostly paleotropical, so it is
not surprising that repletes have also been reported in Australian species (P.
nynganensis and P. squamulosa) (Wheeler 1934; McAreavey 1949; Taylor
1987, pers. comm., 1987).
Materials and methods
A colony of ants presumed to be Plagiolepis squamulosa was uncovered in
August 1987 during the excavation of a black honey ant nest, Camponotus
inflatus, 3.8 km from the Ranger Station in Uluru National Park (Ayers Rock)
in the Northern Territory of Australia. All ants were collected and preserved.
Voucher specimens were sent to Dr Robert Taylor for the Australian National
Insect Collection.
Results and Discussion
The Plagiolepis nest was at the periphery of the C. inflatus nest, 95 cm away
from the entrance, among the roots of a mulga tree. It contained three
chambers at depths of 26 cm, 34 cm and 42 cm. No entrance or surface
activity was noted. The soil temperature was 15.6-16.7°C. One chamber was
2-3 cm long, 1-2 cm wide and 0.5 cm high. Repletes hung from the chamber
ceilings. When dislodged they could right themselves if overturned and some
carried larvae, refuting the belief that they are immobile (Wheeler 1910).
The population of the colony was 246: 114 workers, 96 repletes, 31 semi-
repletes and 5 de-alated queens. Larvae and one pupa were also observed.
These numbers far exceed the seven ants and two repletes Wheeler (1934)
found under a stone in Western Australia. Two different forms were found:
small black workers (1.4-2.4 mm long) without ocelli and larger yellow-
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
brown semi-repletes and repletes with ocelli. This could indicate inquilinism
(Le Masne 1956; Passera 1966; 1968). Repletes are small, but have greatly
distended gasters 2.0-3.5 mm long and a total length up to 4.4 mm. The
gaster measurement is smaller than the 4.5 mm of P. rrimeni repletes
(Wheeler 1910) and considerably smaller than the largest repletes of C.
inflatus (14.5 mm) and M. mexicanus (12 mm) (Conway 1990). The five de-
alated queens in the Uluru nest were 3.5-4 mm long. Each had a reddish head
and thorax and blackish to brownish gaster. Polygny has also been reported
in European ant, Plagiolepis pygmaea Latreille, which averages 17 laying
queens per nest (Mercier et al. 1985).
Although Aborigines commonly eat repletes of the black honey ant, C.
inflatus, women from the Mutitjulu community at Uluru were not familiar
with this small honey ant.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank the Earthwatch volunteers who excavated the nest and
Lynn Baker, Scientific Officer, Susan Woenne-Green, Interpreter, and the
Aboriginal women from the Mutitjulu community at Uluru National Park for
their assistance. Dr Robert Taylor, CSIRO Division of Entomology,
Canberra, provided valuable information on the genus. This work was
supported by a grant from the Centre for Field Studies and a Faculty Study
grant from the University of Scranton.
References
CONWAY, J.R. 1990. Copping it sweet: the honey ant in Aboriginal culture. Geo 12 (3): 54-
61.
CREIGHTON, W.S. 1950. The ants of North America. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard 104: 1-585.
FOREL, A. 1895. Les Fourmicides de l'Empire des Indes et de Ceylan. Pt. 5. Journal of the
Bombay Natural History Society 9: 417-428.
Le MASNE, G. 1956. Recherches sur les fourmis parasites: Plagiolepis grassei et l'évolution
des Plagiolepis parasites. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences, Paris 243: 673-675.
McAREAVEY, J.J. 1949. Australian Formicidae. New genera and species. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales 74: 1-25.
McCOOK, H.C. 1882. The honey ants of the Garden of the Gods, and the occident ants of the
American Plains. J. B. Lippincott, Philadelphia. 188 pp.
MERCIER, B., PASSERA, L. and SUZZONI, J.-P. 1985. Etude de la polygynie chez la fourmi
Plagiolepis pygmaea Latr. (Hym. Formicidae), I: La fécondité des reines en condition
expérimentale monogyne. Insectes Sociaux 32: 335-348.
PASSERA, L. 1966. Fécondité des femelles au sein de la myrmecobiose Plagiolepis pygmaea
Latr.-Plagiolepis xene Star. (Hyménoptéres, Formicidae). Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des
Sciences, Paris (D) 263: 1600-3.
PASSERA, L. 1968. Observations biologiques sur la fourmi Plagiolepis grassei Le Masne
Passera, parasite social de Plagiolepis pygmaea Latr. (Hym. Formicidae). /nsectes Sociaux 15:
327-336. ;
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992 63
TAYLOR, R.W. 1987. A checklist of the ants of Australia, New Caledonia and New Zealand.
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, Division of Entomology
Reports, Canberra, Australia, no. 41, 92 pp.
WHEELER, W.M. 1910. Ants: their structure, development and behavior. Columbia
University Press, New York. xxv + 663 pp.
WHEELER, W.M. 1934. Contributions to the fauna of Rottnest Island, Western Australia. No.
IX. The ants. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 20: 137-163.
WILSON, E.O. 1971. The insect societies. The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press,
Cambridge. 548 pp.
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (2) Jul 1992
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
CROSBY, D.F.
(1990). A management plan for the Altona skipper butterfly Hesperilla flavescens flavescens Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae). Arthur Rylah Inst. Envir. Res. Tech. Rep. Ser. No. 98, pp. i-vii, 1-65.
CROWSON, R.A.
(1990). — A new genus of Boganiidae (Coleoptera) from Australia, with observations on glandular openings, cycad associations
and geographical distribution in the family. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 91-99.
DAMOISEAU, R.
(1989). Contribution à la systématique et corrections à la nomenclature des Brentinae et Ceocephalinae (Coleoptera.
Brentidae). Bull. Inst. r. sci. nat. Belg. (Ent.) 59: 43-98.
DANIELS, G.
(1991). Revision of the Australian genus Austrosaropogon Hardy (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 29-44.
DEAN, J.C. and BUNN, S.E.
(1989). Larval descriptions of the Hydrobiosidae, Philopotamidae, Hydropsychidae and some Ecnomidae (Trichoptera) from
south-western Australia, with notes on biology. Aust. J. Freshw. Res. 40: 631-643.
DEBENHAM, M.
(1991). Australian and New Guinea species of the biting midge genus Brachypogon (Diptera:
Ceratopogonidae). /nvert. Taxon. 5: 765-806.
DESSART, P.
(1990). — Trois nouvelles espèces déprimées du sous-genre Ceraphron (Pristomicrops) Kieffer, 1906 (Hym. Ceraphronoidea
Ceraphronidae). Bull. Inst. R. Sci. nat. Belg. 60: 71-75.
DISNEY, R.H.L.
(1989). A key to Australasian and Oriental Woodiphora (Diptera: Phoridae), affinities of the genus and descriptions of new
species. J. nat. Hist. 23: 1137-1175.
(1991). The aquatic Phoridae (Diptera). Ent. scand. 22: 171-191.
DODSON, G.N.
(1989). The horny antics of antlered flies. Aust. nat. Hist. 22: 604-611.
DODSON, G.N. and YEATES, D.K.
(1990). — The mating system of a bee fly (Diptera: Bombyliidae). II. Factors affecting male territorial and mating success, J,
insect Behav. 3: 619-636.
DONALDSON, J.F.
(1991). Revision of the Australian Tropidocephalini (Hemiptera: Delphacidae: Delphacinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.
30: 325-332.
DUCKHOUSE, D.A.
(1990). The Australasian genera of pericomoid Psychodidae (Diptera) and the status of related Enderlein genera in the
Neotropics. /nvert. Taxon. 3: 721-746.
(1991). A revision of Australopapuan and New Caledonian Brunettia (Diptera, Psychodidae). Invert, Taxon. 4: 973-1030.
DUNN, K.L.
(1990). — Alone migrating caper white butterfly. Vict. Ent. 20: 5.
(1990). A response to M.F. Braby's "An alpine record for Geitoneura klugii.". Vict. Ent. 20: 32-33.
(1990). Candalides absimilis (Felder) in Victoria. Vict. Ent. 20: 49-53.
(1990). — The pale form of the orchard butterfly in northern Queensland. Vict. Ent. 20: 72-
(1990). — A note on determining butterfly species of Anthene Doubleday. Vict. Ent. 20: 93.
(1990). In the land of "old-man" Dodd - northern Queensland. Vict. Ent. 20: 103-117.
(1991). New distribution records for some eastern Australian cicadas. Vict. Ent. 21: 52-53.
DUNN, K. and DUNN, L.E.
(1991). — The database on Australian butterflies: a projected report on the distribution of species. Vict. Ent. 21: 20-24.
(1991). — Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 1: Introduction, Papilionidae: Pieridae
and regional adult temporal data. Pp. i + 197. Published by the authors: Melbourne.
(1991). Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 2: Family Hesperiidae. Pp. ii + 197-335,
Published by the authors: Melbourne.
(1991). Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 3: Family Lycaenidae. Pp. iii 336-512.
Published by the authors: Melbourne.
(1991). — Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 4: Family Nymphalidae. Pp. v + 513-
660. Published by the authors: Melbourne.
DUNN, K.L. and MALIPATIL, M.B.
(1990). Victorian agricultural insect and arachnid collection (VAIAC). Vict. Ent. 20: 142-145.
EARLY, J.W. and NAUMANN, LD.
(1990). Rostropria, a new genus of opisthognathous diapriine wasp from Australia, and notes on the genus Neurogalesus
(Hymenoptera: Proctotrupoidea: Diapriidae). Invert. Tax. 3: 523-550.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
Since 1976.... serving lepidopterists worldwide
TRANSWORLD
BUTTERFLY CO.
LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE
Hundreds of butterflies from South America,
Africa, Australia, Far-East and Europe.
Many ex-pupae specimens available!
Specialists in Morphidae, Brassolidae and Papilionidae.
Request our 12-page Illustrated Catalogue.
ENTOMOLOGICAL TOURS
Tailor-made trips include nature lodges in the
Caribbean Lowlands, Pacific Lowlands and
Cloudforest regions of Costa Rica.
Entomological, Nature and Birding
brochures available.
Please state interests when writing.
TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY COMPANY
APARTADO 6951, 100 SAN JOSE,
COSTA RICA, CENTRAL AMERICA
EXCHANGE. Korean butterflies for
Australian Pieridae. Mrs Cheong
Seon Woo, Dept of Biology,
College of Natural Sciences,
Kyungpook National University,
Taegu, 702-701, South Korea.
EXCHANGE. Italian Lepidoptera for
Australian Papilionidae and
Saturnidae. Crespi Franco, Via C.
Menotti 23, 41033 Concordia,
Modena, Italy.
FOR SALE. Review of Australian
butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy by K.L. and L.E.
Dunn. 1991. 660 pp. in 4 parts.
Supplements Common and
Waterhouse's Butterflies of
Australia (1981). $102 plus $10
- postage /packing. Exchange offers
of rare exotic butterflies or second-
hand D'Abrera books etc. L.E.
TEL: +506-284768 FAX: +506-281573 Dunn, Lot 75 Yackatoon Road
Upper Beaconsfield, Vic., 3808.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal, Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 19, Part 2, 31 July 1992
CONTENTS
BUCKLEY, R. Diurnal and nocturnal mortality of ant-tended
treehoppers (Homoptera: Eurymelidae) on a temperate-zone
eucalypt. 51
CONWAY. J.R. Notes on a nest of the honey ant, Plagiolepis
squamulosa Wheeler, in the Northern Territory, Australia. 61
MURRAY, K. A note on the rearing of Austroargiolestes isabellae
(Theischinger & O'Farrell) (Odonata: Megapodagrionidae). 49
WILLIAMS, M.R., ATKINS, A.F., HAY, R.W., and BOLLAM, H.H.
The life history of Ogyris otanes C. & R. Felder in the Stirling
Range, Western Australia (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). 55
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 11
(pp. 165-180): Colydiidae; Mordellidae; Zopheridae;
Tenebrionidae; Meloidae; Oedemeridae
RECENT LITERATURE - An accumulative bibliography of
centre lift-out
Australian entomology. 64
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
By
BEL y
Sok’ SLG
OLN
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Volume 19, Part 3, 9 October 1992
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
“it llia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The magazine is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia.
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should
have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are
normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland
on the second Monday of March-June and August-December each year.
Meetings are announced in the Society's News Bulletin which also contains
reports of meetings, entomological notes, notices of other Society events and
information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd, Schering Pty
Ltd.
Cover: Arthropterus sp. (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Paussinae). Numerous
species of this genus are distributed throughout Australia and can be found
beneath bark or under fallen logs. They are often attracted to mercury vapour
lights. The genus has been found in Baltic amber. Length 6-18 mm.
Drawing by Jenny Beard.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
f (- 2 ww 1992 )
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 \ ' CAU 2 ae Jes
xul d AÁ ff
Ne EET E
SUMMER REPRODUCTIVE DORMANCY. IN-BIPRORULUS BIBAX
(BREDDIN) (HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) ON EREMOCITRUS
GLAUCA (RUTACEAE) IN SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND AND
WESTERN NEW SOUTH WALES
David G. James
Yanco Agricultural Institute, N.S.W. Agriculture, Yanco, N.S.W., 2703
Abstract
Non-reproductive populations of Biprorulus bibax were observed on Eremocitrus glauca (Lindl.)
Swing. during summer (January) at Roma, Chinchilla (Queensland) and Roto (New South
Wales). Females contained large amounts of fat body and showed no ovarian development. The
pre-oviposition period of females from Roma (43 d) and Chinchilla (21 d) in the laboratory
(25°C, LD 15:9 h) was significantly longer than in females collected at Leeton in southern New
South Wales (1 d). The significance of summer reproductive dormancy in B. bibax is discussed.
Introduction
B. bibax is an increasing pest of citrus in south-eastern Australia. Since 1975
it has become established in all major citrus growing areas of southern New
South Wales, Victoria and South Australia (James 1989). Research is
currently directed towards development of management programmes which
are not based on pesticides (James 1988; James and Warren 1989).
Consequently, attention is being paid to its biology and ecology (James 1990
a,b,c,).
In southern New South Wales overwintering B. bibax are non-reproductive,
contain extensive lipid reserves and congregate in large numbers on non-
lemon citrus (James 1990b). During spring-autumn adults are reproductive
and produce 2-3 generations of nymphs (James 1990a,b). During studies on
populations of B. bibax on a native host, E. glauca in western areas of
Queensland and New South Wales, the occurrence of non-reproductive bugs
during summer was noted.
Methods
Populations of B. bibax were examined on E. glauca at two sites near Roma
and two near Chinchilla in Western Queensland during 7-9 January 1990. A
population near Roto, north of Hillston in western New South Wales was
visited on 23 January. At each site all stages of B. bibax were collected
during a three hour search of host plants. Female bugs were either killed and
dissected for determination of reproductive status and fat content, or held in
female-male pairs at 25°C, LD 15:9 h. Ovaries were examined for oocytes
and a distended, pigmented spermatheca indicated insemination. Fat content
was assessed arbitrarily as high or low depending on similarity to the fat body
of non-reproductive winter bugs or reproductive summer bugs, respectively
(James 1990b).
Bug pairs from Queensland were held in muslin covered plastic cups (11 cm
dia.) and supplied with immature lemons. Bugs obtained from a reproductive
population on lemons at Leeton in southern New South Wales on 28 January
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
were also set up in pairs. All bugs were examined daily with date of first
oviposition and death recorded for each pair.
Results and discussion
Eleven adult bugs/hour were found at each of the Roma sites. No fresh eggs
or nymphs were seen but 3 batches of hatched eggs were found at both sites.
Nineteen adults/hour were collected from one Chinchilla site, of which,
thirteen were clustered on the main stem of a small (0.5 m) E. glauca plant.
Five adults/hour were found at the second Chinchilla site. No eggs or
nymphs were found. At Roto 31 adults/hour were recorded and no nymphs or
fresh eggs were found.
Examination of 10 females from Roma and 10 from Roto showed all to be
non-reproductive. All were unmated, showed no ovarian development and
contained a large fat body similar to that found in reproductively inactive
winter bugs (James 1990b).
Data on pre-oviposition period and longevity of bugs from each locality are
shown in Table 1. Bugs from Leeton generally laid eggs within a day of
arrival in the laboratory. In contrast, the pre-oviposition period was 3 weeks
in females from Chinchilla and significantly longer (6 weeks) in females from
Roma.
These observations suggest that B. bibax undergoes a summer reproductive
dormancy on E. glauca in far western areas of Queensland and New South
Wales. During January populations consisted of adults only and females had
undeveloped ovaries and contained profuse amounts of fat body similar to
that found in non-reproductive winter bugs in southern New South Wales
(James 1990b). The clustering of bugs on E. glauca at Chinchilla was similar
to the behaviour of overwintering bugs in southern New South Wales where
groupings of 5-500 bugs are common (James 1990b).
The delay in oviposition in B. bibax collected from western areas in January
and transferred to conditions favourable for development (Summerville 1931;
James 19902), suggests that the bugs were in reproductive diapause (Danks
1987). In the laboratory females collected in southern New South Wales in
January showed no delay in oviposition.
E. glauca is the major host of B. bibax (Summerville 1931) and although it is
drought tolerant, the retention of fruit on trees during summer appears to be
moisture dependent. Very little fruit was available in Roma and Chinchilla in
January. In a few areas at Roto fruit was retained until autumn. Although B.
bibax can survive by feeding on vegetative parts of E. glauca (unpubl. obs.),
this diet may not support reproduction. In the laboratory, B. bibax will
survive and feed on the sap of many plant species, developing fat body but no
eggs (unpubl. obs.). If citrus fruit is essential for reproduction in B. bibax,
then summer breeding will be impossible in areas where fruit is unavailable.
Summer reproduction in B. bibax does occur 200 km north-east of Chinchilla
on commercial citrus in the Mundubbera-Gayndah district (Summerville
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 67
Table 1. Mean (+SE) pre-oviposition period and longevity of B. bibax
collected during January in Queensland and New South Wales and held under
25'C, LD 15:9 h.
Origin Date n Pre-oviposition period Longevity
(days) (days)
Roma 7.1.90 5 4346 7346 #
Chinchilla 8.1.90 6 2142 503
Leeton 28.1.90 10 140.2 69+5 #
All means significantly different (Anova: P<0.05) except #
1931; D. Papacek, pers. comm.). Similarly reproduction continues
throughout summer on commercial citrus in inland southern New South
Wales and Victoria.
E. glauca sets fruit during October/November and the presence of old,
hatched eggs at the 3 sites in January suggests that some reproduction of B.
bibax occurred in spring. The fate of summer, non-reproductive bugs in these
areas in unclear. Unless they move to another host with fruit, reproductive
dormancy could continue until the following spring. Summerville (1931)
suggested the possibility of bugs overwintering on another host plant such as
Microcitrus australasica (F. Muell. Swing. As in New South Wales,
reproduction of B. bibax does not occur during winter in Queensland
(Summerville 1931; James 1990b,c). E. glauca and the hot, dry western areas
of New South Wales and Queensland may represent the ancestral habitat of a
univoltine B. bibax reproducing only in the spring. Occupation of areas with
hosts which retain fruit during summer, eg. commercial citrus, could have
enabled B. bibax to become multivoltine (James 1989; 1990c).
Acknowledgments
I thank Renay Rogers and Glen Warren for providing technical assistance.
Financial assistance from the Horticultural Research and Development
Coorporation is acknowledged.
References
DANKS, H.V. 1987. Insect dormancy: an ecological perspective. Biological Survey of Canada,
Ottawa, Canada.
JAMES, D.G. 1988. Fecundity, longevity and overwintering of Trissolcus biproruli Girault
(Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) a parasitoid of Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Pentatomidae). Journal of
the Australian Entomological Society 27: 297-301.
JAMES, D.G. 1989. Population biology of Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) in a southern New South Wales citrus orchard. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 28: 279-286.
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
JAMES, D.G. 1990a. Development and survivorship of Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) under a range of constant temperatures. Environmental Entomology 19: 874-877.
JAMES, D.G. 1990b. Energy reserves, reproductive status and population biology of
overwintering Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) in southern New South Wales citrus
groves. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 415-422.
JAMES, D.G. 1990c. Seasonality and population development of Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) in southern New South Wales. General and Applied Entomology 22: 61-66.
JAMES, D.G. and WARREN, G.N. 1989. Sexual dimorphism of dorsal abdominal glands in
Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological
Society 28: 75-16.
SUMMERVILLE, W.A.T. 1931. The larger horned citrus bug. Bulletin of the Division of
Entomology and Plant Pathology, Queensland Department of Agriculture and Stock. No. 8.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 69
JALMENUS NOTOCRUCIFER SP. N. (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
FROM SOUTH WESTERN AUSTRALIA
S.J. JOHNSON', R.W. HAY? and H.H. BOLLAM?
! Qonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
? 8 Klem Avenue, Manning, W.A., 6152
? 135 The Esplanade, Mt Pleasant, W.A., 6153
Abstract
Jalmenus notocrucifer sp. n. (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) is described from inland southern Western
Australia. A leguminous foodplant, Daviesia benthamii Meissner (Fabaceae) is recorded for the
first time for a species of Jalmenus. The larvae are attended by an unidentified Iridomyrmex sp.
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae).
Introduction
Recent collecting (Graham and Moulds 1988) in the arid areas of south
Western Australia has recovered the widespread Jalmenus icilius Hewitson as
well as an additional species, J. aridus Graham and Moulds. During several
trips to the area near Southern Cross (31°14’S 119°31’E), the authors
discovered an undescribed species of Jalmenus closely allied to J. aridus.
The absence of tails, differences in genitalia, a different host plant and species
of attendant ant indicate that it is a distinct species. Nomenclature for male
genitalia follows that of Eliot (1973), and female genitalia that of Klots
(1970). Voucher specimens of the ants attending the intermediate stages of
J. notocrucifer sp.n. have been lodged in the Australian National Insect
Collection, Canberra (ANIC). Abbreviations for collectors names are as
follows: CGM - C.G. Miller, HHB - H.H. Bollam, PSV - P.S. Valentine,
RWH - R.W. Hay.
Jalmenus notocrucifer sp. n.
Types. Western Australia: Holotype d', Yellowdine, 12.xii.1986, R.W. Hay,
(registered type No: 2490) genitalia slide 3170. Allotype ? with same label
data, both in ANIC. |
Paratypes: 19, 15.xii.1986, Yellowdine, RWH (ANIC). 19, 10.xi.1987, 1d,
399. 11.xi.1988, 377, 13.xi.1988, all Yellowdine, HHB (HHB collection,
Perth). 277, 12.xii.1986, 22d", 2? 9, 10.xi.1987, all Yellowdine, RWH (S.S.
Brown collection, Wollongong). 400, 27.x.1987, Yellowdine, HHB (J.
d'Apice collection, Sydney). 19, 19, 15.xii.1986, 399, 1.xi.1987, all
Yellowdine, HHB (K. Dunn collection, Melbourne). 277, 15.xii.1986, lig
10.xi.1987, all Yellowdine, HHB (R. Eastwood collection, Nambour). 3%,
12, 12.xii.1986, 12, 39 9, 10.xi.1987, 1%, 12, 11.xi.1987, 39 9, | 1.xi.1988, all
Yellowdine, RWH, 1¢, 1.xi.1987, 52d", 29 9, 11.xi.1988, all Southern Cross,
RWH (RWH collection, Perth). 322, 10.xi.1987, all Yellowdine, RWH (D.R.
Holmes collection, Melbourne). 19, 10.xi.1987, 1%, 11.xi.1987, 1, emerg.
6.xi.1989, 19, emerg. 7.xi.1989 all Yellowdine, RWH, 299, 10.xi.1987,
Southern Cross, RWH, 4d, 29 9, 12.xi.1988, Yellowdine, PSV (S.J. Johnson
collection, Townsville). 1c", 12.xii.1986, 42d", 19, 10.xi. 1987, 1%, 13.x1.1987,
all Yellowdine, RWH (J.F.R. Kerr collection, Brisbane). 2%, 10.xi.1987, 1c",
10.xi.1988, Yellowdine, HHB (R. Manskie collection, Maryborough). ee, 195
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
15.xii.1986, 5c'c, 10.xi.1987, all Yellowdine, HHB (R. Mayo collection,
Newcastle). S5o%c%, 29 9, 27.x.1987, 222, emerg. 30.x.1987, 17, 1%, emerg.
31.x.1987, 277, 39 9 , emerg. 2.xi.1987, 19, emerg. 3.xi.1987, 18, 12, emerg.
5.xi.1987, 19, emerg. 6.xi.1987, all Yellowdine, CGM (CGM collection,
Lismore). 1d, 11.xi.1988, Yellowdine, HHB (F. Sattler collection, Sydney).
192d, 499, 11.xi.1988, 19, emerg. 12.xi.1988, all Yellowdine, PSV (PSV
collection, Townsville). 1c, 12, 10.xi.1987, Yellowdine, 477, 12, 11.xi.1988,
Southern Cross, RWH (G. Wood collection, Atherton).
Description
Holotype male (Figs. 6, 7).
Head: dark grey, frons narrowly edged white, more broadly at frontoclypeus;
gena white, extending to occipital region as prominent white stripe posterior
to eyes; vertex white, chaetosemata black, small tuft of white hairs in midline
between antennae. Labial palps brown, basal segment white dorsally and
laterally, small patch of grey scales laterally. Eyes smooth. Antennae: scape
edged white, flagellum weakly ringed white, clubs faintly orange. Thorax:
grey, dorsal hairs brownish, ventral hairs and scales white. Legs: femora
white, tibiae pale brown, tarsi dark brown suffused with white apically. Fore
wing below: pale brown, termen darker, prominent curved post median band
composed of series of circular to oval dark brown spots edged white; band
displaced slightly at M, and CuA,; spots between CuA, and 1A+2A
sometimes reduced. 3 dark brown bars edged white in cell, indistinct brown
spot below cell, white streak along inner margin; serrated dark brown
subterminal band edged white, points of serrations extend along veins to
termen. Forewing length 13.0-15.9 mm (mean 14.8, n = 18). Hindwing
above: brown, inner margin and anal lobe whitish, central metallic blue area
extending from base to postmedian band and from M, to 1A+2A; long hairs
over metallic area and along inner margin to tornus; variable brown bar at end
of cell; prominent dark brown spot between CuA, and CuA,; small dark
brown tornal spot edged white distally; indistinct dark brown postmedian band
between M, and 1A+2A, edged with scattered white scales below CuA,; white
scales often lost in worn specimens; indistinct white line on outer edge of
subterminal band between CuA, and 1A+2A; cilia white. Hindwing below:
colour similar to underside forewing, white stripe along base of costa; 3 dark
brown spots edged white in cell; series of dark brown spots forming a curved
postmedian band from Sc+R, to 3A, spot between Rs and M, occasionally
elongated, spots between M, and M, displaced distally, spot between CuA,
and 1A+2A strongly recurved with band broken at CuA,. Additional spots at
base between Sc+R, and Rs and CuA, and 1A+2A and aligned longitudinally
with inner cell spot; medial spots below CuA, and CuA,, small spot on anal
margin below 3A; serrated subterminal band edged white medially and
enclosing several white edged, dark brown hemispherical terminal Spots;
tornal spot and spot between CuA, and CuA, darker chocolate brown; cilia
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 71
Figs. 1-5. Jalmenus notocrucifer sp.n. (1) male genitalia, lateral view; (2)
sociuncus, flattened; (3) valvae from slide preparation; (4) aedeagus; (5)
female genitalia, ventral view.
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
white, tufts of long brown cilia at end of CuA, and tornus. Abdomen:
dorsally brown, laterally and ventrally white. Fore wing above: brown, basal
costa greyish, metallic blue area extending from base to postmedian band and
from inner margin to middle of cell; scattered hairs at base and along inner
margin; faint dark brown bar at end of cell; cilia white. Genitalia (Figs. 1-4).
Vinculum and tegumen ring oval, slender; saccus small rounded. Uncus
undeveloped, socii broad, curved, widely spaced, bearing numerous setae;
brachia of gnathos stout basally, evenly curved, tapered and heavily
sclerotised distally with tips curved inwards. Valvae broad basally tapering
to a blunt, slightly beaked apex bearing numerous long setae. Aedeagus;
coecum broad, rounded, ductus entering dorsally; distally more heavily
sclerotised with prominent Chapmans process; vesica arising dorsoapically and
bearing numerous conical cornuti; ductus ejaculatorius a heavily sclerotised
tube armed with numerous posteriorly directed spines. Juxta large, V-shaped.
Female (Figs. 8, 9).
Wing with upperside similar to male but metallic areas purplish blue, bar at
end of hind wing cell more prominent in some specimens; white edging of
subterminal band extending from M, to tornus. Forewing length 16.0-18.0
mm (mean 16.9, n 2 8). Underside: Similar to male but subterminal band
more prominent and fore wing with small indistinct spot towards base below
cubitus. Genitalia (Fig. 5). Bursa copulatrix with numerous circular
sclerotised patches. Ductus seminalis arising close to ostium bursae. Corpus
bursae simple, bearing numerous signa. Apophyses posteriores long with
spatulate ends.
Pupa: pale cream brown, covered in dark brown blotches and spots which
coalesce to form irregular patches on dorsum of abdominal segments. Length
11.0 mm, width 4.0 mm.
Distribution. The species is known from two sites, at Yellowdine, 31°19’S
19?36'E and near Southern Cross 31?14'S 119?3]'E.
Discussion
The prominent chocolate brown underside markings distinguish J. notocrucifer
from all other species in the genus except J. aridus. It can be separated from
that species by the lack of a hindwing tail, narrower valva in the male,
different host plant and species of attendant ant. Both species occur in the
arid areas of southern Western Australia, with the only known colony of J.
aridus (see Graham and Moulds 1988) being approximately 200 km east of
the nearest colony of J. notocrucifer. An examination of the distributions of
the respective host plants and attendant ants suggests that both species are
likely to be more widespread and may be;sympatric. Further collecting will
be needed to establish the distribution of both butterflies in Western Australia.
Graham and Moulds (1988) listed Acacia tetragonophylla F. Muell. as the
host plant and Froggattella kirbyi (Lowne) as the attendant ant of J. aridus
but they provided no information on the distribution of either. A.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 73
———————
Figs. 6-9. Jalmenus notocrucifer sp.n. (6,7) male holotype (6) upperside; (7)
underside; (8) upperside female; (9) underside female.
tetragonophylla is widespread throughout arid areas of Western Australia and
central Australia (S. Patrick, pers. comm.). In Western Australia F. kirbyi is
locally common in the southern wheat belt (J. Majer, pers. comm.).
The host plant of J. notocrucifer occurs widely in southern Australia as 2
subspecies, Daviesia benthamii benthamii and D. b. humilis Crisp. In
Western Australia D. b. benthamii occurs from near Geraldton in the north to
Albany and Esperance on the southern coast (Crisp 1980) and eastwards
beyond Kalgoorlie onto the Nullarbor Plain (M.D. Crisp, pers. comm.). Both
subspecies occur in South Australia and D. b. humilis extends into Victoria
and western New South Wales (Crisp 1982).
The distribution of the attendant ant /ridomyrmex sp. is not known; however,
the ant appears identical to /ridomyrmex sp. JOM SGI which was collected
widely during the Western Australian Museum's Eastern Goldfields Biological
Survey (J. Majer, pers. comm.).
The species has only been taken in selerophyll woodland growing in areas
with an annual rainfall between 230 and 300 mm. Adults of both sexes fly
in close proximity to the host plant with aggregations of males around plants
with pupae close to eclosion. Pupation occurs in the entrance to the ants nest
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
at the base of the host plant. Larvae have been observed on foliage and
flower buds of the host plant but none were collected for description.
The seasonality of J. notocrucifer is not fully understood. Adults, larvae and
pupae have been encountered from October to December but a brief visit to
both sites in February 1990 failed to uncover adults or intermediate stages.
No visits have been made in other months. The absence of adults, larvae and
pupae in summer suggests an egg diapause broken by winter rainfall. Until
further collecting is undertaken in other months the seasonality and voltinism
of the species remains unknown.
Acknowledgments
We thank Dr M.D. Crisp of the Australian National Botanic Gardens for his
information on Daviesia benthamii, Dr Jonathan Majer of Curtin University
for identification of ants and information on their distribution and Mrs Sue
Patrick of the Western Australian Herbarium for information and identification
of host plants.
References
CRISP, M.D. 1980. Daviesia and Leptosema (Fabaceae) in central Australia: new species and
name changes. Journal of Adelaide Botanical Gardens 2: 271-276.
CRISP, M.D. 1982. Notes on Daviesia and Pultenaea (Fabaceae) in South Australia. Journal
of Adelaide Botanical Gardens 6: 55-66.
ELIOT, J.N. 1973. The higher classification of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera): a tentative
arrangement. Bulletin British Museum of Natural History (Ent.) 28: 371-505.
GRAHAM, A.J. and MOULDS, M.S. 1988. A new species of Jalmenus Hübner (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) from Western Australia. General and Applied Entomology 20: 57-62.
KLOTS, A.B. 1970. Lepidoptera. Pp. 115-130 in S.L. Tuxen (ed.), Taxonomists Glossary of
Genitalia in Insects. Munksgaard, Copenhagen.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 75
THE GENUS NESOLYCAENA WATERHOUSE AND TURNER
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW
SPECIES
J.W.C. d'Apice! and C.G. Miller?
' 1802/187 Liverpool St, Sydney, N.S.W., 2000
? 111 James Rd, Goonellabah, N.S.W., 2480
Abstract
The genus Adaluma Tindale is proposed as a junior synonym of Nesolycaena on the basis of
similarities in adult morphology, immature stages and larval food plant. Three species are
included: N. albosericea (Miskin), N. urumelia (Tindale), comb. nov., and N. caesia sp. nov.,
from Western Australia is described and illustrated.
Introduction
Waterhouse and Turner (1905) erected the genus Nesolycaena to
accommodate the lycaenid species Holochila albosericea Miskin. Tindale
(1922), in his description of the genus Adaluma, noted the shortness of the
antennae as a feature shared with Nesolycaena and stated that the two were
otherwise distinct without, however, specifying the nature of these differences.
Tite (1963) distinguished Adaluma from Candalides Hübner but did not
include Nesolycaena in his revision of this genus. This revision does not
seem to have found favour with subsequent authors. Sands (1971) and
Edwards (1980) described and figured in detail the larvae and pupae of N.
albosericea and A. urumelia respectively, and pointed out the strong
similarities between them and their close relationship to Candalides, from
which, however, they possess discrete differences. A fragmentary pupal
exuviae of N. caesia conforms closely to the description of the pupa of A.
urumelia given by Edwards (1980). Sands (1971) in addition, noted
similarities in venation and in the male genitalia. Both these authors as well
as Common and Waterhouse (1981) referred to the possible synonymy of
Adaluma and Nesolycaena.
The three species dealt with here form a compact group closely allied to
Candalides and characterised by antennae less than half the length of the
costa, prominent juxta in the male genitalia, separation of veins Sc and R,,
strong similarities in the life history and early stages and a common generic
larval food plant (Boronia Sm.).
Genus Nesolycaena Waterhouse and Turner
Nesolycaena Waterhouse and Turner 1905: 801. Type species: Holochila
albosericea Miskin.
Adaluma Tindale 1922: 537. Type species: A. urumelia Tindale, syn. nov.
Nesolycaena caesia sp. nov. (Figs. 1-4, 9, 11, 13).
Types. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Holotype d, Kalumburu, 3.vi.1990, C.G.
Miller, genitalia slide 3393, Reg. no. 3328, in Australian National Insect
Collection (ANIC), Canberra.
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Paratypes: 19, same data as holotype, genitalia slide 3394 (ANIC); 1d, 19,
same data as holotype but dated 10.v.1991, in Queensland Museum, Brisbane;
Io, 12, same data, in Western Australian Museum, Perth; 300°¢, 279 2, same
data but dated 1.vi.1990, 3.vi.1990, 10 and 11.v.1991, 13, 14 and 15.v.1991,
in C.G. Miller collection, Lismore; 24d2'c, 209 2, Kalumburu, 10-15.v.1991,
J.W.C. d'Apice, in J.W.C. d'Apice collection, Sydney; 1c, 19, same data, in
H. Bollam collection, Perth; 622, 322%, 2.5 km NE Kalumburu, 1-3.iv.1991,
S.J. Johnson; 1c', 12, same data but dated 4.iv.1991, 322", 12, Pimm Hill, 16
km NW Kalumburu, 4.iv.1991, S.J. Johnson, all in S.J. Johnson collection,
Townsville.
Male (Figs. 1, 2).
Head black with some white scales; eyes smooth, orange; frons white;
antennae: length (holotype) 7 mm; black ringed with white; club black,
unscaled, tip brown; labial palpi above black, beneath with terminal segment
black, first and second segments thickly covered with white scales. Thorax:
above black, thinly covered with bluish white scales. Abdomen above black
with thin covering of white scales, beneath white. Fore wing above: length
(holotype) 16 mm; costa strongly bowed, apex and termen rounded; silky
white with blue tinge; veins M, to CuA, with faint coating of black scales in
median area; apex black extending narrowly along costa for one third of its
length and along half the length of the termen; veins with black scales
towards termen; narrow black terminal line; cilia grey with white tips. Hind
wing above silky white with blue tinge; veins with black scales towards
termen; narrow black terminal line. Cilia as in fore wing; subterminal spots
below show through faintly. Fore wing below pale greyish white; two round
black spots on either side of vein CuA, towards termen; narrow black terminal
line; cilia white with grey tips. Hind wing below pale greyish white;
subterminal row of six rounded black spots; cilia as in fore wing.
Genitalia (Figs. 9, 11): uncus short and strongly curved, hairy; gnathos long
and U-shaped, without hairs; valvae short and robust with bifurcated tips,
hairy; aedeagus strongly curved beneath, pointed at tip and with isolated hairs;
juxta very large and broad.
Female (Figs. 3, 4).
Head, thorax and abdomen as in male. Fore wing length (figured paratype)
17 mm; greyish white without blue tinge; black apical area more extensive
than in male, extending broadly along half the length of costa. Hind wing
greyish white without blue tinge; veins with terminal black scales extending
more basally than in male; subterminal spots beneath show through more
prominently; terminal line and cilia as in male. Fore wing below pale brown
with paler central area; subterminal spots as in male and surrounded by area
of paler brown.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 TI
Figs. 1-8. Nesolycaena spp. (1-4) N. caesia sp. n. (1), &' upperside, (2), &
underside, (3), € upperside, (4), 9 underside. (5-8) N. urumelia (Miskin). (5),
d upperside, (6), &' underside, (7), 9 upperside, (8), ? underside.
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Figs. 9-14. Nesolycaena spp. (9,10) & genitalia: (9), N. caesia; (10), N.
urumelia; (11,12) aedeagus: (11), N. caesia; (12), N. urumelia; (13,14)
9 genitalia: (13), N. caesia; (14), N. urumelia.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 79
Genitalia (Fig. 13). Corpus bursae simple, elongate; ductus bursae long,
narrow and sclerotised; apophysis posterior short and narrow; papillae anales
with dense tufts of hairs.
Variation.
The median dusting of black scales on veins M,, M, and CuA, in the male
may be found on only one or two veins or is entirely absent in many
specimens. The black apical area is slightly variable in extent. On the
forewing below there may be up to four additional small black spots between
M, and CuA, outside the two large spots on either side of CuA,. The hind
wing in some females is darker than the figured specimen (Fig. 3) and may
approach that of N. urumelia (Fig. 7). Fore wing length in male 14.8-16.8
mm (n=52), in female 14.7-18.1 (n=45).
Distribution. The species is known from three localities near Kalumburu, in
the eastern. Kimberley region of Western Australia, 280 km NW of
Kununurra.
Etymology. The specific name is the Latin adjective caesia (light grey,
bluish grey) and refers to the d wing color of the species.
Discussion
Male N. caesia may be distinguished from N. urumelia by its greatly reduced
sex mark on the veins in the median area of the fore wing above. The apex
of the fore wing of male N. urumelia (Fig. 5) is greyish black above,
frequently with a terminal band of faintly defined spots. In N. caesia the
apex is black and slightly more extensive without terminal spots. Male N.
urumelia from Groote Eylandt and Arnhem Land are tinged green above,
whereas specimens from near Darwin are similar in colour to N. caesia.
Females of the two species are difficult to distinguish (Figs. 3, 7), but those
of N. caesia tend to be paler. The male genitalia of N. urumelia (Figs. 10,
12) are identical in specimens from all localities. The valva in N. caesia is
short and thick whereas in N. urumelia it is long and slender.
The butterflies fly close to the ground around Boronia filicifolia A. Cunn. ex
Benth. on the sides or tops of worn sandstone outcrops or ridges and
oviposition was observed and pupal exuviae found on this plant. Adults have
been taken flying around Boronia lanuginosa Endl. (S.J. Johnson pers.
comm.). The butterflies frequently settle on sandstone near the Boronia and,
with their wings folded, are difficult to distinguish from the stone.
Acknowledgments
We are especially thankful to E.D. Edwards (ANIC) for his time and help in
preparing photographs and assistance with the genitalia preparation. Thanks
are also due to S.J. Johnson for information on specimens in his collection
and on pupal exuviae. Staff at the National Herbarium of N.S.W., Sydney,
identified the Boronia. We would like to thank Father Anscar McPhee of the
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Roman Catholic Mission, Kalumburu, for his hospitality and help with
transport. We are also grateful to the Chairman and Council of the Kalumburu
township for permission to collect on Aboriginal land. Thanks to K. Miller
for typing the manuscript.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
EDWARDS, E.D. 1980. The early stages of Adaluma urumelia Tindale and Candalides geminus
Edwards and Kerr (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 7: 17-20.
SANDS, D.P. 1971. The life history and taxonomic relationships of Nesolycaena albosericea
(Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 10:
290-292.
TINDALE, N.B. 1922. On a new genus and species of Australian Lycaeninae. Transactions
and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia 46: 537-538.
TITE, G.E. 1963. A revision of the genus Candalides and allied genera (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History (Entomology) 14: 197-259, pls
1-4.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and TURNER, R.E. 1905. Notes on Australian Rhopalocera: Lycaenidae,
part iv. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 29: 798-804.
— ——
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 81
ANISYNTOIDES WATERHOUSE (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE):
A SYNONYM OF TRAPEZITES HUBNER, WITH DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Russell Mayo! and Andrew Atkins?
> 62 Fletcher St, Wallsend, N.S.W., 2287
^ 45 Caldwell Ave, Dudley, N.S.W., 2290
Abstract
Anisyntoides is proposed as a junior synonym of Trapezites and a new species, Trapezites
waterhousei is described and illustrated.
Introduction
Waterhouse (1932) established the genus Anisyntoides with the following
descriptive characters: "Antennae shorter than half the length of costa of fore
wing; antenna club bent beyond the middle, with apiculus short and blunt.
Fore wing with vein 5 almost straight; origin of vein 2 nearer base than end
of cell; origin of vein 3 near end of cell. Male without sex brand .... In
its antennal characters it differs from Trapezites and Anisynta."
In the description, Waterhouse assigned to Anisyntoides a single. species
Anisynta argenteoornatus (Hewitson) from Western Australia. Waterhouse
and Lyell (1914) described Trapezites sciron from Western Australia but in
this description no comparison was made with A. argenteoornatus, due
probably to the distinctive superficial differences of these taxa.
The comparative description of Anisyntoides by Waterhouse (1932), although
valid for the character of the origin of vein 2 (=CuA,) for distinction from
Anisynta Lower does not distinguish the genus from Trapezites, which agrees
with all the characters presented. In particular, in all specimens in this group
from Western Australia seen by us, the characters attributed to antennal
morphology offer no significant differences. Importantly, the antennal length
is approximately half the length of the costa in males and slightly less so for
females in all these species.
Synonomy
In the absence of any known adult or juvenile structural differences, we
propose that Anisyntoides be placed as a junior synonym of Trapezites and
include a new species of Trapezites from Western Australia. Further to this,
Williams, Williams, and Atkins (1992) record that T. sciron from the western
coast of Western Australia has been reared from both Acanthocarpus
(preferred larval food plant of T. argenteoornatus comb. n.) and Lomandra
(larval food plant of all previously known species of Trapezites).
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used to indicate that the referred specimens
are held in the following collections:
AA, Andrew Atkins Collection, Newcastle; AM, Australian Museum,
Sydney; CM, Chris Muller Collection, Sydney; GM, Grant Miller Collection,
Lismore; HB, Hugh Bolam Collection, Perth; Jd’A, John d'Apice Collection,
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Sydney; MP, Michael Powell Collection, Perth; RE, Rod Eastwood
Collection, Nambour; RH, Robert Hay Collection, Perth; RM, Russell Mayo
Collection, Newcastle; SAM, South Australian Museum, Adelaide; WAM,
Western Australian Museum, Perth.
Genus Trapezites Hübner 1823
Trapezites Hubner 1923. Type species T. symmomus Hübner.
Steropes Boisduval 1832. Type species T. iacchus Fabricius.
Patlasingha Watson 1893. Type species T. phigalia Hewitson.
Trapezitas Mabille 1904.
Anisyntoides Waterhouse 1932. syn n. Type species Anisynta
argenteoornatus (Hewitson 1868).
Dunn and Dunn (1991) have recently proposed the synonymy of A.
argenteoornatus argenteoornatus and A. argenteoornatus insula (Waterhouse).
However, at present we have retained the taxonomic arrangement of
Waterhouse and Common (1981).
Trapezites waterhousei sp. n.
Types. Western Australia: Holotype d, 13 km N Mt Jackson, active on laterite
ridge, 21.1x.86, M. Powell, Reg. No. WAM 92/328, in WAM.
Paratypes: 14 km N Southern Cross, 31.ix.84, M. Powell (19 MP); 13 km N
Mt Jackson, 21.ix.1986, M. Powell (1% AA, genitalia disected and slide
mounted, 2d RM); 14 km N Southern Cross, 1.x.1984, M. Powell (1%, 12
genitalia disected and slide mounted, RM); 14 km N Southern Cross,
2.x.1991, R. Hay (622 RM, 8d'2 RH); 14 km N Southern Cross, 2.x.1991, R.
Hay (1? RM, 1? RH); 14 km N of Southern Cross, 22.ix.1991, R. Hay (8d c,
19 RH); 14 km N Southern Cross, 23.ix.1991, R. Hay (588 RH); 14 km N
Southern Cross, 16.ix.1991, R. Hay (72d RH); 14 km N Southern Cross,
18.x.1991, R. Hay (19 RH); 14 km N Southern Cross, 22.ix.1991, H. Bollam
(282 HB); 14 km N Southern Cross, 2.x.1991, H. Bollam (288 CM, 322, 59 9
HB, 1% Jd' A); 14 km N Southern Cross, 3.x.1991, H. Bollam (288 GM, 1c
Jd' A).
Figs. 1-16. Adults and genitalia of the Western Australian, South Australian and
Victorian Trapezites spp. (1) T. waterhousei: (1a) 9' upperside and underside; (1b) 9
upperside and underside. (2) T. sciron (Warwick, WA), 9 upperside, & underside. (3)
T. argenteoornatus (Shark Bay, WA), œ upperside, 2 underside. (4-7), T. waterhousei
(4) ventral view of uncus tip; (5) &' genitalia (including inside right valva); (6) inside
right valva; (7) & labial palpus. (8, 9), T. s. sciron (Warwick, WA), (8) inside left
valva; (9) ventral view of uncus top. (10), inside left valva (Bunbury, WA). (11, 12),
T. s. eremicola (Yanak, Vic.): (11) inside left valva; (12) ventral view of uncus; (13)
lamella antevaginalis plate of T. s. sciron (Bunbury, WA). (14, 15), T. a.
argenteoornatus (Bunbury, WA): (14) ventral view of uncus tip; (15) lamella
antevaginalis plate; (16) lamella antevaginalis plate of T. s. eremicola (Yanak, Vic.).
Scale bar = 10 mm (Figs. 1-3); 1 mm (Figs. 4-16).
83
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
————————————— À—————-—
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Male (Figs. la, 4-7, 17, 18)
Antenna with club bent beyond half its length to a short, blunt apiculus,
anterior convex surface orange, ventral surface yellow-brown; shaft black with
white banding on ventral surface. Labial palpus (Fig. 7) with second segment
broadly ovoid, third segment moderately long and narrow. Head covered with
light brown to dark hairs, cream at base of antennae. Thorax and abdomen
covered with dark brown hairs on dorsal surface, creamish brown on ventral
surface, yellowish on shoulder and base of thorax; dorsal segments narrowly
banded cream. Hind tibia with one pair of spurs. Fore wing length of
holotype 14 mm, range of paratypes 12-15 mm, with origin of vein CuA,
nearer to base than end of cell, CuA, and M, broadly spaced at origin; hind
wing veins with base of CuA, and CuA, placed near end of cell and colonear,
not bent up at CuA,-M,. Fore wing above mid brown with yellowish-orange
hyaline markings, subapicals variable, three or four with second and fourth
displaced, three median of variable intensity, one submedian adjacent to inner
margin; hind wing above mid-brown with a medial yellowish-orange band,
broken at veins and placed between M, and CuA,; base of both wings with
long yellowish-orange hairs, termen prominently chequered mid-brown and
yellowish-white. Fore wing below mid-brown with bright yellow-orange
markings, three median spots as on upperside, prominent subtornal streak
from base extending to a little beyond mid point of costa, submedian adjacent
to inner margin as in upperside; three to five subapical markings almost white
and displaced as upperside, apical and subapical areas dusted with
yellowish-grey scales; hind wing median and inner marginal areas dull yellow,
other areas dusted with yellowish-grey scaling with white spots edged black,
one basal, three submedian and five subterminal; chequering as in upperside.
Genitalia (Figs. 4-6). Tegumen broad with shallow lateral processes tapered
towards a blunt curved uncus (Fig. 4): valvae asymetric with dorsal edge of
tip broadly straight and toothed, ventral edge rounded with over-lapping harpe
which in right valva (Fig. 5) is decurved, tpoothed and slightly divided and
in left valva (Fig. 6) is less decurved, broadly square and toothed. Aedeagus
long and broadly extended at distal end.
Female (Figs. 1b, 19, 20)
Antenna, labial palpus, hind tibia and wing venation as in amle. Both wings
slightly broader and termen more rounded than male, ground colour above
slightly duller, beneath with more extensive yellow-grey scaling; five
subapical spots above and below, displaced as in male. Fore wing length 14
mm. Abdominal segments banded as in male.
Genitalia (Fig. 21). Papilla analis long, concave, sclerotised lobes with long
distal setae; lamellae postvaginallis with long, narrow, angular ’Y’-shaped
sterigma plates; lamella antevaginalis plate very broad and deeply ’U’-shaped,
shallowly "V'-shaped at distal edge; ductus bursae broad and long; corpus
bursae elongate and oval, anteriorly constricted to a short tubular neck
attached to a moderately large, spherical accessory pouch.
— M
Figs. 17-20. Trapezites waterhousei sp. n. (17), © upperside. (18), c
underside. (19), 9 upperside. (20), ? underside.
Etymology. The species name honours the pioneering work carried out on
Australian Hesperiidae by G.A. Waterhouse.
Variation KEINE :
In both sexes there is considerable variation in size of all markings above and
below the wings, particularly in the subapical, medial markings and those
below the hind wings.
Discussion
T. argenteoornatus, T. sciron and T. waterhousei form a closely related group
of skippers, despite superficial differences. Each species displays variation,
which in T. argenteoornatus may be geographical. Variation in T. sciron is
complex, with populations showing differences in the shape of the wing and
in the size of the white spots on the underside of the hind wing. Some of
these populations may not be conspecific as there also appears to be genitalic
differences, particularly in the shape of the male valvae. More material is
needed especially from the Stirling Range to access these variants.
The female genitalia of T. waterhousei differs from that of T. sciron sciron
in having angular sterigma plates and a broad lamella antevaginalis plate,
which is 'V'-shaped rather than shallowly concave and bifid. In T.
argenteoornatus the lamella antevaginalis plate is broadly 'cup'-shaped.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
86
pədeys-, n.
K[doop pue K[peoiq
porenbs *juoq
Suo[ *^o[[eus
pajurod ‘moueu
poronbayo
9AIJ 0} YJ
sjods
panuoo-ojtu^ oSv]
tied ouo
uogas pic
pojurod Moeu suo]
*juouidos puc peolq
oSuvlo
podeys-dno
K[peo1q
jueq Ápuais
0] 1ug1€Jjs ]soui[e
pojurod pue
peoiq Áprorrojue
poiurod ‘moreu
poranbayo
oo
suo] jods [ejuo5
sjods 1oA[Is ode
red 0A1-ouo
juouidos pig
pojurod uinrpour
*jueuidos puz MOLIeU
uAOIq-oguelo0 o[ed
pedeus-, N.
K[peo1q
poptatp Apysiys
dn 1uoq
Aj10119)s0d
pan moreu
MOLU
o[qeumA
oon
Sjods 1oA[IS o[qeuritA
died om}
juouigos pig moys
*jusuldos pug ^oumu
uMolq o[ed
podeys-dno
onoulÁse Molmu
po310J *juoq
Suo[
Áponaue *peo1q
MOLECU
poronbouo jou
oon
sjods aja [euis
1ed ouo
juouigos pig
poepunoiz uinrpour
*jueuigos pug ^olmu
UMOIQ-yJep [[np
PUIq *Ao[peus
poiurod *jugreujs
popunoi
pue ju8re1js ‘MoleU
pepunoi
po1onbouo jou
ool
sjods aym
o[qeureA/[Jeurs
1ed ouo
juouigos pig
popunoi uinrpour
*jusuldos pug ^onmvu
uA oJq-prur pnp
awd sipeurdvA.
-9jue Lepur] ó
dn eA[eA 3J9[ ,o
ssosoid uawinsay,
ədeys Furm 210,
sugu BUM
speordeqng
uone[novur
SUIM puy opis1opu(]
sands [petqr put
sndjed jeiqe'T
qn[o [euuojuy
12$H01|12]DM "T
snipu400231u28.D `],
(anoqiey ÁpurA)
UOMIS `I,
(91A *WS)
UOMIS `J,
(quad)
UoO4128 `],
“IƏSNOYAIAJDM `I, PUE SNIDULOOIIUIŞAÐ ` J, *u0412$ S311ZədDJ, JO SIVIYI [eordopoud1our jo uostedwog 'I o[qe
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Fig. 21. T. waterhousei (14 km N Southern Cross,
bar = 0.5 mm.
87
WA) 9 genitalia. Scale
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
It may be argued that the shared characters seen in the
argenteoornatus/sciron/waterhousei complex, and their distinction from
eastern Australian Trapezites, with long apiculus and brighter wing
maculation, may warant the retention of Anisyntoides from Western Australian
taxa. However, the only apparent structural criterion, that of antennal
morphology, is variable, intermediate states being present in the eatsern
Australian T. luteus (Tepper) and T. phigalia. Indeed, Evans (1949) refers to
the variation of the form of antennal club and apiculus as "remarkable".
Furthermore, the similarity of juveniles, supports the broader concept of a
single genus, Trapezites.
Characters used to distinguish the described species of the Western Australian
compex are shown in Table 1. Comparisons are also made with the eastern
Australian subspecies of T. sciron and another curious entity from
south-western Australia (Windy Harbour).
No information is currently available regarding the early stages of this
skipper. The distriburions of Lomandra and Acanthocarpus (A.S. George
1986) suggest that they are not common plants at the known localites for T.
waterhousei, although L. collina (R.Br.) Ewart may occur in the area.
Xerolirion divaricata A.S. George, a plant closely related to these genera,
grows on degaying granite and laterite rock outcrops north of Southern Cross.
X. divaricata may prove to be the foodplant as all adults have been collected
on laterite ridges.
Acknowledgments
We would like to thank Mr Michael Powell for providing specimens of T.
waterhousei, Mr R.H. Fisher (SAM) for the loan of T. s. eremicola from
South Ausralia, Mr R. Hay, Mr H. Bollam and Mr M. Williams for material
and information on the Western Australian Trapezites.
References
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp 1-682. Angus
and Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Pp. 1-660. Privately published, Melbourne.
EVANS, W.H. 1949. Catalogue of the Hesperiidae of Europe, Asia and Australia in the British
Museum (Natural History). Pp. 1-502. British Museum of Natural History, London.
GEORGE, A.S. 1986. Flora of Australia: Vol 46; Iridaceae to Dioscoraceae. Australian
Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
HEWITSON, W.C. 1868. Descriptions of one hundred new species of Hesperiidae. Part 2, pp.
25-56. John van Voost, London.
LOWER, O.B. 1911. Revision of the Australian Hesperiidae. Transactions and Proceedings
of the Royal Society of South Australia 35: 112-172.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1937. Australian Hesperiidae II. Notes and descriptions of new forms.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 57: 218-238.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1932. Australian Hesperiidae VII. Notes on types and type localities.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 62: 107-125.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The butteflies of Australia. A monograph of
Australian Rhopalocera. Pp. vi + 239, 43 pls. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 89
THE EARLIEST DESCRIBED SPECIES OF HELOSCIOMYZIDAE
(DIPTERA: SCHIZOPHORA)
D.K. McALPINE
Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
The nominal species Sciomyza fuscinevris Macquart, 1851, and Helomyza vittata Macquart, 1851,
are referred to the family Helosciomyzidae in the new combinations Helosciomyza fuscinevris
(Macquart) and Cobergius vittatus (Macquart). Helosciomyza aliena Malloch, 1928, is a new
synonym of H. fuscinevris. Cobergius canus and C. hirsutus Barnes, 1981, are new synonyms
of C. vittatus. A lectotype is designated for H. vittata.
Introduction
The family Helosciomyzidae was formerly thought to include no species
described before 1901 (see Barnes 1981). Study of types of species described
by P.J.M. Macquart (1851) shows that two of these are helosciomyzids.
The helosciomyzid genera were first grouped together as a subfamily,
Helosciomyzinae, of the Sciomyzidae by Steyskal (1965). This taxon was
raised to family rank by Griffiths (1972) and by Barnes (1981), who presented
a taxonomic review of the family. Griffiths, however, included in the family
the huttoninid genera Huttonina Tonnoir and Malloch and Prosochaeta
Malloch, the first of which Steyskal had included in the sciomyzid subfamily
Huttonininae. Barnes excluded these from the Helosciomyzidae, and the
Huttoninidae were given separate family rank by Colless and McAlpine
(1991) and McAlpine (1991b).
Steyskal and Knutson (1978). stated: "We believe that it [the subfamily
Helosciomyzinae] is distinct from the Huttonininae and that both subfamilies
are relicts of a stage in the phylogeny of the Sciomyzidae previous to the
development of the habit of predation upon Mollusca.’ I believe that the time
or times of divergence of the Helosciomyzidae and Huttoninidae from the
Sciomyzidae cannot be shown, on available evidence, to be later than their
times of divergence from several other sciomyzoid families. I have recently
discussed some family characters in the Sciomyzoidea in relation to the
separation of the Heterocheilidae (McAlpine 1991b).
Barnes (1981) added five new genera to the five previously described
helosciomyzid genera, 4 of the new ones including species previously placed
in Helosciomyza Hendel. The morphological differences between these genera
are often small, except, in some cases, for male postabdominal structures. It
would seem that the broader earlier scope of Helosciomyza (as in Harrison
1959; Steyskal and Knutson 1978) made it no more diverse than such
accepted acalyptrate genera as Suillia Robineau Desvoidy and Diplogeomyza
Hendel. Any reorganisation of generic limits in the family now would
necessitate a much more detailed comparative morphological study.
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
The Helosciomyzidae have a south-temperate distribution in Australia, New
Zealand and southern South America.
Type material referred to in this paper is located in the National Museum of
Natural History, Paris (PM), the Australian Museum, Sydney (AM) and the
Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra (ANIC).
Helosciomyza fuscinevris (Macquart) n. comb.
Sciomyza fuscinevris Macquart, 1851: 276-277. Not homonym of S.
fuscinervis Zetterstedt, 1838, now in Tetanocera Duméril.
Helosciomyza aliena Malloch, 1928: 324-325. N. syn.
The above synonymy is deduced from examination of the holotypes of both
nominal species. The species is distinguished as indicated by Barnes (1981)
and the distribution has been summarised by Steyskal and Knutson (1978).
It lives also in the south-west of Western Australia (27°, 12, Margaret River,
xii.1970, G.A. Holloway, AM).
Types examined
Holotype d of Sciomyza fuscinevris, Nouvelle-Hollande [New Holland =
continental Australia, east coast added in publication - Macquart, 1851] anon
(PM). Holotype & of Helosciomyza aliena, Broken Hill [western New South
Wales], 9.vi.1925, anon. (AM).
Cobergius vittatus (Macquart) n. comb.
Helomyza vittata Macquart, 1851: 279, pl. 25, Fig. 16.
Cobergius canus Barnes, 1981: 50-51, Figs. 1, 2. N. syn.
Cobergius hirsutus Barnes, 1981: 52. N. syn.
The type series of H. vittata is in such poor condition that there was
previously difficulty in its taxonomic placement (McAlpine 1985: 216). A
recent re-examination (ix.1990) showed that it is referable to the little known
helosciomyzid genus Cobergius.
Barnes described two species in this genus, C. canus and C. hirsutus, the
former from one male from Kangaroo Island, South Australia, the latter from
two females from the Furneaux Group, Bass Strait. Some of the given
differences between these are simply sexual dimorphism, viz. the numbers of
sternopleural and femoral bristles. In males of some other sciomyzoid flies
(some species of Helcomyzidae and Coelopidae) the sternopleural, femoral,
and other bristles are largely undifferentiated from the numerous long
mollisetae, in contrast to females, which have less development of mollisetae
and the major bristles well differentiated (McAlpine 1991a). The imperfect
type specimens of H. vittata appear to demonstrate sexual dimorphism of this
nature.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 91
I evaluate the other differentiating characters given by Barnes for C. canus
and C. hirsutus as follows. (1) There is no difference in the length of the
frontal triangle between the types of the two species. (2) The holotype of C.
hirsutus, lacks the 'scattered black setae’ (Barnes' designation for setulae or
fine hairs) on the scutellum, said to be diagnostic for this species. The major
scutellar bristles are damaged, but the surface of the scutellum is not abraded.
It is inconceivable that such short setulae as are present in the paratype could
all have been removed by some accident in the holotype without disturbing
the pruinescence or leaving sockets visible under good magnification. I
therefore consider the holotypes of C. canus and C. hirsutus to agree in
scutellar vestiture. (3) Slight differences in the contour of the discal crossvein
(dm-cu) exhibited among the types of C. canus and C. hirsutus are no greater
than can be expected to occur within sciomyzoid species, and cannot
reasonably be taken as indicating specific heterogeneity.
All the specific differences given for separation of C. canus and C. hirsutus
are judged invalid, and, from the close similarity of the specimens, they must
be regarded as conspecific. Further, the types of H. vittata agree
morphologically with these specimens. One paralectotype of H. vittata has
a partly visible surstylus which appears similar to that of the holotype of C.
canus. I conclude that there is only one known species in the genus
Cobergius and that the three names listed above are synonyms.
Types examined
Lectotype 9 of H. vittata, here designated, Tasmania, no date, J.P. Verreaux,
group number 3/47 (PM). Paralectotypes, 3c'd', same data, group numbers
3/47 and illegible (PM). Holotype c&' of C. canus, Kangaroo Island [South
Australia], 2.ix.63, D.A. M’Arthur (ANIC). Holotype 9 of C. hirsutus, Fisher
Island off Lady Barron, Flinders Island [Furneaux Group, Bass Strait],
29.xi.51-5.xii.51, J.H. Calaby (ANIC). Paratype 9, west point of Babel
Island, Furneaux Group, 17.iii.1950, T.G. Campbell (ANIC).
The types listed are all the material of Cobergius that has been available to
me.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to L. Matile and L. Tsacas for access to types in the National
Museum of Natural History, Paris, and to P.S. Cranston and D.H. Colless for
access to those in the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra.
References
BARNES, J.K. 1981. Revision of the Helosciomyzidae (Diptera). Journal of the Royal Society
of New Zealand 11: 45-72.
COLLESS, D.H. and McALPINE, D.K. 1991. Chapter 39. Diptera (flies). In CSIRO (editors),
The insects of Australia. 2 vols.
GRIFFITHS, G.C.D. 1972. The phylogenetic classification of the Diptera Cyclorrhapha, with
special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. Series Entomologica Vol. 8. 340 pp.
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
HARRISON, R.A. 1959. Acalypterate Diptera of New Zealand. Bulletin of the New Zealand
Department of Scientific and Industrial Research 128: 1-382.
MACQUART, P.J.M. 1851. Diptéres exotiques, suppl. 4 (second part): 161-364, pls. 15-28.
MALLOCH, J.R. 1928. Notes on Australian Diptera, No. xv. Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales 53: 319-335.
McALPINE, D.K. 1985. The Australian genera of Heleomyzidae (Diptera: Schizophora) and a
reclassification of the family into tribes. Records of the Australian Museum 36: 203-251.
McALPINE, D.K. 1991a. Review of the Australian kelp flies (Diptera: Coelopidae). Systematic
Entomology 16: 29-84.
MCALPINE, D.K. 1991b. Relationships of the genus Heterocheila (Diptera: Sciomyzoidea) with
description of a new family. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 134: 193-199.
STEYSKAL, G.C. 1965. The subfamilies of Sciomyzidae of the world (Diptera: Acalyptratae).
Annals of the Entomological Society of America 58: 593-594.
STEYSKAL, G.C. and KNUTSON, L. 1978. Helosciomyzinae in Australia (Diptera:
Sciomyzidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 26: 727-743.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 93
Correction and addendum
Fenner, T.L. (1991). A new subspecies of Euploea alcathoe (Godart)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from the Northern Territory, Australia.
Australian Entomological Magazine 18: 149-155.
The author has detected an error since publication.
On page 153, the first paragraph under the heading Recognition should read:
The new subspecies is distinguished by the submarginal spots on the dorsal
surface of the hindwing being either very small or only obscurely indicated.
In addition, 25/32 males and 8/8 females have from 1 to 4 smallish white
dorsal spots at the apex of the forewing, and while these may be variously
shaped none are indented at the distal end as are the largest of those of E. a.
nox (Butler). The forewing ventral streak between CuA, and 1A+2A of
males is short and narrow, and is absent in 8/32 specimens.
Since publication, the known range of E. a. enastri Fenner has been extended
to the upper Goromuru River (12°37'S 136°13'E). Two females were
collected in groundwater forest there on 23 and 24 May, 1992 by N. Scullion
and H.G. Perona respectively. The locality is approximately 80 km west by
south-west of the type locality, Rocky Bay, and is the westernmost
occurrence of the taxon to date.
The specimens conform to the published description except that on the
forewing ventral surface each has 6 apical spots between R, and M4, the first
and last being much smaller than the central 4. One is the smallest recorded
specimen, with a forewing length of 39 mm. Both are in the authors
collection.
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
EDWARDS, E.D.
(1992). A second sugarcane armyworm (Leucania loreyi (Duponchel)) from Australia and the identity of L. loreyimima Rungs
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 105-108.
ELSON-HARRIS, M.M.
(1990). — Keys to the immature stages of some Australian Ceratopogonidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 267-275.
ENDERSBY, I.
(1991). Rainforest ultrasonics. Vict. Ent. 21: 106-107.
ENDERSBY, N.M., NEW, T.R. and THORNTON, I.W.B.
(1990). Psocoptera from the Grampians and Mt Arapiles, Western Victoria-a biogeographic analysis. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29:
215-224.
ENDRÓDY-YOUNGA, S.
(1990). A revision of the Australian Clambidae (Coleoptera: Eucinetoidea). /nvert. Taxon. 4: 247-280.
EVANS, G.
(1990). Caper white butterfly flypast. Q.N.C. News 170: 6.
FAITHFULL, I.
(1990). — Polyura pyrrhus sempronius at Burnley. Vict. Ent. 20: 56.
(1990). Death of Sericesthis nigrolineata (Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae) by impalement on spinés of Acaena anserinifolia
(Rosaceae). Vict. Ent. 20: 57-58.
(1990). Some vertebrate predators of the green monday cicada Cyclochila australasiae (Donovan) in Melbourne. Vict. Ent.
20: 97-98.
FAITHFULL, I. and CARWARDINE, P.
(1991). Excursion to Mount Ida, Costerfield and Mount Black 11 November 1990. Vict. ent. 21: 48-51.
FIELD, R.P.
(1990). New and extended distribution records of butterflies from the Northern Territory. Vict. Ent. 20: 40-44.
(1990). Range extensions and the biology of some Western Australian butterflies. Vict. Ent. 20: 76-82.
FISHER, R.H.
(1990). Butterflies. Pp. 211-213. In Tyler, M.J., Twidale, C.R., Davies, M. and Wells, C.B. (eds), Natural history of the north
east deserts. Royal Society of South Australia (Inc.): Adelaide.
(1991). — A new host plant record for the fiery jewel butterfly Hypochrysops ignitus ignitus (Leach). Vict. Ent. 21: 81.
FLETCHER, M.A. and DONALDSON, J.F.
(1992). Empoasca (Empoasca) smithi, a new species of leafhopper damaging citrus in Queensland and notes on other
Typhlocybinae from Australia (Hemiptera: Cicadellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 183-186.
FOLEY, D.H. and BRYAN, J.H.
(1991). — Anopheles annulipes Walker (Diptera: Culicidae) at Griffith, New South Wales. 1. Two sibling species in sympatry.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 109-112.
(1991). — Anopheles annulipes Walker (Diptera: Culicidae) at Griffith, New South Wales. 2. Biology and behaviour of two
sibling species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 113-118.
FORSTER, P.I.
(1991). Capparis canescens (Capparaceae), an additional host plant for Anaphaeis java teutonia (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Qd
Nat. 31:41.
FOX, P.J.
(1991). — The occurrence of the wood white butterfly in central Queensland. Vict. Ent. 21: 14-15.
FROST, W.
(1990). Some avoidable hazards of collecting. Vict. Ent. 20: 146-147.
GARLINGE, J., CALVER, M.C. and BRADLEY, J.S.
(1991). — Sex-related morph frequencies in Acrida conica (F.) (Orthoptera: Acrida). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 61-62.
GERSTMEIER, R.
(19902). Short communications on systematics of Cleridae 1. Neoscrobiger ephippius (Boisduval, 1835) is a Trogodendron
Spinola, 1841. Acta Coleopt. 6: 80.
(1990b). Revision of the genus Olesterus Spinola, 1841, with description of new species from Australia. Mitt. Münch. ent. Ges.
80: 21-38.
GORDH, G.
(1990). — Apenesia evansi sp. n. (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae) from Australia with comments on phoretic copulation in bethylids.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 167-170.
GRAHAM, M.W.R. de V. ^
(1991). Type material in the University Museum, Oxford, of one Kirby and five Walker species of Eulophidae (Hym.,
Chalcidoidea) with new synonymy and designation of lectotypes. Entomologist's mon. Mag. 127: 7-9.
GREENSLADE, P.
(1990). Notes on the biogeography of the free living terrestrial invertebrate fauna of Macquarie Island with an annotated
checklist. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 124: 35-50.
GREENSLADE, P. and DEHARVENG, L.
(1990). Australian species of the genus Australonura (Collembola: Neanuridae). /nvert. Taxon. 3: 565-593.
(1991). — Phradmon, a new genus of Paleonurini (Collembola: Neanuridae) from Australia with a key to the genera from
southern regions and notes on Pronura. Invert. Taxon. 5: 837-854.
HANCOCK, D.L.
(1991). — Notes on the phylogeny and biogeography of Ornithoptera Boisduval (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Tyó to Ga 42: 17-
36.
|
|
|
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 95
HANSEN, M.
(1990). Hydatotrephis Macleay, a subgenus of Enochrus Thomson (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae). Ent. scand. 20: 71-76.
(1990). Australian Sphaeridiinae (Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae): a taxonomic outline with descriptions of new genera and
species. Invert. Taxon. 4: 317-395.
HARRISS, F.C.L. and BEATTIE, A.J.
(1991). Viability of pollen carried by Apis mellifera L., Trigona carbonaria Smith and Vespula germanica (F.) (Hymenoptera:
Apidae, Vespidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 45-47.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J.
(1990). Neue Wirtsangaben für Imagines einiger pilzfressender Kafer (Coleoptera) von New South Wales und Queensland,
Australien. Ent. Z. 100: 93-97.
(1990). Ein Überblick über die biologie und Wirtspflanzen des australischen Bockkáfers Batocera boisduvali (Hope) mit
neuen Erkenntnissen über Paarungsund Eiablagever-halten (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Ent. Z. 100: 213-218.
(1990). Studien zu Biologie und Verhalten des australischen Rüsselküfers Enteles vigorsi Gyllenhal (Coleoptera:
Curculionidae: Cryptorhynchinae). Ent. Z. 100: 264-267.
(1990). Some notes on three species of Australian Reduviidae (Hemiptera). Vict. Ent. 20: 99-102.
(1990). A new larval host plant for Jalmenus daemeli Semper (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from Queensland. Vict. Ent. 20:
118.
(1990). Notes on the biology and distribution of Johannica gemmellata (Westwood) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from the
rainforests of south-eastern Queensland. Vict. Ent. 20: 139-140.
(1990). Observations on the egg of Mynes geoffroyi guerini Wallace (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Vict. Ent. 20: 148-150.
(1990). — Biologie und Wirtspflanzen des australischen RüBlers Rhinotia haemoptera (Kirby) (Coleoptera: Belidae). Ent. Z.
100: 444-448.
(1991). Review of an overlooked note on three Australian butterflies by G.A. Waterhouse. Vict. Ent. 21: 46-47.
(1991). Additional notes on the jewel beetles (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from the lower Blue Mountains, New South Wales.
Vict. Ent. 21: 54-60.
(1991). A note on Trogodendron fasciculatum Schreibers (Coleoptera: Cleridae). Vict. Ent. 21: 77-78.
(1991). Notes on the biology and host plants of Thevetra latreillei (Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). Vict. Ent, 21: 82-85.
(1991). — Some notes on native bees (Chalicodoma: Megachilidae; Hymenoptera) visiting flowers of Calytrix fraseri A. Cunn.
(Myrtaceae) in Western Australia. Vict. Ent. 21: 88-91.
(1991). A list and notes on some nocturnally active beetles attracted to street lights at Townsville, north-eastern Queensland.
Vict. Ent. 21: 102-105.
(1991). A note on Tarsostenus univittatus (Rossi) (Coleoptera: Cleridae). Vict. Ent. 21: 108-110.
(1991). Review of the history, biology and host plants of the Australian weevil Chrysolopa spectabilis (Fabricius)
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae: Aterpinae). Spixiana 14: 17-25.
(1991). Notes on Spilopyra sumptuosa Baly (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), a spectacular leaf beetle from the rainforests of
Queensland and New South Wales. Vict. Ent. 21: 125-126. d
(1991). Review of the biology and host plants of the dendrobium beetle Stethopachys formosa Baly (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae). Vict. Ent. 21: 129-131.
(1991). Some preliminary notes on the biology and host plant of Eurispa vittata Baly (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from
north-eastern New South Wales. Vict. Ent. 21: 132-134.
(1992). — A note on the Australian weevil Zygmaeus angustatus Lea (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Bull. Amateur Entomologists’
Soc. 51: 21-22, pl. D.
(1992). Pristhesancus plagipennis Walker, a large tropical assasin-bug from Australia (Hemiptera: Reduviidae). Bull.
Amateur Entomologists’ Soc. 51: 22-23, pl. D.
(1992). Chauliognathus nobilitatus (Erichson), an Australian cantharid beetle (Coleoptera: Cantharidae). Bull. Amateur
Entomologists' Soc. 51: 24-25, pl. D.
HAWKING, J.H.
(1991). — The first record of the dragonfly Dendroaeschna conspersa from Victoria. Victorian Nat. 108: 6-7.
HAWKING, J.H. and WATSON, J.A.L.
(1990). First Australian record of chironomid larvae epizoic on larval Odonata. Aquat. Insects 12: 241-245.
HAYAT, M. and FATIMA, K.
(1990). Taxonomic studies on Aphelinus (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). 1. The Australian species. Orient. Insects. 24: 247-
252.
HERBERS, J.M.
(1991). — The population biology of Tapinoma minutum (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Australia. Insectes soc. 38: 195-204.
HIGASHI, S. and PEETERS, C.P.
(1990). Worker polymorphism and nest structure in Myrmecia brevinoda Forel (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.
29: 321-331.
HILL, L.
(1990). Australian Ogeria Distant (Heteroptera: Schizopteridae). Invert. Taxon. 4: 697-720.
HOCH, H. and HOWARTH, F.G.
(1989). The evolution of cave-adapted cixiid planthoppers in volcanic and limestone caves in north Queensland, Australia
(Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). Mém. Biospéol. 16: 17-24.
HODKINSON, LD.
(1991). First record of the Australian psyllid Blastopsylla occidentalis Taylor (Homoptera; Psylloidea) on Eucalyptus
(Myrtaceae) in Mexico. Pan-Pacif. Ent. 67: 72.
HOLMES, D.R. and HOLMES, J.
(1990). A return visit to the north east Mountains. Vict. Ent. 20: 53-55.
HORNING, D.S.
(1992). William John Macleay - entomological lion? Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 113: 3-14.
96 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
d'HOTMAN, D. and SCHOLTZ, C.H.
(1990). Phylogenetic significance of the structure of the external male genitalia in the Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera). Ent. Mem.
Dep. Agric. Dev. Repub. S. Afr. 77: i-iii, 1-51.
HOUSTON, K.J.
(1991). Chilocorus circumdatus Gyllenhal newly established in Australia and additional records for Coccinella
undecimpunctata L. (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc, 30: 341-342.
HOUSTON, T.F.
(1990). Descriptions of new paracolletine bees associated with flowers of Eremophila (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). Rec. West,
Aust. Mus. 14: 583-621.
Two new and unusual species of the bee genus Leioproctus Smith (Hymenoptera: Colletidae), with notes on their
behaviour. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 15: 83-96.
HOWARTH, F.G.
(1988). Environmental ecology of north Queensland caves: or why there are so many troglobites in Australia. Pp. 76-84, In
Pearson, L. (ed.), Reprints of papers for the 17th biennial Conference, Australian Speleological Federation. Tropical
Conference. 27-31 December 1988.
HOWARTH, F.G. and STONE, F.D.
(1990). Elevated carbon dioxide levels in Bayliss Cave, Australia: implications for the evolution of obligate cave species,
Pacific. Sci. 44: 207-218.
HOWDEN, H.F., HOWDEN, A.T. and STOREY, R.I.
(1991). Nocturnal perching of scarabaeine dung beetles (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) in an Australian tropical rainforest,
Biotropica 23: 51-57.
HUBER, J.T. and PRINSLOO, G.L.
(1991).
(1990). Redescription of Anaphes nitens (Girault) and description of two new species of Anaphes Haliday (Hymenoptera:
Mymaridae), parasites of Gonipterus scutellatus Gyllenhal (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
29: 333-341.
HUGHES, L.
(1991).
The relocation of ant nest entrances: potential consequences for ant-dispersed seeds. Aust. J. Ecol. 16: 207-214.
IRESON, J.E., FRIEND, D.A., HOLLOWAY, R.J. and PATERSON, S.C.
(1991). Biology of Longitarsus flavicornis (Stephens) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and its effectiveness in controlling
ragwort (Senecio jacobaea L.) in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 129-141.
IRESON, J.E. and GREENSLADE, P.
(1990). — Lasofinius gen. n. (Collembola: Tomoceridae) from Tasmania and a re-examination of Neophorella dubia Womersley
(Tomoceridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 205-214.
ISMAY, J.W.
(1991).
New species of Pseudogaurax Malloch (Diptera: Chloropidae) from Australia and Papua New Guinea. J. Aust. ent,
Soc. 30: 247-249.
JAMES, D.G., FAULDER, R.J. and WARREN, G.N.
(1990). Phenology of reproductive status, weight. and lipid reserves of Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Env. Ent,
19: 1710-1715.
JOHNSON, N.F.
(1991).
Revision of Australasian Trissolcus species (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae). Invert. Taxon. 5:211-239.
KARARGIRIS, P.
(1991). Observations of the micro-habitat of a specimen of Pheropsophus verticalis Dejean (Coleoptera: Carabidae:
Brachininae). Vict. Ent. 21: 86-87.
KEIGHERY, G.J.
(1991). Pollination of Hibbertia conspicua (Dilleniaceae). West. Aust. Nat. 18: 163-165.
KERZHNER, I.M. and STROMMER, N.G.
(1990). Oriental and Australian species of the genus Prostemma Laporte (Heteroptera: Nabidae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 24: 27-34,
KEY, K.H.L.
(1989). Revision of the genus Praxibulus (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 1-121.
(1990). Host relations and distribution of species of Caeculisoma (Acarina: Erythraeidae) parasitising grasshoppers in
Australia, with supplementary information for the genus Trombella (Trombellidae). Aust. J. Zool. 38: 11-18.
(1991). On four endemic genera of Tasmanian Acrididae. Invert. Taxon. 5: 241-288.
KIMSEY, L.S.
(1990). — Zoogeography of the Amiseginae and a remarkable new chrysidid wasp from Chile. Psyche, Camb. 97: 141-145,
(1991). Relationships among the tiphiid wasps subfamilies (Hymenoptera). Syst. Ent. 16: 427-438.
KIMSEY, L.S. and BOHART, R.M.
(1990). The chrysidid wasps of the world. xi + 652 pp. Oxford University Press: New York.
KIREJTSHUK, A.G. and LAWRENCE, J.F.
(1992). Review of the Thalycrodes complex of genera (Coleoptera: Nitidulidae) endemic to the Australian region. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 31: 119-142.
KNUTSON, L., MANGUIN, S. and ORTH, R.E.
(1990). A second Australian species of Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 281-286.
KOHOUT, R.J.
(1990).
A review of the Polyrhachis viehmeyeri species-group (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae). Mem. Qd Mus. 28:
499-508.
KOHOUT, R.J. and TAYLOR, R.W.
(1990). Notes on Australian ants of the genus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith, with a synonymic list of the species (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae: Formicinae). Mem. Qd Mus. 28: 509-22.
KORMILEV, N.A.
(1990). A new homonym in the Carventinae (Hemiptera: Aradidae). Pan-Pacif. Ent. 66: 325.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
Since 1976.... serving lepidopterists worldwide
TRANSWORLD
BUTTERFLY CO.
LEPIDOPTERA CATALOGUE
Hundreds of butterflies from South America,
Africa, Australia, Far-East and Europe.
Many ex-pupae specimens available!
Specialists in Morphidae, Brassolidae and Papilionidae.
Request our 12-page Illustrated Catalogue.
ENTOMOLOGICAL TOURS
Tailor-made trips include nature lodges in the
Caribbean Lowlands, Pacific Lowlands and
Cloudforest regions of Costa Rica.
Entomological, Nature and Birding
brochures available.
Please state interests when writing.
TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY COMPANY
APARTADO 6951, 100 SAN JOSE,
COSTA RICA, CENTRAL AMERICA
TEL: +506-284768 FAX: +506-281573
FOR SALE: Rosewood insect
cabinets. Block of four units each
with 10 drawers. Drawer size 680
mm x 600 mm. Each drawer lined
with polyethylene foam. Depth of
drawers suitable for 38 mm pins or
unit trays. Overall dimensions:
height 1350 mm, width 1450 mm,
depth 640 mm. Unit has
polyurethane coated pine work top
and sits on a 75 mm high recessed
marante base. Price $3,950.
Phone (07) 877 9428 (Bus.), (07)
376 5973 (A/H).
FOR SALE. Review of Australian
butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy by K.L. and L.E.
Dunn. 1991. 660 pp. in 4 parts.
Supplements Common and
Waterhouse's Butterflies of
Australia (1981). $102 plus $10
postage/packing. Exchange offers
of rare exotic butterflies or second-
hand D'Abrera books etc. L.E.
Dunn, Lot 75 Yackatoon Road
Upper Beaconsfield, Vic., 3808.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to:
Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 19, Part 3, 9 October 1992
CONTENTS
D'APICE, J.W.C. and MILLER, C.G. The genus Nesolycaena
Waterhouse and Turner (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) with a
description of a new species. 75
JAMES, D.G. Summer reproductive dormancy in Biprorulus bibax
(Breddin) (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) on Eremocitrus glauca
(Rutaceae) in south-eastern Queensland and western New South
Wales. 65
JOHNSON, S.J., HAY, R.W. and BOLLAM, H.H. Jalmenus
notocrucifer sp. n. (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from south Western
Australia. 69
MAYO, R. and ATKINS, A. Anisyntoides Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae): a synonym of Trapezites Hübner, with description of
a new species from Western Australia. 81
McALPINE, D.K. The earliest described species of Helosciomyzidae
(Diptera: Schizophora). 89
CORRECTION AND ADDENDUM. 93
RECENT LITERATURE - An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology. 94
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES. inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
q
2p 9
DA
UJ a
Gill).
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
KS SU 153 EN
PIT S A N
7 Se (E 2
See
L.J
Volume 19, Part 4, 27 November 1992
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post - Publication No. QBQ 4856
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. The magazine is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society
of Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor,
or to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box
537, Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia.
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should
have A$5.00 added to the subscription rate.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are
normally held in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland
on the second Monday of March-June and August-December each year.
Meetings are announced in the Society's News Bulletin which also contains
reports of meetings, entomological notes, notices of other Society events and
information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary
Secretary, Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd, Schering Pty
Ltd.
Cover: Arthropterus sp. (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Paussinae). Numerous species of this
genus are distributed throughout Australia and can be found beneath bark or under fallen logs.
They are often attracted to mercury vapour lights. The genus has been found in Baltic amber.
Length 6-18 mm. Drawing by Jenny Beard.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 97
POLLINATION OF AUSTRALIAN ORCHIDS BY TRIGONA
(TETRAGONA) JURINE BEES (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE)
P.B. ADAMS!, T. BARTAREAU? and K.L. WALKER?
lSchool of Botany, University of Melbourne, Grattan St, Parkville, Vic., 3052
2 Tames Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville, Qld, 4811
3 Museum of Victoria, 71 Victoria Cres., Abbotsford, Vic., 3067
Abstract
Trigona bees are confirmed pollinators of five Australian species of Dendrobium Sw., two
species of Cymbidium Sw., and Caladenia carnea R.Br., and are probable pollinators of other
dendrobiums, a further Cymbidium species, and Sarcochilus R.Br. species in north-eastern
Queensland. Trigona carbonaria Smith has been reported for several of these orchids, but a
number of other Trigona species, presently undescribed or unidentified, are important in
pollination.
Introduction
The genus Trigona of the tribe Meliponini contains eusocial bees which live
in cavities or hollows of trees. They are distributed throughout tropical and
subtropical areas around the world including the northern half of Australia,
New Guinea, New World tropics, Africa, Asia and New Guinea (Wilson
1971).
Trigona bees are stingless and, in Australia, place their brood cells in clusters
(subgenus Plebeia) or in horizontal combs with cells opening upwards
(subgenus Tetragona). Honey and pollen are stored in large wax pots quite
different from brood cells. New nests are established gradually by workers
transporting nesting materials. A young queen eventually moves to a new
nest with a group of workers, and interchange between old and new nests may
continue for some weeks (Wilson 1971).
Australian species of Trigona have been poorly studied taxonomically.
Michener (1965) listed at least 22 trivial specific names for the Australian
and New Guinea fauna. In recent years there has been an increase in the
number of observations of Trigona spp. pollinating Australian orchids,
especially in Dendrobium. This report documents both new observations as
well as all known records of Trigona pollination of Australian orchids and
classifies them according to criteria for pollinator status (Adams and Lawson
1988).
New Trigona pollination records (Table 1)
Caladenia carnea 29.vii.1990. Flowers of this terrestrial species were
observed to be pollinated 2 km east of Herberton, northern Queensland
(17°16'S 145°24'E).
Cymbidium canaliculatum R.Br. 26.xi.1990. Several Trigona specimens
were recorded at flowers of this fragrant epiphytic species near Herberton,
northern Queensland.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Cymbidium suave R.Br. 9.x.1990. Several fragrant flowers of a large colony
of plants growing on a fallen tree in the upper Walsh River (17°18'S
145°22'E) area near Herberton, northern Queensland were pollinated.
Dendrobium adae (Bailey) 21.viii.1990 and 22.viii.1990. Two flowers of
this fragrant species, epiphytic on Allocasuarina sp. and Banksia sp., in the
area of Mt Baldy, near the Walsh River, north-eastern Queensland, were
pollinated.
Methods
Reports of pollination events from the literature and from recent observation
have been classified (Table 1) according to the following definitions:
Confirmed pollinator:
Minimum criteria include observation of uptake of pollinia from the anther,
travel to a flower of the same species with deposition on the stigma, and
accurate identifications of orchid and pollinator (Adams and Lawson 1988).
Probable pollinator:
One or more of the minimum criteria have not been met. In most of these
reports pollinia are taken up and identifications are correct but further visiting
of flowers is not reported, or visits occur without deposition of pollinia on a
stigma.
Suggested pollinator:
Most of these reports describe visitation of flowers or presence of potential
vectors on flowers, with or without pollinia from an unidentified source.
Results
Trigona is a confirmed pollinator of Dendrobium adae, D. kingianum Bidw.,
D. speciosum Sm. (two varieties), D. monophyllum F.Muell., C ymbidium
madidum Lindl., Cymbidium suave and Caladenia carnea (Table 1). It is also
a likely pollinator of D. lichenastrum (F.Muell.) Kraenzl., two other varieties
of D. speciosum, Cymbidium canaliculatum and Sarcochilus moorei (H.G.
Reichb.) Schltr. Descriptions of the insects and the wide geographic range of
the observations (Newcastle to Cape York Peninsula) suggest that a number
of different species of Trigona are involved.
Discussion
At present, less than ten per cent of the more than seven hundred species of
Australian orchids have been subject to pollination studies (Adams 1990).
Reports of pollination by bees have been infrequent and include the genera
Lasioglossum Curtis, Hylaeus Fabricius, Euryglossina Cockerell, Exoneura
Smith and Trigona (Jones 1983; Adams 1990). Recent reports, including
new observations in this study, indicate that Trigona is a pollinator of
Dendrobium and several other fragrant epiphytic genera. It has not been
recorded as a pollinator of terrestrial orchid species, except for Caladenia
carnea. Trigona has now been recorded as a confirmed or probable
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
99
Table 1. Australian orchids pollinated or likely to be pollinated by Trigona
species.
Orchid Species Area Pollination Reference
Status
Dendrobium
D. adae NE Qld Confirmed This report
D. kingianum Central coast, Confirmed Adams and
NSW Lawson (1987)
D. lichenastrum NE Qld Probable Jones and
Gray (1976)
D. lichenastrum Townsville, Suggested Smythe (1970)
NE Qld
D. speciosum NE NSW Confirmed Adams (1991)
var. hillii
D. speciosum SE Qld Probable Slater and
var. hillii Calder (1988)
D. speciosum Rockhampton, Confirmed Adams (1991)
var. capricornicum Qld a
D. speciosum Townsville, Suggested Smythe(1970)
Qld
D. speciosum NE Qld Probable Adams (1991)
var. pedunculatum
D. speciosum SE Qld Probable Adams (1991)
var. grandiflorum
D. teretifolium NSW or Qld # Suggested Jones (1983)
Cymbidium
C. canaliculatum NE Qld Probable This report
C. madidum Townsville, Qld Suggested Smythe (1970)
C. madidum Proserpine, Qld Confirmed Macpherson
and Rupp (1934)
C. madidum NE Qld Confirmed This report
C. suave NE Qld Confirmed This report
Sarochilus
S: moorei NE Qld Probable Jones (1981)
Pomatocalpa
P. macphersoni NE Qld Suggested Jones (1981)
Caladenia (terrestrial)
C. carnea Herberton, Qld Confirmed This report
# not specified
100 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
pollinator of seven epiphytic species and is likely to allow natural hybrids to
develop in the Dendrobium Section Dendrocoryne (Adams 1990).
Nectar is not produced by these orchids and the bees are apparently attracted
to a colourful floral display and intense fragrance. Aromatic chemical
components of several dendrobiums have been identified (Adams 1990) and
successfully used to attract Trigona bees.
Little attention has been directed to the taxonomic study of Trigona in
Australia since Rayment (1935) observed natural colonies and hives. He
identified pollen of Eucalyptus L'Herit, Angophora Cav., Xanthorrhoea Sm.,
Hardenbergia Benth. and Helianthus L. isolated from pollen storage pots,
and studied two apparently distinct species, T. carbonaria and T. cassiae
Cockerell in the Brisbane area.
Some pollination reports identify T. carbonaria but descriptions are not
offered, and identification should be regarded with caution. A taxonomic
study of Trigona will require location of colonies to describe nest architecture
and morphology of all castes. Studies with varieties of D. speciosum in New
South Wales and south-eastern and north-eastern Queensland involved
Trigona of different size and appearance, likely to represent at least five
different species.
Trigona bees have exploited a niche in Australian orchid pollination that is
paralleled by the activity of euglossine bees in pollinating South American
orchids. However the euglossines exhibit a more specific relationship with
particular orchid species, whereas Trigona appear to be generalist pollinators
(Adams 1990). All epiphytic orchids species listed in Table 1 exhibit the
common features of mass flowering, and spicy, aromatic fragrance emitted
under warm conditions when bees are actively foraging. The observations of
terrestrial orchids are presently insufficient to define a particular pollination
syndrome.
We hope that this report will stimulate an interest in interactions between
orchids and Trigona bees and would appreciate receiving information about
both visitation and pollination of orchids by Trigona, with specimens if
possible.
References
ADAMS, P.B. 1990. Evolution, pollination biology and future of Australian Orchidaceae.
Proceedings of Ist Australasian Native Orchid Conference. Pp. 64-86.
ADAMS, P.B. 1991. Variation, multiple pollinators and breeding system in Dendrobium
speciosum Sm.: a biological review. Orchadian 10: 124-140.
ADAMS, P.B. and LAWSON, S.D. 1988. Multiple bee pollinators of Dendrobium kingianum
Bidw. in the natural habitat. Orchadian 9: 103-107.
JONES, D.L. 1981. The pollination of selected Australian orchids. Proceedings of the Orchid
Symposium, 13th International Botany Congress. Pp. 40-43, Sydney.
JONES, D.L. 1983. The pollination and occurrence of natural hybrids in Australian species of
the genus Dendrobium. Proceedings of 8th Australian Orchid Conference. Pp. 129-131.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 101
JONES, D.L. and GRAY, B. 1976. The pollination of Dendrobium lichenastrum (F.Muell.)
Krzl. American Orchid Society Bulletin 45: 981-983.
MACPHERSON, K. and RUPP, H.M.R. 1934. The pollination of Cymbidium iridifolium Cunn.
North Queensland Naturalist 25: 26.
MICHENER, C.D. 1965. A classification of the bees of the Australian and South Pacific
Regions. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 130: 1-362, 15 pls.
RAYMENT, T. 1935. A cluster of bees. 752 pp., 101 figs., 66 pls. The Endeavour Press,
Sydney.
SLATER, A.T. and CALDER, D.M. 1988. The pollination biology of Dendrobium speciosum
Smith: a case of false advertising? Australian Journal of Botany 36: 145-158.
SMYTHE, R. 1970a. A pollinator for Dendrobium speciosum. Orchadian 3: 119.
SMYTHE, R. 1970b. Pollination by the common native bee. Orchadian 3: 128-129.
WILSON, E.O. 1971. The insect societies. 548 pp. Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.
102 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
NEW GAHNIA FORST. & FORST. F. FOOD PLANT RECORDS FOR
HESPERILLA ORNATA ORNATA (LEACH) AND TISIPHONE
ABEONA REGALIS WATERHOUSE (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIIDAE AND NYMPHALIDAE) IN NEW SOUTH WALES
Chris J. Muller
P.O. Box 228, Dural, N.S.W, 2158
New larval food plants (Gahnia spp.) are recorded for Hesperilla ornata
ornata (Hesperiidae) and Tisiphone abeona regalis (Nymphalide) in addition
to those given by Common and Waterhouse (1981).
Hesperilla ornata ornata
Adults have been reared from larvae and pupae collected on Gahnia clarkei
Benl. at Dural, a northern suburb of Sydney. This is an additional host record
for this subspecies. Common and Waterhouse (1981) recorded Gahnia
erythrocarpa R.Br., G. aspera (R.Br.) Spreng, G. sieberana Kunth, G.
melanocarpa R.Br., G. radula (R.Br.) Benth, Carex appressa R.Br. and C.
brunnea Thumb. for this taxon.
Tisiphore abeona regalis
Eggs, larvae and pupae were collected at Barrington Tops in January 1991 on
Gahnia grandis (Labill.) S.T. Blake. This is an additional host record for this
subspecies. Previously recorded host plants for T. abeona include G.
sieberana Kunth, G. clarkei Benl, G. melanocarpa R.Br. and G. erythrocarpa
R.Br. (Conroy 1971; Common and Waterhouse 1981). Braby (1990) also
recorded G. radula (R.Br.) Benth. for the subspecies T. a. albifascia
Waterhouse in Victoria.
Acknowledgments
The author wishes to thank David Gething for typing the manuscript.
References
BRABY, M.F. 1990. Gahnia radula (R.Br.) Benth., a new larval host plant for Tisiphone
abeona albifascia Waterhouse (Lepidoptera : Satyrinae). Australian Entomological Magazine
17: 16
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CONROY, B.A. 1971. Geographic variation and speciation in the sword grass brown butterfly
Tisiphone abeona (Donovan). Ph D thesis, University of Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Dec 1992 103
BUTTERFLIES TAKEN AT LIGHT IN NORTH QUEENSLAND RAIN
FOREST
R.L. KITCHING! and R. HARMSEN?
Department of Ecosystem Management, University of New England, Armidale, N.S.W., 2351
Abstract
A number of butterflies were collected as part of a light sheet-survey of night-flying moths in the
lowland rain forest of the Daintree region. Badamia exclamationis, Cephrenes augiades,
Hypolimnas alimena, Liphyra brassolis, Hypolycaena phorbas, Danis cyanea and Candalides
absimilis were all taken in this manner. Such records throw some doubt on the popular idea that
butterfly activity is exclusively diurnal.
Introduction
Regular users of light traps know that butterflies, as well as moths, are often
attracted to their lights. Although analyses of moth catches at lights are
occasionally published, nocturnal records of butterflies are few, although
some butterflies are known to be crepuscular fliers. Common and
Waterhouse (1981) record such behaviour for Chaetocneme beata (Hewitson)
and D'Abrera (1971) attributed such flight periodicity to all New Guinea
amathusiines. The genera Morphopsis Oberthuer and Morphotaenaris
Fruhstorfer are generally held to be largely crepuscular (D.P. Sands and T.
Fenner, pers. comm.). Such records throw some doubt on the popular idea
that butterfly activity is exclusively diurnal. We present additional records
here.
Observations and discussion
During January and February 1992 we ran light traps within lowland, littoral
rain forest at 'Pilgrim Sands' some 5 km N of Cape Tribulation, northern
Queensland. A plant list for the area is provided by Jessop and Guymer
(1985). Three light-sheets were used, one located on a platform about 5 m
from the ground within the lower forest canopy and two at ground level. The
light trap was screened with black plastic from below and the lower traps in a
similar fashion, from above. Over 1000 moths were collected during ten
nights over an 18 day period; these results will be published later. Eight
butterflies of seven species were also recorded.
HESPERIIDAE
Badamia exclamationis (Fabricius). One female taken at upper light.
Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder). One female, upper light.
NYMPHALIDAE
Hypolimnas alimena lamina Fruhstorfer. Two females on separate nights, one
at the upper light one at a lower light.
Ipresent address: School of Australian Environmental Studies, Griffith University, Nathan, Qld,
4111.
104 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Dec 1992
2Present address: Department of Biology, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada.
LYCAENIDAE
Liphyra brassolis major Rothschild. One worn male taken at 0300 h at a
lower light.
Hypolycaena phorbas phorbas (Fabricius). A single female taken at the
upper light.
Danis cyanea arinia (Oberthür). One female, upper light.
Candalides absimilis (Felder). One female, upper light.
Of particular interest is the record of the myrmecophagous Liphyra brassolis.
This enigmatic species was supposed to be crepuscular (Dodd 1902). Dodd,
however, records watching adults ovipositing during the day. Our record, of
an adult active at 0300 h suggests the species may not be exclusively diurnal.
Such evidence as there is suggests it may be active at any time of the day or
night.
For the species recorded at night it is difficult to know whether the records
represent actual nocturnal activity or an artificial response to a light, and
human activity, adjacent to locations where the butterflies may be resting.
The persistence of high temperatures and humidities throughout the night in
these lowland forests does not preclude nocturnal activity. C. augiades and
D. cyanea were commonly observed during the day within the forest canopy.
H. phorbas occurs abundantly on the seaward edge of the forest adjacent to
our light traps. The other species recorded were not observed other than at
light traps.
It is of some interest that all the individuals caught other than the Liphyra,
were female. It is possible that oviposition-related activity, dependent on
chemical identification of the appropriate food plants, is entirely feasible at
night whereas nectar foraging, more dependent on visual cues, is not. Once
active such individuals may well be attracted to a light source. Adult L.
brassolis have reduced mouthparts and probably feed little, if at all. Of
course if this is the case then the question arises why only a few species of
the many that occur in the area actually are taken at light. Further
observations are needed to resolve these questions.
Hill and his co-workers (1992) recently reported that sightings of 67 species
of day-flying butterflies are relatively rare within the northern Queensland
lowland rain forest as compared with forest edges and clearings, and
especially so within the canopy. In contrast to this result we collected six of
our eight specimens in the low to mid-canopy. This may indicate a little
understood component of butterfly behaviour related to nocturnal activity
and/or dispersion.
We suggest other light-trappers should publish their observations on
butterflies, rather than treating such captures as anomalies.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Dec 1992 105
Acknowledgments
The work was supported by grants from the Ian Potter Foundation,
Melbourne and Earthwatch (Australia. We thank these bodies for their
generous support and the Earthwatch volunteers who assisted us so willingly
and ably.
References
COMMON, L.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
D'ABRERA, B. 1971. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 415 pp. Lansdowne Press,
Melbourne.
DODD, F.P. 1902. Contribution to the life-history of Liphyra brassolis, Westw. Entomologist
35: 153-156, 184-188.
HILL, C.J., GILLISON, A.N. and JONES, R.E. 1992. The spatial distribution of rain forest
butterflies at three sites in north Queensland, Australia. Journal of Tropical Ecology 8: 37-46.
JESSUP, L.W. and GUYMER, G.P. 1985. Vascular plants recorded from the Cape Tribulation
area. Queensland Naturalist 26: 2-19.
106 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Dec 1992
BOOK REVIEW
A Guide to the Genera of Beetles of South Australia. Part 6. By E.G.
Matthews (1992). Special Education Bulletin Series No. 9, South Australian
Museum, Adelaide. 75 pp., 128 figs. Price $11.95 plus $2.50 postage.
This is the sixth in the series of most attractive guides to the South Australian
beetle genera being progressively prepared by Eric Matthews and published
by the South Australian Museum in its Special Education Bulletin series.
They've been coming out at intervals of about two years since the first one
appeared in 1980. The fact that this particular volume has been 5 years in
gestation is, I'm sure, partly explained by the fact that it deals with the
difficult superfamily Cucujoidea with its plethora of small families of tiny
beetles which have been going through a taxonomic upheaval in recent years.
Also included are the superfamilies Lymexyloidea and Cleroidea.
The simplicity of presentation of these handbooks belies the scholarship that
has gone into their preparation. They are basically keys to genera presented
in the manner pioneered in medical entomology where the bifurcations of the
key are shown as forking arrows with the characters actually shown by line
drawings at each bifurcation. These particular keys have been designed to be
used without the necessity of dissections though, considering the small size of
many of the taxa treated, a binocular microscope is essential. Only genera
known from the State of South Australia are included but the handbooks are
useful for open forest faunas across the southern half of Australia.
A representative of each genus is illustrated by either a photograph or an
excellent fully textured line drawing. Looking back through this series of
handbooks shows the evolution of Eric Matthews as a talented illustrator.
Eric has done the simple character drawings for the keys throughout but the
illustrations of whole beetles in the early volumes were presented as either
photographs or as illustrations by one or more of the excellent staff artists at
the South Australian Museum. As the series progressed Eric began to include
some of his own drawings of whole beetles. For the latest volume he
demonstrates his new found mastery of the scraper-board technique by doing
all 75 drawings himself. The front cover illustrations have traditionally been
spectacular full-colour paintings by Jenni Thurmer but for this issue she takes
the role of Production Editor and the equally spectacular cover painting of the
clerid, Trogodendron fasciculatum, is by Kathy Bowshall-Hill.
The book is excellent value at $11.95, but even better value is a package offer
of $45 (plus $8 postage) for the full set of 6 volumes published to date. Send
orders to the South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide SA 5000.
Geoff Monteith
Queensland Museum
Brisbane
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 107
VOLATILE COMPOUNDS AS ATTRACTANTS FOR CAMPSOMERIS
TASMANIENSIS (SAUSSURE) (HYMENOPTERA: SCOLIIDAE)
P.G. ALLSOPP
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg, Qld, 4670
Abstract
Japanese-beetle traps baited with anethole attracted 17.9 times more adults of Campsomeris
tasmaniensis than did unbaited traps. Phenol attracted 7.1 times, hexan-1-ol attracted 6.4 times,
and eugenol, n-butyric acid, 1-nonanol and sorbic acid attracted 3-4 times more C. tasmaniensis
than did unbaited traps. Geraniol did not attract the wasps. Anethole-baited traps at or near the
height of the crop were the most attractive. C. tasmaniensis populations can be monitored with
anethole-baited traps.
Introduction
The use of food-related compounds as lures for scarab beetles has been
encouraged by their attractiveness to Japanese beetle Popillia japonica
Newman (Ladd and Klein 1982). While testing such compounds as lures for
cane beetles (melolonthines) in southern Queensland, I caught adults of the
yellow flower wasp Campsomeris tasmaniensis (Saussure). This wasp occurs
from New Guinea, through eastern Australia to South Australia, with a few
records from inland and north-western Australia (J.D. Naumann, pers.
comm.). C. tasmaniensis parasitises canegrubs and similar scarab larvae
(Illingworth 1921; Jarvis 1929), and pollinates flowers, including
macadamias (Vithanage and Ironside 1986). This paper records the
effectiveness of some volatile compounds as attractants for C. tasmaniensis,
and determines the optimum height for anethole-baited traps.
Materials and Methods
I exposed lures in Catch-can® Japanese-beetle traps (Trécé Inc., Salinas) near
Bundaberg, south-eastern Queensland. Lures evaporated from 900 mm
pieces of sponge placed in the same position in the trap as the standard Trécé
lure. Every 2-3 d, I counted wasps, rebaited traps with 5 mL of lure, and re-
randomised the traps. Both sexes of C. tasmaniensis were caught, but
separate counts were not made.
For 28 d from 24 September 1990, I tested the following compounds as lures:
phenol (Univar, >99% pure); hexan-1-ol (Unilab, >99% pure); 1-nonanol
(Fluka, >98% pure); anethole (1-methoxy-4-(1-propenyl)benzene, Fluka,
>98% pure); geraniol (3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadien-1-ol, Fluka, 96% pure);
eugenol (2-methoxy-4-(2-propenyl)phenol, Fluka, >98% pure); sorbic acid
(2,4-hexadienoic acid, Unilab, >98.5% pure); n-butyric acid (Unilab, >99%
pure). Saturated aqueous solutions of phenol and sorbic acid were used; other
lures were not diluted. Three replicates of the eight lures and an unbaited
control were placed in a randomised-block design in a recently-harvested
sugarcane field. Traps were hung 1 m above ground and 10 m apart. Wasps
were counted 12 times.
For 17 d from 26 October 1990, from 24 December 1990, and from 4
February 1991, I tested the effect of height on the attractiveness of anethole-
108 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
baited traps. Traps were hung 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 m above ground and were
placed 10 m apart. Four replicates were placed in a randomised-block design
in a field of sugarcane 0.3-0.4 m high in October-November, 1.3-1.5 m high
in December-January, and 2.0-2.2 m high in February. Wasps were counted
seven times in each test.
In all experiments raw and In(x+1) transformed counts in most treatments
were not normally distributed (P«0.01, Wilk-Shapiro test). I used a Friedman
non-parametric analysis of variance with each of the counts as a separate
observation per experimental unit (Conover 1980). Mean ranks were
compared using the inequality method (Conover 1980).
Results and Discussion
There were highly significant differences in the attractiveness of the different
compounds to C. tasmaniensis (T = 75.45, df = 8, P < 0.001). Anethole-baited
traps attracted 17.9 times more wasps than did unbaited traps (P « 0.001), and
significantly (P « 0.05) more wasps than did any other lure (Table 1). Traps
baited with phenol solution attracted 7.1.times more wasps, and those with
hexan-1-ol 6.4 times more wasps than did unbaited traps (P « 0.001, Table 1).
Catches of C. tasmaniensis in traps baited with eugenol, n-butyric acid, 1-
nonanol or sorbic acid solution were significantly (P « 0.05) higher than
catches in unbaited traps (Table 1). Geraniol did not attract C. tasmaniensis.
Anethole is also attractive to the Australian scarabs PAyllotocus navicularis
Blanchard, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan) and Liparetrus atriceps
Macleay (Allsopp and Cherry 1991a; Allsopp 1992) and to honey bees Apis
mellifera L. (Ladd et al. 1974; Allsopp and Cherry 199]b). These species
and C. tasmaniensis are attracted to flowers and feed on nectar. Anethole
commonly occurs in plant oils and hexan-1-ol is found in seeds and fruits
(Windholz 1983). Their presence may enhance the attractiveness of plants to
nectar-feeding species.
Phenol is an unlikely attractant, as it is poisonous and caustic (Windholz
1983). However, it does attract males of the New Zealand grassgrub
Costelytra zealandica (White) (Henzell and Lowe 1970).
In the October-November height test, anethole-baited traps 1 m high attracted
significantly (P < 0.05) more wasps than did traps 1.5 or 2 m high (Table 2,
T = 9.80, df = 3, P < 0.025). There was no significant difference in the
attractiveness of traps at 0.5 and 1 m above ground. In December-January,
traps 2 m high attracted significantly (P < 0.05) more wasps than did traps 0.5
or 1 m high (Table 2, T = 14.46, df = 3, P < 0.005), but not significantly more
than traps 1.5 m high. In February, traps 2 m high attracted significantly (P «
0.001) more wasps than did lower traps and traps 1.5 m high attracted more
wasps (P « 0.05) than traps at 0.5 m (Table 2, T = 45.19, df = 3, P< 0.005).
The most attractive traps were those at or near the height of the crop canopy.
Traps within the crop may be less attractive because only a short vapour
plume forms. Alternatively, C. tasmaniensis may fly at about the canopy
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 109
Table 1. Catches of Campsomeris tasmaniensis at traps baited with lures
Lure ` Mean rank* Number/trap/period
Anethole 96.1a 3.83
Hexan-1-ol 75.6 b 1.38
Phenol 71.0 bc 1.52
Eugenol 62.2 cd 0.88
n-Butyric acid 59.4 cd 0.67
]-Nonanol 56.4 d 0.83
Sorbic acid 56.1d 0.62
Geraniol 51.7 de 0.40
Unbaited 43.le 0.21
* Means followed by the same letter are not significantly different at the 5%
level.
level, or only those wasps flying at the canopy level are foraging and
receptive to food lures; others may be host searching near to the ground and
not receptive to anethole. If all C. tasmaniensis fly at the canopy level, it
poses the conundrum: can C. tasmaniensis locate host scarab larvae in the
soil from a height of up to 2 m and through a dense crop canopy; or do they
only parasitise larvae in fields that are bare or have low crops? This could be
resolved by monitoring parasitism of canegrubs in fields with sugarcane at
different heights.
Table 2. Catches of Campsomeris tasmaniensis in anethole-baited traps at
different heights
October-November | December-January February
Trap
height (m) Mean No./trap Mean No./trap Mean No./trap
rank* [period rank* — /period rank* /period
0.5 16.0ab 0.36 Il.1c 0.07 10.6c 0.00
1.0 16.6a 0.46 13.5bc 0.32 12.3bc 0.14
1.5 13.4bc 0.14 16.1ab 1.11 13.8b 0.32
2.0 12.0c 0.04 17.3a 1.00 213a 2.04
* Means within a column followed by the same letter are not significantly
different at the 5% level.
110 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Anethole-baited traps hung at the level of the crop canopy offer a method for
monitoring populations of adult C. tasmaniensis in studies on the occurrence
and effectiveness of the parasite in sugarcane fields. Optimisation of trap
design may improve trapping efficiency.
Acknowledgments
I thank Gordon Zimmerlie for access to his property, Tom Morgan for
technical assistance, Ian Naumann for identifying the wasps, and the Sugar
Research and Development Corporation for financial support through project
BS34S.
References
ALLSOPP, P.G. 1992. Anethole and eugenol as attractants for Liparetrus atriceps Macleay
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Coleopterist's Bulletin 46: 159-160.
ALLSOPP, P.G. and CHERRY, R.H. 1991a. Attraction of adult Phyllotocus navicularis
Blanchard and Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) to volatile
compounds. Australian Entomological Magazine 18: 115-119.
ALLSOPP, P.G. and CHERRY, R.H. 1991b. Attraction of Apis mellifera L. (Hymenoptera:
Apidae) to volatile compounds. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 30: 219-220.
CONOVER, W.J. 1980. Practical non-parametric statistics. 493 pp. Wiley, New York.
HENZELL, R.F. and LOWE, M.D. 1970. Sex attractant of the grass grub beetle. Science, New
York 168: 1005-1006.
ILLINGWORTH, J.F. 1921. Natural enemies of sugar-cane beetles in Queensland. Bulletin,
Division of Entomology, Queensland Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations 13: 1-47.
JARVIS, E. 1929. Some notes on the economy of cockchafer beetles. Bulletin, Division of
Entomology, Queensland Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations 20: 1-47.
LADD, T.L. and KLEIN, M.G. 1982. Trapping Japanese beetles with synthetic sex pheromone
and food-type lures. Pp. 57-63. In Kydonieus, A.F. and Beroza, M. (eds.), Insect suppression with
controlled release pheromone systems. CRC Press, Boca Raton.
LADD, T.L., MCGOVERN, T.P. and BEROZA, M. 1974. Attraction of bumble bees and honey
bees to traps baited with lures for Japanese beetle. Journal of Economic Entomology 67: 307-
308.
VITHANAGE, V. and IRONSIDE, D.A. 1986. The insect pollinators of Macadamia and their
relative importance. Journal of the Australian Institute of Agricultural Science 52: 155-160.
WINDHOLZ, M. (Ed.) 1983. The Merck index. An encyclopedia of chemicals, drugs, and
biologicals. 1463 pp. Merck, Rahway.
Aust, ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 111
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF THE GREEN TREE ANT
OECOPHYLLA SMARAGDINA (FABRICIUS) (HYMENOPTERA:
FORMICIDAE: FORMICINAE) AND THREE ASSOCIATED
LYCAENID BUTTERFLIES
B.S. HACOBIAN
26A Emu Rd, Glenbrook, N.S.W., 2773
Abstract
Colonies of the green tree ant Oecophylla smaragdina and three associated lycaenid butterflies,
Hypolycaena phorbas (Fabricius), Arhopala micale Boisduval and Arhopala centaurus
(Fabricius) are recorded from the Gladstone district, Queensland, giving some support to
previously anomalous references in Joseph Banks' journal, which reported this ant at Bustard
Bay, south-east of Gladstone, beyond the range of other modern records.
Introduction
The green tree ant Oecophylla smaragdina occurs throughout coastal and
subcoastal forested areas of northern Australia (Lokkers 1986). In eastern
coastal areas its distribution encompasses those of five species of lycaenid
butterflies, Hypolycaena phorbas, Arhopala micale, A. centaurus, A. madytus
Frühstorfer and Liphyra brassolis Westwood, whose larvae appear to be
obligatorily attended by Oecophylla (Common 1981). Except for a single
reference in Joseph Banks' journal of the 1770 James Cook Endeavour
expedition, which reports Oecophylla from Bustard Bay (ca 24°-24°10'S),
south-east of Gladstone, no record exists of O. smaragdina south of the
Fitzroy River which reaches the sea at about 23°30'S. Furthermore, no
instance of breeding by any of the five associated lycaenid butterflies has
been recorded south of the Yeppoon district (ca 23°-23°10'S).
Observations
The author visited Canoe Point Reserve at Tannum Sands (23°57'S 151'22'E),
20 km SE of Gladstone, in early December 1991 and again in January and
May 1992. The reserve includes most of the south bank of the Boyne River
heads. Vegetation consists of coastal sclerophyll woodland interspersed with
several hectares of semi-evergreen microphyll vine forest/thicket, backing
onto mangroves along the river margin. Numerous nests of O. smaragdina
were observed in the foliage of rainforest trees within the patches of vine
thicket. Adult individuals of the lycaenid butterflies H. phorbas and
Arhopala sp. were also observed flying along the margins of a path within the
vine thicket. During the January visit, a search of young foliage of a
rainforest tree Cupaniopsis sp. revealed larvae and pupae of A. centaurus,
actively attended by Oecophylla workers. A small number of lycaenid eggs
were collected from new shoots of the same tree. Larvae reared from these
by the author (using as food flowers and foliage of cultivated Alectryon
coriaceus) were found to comprise H. phorbas and an unrelated lycaenid,
Erysichton lineata (Murray). During the May visit, numerous adult
individuals of A. micale were observed settled in the foliage of a small
rainforest tree containing active nests of O. smaragdina. ^ Several
112 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
lepidopterous larvae with an appearance strongly mimicking that of
Oecophylla workers were also observed resting on the exposed upper surfaces
of leaves of adjacent shrubs. These larvae were similar in appearance to
those of Homodes sp. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).
Discussion
A recent distributional study of O. smaragdina recorded the Yeppoon district
as its southern known modern limit (Lokkers 1986). The known southern
limit of breeding of four of the five associated butterflies is also recorded as
Yeppoon (Common 1981; Dunn and Dunn 1991). The fifth species, L.
brassolis, is not known to occur south of Mackay (ca 21°S) (Common 1981;
Dunn and Dunn 1991). A single female specimen of the butterfly A.
centaurus has been recorded from Mary River heads, near Maryborough (ca
25°30'S) (Manskie and Manskie 1989) but, since this species is known to
exhibit migratory behaviour in other localities (Moulds 1976), the record is
thought to represent a vagrant.
Lokkers (1986) postulated that the distribution of O. smaragdina in Australia
was limited by the occurrence of favourable minimum temperature regimes
and vegetation communities exhibiting interlocking canopies. It is likely that,
at the southern limit of its distribution, these criteria are satisfied only within
vine forests occurring directly adjacent to the ocean, or in some mangrove
communities. The reference to Oecophylla in Banks' journal specifically
describes its occurrence in a mangrove community. The mangroves of
Bustard Bay, some 45 km SE of Tannum Sands, are mostly inaccessible by
land and hence no thorough search for Oecophylla has been made there.
However, a fauna survey of Eurimbula National Park, at the southern end of
Bustard Bay, by the Queensland Naturalists' Club in 1989 (Monteith and St
Leger Moss 1991) failed to reveal any sign of the ant or its associated
butterflies. Lokkers (pers. comm.) also advises that no ants have been located
by him in the area of the Town of Seventeen Seventy, near Round Hill Head
at the southern end of Bustard Bay (ca. 24'10'S). When Whitley and
Musgrave visited the Bustard Bay region in 1957 they also failed to locate the
ants (Whitley 1970).
Botanical staff of the Gladstone Botanic Gardens, who have undertaken
numerous botanical surveys in the Gladstone area, have recently encountered
a population of O. smaragdina near the Rundle Range (ca. 23°40'S) NW of
Gladstone (B. Braddick, pers. comm.). Similarly to the Tannum Sands
populations of Oecophylla, the ants from near the Rundle Range occupy vine
forest adjoining mangroves.
The Canoe Point Reserve is small in size and hence very susceptible to
degradation by dry season fires, cyclones and human activities. As a result
the reserve's insect populations cannot be considered secure in the long term.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 113
Acknowledgments
The author would like to thank Mr Ted Edwards (ANIC, Canberra), Dr Con
Lokkers (James Cook University, Townsville), Dr Geoff Monteith
(Queensland Museum, Brisbane) and Mr Brent Braddick (Gladstone Botanic
Gardens) for their assistance in the preparation of this paper, and the Calliope
Shire Council for their permission to collect in the Canoe Point Reserve.
References
BANKS, J. 1896. Journal of the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Banks, Bart, K.B., P.R.S., during
Captain Cook's first voyage in H.M.A.S. Endeavour in 1786-71 etc. Edited by Sir Joseph D.
Hooker. 466 pp. Macmillan, London.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson: Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Part 1. Pp. i+ 196. Privately published by the authors: Melbourne.
LOKKERS, C. 1986. The distribution of the weaver ant Oecophylla smaragdina (Fab.)
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 683-687.
MANSKIE, R.C. And MANSKIE, N. 1989. New distribution records for four Queensland
Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera). Australian Entomological Magazine 16: 98.
MONTEITH, G.B. and ST LEGER MOSS, J.T. 1991. A collection of butterflies from
Eurimbula, central coastal Queensland. Queensland Naturalist 30: 117-120.
MOULDS, M.S. 1976. Migration of Narathura araxes eupolis (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) across
Lloyd Bay, Cape York Peninsula. Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 130-132.
WHITLEY, G.P. 1970. Early history of Australian Zoology. 75 pp. Royal Society of New
South Wales, Sydney.
114 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
TYLOPHORA BIGLANDULOSA (ENDL.) F. MUELL.
(ASCLEPIADACEAE), A LARVAL FOOD PLANT FOR PARANTICA
PUMILA (BOISDUVAL) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN NEW
CALEDONIA
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
In a review of the taxonomy, biology and distribution of Parantica pumila,
Ackery et al. (1989) recognised a number of subspecies, each restricted to
different island groups in New Caledonia. The larvae of all subspecies feed
on the one host plant, which at that time was identified merely as Tylophora
sp. A number of species of Tylophora have been described from New
Caledonia, and the taxonomy of the genus is in need of review for the region,
hence the lack of identification was understandable.
Examination of material of a larval food plant, kindly sent to me by A.
Renevier of New Caledonia, has revealed it to be Tylophora biglandulosa
(Endl.) F. Muell. T. biglandulosa is widely distributed in the western Pacific
and occurs on Norfolk Island, Lord Howe Island, New Caledonia, Vanuatu
and Fiji (Forster 1991).
Investigation is required on the island groups apart from New Caledonia
where T. biglandulosa occurs, as to whether T. biglandulosa is utilised by
other butterfly species as a host plant.
References
ACKERY, P.R., TAYLOR, H. and RENEVIER, A. 1989. The milkweed butterfly Parantica
pumila (Boisduval) - its biology and distribution. Journal of Natural History 23: 713-723.
FORSTER, P.I. 1991. The distribution and synonymy of Tylophora biglandulosa
(Asclepiadaceae). Kew Bulletin 46: 563-567.
mM — PM
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 115
THE LIFE HISTORY OF EUREMA CANDIDA VIRGO (WALLACE)
(LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE: COLIADINAE)
G. A. WOOD
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, Qld, 4883
Abstract
The life history of Eurema candida virgo is described and larval food plants
listed.
Introduction
The broad-margined grass yellow, Eurema candida virgo is confined to
rainforest, where it flies throughout the year. In Australia it is distributed
from Cape York to Coen (Common and Waterhouse 1981). During a visit to
Bamaga in March 1987, females were observed ovipositing on two plant
species. Ova were collected and larvae raised on cuttings of these plants.
Life history
Food plants. Archidendron hirsutum Nielsen (Family Fabaceae) and
Ventilago ecorollata von Muell. (Family Rhamnaceae)
Ova. 1.2 mm high, spindle shaped, white, shiny, smooth. First instar. Length
1.5 mm. Head round, white, smooth. Body white, later turning green, with
hairs. Third instar. Length 8 mm. Head round, yellow-green, smooth, shiny,
with pale hairs and black stemmata. Body green with a lateral white line
above prolegs, shiny, covered in short setae that terminate in a droplet of
clear, sticky, fluid.
Last instar (Fig. 1). Length 16 mm. Head round, dull green, with short blue-
black hairs. Body dull green, with a white line above prolegs and transverse
rows of stout, conical setae, that each terminate in a droplet of clear, sticky
fluid.
Figs. 1 and 2. Immature stages of Eurema candida virgo. (1). Final instar
larva; (2). Pupa.
116 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Pupa (Fig. 2). Length 16 mm. Green, smooth with a short, pointed process
anteriorly, median dorsal stripe of brown and white. Suspended by cremaster
and silken girdle.
Notes
Eggs are laid singly on new growth of the foodplants. Larval measurements
were made immediately following eclosion or ecdysis. Larvae feed during
the day and rest along the edge of a leaf or stem. I was unable to determine
the function for the droplets of sticky fluid on the larval setae. Pupation
occurs on the foodplant or nearby foliage. One individual commencing its
life cycle on 20 March completed it in 18 d. (Egg 2 d, larva 9 d, pupa 7 d).
Acknowledgment
I wish to thank B.P.M. Hyland, Division of Forest Research, C.S.I.R.O.,
Atherton for identifying the food plants.
Reference
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 117
NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND BIOLOGY OF SOME
HESPERIIDAE AND LYCAENIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) IN
VICTORIA
F. DOUGLAS! and M.F. BRABY?
! 88 Morrison Avenue, Wombarra, N.S.W., 2515
? Department of Zoology, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville, Qld, 4811
Abstract
New distribution records are given for three species of Hesperiidae and six species of
Lycaenidae in Victoria. Comments are made on the biology of Anisynta cynone (Hewitson),
Acrodipsas brisbanensis (Miskin), Ogyris genoveva Hewitson and Theclinesthes albocincta
(Waterhouse). Oryzopsis miliacea and Acacia deanei are newly recorded as larval host plants
for A. cynone and Jalmenus icilius Hewitson respectively. A. brisbanensis is rediscovered
from the Melbourne region, having not been collected from this area for over 70 years.
Introduction
The following records provide range extensions and confirmation of
historical localities in Victoria for a number of poorly known butterfly
species of Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae. Most records are based on an
intensive series of observations and collections between 1987 and 1990
from the little explored Wimmera and Mallee of the north west region
(Fig. 1), although some details made from the western region and near
Melbourne are also included. New information on the general biology of
several species is given, and for some taxa qualitative comments are made
on the subspecific status. Much of the natural habitat of north-western
Victoria has been severely reduced in extent and many of the species
detailed here are now very rare. Survey effort focused largely on
Buprestidae (Coleoptera) and Castniidae (Lepidoptera) (Douglas unpubl.),
and towards re-establishing the presence of the two lycaenids, Ogyris
otanes C. and R. Felder and O. idmo halmaturia Tepper, both of which
have not been taken from the state for more than 20 years. [The latter
species was last collected in 1945 at Kiata in western Victoria prior to the
loss of its habitat (Quick 1972)]. Both Ogyris species were not collected
during our study. Nomenclature follows that of Common and Waterhouse
(1981) and Atkins (1984). Voucher specimens are lodged in the Museum
of Victoria, Melbourne.
HESPERIIDAE
Anisynta cynone (Hewitson)
The only Victorian localities from which this rare species is recorded are
Kerang and Gunbower near the Murray River in the central north for the
subspecies A. c: grisea Waterhouse (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The
Kerang specimens were taken from late March to early April by R.E.
Trebilcock between 1924-1953 (specimens lodged in the Museum of
Victoria). It has subsequently been taken at this locality by few collectors
and the population in this area appears in decline (D.F. Crosby, pers.
comm.). In March 1987 a localised population was discovered at Rainbow,
118 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
170 km W of Kerang, and in 1989 and 1990 three more populations were
found: two further south at Nhill and Dimboola, in the western district, and
one at Beulah 40 km E of Rainbow. At all locations larvae were recorded
on the introduced grass Oryzopsis miliacea (L.) Benth. & J.D. Hook. ex
Asch. & Schweinf. At Rainbow, in each of the four years 1987-1990,
adults were on the wing for approximately five weeks from early March
(earliest record 1® 5.11.1990) to mid April (latest record 1% 14.iv.1988)
with an apparent peak during mid to late March. Subspecific status of all
populations from these newly recorded localities has proved difficult to
determine. Specimens are variable in the number and extent of postmedial
spots of the forewing, and could be placed with either A. c. grisea
Waterhouse or A. c. gracilis (Tepper) from South Australia. Differences
between these two subspecies appear very minor (Common and
Waterhouse 1981) and the new localities lie almost mid way between their
known geographic distributions. The distribution now appears relatively
continuous and they probably do not warrant recognition as subspecies.
Anisynta monticolae (Olliff)
Six males were collected from a hilltop in the Black Range State Park on
24 February 1990 at 400 m. The species has generally been recorded in
montane areas above 600 m in south-eastern Australia (Common and
Waterhouse 1981) with an apparently disjunct population in the Grampians
of western Victoria. The Black Range locality extends the known
distribution further west by 30 km from the Grampians.
Antipodia atralba atralba (Tepper)
This species is considered rare in Victoria, at present known only from two
restricted localities at Hattah and in the Big Desert Wilderness (Crosby
1972, 1974; Atkins 1984). A third colony was located on 16.xi.1989 in the
south-eastern corner of the Big Desert, approximately 20 km WSW of
Rainbow and some 60 km SE of the known Big Desert colony. Adults
were recorded during November in both 1989 and 1990 in a restricted area
which supported a dense stand of the larval host plant Gahnia lanigera
(R.Br.) Benth. A pupa collected on 9.iii.1990 yielded a male 17 days later.
LYCAENIDAE
Lucia limbaria Swainson
Adults were collected on three occasions at Rainbow (1% 28.1.1988, 19
29.1.1988, 1d" 22.1.1988) and taken at Nhill in early November 1990. A
male was also taken at Winium, 11 km S of Nhill on 10.xii.1987. Despite
the widespread distribution given by Common and Waterhouse (1981) few
localities of this species are known from the Wimmera or Mallee. K.V.
Hateley (pers. comm.) noted it very sparingly at Kiata during 1960-1980,
but otherwise there are no other recent records since the very 'old' records
published by Waterhouse and Lyell (1914). Adults were very mobile and
populations appeared to be transitory. Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) noted
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
ildura
SUNSET
COUNTRY
Hattah?
HATTAH - KULKYNE
NAT. PARK
WYPERFELD
NAT.
BIG PARK
DESERT
@ Rainbow
Nhill Wedderb
o eDimboola e e erburn
Kingower
Horsham e
e
awe
est |
GRAMPIANS
NAT.
PARK
!
!
1
[
|}
!
[
[
1
U
\
1
i
l
1
|
i
!
|
i
i
1
l
l]
I
|
1
|
1
l
|
[
l
1
|
l
!
!
\
Fig. 1. Map of study area in north-western Victoria and localities referred
to in text.
that L. limbaria was irregular in its appearance, and this aspect of its
biology may partly explain the paucity of records.
Acrodipsas brisbanensis (Miskin)
This species has been taken in only a limited number of areas in Victoria,
including near Genoa (Hunting 1980, 1986) and from the You Yangs and
Broadford in the central region (Field 1978; Atkins 1978). The only other
records are from Springvale and Cranbourne in the outer south-eastern
suburbs of Melbourne (see Anderson and Spry 1897; Waterhouse and Lyell
1914; Waterhouse 1932; Field 1978). Most of these records fall within the
119
120 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
months of December and January, although Waterhouse and Lyell (1914)
and Hunting (1986) recorded adults in February. We now have specimens
from two additional localities. A series was taken on a hilltop at Kangaroo
Ground about 25 km NE of Melbourne (Table 1) and a female was netted
near Wedderburn in the central north west on 17.1.1989. We also observed
a male flying around flowering Bursaria spinosa Cav. at Eltham on
5.1.1988. On 17.1.1988 a female was observed ovipositing on a small dead
eucalypt stump infested with a colony of the ant Iridomyrmex sp. (nitidus
group) at Warrandyte North (near Kangaroo Ground); five eggs were
deposited in cracks on the trunk close to the ant byre. At Kangaroo
Ground the flight period was from early November to early March; adults
were actively hill-topping from late morning to late afternoon, and most
captures were on days which were warm to hot, sunny and cloudless with
no wind - conditions similar to that noted by Field (1978) and Hunting
(1986). An exception to this pattern was the female from Wedderburn
which. like two of the females at Kangaroo Ground, was taken during very
hut and overcast conditions, but a very strong northerly wind prevailed.
We have not been able to identify our specimens to subspecies due to the
extent of variation. Some specimens have the postmedian band of the
forewing underside distinctly displaced at vein M;, in others it is
completely missing, while in some it forms a more or less continuous
series of spots. Such variability in the spots and bands beneath the wings
casts further doubt on the validity of the subspecies A. b. cyrilus as
expressed by Field (1978), Common and Waterhouse (1981) and Hunting
(1986). It is noteworthy that the species had not been taken in the
Melbourne area for a considerable period prior to the capture of the first
specimen at Kangaroo Ground by T. Brain in 1981. The Cranbourne and
Springvale specimens were collected at the turn of the century: in
December 1896 (Anderson and Spry 1897) and December 1907 (Field
1978) respectively. The only previous record of the early stages of A.
brisbanensis was a comment by Waterhouse (1932) who noted that
"several smooth pupae were found in ant tunnels at Cranbourne", otherwise
the life history is unknown. The Warrandyte North site was cleared for
residential housing in early 1988. Scant evidence from the Ovipositing
female, however, suggests the species is possibly myrmecophagous, as is
known to occur in three other Acrodipsas species (McCubbin 1971;
Gooding 1972; Sampson 1989).
Ogyris genoveva Hewitson
In Victoria this species is apparently becoming rare. It has been recorded
from the central and western regions of the state with Dimboola (Lyell
1905; Waterhouse and Lyell 1908, 1914) and Pimpinio [near Horsham]
(K.V. Hateley, pers. comm.) being the most northerly localities in the
western district. It has only rarely been found in the north west at Hattah
Lakes (Morton 1971; Crosby 1974) and Mildura (Common and Waterhouse
1981), some 200 km farther north. We have now taken the species from
two new intervening localities, the Big Desert near Rainbow and Lake
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 121
Table 1. Observations and captures of Acrodipsas brisbanensis at Kangaroo
Ground, Victoria. Times of capture or observation are to the nearest 5 min., E.S.T.
Obs = observation, Coll = specimen collected. Observer 1. T. Brain, 2. M.F.
Braby, 3. F. Douglas & M.F. Braby.
ee
Obs/Coll Date Time of Weather
obs/coll
T —————M———————————————————————
1c coll.' 1.xi.1981 1100 hot, sunny, no cloud, no wind
12 coll? 23.xi.1982 1645 very hot, mostly cloudy, slight wind
12 coll? 13.xii.1987 1100 warm, sunny, no cloud, no wind
1c coll? 5.1.1988 1135 warm, sunny, no cloud, no wind
1¢ coll? 24.1.1987 1130 hot, mostly sunny, no wind
12 coll? 2.11.1987 1700 very hot, mostly cloudy, no wind
12 coll? 6.11.1987 1640 hot, sunny, no cloud, no wind -
1g coll? 13.11.1987 1615 hot, sunny, no cloud, no wind
1d' coll?
& 1d obs. 17.11.1987 1355 hot, sunny, no cloud, no wind
1g coll?
& 1h obs. 26.11.1987 1640 warm, sunny, no cloud, no wind
1d' obs. ? 4.iii.1987 1610 warm, mostly cloudy, no wind
Albacutya (20 km N of Rainbow), although there is an unconfirmed record
for Birchip (Lyell 1905). At both localities, colonies were associated with
the host plant Amyema miquelii (Lehm.ex Miq.) Tieghem parasitising
Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Muell. A male was also observed hill-topping at
Hattah-Kulkyne National Park on 27.x.1988. Populations in the central and
western region (i.e. ssp. araxes Waterhouse and Lyell) are considered to be
univoltine, with adults flying from November to December (Common and
Waterhouse 1981). Observations made during 1987-1990 near Rainbow,
however, indicated that colonies were bivoltine with adults flying from
early November to early December and again from late February to mid
April. During the cooler months of May to August larvae remained
quiescent in the attendant ants nest, Camponotus sp., sheltering under loose
bark at the base of the host tree. Subspecific determination of these newly
recorded populations has not been possible due to the extent of variation,
particularly in females in which the basal areas of both wings varied from
bright blue to bluish green. In this respect many specimens could be
122 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
placed with the inland O. g. duaringa Bethune-Baker but males from the
same population varied from rich dark violet-purple to pale dull purple on
the wings above. The presence of O. genoveva in the Big Desert is an
addition to the list of 23 species recorded for this area (Braby 1987).
Ogyris olane Hewitson
Although this species has an extensive distribution throughout the state, the
only positive record from the north west is that of Crosby (1974) who
identified specimens from Hattah Lakes in the collection of G. Anderson
(D.F. Crosby, pers. comm.). On 27.x.1988 three males were taken near
Mildura, 65 km NNW of Hattah Lakes, and a fourth male was bred from a
larva taken from Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. supporting the host
plant A. miquelii. A female was also collected on the Chalka Creek,
Murray-Kulkyne State Park (near Hattah-Kulkyne National Park) on
3.x.1990. There appears to be a large disjunction in range of some 250 km
between the Hattah Lakes-Mildura localities and populations farther south
at Kingower, Mt Kooyoora, Stawell and Mt Arapiles (pers. obs.):
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) and Common and Waterhouse (1981) also
listed Dimboola and Inglewood respectively. Specimens from all localities
varied in the extent and richness of colour in the wings above and could
not be assigned to subspecies. Those from Mildura were of a much duller,
suffused purple than material taken from farther south near Stawell, for
example, which were considerably brighter purple above. The female from
the Chalka Creek, however, was bluish above rather than purple, more
typical of O. o. olane from inland New South Wales. Common and
Waterhouse (1981) showed an ill-defined demarcation between the
distributions of the two currently recognised subspecies in areas north of
the Great Dividing Range and pointed out that "the distinction between the
two subspecies is probably not well defined"; the variation may in fact be
clinal.
Jalmenus icilius Hewitson
This species has been recorded only from several areas within the state and
is rare. In recent years it has been taken only from the western district at
Wartook in the Grampians (Atkins 1976). On 16.xii.1990 a small colony
was located in the Kooyoora State Park, near Kingower, in the central
north. Larvae were noted feeding on Acacia deanei (R. Baker) Welch et
al.
Theclinesthes albocincta (Waterhouse)
Very few specimens of this localised species have been taken from inland
areas in Australia. The only recorded localities in Victoria are from three
restricted areas in the north west at Wyperfeld National Park, Lake
Albacutya and the Sunset Country (22 km N of Linga) (Sibatani and Grund
1978). In October 1987 the species was found breeding in relatively large
numbers at Wyperfeld National Park, 36 km N of Rainbow, on Adriana
hookeri (F. Muell.) Muell., a larval host plant previously recorded only
from the Sunset Country. Subsequently, two smaller colonies were found
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 123
breeding on A. hookeri at Lake Hindmarsh, 50 km SSW of Wyperfeld, and
at O'Sullivan Lookout at the northern edge of Wyperfeld National Park.
Observations and collections at Wyperfeld during 1987-1990 indicated that
the species bred continuously over an extended period, with adults flying
from late August to mid May. Eggs were deposited singly on young
shoots, or on flower buds when available. Larvae fed during the day,
mainly on the upper side of leaves of A. hookeri, but sometimes on flower
buds, flowers and young fruits when these were present. Three different
ant species, Iridomyrmex spp. and Dolichoderus sp., were found attending
larvae. Pupation usually occurred in curled dead leaves on the ground near
the base of the plant. In contrast to the findings by Grund and Sibatani
(1975) who reported pronounced larval colour polymorphism in South
Australia, only two colour forms (types ] and 4) were present, the
brownish and pinkish types being absent from the colonies in north west
Victoria. Seasonal variation in adult form was evident with distinctive
‘cool’ and ’warm’ season forms. In general, a dark form persisted from
late April to mid May and again from late August to mid October. Adults
taken in during these periods were dark brownish-grey above with
extensive basal areas of greyish-blue, the wing undersides were sharply
contrasted by greyish-white markings against a dark background of grey-
brown. However, in the warmer months (October to April) a much paler
form was evident in which the wings were a very uniform light grey-brown
above with no basal suffusion of blue, and the white markings beneath
were substantially reduced against a ground colour of light brown. The
seasonal variation was not as pronounced as that recorded for populations
from coastal South Australia (Sibatani and Grund 1978), in which males
are considerably more blue above in both the summer and winter forms
than specimens from Wyperfeld. Further studies are needed to establish if
the inland populations currently assigned to T. albocincta represent a
distinct taxon. The colonies at Lake Hindmarsh and O'Sullivan Lookout
were regrettably destroyed in 1990 by habitat clearing, and sheep and rabit
grazing respectively. The site at the southern end of Wyperfeld National
Park, however, is now fenced, to reduce the impact of rabits grazing and
destroying the larval host plants, and managed by the Department of
Conservation and Environment.
Acknowledgments
We thank Tim Brain and Keith Hateley for permission to include their
observations, and David Crosby, Damien Crouch and Frank Noelker for
assistance with field work. Neville Scarlet (Botany Department, La Trobe
University) kindly identified the host plant of Anisynta cynone. David
Crosby and Kelvyn Dunn gave helpful information and advice and made
constructive comments on the manuscript. Specimens were collected in
National Parks and State Forests under permit numbers 890-032 and 901-
022 issued by the Victorian Department of Conservation and Environment.
124 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
References
ANDERSON, E. and SPRY, E.P. 1897. A new butterfly, Lycaena cyrilus, n. sp. Victorian
Naturalist 14: 5-7.
ATKINS, A.F. 1976. Notes on some butterfly captures in Victoria. Victorian Entomologist
6: 13-14.
ATKINS, A.F. 1978. Another distribution record for Pseudodipsas brisbanensis cyrilus.
Victorian Entomologist 8: 7.
ATKINS, A.F. 1984. A new genus Antipodia (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) with
comments on its biology and relationships. Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 45-58.
BRABY, M.F. 1987. Notes on butterflies in the Big Desert, Victoria. Victorian
Entomologist 17: 19-21.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. 682 pp.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CROSBY, D.F. 1972. Some butterflies of the Victorian Big Desert. Victorian Entomologist
2: 5-7.
CROSBY, D.F. 1974. Insects of the Victorian National Parks, Part I - butterflies. Victorian
Entomologist 4: 62-65.
FIELD, R.P. 1978. Rediscovery of Pseudodipsas brisbanensis in Victoria. Victorian
Entomologist 8: 5-7.
GOODING, C.G.L. 1972. The life history, and notes, and observations of the rare Australian
'cannibalistic butterfly - Pseudodipsas cuprea Sands 1964 Family, Lycaenidae: Genus,
Pseudodipsas. Victorian Entomologist 2 (5): 10-13.
GRUND, R. and SIBATANI, A. 1975. The life history of a hitherto unrecognised lycaenid
species: Theclinesthes albocincta (Waterhouse) from South Australia. Australian
Entomological Magazine 2: 99-103.
HUNTING, M.M. 1980. More records from Croajingalong National Park, East Gippsland.
Victorian Entomologist 10: 29-30.
HUNTING, M.M. 1986. Notes on Acrodipsas brisbanensis and cuprea. Victorian
Entomologist 16: 18-21.
LYELL, G. 1905. A new record in Victorian butterflies. Ogyris genoveva, Hew. Victorian
Naturalist 21: 166-167.
McCUBBIN, C. 1971. Australian Butterflies. 206 pp. Nelson, Melbourne.
MORTON, D.E.A. 1971. A trip to Hattah Lakes National Park 29 August to 11 September
1971. Victorian Entomologist 1 (2): 12-14.
QUICK, W.N.B. 1972. [No title.] Victorian Entomologist 2 (3): 9-10.
SAMPSON, P.R. 1989. Morphology and biology of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and
Lyell), a myrmecophagous lycaenid (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae: Theclinae). Journal of the
Australian Entomological Society 28: 161-168.
SIBATANI, A. and GRUND, R. 1978. A revision of the Theclinesthes onycha complex
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Transactions of the Lepidopterlogical Society of Japan 29: 1-34.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1932. What Butterfly is That? 291 pp. Angus and Robertson,
Sydney.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1908. Some Dimboola butterflies. Victorian
Naturalist 24: 165-166.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The Butterflies of Australia. A Monograph of
the Australian Rhopalocera. 239 pp. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 125
CALOMELA NIGRIPENNIS LEA, A VALID SPECIES (COLEOPTERA:
CHRYSOMELIDAE)
C. A.M. REID
Division of Botany and Zoology, Australian National University, G.P.O. Box 4,
Canberra City, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Calomela nigripennis Lea is recognised as a valid species, redescribed and distinguished from
similar species in the genus, particularly C. pulchella (Baly) and C. ruficeps (Boisduval). A
lectotype is designated for C. nigripennis, which is known from a few localities in near-coastal
south central Queensland.
Introduction
The genus Calomela Hope was revised by Selman (1979), who included 23
Australian species. An additional species has been described recently (Reid
1989). In his revision, Selman examined the syntypes of C. nigripennis Lea
and placed this species in synonymy with C. ruficeps (Boisduval). In the
course of databasing part of the Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC),
Canberra, I have examined the types of C. nigripennis and have found that
they represent a valid species which is similar to C. pulchella (Baly) and C.
ruficeps. Calomela nigripennis is redescribed below and compared with its
congeners, especially C. pulchella and C. ruficeps.
Calomela nigripennis has appendiculate claws which, according to the generic
key (Selman 1979), place it Carystea Baly. However, although Selman
distinguished Carystea from Calomela by the bifid claws of the latter, he
included three species with appendiculate claws in Calomela (C. distinguenda
Blackburn, C. maculicollis (Boisduval), C. satelles Blackburn). Calomela
nigripennis is most similar to C. pulchella, which has bifid claws and I see
no reason to place these species in separate genera. Claw shape is not a
reliable generic character in Chrysomelinae and the Australian genera need to
be redescribed.
Calomela nigripennis Lea
Calomela nigripennis Lea 1903: 404; Selman 1979: 566 (as junior synonym
of C. ruficeps) LECTOTYPE Ħ (here designated), labelled:
"Rockhampton Queensland" "On permanent loan from Macleay Museum,
University of Sydney", and my lectotype label (ANIC).
PARALECTOTYPE &, same data as lectotype, my paralectotype label and
with spermatheca glued separately on card (ANIC). This specimen has
two additional labels: a printed ’type’ label and handwritten ’Calomela
nigripennis Lea type Rockhampton’. I have designated the other specimen
as lectotype because it is undissected.
Colour and size. Head, pronotum, legs and segments 1-4 of antennae dark
red to reddish brown. Venter and apical segments of antennae darker. Elytra
black with dark metallic green reflection. Body length 5.7-7.0 mm.
126 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Morphology. Head and pronotum (Fig. 1) strongly and closely punctured,
punctures at sides of pronotum larger and tending to coalesce in irregular pits.
Antennae subincrassate, segments 6-11 expanded. Apical segment of
maxillary palp securiform. Eyes entire. Pronotum: breadth more than twice
length along midline; sides and front narrowly margined; sides strongly and
evenly curved and strongly produced anteriorly. Venter of prothorax: a deep
groove present, curving posteriorly from anterior junction of prosternum and
pronotum (notopleural suture of Selman, 1979); prosternal process strongly
punctured, raised, and expanded at bilobed tip. Scutellum (Fig. 1) triangular
with rounded apex. Elytra (Fig. 1) strongly convex in profile, basal half
parallel sided; irregularly striate on disc, strial punctures fine and in irregular
double rows, diameter much less than interspaces; each elytron with at least
two deep depressions, one behind humerus, one midway between this and
suture. Claws (Fig. 2) appendiculate, i.e. with a basal triangular tooth
projecting from ventral surface.
Male. Apical ventrite (Fig. 3): broad emargination at apex without lateral
teeth; central disc feebly impressed, with dense, fine pubescence; ventrites 3
and 4 also with small median patch of setiferous punctures. Penis (Figs. 5-7)
short and broad, apex almost evenly rounded and not produced in profile,
without external flagellum; middle of ventral wall uniformly weakly
sclerotised; internal ejaculatory guide with an ovate ventral sclerite and two
broad membranous sclerites projecting from ostium.
Female. Apical ventrite (Fig. 4): narrow emargination at apex without lateral
teeth; central disc simple, sparsely punctate. Spermatheca (Fig. 8) U-shaped,
of even width, transversely reticulate; duct loosely coiled.
Distribution and biology. Additional material (8, all ANIC): Queensland:
Eidsvold, Lotus Creek, Millmerran, Theodore. The localities are dispersed in
the coastal region of south-central Queensland (Fig. 25), a distribution which
overlaps with the north-western limits of C. pulchella and C. ruficeps. No
host plants are recorded but both C. pulchella and C. ruficeps feed on Acacia
species (Reid 1989).
Discussion
Calomela nigripennis may be distinguished from all its congeners by the
following combination of attributes: forebody and appendages dark red to
reddish brown, elytra greenish black; sides of pronotum rounded, densely and
strongly punctured, punctures coalescing in irregular pits; elytra irregularly
punctured as doubled striae on disc, basal half with lateral depressions behind
humeri, apical half rounded; claws appendiculate; last ventrite without apical
teeth.
Calomela nigripennis is most closely related to C. pulchella, which has: head,
pronotum and appendages usually paler red with reddish epipleura and elytra
metallic green; pronotum (Fig. 9) much more sparsely and finely punctured;
elytra (Fig. 9) with irregular but not doubled striae; bifid claws (Fig.
J
Lad
LE
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 127
Figs. 1-8. Calomela nigripennis. (1) head, pronotum and base of elytra
(showing punctures of first four striae only); (2) claw; (3) apical ventrite of
c*; (4) apical ventrite of ?; (5-7) penis: (5) lateral view; (6) dorsal view; (7)
ventral view; (8) spermatheca. Scale bars (1, 3, 4) = 1.0 mm; (5-8) = 0.5
mm; (2) not to scale.
128 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Figs. 9-16. Calomela pulchella. (9) head, pronotum and base of elytra
(showing punctures of first four striae only); (10) claw; (11) apical ventrite
of &; (12) apical ventrite of 9; (13-15) penis: (13) lateral view; (14) dorsal
view; (15) ventral view; (16) spermatheca. Scale bars (9, 11, 12) 2 1.0 mm;
(13-16) 2 0.5 mm; (10) not to scale.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 129
Figs. 17-24. Calomela ruficeps. (17) head, pronotum and base of elytra
(showing punctures of first four striae only); (18) claw; (19) apical ventrite
of d'; (20) apical ventrite of 9; (21-23) penis: (21) lateral view; (22) dorsal
view; (23) ventral view; (24) spermatheca. Scale bars (17, 19, 20) = 1.0 mm;
(21-24) 2 0.5 mm; (18) not to scale.
130
acude MPN M St ume Y Townshend |
zw 1 D ANETA t ;
US D ways gy
Di H xl R
2a; Blai Athe e 9^ ^— V. "IN 4d Se) Manifold
» 1 t Clermont: >s- `
* 3 {\ 4 7 gh yey o Fitzroy
(* SP Ar ppoon
C Ug V bm. a CAPRICORN — —
TH P c urtis | v. i
(Fie / Duarínga pw bla ARA Port Curtis A L
A
ZBlackall
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
24°
A, Tog JU. ` \
a oo j.7 ri Sle » Moura ; y: NN Hervey Sandy Cape
M p] T $ n ^ (Mon en \
1 D» “Tanto Sage I o X odore ^s. ) ndaberg \
+ GO | as ü King K Sr A Va ] pS
Awe R LANI TUS .
(7 5 VAER |
H / N if ite d ; Mekito
PE teti ) &"hugathetta E VOHutton. |,
wo (m ar st
48 i * $ "^
é -
Ow
/ S
" nglewood
rN mf, e |
wv T M arit C/Byron
= tae st LN |
horn Shar more
wry PNBamingun = V
(COP Jh Clarence Harbour
J 7 Bahan tg, - y
Of V SEP. !
Ld Teféwóh LY +
H rr Brewastin »
>
i
H À
s »
7 Byrack > ^ 25
"Mt Booroondarra Dy ) moky Cape
D
rag ^ T |
: ` i
Coban | ./ t Macquarie
" wf j
“hs Tottenham, i Y bC Hawke
z| ~y A j
in y 5 Dos ailing Sugarloaf Point
4 RE
f
Port Stephens
EWCASTLE
EV) ake Macquarie
Wosford
IA
M Port Jackson
3 MZ SYDNEY
amden Haven
Fig. 25. Map of central region of eastern Australia showing distributions of
Calomela nigripennis (©) and C. pulchella(x), or both species (9).
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992 131
10); apical ventrite less strongly punctured in both sexes (Figs. 11, 12) with
apical invagination of male narrower and deeper (Fig. 11); penis (Figs. 13-15)
slightly more mucronate, its internal ejaculatory guide with narrow internally
sclerotised lobes projecting from ostium and a ventral sclerite which is pear-
shaped in lateral view and sub-reniform in ventral view. The spermatheca
(Fig. 16) and ovipositor (not illustrated) of C. pulchella are almost identical
to those of C. nigripennis. C. pulchella is generally found further south than
C. nigripennis (Fig. 25), in more humid coastal localities.
The other similar species, C. ruficeps, has the following differences from C.
nigripennis: head and appendages red to reddish-brown, thorax concolorous
with metallic green or blue elytra; sides of pronotum (Fig. 17) much less
rounded and punctures separate and not situated in irregular pits; claws bifid
(Fig. 18); male last ventrite (Fig. 19) with deep glabrous depression; female
last ventrite (Fig. 20) medially glabrous; penis (Figs. 21-23) larger, apex
broadly mucronate, ventral wall with two thick median strips and with two
long narrow lobes diverging from ostium; spermatheca (Fig. 24) sickle
shaped with elongate and twisted collum. Calomela ruficeps is widely
distributed from the south coast of New South Wales to the central coast of
Queensland, overlapping the distributions of C. nigripennis and C. pulchella.
The following key separates C. nigripennis, C. pulchella and C. ruficeps.
These three species may be distinguished from other Calomela species by the
combination of: convex elytral profile; elytral depressions behind humeri;
irregular elytral striae and lack of apical teeth on last ventrite.
1. Sides of pronotum (Fig. 17) without punctures in irregular pits and
lateral margins feebly curved; head red, pronotum metallic green
or blue, concolorous with elytra; male apical ventrites (Fig. 19)
without dense tufts of setae. . . .......... ruficeps (Boisduval)
Sides of pronotum (Figs. 1, 9) with some punctures in irregular pits
and lateral margins strongly curved; pronotum red to reddish
brown, concolorous with head; male apical ventrites (Figs. 3, 11)
with dense median tufts ofsetae. . . .. .. lo Lll. 2
2. Sides of pronotum (Fig. 1) strongly and densely punctured; basal
striae on elytral disc irregular but doubled; elytra entirely dark
greenish black; head, pronotum and venter dark red to reddish
brown; claws appendiculate (Fig. 2); ostium of penis without
narrow protruding lobes (Fig.6)............. nigripennis Lea
Sides of pronotum (Fig. 9) weakly and sparsely punctured; basal
striae on elytral disc irregular but not doubled; elytra metallic
green, usually with reddish epipleura; head, pronotum and venter
red; claws bifid (Fig. 10); ostium of penis with a pair of prominent
narrowllobes(Eiga1 4) sary ie ea en ae pulchella (Baly)
132 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (3) Oct 1992
Acknowledgments
I thank Penny Gullan (ANU) and John Lawrence (ANIC) for helpful criticism
of the manuscript This work was supported by a grant from the
Environmental Resources Information Network (ERIN), Australian National
Parks and Wildlife Service, Canberra. The map is Crown copyright and has
been reproduced by permission of the Director, Division of National
Mapping, Department of National Development.
References
LEA, A.M. 1903. Descriptions of some new species of Australian and Tasmanian
Chrysomelidae. Report. Australian Association for the Advancement of Science 9: 384-431.
REID, C.A.M. 1989. A new species of Calomela Hope (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New
South Wales, with habitat and distribution notes on other species in the genus. Australian
Entomological Magazine 16: 69-73.
SELMAN, B.J. 1979. A reappraisal of the Australian species of the genus Calomela Hope
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Australian Journal of. Zoology 27: 561-584.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 133
TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROTRISTRIA STAL (HEMIPTERA:
CICADIDAE) FROM QUEENSLAND
M.S. MOULDS
Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
Two new species of Macrotristria, M. lachlani sp.n. and M. vittata sp.n., are described from
specimens taken on Cape York Peninsula, northern Queensland.
Introduction
Burns (1964) revised the Australian endemic genus Macrotristria Stal, listing
22 species including six which he described as new. Two were later sunk in
synonymy; 21 species are now recognised in the genus, including 10 from
Queensland (Moulds 1990). In this paper I describe two additional species,
both of which are known only from Cape York Peninsula, northern
Queensland.
The following abbreviations are used: AM, Australian Museum, Sydney;
ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra; MSM, author's
collection; QM, Queensland Museum, Brisbane.
Macrotristria lachlani sp. n.
Types. Queensland: Holotype d', 2 km S of Hann R. x-ing, 80 km NW of Laura, Cape
York Pen., 5.1.1988, M.S. & B.J. Moulds (AM). Paratypes: 1599, 1829, (29'S,
genitalic preparations MA1 and MAJ), same data as holotype (19 AM, 1c, 12 QM,
1d', 12 ANIC, remainder MSM); 22'2*, 12, Punsand Bay, Cape York Pen., 15,16.1.1987,
R.B. Lachlan (MSM).
Male (Figs 1, 3, 4). Head orange-brown, sometimes greenish, with black or dark
brown markings as follows: each ocellus encircled with black; a black fascia against
inner margin of each eye; a dark brown fascia along leading edge of head terminating
short of postclypeus; usually a black spot each side of ocellus cluster, these spots
sometimes developed into a black fascia from lateral ocellus to leading edge of head;
a small black dot usually present on dorsal posterior margin about mid way between
dorsal midline and eye. Postclypeus dull red; anteclypeus similarly coloured but
usually partially black laterally. Rostrum brown at base, remainder tending blackish,
reaching base of hind coxae. Antennae black. Thorax. Similar in colour to head.
Pronotum with a pair of paramedian dark brown fasciae that become black and meet
at pronotal collar; fissures usually marked by black; pronotal collar paler than
remainder of pronotum, or green. Mesonotum with a paramedian pair of subconical
black fasciae based on anterior margin and extending posteriorly about half-way to
cruciform elevation; a somewhat similar but larger marking on each side of
paramedian pair but these usually deeply excavated along their inner margins; a black
fascia adjacent to anterior of cruciform elevation. Wings hyaline; venation brown or
green, tending black distally. Fore wing usually with a weak infuscation overlying all
or some veins at bases of apical cells 2-4; costa either orange-brown or green to node;
basal cell entirely or substantially pigmented orange-brown; basal membrane orange.
Hind wing anal lobe variably opaque orange-brown alongside veins 2A and 3A. Legs
dark brown with distal end of mid and hind coxae and hind tibiae and tarsi noticeably
pale. Opercula broad and rounded, slightly overlapping, confined to margins of
134 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
tympanal cavities; usually black or nearly so, sometimes with a small pale area on
posterio-lateral margin, occasionally almost entirely brown. Abdomen with tergites
brown and black, the brown confined to posterior margin of each segment but often
expanded dorsallly and restricted laterally, becoming paler towards abdominal apex.
Tymbal covers substantially black with just a small pale area of variable extent
dorsally. Sternites blackish, especially medially; sternite VII light brown, sternite VIII
light brown with a broad black central area not reaching apex.
Genitalia (Figs 3, 4). Pygofer brown or greenish, always black on apical spine and
along basal margin, especially subdorsally but sometimes also dorsally, black also
along ventral margin broadest towards base. Basal lobes small, in lateral view
terminating in a rounded apex. Uncus black, in lateral view strongly downcurved with
apical half more or less straight, in dorsal view slightly expanded distally and
terminating in a blunt point; slightly depressed dorsally, slightly excavated ventrally.
Aedeagus tubular with a pair of slender, simple appendages arising opposite each other
near apex.
Female. Coloration and markings similar to male. Abdominal segment 9 ringed with
black basally to varying degrees, sometimes the black absent dorsally but always with
one or two finger-like extensions laterally; apical spine brown. Ovipositor sheath
black, terminating about level with apex of apical spine.
Dimensions. Range and mean (in mm) for 10 c'&' and 10 99 (including largest and
smallest of available specimens). Length of body: æ% 31.1-35.9 (mean 33.53), 9
30.1-34.8 (mean 32.51). Length of fore wing: 9" 43.6-47.0 (mean 44.95), 9 41.6-47.0
(mean 44.23). Width of head: œ 14.0-15.6 (mean 14.46), 2 13.6-15.6 (mean 14.47).
Width of pronotum: œ 13.1-15.0 (mean 13.84), 9 12.9-14.7 (mean 13.75).
Nymphal exuviae (Fig. 7).
Light golden brown, glossy but not highly so, posterior 1/4 or so of abdominal tergites
slightly darkened. Fore leg with apical tooth of tibia very long and slender, gently
curved, extending more than 3/4 length of tarsus; posterior tooth of femur long,
slender and almost straight; intermediate tooth of femur short; femoral comb with 6
regular teeth. Body length & 27.4-29.9 mm (n = 4); 9 29.0-29.4 mm (n = 2).
Etymology
Named in honour of Mr Robert Lachlan who collected the original specimens.
Comments
M. lachlani is a distinctive species unlike any other Macrotristria; the rich
orange-brown basal cell of the fore wing is unique in the genus.
Adults were found on tall, scattered Pandanus in open forest.
Distribution
Known only from Punsand Bay near Cape York and near the Hann River crossing, 80
km NW of Laura, Cape York Peninsula.
Macrotristria vittata sp.n. (Figs 2, 5, 6, 8)
Types. Queensland: Holotype c', upper Jardine R., Cape York Pen., 11°18’S 142?37' E,
22.x.1979, M.S. & B.J. Moulds (AM). Paratypes: 1 9, same data as holotype; 2 d'S
(one genitalic preparation MA4), same data as holotype but 11°14’S, 142°38’E,
16.x.1979 (MSM).
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 135
Figs 1-2. Adult oo, dorsal view: (1) Macrotristria lachlani sp.n.; (2) M.
vittata sp.n.
136 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Male (Figs 2, 5, 6). Head green, usually with a brownish tinge towards eyes; ocelli
surrounded by black in a complex pattern; black along posterior margin adjacent to
eyes. Postclypeus dark brown with a large median area dorsally green or yellowish
brown; an indistinct black spot at distal end of the green or yellowish brown.
Anteclypeus black with midline partly or entirely brown. Rostrum brown at base,
remainder black, reaching base of hind coxae. Antennae black. Thorax. Pronotum
brown with dorsal midline and pronotal collar green; fissures and posterior margin
adjacent to pronotal collar black; an indistinct black fascia between anterior oblique
fissure and pronotal collar. Mesonotum dark brown with wing grooves and cruciform
elevation green; an indistinct paramedian pair of subconical black fasciae based on
anterior margin, these appearing essentially in outline only; an even more indistinct
but larger subconical black marking on each side of paramedian pair; anterior side of
cruciform elevation bearing an indistinct black fascia. Wings hyaline; venation brown
or green becoming black distally. Fore wings without infuscation; costa green or
brown to node; basal cell green along anterior margin; basal membrane grey. Hind
wings with opaque, off-white pigmentation on anal lobes alongside veins 2A and 3A.
Legs dark brown with all femora, coxae and hind tibiae and tarsi yellowish. Opercula
broad and rounded, slightly overlapping, confined to margins of tympanal cavities;
orange-yellow. Abdomen with tergites black or nearly so except for yellow on
posterior half or more of tergites 7 and 8, all tergites muddy yellow ventrally, tergite
3 with a large patch of silver pubescence laterally, sometimes also extending to tergite
4; tymbal covers black. Sternites muddy yellow with black median band, sternite VII
yellow usually with black base and thin black midline; sternite VIII yellow, usually
with thin black midline.
Genitalia (Figs 5, 6). Pygofer yellow with black apical spine and a black basal band;
basal lobes in lateral view evenly rounded. Uncus yellow, in lateral view robust and
strongly downcurved, in dorsal view narrowing distally with apex incurvate.
Aedeagus tubular with a pair of slender simple appendages arising opposite each other
near apex.
Female. Coloration and markings similar to male. Abdominal segment 9 golden
brown, substantially black basally except for ventral surface and with black apical
spine and narrow black outer margin. Ovipositor sheath black, terminating about level
with apex of apical spine.
Dimensions. Range and mean (in mm) for 3d'd' and 12. Length of body: &' 33.8-34.5
(mean 34.17), 9 32.9. Length of fore wing: d 44.4-46.3 (mean 45.03), 9 45.3. Width
of head: * 13.8-14.7 (mean 14.3), 9 14.2. Width of pronotum: œ% 13.1-13.5 (mean
13.3), 9 13.5.
Nymphal exuviae (Fig. 8).
Light golden brown with a high gloss except ventrally, posterior 1/3 or less of
abdominal tergites slightly darkened. Fore leg with apical tooth of tibia long and
slender, gently curved, extending about 2/3 length of tarsus; posterior tooth of femur
long, slender and gently curved; intermediate tooth of femur relatively short; femoral
comb with 7 regular teeth. Body length & 27.7-32.2 mm (n = 11); ? 29.6-32.3 mm
(n= 5).
Etymology
Derived from the Latin vitta (= band, ribbon) and refers to the prominent band of
colour formed by the pronotal collar.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 137
0.5 mm
5
Figs 3-6. & genitalia: (3) Macrotristria lachlani sp.n., lateral view; (4) the
same, ventral view; (5) M. vittata sp.n., lateral view; (6) the same, ventral
view. ae, aedeagus; blp, basal lobe of pygofer; un, uncus.
138 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
Figs 7-8. d exuviae, fore leg in lateral view; tarsus, tibiae and femur: (7) M.
lachlani sp.n.; (8) M. vittata sp.n. fc, femoral comb; itf, intermediate tooth
of femur; ptf, posterior tooth of femur.
Comments
M. vittata is a distinctive species clearly unlike any other Macrotristria; the green
pronotal collar contrasting so markedly with the dark body is unique in the genus.
Adults were found in riverine vegetation along the Jardine River. Numerous exuviae
were present on tree trunks but adults were uncommon suggesting that emergence had
occurred some weeks before.
Distribution
known only from the upper Jardine River in the far north of Cape York Peninsula.
Acknowledgements
Mr Carl Bento took the photographs for figures 1 and 2 and Miss A. de
Laurentiis prepared the drawings for figures 3-6.
References
BURNS, A. N. 1964. Revision of the genus Macrotristria Stàl (Cicadidae-
Homoptera-Hemiptera) with descriptions of new species. Memoirs of the National Museum of
Victoria 26: 77-123.
MOULDS, M. S. 1990. Australian Cicadas. x + 217 pp., 24 pls. New South Wales University
Press, Kensington.
Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992 139
RESEARCH REQUEST
CASTNIIDAE — SUN MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA)
During the next two years Ted Edwards, Ebbe Nielsen and Tracy Harwood of
the Australian National Insect Collection, with support from CSIRO and the
ABRS, will conduct a detailed study of the taxonomy, distribution and
general biology of the Australian Castniidae (sun moths).
The purpose of the study is to produce the first thorough taxonomic revision
of the c. 45 Australian species of Castniidae. The study will provide a user-
friendly identification manual illustrated with colour plates, summary of their
general biology and past and present distribution. The conservation status of
each species will also be discussed: all species appear to feed on native
grasses and sedges and many species seem to have declined because of
pasture improvement and the use of fertiliser.
Since Castniidae are day-flying and butterfly-like moths, we appeal to
butterfly collectors and other entomologists to assist our study with loans of
specimens, information about sightings and biology, and by generally looking
out for Castniidae during the next year, collecting a short series representing
both sexes, if possible. All specimens loaned to us will be returned with
identification and all assistance with the project will be acknowledged in the
final publication.
Please contact us by mail or telephone for more information.
Castniid Project
Mr Ted Edwards
CSIRO Entomology
G.P.O. Box 1700
Canberra City, A.C.T., 2601
Tel. (06) 246 4257
Fax. (06) 246 4000
140 Aust. ent. Mag. 19 (4) Nov 1992
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
KRAKE, G.
(1991). Observation of a dynastid beetle impaled on barbed wire. Vict. Ent. 21: 61.
KRIVOSHEINA, N.P.
(1989). Phyletic relationships and evolution of the lower Diptera Brachycera. Ent. Obozr. 69 (3): 662-673 [In Russian;
translated Ent. Rev. 69 (3): 138-150.
KUSCHEL, G. and MAY, B.M.
(1990). — Palophaginae, a new subfamily for leaf-beetles, feeding as adult and larva on araucarian pollen in Australia
(Coleoptera: Megalopodidae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 697-719.
LANGLEY, S.
(1992). Notes on Nictemeria macrocosma (Low.) (Geometridae: Ennominae). Vict. Ent. 22: 96.
LAWRENCE, J.F., KISTNER, D.H and PASTEELS, J.M. /
(1990). — A new genus and three new species of termitophilous Aderidae (Coleoptera) from Australia, Papua New Guinea and
the Philippines, with notes on their biology. /nvert. Taxon. 4: 643-654.
LIEBHERR, J.K.
(1991). A new tribal placement for the Australian genera Homethes and Aeolodermus (Coleoptera: Carabidae: Odacanthini).
Pan-Pacif. Ent. 66: 312-321.
MALIPATIL, M.B.
(1991). The generic classification of the Australian Harpactorinae (Heteroptera: Reduviidae). Invert. Taxon. 4: 935-971.
(1991). Two new genera of Harpactorinae (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) from northern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 83-88.
MARCHANT, R.
(1990). Freshwater invertebrate survey methods and analytical techniques. Vict. Ent. 20: 133-138.
MARSHALL, S.A. and MONTAGNES, D.J.S
(1990). The Pacific species of Trachyopella Duda, (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 851-875.
MATILE, L.
(1990). Recherches sur la systématique et l'evolution des Keroplatidae (Diptera, Mycetophiloidea). Mém. Mus.
Natn. hist. nat. (A) 148: 1-682.
MAZUR, S.
(1990). Notes on Oriental and Australian Histeridae (Coleoptera). Polski Pismo ent. 59: 743-759.
McALPINE, D.K.
(1991). Review of the Australian kelp flies (Diptera: Coelopidae). Syst. Ent. 16: 29-84.
McCAFFERTY, W.P.
(1991). Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Ephemeroptera (Insects): a commentary on systematics. Ann. ent. Soc. Am.
84: 343-360.
McDONALD, F.J.D.
(1992). Revision of Munduala Distant in Australia (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 165-169.
(1992). Cephaloplatus elegans sp. n. (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 223-225.
McHUGH, J.V. and WHEELER, Q.D.
(1991). Notosphindus slateri, a new genus and species of Sphindidae (Coleoptera: Cucujoidea) from Australia. JI N.Y. ent.
Soc. 99: 527-537.
McLEOD, L.J. and ANDERSON, J.M.E.
(1992). Distribution patterns, dispersal, seasonal abundance and reproduction of Chrysomyia rufifacies
(Macquart) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) in the arid zone of New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 113:
109-120.
McMILLAN, R.P.
(1991). Trapping of insects by Eremaea beaufortioides. West. Aust. Nat. 18: 165-166.
[Coleoptera: Cleridae, Cantharidae, Chrysomelidae; Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae]
MEDLER, J.T.
(1990). — Review of Jamella Kirkaldy and Malleja gen. nov. in Australia and New
- (Homoptera: Flatidae). Invert. Taxon. 3: 995-1004.
MEINANDER, M.
(1990). The Coniopterygidae (Neuroptera, Planipennia). A check-list of the sj
and other new data. Acta Zool. Fennica 189: 1-95,
MILLER, J.S.
(1991). Cladistics and classification of the Notodontidae
Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 204: 1-230.
MILLER, L.R.
(1991). A revision of the Termes-Capritermes branch of the Termitinae in Australia (Isoptera: Termitidae). Invert. Taxon. 4:
1147-1282.
MONTEITH, G.B.
(1990). Life inside an ant-plant. Wildlife Aust. 27 (4): 5.
(1990). The plant-ant connection. Wildlife Aust. 27 (4): 6.
(1991). The life and times of the giant wood moth. Wildlife Aust. 28 (1): 8-10.
(1991). — Look who's emerging. The birth of a giant wood moth. Wildlife Aust. 28 (2): 19.
Guinea, with descriptions of new species
pecies of the world, descriptions of new Species
(Lepidoptera: Noctuoidea) based on larval and adult morphology,
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
VOLUME 19
1992
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUUENSLAND
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted to
entomology of the Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New
Guinea and islands of the southwestern Pacific. The magazine is a non-profit
journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. Articles will be accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The magazine is produced independently and subscription to
the Magazine is not included with membership of the Society. Subscriptions
are payable in advance. Correspondence should be addressed to the Editor, or
to the Business Manager, Australian Entomological Magazine, P.O. Box 537,
Indooroopilly, Queensland, Australia, 4068.
Individual Subscriptions
A$16.00 per annum Australia and Pacific countries.
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere.
Institutional Subscriptions
A$20.00 per annum Australian.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Please note that cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should have
A $5.00 added to the subscription rate.
Magazine Publication Committee
Editor: Mr G. Daniels
Assistant Editor: Emeritus Prof. D.S. Kettle
Business Manager: Miss M.A. Schneider
ISSN 0311 1881
Printed for The Entomological Society of Queensland
by Hans Quality Print, Brisbane.
Copyright Reserved, 1992
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
INDEX Vol. 19, 1992
ADAMS, P.B., BARTAREAU, T. and WALKER, K. Pollination of Australian
orchids by Trigona (Tetragona) Jurine bees (Hymenoptera: Apidae).
ALLSOPP, P.G. Volatile compounds as attractants for Campsomeris
tasmaniensis (Saussure) (Hymenoptera: Scoliidae).
BRABY, M.F. and DOUGLAS, F. Observations on the biology of Delias
harpalyce (Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) near Melbourne, Victoria.
BUCKLEY, R. Diurnal and nocturnal mortality of ant-tended treehoppers
(Homoptera: Eurymelidae) on a temperate-zone eucalypt.
BURWELL, C.J. and PAVEY, C.R. The insect prey of a white-throated
needletail Hirundapus caudacutus (Latham) (Aves: Apodidae).
CONWAY. J.R. Notes on a nest of the honey ant, Plagiolepis squamulosa
Wheeler, in the Northern Territory, Australia.
DANIELS, G. New distribution records for Hesperiidae and Papilionidae
(Lepidoptera) from Cape York Peninsula, northern Queensland.
D'APICE, J.W.C. and MILLER, C.G. The genus Nesolycaena Waterhouse and
Turner (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) with a description of a new species.
DOUGLAS, F. and BRABY, M.F. Notes on the distribution and biology of
some Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) in Victoria.
FORSTER, P.I. Pollination of Hoya australis (Asclepiadaceae) by Ocybadistes
walkeri sothis (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae).
FORSTER, P.I. Insects associated with the flowers of Marsdenia cymulosa
Benth. (Asclepiadaceae) and their possible role in pollination.
FORSTER, P.I. Tylophora biglandulosa (Endl.) F. Muell. (Asclepiadaceae), a
larval food plant for Parantica pumila (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in New Caledonia.
HACOBIAN, B.S. New distribution records of the green tree ant Oecophylla
smaragdina (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae) and three
associated lycaenid butterflies.
HANCOCK, D.L. The Princeps fuscus complex (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae).
JAMES, D.G. Summer reproductive dormancy in Biprorulus bibax (Breddin)
(Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) on Eremocitrus glauca (Rutaceae) in south-
eastern Queensland and western New South Wales.
JOHNSON, S.J., HAY, R.W. and BOLLAM, H.H. Jalmenus notocrucifer sp.
n. (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from south Western Australia.
KITCHING, R.L. and HARMSEN, R. Butterflies taken at light in north
Queensland rain forest.
MAYNARD, G. Notes on nests of Amegilla (Asaropoda) sp. (Hymenoptera:
Anthophoridae).
MAYO, R. and ATKINS, A. Anisyntoides Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae): a synonym of Trapezites Hübner, with description of a new
species from Western Australia.
McALPINE, D.K. The earliest described species of Helosciomyzidae (Diptera:
Schizophora).
MOULDS, M.S. Two new species of Macrotristria Stal (Hemiptera:
Cicadidae) from Queensland.
iii
117
39
45
103
133
iv
MULLER, C.J. New Gahnia Forst. & Forst. F. food plant records for
Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach) and Tisiphone abeona regalis
Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae and Nymphalidae) in New South
Wales. 102
MURRAY, K. A note on the rearing of Austroargiolestes isabellae
(Theischinger & O'Farrell) (Odonata: Megapodagrionidae). 49
REID, C.M. Calomela nigripennis Lea, a valid species (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae). 125
VAN SCHAGEN, J.J., MAJER, J.D. and HOBBS, R.J. Biology of
Ochrogaster lunifer Herrich-Schaeffer (Lepidoptera: Thaumetopoeidae), a
defoliator of Acacia acuminata Bentham, in the Western Australian
wheatbelt. 19
WILLIAMS, M.R., ATKINS, A.F., HAY, R.W., and BOLLAM, H.H. The life
history of Ogyris otanes C. & R. Felder in the Stirling Range, Western
Australia (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). 55
WILLIAMS, A.A.E., HAY, R.W. and BOLLAM, H.H. New records for six
lycaenid butterflies in Western Australia (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). 25
WILLIAMS, M.R., WILLIAMS, A.A.E. and ATKINS, A.F. The life history
of the sciron skipper Trapezites sciron sciron Waterhouse and Lyell
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). 29
WOOD, G.A. New distribution records for Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from
northern Queensland. 28
WOOD, G.A. The life history of Eurema candida virgo (Wallace)
(Lepidoptera: Pieridae: Coliadinae). 115
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 11 (pp. 165-180):
Colydiidae; Mordellidae; Zopheridae; Tenebrionidae; Meloidae;
Oedemeridae. between pages 56 and 57
BOOK REVIEWS 44, 106
RECENT LITERATURE 48, 64, 94, 140
Publication dates: Part 1 (pp. 1-48) May 29
Part 2 (pp.49-64) July31
Part 3 (pp.65-96) | October 9
Part 4 (pp.97-140) November 27
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
Suppliers of fine quality insect specimens for both the amateur and
professional collector. Our latest catalogue contains over 1200 species of
Papilionidae, Nymphalidae, Satyridae, Lycaenidae, Saturniidae,
Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Lucanidae and many other families from
North and South America, Africa, Europe, Australia, Papua New Guinea,
Solomons, Russia, etc. Many rare and hard to get species are available.
We also supply preset material. The Insect Company, P.O. Box 618,
Cooktown, Qld, 4871.
FOR SALE. Rosewood insect cabinet. Block of four units each with 10
drawers. Drawer size 680 mm x 600 mm. Each drawer lined with
polyethylene foam. Depth of drawers suitable for 38 mm pins or unit
trays. Overall dimensions: height 1350 mm, width 1450 mm, depth 640
mm. Unit has polyurethane coated pine work top and sits on a 75 mm
high recessed marante base. Price $3950. Phone (07) 877 9428 (Bus.),
(07) 376 5973 (A/H).
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Mr G. Daniels, Editor
Australian Entomological Magazine
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL MAGAZINE
Vol. 19, Part 4, 27 November 1992
CONTENTS
ADAMS, P.B., BARTAREAU, T. and WALKER, K. Pollination of
Australian orchids by Trigóna (Tetragona) Jurine bees
(Hymenoptera: Apidae).
ALLSOPP, P.G. Volatile compounds as attractants for Campsomeris
tasmaniensis (Saussure) (Hymenoptera: Scoliidae).
DOUGLAS, F. and BRABY, M.F. Notes on the distribution and
biology of some Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) in
Victoria.
FORSTER, P.I. Tylophora biglandulosa (Endl.) F. Muell.
(Asclepiadaceae), a larval food plant for Parantica pumila
(Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in New Caledonia.
HACOBIAN, B.S. New distribution records of the green tree ant
Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae:
Formicinae) and three associated lycaenid butterflies.
KITCHING, R.L. and HARMSEN, R. Butterflies taken at light in
north Queensland rain forest.
MONTEITH, G.B. Book Review — A Guide to the Genera of Beetles
of South Australia. Part 6.
MOULDS, M.S. Two new species of Macrotristria Stàl (Hemiptera:
Cicadidae) from Queensland.
MULLER, C.J. New Gahnia Forst. & Forst. F. food plant records for
Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach) and Tisiphone abeona regalis
Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae and Nymphalidae) in New
South Wales.
REID, C.M. Calomela nigripennis Lea, a valid species (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae).
WOOD, G.A. The life history of Eurema candida virgo (Wallace)
(Lepidoptera: Pieridae: Coliadinae).
RECENT LITERATURE - An accumulative bibliography of
Australian entomology.
97
107
117
114
111
103
106
133
102
125
115
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES inside back cover
ISSN 0311 1881
82b Y
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
oe
em
AA ma. v Ñ
OS
LSS
Rage
Ñ ts
e
Volume 20, Part 1, 2 July 1993.
Price: $5.00 per part
Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
|
MUSEUM OF VICTORIA
WAT
Uto
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST -
Te Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is is'anon2 9
. profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced — —
. independently and subscription. to the js is not included with membership of ihe
Sii.
te The Editorial Panel adc SUR OH
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin Aa fe A pa
ae "M . .. Queensland Museum
Y. sinn: Editors —— Mr G. Daniels
; University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith | ;
rer diei Queensland Museum
: Bisnis Menage Dr A.P. Mackey Y
D» Queensland University of Technology
Sisto it.
e ; Subscriptions are payable in "advance: to the. BUSINESS Manager, The Australian : i
. Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068. ; :
— For individuals > . A$16.00 per annum Australia —
v Zs ~ A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
Je For institutions |. A$20.00 per annum Australia.
ak : A$22.00 per annum EE j {
Cheaqueein in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra ASS. 00.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY € OF QUEENSLAND |
? Membership i is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meennect are normally, held. Eo
. inthe Department of. Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday ODE
: March- -June and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the (3
"ide is Society's News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological nois
. notices of other Society events and. information on Members' activities. —
ee Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Sree ae of eee uf invia of
2 d na bi Que. 14072: Em ) ' :
t roc palin. (Leach) DS Morne entes is
m > of Australian lacewings. It occurs in both coastal
and inland areas from northern Queensland 1 to the central coast of New South _
Wales. Larvae are meme type, SENE, D in A sarid! aul. ose Eo DM
Illustration b y Geoff TI APSO:
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary, *
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993 l
A RANGE EXTENSION FOR THE MOTH BUTTERFLY, LIPHYRA
BRASSOLIS MAJOR ROTHSCHILD (LEPIDOPTERA:
LYCAENIDAE)
G.B. MONTEITH
Queensland Museum, P.O. Box 3300, South Brisbane, Qld, 4101
The well known Australian moth butterfly, Liphyra brassolis major, has an
obligatory relationship with the green tree ant (weaver ant), Oecophylla
smaragdina (Fabricius), its larvae living inside the foliage nests of the ant and
feeding exclusively on the ant's larvae. Because of this, the butterfly's
distribution is limited by the distribution of O. smaragdina which has been
mapped in Australia by Lokkers (1986) to occur along the tropical coast from
Broome (W.A.) in the west to Yeppoon (Qld) in the south. Hacobian (1992)
has just recorded O. smaragdina 100 km further south of Yeppoon at Tannum
Sands.
Until recently the distribution of L. brassolis was not known to extend to
either the western or the southern limit of the ant in Australia (Common &
Waterhouse 1981). In the west Yeates (1990) recorded the butterfly from
Kalumburu in W.A. taking its distribution 500 km further west from its
previous limit at Darwin but still 600 km short of the ant's limit at Broome.
In the south the butterfly's known limit has been at Mackay, 380 km north of
the ant's accepted southern limit at Tannum Sands, though Common and
Waterhouse suggest that "it may occur even as far south as Yeppoon, where
the green tree ant Oecophylia is plentiful". The record below now confirms
its presence at Yeppoon.
On 22 May 1992 in company with Mr Alan Walford-Huggins, I collected
four live nests of O. smaragdina from margins of low coastal rainforest about
5 km north of Yeppoon and carried them to Brisbane by air the same day.
Most nests were built in foliage of Cupaniopsis anacardioides Radlk. That
evening Mr Anthony Hiller and I anaesthetised one large nest with carbon
dioxide to remove the ants for display purposes. In opening the nest one
small (15 mm) L. brassolis larva was discovered. It died the following day
but its distinctive appearance makes its identity unquestionable. The
specimen is now in the Queensland Museum. On 29 May, a second, larger L.
brassolis larva (ca. 20 mm) was noted moving on the outside of one of the
other nests which had been attached to a potted shrub for live display. Thus
at least two of the four collected O. smaragdina nests had contained larvae of
this rarely seen butterfly. Following this discovery, the Tannum Sands
locality should be checked for the presence of L. brassolis.
2) Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993
References
COMMON, L.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
HACOBIAN, B. 1992. New distribution records of the green tree ant, Oecophylla smaragdina
(Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae) and three associated lycaenid butterflies.
Australian Entomological Magazine 19: 111-113.
LOKKERS, C. 1986. The distribution of the weaver ant, Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius)
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in northern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 683-687.
YEATES, D.K. 1990. New records of butterflies from the East Kimberley, Western Australia.
Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 73-74.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993 3
A NEW SPECIES OF PHYTALMIA (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
FROM PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Margaret A. Schneider
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld 4072
Abstract
Phytalmia robertsi sp.n. is described from Papua New Guinea and its relationship with other
species within the genus discussed.
Introduction
The genus Phytalmia Gerstaecker was revised by McAlpine and Schneider
(1978) who recorded six species in the genus, five from New Guinea and one
from the Iron Range district of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Males of
Phytalmia are remarkable for their cheek processes which give them the name
‘antler flies. The behaviour and function of the cheek processes of
Phytalmia spp. have been studied by Moulds (1977) and Dodson (1989).
The specimens of the species described below were discovered in the National
Forest Insect Collection, then located at Bulolo, by Dr Gary Dodson during
his studies of PAytalmia in Papua New Guinea.
Abbreviations: AM, Australian Museum, Sydney; NFIC, National Forest
Insect Collection, Lae; UQIC, University of Queensland Insect Collection,
Brisbane; L.A., logging area; M. Prov., Morobe Province.
Phytalmia Gerstaecker
Phytalmia Gerstaecker, 1860: 169. Type species Phytalmia cervicornis
Gerstaecker, 1860 (des. Enderlein, 1936: 229).
Phytalmia robertsi sp.n. (Figs 1-3)
Types - PAPUA NEW GUINEA: holotype d (AM), Robbies Crk, Bulolo, M.
Prov., 26.vii.1979, H. Ivagai; paratypes : ld, 499 (NFIC), same data as
holotype except 2, 8.viii.1979; 322, 1? (NFIC), 1d (UQIC), same locality,
9.15.viii.1979; H. Roberts; 42 9 (NFIC), 19 (UQIC), Robbies Crk, Stony L.A.,
Bulolo, M.Prov., 29,30.vi, 3.vii.1979, H. Roberts; 29 9 (AM), same locality,
2, 5.vii.1979, H. Ivagai; 12 (NFIC), Stony L.A., Bulolo, M. Prov., 3.viii.1979,
H. Ivagai; 1% (AM), Waramuri Crk, Bulolo, M. Prov., 25.vi.1980, H. Ivagai;
12 (NFIC), Waramuri, Bulolo, M. Prov., 10.vii.1980, H. Ivagai; 19 (UQIC),
Lower Manki L.A., Bulolo, M. Prov., 17.iv.1980, H. Roberts; 12", 19 (NFIC),
1g (UQIC), Naru L.A., Gogol, Madang Prov., 28,29.v.1984, H. Roberts.
Male (Fig. 1)
Head - Occiput mainly brown to very dark brown with irregular yellowish
patches especially medially and behind base of cheek process; posterior
margin bluntly produced over neck region with median dorsal depression and
row of close erect setulae. Eye deeply emarginate posteriorly around anterior
4 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993
base of cheek process. Frons with dark brown of occiput continuous broadly
over ocellar region and extending forwards over posterior fronto-orbital
region; second dark brown crescent-shaped patch anteriorly; frons otherwise
yellowish-brown; usually two fine posterior fronto-orbital bristles, much
shorter than anterior incurved one. Ocellar bristles very fine and short.
Antenna mid brown with segment 3 usually lighter brown than segments 1
and 2; arista plumose, with ventral hairs shorter and fewer than dorsal hairs.
Parafacial, except ventral dark brown patch, and upper part of mesofacial pale
fulvous; epistomal margin of face produced into broad lip-like dark reddish
brown process usually with small anteromedian pale patch. Cheek pale
fulvous; cheek bristle arising from conspicuous narrow projection. Cheek
process (Fig. 2) flattened, narrow basally, broad distally, divided into two
rounded branches; colour variable but usually predominantly brownish-purple
with reddish-black markings. Buccal cavity pale fulvous except brownish-
purple on ventral surface of epistomal projection. Palpus broadly lanceolate,
brownish-purple.
Thorax - Predominantly mid to dark brown with variable dull yellowish
suffusions; scutellum pale yellowish. Pronotal lobes rounded, separated by
a low ridge medially. Mesonotum with an anterior median tubercle just
posterior to ridge separating pronotal lobes. Anterior notopleural bristle much
finer and shorter than posterior one. Legs with coxae dark brown, fore coxa
elongate, at least half length of fore femur; femora brown except for pale
yellowish bases; fore femur thickest in middle of length with four to six
posteroventral black spines; tibiae mid brown although fore tibia often
yellowish brown; mid tibiae with three black apical ventral spines, the middle
one at least twice length of other two; hind tibia with one short black
anteroventral spine apically. Tarsi yellowish; hind tarsus with one or two
short dark ventral spines near base. Wing with costal, marginal and
submarginal cells brown; subcostal cell dark brown; other cells variably
lightly tinged with brown. Haltere pale yellow.
Abdomen - Preabdomen dark brown except yellowish brown dorsal patch
behind middle of petiolate basal segment and mid brown posterior areas of
tergites 3 and 4. Combined tergite 1 and 2 about as long as tergites 3,4 and
5 together, each finely setose with a long fine bristle laterally and mid
dorsolaterally on the posterior margin. Sternite 1 quite short, partially
separated from the very long, narrow sparsely setose sternite 2; sternites 3 and
4 long, narrow, setose; sternite 5 much larger, widening posteriorly, densely
short setose; sternites 2 to 4 with one or two long, fine posterolateral bristles;
sternite 5 with two or three mid lateral and two posterior bristles on each side.
Postabdomen (Fig. 3) tawny brown; cercus yellow. Tergite 6 absent.
Sternites 6 and 7 separated on right side, fused ventrally and connected to
dorsolateral sternite 8 on left side. Outer surstylus not much longer than
wide, with lower edge slightly emarginate and anterior margin medially
curved. Inner surstylus about one third width and shorter than outer surstylus
with two anteroventrally directed black teeth on distal outer edge. Lateral
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993 5
Fig. 1. P. robertsi d. Scale line = 2.5 mm.
6 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993
arms of aedeagal apodeme articulating with anterior curve of U-shaped genital
ring; arms of genital ring articulating with anterior inner edge of epandrium
behind. Stipe of aedeagus long slender bare; glans of aedeagus bifurcate
distally, one arm bearing the gonopore, the other bearing subterminal tuft of
microtrichia.
Female
Description as for male except in the following points.
Eye much less deeply emarginate posteriorly. Lower part of face patchy dark
reddish-brown and pale fulvous. Epistomal margin less markedly produced.
Cheek process absent and cheek bristle not arising from a tubercle or
projection. Fore femur uniformly brown, not pale basally, not markedly
thicker at mid length and without black spines. Fore tibia and tarsus and
distal segments of mid and hind tarsi brown. Tergite 6 well developed;
combined lengths of tergites 5 and 6 about same as length of tergite 5 of
males. Sternite 5 shorter than in male; sternite 6 wider than 5; bristles and
setae of segment 6 as for segment 5; fused sternite and tergite 7 mid brown,
setose, with two dorsal and two ventral long fine bristles posteriorly.
Dimensions
Total length: d 11.5-13.7mm; 9 9.7-14.5mm. Length of thorax: d 3.4-4.2mm;
F 2.6-4.0mm. Length of wing: d' 9.0-10.3mm; 9 7.3-9.8mm. Length of d
cheek process: 2.9-3.6mm.
Etymology
The species is named in honour of Dr Hywel Roberts for his help in
collecting this and many other interesting species of flies during the years he
spent in Papua New Guinea.
Discussion
This species is most closely related to P. megalotis Gerstaecker. The males
can easily be distinguished by the difference in the form of the cheek process
(not bilobed distally in P. megalotis) and by the pale coloured base of the fore
femur of P. robertsi (fore femur entirely brown in P. megalotis). The females
are more difficult to distinguish, the main consistent difference being the
anterior brown band on the wing in P. robertsi while P. megalotis has just the
subcostal cell brown and an indistinct apical brown patch. In the key to
species given by McAlpine and Schneider (1978: 164), P. robertsi would go
to the second half of couplet 2 with P. mouldsi McAlpine and Schneider and
P. megalotis except that the male cheek process is bilobed distally. It would
then be separated from P. megalotis by the characters given above.
All specimens but one were taken in montane areas around Bulolo. The
single male specimen taken from Gogol in the Madang Province is clearly
conspecific despite the generally much lower altitude of the area. Nothing is
known of its behaviour and biology except for a little information given on
the data labels. Thirteen specimens were taken on or under leaves of bananas
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993 7
2
eye
Figs 2-3. P. robertsi d&' (2) left cheek process, posterior view. Scale line =
2.0 mm. (3) postabdomen, right lateral view with sternites 6,7 and 8 displaced
and bristles not shown.
a, aedeagus; aa, aedeagal apodeme; c, cercus; e, epandrium; gr, genital ring;
is, inner surstylus; s, sternite; v, vanes of aedeagal apodeme. Scale line =
0.5 mm.
8 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993
(Musa sp.), six on leaves or the stem of Dysoxylum sp. and one on Dysoxylum
gaudichaudianum, the only known host for P. mouldsi. The remaining
specimens were simply recorded from leaves of shrubs, ground vegetation or
on a log. It is of significance that specimens were taken in logging areas
where an abundance of oviposition sites would be available, assuming that
females of this species, like at least some other species of the genus, deposit
their eggs under the bark of fallen trees.
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr G. Dodson for bringing this new species to my attention, Dr H.
Roberts for the loan of the specimens from the NFIC and Dr D.K. McAlpine
(AM) for the loan of specimens of other species of PAytalmia for comparison.
References
DODSON, G. 1989. The horny antics of antlered flies. Australian Natural History 12: 604-
611.
ENDERLEIN, G. 1936. Zur kenntnis der Phytalmiiden (Diptera: Phytalmiidae). Arbeiten über
morphologische und taxonomische Entomologie aus Berlin-Dahlem 3: 225-230.
GERSTAECKER, A. 1860. Beschreibung einiger ausgezeichneten neuen Dipteren aus der
Familie Muscariae. Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung 21: 163-202.
McALPINE, D.K. and SCHNEIDER, M.A. 1978. A systematic study of Phytalmia (Diptera:
Tephritidae) with description of a new genus. Systematic Entomology 3: 159-175.
MOULDS, M.S. 1977. Field observations on behaviour of a north Queensland species of
Phytalmia (Diptera: Tephritidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 16: 347-352.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993 9
AESTIVATION OF ADULT WINTER GNATS (DIPTERA:
TRICHOCERIDAE)
I.D. ENDERSBY
56 Looker Road, Montmorency, Vic., 3094
Introduction
As their common name implies, northern hemisphere members of the
Trichoceridae are most commonly seen during winter when they appear in
swarms on sunny days (Imms 1973). This characteristic has also been noted
for southern hemisphere species. Alexander (1926) records them for late
autumn, early spring and mild sunny days in winter while Colless and
McAlpine (1991) describe their distribution as the cooler areas of south-
eastern Australia in the colder months of the year.
The larvae occur principally in decomposing vegetable matter including
rotting mushrooms (Colless and McAlpine 1991). Winter emergence would
appear to be a strategy for avoiding high temperatures and consequent
desiccation and, possibly, increasing the likelihood of a larval food source
being present. Two different life cycles can be postulated involving a
summer diapause as either egg or pupa: (1) eggs laid in late winter; larvae
present in spring; summer diapause as pupa; adult emergence in autumn; (2)
eggs, laid in spring, are in diapause during summer; larvae present during
autumn with a short pupal stage in early winter.
Australian published observations are inadequate to test these hypotheses.
This note proposes a third explanation: summer aestivation by adults.
Locality
Fourth Hill, Warrandyte was part of the first proclaimed goldfield in Victoria.
From the late 1850's mines and tunnels were dug to extract reef quartz and
two of these are still accessible to the public. Johnston's Mine and Geraghty's
Mine are horizontal drives over 100 m in length. Details are given in the
Warrandyte State Park Management Plan (Anon. 1990) together with
descriptions of flora, fauna and geology.
Observations
On 3.xi.1981 many winter gnats were found at the rear of Johnston's mine
hanging from the walls and ceiling. They were not torpid but responded to
touch and seemed to react slightly to torchlight. On 5 December, after dark,
winter gnats were found in the same part of the mine. On 4.iv.82 very few
winter gnats were present at the rear of Johnston's mine. The main
aggregations were near the entrance where they were found in crevices and in
shaded areas behind overhangs. Approximately ten years later, on 27.1.92,
numerous winter gnats were found hanging from the walls and ceiling at the
rear of Johnston's mine. On 2.viii.1982 there were no gnats found in any part
of that mine.
10 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993
On 30.xii.1981 winter gnats were sparsely distributed in Geraghty's mine and
on 27.1.1992 they were found randomly scattered along the walls of a cross-
drive.
Systematics
The presence of ocelli and a strongly curved anal vein readily identifies these
flies as being in the family Trichoceridae (Colless and McAlpine 1991) and
from Alexander's (1926) key they can be placed in the genus Nothotrichocera
Alexander. However, their other characteristics are intermediate or
inconsistent with the species in the key. They match an undescribed species
in the Museum of Victoria that was caught in 1928 and given a manuscript
name, probably by C.P. Alexander (K. Walker pers. comm.). D. Colless
(pers. comm.) confirmed that ANIC also holds a conspecific specimen
determined by Alexander.
Discussion
Summer aestivation is well documented in adult Australian Lepidoptera
(Common 1954; Edwards 1973) as a strategy to produce larvae when food
plants are available and to minimise the effects of high temperatures and
desiccation. Flies of the family Perissommatidae are active in winter. Their
larvae are well adapted to both a semi-liquid rotting medium and to
aestivation during summer drought (Colless and McAlpine 1991).
Within Australia, a country noted for its aridity (Heatwole 1987), a number of
taxa have adult summer aestivation rather than diapause of egg or pupa. In
the case of the winter gnats, perhaps this allows a rapid deployment when
favourable conditions return, rather than relying on a mechanism to break
diapause and then completing the life cycle.
The behaviour of the specimens in Victoria contrasts with the British species
Trichocera maculipennis Meigen which Hutson (1978) categorises as a
troglophile; species which are notably regular in caves at all times of the year
but have no special adaptations for that environment.
Further careful observations are required to document the full life cycle of
this fly. Of particular importance is the location of the larval food source
with respect to the tunnel entrances and the vagility of the adults. For at least
ten years, and probably for many more generations, adult insects have been
finding their way into the same tunnels to avoid the heat of summer. The
cues which trigger egress and ingress are unknown.
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due to Ken Walker and Don Colless for comparison with
specimens within their collections and for advice on the status of the
nomenclature. Each of the referees supplied valuable comments and special
thanks are due to the one who urged another site visit in winter.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993 11
References
ALEXANDER, C.P. 1926. The Trichoceridae of Australia (Diptera). Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales 51: 299-304
ANONYMOUS 1990. Warrandyte State Park Management Plan Department of Conservation
and Environment, Victoria (June 1990).
COLLESS, D.H. and D.K. McALPINE 1991. Diptera (Flies). Pp. 717-786 in The Insects of
Australia. CSIRO and Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
COMMON, LF.B. 1954. A study of the ecology of the adult bogong moth, Agrotis infusa
(Boisd.) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), with special reference to its behaviour during migration and
aestivation. Australian Journal of Zoology 2: 223-63.
EDWARDS, E.D. 1973. Delayed ovarian development and aestivation in adult females of
Heteronympha merope merope (Lepidoptera: Satyrinae). Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 12: 92-98.
HEATWOLE, H. 1987. Major components and distributions of the terrestrial fauna, in Fauna of
Australia Volume 1A. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra, pp. 101-135.
HUTSON, A.M. 1978. Caves, in A Dipterist's Handbook. The Amateur Entomologist Volume
15.
IMMS, A.D. 1973. Insect Natural History. Collins, London.
12 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jul 1993
SEX DETERMINATION OF THE LARVAE OF ORNITHOPTERA
PRIAMUS EUPHORION (GRAY) (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
Silke Weyland
6 Tudor Cl., Trinity Park, Qld, 4879
Abstract
Studies undertaken over a two year period with larvae of the Cairns birdwing butterfly,
Ornithoptera priamus euphorion have shown that males and females can be readily
distinguished.
Introduction
Sexual determination of Lepidoptera takes place at the egg stage and, as it is
possible to clearly differentiate male and female pupae, I wondered if it
would be possible to distinguish the sexes in the larval stage.
Methods
The large larval size of O. p. euphorion made it a suitable species to begin
with. Using third instar larvae, it was possible to recognise two different
patterns on segment 8 of the abdomen, without the aid of a magnifying glass
or microscope. On some larvae there was a circular, light coloured spot (Fig.
1), while others had a sharp line (Fig. 2).
Larvae with similar marks were placed together and after pupation, those
with the circular spot turned out to be males, while those with the linear mark
were females.
Results
This grouping was repeated numerous times over nearly 2 years, testing
hundreds of O. p. euphorion larvae with 100% success.
The same markings also occur in larvae of Papilio ulysses joesa Butler, P.
aegeus aegeus Donovan, Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius) and
Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius) and it is possible this character could
be generalised to larvae of all species, but this still has to be proven. Future
studies will include the larvae of various species from several families.
Figs 1 and 2. Ventral view of posterior end of O. priamus euphorion larva.
(1) round sex mark of male; (2) linear sex mark of female.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 13
HERBIVOROUS INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PAPERBARK
MELALEUCA QUINQUENERVIA AND ITS ALLIES: I.
NOCTUOIDEA (LEPIDOPTERA)
J.K. BALCIUNAS!, G.J. BOWMAN! and E.D. EDWARDS?
l United States Department of Agriculture, Australian Biological Control Laboratory, Australian
Centre for Tropical Freshwater Research, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
2 C. S.I.R.O. Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Although Melaleuca spp. trees and shrubs are diverse, common, and widely distributed
throughout Australia, there are few published records of insects associated with them. Since late
1986, surveys have been conducted in northern Queensland, south-eastern Queensland, and
northern New South Wales to detect insects with potential for controlling M. quinquenervia in
Florida, USA, where it has become a serious pest. Over 400 herbivorous insects have been found
associated with this tree and its close allies in Australia. This paper presents our records,
including brief descriptions of many larvae, for 22 species of Noctuoidea moths (1 Arctiidae, 9
Lymantriidae, 11 Noctuidae, and 1 Thaumetopoeidae) collected and reared on M. quinquenervia
and five closely related species. Literature references, where available, to other host plants of
each moth species are provided. Supplementary records are also presented for three additional
Noctuoidea species which were only collected from these trees as adults or pupae.
Introduction
Australia's landscape is dominated by plants belonging to the family
Myrtaceae. Within this very large family, Australian members of the genus
Melaleuca are well represented, both in diversity - approximately 200 species
- and geographic distribution - from the Northern Territory to Tasmania
(Holliday 1989). While the insects associated with some Myrtaceae,
especially Eucalyptus have been studied [see Ohmart & Edwards (1991) for
an excellent review of the literature on Eucalyptus insects], those utilizing
Melaleuca species are very poorly known. Froggatt (1923), in Australia's
first compendium of forest insects, did not include any Melaleuca insects.
Common (1990, Appendix B) lists 153 moth species which have been
recorded from Eucalyptus in the field, 9 moth species whose field host was
unknown, but which fed on Eucalyptus in the laboratory, and another 25 moth
species which fed on dead Eucalyptus leaves. For Melaleuca, he lists only 12
moth species.
Melaleuca quinquenervia (Cav.) S.T. Blake, is one of 10 closely-related,
broad-leaved paperbarks placed in the Melaleuca leucadendra (L.) L.
complex (Blake 1968). Since its introduction into Florida, USA at the
beginning of the century, M. quinquenervia has achieved notoriety as a
serious exotic pest (Balciunas 1990). It is currently thought to infest
approximately half a million acres (Cost & Craver 1981) in southern Florida.
In the absence of natural enemies and competition, it has aggressively
displaced native plant communities, resulting in dense monocultures that
threaten the stability of the ecosystem (Langeland 1990). Physical and
mechanical removal of this pest, combined with application of herbicides,
have proven too expensive and time consuming for large scale management.
14 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
In 1977, during a preliminary, six week survey in Australia and New
Caledonia for potential biological control agents for M. quinquenervia,
Habeck (1981) found more than 40 species of insects. In 1986, the senior
author received a modest grant to further investigate the potential of
Australian insects for biological control of M. quinquenervia. By the end of
1988, more than 150 insect species attacking Melaleuca spp. had been found
in Queensland and New South Wales, and (very importantly) the potential
conflicts of interest in the USA, primarily with honey producers, were close
to resolution (Balciunas & Center 1991). Consequently, funding was
increased, and the small, temporary, University of Florida aquatic weed
laboratory in Townsville converted into the much larger Australian Biological
Control Laboratory (ABCL), one of the overseas laboratories of the United
States Department of Agriculture (USDA). At present, the primary mission
of the ABCL is to conduct research for detecting and evaluating biological
control agents for M. quinquenervia. Further surveys by the ABCL, have
considerably extended the Melaleuca insect list, with over 400 species of
natural enemies having been recorded by the end of 1991 (Balciunas et al. in
press).
This paper, the first in a series reporting on the Melaleuca insects detected
during these surveys, covers the moth superfamily Noctuoidea. The
taxonomic status of Australian Lepidoptera has recently been revised
(Common 1990; Nielsen & Common 1991) and this superfamily has
undergone some significant changes. Among the more pertinent to this paper
are the merging of the four families of Notodontoidea (Common 1970) into
the Noctuoidea, and the demotion of the family Nolidae, to subfamily status
under the Noctuidae. This has resulted in the Noctuoidea now containing 9
families, 7 of which are represented in Australia.
Methods
The majority of the moth larvae were collected in our quantitative samples,
which, at the end of 1991, totalled 834 samples. Each quantitative sample
consisted of approx. 1 kg of field collected plant material. In the laboratory,
the plant portions (twigs, leaves, fruit and flowers) were separated and
weighed, and all insect herbivores on each portion counted. Adults were
preserved, while immatures were reared on the appropriate plant portion of
the host from which they were collected. Fruit and flowers were kept in
individual zip-lock bags, and examined over the following 1-2 months for
additional insects which emerged. These quantitative collections were
supplemented by direct collections of insects from the field and our
shadehouse cultures.
All of our Noctuoidea moths were collected and reared on M. quinquenervia
(539 quantitative collections) or five of its close relatives in the M.
leucadendra complex: M. leucadendra (173 collections), M. dealbata S.T.
Blake (63), M. viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn. (21), M. new sp. A (24), M. cajuputi
Powell (5). Melaleuca new sp. A is a distinctive, linear-leafed species,
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 15
frequently encountered along the streams west of Townsville, which
according to Bryan Barlow (pers. comm.), will be considered as a new
species in his forthcoming monograph on Melaleuca. For three of these
moths, we also included records of rearings from more distantly related
Myrtaceae; M. diosmatifolia Dum.Cours; Callistemon viminalis G. Don ex
Loudon and Eucalyptus ptychocarpa F. Muell.
Our collecting was concentrated in two main regions along the east coast of
Australia. In northern Queensland (NQ), our regularly sampled sites ranged
from the Daintree River, north of Cairns, to Townsville. The NQ sites
referred to in the text are: AIMS Road (19°16.9'S 147°0.9'E), 21 km E of
Townsville; Alice River (19°27.5'S 147°28.9'E), 24 km WSW Townsville;
Apex Park (19°21.7'S 146'43.9'E), Rassmussen, Townsville; Cardwell
Swamp (18°16.6'S 1462.2'E), 1.5 km SE of Cardwell; Centenary Park
(16°54'S 145'44.8'E), Cairns; Corduroy Creek (18°3.9'S 145°54.6'E), 14.5
km S of Tully; Edmund Kennedy National Park (18°14.6'S 146°0.1'E), 4
km NW of Cardwell; Eubenangee Swamp (17°24.6'S 145°58.7'E), 9 km SE
of Babinda, nr Innisfail; Feluga Site 2 (17°54.9'S 146°0.6'E) and Feluga Site
3 (17°52.9'S 146°E), 9.5 and 13 km NE of Tully; Five Mile Creek (18°19.7'S
146°2.9'E), 7 km SSE of Cardwell; Forrest Beach West (18°42.6'S
146°17.4'E), 16 km SE of Ingham; Gordonvale (17°5.5'S 145°46.4'E), 18.7
km S of Cairns; Hubinger Road (18°13.3'S 145°58.7'E), 7 km NW of
Cardwell; James Cook University (19°19.9'S 146'45.5'E), Townsville;
Keelbottom Creek (19°29.3'S 146°20.1'E), 58 km WSW of Townsville;
Murrigal (18°04.8'S 145°54.4'E), 16 km S of Tully; Nathan Plaza (19*18'S
146°45.6'E), Townsville; Pease Street Park (16°54.3'S 145'44.4'E), Cairns;
Rockingham Road (18'0.2'S 145°57.6'E), 9 km SSE of Tully; Rowes Bay
(19°14.6'S 146'47.5'E), Townsville; Three Mile Creek (19°12.9'S
146°46.5'E), Townsville.
Our second major collecting region stretched from Coolum in south-eastern
Queensland (SQ) to Grafton in northern New South Wales (NSW). The SQ
sites referred to in the text are: Aspley (27°21.5'S 152°59.7'E), Brisbane;
Bracken Ridge (27°19.2'S 153°2.8'E), Brisbane; Browns Plains (27°39.5'S
153°0.2'E), Logan City, 21 km S of Brisbane City Centre; Burpengary
(27°9.5'S 152°58.4'E), 34 km N of Brisbane City Centre; Chelmer (27°31.0'S
152°58.3'E), Brisbane; Coolum (26°34.1'S 153°5.5'E), 10 km N of
Maroochydore; Corinda (27°32.8'S 152°58.6'E), Brisbane; Doolandella
(27°37.3'S 152°59.0'E), Brisbane; Fitzgibbon (27°20.1'S 153^1.8'E),
Brisbane; Gailes (27°35.9'S 152°55.1'E), Brisbane; Gumdale (23°30.3'S
153°11.5'E) Brisbane; Long Pocket CSIRO Laboratories (27°30.7'S
152°59.8'E), Brisbane; Palm Beach (28°6.7'S 153°27.3'E), Gold Coast; The
Pines (28°0.7'S 153°27.8'E), Gold Coast; Sherwood (27°31.8'S 152°58.8'E),
Brisbane.
We also present several records from NSW: Junction Hill (29°29.0'S
152°55.5'E), 3 km NNW of Grafton; Pottsville (28°22.8'S 153°34.4' E), 23
16 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
km S of Coolangatta; and one from Darwin; Berrimah Conservation
Commission Nursery (12°26.8'S 130°55.9'E).
Results
Moth Records for Larvae Reared on Hosts
Unless otherwise noted, all specimens were collected and reared to the adult
stage on M. quinquenervia.
Family Arctiidae
Arctiidae, undet. sp.
Cream coloured larva, 20 mm long, with longitudinal, black streaks and 3-8
mm bristles. Edmund Kennedy National Park: Adult emerged from larva
collected 9.vii.90 and reared on leaves.
Family Lymantriidae
Euproctis sp.
Larva has tufted setae and feeds on foliage. The larvae of several of the 21
Australian species of Euproctis have urticating hairs which can cause severe
rashes in some people who come in contact with them (Common 1990).
Corinda: Larva collected 2.ii.88, pupated 4.ii.88, adult emerged 15.ii.88.
Olene mendosa Hübner (Brown Tufted Caterpillar).
The larva is brown, hairy with grey tufts. Jones and Elliot (1986) list this
moth as a minor pest of Macadamia and Grevillea (both Proteaceae). James
Cook University: Feeding on foliage of a potted M. dealbata tree at the
ABCL shadehouse, pupa collected 17.viii.89, adult emerged 28.viii.89.
Olene sp. B
Three Mile Creek: M. leucadendra. Larva collected 25.vii.90, fed on
flowers, pupated 10.ix.90, adult emerged 23.ix.90.
Porthesia spp.
Probably 6 species, none of which can yet be reliably determined. Larvae
have long setae over the body and have four thick conspicuous brushes
(vericules) of light brown setae protruding dorsally from the anterior
segments. Larvae fed primarily on flowers, but were also reared on leaves
which were webbed loosely together and grazed by the larva. Pupation takes
place in a cocoon of silk-bound setae.
Porthesia sp. B (white wings and body)
Eubenangee Swamp: Pupa collected 6.v.88, adult emerged 12.v.88. Pease
Street Park: Larva collected 29.vii.88, reared on flowers, adult emerged
15.viii.88.
Porthesia sp. C (white hindwings, yellow forewings and abdomen tip)
Pease Street Park: Larvae collected 9.vii.90, reared on flowers, 3 adults
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 17
emerged 9.viii.90.
Porthesia sp. D (yellow wings and body)
Keelbottom Creek: M. leucadendra. Larvae collected 13.viii.90, reared on
flowers, pupated 13.ix.90, 1 adult emerged 25.ix.90. Rowes Bay: M.
leucadendra. Larvae collected 23.viii.90, reared on flowers, 1 adult emerged
23.ix.90, 4 adults emerged 2.x.90.
Porthesia sp. E (white wings and body, yellow abdomen tip)
Apex Park: M. leucadendra. Larva collected 13.viii.90, fed on leaves,
pupated 31.viii.90 between the bound leaves, adult emerged 14.ix.90.
Forrest Beach West: Larvae collected 14.viii.90, reared on leaves, pupated
8 & 12.ix.90, 2 adults emerged 21 & 25.ix.90. James Cook University: M.
viridiflora. Larva collected 14.vi.90, reared on flowers, adult emerged
26.vii.90. C. viminalis. Larva collected 28.viii.89, reared on leaves, pupated
1.ix.89, adult emerged 14.1x.89. C. viminalis. Adult collected 22.v.90.
Pease Street Park: Larva collected 9.vii.90, reared on flowers, adult
emerged 30.viii.90.
Porthesia sp. F (yellow wings, red thorax and abdomen)
Keelbottom Creek: M. leucadendra. Larvae collected 13.viii.90, reared on
flowers, pupated 12.1x.90, 2 adults emerged 23 & 28.ix.90.
Porthesia sp. G (white wings and thorax, yellow abdomen)
Rowes Bay: M. leucadendra. Adult emerged from flower-feeding larva
collected 21.vi.90 and pupated 15.viii.90. James Cook University: Æ.
ptychocarpa. Larva collected 8.ix.89, reared on leaves, adult emerged
28.ix.89.
Family Noctuidae
Agrotis sp. (Common Cutworms)
Several species of this genus are polyphagous across a broad range of
vegetable and field crops. Swaine and Ironside (1983) include tomatoes
(Solanaceae: Lycopersicon), maize (Poaceae: Zea mays) and sunflower in
their list of larval food-plants. Long Pocket CSIRO: Larva collected on
23.1x.88, while feeding on a seedling of M. quinquenervia in glasshouse,
reared on foliage, pupated 3.xi.88, adult emerged 22.xi.88.
Careades (previously Aiteta) plana Warren.
The larva of C. plana has a unique appearance, with a greatly swollen, bulb-
like structure on the dorsum of the thorax. Pupation takes place in a white,
boat-shaped cocoon spun on the surface of the leaf. The larvae, while often
solitary (usually only one or two are collected at one time), are voracious
foliage feeders. C. plana has only been collected from M. quinquenervia and
is probably specific to it, arid is worthy of further investigation as a potential
biological control agent. Two parasitoid species, an unidentified Braconidae
18 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
(Hymenoptera) and an unidentified Diptera, have been reared from C. plana
larvae. Centenary Park: Larva collected 4.viii.87, died 14.ix.87.
Corduroy Creek: Larva collected 28.v.91, pupated 9.vi.91, adult emerged
25.vi.91, adult died 4.vii.91. Edmund Kennedy National Park: Larva
collected 30.v.88 and later died. Eubenangee Swamp: Larva collected
4.v.87, pupated 30.v.87, adult emerged 12.vi.87. 4 larvae collected 13.x.87
and all later died. Larva collected 15.vi.88, parasitized by a unknown
dipteran. Larva collected 26.ix.88 and later died. Larva collected 10.vii.89,
died 19.vii.89. Larva collected 7.viii.89, pupated 17.viii.89, adult emerged
1.ix.89. Feluga Site 3: 2 larvae collected 11.x.89 and both later died. Larva
collected 17.1.90 and later died. Larva collected 9.vii.90, pupated 31.vii.90,
adult emerged 13.viii.90. Larva collected 23.iv.91, pupated 18.v.91, adult
emerged 1.vi.91, adult died 11.vi.91. Forrest Beach West: Larva collected
7.iv.87 and later died. Larva collected 20.vii.87, pupated 28.vii.87, adult
emerged 11.viii.87. Larva collected 5.ix.88 and later died. Larva collected
13.11.89, died 5.iv.89. 2 larvae collected 13.viii.89, pupated 18-21.viii.89, 2
adults emerged 4.ix.89. 2 larvae collected 4.vi.90 and later died. Larva
collected 14.viii.90 and preserved. Larva and pupa collected 17.ix.90, adult
emerged from puparium 11.x.90, larva later died. Larva collected 2.xii.91
and later died. Murrigal: Larva collected 22.vii.91 and later died. Pease
Street Park: Larva collected 14.iv.87, pupated 21.iv.87, adult emerged
5.v.87. Larva collected 14.111.90, pupated 4.iv.90 but failed to emerge. Larva
collected 12.xi.90 and later died. Larva and pupa collected 6.v.91, adult
emerged from puparium 15.v.91 and appeared to feed on flower nectar, adult
died 4.vi.91, larva pupated 3.vi.91, adult emerged 17.vi.91. Larva collected
16.vi.91, 20 Braconidae wasps emerged 10.vii.91 and spun a group of small
white coccoons on a leaf, adult wasps emerged 15.vii.91.
Celama argentea (Lucas).
Edmund Kennedy National Park: Larva collected 20.vii.87, reared on
foliage, pupated 6.viii.87, adult emerged 11.viii.87.
Characoma vallata (Meyrick).
The 9 mm larva of C. vallata is white or pale brown, with a dark brown head
and pro-thoracic shield. The body is sparsely covered with translucent hairs,
and more densely, with fine, reddish- brown speckles. It frequently feeds on
Melaleuca flowers, on which it constructs a retreat composed of silk and
floral portions. Occasionally, the larva tightly web leaves of the M.
quinquenervia tips together, forming a retreat within which it consumes the
inner leaves. Development is completed inside the retreat and the pupal case
is protruded slightly when the adult emerges. The larvae were collected on
M. quinquenervia in NSW, SQ and NQ, and also on M. viridiflora in NQ.
Northern Queensland records.
Centenary Park: Larva collected 6.v.91, reared in flowers, adult emerged
6.vi.91. Corduroy Creek: Tip-binding larva collected 12.iii.91, reared in
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 19
bound tip, pupated l.iv.91, adult emerged 14.iv.91. Edmund Kennedy
National Park: Tip-binding larva collected 6.v.88, reared in bound tip, adult
emerged 30.v.88. Tip-binding larvae collected 12.vii.88, reared in bound
tips, 2 adults emerged 5.viii.88 and 1 on 18.viii.88. Five Mile Creek: M.
viridiflora. Adult reared from flower-feeding larva collected on 3.vii.87.
Forrest Beach West: Larva collected 6.vi.90, reared in bound tip, adult
emerged 31.viii.90. Larvae collected 14.viii.90, reared in bound tips, 3 adults
emerged 4.ix.90. Feluga Site 2: Larvae collected 28.vii.88, reared in
flowers, 5 adults emerged between 8.viii.88 and 15.viii.88. Hubinger Road:
6 larvae collected 12.iii.91, reared in bound tips, pupated 27.iii.91, 5 adults
emerged between l.iv.9] and 4.iv.91. James Cook University: M.
viridiflora. Larva collected 28.iii.88, reared in flowers, pupated 14.iv.88,
adult emerged 25.iv.88. Nathan Plaza: Larvae collected 5.iii.91, reared in
bound tips, 1 adult emerged 27.iii.91. Rockingham Road: M. viridiflora.
Larvae collected 12.iii.91, reared in flowers, pupated 14- 18.iii.91, 7 adults
emerged between 28.iii.91 and 2.iv.91.
South-eastern Queensland and northern New South Wales records.
Aspley: 2 larvae collected 29.ii.88, one preserved, other reared in flowers,
pupated 4.iii.88, adult emerged 14.iii.88. Browns Plains: Larva collected
8.11.88, died 14.11.88. Burpengary: 2 larvae collected 8.iii.89, reared in
flowers, pupated 20.iii.89, adults emerged 28 and 30.iii.89. 4 pupae collected
8.1.89, 4 adults emerged between 12 and 14.iii.89. Chelmer: Larva
collected 21.1.88, reared in flowers, pupated 27.1.88, adult emerged 8.ii.88.
Coolum: Larva collected 1.v.90, reared in flowers, pupated 13.v.90, adult
emerged 23.v.90. Larva collected 11.ii.91, reared in flowers, pupated
22.11.91, adult emerged 4.iii.91. Doolandella: Larva collected 8.iii.88, reared
in flowers, pupated 25.11.88, adult emerged 5.iv.88. Gumdale: Larva
collected 26.vii.89, reared in bound tips, pupated 5.viii.89, emerged
21.vili.89. ^ Junction Hill: Larva. collected and preserved 17.i.89.
Sherwood: 4 larvae collected, 1 preserved, 3 reared in flowers, 1 pupated
4.11.88, adult emerged 14.iii.88, 1 parasitized by Braconidae (Hymenoptera).
The Pines: Adult emerged from flower-feeding larva collected 10.iv.88 and
pupated 19.iv.88.
Eublemma silicula (Swinhoe).
The specimens from Bracken Ridge were originally identified as Eublemma
compsoprepes (Turner). However, in the forthcoming checklist of Australian
Lepidoptera (the Noctuoidea portion prepared by E.D. Edwards), this will be
a synonym of E. silicula, the same species which we have reared from our
other sites. The larva feeds in flowers and flower buds of M. quinquenervia
by tunnelling through the wall of the floral tube into the ovary, where it
consumes all but the ovary wall. The larva binds a petal over the floral tube
and shelters within, leaving the retreat to pupate in a small bullet shaped
cocoon attached to the rachis of the inflorescence. Some larvae displayed a
leaf-feeding habit, and attached their cocoons to leaf surfaces. Alice River:
20 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
M. new sp. A. Adult emerged from foliage-feeding larva collected 18.vii.88.
Bracken Ridge: 2 adults collected 24.1.87. Centenary Park: Larva
collected 6.v.91, reared in flowers, adult emerged 11.vi.91. Feluga Site 3:
Larva collected 16.vi.91, reared in flowers, pupated 26.vi.91, adult emerged
11.vii.91. Gailes: Larva collected 16.11.88, reared in flowers, pupated
19.11.88, adult emerged 1.iii.88. Pease Street Park: Larva collected
29.viii.90, reared in flowers, adult emerged late September 1990.
Homodes bracteigutta (Walker).
The larvae are delicate, pale-green loopers with anterior and posterior
concentrations of clubbed setae. Common (1990) notes that these larvae
closely resemble two green ants, Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius), joined
end-to-end, among which the larvae freely mingle. He lists larval food-plants
as the mistletoe, Amyema conspicuum (Loranthaceae), Cupaniopsis
anacardioides (Sapindaceae) and mango (Anacardiaceae: Mangifera indica).
Edmund Kennedy National Park: 3 larvae collected 11.vii.88, reared on
foliage, 3 adults emerged 22- 31.vii.88.
Nanaguna breviuscula Walker.
Common (1990) reports a record of these larvae on Grevillea glauca
(Proteaceae). Robinson (1975) lists Fijian larval food-plants as Desmodium
umbellatum, now known as Dendrolobium umbellatum (Fabaceae) and
mango. Feluga Site 2: Larva collected 11.vii.88, reared in flowers, adult
emerged 3.viii.88.
Ophiusa disjungens (Walker).
According to Common (1990), larval food-plants are not known in Australia,
but this moth is widely distributed throughout the South Pacific, where it has
been reported on Eucalyptus and other Myrtaceae. AIMS Road: M.
dealbata. Adult emerged from a pupa collected on 11.ix.86. Long Pocket
CSIRO: Larva collected 19.x.90 while feeding on potted sapling, reared on
foliage, pupated 26.x.90, adult emerged 19.xi.90.
Pataeta carbo (Guenee).
The larvae, up to 22 mm in length, are a translucent green, and are covered
with short setae. The head capsule and prothoracic shield are a lighter,
iridescent green colour. Larvae feed among loosely webbed foliage of young
and old growth, and pupate in cocoons bound with silk and frass which are
attached to narrow branches. Common (1990) lists larval food-plants as
being two Myrtaceae, Callistemon citrinus and E. saligna.
North Queensland and Darwin records.
Eubenangee Swamp: Larva collected 15.ix.87, reared on foliage, pupated
28.ix.87, adult emerged October 1987. Gordonvale: M. dealbata. Adult
emerged from foliage-feeding larva collected 1.ix.86. Forrest Beach West:
Larva collected 13.viii.89, reared on foliage, pupated 1.ix.89, adult emerged
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 21
21.ix.89. James Cook University: M. diosmatifolia. Larva collected
20.viii.89, reared on foliage, pupated 18.ix.89, adult emerged 3.x.89.
Berrimah Conservation Commission Nursery: M. cajuputi. Larva
collected 28.x.86, reared on foliage, adult emerged 12.xi.86.
South-eastern Queensland records.
Burpengary: Larva collected 20.xi.89, pupated 23.xi.89, adult emerged
16.xii.89. Pupa collected 3.1.90, adult emerged 12.1.90. Larva collected
22.x.90, pupated 5.xi.90, adult emerged 20.xi.90. Fitzgibbon: Larva
collected 26.vii.89, pupated 8.viii.89, adult emerged 2.ix.89. Long Pocket
CSIRO: Pupa collected on shadehouse sapling 5.1.90, adult emerged 19.1.90.
2 larvae collected mid-September, pupated 24.ix.90, adults emerged 10 and
12.x.90. Palm Beach: Adult collected 8.iii.90.
Spodoptera litura (Fabricius) (Cluster Caterpillar).
Within Queensland, this polyphagous caterpillar is considered a major pest of
crucifers (broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, turnips, etc) and a minor pest on
lettuce and strawberries (Swaine et al. 1985) as well as being a minor pest on
cotton, Dubosia pasture and lawn grasses and tobacco (Swaine and Ironside
1983). Late instar larvae were observed to completely strip at least two 20
cm shadehouse seedlings of M. quinquenervia in the course of a day at the
ABCL shadehouse in Townsville. James Cook University: Larvae reared in
the lab began pupating between 31.x.89 and 12.xi.89, 8 adults emerged 12-
20.xi.89. Long Pocket CSIRO: Larva collected 9.11.89 on shadehouse
sapling, pupated 11.iii.89, adult emerged 23.11.89. Larva collected 20.x.89,
pupated 5.xi.89, adult emerged 22.xi.89.
Spodoptera mauritia (Boisduval) (Lawn Armyworm).
Larvae are minor pasture and lawn pests in Queensland, (Swain and Ironside
1983) and in the NT on sorghum (Common 1990). A single record of
Hibiscus (Malvaceae) as a larval food-plant in Norfolk Island is listed by
Holloway (1982). Long Pocket CSIRO: Adult emerged from larva collected
March 1987 while feeding on potted sapling.
Family Thaumetopoeidae
Epicoma protrahens (Lucas).
The larvae, 20-25 mm long, are green to grey in colour, with numerous tufts
of hair. Most of the tufts arise from light brown bases, but on the thorax,
some tufts have black bases. The large, black spots on the dorsum of
abdominal segments, are joined by a pair of thin black lines. In living larvae,
these spots on segments 4-8 are at least partially obscured by the bases of hair
tufts. Larvae feed gregariously on foliage, and pupate gregariously in a
silken web. If disturbed, they drop from the leaf on a silken thread. Common
(1990) notes 7 species of Epicoma from Australia, with host records mostly
from the Myrtaceae (Calothamus, Eucalyptus and Leptospermum).
Burpengary: 22 larvae collected 28.vi.89, some pupated 6.vii.89, 3 adults
22 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
emerged 9.viii.89; 31 larvae collected 16.v.90, 17 adults emerged between
24.ix.90 and 5.xi.90.
Moth Records of Uncertain Host Association
Family Arctiidae
Asura bipars (Walker).
Pottsville: Adult collected 16.1.90.
Schistophleps albida (Walker).
Pease Street Park: Adult collected 17.iii.87.
Noctuidae
Eublemma abrupta (Walker).
Hampson (1910) lists the larval food-plant as Ficus parasitica (Moraceae).
Forrest Beach: Pupa collected 20.vii.87, adult emerged 4.viii.87.
Discussion
Although the Melaleuca's are diverse and widespread, the insects associated
with them are poorly known. The large, broad-leaved paperbarks belonging
to the Melaleuca leucadendra complex, are common along Australia's eastern
coast, but Jones & Elliot (1986) record only 4 insect species (none of them
Noctuoidea moths) as pests of three of these trees; M. leucadendra, M.
quinquenervia and M. viridiflora. During our surveys, we have reared over
100 moth species from M. quinquenervia, or its close allies (Balciunas et al.
in press), and 22 of these moth species belong to the superfamily Noctuoidea.
McFarland (1979) in his list of host plants for 280 Australian moth species,
presents his rearing records for 67 moth species which would currently be
classified under the Noctuoidea. Of these, only three species (all Noctuidae:
Nolinae); Aquita tactalis (Walker); Nola bifascialis (Walker)? and an
"unidentified large nolid"; were collected by him from Melaleuca spp. All
three were found on M. gibbosa Labill, although McFarland also collected N.
bifascialis, less frequently, on M. oraria J.M. Black, and reared A. tactalis on
M. megacephala F. Muell. in the laboratory.
Aquita tactalis and Nola sp. are the only Noctuoidea among the dozen moths
listed by Common (1990) in Appendix B (p. 490) as having Melaleuca spp.
hosts. Thus, the host records for the 21 Noctuoidea species presented in this
paper, are apparently all new.
Of our Noctuoidea collected from M. quinquenervia and its allies, the
Noctuidae was the best represented family, with 11 species, and included our
three most abundant species. This is an apparent contrast with Eucalyptus,
from which Common (1980, p. 289) lists Noctuidae as one of the moth
families which "...avoid Eucalyptus entirely or nearly so". This statement,
under the present taxonomic arrangement which places Nolidae as a
subfamily under Noctuidae, has become less appropriate, since this subfamily
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 23
includes the notorious gum-leaf skeletonizer, Uraba lugens Walker
(Campbell 1962).
Members of the Arctiidae and Thaumetopoeidae were scarcely represented in
our M. quinquenervia collections, and the Notodontidae were completely
absent. The absence of notodontids appears to be a major difference from
Eucalyptus, since Common (1980, p.289) lists this among the ten moth
families "...that include substantial numbers of species dependent on living
Eucalyptus trees".
Our Noctuoidea do not seem to include any well-known "pests" of M.
quinquenervia, equivalent to U. lugens on Eucalyptus. This is unfortunate,
since a "pest", if host specific, would be an ideal candidate as a biological
control agent for M. quinquenervia. The polyphagous agricultural pests
(Olene mendosa, Spodoptera litura and S. mauritia) found feeding on our
shadehouse cultures of M. quinquenervia - but interestingly, never in our field
collections - will obviously not be considered as candidates. The best
noctuoid candidates as biological control agents for M. quinquenervia appear
to be the highly specific, and relatively common Careades plana and
Characoma vallata. We plan to investigate further, the biological control
potential of these two noctuid moths.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr B. Barlow for identification of Melaleuca species.
Thanks are extended to M. Purcell, C.R. Maycock and J. Makinson for help
in collecting and rearing insects, and to D. Burrows and anonymous
reviewers for their comments which improved this manuscript. This study is
funded by 8 U.S.A. Federal and State of Florida Agencies: U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers (Jacksonville District); National Park Service; Florida Dept.
Natural Resources; Florida Dept. Environ. Regulation (W. Palm Beach
Office); Florida Dept. Environ. Regulation (Ft. Myers Office); South Florida
Water Management District; Lee County, Florida; Dade County, Florida.
References
BALCIUNAS, J.K. 1990. Australian insects to control melaleuca. Aquatics 12: 15-19.
BALCIUNAS, J.K. and CENTER, T.D. 1991. Biological Control of Melaleuca quinquenervia:
Prospects and Conflicts. Pp 1-22. In; Center, T.D., Doren, R.F., Hofstetter, R.L., Meyers, R.L.,
and Whiteaker, L.D. (eds.), Proceedings of the Symposium on Exotic Pest Plants, Miami, Florida,
1988. USA National Park Service, Denver.
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BURROWS, D.W. and PURCELL, M.F. In press. Australian insects for
the biological control of the paperbark tree, Melaleuca quinquenervia, a serious pest of Florida,
USA, wetlands. /n: Delfosse, E.S. and Scott, R.R. (eds.), Proceedings of the 8th International
Symposium on Biological Control of Weeds, 2-7 February 1992, Canterbury, New Zealand.
DSIIR/CSIRO, Melbourne.
BLAKE, S.T. 1968. A revision of Melaleuca leucadendron and its allies (Myrtaceae).
Contributions of the Queensland, Herbarium, No.1. Queensland Herbarium, Department of
Primary Industries, Brisbane. 114 pp.
24 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
CAMPBELL, F.G. 1962. The biology of Roselia lugens (Walker), the gum-leaf skelotonizer
moth, with particular references to Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehn. (river red gum) forests of the
Murray Valley region. Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales 87: 316-378.
COMMON, LF.B. 1970. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). Pp 765-866. In: The Insects of
Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
COMMON, LF.B. 1980. Some factors responsible for imbalances in the Australian fauna of
Lepidoptera. Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society 34: 286-294.
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. xxxii +
535 pp.
COST, N.D. and CRAVER, G.C. 1981. Distribution of melaleuca in south Florida measured
from the air. Pp 1-8. In: Geiger, R.K. (ed.), Proceedings of the Melaleuca Symposium. Florida
Division of Forestry, Tallahassee.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1923. Forest insects of Australia. Government Printer, Sydney. Pp. xlvi +
171.
HABECK, D.H. 1980. Potential for biological control of Melaleuca. Pp 125-129. In: Geiger,
R.K. (ed.), Proceedings of Melaleuca Symposium. Florida Division of Forestry, Tallahassee.
HAMPSON, G.F. (1910). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera in the collection of the British Museum,
Vol. X, Phalaenae. British Museum (Natural History), London. 829 pp.
HOLLIDAY, I. 1989. A Field guide to Melaleucas. Hamlyn, Port Melbourne. 254 pp.
HOLLOWAY, J.D. 1982. Further notes on the Lepidoptera of Norfolk Island, with particular
reference to migrant species. Journal of Natural History 16: 351-365.
JONES, D.L. and ELLIOT, W.R. 1986. Pests, diseases and ailments of Australian plants.
Lothian, Melbourne. 333 pp.
LANGELAND, K.A. 1990. Controlling Melaleuca, trees from hell. Aquatics 12: 10-14.
MCFARLAND, N. 1979. Annotated list of larval foodplant records for 280 species of
Australian Moths. Pp 1-72. Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society (supplement to Vol. 33).
NIELSEN, E.S. and COMMON, LF.B. 1991. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). Pp 817-915
In: The Insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
OHMART, C.P. and EDWARDS, P.B. 1991. Insect herbivory on Eucalyptus. Annual Review
of Entomology 36: 637-57.
ROBINSON, G.S. 1975. Macrolepidoptera of Fiji and Rotuma: a Taxonomic and
biogeographic study. E.W. Classey, Farringdon (Great Britain). ccclvii & clxxiii + 12 maps +
362 pp.
SWAINE, G. and IRONSIDE, D.A. 1983. Insect pests of field crops in colour. Queensland
Department of Primary Industries Information Series Q183006, Brisbane. Pp unnumbered.
SWAINE, G., IRONSIDE, D.A. and YARROW, W.H.I. 1985. Insect pests of fruit and
vegetables in colour. Queensland Department of Primary Industries Information Series
Q183021, Brisbane. Pp unnumbered.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 25
THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ELODINA C. & R. FELDER
(LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE)
M. De BAAR! and D.L. HANCOCK?
lQueensland Forest Service and 2Division of Plant Protection, Department of Primary
Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
The Australian species of Elodina C. & R. Felder are revised, with 8 species and 1 subspecies
recognised: E. padusa (Hewitson), E. parthia (Hewitson), E. walkeri Butler, stat. rev., E.
angulipennis (P.H. Lucas), E. queenslandica sp. nov., E. q. kuranda subsp. nov., E. tongura
Tindale, stat. nov., E. claudia sp. nov. and E. perdita Miskin. E. walkeri is newly recorded from
Queensland and the distributions of E. perdita and E. angulipennis are redefined. Lectotypes are
selected for E. parthia, E. tongura, E. perdita, E. angulipennis and its synonym E. pallene
(Hewitson), and E. walkeri and its synonym E. baudiniana (Butler). Elodinesthes Fruhstorfer is
placed as a synonym of Elodina (syn. rev.).
Introduction
The genus Elodina C. & R. Felder is in need of revision. Up to 39 names are
currently available at the species or subspecies level in this and the closely
related genus Elodinesthes Fruhstorfer (Bridges 1988); of these, 6 plus a
further 3 synonyms apply to the Australian fauna. The Australian fauna is
considered to be endemic and we maintain this concept here. However, once
detailed studies of the non-Australian taxa become available, it is likely that
specific relationships will be better understood and that some taxa may prove
to occur elsewhere. Such a study is not practicable at the present time, yet we
feel confident that the new taxa described here are sufficiently distinct from
non-Australian species to warrant naming. Apart- from literature
comparisons, we have examined several non-Australian species, including
Elodina egnatia (Godart) from Timor, E. argypheus Grose-Smith from
Bougainville and Solomon Is, and E. hypatia C. & R. Felder, E. andropia
Butler and several undetermined taxa from Papua New Guinea.
In Elodina, as in many pierid genera, good taxonomic characters are difficult
to find. The whole genus is similar in wing venation (Fig. 1) and pattern. We
do not yet know the full extent of seasonal differences but they appear to be
slight. In the male genitalia the valvae and harpes (Fig. 2a) are fairly uniform
in shape but there are some differences in the shape of the basal
protuberances on the uncus (Figs 3-11) and in E. claudia the tip is bifid. In
most species the vesica of the aedeagus is strongly setose and in E. tongura it
is very long (Fig. 2b). Hence reliance on genitalic and pattern characters,
particularly the extent of the forewing apical black areas and the presence or
absence of dark patches in the apical area on the underside of the forewing,
are acceptable criteria for species determination. Wing shape also appears to
be of use; in some species the wings are decidedly angled or elongate. We
have not examined the female internal genitalia. These tend to be very
uniform within pierid genera, with scanning electron microscope studies of
the signa necessary for specific separation (Cheong & Lee 1992). Such a
study is beyond the scope of the present work.
26 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Elodina species appear to breed exclusively on Capparis spp.
(Capparidaceae) and this must be considered a limiting factor in their
distributions. Whilst some species are widespread, habitat requirements
probably account for the restricted distributions of E. tongura, E. claudia and
E. perdita. These may prove to be useful indicator species in their respective
habitats.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations have been used for specimen depositories: AMS
- Australian Museum, Sydney; ANIC - Australian National Insect Collection,
Canberra; BMNH - The Natural History Museum, London; GDC - G. Daniels
Collection, Brisbane; JDC - J. Donaldson Collection, Brisbane; KDC - K.
Dunn Collection, Melbourne; MDBC - M. De Baar Collection, Brisbane;
MNHN - Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris; QM - Queensland
Museum, Brisbane; SAM - South Australian Museum, Adelaide; SJJC - S. J.
Johnson Collection, Townsville; TLC - T. Lambkin Collection, Brisbane;
UQIC - University of Queensland Insect Collection, Brisbane.
Key to Australian species and subspecies of Elodina
| Hindwing distinctly oval in shape; forewing upperside with apical
black area extending to tornus, underside with a distinct quadrate
Subapicallbro wn} patch pasa ae aes are ene ee padusa
- Hindwing rounded; forewing black area not reaching tornus and
underside with subapical brown patch elongate or absent. ....... 2
2 Upperside of wings cream or pale yellow; hindwing underside
usually covered in brown striae or at least with a remnant streak;
forewing underside with basal flash distinctly orange . . . . . . parthia
- Upperside of wings white; underside not as above, hindwing
without brown striae and forewing basal flash not distinctly
Oeics Fe ee on deen a da. eo anne NIC! 3
3 Forewing underside with a prominent dark brown patch in the
apical area; upperside apical dark area with a strong broad
projectonfalongiveinj Voc 4
- Forewing underside at most with a pale brown blotch in the apical
area; upperside apical dark area at most with a slight projection
alongivein M3 RU A A EE Se ear rate SR SANE. 6
4 Underside of forewings with an apricot sheen; hindwing appears
angular, being produced at apex so that measurement from wing
base to termen at vein M1 is about 1 mm longer than to termen at
veni MI uS ced e a ey RR ed LET E angulipennis
- Underside of both wings largely white; hindwing appears rounded,
the measurements from wing base to termen at veins M1 and M3
beingrequalin]length Pe ae queenslandica sp. n... 5
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 27
5 Forewing upperside black apical area normally without projections
along veins CuA1 and CuA2; underside with subapical dark patch
normally not extending beyond vein CuA1 and basal flash distinct
Germ d ein TROIS MEET n Bintan q. queenslandica subsp. n.
- Forewing upperside black apical area normally with projections
along veins CuA1 and CuA2; underside with subapical dark patch
normally extending beyond vein CuA1 and basal flash indistinct
> tite TOL S.D DIM tac DEDOS crues cn DO d.a eres q. kuranda subsp. n.
6 Forewing upperside black apical area often without projections
along veins CuA1 and CuA2; underside subapical area usually
faintly blotched with brown and edge of termen distinctly brown;
hindwing underside white (pale cream in some females), without
SSH GNE. n a8 u rUadtugmobtbabPHnuag» c 7
- Forewing upperside black apical area with distinct projections
along veins CuA1 and CuA2; underside subapical area unmarked
and edge of termen yellowish; hindwing underside often yellow
on costa or completely yellow infemales................ 8
7 Forewing underside with indistinct basal flash; vesica about half
length of aedeagus; forewing length normally less than 20 mm
- Forewing underside with distinct basal flash; vesica about same
length as aedeagus; forewing length normally 20 mm or more
ooo ep ITO S on Pre SRM tongura
8 Uncus bifid; hindwing underside yellow on costa and vein M3
close to vein CuAI at base (Fig. 1b); forewing underside with
CTUIN VION oe ec ob naka doo ee claudia sp. n.
- Uncus entire; hindwing underside without yellow on costa except
in yellow-winged females and vein M3 about equidistant from
veins M2 and CuAI (Fig. la); forewing underside with termen
PTeenisn-VellO as aunwmssescos5sarozgonrutunuusoa: perdita
Systematics
Genus Elodina C. & R. Felder
Elodina C. & R. Felder, 1865: 215. Type-species Elodina therasia C. & R.
Felder.
Parelodina Fruhstorfer, 1910, in Seitz, 1908-27: 123. Type-species
Parelodina anticyra Fruhstorfer. Preoccupied by Parelodina Bethune-
Baker, 1904.
Elodinesthes Fruhstorfer, 1914: 33. Replacement name for Parelodina
Fruhstorfer. Syn. rev.
Metelodina Seitz, 1927, in Seitz, 1908-27: 1108. Unnecessary replacement
name for Parelodina Fruhstorfer.
In Elodina the length of the stalk of vein R2 with veins R3-5 + M1 is
intraspecifically variable; in some specimens vein R2 arises very close to the
28 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
cell apex. This invalidates recognition of the genus Elodinesthes, based on
the position of vein R2 of the forewing relative to the apex of the discal
cell. Elodinesthes was synonymised by Talbot (1932) but has been treated
as distinct in subsequent publications.
Elodina occurs from Java and Sulawesi (Indonesia) to New Caledonia and
Australia.
1. Elodina padusa (Hewitson) (Figs 3, 12-14)
Pieris padusa Hewitson, 1853: p. 7, pl. IV, figs 10 & 11. Type locality:
Australia [New South Wales]. Holotype &' in BMNH [examined].
Elodina quadrata Butler, 1873: 175. Type locality: Between Sydney and
Moreton Bay [Brisbane]. Holotype ? in BMNH [not examined].
Elodina padusa; Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: 143, fig. 495; Common &
Waterhouse, 1981: 278, pl. 20, figs 11 & 11A.
Type specimens. The number of specimens used in the original description
of E. padusa (Hewitson 1853) from the W.W. Saunders Collection is not
stated. There is a single specimen in BMNH, obtained in 1934 ex
Grose-Smith and Joicey Collections. It bears 12 labels, including one with
the data: "E. padusa Hew. New South Wales Type d" and a red "Type HT’
BMNH label. We regard this as the holotype.
E. quadrata appears to have been described from a single specimen, since
Butler (1873) indicated the number when multiple specimens were present.
We regard a female in BMNH as the holotype. Butler's (1873) description
is sufficient to confirm synonymy of this taxon.
Comments. This species is as understood by Common and Waterhouse
(1981). Forewing range: males 18-25 mm, females 20-27 mm. The vesica
of the aedeagus has weak setae, not developed into strong bristles as in the
other species. Upperside of wings appear black on black and white prints
when photographed under ultraviolet-reflection technique.
Distribution. Widespread over mainland Australia except northern parts of
Northern Territory and Cape York Peninsula and the south-western quarter.
An occasional visitor to southern New South Wales, Australian Capital
Territory and Victoria.
Hostplants. Capparis mitchellii (Common & Waterhouse 1981), C.
canescens (new record).
Material examined. Holotype of E. padusa and a large series of specimens
from Western Australia, Queensland and New South Wales.
2. Elodina parthia (Hewitson) (Figs 4, 15-17)
Pieris parthia Hewitson, 1853: p. 7, pl. IV, figs 12 & 13. Type locality:
Australia. Lectotype ? in BMNH [here designated; examined].
b
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 29
R2 R34+4+5
Figs 1-2. Wing venation and male genitalia of Elodina spp. (1), wing
venation: (la), E. perdita; (1b) E. claudia sp. nov. (2), male genitalia: (2a),
E. q. queenslandica sp. nov., lateral view with left valve removed; (2b) E.
tongura, aedeagus.
30 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Elodina parthia; Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: 142, figs 498 & 499;
Common & Waterhouse, 1981: 277, pl. 20, fig. 8.
Type specimens. We regard 4 specimens in BMNH, from the Hewitson
Collection, as syntypes. We here select a female labelled: 'Australia.
Hewitson Coll. 79-69. Elodina parthia. 3.'/ 'Austral Str. [glued on
reverse]’/ "Type Pieris parthia Hew. [red BMNH label] as lectotype, the
others as paralectotypes.
Comments. This species is as understood by Common and Waterhouse
(1981). Forewing range: males 13-24 mm, females 16-24 mm. The setae
on the vesica of the aedeagus are not as strongly developed as in the
following species. Both upper and undersides of wings appear black under
ultraviolet-reflection photography. E. padusa, the only other very dark
species, has white areas on the undersides of the hindwing and forewing
apex.
Distribution. Between Wenlock and Pascoe Rivers (northern Cape York
Peninsula) to Sydney. Inland to the Carnarvon Ra. and Springsure district,
Queensland.
Hostplants. Capparis canescens (Common & Waterhouse 1981), C.
arborea (new record).
Material examined. Lectotype and a large series of specimens from
Queensland and New South Wales.
3. Elodina walkeri Butler, stat. rev. (Figs 5, 18-21)
Elodina walkeri Butler, 1898: 294. Type locality: Port Darwin. Lectotype
v in AMS [here designated; examined].
Elodina baudiniana Butler, 1898: 294-5. Type locality: Baudin Island.
Lectotype 9 in AMS [here designated; examined].
Elodina perdita walkeri; Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: 143.
Elodina perdita perdita; Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: fig. 497; Common &
Waterhouse, 1981: 240, pl. 20, fig. 9. Misidentifications.
Type specimens. There are 4 syntypes of E. walkeri in BMNH and 1 in
AMS. We here select as lectotype the male in AMS, labelled ’Port
Darwin, 6/90, JJW'/ ’Sent in exchange to G.A. Waterhouse by Brit.
Museum as Elodina walkeri Butler’/ "KL 14995'/ 'G.A. Waterhouse
Collection’/ 'From TYPE series [blue label]’.
There are 12 syntypes of E. baudiniana in BMNH and 2 in AMS. We
here select as lectotype the female in AMS, labelled ’Baudin L, 6/90,
JJW'/ 'Sent in exchange to G. A. Waterhouse by Brit. Museum as Elodina
baudiniana Butler’/ 'KL 14996’/ °G. A. Waterhouse Collection'/ "From
TYPE series [blue label]'. The head is glued separately to a piece of card.
The paralectotype male in AMS is labelled similarly except dated 5/90.
-~
A a
a ( f
ANAK FSI
NU e
vow P^ A
9
Figs 3-11. Elodina spp., dorsal and lateral (viewed from left hand side)
views of uncus. (3), E. padusa. (4), E. parthia. (5), E. walkeri. (6), E.
angulipennis. (7), E. q. queenslandica sp. nov. (8), E. q. kuranda subsp.
nov. (9), E. tongura. (10), E. claudia sp. nov. (11), E. perdita.
32 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Comments. The distribution of this species is extended to Queensland,
where it has been confused with E. perdita. Forewing range (70
specimens: both sexes) 15-20 mm. A male from Corneille Is., Admiralty
Gulf, WA, 8.iv.1991 (S.J. Johnson) has a reduced apical patch on the
upperside of the forewing and a pure white underside without dark
markings. The male genitalia are typical of E. walkeri and it is assigned to
this species. Collected in all months from October-July. E. walkeri differs
from E. tongura in pattern details, less pronounced protuberances on the
uncus (Fig. 5) and the shorter vesica of the aedeagus (c.f. Fig. 2). It
occurs sympatrically with E. claudia sp. nov. at Iron Ra., Qld. Wings
appear grey under ultraviolet-reflection photography.
As noted above, the position of forewing vein R2 in relation to the cell
apex is variable. This species may be related to E. pura Grose-Smith
(previously placed in Elodinesthes), from the Lesser Sunda Islands of
Indonesia.
Distribution. Northern Australia, from north of Derby, Western Australia
to Cairns, Queensland, northwards to Darwin district and the Weipa-Iron
Range area of Cape York Peninsula. Localities in Northern Territory
include West Alligator Riv. mouth in the north and Roper Riv. in the east,
suggesting at least parapatry with E. tongura. In Western Australia also
recorded from Baudin, Osborne and Corneille Is. and in Queensland
records of E. perdita from Rocky Is. and Two Isles, north of Cooktown
(Duckworth & McLean 1986), probably refer to E. walkeri. It appears to
be a species of dry tropical scrubs and open forest, occasionally venturing
into coastal rainforest.
Material examined. Lectotype of E. walkeri, lectotype and 1 paralectotype
of E. baudiniana and 67 specimens from Western Australia, Northern
Territory and Queensland.
4. Elodina angulipennis (P. H. Lucas) (Figs 6, 22-23)
Terias angulipennis P. H. Lucas, 1852: 431-2. Type locality: Australie.
Lectotype d in MNHN [here designated; examined].
Pieris pallene Hewitson, 1853: p. 7, pl. IV, figs 8 & 9. Type locality:
Australia. Lectotype &' in BMNH [here designated; examined].
Elodina egnatia angulipennis; Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: 142.
Elodina angulipennis; Common & Waterhouse, 1972: 202; 1981: 277, pl.
20, fig. 10.
Type specimens. There are 2 syntypes of E. angulipennis in MNHN. The
male labelled 'Australie 1847, J. Verreaux' is selected here as lectotype,
the specimen (? female: abdomen missing) labelled "Tasmanie 1846, J.
Verreaux’ as paralectotype.
We regard 3 specimens of E. pallene in BMNH, from the Hewitson
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 33
Figs 12-21. Elodina spp. (12-14), E. padusa: (12), &' dorsal, Gunnedah
NSW; (13), 9 ventral, nr Coen Qld; (14), ? ventral, S. of Boggabilla NSW.
(15-17), E. parthia: (15), 7 dorsal, nr Wenlock R., Cape York Pen. Qld;
(16), 9 dorsal, Bahrs Scrub, nr Brisbane Qld; (17), % ventral, same locality.
(18-21), E. walkeri: (18), d dorsal, nr Gordonvale Qld; (19), ? dorsal, Iron
Range Qld; (20), d" ventral, nr Gordonvale Qld; (21), 7 ventral, Mt White,
Coen Qld.
34 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Collection, as syntypes. The specimen labelled "Australia. Hewitson Coll.
79-69. Elodina angulipennis. 2.'/ 'Austral Str. [glued on reverse]’/ "Type
Pieris pallene Hew. [red BMNH label]' is selected here as Lectotype (?
male: abdomen missing; recorded as a male by G. A. Waterhouse in 1936
[unpublished notes]), the others as paralectotypes.
Comments. In Queensland this species has been confused with E.
queenslandica sp. nov. Records from Rockhampton northwards appear to
belong to the latter species. Forewing range: males 18-25 mm, females
20-24 mm.
E. angulipennis differs from E. queenslandica in having more elongate
protuberances on the uncus (Fig. 6), more angular hindwings and
differences in wing pattern. The underside of the wings tend to have a
distinct apricot-coloured sheen, which often blends into the basal flash on
the forewing. Under ultraviolet-reflection photography the wings appear
pale, with the male hindwing showing a distinct dark marginal band, which
is lacking in both subspecies of E. queenslandica. The head capsule of the
mature larva has smaller tubercles than in E. queenslandica.
In some specimens from River Heads, near Maryborough, the hindwings
are more rounded but other characters are typical of E. angulipennis.
Pending further evidence, E. angulipennis and E. queenslandica are
regarded here as separate species.
Distribution. Carnarvon Range and Bulburin (25 km SW of Miriam Vale),
and from Maryborough, Queensland to Sydney, New South Wales. The
locality "Tasmanie" on the paralectotype is presumably an error.
Hostplants. Capparis canescens, C. arborea (Common & Waterhouse
1981, confirmed by De Baar [unpublished records]).
Material examined. Lectotype and paralectotype of E. angulipennis,
lectotype of E. pallene and over 100 specimens from Queensland and New
South Wales.
5. Elodina queenslandica sp. nov.
5a. Elodina queenslandica queenslandica subp. nov. (Figs 2a, 7, 24-25)
Elodina egnatia angulipennis, Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: 143 (partim).
Misidentification.
Description.
Male (Fig. 24). Antennal shaft black with short white longitudinal lines
above and below almost to end of club. Club flattened, with orange
terminal patch. Forewing length (82 specimens) 15-24 mm. Upperside of
forewing white except apical area; costa black with overlaid pale scales,
basal area variably darkened, sometimes weakly so, overlaid with pale
scales. Apex and termen to beyond end of vein CuA2 black, abruptly
35
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Figs 22-30. Elodina spp. (22, 23), E. angulipennis: (22), ^ dorsal, Maleny
Qld; (23), 9 ventral, Brisbane Qld. (24, 25), E. q. queenslandica subsp.
nov. from Iron Range Qld:-(24), holotype æ, dorsal; (25), 9 ventral. (26,
27), E. q. kuranda subsp. nov.: (26), holotype d, dorsal, nr Gordonvale
Qld; (27), 9 ventral, Kuranda Qld. (28-30), E. tongura from Wessel Islands
NT: (28), d dorsal; (29), 9 dorsal; (30), 7 ventral.
36 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
terminated before tornus and with a black projection normally only along
vein M3. Hindwing evenly rounded, the upperside white. Underside of
forewing silvery-white, with a dark subapical patch that rarely extends to
vein CuA2 and a yellowish-orange basal flash. Underside of hindwing
silvery-white, occasionally with a postmedian series of 1 or 2 dark spots
and with the costa partly orange.
Male genitalia (Fig. 2a) typical of genus. The vesica of the aedeagus is
about half length of aedeagus and has well developed bristles along most
of its length. The uncus (Fig 7) has the basal protuberances distinct and
relatively high.
Female (Fig. 25). Similar to male. Forewing length (41 specimens) 18-24
mm. Underside of hindwing with or without a postmedian series of 5 dark
spots.
Comments. This species appears to be related to two undetermined taxa
from northern Papua New Guinea but differs in having the subapical brown
band on the underside of the forewing less well developed. The wings of
all 3 species appear similar under ultraviolet-reflection photography, the
upperside appearing pale except for the black apical area on the forewing.
They may be related to E. effeminata (Fruhstorfer), previously placed in
Elodinesthes and similarly from northern Papua New Guinea. Neither E.
queenslandica nor E. angulipennis is related to E. hypatia, the wings of
which appear black on the upperside under ultraviolet-reflection
photography.
Within Australia, E. queenslandica and its subspecies E. q. kuranda subsp.
nov. appear most closely related to E. angulipennis and previously have
been confused with that species. E. queenslandica differs in the rounder
hindwings, lack of an apricot-coloured sheen on the underside and lack of
a dark marginal band on the hindwing under ultraviolet-reflection
photography, the whole wing appearing pale. On the underside of the
forewing the termen is edged from apex to between veins CuA2 and
1A+2A pale brown in E. queenslandica and dark brown in E. angulipennis.
In the male the projections of the uncus are broader and less prominent and
the mature larva has much larger head tubercles than in E. angulipennis.
E. q. queenslandica differs from both E. angulipennis and E. q. kuranda in
the absence (normally) of projections from the black forewing apical area
along veins CuAl and CuA2. The basal flash on the underside of the
forewing is better developed than in E. q. kuranda. Waterhouse and Lyell
(1914) discussed a series from Prince of Wales I. (under E. egnatia
angulipennis) that belongs here.
Distribution. Islands of Torres Strait and Cape York to Musgrave, Cape
York Peninsula, Queensland.
Hostplant. Capparis sepiaria (De Baar 1988).
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 37
Figs 31-40. Elodina spp. (31-34), E. claudia sp. nov. from Iron Range
Qld: (31), 7 dorsal; (32), 9 dorsal; (33), € ventral; (34), 9 ventral. (35-40),
E. perdita from nr Proserpine Qld: (35), d dorsal; (36), 9 dorsal; (37, 39),
& ventral; (38, 40), 9 ventral.
38 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Etymology. Named after Queensland, from where all known specimens of
both subspecies have been collected.
Material examined. QUEENSLAND: Holotype d, Iron Ra., Cape York
Pen., 24.vi.-8.vii.1978, M. De Baar. Paratypes: 8 7a, 7 99, same data as
holotype; 7 dd, 1 9, Iron Ra., 1-9.vi.1971 & 30.vi.-4.vii.1977, G.B.
Monteith; 1 7, 30.vi.1981, A.J. & LR. Johnson; 2 77, Gordon's Mine area,
Iron Ra., 12-18.ii.1976, G.B. Monteith, open forest; 17 dà, 3 ??, Leo Ck
Rd, ca 300 m, Mcllwraith Ra., 29.vi-4.vii. 1976, M. De Baar, G.B. & S.
Monteith; 1 7, 1 9, Mt White, Coen, 23.vi.1978, M. De Baar; 1 c, Mt
White, Coen, 6.vii.1976, G.B. & S. Monteith; 1 9, Mt White, Coen,
8.1.1988, S.J. Johnson; 1 9, Stewart R., 5 km W. Port Stewart, via Coen,
25-27.vi.1976, G.B. & S. Monteith; 1 7, 13 km W of Musgrave, 14°48’S
143°23’E, 26.iv.1989, G. & A. Daniels; 1 9, 11.5 km SW of Fox Ck x-ing,
"Wolverton', 13?13'S, 142°54’E, 14.iv.1989, G. & A. Daniels; 1 d,
Bamaga, 7.vii.1985, LR. Johnson 1 Ħ, Lockerbie, Cape York,
13-27.iv.1973, G.B. Monteith; 1 d, 5 km NE Lockerbie, Cape York,
8-10.iv.1991, LR. Johnson; 4 ds, 1 ?, Cape York, 4.x. & 11.xi.1927, 12,
14 & 17.iv.1928, W.B. Barnard. TORRES STRAIT ISLANDS: Paratypes:
1 d; 2 99, Arden Is., 6.iv.1987; 3 Ao, 1 9, Marsden Is., 4.iv.1987; 2 TF,
Gettulai Is., 9.iv.1987; 2 T7, 2 99, Tudu Is., 31.ii1.1987; 4 TT, 3 99, Sue
(Warraber) Is., 8.iv.1987; 1 9, Bourke Is., 5.iv.1987; 12 dv, 5 29,
Thursday Is., 27-29.ii1.1987; 4 &o*, Thursday Is., emerged 21-22.iv.1987, on
Capparis sepiaria; all collected by M. De Baar; 2 7g, 1 9, Thursday Is.,
25.vii.1983, T. Lambkin; 4 d'7, Thursday Is., 8.1x.1983, J. Donaldson; 1 d,
1 9, Thursday Is. 28.v.1983 & 16.11.1989, S.J. Johnson, LR. & AJ.
Johnson; 1 9, Yam (Turtle Back) Is., 18-26.vii.1977, G.B. Monteith & D.
Cook; 1 &, Sue (Warraber) Is., 4.xii.1977, E.D. Edwards; 1 9, Banks Is.,
23.4.1928, W.B. Barnard; 2 992, Bet Hill vicinity, Moa (Banks) Is.,
9-13.v.1977, G.B. Monteith & D. Cook; 1 9, Airstrip, Badu (Mulgrave) Is.,
18.vii.1977, G.B. Monteith; 1 &, Yorke I, 24.iv.1990, J. Donaldson.
Holotype (T. 12703) in QM; paratypes in QM, ANIC, UQIC, MDBC,
GDC, SJJC, JDC and TLC.
5b. Elodina queenslandica kuranda subsp. nov. (Figs 8, 26-27)
Elodina angulipennis, Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: figs 493 & 494.
Misidentification.
Elodina padusa, D' Abrera, 1971: pl. 125. Misidentification.
Description.
Male (Fig. 26). Antenna similar to typical subspecies except club
orange-tipped and pale orange along lower edge. Forewing length (19
specimens) 17-22 mm. Upperside of forewing white except apical area;
costa and basal areas both blackened, overlaid with pale scales. Apex and
termen black to beyond vein CuA2, abruptly terminated before tornus and
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 39
with black projections along veins M3, CuA1 and CuA2. Hindwing evenly
rounded, the upperside white with a few dark scales at base. Underside of
forewing silvery-white with a dark subapical patch that often extends to
vein CuA2 and a subdued, orange-yellow basal flash. Underside of
hindwing silvery-white, rarely with 1 or 2 postmedian dark spots and with
the costa partly orange.
Male genitalia similar to those of E. q. queenslandica (c.f. Figs 7-8) but
with slightly shorter valvae.
Female (Fig. 27). Similar to male. Forewing length (12 specimens) 20-26
mm. Underside of hindwing with up to 5 postmedian dark spots.
Comments. This subspecies differs from typical E. q. queenslandica in the
well developed projections along veins CuAl and CuA2 from the apical
black area on the upperside of the forewing and the indistinct basal flash
on the underside of the forewing. The subapical dark patch on the
underside of the forewing normally persists to vein CuA2, whilst in E. q.
queenslandica and E. angulipennis this patch seldom extends beyond vein
CuAl. From E. angulipennis it further differs in characters mentioned
under £. q. queenslandica.
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) illustrate 2 specimens from Mackay that fit
this subspecies. A male from Palm Bay, Long Is. (nr Proserpine),
30.viii.1980 (K.L. Dunn), has no projections along forewing veins CuA1
and CuA2 from the black apical area. We provisionally include this
specimen as a variant of this subspecies but exclude it from the type series.
The distribution of E. q. kuranda may overlap that of E. angulipennis in
the Miriam Vale-Maryborough region of southern Queensland.
Distribution. Palmer River and Atherton Tableland to Eurimbula (30 km
ENE of Miriam Vale), Queensland. Records of E. angulipennis from
Cooktown (Waterhouse & Lyell 1914), Percy and Garden Is. (Duckworth
& McLean 1986) probably belong to E. q. kuranda. This taxon has been
collected in vine and rain forests.
Etymology. Named after Kuranda, the locality from which the first known
specimen (F.P. Dodd's) was collected.
Material examined. QUEENSLAND: Holotype c', Goldsborough Rd, 12 km
from Gordonvale, 12-14.xii.1983, M. De Baar. Paratypes: 2 7, 1 2, same
data as holotype; 1 c', Kuranda, F.P. Dodd; 1 œ, Kuranda, 6.viii.1974, G.
Daniels; 2 9 9, Kuranda, 2-3.xii.1977, M. De Baar; 1 7, Davies Ck St. For.,
E. of Mareeba, 27.viii.1990, R.I. Storey; 1 d' Lake Euramoo, Atherton
Tableland, 17.v.1973, D.L. Hancock; 1 d', Yungaburra, Curtain Fig tree,
18.11.1990, K.L. Dunn, in rainforest; 2 99, 40-mile scrub, SW of Mt
Garnet, 24.1.1982, G. & A. Daniels; 1 7, 1 $, vine forest, 12 km N of
Palmer R., 16°01’S, 144°48’E, 16.v.1989, G. & A. Daniels; 1 d, 8 miles S
of Port Douglas, 4.viii.1975, A. Bedford Russell; 4 d, 1 9, Mt Lewis, nr
40 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
Mossman, 23.1.1982, G. & A. Daniels; 1 d', 22 miles N of Cairns, iv.1959,
J.F.R. Kerr; 1 g, Ellis Beach, 29.iv.1974, J.A. Baker; 1 d nr Cairns,
1970's, M. De Baar; 1 9, 6 miles W of Paluma, 2700’, 15.iv.1969, I.F.B.
Common & M.S. Upton; 1 2, Mt Elliot Nat. Pk, 10.1.1991, K.L. Dunn &
T. Woodger; 1 9, Bluewater Ra., N of Townsville, 17.iv.1988, M. De
Baar; 1 d, 1 ?, Mt Etna, nr Rockhampton, 14.iv.1968, D.L. Hancock; 1 e
Fairy Bower, Rockhampton, 2.1.1962, I. Common; 1 d, 1 2, Eurimbula
Nat. Pk, Ganoonga Noonga Lookout, 10-15.ix.1989, G.B. Monteith.
Holotype (T. 12704) in QM; paratypes in QM, ANIC, UQIC, MDBC,
GDC, TLC and KDC.
6. Elodina tongura Tindale, stat. nov. (Figs 2b, 9, 28-30)
Elodina perdita tongura Tindale, 1923: 350-1; Common & Waterhouse,
1981: 279. Type locality: Groote Eylandt, NT. Lectotype d in SAM [here
designated; examined].
Type specimens. There are 16 syntypes in SAM, labelled Type male, Type
female or Cotype. The specimen labelled "Groote Eylandt, N. Territory,
N.B. Tindale’/ ’Elodina perdita tongura N.B. Tindale, Type female
[actually a male], I. 13778'/ 'S.A. Museum specimen [red label]’ is
selected here as lectotype, the "Type male" (I. 13777) and "Cotypes" as
paralectotypes.
Comments. This species shows some resemblance to E. walkeri but the
yellow basal flash on the underside of the forewing is more distinct and the
aedeagus (Fig. 2b) has a much longer vesica, being about as long as the
aedeagus itself. In size and pattern it resembles E. perdita and E. claudia,
from which it differs in details of the male genitalia. Specimens from
McCluer Is. (3 S7, 22.vi.1989, T. Fenner) have faint brown subapical
markings on the underside of the forewing and are slightly smaller than
average (Forewing length 18-20 mm) but have the distinct yellow basal
flash and long vesica characteristic of this species. E. tongura may occur
sympatrically with E. walkeri in Arnhem Land. Forewing range (30
specimens: both sexes) 18-22 mm, normally over 20 mm. Collected from
January-April and in June. Wings appear grey under ultraviolet-reflection
photography.
Distribution. Northern coast and islands of Northern Territory, from
Cobourg Peninsula to Groote Eylandt. Recorded from Groote Eylandt,
Woodah Is., Winchilsea Is., Rimbija Is. and Marchinbar Is. (Wessel Is),
McCluer Is. and 7 km ESE of Smith Point, Cobourg Peninsula.
Material examined. Lectotype, 3 d'd and 1 9 paralectotypes and 25
specimens from various localities in the Northern Territory.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 41
7. Elodina claudia sp. nov. (Figs 1b, 10, 31-34)
Description.
Male (Figs 31, 33). Antennal shaft black with short white longitudinal
lines above and below to club. Club flattened, blackish-brown, slightly
paler brown on tip. Forewing length (11 specimens) 19-22 mm. Veins
M3 and CuAI on both wings arise closer together than in other Australian
species of Elodina (Fig. 1b). Upperside of forewing white except apical
area; costa dark brown, with some overlaid dark and pale scales at base.
Apex and termen narrowly black, terminating with a black projection along
vein CuA2 and with a similar projection along vein CuAl. Upperside of
hindwing white with a few dark scales at base. Underside of forewing
white with a lemon-yellow basal flash. Termen brown-edged and
yellowish-mustard coloured on the apical and terminal margins. Underside
of hindwing whitish, base of costa orange, a lemon-yellow suffusion at
wing base extends as a smear along costal, discal and anal areas. The
termen is edged whitish-yellow.
Male genitalia generally typical of genus (c.f. Fig. 2a), with vesica of
aedeagus about half length of aedeagus and with well developed bristles
along most of its length. Uncus bifid (Fig. 10), with broad, relatively high
basal protuberances.
Female (Figs 32, 34). Similar to male except for hindwing colour below.
Forewing length (8 specimens) 20-22 mm. Underside of forewing with
discal area whitish-yellow and upperside black areas silhouetted beneath,
otherwise as for male. Underside of hindwing yellowish-orange in all
specimens examined.
Comments. This species resembles E. perdita and E. tongura and, to a
lesser extent, E. walkeri but the bifid uncus and shape of the protuberances
show it to be distinct. The female closely resembles yellow-winged
females of E. perdita but both sexes may be distinguished by the venation,
veins M3 and CuAI of both wings being closer together in E. claudia than
in E. perdita and other species (Fig. 1). Males of E. claudia have a basal
flash on the underside of the hindwing which is not present in £. perdita,
E. tongura or E. walkeri. Both E. claudia and E. perdita lack any trace of
subapical brown scales on the underside of the forewing; these are
occasionally absent in E. tongura and E. walkeri but normally at least
microscopic traces of these scales remain. Wings appear grey under
ultraviolet-reflection photography.
Distribution. Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula. This appears to be a
rainforest species.
Etymology. Named after the Claudie River at Iron Range.
Material examined. QUEENSLAND: Holotype c, Iron Ra., Cape York
Pen., 24.vi.-8.vii.1978, M. De Baar. Paratypes: 5 7d, 2 9 9, same data as
holotype; 2 9 9, Iron Ra., 1-9.vi.1971 & 30.vi.-4.vii.1977, G.B. Monteith; 1
42 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
2, Gordon's Mine area, Iron Ra., 12-18.11.1976, G.B. Monteith; 1 d, 1 9,
Iron Ra., 9.iv.1971 & 29.ix.1975, A. Atkins; 4 g'd', 2 9$, Iron Ra., 11, 15
& 19.vii.1968, J. & M. Le Souef.
Holotype (T. 12705) in QM, paratypes in QM, ANIC, UQIC and MDBC.
8. Elodina perdita Miskin (Figs 1a, 11, 35-40)
Elodina perdita Miskin, 1889: 263; Waterhouse & Lyell, 1914: 143, fig.
496. Type locality: Bowen. Lectotype d in QM [here designated;
examined].
Type specimens. There are 2 syntypes in QM from the Miskin Collection.
The male (T. 12346) is labelled 'A.S., B. Bowen’/ '44" and is selected here
as lectotype, the female (T. 12347) as paralectotype. This female has the
underside of the hindwings yellow. A second female in QM, also from the
Miskin Collection, is labelled 'Bowen'/ '184'. It has the underside of the
hindwings white. Species number 184 was listed as E. egnatia in Miskin's
unpublished notebook (in QM) and this specimen therefore is not regarded
as a syntype.
Comments. In northern Queensland E. perdita has been confused with E.
walkeri. Records from Cape York to Cairns refer to the latter species.
These 2 species differ in wing pattern characters (see Key) and in the
shape of the uncus (Figs 9, 11). Forewing range (32 specimens: both
sexes) 20-24 mm. Females may be white or yellow on the underside of
the hindwings, the latter resembling females of E. claudia, which differs in
the position of vein M3 (Fig. 1). The uncus (Fig. 11) has well sclerotized,
globose basal protuberances. Collected in February, April, May, July,
August and December. Wings appear grey under ultraviolet-reflection
photography.
Distribution. Ingham to Mackay. Also Holbourne, Olden, Hayman and
Shaw Is. (Duckworth & McLean 1986) and Carlisle Is., NNE of Mackay.
A species of coastal lowland Melaleuca swamps and rivers.
Early stages. The mature larva is green with a thick white dorsal
longitudinal line from behind the head almost to the posterior end. The
last abdominal segment is a diffuse orange colour and is forked posteriorly.
Mulberry red spots surrounding small tubercles occur on each side of the
white dorsal line on thoracic segment 2 and abdominal segments 2, 4 and
8.
Hostplant. Capparis sepiaria (new record).
Material examined. Lectotype, paralectotype and 30 specimens from
various localities in Queensland.
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to the following for the loan of or access to specimens:
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 43
P.R. Ackery (BMNH), G. Bernardi (MNHN), BJ. Day (AMS), E.D.
Edwards (ANIC), T.L. Fenner (NT Quarantine & Inspection Branch), E.G.
Matthews (SAM), G.B. Monteith (QM), M.A. Schneider (UQIC), G.
Daniels, J. Donaldson, K. Dunn, S.J. Johnson, I. Knight and T. Lambkin.
We also thank C. Bremner for preparing the line drawings and A.G. Orr
for his interest and initial inputs into the project.
References
BRIDGES, C.A. 1988. Catalogue of Papilionidae and Pieridae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera).
Urbana; privately published.
BUTLER, A.G. 1873. Descriptions of new species of Lepidoptera. Cistula Entomologica 1:
151-177.
BUTLER, A.G. 1898. Descriptions of some new species of butterflies of the subfamily
Pierinae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (7) 1: 294-296.
CHEONG, S.W. and LEE, C.E. 1992. Comparative morphology and systematics on the
female internal genitalia of the Pieridae (Lepidoptera). Metamorphosis 3: 95-99, 139-147.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Sydney; Angus
& Robertson.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revd. Ed.
Sydney; Angus & Robertson.
D'ABRERA, B. 1971. Butterflies of the Australian Region. Melbourne; Lansdowne. '
DE BAAR, M. 1988. Insects collected during a trip to Torres Strait 27 March to 10 April
1987. News Bulletin of the Entomological Society of Queensland 15: 107-117.
DUCKWORTH, B.G. and McLEAN, J. 1986. Notes on a collection of butterflies from the
islands of the Great Barrier Reef, Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 13:
43-48.
FELDER, C. and FELDER, R. 1865. Reise der Osterreichischen Fregatte "Novara" um die
Erde in den Jahren 1857-9, etc. Zoologischer Theil. Band 2 Abt 2. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera.
Vienna: C. Gerold's Sohn.
FRUHSTORFER, H. 1914. Neue Pieriden. Entomologische Rundschau 31 (6): 32-33.
HEWITSON, W.C. 1853. Illustrations of new species of exotic butterflies, selected chiefly
from the collections of W. Wilson Saunders and William C. Hewitson. Vol. 1. London; John
van Voorst.
LUCAS, P.H. 1852. Description de nouvelles espéces de Lépidoptéres appartenant aux
collections entomologiques du Musée de Paris, (Sixième décade). Revue et Magasin de
Zoologie Pure et Apliquée (2) 4: 422-432.
MISKIN, W.H. 1889. Note on some undescribed Australian Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera).
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 263-266.
SEITZ, A. 1908-27. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. Vol. 9. The Indo-Australian
Rhopalocera. Stuttgart: Kernen.
TALBOT, G. 1932. Pieridae 1. Lepidoptorum Catalogus 23 (53): 1-320.
TINDALE, N.B. 1923. On Australian Rhopalocera. Transactions and Proceedings of the
Royal Society of South Australia 47: 342-354.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. A monograph of
the Australian Rhopalocera. Sydney; Angus & Robertson.
44 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
BOOK REVIEW
Arthropods of Medical and Veterinary Importance: A Checklist of Preferred Names
and Allied Terms. Compiled by A.R. Pittaway. pp. 178. C.A.B. International. 1991.
About A$35-40.
This promises to be a very useful reference book which will get much usage. It is
derived from the CAB ABSTRACTS database maintained by CAB International,
supplemented by a card index constructed on the contents of the Review of Applied
Entomology Series B since the first issue in 1913. The bulk of the book (152 pages
with a maximum of 64 species per page) lists the scientific names of important
arthropod species together with their authors under alphabetically arranged genera.
Genera are referred to family and order (or a comparable classificatory level). Shorter
lists are provided of Microrganisms, Viruses, Fungi, Helminths, Fish and other
organisms (a ciliate, 3 genera of triclads and a leech). I would like to see another list
detailing the vertebrate hosts involved in the maintenance of arthropod-borne
infections. It would not add more than 2 pages to the existing text.
I thought that it would be a simple matter to compare the coverage of this checklist
with the index of a comparable textbook - "Medical and Veterinary Entomology" by
D.S. Kettle, 1984 - and expected the Checklist to include all the species mentioned in
the textbook. This was not so. The omission of some species of minor or negligible
importance can be accepted. The author has to exercise some selection to keep the
checklist within reasonable limits. The inclusion of every arthropod mentioned in
RAE "B" over more than 70 years would double the size and price of the checklist
without a commensurate increase in its usefulness.
In the event my comparison was limited to the first 3 letters of the alphabet which
yielded over 50 omissions, some of which were important. The nematode Loa loa is
listed but the tabanid flies in which the worm's development was first described -
Chrysops dimidiata and C. silacea - are omitted. The mange mites Chorioptes caprae,
C. equi and C. ovis have been synonymised with C. bovis as Sweatman proposed, but
his other species, C. texanus, is omitted. Other omissions are the pestilential blood-
sucking Austrosimulium pestilens, Culicoides molestus and C. vexans; the subspecies
Aedes aegypti queenslandensis; the subgenus Lasiohelea is listed but not other
important subgenera e.g. Avaritia, Austenina and Nemorhina. The testaceous
calliphorines Auchmeromyia luteola and Cordylobia anthropophaga are the Siamese
twins of medical entomology but only the latter is listed. A. luteola is now regarded as
a junior synonym of A. senegalensis but neither appears in the checklist. Among
microorganisms the important tick-borne poultry pathogen Aegyptianella pullorum is
not listed.
It is a brave compiler who attempts to produce a Checklist because he/she has no hope
of satisfying everyone or sometimes anyone. Pittaway makes no claim to be infallible
and deserves to be congratulated for producing a useful first edition. When the critics
have had their say and their comments have been evaluated the second edition should
be even more valuable. I shall make much use of my review copy without getting too
upset if the name I am seeking is not listed and I shall, of course, follow the advice in
the preface and advise the compiler - eventually.
Doug Kettle,
Department of Entomology,
University of Queensland, Qld 4072
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 45
NEW RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIOIDEA AND PAPILIONOIDEA) FROM BERNIER ISLAND,
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Andrew A.E. Williams! and Graham P. Hall?
! Department of Conservation and Land Management, W.A. Wildlife Research Centre, P.O. Box
51, Wanneroo, W.A., 6065
2 Endangered Species Centre, Perth Zoo, P.O. Box 489, South Perth, W.A., 6151.
Abstract
The butterflies Trapezites argenteoornatus insula (Waterhouse), Papilio demoleus sthenelus W.S.
Macleay, Junonia villida calybe (Godart) and Zizina labradus labradus (Godart) are recorded
from Bernier Island.
Introduction
Bernier Island (24°48'S 113°09'E) is located at the north-western limit of
Shark Bay about 50 km west of Carnarvon. The island, which is 26 km long
and 2.5 km wide at its widest point, is derived from Pleistocene coastal
limestone. While the western side is bordered by steep limestone cliffs, the
eastern coastline is characterised by beach dunes which give way to a
relatively flat central plateau most of which is overlain with compacted
reddish sandy soil. The plateau vegetation is dominated by a Triodia
plurinervata grassland with patches of Acacia coriacea and A. ligulata, while
the eastern coastal sand dunes support: a Spinifex longifolius dominated
association. In September 1992 we recorded four species of butterflies from
two sites on the eastern side of the island. Voucher specimens are lodged in
the Insect Collection of the Department of Conservation and Land
Management. Common and Waterhouse (1981) do not specifically record
any butterflies from Bernier Island. Records of Papilio demoleus, Danaus
chrysippus and Anaphaeis java from Bernier Island (Dunn and Dunn 1991)
relate to specimens collected by R.D. Hughes in May 1963 and lodged in the
Australian National Insect Collection (Laurie Dunn, pers. comm.).
New Records and Notes
Trapezites argenteoornatus insula (Waterhouse).
Five specimens were taken at Red Cliff Bay on 11.ix.1992. The species was
common on beach sand dunes within 200 m of the sea, where the habitat was
dominated by Spinifex longifolius. Individuals were flying low over the
vegetation between 1100 hours and 1400 hours.
Papilio demoleus sthenelus W.S. Macleay.
Several individuals were seen flying over beach sand dunes at Boulder Point
and on the central plateau on 12.ix.1992. No specimens were taken.
Junonia villida calybe (Godart).
Two specimens were collected at Boulder Point on 12.ix.1992, on beach sand
dunes within 300 m of the sea. The vegetation was dominated by S.
46 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
longifolius and low Pileanthus limacis shrubs. Individuals of this species
were also observed flying over the sea as much as 500 m from the island.
Zizina labradus labradus (Godart).
Common at Boulder Point on the tops of beach sand dunes within 300 m of
the sea. Three specimens were collected on 12.ix.1992 in habitat dominated
by S. longifolius and P. limacis.
Acknowledgments
Greg Keighery of the Department of Conservation and Land Management
identified Pileanthus limacis specimens from Bernier Island. Samantha
Hillcox of Cardiff University assisted with collection of some specimens.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian Butterflies : distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Pp. 1-660. Privately published, Melbourne.
MAYO, R. and ATKINS, A. 1992. Anisyntoides Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae): a
synonym of Trapezites Hübner, with description of a new species from Western Australia.
Australian Entomological Magazine 19: 81-88.
Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993 47
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
MILNE, W.M.
(1993). Detachable bags for multiple sweep net samples. Antenna 17: 14-15.
MONTEITH, G.B.
(1991). The butterfly man of Kuranda, Frederick Parkhurst Dodd. vi + 34 pp (8 col.). Queensland Museum: Brisbane.
MONTEITH, G.B. and MOSS, J.T. St L.
(1991). — A collection of butterflies from Eurimbula, central coastal Queensland. Qd Nat. 30: 117-120.
MORRIS, B.
(1991). Description of the life history stages of Calliphora nociva Hardy (Diptera: Calliphoridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 79-82.
MOUND, L.A.
(1990). A new genus and species of Thripidae (Thysanoptera) from Western Australia with elongate mouthparts. Ent. mon.
Mag. 126: 213-216.
MULLER, C.J.
(1991). New distribution records for butterflies in New South Wales. Vict. Ent. 21: 79-80.
MYINT, W.W. and WALTER, G.H.
(1990). Behaviour of Spalangia cameroni males and sex ratio theory. Oikos 59: 163-174.
NAUMANN, I.D.
(1991). Revision of the Australian genus Enoggera Girault (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae: Asaphinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 1-
17.
NAUMANN, I.D. and REID, C.A.M.
(1990). — Ausasaphes shiralee sp. n. (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae: Asaphinae), a brachypterous wasp phoretic on a flightless
chrysomelid beetle (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 319-325.
NEBOISS, A.
(1992). Illustrated keys to the families and genera of Australian Trichoptera I. Adults. Aust. Soc. Limnol. Spec. Publ. 9: iii +
87.
NEL, A. and SCHOLTZ, C.H.
(1990). Comparative morphology of the mouthparts of adult Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera). Ent. Mem. Dep. Agric. Dev. Repub.
S. Afr. 80: i-iii, 1-84.
NEW, T.R.
(1991). — The "doctor's dilemma", or ideals, attitudes and compromise in insect conservation. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 97-108.
NEWTON, A.F.
(1990). Myrmelibia, a new genus of myrmecophile from Australia, with a generic review of Australian Osoriinae (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae). /nvert. Taxon. 4: 81-94.
O'DONNELL, J.E.
(1991). A survey of male genitalia in lethaeine genera (Heterptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparochrominae). JI N.Y. ent. Soc. 99: 441-
470.
OGATA, K
(1991). Ants of the genus Myrmecia Fabricius: a review of the species groups and their phylogenetic relationships
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmeciinae). Syst. Ent, 16: 353-381.
ORNDUFF, R.
(1991). Size classes, reproductive behaviour, and insect associates of Cycas media (Cycadaceae) in Australia. Bot. Gaz. 152:
203-207.
PEAKALL, R., BEATTIE, A.J. and JAMES, S.H.
(1987). Pseudocopulation of an orchid by male ants: a test of two hypotheses accounting for the rarity of ant pollination.
Oecologia (Berl.) 73: 522-524.
PEETERS, C.
(1989). Cooperation between dealate queens during colony foundation in the green tree ant Oecophylla smaragdina. Psyche,
Camb. 96: 39-44.
PETERSON, M.
(1991). — A replacement name for Buprestis scalaris Gory & Laporte (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 15: 13-
15.
(1991). A new southern Australian subgenus of Temognatha Solier (Coleoptera: Buprestidae: Buprestinae), with
nomenclatural notes on Solier's generic names. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 15: 117-127.
(1991). A new Temognatha species (Coleoptera: Buprestidae: Buprestinae) from north-eastern Australia. Rec. West. Aust.
Mus. 15: 129-138.
PILGRIM, R.L.C.
(1992). An historic collection of fleas (Siphonaptera) in the Macleay Museum, Sydney, Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
113: 77-86.
PITTAWAY, A.R.
(1991). Arthropods of medical and veterinary importance, A checklist of preferred names and allied terms. ix + 178 pp.
C.A.B. International: Wallingford.
QUICKE, D.L.J.
(1991). Tergal and inter-tergal metasomal glands of male braconine wasps (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Braconidae). Zool. Scr. 19:
413-423.
REEVES, D.M.
(1991). Emergence of two libellulid dragonfly species from Moreton Island (Odonata: Anisoptera: Libellulidae). Qd Nat. 31:
42-4.
REEVES, D.M. and WOODALL, P.F.
(1991). Some Odonata from Eurimbula National Park. Qd Nat. 30: 115-116.
48 Aust. Ent. 20 (1) Jun 1993
REID, C.A.M.
(1991). A new genus of Cryptocephalinae from Australia (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Ent. scand. 22: 139-157.
(1991). Immature stages of the genera Johannica Blackburn, Lamprolima Baly and Chalcolampra Blanchard (Coleoptera,
Chrysomelidae, Chrysomelinae). J. nat. Hist. 25: 341-357.
(1991). The Australian species of Chlamisini (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 315-323. *
(1992). Descriptions of the pupae of nine genera of Australian paropsine Chrysomelinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Proc,
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 113: 311-337.
ROLLARD, C.
(1990). Révision des insectes esto- et endoparasites d'Aranéides. Bull. Soc. ent. Mulhouse 1990: 33-34.
ROTH, L.M.
(1991). A new cave-dwelling cockroach from Western Australia (Blattaria: Nocticolidae). Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 15: 17-21.
(1991). The cockroach genera Beybienkoa, gen. nov., Escala Shelford, Eowilsonia, gen. nov., Hensaussurea Princis,
Parasigmoidella Hanitsch and Robshelfordia Princis (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blattellidae). Invert. Taxon. 5: 553-716,
(1991). New combinations, synonymies, redescriptions, and new species of cockroaches, mostly Indo-Australian. /nvert,
Taxon. 5: 953-1021.
ROWE, R.J.
(1991). Larval development and emergence in Hemianax papuensis (Burmeister) (Odonata: Aeshnidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30:
209-215.
SCHNEIDER, M.A.
(1991). Revision of the Australasian genus Poecilohetaerus Hendel (Diptera: Lauxaniidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 143-168.
SCHOLTZ, C.H.
(1991). Descriptions of larvae of Australian Omorgus Erichson, with implications for the phylogeny of the Trogidae (Insecta:
Coleoptera). Invert. Taxon. 5: 827-835.
SCHOORL, J.W. Jr
(1990). — A phylogenetic study on Cossidae (Lepidoptera: Ditrysia) based on external adult morphology. Zool. Verh. 263: 1-
295.
SCHUH, R.T. and STYS, P.
(1991). Phylogenetic analysis of cimicomorphan family relationships (Heteroptera). JI N.Y. ent. Soc. 99: 298-350.
SINCLAIR, B.J.
(1992). A phylogenetic interpretation of the Brachycera (Diptera) based on larval mandible and associated mouthpart
structures. Syst. Ent. 17: 233-252.
SKELLY, P.
(1992). Writhing on the sheep's back. Geo 14 (4): 96-103.
SMITHERS, C.N.
(1990). Keys to the families and genera of Psocoptera (Arthropoda: Insecta). Tech. Rep. Aust. Mus. 2: 1-82.
(1991). A new species of Dirypteryx Aaron (Psocoptera: Psyliipsocidae) described from Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 23: 45-48.
SMITHERS, C.N. and LIENHARD, C.
(1992). A revised bibliography of the Psocoptera (Arthropoda: Insecta). Tech. Rep. Aust. Mus. 6: 1-86.
SPENCER, K.A.
(1991). Flycatcher. Memoirs of an amateur entomologist. Pp. xv + 414. SPB Academic Publishing bv: The Hague.
SPRADBERY, J.P.
(1991). An orphaned colony of the European wasp, Vespula germanica (F.) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in Australia resulting
from repeated usurpation. N.Z. J. Zool. 18: 101-103.
St CLAIR, R.M.
(1991). — The genus Notalina (Trichoptera: Leptoceridae: Triplectidinae) in southeastern Australia, with descriptions of the
larvae and pupae. /nvert. Taxon. 4: 895-934.
STEINMANN, H.
(1989). — World catalogue of Dermaptera. 934 pp. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht and Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest.
STEVENS, M.M.
(1991). — Revision of the genus Alseis Kirkaldy (Homoptera: Cicadelloidea: Cicadellidae), with descriptions of six new species.
Invert. Taxon. 5: 43-59
STOREY, R.I.
(1991). — New species and new records of Tesserodon Hope (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from northern Queensland. Mem. Qd
Mus. 30: 577-588.
SUGDEN, E.A. and PYKE, G.H.
(1991). Effects of honey bees on colonies of Exoneura asimillima, an Australian native bee. Aust. J. Ecol. 16: 171-181.
SUTER, P.J. and BISHOP, J.E. :
(1990). — Post-oviposition development of eggs of South Australian mayflies. Pp. 85-94. [n Campbell, I.C. (ed.), Mayflies and
stoneflies: life histories and biologies. Proc. 5th Int. Ephemeroptera Conf. and 9th Int Pleoptera Conf. Pp. ix + 366.
Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
(1990). — Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of South Australia. Pp. 189-207. Jn Campbell, I.C. (ed.), Mayflies and stoneflies: life histories
and biologies. Proc. 5th Int. Ephemeroptera Conf. and 9th Int Pleoptera Conf. Pp. ix + 366. Kluwer Academic
Publishers: Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
TAYLOR, G.S.
(1992). The structure of the eggs of some Australian Psylloidea (Hemiptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 109-117.
TAYLOR, K.L.
(1990). — The tribe Ctenarytainini (Hemiptera: Psylloidea): a key to known Australian genera, with new species and two new
genera. /nvert. Taxon. 4: 95-121.
(1992). Two new species of Cardiaspina Crawford (Hemiptera: Psyllidae) from Western Australia and Tasmania. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 31: 171-175.
(1992). Blepharocosta, a new genus of Australian Spondyliaspidinae (Hemiptera: Psylloidea). Invert. Taxon. 6: 131-141.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Ttems for insertion should be sent to the Salle duo) reserves the ight to alter, reject or r charge 1
for notices. , :
Suppliers of fine quality insect specimens for both the amateur and —
: professional collector. Our latest catalogue contains over 1200 species of —
Papilionidae, Nymphalidae, Satyridae, Lycaenidae, Saturniidae,
Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Lucanidae and many other families from
North and South America, Africa, Europe, Australia, Papua. New Guinea,
1 Solomons, Russia, etc. Many rare and hard to get species are available.
We also supply preset material. The Insect Companys D; O. Box 618,
. Cooktown, Qld, 4871. D»
| FOR SALE. Rosewood insect ina: Block di four units jh with 10 — i
drawers. Drawer size 680 mm x 600 mm. Each drawer lined wam
= polyethylene foam. Depth of drawers suitable for 38. mm pins or unit.
. trays, Overall dimensions: height 1350 mm, width 1450 mm, depth 640
|. mm. Unit has polyurethane coated pine work top and sits ona 75mm —
high recessed meranti base. Price Sese Phone (9: 877 9428. Bus. Bon. T.
$: (07) 376 5973 (A/B). rr pe UA PUN 2
s FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, eer Europe € etc. Guess rie ee
. Morphidae, Brassolidae, Papilionidae. Many ex-pupae specimens. Write es =
To o On OuL 12-page Lepidoptera catalogue: Transworld See Company, era Me
i Meis E 695 ik; 10000 San Jose, Costa Rica, C. America. ET um
P mu bcr NOTES FOR AUTHORS |
e-written, bts spaced and S rice
d ey gi WES submitted for mites should preferably, be ty
| | jn triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style. - :
|. All papers will be forwarded. to two anon RS the editor reserves the right to Wiper any
paper considered unsuitable. ; a mers
Papers longer ‘than eight printed journal pages v will Fonte not nie accepted. i :
: _ Papers will be accepted only if a minimum. of 100 reprints is- purchased, | . Manuscripts. ege eie
Ur occupying. less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required. er
... Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100. suut He charges m be reduced i
| at the discretion. of the Publications Committee. — ; Ti XE
“Illustrations: Black and white photographs 1 must be submitted at the si
dn the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their requ red siz
i . Address Pg to: DrKJ. Lambkin, Edito
"OP. The Australian Entomolo
ys Queensland ! Museum
=) PORBOX 3300 - i
oe South paa Que sland, 4101
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist —
(d uec Australian baee Magazino; Volume 20, kart i, i J uly 1993
} BALCIUNAS, IK, BOWMAN, Gu. Jand EDWARDS, i
Er insects ERAN with the} ap siis Melaleuca qu quinquenervia
ENDERSBY, mu TES oe See
SAU of adult winter gnats Diora Trichoceridae)
Ie Ss of the larvae dii Ornithoptera
i st (Lepid
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. OF QUEENSLAND
Volume 20, Part 2, 31 August 1993.
Price: $5.00 per part
3 En AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian morc Magazine) i is a non-
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New -
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
. independently and subscription to tie pomaly is not Aue with | members of the
; Society. $ Aes e :
i : The Editorial Panel Sen a = Tee d
ic Editor. "s Sr RN DrKJ. Lambkin See MEE
ts .... Queensland ] | Museum - E
- Assistant Editors = MrG. Daniels - t
PR University of Queensland |
= ADGA: Monteith |
Soe eee ... Queensland. Museum:
HINES Massage = DrAP. Mackey —— ; ;
; f Seo aerslane: BERE o Technology
d Subscriptions -
. Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
ES —. For individuals -. A$16.00 per annum Australia.
<= mri = A$20.00 per annum elsewhere |
AR For institutions — - A$20.00; per annum Australia.
$22.00 per annum elsewhere. vi prec en cl
Chequesi in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra a A$5. 00.
| | ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND |
= March-June and August-December each year. Meetings — are announced in the
notices of other Society events and information on Members' activities.
enm Enquiries. re
- Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, E Sie
te ‘Sustaining As sociates |
E Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc 1 Rural al Australia Piy Lid.
is one of th most attrac Je o
eoff Th gem
Cover: Callistoleo. erythro ep (Leach) (Neuroy jour perte E
I Australian lacewings. Ít occurs in both coastal
| northern Queensland to the central coast of New South
ant-lion type, excavatings pis. in pang gant loose soil.
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are — c
: . Subscriptions | are iNet. in S to the iuret Manten arhe; Australian 2
m Membership i is open i to anyone. interested in Entomology. Resend are SEIT held men.
. in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of — —
Ee Society’ s News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, ganya notes, E
e ting to the Society should be directed to the. ene Secretary, E
e EE of ies Ce E Depatimgnio of a un of |
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 49
THREE NEW SPECIES OF THLE) EN
I R
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE: MEL ORGS:
NORTHERN AURRIA e RE
ALL Ux 5 SD
P. G. ALLSOPP MINE
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaber Old, wa
Abstract > NI ~ “<4 By R/ A iR Y
Chilodiplus galiwinku sp. n. is described from males taken at GaliWifiku- (Elcho=istandy
Northern Territory, and Chilodiplus yadhaykenu sp. n. and Chilodiplus weiri sp. n. are
described from males taken near Heathlands on Cape York Peninsula. All are compared with
Chilodiplus albertisii Sharp.
Introduction
In the most recent revision of the Systellopini (Allsopp, 1989), I recognised
19 species in six genera. The most northerly of the genera is Chilodiplus
Sharp, with one species, C. albertisii Sharp, known only from the tip of
Cape York Peninsula. This paper describes three new species of
Chilodiplus, one from Galiwinku (Elcho Island) off the north-eastern coast
of the Northern Territory and two from Cape York Peninsula.
Chilodiplus Sharp
Chilodiplus Sharp, 1877: 314; Allsopp, 1989: 205.
Type species Chilodiplus albertisii Sharp, 1877, by monotypy.
Revised diagnosis
Systellopini (Allsopp, 1989) with: labrum with transverse ridge within
anterior one-third of length of labrum, anterior to ridge rugose, posterior to
ridge smooth or rugose, labrum of medium length, length: width ratio 0.47-
0.67:1; upper portion of eyes large, making frons narrow; antennal club
with 5 or 6 long lamellae, inner faces of lamellae glabrous; disc of
pronotum glabrous; posterior femora slightly to strongly dilated,
length:width ratio 1.4-2.2:1; spines present on posterior portion of
epipleura.
Key to males of species of Chilodiplus
1. Antennal club 5-lamellate; clypeus with at least a few scattered long
setae posteriorly ough i) ib :
: Antennal club.6-lamellate; clypeus glabrous .. j "RD
2. Upper labrum with transverse ridge at about one-quarter length of
labrum (Allsopp, 1989, Fig. 12), length:width ratio 0.47-0.49:1;
length:width ratio of posterior femora 2.2:1; parameres reflexed
about 30? at half length, then reflexed forward 45? at about three-
1 quarters length (Allsopp, 1989, Fig. 13)... .. .. .. . albertisi
Upper labrum with very strong transverse ridge at about half length of
labrum followed posteriorly by a depression, length:width ratio
0.35:1; length:width ratio of posterior femora 1.75:1; parameres
reflexed about 30? at one-quarter length (Figs 5, 6) .. .. ..weiri
50 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Upper labrum with ridge just behind anterior margin; length:width ratio
of posterior femora 1.4:1; parameres reflexed backwards about 45?
near base and again slightly near apex (Figs 1, 2); known from
north-eastern Northern Territory galiwinku
Upper labrum with transverse ridge at one-third length of labrum;
length:width ratio of posterior femora 1.8:1; parameres reflexed
slightly at one-third length and dilated transversely near apex (Figs
3, 4); known from Cape York Peninsula .. .. yadhaykenu
Chilodiplus galiwinku sp. n.
Figs 1, 2
Types - NORTHERN TERRITORY: holotype &, Elcho Island [12° 00’S,
135° 40'E], 20.1ii-6.1v.1976, K. and E. Carnaby, in Australian National
Insect Collection, Canberra, Reg. No. 106; paratypes: ld', same data as
holotype except 26.iv-6.v.1976, in Canadian Museum of Nature, Ottawa;
322, same locality as holotype, 30.1.1976, M. Farr, in K. & E. Carnaby
collection, Wilga, and H.F. Howden collection, Ottawa.
Additional material examined (not type) - WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 1d,
Ravensthorpe, 16.1.1977, K. & E. Carnaby, in H.F. Howden collection,
Ottawa.
Description
MALE: Length 14.4-14.7 mm. Labrum yellow-brown; clypeus yellow-
brown except posterior margin black; frons black; pronotum black in
middle with black extending irregularly towards yellowish sides; scutellum
black; elytra yellowish with lateral, anterior, posterior and sutural margins
black; pygidium, venter and legs yellowish-brown. Labrum rounded
anteriorly; upper surface with low transverse ridge just behind anterior
margin, rugose anterior to ridge, glabrous posterior to ridge with faint
punctation, length:width ratio 0.65-0.67:1; lateral ventral surfaces setose,
anterior ventral surface glabrous; clypeal suture distinct. Clypeus with
anterior ridge just behind anterior margin, corners of ridge rounded
continuing to slightly reflexed lateral margins, surface glabrous and
punctate; frontoclypeal ridge slightly curved posteriorly in middle; lateral
margins diverging slightly anteriorly and slightly sinuate above base of
antennae; lateral surfaces setose and punctate. Frons with low posteriorly-
facing U-shaped carina between eyes; surface anterior to carina setose and
punctate; surface posterior to carina smooth and glabrous in middle,
punctate with short setae above eyes; canthus extending across half eye
width at half eye height. Antennae 9-segmented; club 6-segmented, 2.5
times as long as shaft; segment 1 of shaft longer than segment 2 and 3
combined, segment 3 flattened on distal side; lamella of segment 4
narrower than other lamellae and 0.6 length of remaining club. Mandibles
setose laterally. Segment 4 of maxillary palp as long as segment 2, each
longer than segment 3; circular sensorium present on tip of segment 4.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Figs 3-4. Chilodiplus yadhaykenu, male parameres.
51
52 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Labium densely setose, apex convex; palps long, bases close together,
proximal segment longer than distal; distal segment elongate, apex truncate.
Pronotum with faint impressed median longitudinal line, disc glabrous and
with scattered fine punctures, smooth between punctures, long setae on
lateral and posterior margins. Venter of thorax with long setae. Anterior
tibiae with line of setae on disc and longer setae on outer margin of apical
tooth; 1 large tooth in addition to large apical tooth; distal spur nearly
reaching apex of tarsal segment 2. Posterior femora strongly dilated,
length:width ratio 1.4:1. Scutellum widely V-shaped, glabrous with very
fine punctation. Elytra with sutural and 3 pairs of striae before humerus, 3
striae between humerus and lateral margin, striae punctate; inner interstices
very finely rugose, outer interstices more rugose and with occasional
punctures; spines on epipleurae and posterior portion of sutural intervals.
Pygidium with long thin setae, especially laterally. Sternites with sparse
thin setae. Parameres (Figs 1, 2) reflexed about 45? near base and again
slightly near apex, apices contiguous.
FEMALE: Unknown.
Note
The specific epithet is the contemporary name for Elcho Island and is to be
treated as a noun in apposition.
I suspect that the specimen from Ravensthorpe is mislabelled and so have
not included it in the type series.
Chilodiplus yadhaykenu sp. n.
Figs 3-4
Types - QUEENSLAND: holotype d, 15 km NW by W of Heathlands
(11.41°S, 142.28?E), 28.1.1992, A. Ewart, Eucalyptus tetracornia forest, at
light, Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, Reg. No. 107;
paratype d, 12 km E by N of Heathlands (11.43°S, 142.41?E), 15-
26.1.1992, T.A. Weir and LD. Naumann, surfaces at night, closed forest,
ANIC.
Description
MALE: Length 16 mm. Labrum, clypeus and frons brown; pronotum with
or without orange median longitudinal line and orange irregular median
transverse line, disk brown, edges yellow with irregular brown patch in
middle; scutellum brown; elytra yellow-brown with irregular brown
patches; pygidium and legs light brown; venter light brown, except anterior
sternites yellow. Labrum rounded anteriorly; upper surface with low
curved transverse ridge at about one-third length, surface rugose, glabrous,
length:width ratio 0.6:1; ventral surfaces with few scattered setae; clypeal
suture distinct. Clypeus with anterior ridge just behind anterior margin,
corners of ridge rounded continuing to slightly reflexed lateral margins,
surface glabrous and punctate; frontoclypeal ridge straight; lateral margins
diverging slightly anteriorly but straight; lateral surfaces setose and
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 53
punctate. Frons with low posteriorly-facing U-shaped carina between eyes;
surface anterior to carina with few scattered short setae and punctate;
surface posterior to carina smooth and glabrous; canthus extending across
half eye width at two-thirds eye height. Antennae 9-segmented; club 6-
segmented, lamellae curved and twice as long as shaft; segment 1 of shaft
longer than segment 2 and 3 combined, segment 3 flattened on distal side;
lamella of segment 4 0.8 length of lamellae of segments 5-7, lamellae of
segments 8 and 9 each slightly shorter than preceding lamella. Mandibles
setose laterally. Segment 4 of maxillary palp as long as segment 2, each
longer than segment 3; circular sensorium present on tip of segment 4.
Labium densely setose, apex convex; palps long, bases close together,
distal segment 3 times as long as proximal, apex rounded. Pronotum with
impressed median longitudinal line, disc glabrous and with scattered fine
punctures, smooth between punctures, long setae on lateral and posterior
margins. Venter of thorax with scattered long setae. Anterior tibiae with
median longitudinal line of setae on disc and on anterior margin; 1 large
tooth in addition to large apical tooth; distal spur reaching base of tarsal
segment 2. Posterior femora dilated, length:width ratio 1.8:1. Scutellum
an elongate V-shape, glabrous with scattered punctures, more dense at
base. . Elytra with sutural and 2 pairs of striae before humerus, | pair at
humerus and 3 striae between humerus and lateral margin, striae punctate;
inner interstices very finely rugose, outer interstices more rugose and with
occasional punctures; dense setose spines on epipleurae and posterior
portion of sutural intervals. Pygidium punctate, with scattered long thin
setae, especially towards the apex. Sternites with sparse thin setae.
Parameres (Figs 3, 4) reflexed slightly at one-third length, transversely
dilated near apices, apices contiguous.
FEMALE: Unknown.
Note
The specific epithet is the name of the Aboriginal language from northern
Cape York Peninsula (Dixon er al., 1990) and is to be treated as a noun in
apposition.
Allsopp (1989) recorded C. albertisii from the tip of Cape York Peninsula.
C. yadhaykenu occurs 110 km to the south.
Chilodiplus weiri sp. n.
Figs 5-6
Type - QUEENSLAND: holotype d, Cockatoo Creek, 17 km NW of
Heathlands (11.39°S, 142.27°E), 26.i-29.11.1992, P. Feehney, Malaise #5
open forest, Australian National Insect Collection, Reg. No. 112.
Description
MALE: Length 12.2 mm. Labrum and clypeus brown; frons dark brown
anteriorly, black posteriorly; pronotum with brown yellow centre
surrounded by a black trapezium, laterally pale yellow with central diffuse
54 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
black area; scutellum black; elytra brown-yellow with diffuse irregular
black patches especially laterally; pygidium, venter and legs light brown.
Labrum rounded anteriorly; upper surface with distinct transverse ridge at
about one-half length followed by depression, surface anterior to ridge
rugose, posterior to ridge smooth, glabrous, length:width ratio 0.35:1;
ventral surfaces rugose and laterally setose; clypeal sutufe distinct, slightly
concave posteriorly. Clypeus with anterior ridge set back from anterior
margin, corners of ridge rounded continuing to slightly reflexed lateral
margins, surface anterior to ridge smooth and glabrous, posteriorly rugose
and glabrous except for few scattered long setae posteriorly; frontoclypeal
ridge slightly curved posteriorly in middle; lateral margins not diverging;
lateral and ventral surfaces almost smooth and glabrous. Frons with very
low posteriorly-facing semicircular carina between eyes; surface anterior to
carina setose and punctate but slightly raised and with smooth longitudinal
area in middle; surface posterior to carina smooth and glabrous; canthus
extending across half eye width at half eye height. Antennae 9-segmented;
club 5-segmented, lamellae slightly curved and 1.7 times as long as shaft;
segment 1 of shaft longer than segments 2-4 combined, segment 4
flattened; lamella of segment 9 slightly shorter than other lamellae.
Mandibles setose laterally. Segment 4 of maxillary palp as long as
segment 2, each longer than segment 3; circular sensorium present on tip
of segment 4. Labium densely setose, apex convex; palps long, bases close
together, distal segment 4 times as long as proximal, apex rounded.
Pronotum with impressed median longitudinal line more distinct anteriorly;
disc glabrous, impunctate in middle, remainder with scattered fine
punctures, smooth between punctures, long setae on lateral and posterior
margins. Venter of thorax with scattered long setae. Anterior tibiae with
median longitudinal line of setae on disc and on anterior margin; 1 large
tooth in addition to large apical tooth; distal spur reaching base of tarsal
segment 2. Posterior femora dilated, length:width ratio 1.75:1. Scutellum
an elongate U-shape, almost impunctate, the few punctures with short
setae. Elytra with sutural and 2 pairs of striae before humerus, 1 pair at
humerus and 3 striae between humerus and lateral margin, striae punctate;
interstices with scattered punctures; dense setose spines on epipleurae
almost to apices and at apices and posterior portion of sutural intervals.
Pygidium rugose, with scattered long thin setae on posterior half. Sternites
with sparse thin setae. Parameres (Figs 5, 6) reflexed about 30? at one-
quarter length, slightly transversely dilated near apices, apices contiguous.
FEMALE: Unknown.
Note
The species is named for Tom Weir who disrupted my original manuscript
by sending me specimens of two further new species.
C. weiri occurs in the same general area as C. yadhaykenu and about 110
km south of the known localities of C. albertisii.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 55
Figs 5-6. Chilodiplus weiri, male parameres.
Acknowledgments
I thank Henry and Anne Howden for their hospitality and access to their
collection, Francois Génier for access to the Canadian Museum of Nature
collection, and Tom Weir and Keith and Edie Carnaby for the loan of
specimens.
References
ALLSOPP, P. G. 1989. Revision of the Systellopini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 3: 197-227.
DIXON, R. M. W., RAMSON, W. S. and THOMAS, M. 1990. Australian Aboriginal words
in English. Their origin and meaning. Oxford University Press, Melbourne.
SHARP, D. 1877. Descriptions of some new forms of aberrant Melolonthini from Australia
forming a distinct subtribe (Systellopides). Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale
Giacomo Doria di Genova 9: 311-320.
56 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
BRACHYCHITON AUSTRALIS (STERCULIACEAE), AN
ADDITIONAL FOOD PLANT FOR LYGROPIA CLYTUSALIS
(WALKER) (LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE)
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Lygropia clytusalis is widespread in eastern and northern Australia and its
larvae feed on the young foliage of Brachychiton species (Sterculiaceae),
webbing the leaves together into tubular shelters (Common 1990). This moth
has been recorded previously from B. acerifolius (Cunn. ex G. Don)
Macarthur (Anon. 1960), B. diversifolius R. Br. (Nicholas 1938), B.
populneus (Schott & Endl.) R. Br. (Anon. 1960) and B. rupestris (Mitchell ex
Lindl.) K. Schum. (Anon. 1960).
In this note, B. australis (Schott & Endl.) A. Terracc. (broad-leaved bottle-
tree) is recorded as an additional host record. Larval activity was noted on
foliage of natural and cultivated individuals of B. australis and B. rupestris
near Didcot, Queensland (25'28'S, 151°53'E) in late November 1992.
Webbed leaf clusters were removed and placed in covered containers to
observe adult emergents. Larvae of L. clytusalis are most active on B.
australis and B. rupestris during the summer months when there is a flush of
new foliage following spring and early summer storms. Both these trees are
deciduous in late spring, with B. australis often flowering before new foliage
is produced. Four to eight individual larvae web together the young leaves on
any one branch tip forming a tubular casing in which the inner leaves,
especially those not fully expanded, are devoured. Interveinal areas of
foliage appear to be preferred, with most frass falling out of the webbed
casing, although some remains inside. On older trees with generally more
than five leaves per branch tip, the larvae appear to have sufficient leaves to
allow pupation. Where there are less than five leaves per branch tip, as in
most young trees, the available food resources are exhausted before pupation
occurs and many larvae appear to starve. In garden situations, where there is
a predominance of young trees, complete defoliation of individual trees may
occur, as opposed to natural stands of the hosts where only partial defoliation
occurs. At Didcot, plants of B. australis seem to be preferred to B. rupestris.
Emergence of adults takes about one month following pupation.
Thirty species of Brachychiton are present in Australia (Guymer 1988), with
many restricted to Western Australia and the Northern Territory; hence there
are probably many potential hosts for this moth.
References
ANONYMOUS 1960. Insect Pest Survey for the Year Ending 30th June, 1959. Thirteenth
Annual Report. New South Wales Department of Agriculture, Sydney.
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. 535 pp. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
GUYMER, G.P. 1988. A taxonomic revision of Brachychiton (Sterculiaceae). Australian
Systematic Botany 1: 199-323.
NICHOLAS, H.S. 1938. Entomological notes. Australian Naturalist 10: 138-141.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 57
THE USE OF TWO SPECIES OF PARIETARIA (URTICACEAE) AS
FOOD PLANTS BY THE BUTTERFLY VANESSA ITEA (FABRICIUS)
IN SOUTH-WESTERN AUSTRALIA
R.J. POWELL
54 Bournemouth Crescent, Wembley Downs, W.A. 6019
Abstract
A native food plant, pellitory (Parietaria debilis - Urticaceae), is used by the Australian admiral
butterfly (Vanessa itea) in south-western Australia. In Fremantle, Western Australia, the admiral
appears to use the introduced plant P. judaica.
Introduction
The Australian admiral (Vanessa itea) is a butterfly with a wide range in
Australia, including the east, south and south-west. Common and
Waterhouse (1981), the standard reference on Australian butterflies, list three
plants in the nettle family (Urticaceae) as the admiral's food plants: Urtica
incisa, U. urens and Soleirolia soleirolii. Of those, only U. incisa is an
Australian native—but even this species is not native to south-western
Australia. i
The only species in the nettle family native to south-western Australia is
pellitory (Parietaria debilis), an annual herb that occurs naturally in all
Australian States and also occurs widely in the tropics and elsewhere outside
Australia (Marchant et al, 1987). Gibbs (1980) lists this species as a food
plant of the Australian admiral in New Zealand.
Parietaria judaica is a perennial species native to western and southern
Europe, which has become established in part of Fremantle, near Perth.
Observations
During a stay on Rottnest Island, near Perth, from 21-23.ix.1990, I found P.
debilis to be common in eastern and central parts of the island. Under a stand
of moonah (Melaleuca lanceolata) at the base of Lookout Hill both P. debilis
and U. urens were growing abundantly. Some of the leaves of both species
were folded downwards into shelters typical of those made by the young
larvae of the admiral butterfly. Two of the shelters on P. debilis were
examined and found to contain small, dark-grey caterpillars, which appeared
to be admiral larvae.
On 3.xi.1991 I inspected specimens of P. judaica growing along a limestone
wall by a carpark in Nairn Street, Fremantle, and along lanes to the east.
Neither P. debilis nor U. urens was found growing here. No admiral larvae
or their shelters were seen, but admiral pupae, mostly empty, were numerous
on walls adjacent to the plants, indicating that V. itea uses P. judaica as a
food plant.
58 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Methods
On 20.ix.1991 Mr Bob Hay and I visited Rottnest Island and dug up 31
specimens of P. debilis. Their identity was confirmed by the Western
Australian Herbarium (on 17.x.1991: accession no. 02437).
Twenty specimens were taken to the mainland, together with more than a
dozen larvae taken from U. urens plants growing among the P. debilis. The
larvae fed voraciously on the P. debilis; by 27 September most of the plants
were badly eaten, and another sixteen plants were delivered from the island.
It soon became apparent that the supply of P. debilis would only be enough to
sustain a few of the larvae; all but five were removed and placed on U. urens,
the only food plant readily available.
The other eleven specimens of P. debilis dug up on 20 September were given
to Rottnest Primary School, together with seven larvae they contained. These
larvae were reared on U. urens once the supply of P. debilis ran out.
Results
All five larvae that were left on P. debilis pupated and emerged as admiral
butterflies. The dates of pupation and emergence of two of them were
27.ix.1991 (8.x.1991) and 2.x.1991 (12.x.1991). The other three emerged
before 19.x.1991. The emerged V. itea appeared to be perfectly healthy, and
flew strongly when released.
Six of the seven larvae reared by the school emerged as adult V. itea.
Discussion
These observations establish that V. itea successfully uses P. debilis as a food
plant in south-western Australia, and that the larvae can transfer between P.
debilis and U. urens.
In Fremantle, W.A., V. itea apparently uses P. judaica as a food plant, and it
would be of interest to learn whether V. itea uses this plant in other places.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Mr Bob Hay for his advice on rearing caterpillars and his
participation in the project, to Ms Christina Lake for help with rearing larvae,
and to Mr Chas Hansen for help on Rottnest Island.
References
COMMON, LF.B., and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus & Robertson, Sydney.
GIBBS, G.W. 1980. New Zealand Butterflies: Identification and Natural History. Pp. 207.
Collins, Auckland.
MARCHANT, N.G., WHEELER, J.R., RYE, B.L., BENNETT, E.M., LANDER, N.S., and
MACFARLANE, T.D. 1987. Flora of the Perth Region: Part One. Pp. 576. Western Australian
Herbarium, Perth.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 59
PACHYHALICTUS STIRLINGI (COCKERELL) (HYMENOPTERA:
HALICTIDAE) - A UNIQUE AUSTRALIAN BEE
K.L. Walker
Museum of Victoria, Department of Entomology, 71 Victoria Crescent, Abbotsford, Vic., 3067
Abstract
Pachyhalictus stirlingi is redescribed, figured and the known distribution presented; the male
is described for the first time.
Introduction
The genus Pachyhalictus Cockerell contains 31 species found principally in
the Asiatic tropics and nearby islands, including New Guinea. Eastern and
western limits of the generic radiation have single species intrusions into
Australia and Africa respectively. Pachyhalictus stirlingi (Cockerell)
occurs in north-eastern Australia, while P. retigerus (Cockerell) is
restricted to south-eastern Africa (Michener 1978).
Blüthgen (1926) described generic characters for Pachyhalictus and
referred them to a group he termed "Halictus nomiiformes". Cockerell
(1929) proposed the name Pachyhalictus for this group and placed it at
subgeneric rank. Michener (1965) originally placed the Australian species,
stirlingi, in the genus Lasioglossum Curtis s. str., commenting that the
species was closely allied to L. merescens (Cockerell), the type species of
Pachyhalictus. He later concluded (1965 p.338) that Pachyhalictus was not
a synonym of Lasioglossum proper, but was undecided on its rank.
Finally, Michener (1978) proposed generic ranking for Pachyhalictus and
divided its species into two subgenera, Pachyhalictus s. str. found
throughout the Indoaustralian region and Dictyohalictus Michener with P.
retigerus its only representative.
Specimens of P. stirlingi are not common in collections and may be easily
mis-identified as belonging to the genus Homalictus Cockerell. Females of
both possess similar femoral and ventral metasomal scopal hair type
(plumose) and pattern (femoral- originating from dorsal surface;
metasomal- rows of long plumose hair across sternites) and the shape and
vestiture on the outer apical hind tibial surface is distinctive.
Pachyhalictus is easily distinguished from Homalictus by the presence of
strong third transverse cubital and second recurrent veins and the lack of
plumose hair tufts on lateral underturned terga. As P. stirlingi is the only
representative of the tribe Halictini in Australia with strong venation in the
forewing, ‘unique’ is appropriate in the title. Recognition of the male of
Pachyhalictus stirlingi warranted a redescription of the species enabling all
known taxonomic and distributional information to be presented.
Methods and abbreviations
Specimens for SEM study were washed in a warm water and DECON® 90
solution and critical point dried. The labrum was mounted separately on a
60 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
micropin, and with the adult, was gold sputter-coated to be examined under
a JSM T20 scanning electron microscope at 5kv.
The terminology of morphological features follows Michener (1965, 1978)
with the following changes: due to fraying of distal portions of the wings,
forewing length is measured from base of arcuate basal vein (vein M) to
distal most margin of third submarginal cell (vein 2 r-m); sculpture
nomenclature follows Harris (1979); relative measurements are standardised
to a head width of 100 units and are directly comparable between sexes.
Abbreviations
Institutions: ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection; NHML, Natural
History Museum, London; NMV, Museum of Victoria, Melbourne; RODD,
Norman Rodd Private Collection, Mt. Tomah; UQIC, University of
Queensland Insect Collection; QM, Queensland Museum.
Descriptive: AOD Antennocular distance; CL Clypeal length; EW Eye
width, in side view; FL Flagellum length; GW Genal width, in side view;
HL Head length; HW Head width; IAD Interantennal distance; IOD
Interocellar distance; LID Lower interorbital distance; OAD Ocellantennal
distance; OOD Ocellocular distance; S2-S8 metasomal sterna 2-8; SL
Scape length; T1-T6 metasomal terga 1-6; UID Upper interorbital distance.
Pachyhalictus Cockerell
"Halictus nomiiformes" Vachal, 1894: 428; Blüthgen, 1926: 400; 1931:
286.
Pachyhalictus Cockerell, 1929: 589 (Type species Halictus merescens
Cockerell, 1929: 589 original designation); Michener, 1965: 171 &
338; 1978: 515 [full generic description].
Pachyhalictus stirlingi (Cockerell) (Figs 1-9)
Halictus stirlingi Cockerell, 1910: 232.
Lasioglossum (Lasioglossum) stirlingi - Michener, 1965: 173.
Pachyhalictus stirlingi - Michener, 1965: 338; -1978: 518.
Type - QUEENSLAND: holotype 9, Mackay April 1900, Turner 1081.
(B.M. TYPE HYM. 17.0969) (NHML) (examined, in good condition.)
Additional material examined - (101 9 9, 1 &) QUEENSLAND: 3 99, Dunk
Is. 25.viii.1927, F.A. Perkins (QM); 1 9, Mission Beach 11.x.1984, N.W.
Rodd (RODD); 4 22, 1 d', Garners Beach nr Bingil Bay, 10.viii, 12-
14.ix.1983, N.W. Rodd (RODD); 1 2, Tully River nr Cardstone 13.ix.1983,
N.W. Rodd (RODD); 2 $$, Etty Bay, 6 km SE Innisfail 25-27.vii.1982,
N.W. Rodd (RODD); 12, Babinda 4.i.1951, G.B. (NMV); 4 22, Bramston
Beach 26.viii. 1987, N.W. Rodd (RODD); 4 92, Fitzroy Is. 13.v 1957,
G.B. (NMV); 1 9, Kamerunga 8.iv. 1957, A.L.B. (NMV); 1 9, Cape
Tribulation 16.xii.1986, G. Daniels & M.A. Schneider (UQIC); 1 9,
Helenvale 23.vii.1982, N.W. Rodd (RODD); 2 22, Cooktown 18.vii.1982,
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 61
Figs 1-4. Pachyhalictus stirlingi 9 (1) frontal view of head; dorsal views
of: (2) labrum; (3) mesoscutum; (4) propodeum. Scale lines 1, 3-4 =
0.5mm; 2 = 0.25mm.
62 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
N.W. Rodd (RODD); 2 22, 30 km NW Cooktown 19.vii.1982, N.W. Rodd
(RODD); 15 2%, 3 km NE Mt. Webb 1-3.viii.1980, J.C. Cardale, on
flowers Thrytomene oligandra (ANIC); 1 2, Mt Webb Nat. Pk 50 km N
Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976, G.B. & S.R. Monteith (ANIC); 2 92, Mt Webb
Nat. Pk 28-30.1x.1980, J.C. Cardale (ANIC); 1 2 same data, on flowers
Parinari nonda (ANIC); 1 9 same data, on flowers Kunstleria blackii
(ANIC); 2 $2, 7 km N Hope Vale Mission 4.x.1980, J.C. Cardale (ANIC);
9 92 same data, on flowers Melastoma polyanthum (ANIC); 3 99, 14 km
W by N Hope Vale Mission 8-10.x.1980, J.C. Cardale (ANIC); 7 22 same
data, on flowers Melastoma polyanthum (ANIC); 1 9, 5 km S by W
Rounded Hill nr Hope Vale Mission 7.x.1980, J.C. Cardale (ANIC); 5 99,
Rainforest on Blackwater Ck, 12 km N Hopevale 11.vii.1976, G.B. & S.R.
Monteith (ANIC); 1 2, Endeavour R., (Nth Branch), 22 km NW Cooktown
9-19.vii.1976, G.B. & S.R. Monteith (ANIC); 1 2, Moses Ck, 4 km N by
E Mt Finnigan 14-16.x.1980, J.C. Cardale (ANIC); 1 2, Annan R., 3 km W
by S Black Mt 27.ix.1980, J.C. Cardale, on flowers Eucalyptus sp. (ANIC);
3 22, Shiptons Flat 17-19.x.1980, J.C. Cardale (ANIC); 1 9, Cape York,
5.vi.1985, N.W. Rodd (RODD); 1 2, Peach Creek Crossing, 25 km NNE
of Coen 4-5.vii.1976, G.B. & S.R. Monteith (ANIC); 1 2, Leo Creek Road,
ca. 500 m, MclIIwraith Range, 30 km NE Coen 29.vi-4.vii.1976, G.B. &
S.R. Monteith (ANIC); 4 22 same data (UQIC); 1 2, Claudie R., 1 mile W
Mt Lamond 20.xii.1971, D.K. McApline, G.A. Holloway, D.P. Sands; 4
929, Captain Billy Creek, Cape York Pen. 9-13.vii. 1975, S.R. Monteith
(ANIC); 1 2, Dividing Ra., 15 km W of Captain Billy Creek, Cape York
Pen. 4-9.vii.1975, S.R. Monteith (ANIC); 1 9, ENE Mt. Tozer 11-
16.vii.1986, J.C. Cardale (ANIC); 5 22, Lockerbie Area, Cape York 13-
27.iv.1973, S.R. Monteith (ANIC); 1 2, Eet Hill Vicinity, Moa (Banks) Is.
Torres Str., 9-13.vii.1977, G.B. Monteith & D. Cook (UQIC).
General diagnosis. Small robust black bees with characteristic hair
patterns on the females and basal bands of pale tomentum on metasomal
terga of both sexes. The metasomal sternum IV of males is armed with
coarse bristles and each bifid genital gonostylus bears a membranous
retrorse lobe.
Description
Female
Body length. 5.54-7.08 mm (xX=6.50 mm SD=0.32 n=35), (holotype 6.32
mm); Forewing length 4.47-5.16 mm (x=4.85 mm SD=0.20 n=35),
(holotype 4.93 mm). Relative measurements: HW: 100; HL: 78-80; UID:
54-55; LID: 49-50; AOD: 19-20; IAD: 09-11; OAD: 32-33; IOD: 15-16;
OOD: 12-13; CL: 19-20; GW: 15-16; EW: 22-23; SL: 36-37; FL: 64-66.
Structure. Frons, vertex, mesoscutum and scutellum coarsely eticulate
(Figs 1, 3); head (Fig. 1) broad, 0.80 x as broad as long, inner orbits
converging below, median frontal carina extends 0.6 x to median ocellus,
eyes with sparse cover of minute setae, scape extends to anterior margin of
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 63
Figs 5-9. Pachyhalictus stirlingi (5) ventral view of male metasoma (note:
except for several teeth, S4 hidden beneath S3); (6) known distribution; (7)
ventral view of male genitalia, note: left penis valve and volsella and right
retrorse lobe only partly drawn; (8) lateral view of male genitalia; (9)
sterna 7 & 8. Scale lines = 0.5mm. Upper line for 5, lower for 7-9.
64 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
median ocellus, clypeus weakly concave along midline, strongly convex in
side view, less than half extends below lower level of eyes, coarsely
sculptured with longitudinal striae angled towards midline, median basal
area reticulate, supraclypeal area rounded, moderately protuberant, covered
with fine reticulate pattern and weakly punctured. Labrum (Fig. 2) distal
process triangular, smooth sided, tapering to pointed apex, median keel
only, fimbrial setae acutely pointed. Pronotum with small obtuse
dorsolateral projections; dorsal surface of propodeum (Fig. 4) 0.75 x length
of scutellum, sculpture areolate-rugose, margins defined by carinae,
posterior margin truncate; hind basitibial plate defined, forming obtuse
angle apically; inner hind tibial spur pectinate with 6 rounded, apically
directed teeth; T1 shining almost impunctate mesially, punctate laterally,
remaining terga densely punctate.
Colour. Black, mandibles dark red at apex, antennal flagellar segments,
and legs brown, some specimens with apical half of hind tibiae light red-
brown; tomentose hair white or yellow.
Vestiture. Head and mesoscutum with sparse erect branched light brown
hair, except tufts laterally on propodeum; metanotum densely tomentose;
T2-T4 with tomentum across tergum.
Male
Body length. 6.01 mm; Forewing length 1.58 mm. Relative measurements:
HW: 100; HL: 79; UID: 59; LID: 48; AOD: 17; IAD: 13; OAD: 32; IOD:
19; OOD: 17; CL: 20; GW: 10; EW: 24; SL: 34; FL: 92.
Structure. Differs from female as follows: sculpture features similar to
female except less coarse; mandibles simple; eyes converging strongly
below; hind basitibial plate absent; inner hind tibial spur coarsely serrate to
finely pectinate; T1 almost impunctate across entire surface; weak lateral
tomentum present on T2-T3; posterior margin of T6 defined by a raised
carina posteriorly; sterna as follows (Fig. 5), S4 underneath and hidden by
S3 except S4 with apical series of three large, erect teeth on each side of
midline (right side missing one tooth), S5 concave along midline, midline
bare, either side with large setal pad, vestiture on S2-S3 with long
branched hair arising across sternal plate; remaining vestiture similar to
female except fore, mid and hind trochanters and fore femora with long
branched hair arising from ventral surface.
Colour. Head, mesoscutum and scutellum dark brown-black except
clypeus mesially and antennal flagellar segments underneath light brown,
remainder of body light brown, pygidial plate yellow-brown.
Genitalia and associated sterna. (Figs 7-9) Gonocoxites broad, gonobase
narrow; gonostyli strongly bifid, retrorse lobes well developed, setose on
inner margin; volsellae heavily sclerotised ventroapically; penis valves
weakly flanged dorsally, inferior basal process well developed; S7 & S8
weakly sclerotised.
Distribution (Fig. 6). Known from coastal central and northern
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 65
Queensland, well within the 500 mm rainfall isohyet.
Associated Organisms. One specimen (14 km W by N Hope Vale Mission
(ANIC)) had evidence of associated organisms and a parasite. This
specimen carried hypopial nymphal mites on the basal half of T1 and a
strepsipteran puparium protruded laterally between T4 and T5.
Acknowledgments
I thank the curators of the institutions listed for the loan of specimens and
La Trobe University for access to an electron microscope. I also thank Drs
Tim New and Elizabeth Exley for useful comments on the manuscript. Mr
G. Milledge illustrated figure 5.
References
BLÜTHGEN, P. 1926. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der indo-malayischen Halictus- und
Thrinchostoma- Arten. (Hym; Apidae; Halictini). Zoologische Jahrbucher Abteilung fur
Systematik, Okologie, und Geographie der Tiere 51: 375-698.
BLÜTHGEN, P. 1931 Beiträge zur Kenntnis der indo-malyischen Halictus- und
Thrinchostoma- Arten (Hym; Apidae; Halictini). Zoologische Jahrbucher Abteilung fur
Systematik, Okologie, und Geographie die Tiere 61: 285-346.
COCKERELL, T.D. 1910. New and little known bees. Transactions of the American
Entomological Society 36: 199-249.
COCKERELL, T.D. 1929. Description and records of bees.-CXX. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History (10) 4: 584-594.
HARRIS, R.A. 1979. A glossary of surface sculpturing. Occasional Papers in Entomology,
State of California Department of Food and Agriculture 28: 1-31.
MICHENER, C.D. 1965. A classification of the bees of the Australian and South Pacific
regions. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 130: 1-362.
MICHENER, C.D. 1978. The classification of Halictine bees: Tribes and Old World
nonparasitic genera with strong venation. University of Kansas Science Bulletin 51 (16):
501-538.
VACHAL, J. 1894. Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e regioni vicine. LXII. -
Nouvelles especes d'Hymenopteres des genrees Halictus, Prosopis, Allodape et Nomioides
rapportees par M. Fea de la Birmanie. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova
34: 428-449.
66 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
THE FIRST RECORD OF NICETERIA MACROCOSMA (LOWER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: GEOMETRIDAE: ENNOMINAE) FROM
TASMANIA
G. DANIELS
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072
Niceteria macrocosma (Fig. 1) is a large (55 mm wingspan), colourful and
distinctive geometrid moth with a recorded distribution from Atherton
Tableland in northern Queensland to Victoria and South Australia (Common
1990).
On 6.1.1992 a female of this species was taken at light in mixed eucalypt-
heathland near Gladstone, in the north-eastern corner of Tasmania.
In the most recent checklist of the Tasmanian lepidopteran fauna, Semmens
et al. (1992) record more than 80 species of Ennominae but do not include N.
macrocosma.
Fig. 1. Niceteria macrocosma (Lower) from Tasmania.
References
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Pp. vi + 535, 32 col. pls. Melbourne University
Press, Victoria.
SEMMENS, T.D., McQUILLAN, P.B. and HAYHURST, G. 1992.
Catalogue of the insects of
Tasmania. 104 pp. Department of Primary Industry, Tasmania.
Aust. Ent. 20 (2) Aug 1993 67
A NOTE ON THE MEGALOPTERA, NEUROPTERA AND
MECOPTERA OF TUGLO WILDLIFE REFUGE, NEW SOUTH
WALES
C.N. SMITHERS
Department of Entomology, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
Three species of Megaloptera, 32 species of Neuroptera and 2 species of Mecoptera are recorded
from Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, Hunter Valley, New South Wales. Preliminary data are provided on
adult flight periods based on collecting over several years and on one year of continuous use of a
Malaise trap.
Introduction
Tuglo Wildlife Refuge (32°14'S 151°16'E) is a property of about 214 ha
situated some 10 km south-west of Mt Royal and about 40 km due north of
Singleton, New South Wales. Its altitude is from 760 m to 320 m and the area
is of interest because of its intermediate position between Barrington Tops to
the north and the Hunter Valley to the south. This paper gives an account of
the Megaloptera, Neuroptera and Mecoptera found on the Refuge, collected
as part of a wider flora and fauna survey of the area.
The environment
Most of the Refuge consists of an irregular, steep-sided ridge running more or
less east-west, descending in a series of platforms to the western boundary
formed by Falbrook, a tributary of Glennies Creek which, in turn, runs into
the Hunter River. The northern slopes are affected by north-westerly winds,
resulting in hot, dry conditions in summer and harsh conditions in winter;
southerly winds provide a cooler influence in summer. The effects of these
winds are reflected in the vegetation pattern with the northern slopes
supporting dry sclerophyll and the sheltered southern slopes supporting
rainforest and wet sclerophyll. There are also areas of eucalyptus woodland
and grassland and a small area is undergoing horticultural development.
Summer temperatures are high, frost occurs in winter and there are occasional
light falls of snow.
Collection of data
Data were collected casually from the late 1970s, with more intensive
collecting from 1986 and by continuous operation of a Malaise trap, near the
rainforest in wet sclerophyll, from mid 1988 to mid 1989. Most of the
individually collected specimens were obtained by beating. This undoubtedly
introduces bias into the samples because small, active fliers, such as the
Coniopterygidae, tend to take flight when disturbed whereas some of the
Hemerobiidae will indulge in "death feigning" and lie immobile on the
beating tray. Capture by Malaise trap may be less biased and give a better
indication of flight activity but the combined data give areasonable indication
of seasonal activity of adults. Several hundreds of specimens were taken;
these will be deposited in the Australian Museum.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
68
(ueWIMaN) 77n20utq n420u2d24(]
(JPE AA) 2D14DwSD] $11410421]A]
IOX[EAA $7]D4]$ID Sr1qO42142]]
MON SNSO[NGaU sniqo42410N.
MON LMDYDYDU 0412284
sue g vpip4os pyjaiqoyoks gy
AVGUdOUAWAH
Ulyque’7] apqtaa2funa ppunuvds
(uos1o1oq-uoqsq) pwu1s D141S1424 [
SeAEN 5n]J2qna uoidum;)
(unong) anispjpajsnp uoidum;)
urqqureT suanba4fut ppyoo [
HSVGIdSLLNVIN
surururw sriuadim] snj&uisopa()
AVAITAWSO
yory 1p4vq1 auoysyjpsayy
AVCIINOHLI
(souy) ‘dds syppnuasoan
Iopueulo[A $1]pa42u (s1]pypnu2so2n27]) Syppnuasoan’
(uropropug) psouiapf (si]ppnuaso2n27]) svpnuasoaN
lopueuto]A 77120 (Syppnuasoona’]) SypprnuasoanN
Uro[Iopuz] DJDu40 $1402042]2]]
IopueuroJA 517742140 x&421d01u07)
uropropugg xp4ouJ1n2put xKa2]do1u07)
HVGIIOAXMA.LdOINOO
Vue IdOUNAN
Surouourum2 32944
o3njoy NPI o[8n p, woy v191do29JA pue e1o1doinowN *e1oido[e29]A Jo o2uormooo [euoseos pue soroods Joist] *J ALL
69
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
sioituig snapusun sn2vinqodav]]
S8VGIOV.LLId
"uos19]oq-uoqsq ppijd 15140120142 J,
"8 VdILLSRIOHO
VWA.dJOOHN
surumury 1K2juo]d sapoinpuy2nj24y
xogungostou L s742/10m302u sapornvu2nioay
surumury sn2ro21q $2po1]mpiu20104d
S8 varivaAioo
VidldOdgvOdW
(uoo) Sadianyf psovjodyns
AVAIHdV1IVOSV
(mque) snj]22jnd uo2]0u2]£)
preAqn ] np2nump uo2]o4pu2 (1i
Se AEN DID[121]24 082580 W
nyosop suosfijaid uoa2]2uu W
IJEM 422D uoaa W
AYAILNOJTAWYAN
oe27] sapiuoajawaku səy huk N
3VGdIHdWAN
sururumy 142842]2d nsCn20&q21q
(1oprouuos) 14nquima psk1y20183] d
(TPN) »m12undt4t Dpo]]U W
(ONEM) DIDIOUUI ppop W
Qoprougog) v;muts vpp]]D W
(uos1ojoq-uoqsg) Daupsixa Ds(20]02)
AVAdIdOSAUHD
Surououmuoo JOM
(3u02) T AQEL
70 Aust. Ent. 20 (2) Aug 1993
Discussion
Although the principal aim of the collections was to establish which species
are present on Tuglo Wildlife Refuge some information on periodicity of
flight activity can be gleaned from the collection data.
Megaloptera
Only five specimens were collected. Two of the species were taken only
once. All were taken between 5th November and 2nd February, the
specimens of A. plomleyi a considerable distance from the nearest running
water.
Neuroptera
Table 1 summarises data on collection of all material grouped by weeks.
These suggest that adult Neuroptera are most likely to been encountered from
late September to end of February. The main exceptions are Micromus
tasmaniae and Drepanacra binocula discussed below.
Coniopteryx orientalis and Neosemidalis farinosa accounted for 7696 of the
Coniopterygidae although the latter was collected on only two occasions and
never appeared in the trap. Most C. orientalis specimens, the commonest
coniopterygid, were taken in the trap.
Oedosmylus latipennis was taken only in two consecutive weeks in the trap
suggesting that it may have a relatively short flight period.
Mantispids were not common and only one specimen (Toolida infrequens)
was taken in the trap. All others were collected.
Most hemerobiids appear to have a fairly short adult flying season, mainly
from November to January. Drepanacra binocula is most active from mid
October to the end of January and was trapped and collected. This species
hibernates as adults in dried leaves and this accounts for collection of adults
by beating in July. M. tasmaniae, the most abundant and widespread
Australian hemerobiid, has a much earlier flight season than other
Neuroptera, appearing in the trap from mid July to mid January. Like D.
binocula this species hibernates as adults and this probably accounts for the
captures by beating in April and June.
Chrysopids were not abundant in the area and only two specimens were
trapped, the others being collected.
The small numbers of nymphids, myrmeleontids and ascalaphids taken make
comment unwarranted except to say that they appear to be active during the
short period of hot weather from mid December to the end of January.
Relatively little information is available on the flight periods of Australian
Neuroptera from specific localities. Mackey (1988) provides information on
myrmeleontids at Rockhampton, Queensland. The revisionary papers of New
(e.g. New 1980, 1981) provide useful collecting dates but these do not, of
course, relate to individual localities over a period.
Aust. Ent. 20 (2) Aug 1993 71
The data provided by the present general collection suggest that the active
periods vary considerably from species to species and further emphasise the
fact that our knowledge of the biology of these insects in Australia is very
limited. Considering the potential importance of Neuroptera as predators of
pest species detailed studies of their field biology should be given high
priority. It is hoped that this short note will encourage others to make more
detailed investigations.
Mecoptera
Only two species of Mecoptera were taken, one of which was trapped. H.
limnaeus was collected from late November to early January and T. pallida
collected and trapped only between mid March and mid April. Both species
have a short adult flying period and are seasonally segregated.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank my wife for collecting all but a few of the specimens on
which this paper is based. I would also like to thank Heidi Marks and
Graeme Smithers for looking after the Malaise trap in my absence and Dr
T.R. New for comments on a preliminary draft of this note.
References
MACKEY, A.P. 1988. Phenology of some myrmeleontoid (Neuroptera) species from
Rockhampton (Central Queensland). Australian Entomological Magazine 15: 87-90.
NEW, T.R. 1980. A revision of the Australian Chrysopidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australian
Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 77: 1-143.
NEW, T.R. 1981. A revision of the Australian Nymphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australian
Journal of Zoology 29: 707-750.
72. Aust. Ent. 20 (2) Aug 1993
A NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANT FOR HESPERILLA DONNYSA
ALBINA WATERHOUSE (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE) IN
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Andrew A.E. Williams
Department of Conservation and Land Management, W.A. Wildlife Research Centre, P.O. Box
51, Wanneroo, W.A. 6065
Abstract
Gahnia lanigera is recorded as a larval foodplant for Hesperilla donnysa albina.
Observations and Discussion
The two Western Australian skippers, Hesperilla donnysa albina Waterhouse
and Antipodia atralba anaces (Waterhouse) feed on gahnias. In the vicinity
of Perth H. d. albina feeds on Gahnia decomposita (R.Br.) Benth. and Gahnia
trifida Labill., while A. a. anaces has only been recorded on the very small
Gahnia lanigera (R.Br.) Benth. (Common and Waterhouse 1981, Atkins
1984, Williams 1990).
In October 1991 I found pupae of H. d. albina and A. a. anaces together on G.
lanigera plants 6 km north-north-west of Jarrahdale, close to Manjedal
Brook. The pupal shelters of H. d. albina were noticeably larger than those
of A. a. anaces, and could be readily distinguished in that they were open at
the top, whereas the A. a. anaces shelters were open at the bottom. While it is
now established that H. d. albina utilises all three Gahnia species, it is most
frequently found on G. trifida.
Specimens from these collections are housed in the Insect Collection at the
Department of Conservation and Land Management.
Acknowledgment
Greg Keighery of the Department of Conservation and Land Management
confirmed the identification of Gahnia lanigera specimens.
References
ATKINS, A. 1984. A new genus Antipodia (Lepidoptera : Hesperiidae : Trapezitinae) with
comments on its biology and relationships. Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 45-48.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
WILLIAMS, M.R. 1990. New Gahnia Forst. & Forst. F. foodplant records for three Western
Australian skippers (Lepidoptera : Hesperiidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 113-
114.
)
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 73
NEW FOOD PLANT RECORDS FOR CHAETOCNEME DENITZA
(HEWITSON) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE: PYRGINAE)
D.A. LANE
3 Janda St, Atherton, Qld, 4883
Abstract
Planchonia careya (F. Muell.) Knuth (Lecythidaceae) and Lophostemon grandiflora (Benth.)
Cheel (Myrtaceae) are recorded as food plants for Chaetocneme denitza, and comments are made
on larval abundance on different food plants in northern Queensland.
Introduction
Chaetocneme denitza is regarded as a rare butterfly with a known distribution
that includes the Northern Territory and, in Queensland, from Cape York
Peninsula to Canungra (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The life history
was described by Miller (1990), who listed the only known food plant as
Lophostemon confertus (R. Brown).
During May and June 1991, ova and first and second instar larvae of C.
denitza were found on Planchonia careya near Granite Creek, 15 km NW of
Atherton and in the Mt Garnet area. Larvae fed and developed throughout the
winter months, pupated in August and September, and adults emerged in
September and October. A second brood followed, with first and second
instar larvae present in November and December, 1991. After the summer
generation, early instar larvae were not detected again until May, 1992.
Discussion and results
Planchonia careya is widely distributed in tropical northern Australia. Apart
from several records for the Wide Bay area (Queensland Herbarium), it
ranges from Rockhampton in a broad arc to the Charters Towers area, then
across to the Kimberley in Western Australia (A.K. Irvine, pers. comm.). It
also occurs in New Guinea (Henderson 1982).
In the Ravenshoe area and the Herberton Range near Atherton, larvae of C.
denitza have been found occasionally during November and December on
Lophostemon suaveolens and L. confertus. In areas where larvae of C.
denitza have been found on P. careya, a marked preference has been shown
for this plant over Lophostemon spp. Stands of L. suaveolens were found
adjacent to stands of P. careya and in these situations larvae were numerous
on P. careya but not on L. suaveolens. This suggests that in northern
Australia, P. careya is the preferred food plant of C. denitza.
It is of interest also to consider the distribution of Lophostemon spp. L.
confertus occurs from near Newcastle to Fraser Island, occurring further
north as isolated stands near Mt Molloy and on the Windsor Tableland, west
of Mossman. L. suaveolens extends from Cape York Peninsula along the east
coast to near Scotts Head, New South Wales (Boland, et al. 1984). Another
species, L. grandiflora occurs across the top of Australia from the Kimberley
in Western Australia to Queensland, south to Blackdown Tableland (Boland
et al. 1984). Larvae of C. denitza have been found on L. grandiflora in the
74 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Townsville district but are much more common on P. careya (S.J. Johnson
pers. comm.). Further food plants may yet be found for this intriguing
species.
Acknowledgments
Thanks are extended to Dr A.K. Irvine, C.S.I.R.O. Atherton for identification
of L. confertus and L. suaveolens, and for information on the distribution of
P. careya. Thanks are also extended to Dr I.F.B. Common of Toowoomba,
for his constructive criticism of the manuscript and to Dr S.J. Johnson of
Townsville, for permission to refer to his unpublished records.
References
BOLAND, D.J., BROOKER, M.I.H., CHIPPENDALE, G.M., HALL, N., HYLAND, B.P.M.,
JOHNSTON, R.D., KLEINIG, D.A. and TURNER, J.D. 1984. Forest trees of Australia. 687
pp. Nelson and C.S.I.R.O. Australia, Melbourne.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
HENDERSON, R.J.F. 1982. Lecythidaceae. In Flora of Australia. Vol. 8, pp. 1-6. Australian
Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
MILLER, C.G. 1990. The life history of Chaetocneme denitza (Hewitson) (Lepidoptera):
Hesperiidae: Pyrginae). Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 97-100.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 75
BUTTERFLY RECORDS OF INTEREST FROM NORTHERN
AUSTRALIA
S.J. JOHNSON
OQonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, 4810
Abstract
Range extensions or records of interest are given for seven butterfly species from northern
Western Australia and three species from northern Queensland.
Western Australia
Neohesperilla senta (Miskin)
This species was known previously from Queensland and the Northern
Territory (Common and Waterhouse 1981). A single male taken at
Kalumburu in March 1990 is the first record from Western Australia.
Proeidosa polysema (Atkins)
Common and Waterhouse (1981) show a disjunction in the distribution of this
species between Daly River, Northern Territory and Exmouth, Western
Australia. In March and April 1990 and 1991, numerous specimens were
taken near Marble Bar, Kalumburu and Kununurra, establishing its presence
across northern Western Australia.
Graphium eurypylus nyctimus (Waterhouse and Lyell)
In April 1991 adults were common in monsoon forests at Sir Frederick Hills,
(14°42'S 126°40'E), Vansittart Bay, Cape Bougainville (13°59'S 126'8'E),
Mitchell Plateau (14°42'S 125°49'E) and South West Osborne Island in
Admiralty Gulf. The species was known previously in Western Australia
only from Koolan Island (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Leptosia nina (Fabricius)
Australian specimens of this species have previously been taken only on the
Mitchell Plateau (Common and Waterhouse 1981). In March 1990 it was
common in Sir Frederick Hills south east of Kalumburu and in April 1991 at
Poompangala Hill (10km west of Kalumburu), Seaflower Bay on Cape
Bougainville, South West Osborne Island and Corneille Island in Admiralty
Gulf. Adults flew close to the ground in monsoon forests and on South West
Osborne Island females were observed ovipositing on small plants of
Capparis sepiaria L.
Libythea geoffroy genia Waterhouse
In March and April adults were common throughout the Kimberley and
adjacent islands wherever Celtis philippensis Blanco occurred.
76 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Anthene lycaenoides godeffroyi (Semper)
Previously known from as far west as Daly River, Northern Territory, several
specimens taken at Mitchell Plateau and South West Osborne Island establish
the presence of this species in Western Australia.
Everes lacturnus australis (Couchman)
This small species was previously known only from eastern Australia and the
Northern Territory (Common and Waterhouse 1981). Several adults from
Poompangala Hill represent the first record from Western Australia.
Queensland
Telicota mesoptis Lower
A single male taken on Murray Island in April 1989 is the first record from
Torres Strait.
Philiris diana papuana (Wind and Clench)
An adult male was reared from a larva taken feeding on Litsea breviumbellata
Allen at the Rocky River (13°50'S 143°27'E). The subspecies was previously
known only as far south as Claudie River.
Pithecops dionisius dionisius (Boisduval)
This small species was previously known from Darnley Island, Lockerbie and
Iron Range (Hiller and d'Apice 1979). In May 1992 adults were common in
rainforest areas at Rocky River.
Acknowledgement
I thank Tim Willing of the Broome Botanical Society for identification of
Kimberley plants.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
HILLER, A. and d'APICE, J.W.C. 1979. First record of the butterfly Pithecops dionisius
dionisius (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from the Australian mainland. Australian
Entomological Magazine 6: 10-12.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 77
THE PREVIOUSLY UNDESCRIBED FEMALE OF LIPHYRA
BRASSOLIS BOUGAINVILLEANUS SAMSON & SMART
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE: LIPHYRINAE)
C.J. MULLER' and R. MAYO?
! P.O. Box 228, Dural, N.S.W., 2158
? 62 Fletcher St, Wallsend, N.S.W., 2287
Abstract
The previously unknown female of the lycaenid butterfly, Liphyra brassolis bougainvilleanus
is described and is recorded from the Solomon Islands for the first time.
Introduction
Liphyra brassolis Westwood is represented by nine subspecies over a wide
range, from Sikkim and Assam through South-East Asia to Papua New
Guinea, the Solomon Islands and Australia (Samson and Smart 1980). L.
b. bougainvilleanus has been recorded previously from only a single male
taken at Bougainville in 1904 (Samson and Smart 1980).
Liphyra brassolis bougainvilleanus Samson and Smart
Holotype d, Bougainville, Papua New Guinea, Apr. 1904, A.S. Meek,
Rothschild Bequest, BM 1939-1, in the Natural History Museum, London.
Material examined: 1 & (Fig. 1), Buin, Bougainville, Papua New Guinea,
11.xi.1987, L. Ring et al.; 1 9 (Fig. 2), Faisi Is., Solomon Is., 12.vii.1988,
C.J. Muller. Both specimens in C.J. Muller collection.
Female (Fig. 2)
Fore wing above. Slightly developed between MI -and M3; concave
between apex and Ml; costa above light brown; black above, with large
bright orange area extending from base to postmedian area and from
posterior third of cell to inner margin; a smaller area of similar colouring
extending from betweemn R1 and R2 to junction of R3 and R5 and from
near costa to M1; a bright orange area extending from post median area to
subterminal area between M1 and M3; a small bright orange postmedian
spot between M3 and CuAI, and a larger, similarly coloured spot in
postmedian area tapering inward from near CuAI to almost touch CuA2.
Fore wing below. Pale orange, deeper orange near base and in cell; a large
purple suffused black area reaching from submedian area to median area
and from near costa at Sc to CuA2, extended to post median area, sloping
inward from M3 to CuA2, slightly concave between veins on terminal side;
a small irregular black spot between CuA2 and 1A - 2A in submedian area
close to junction of former vein and cubitus; apical and terminal areas
broadly mottled dark brown with purplish suffusion, except for narrow
light brown apical band tapering from costa to M3; heavy mottling on
terminal adge of the band.
Hind wing developed at tornus; black above; basal two-thirds dark brown
between M1 and costa and between M1 and M2, concave on inner side; a
78
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993
Ons MsccefR
Figs. 1-2. Liphyra brassolis bougainvilleanus.
right hand view underside. Scale bar = 10 mm.
1, male; 2, female. Left hand view upperside,
Aust. Entomologist 20 (2) Aug 1993 79
larger area of similar colouring between M2 and M3 in postmedian area,
concave on inner side; small bright orange area between M3 and CuAl,
strongly concave on both edges; slightly larger area of similar colouring
between CuAI and CuA2, marginally concave on inner edge.
Hind wing below mottled dark brown with purple suffusion; basal areas
much paler between radial sector and inner margin and also with distinct
irregular dark brown mottling between Sc + R1 and costa; indistinct brown
area darker than overall ground cover between M3 and CuA2 in
postmedian area; narrow black area extending from inner margin to 1A +
2A in submedian area and tapering toward median area from this vein to
CuA2; a much narrower white bar lies below this black area.
Dimensions. Fore wing length: ~ 41 mm; 9 48 mm.
Discussion
L. b. bougainvillensis had been recorded previously only from
Bougainville; the collection of a further specimen from Faisi Is., Solomon
Is., extends the known distribution of this subspecies. Only the wings of
the female described here are available.
Acknowledgements
We would especially like to thank Les Ring for providing the male
illustrated in this paper and D.L. Hancock for comments on an earlier draft
of this manuscript.
Reference
SAMSON, C. and SMART, P. 1980. A review of the genus Liphyra (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) of Indo-Australia, with descriptions of two new subspecies from the Solomon
Archipelago. Aurelian 1 (4): 6-16. .
80 Aust. Entomologist 20 (2)
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
TAYLOR, R.J.
(1990). Occurrence of log-dwelling invertebrates in regeneration and old-growth wet sclerophyll forest in southern Tasmania.
Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 124: 27-34. [Coleoptera; Collembola]
TAYLOR, R.W.
(1990). Notes on the ant genera Romblonella and Willowsiella, with comments on their affinities, and the first descriptions of
Australian species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmicinae). Psyche, Camb. 97: 281-296.
(1991). Myrmecia croslandi sp. n., a karyologically remarkable new Australian jack-jumper ant (Hymenoptera: Formicidae:
Myrmeciinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 288.
THEISCHINGER, G.
(1988). The genus Molophilus Curtis in Queensland and Western Australia (Insecta: Diptera: Tipulidae: Limoniinae:
Eriopterini). Stapfia 17: 163-200.
(1988). Lyriomolophilus, a new subgenus of Molophilus Curtis, from Australia and its species (Insecta: Diptera: Tipulidae:
Limoniinae: Eriopterini). Stapfia 17: 201-209
(1988). Austrothaumalea bickeli spec. nov., a new thaumaleid from Australia (Insecta: Diptera: Thaumaleidae). Stapfia 17:
211-213.
THORNE, B.L. and CARPENTER, J.M.
(1992). Phylogeny of the Dictyoptera. Syst. Ent. 17: 253-268.
TOWNS, D.R.
(1991). Ecology of leptocerid caddisfly larvae in an intermittent South Australian stream receiving Eucalyptus litter. Freshw.
Biol. 25: 117-129.
TRUEMAN, J.W.H.
(1990). Eggshells of Australian Gomphidae: plastron respiration in eggs of stream-dwelling Odonata (Anisoptera).
Odonatologica 19: 395-401.
TYNDALE-BISCOE, M. and WALKER, J.
(1992). The phenology of the native dung beetle Onthophagus australis (Guerin) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in south-eastern
Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 40: 303-311.
UPTON, M.S.
(1991). Methods for collecting, preserving, and studying insects and allied forms. Aust, ent. Soc. Misc. Publ. 3 (4th edition),
pp. v + 86.
VALE, T.G., DOWLING, M.L. AND CLOONAN, M.J.
(1992). Infection and multiplication of Ross River virus in the mosquito vector Aedes vigilax (Skuse). Aust. J. Zool. 40: 35-41.
VALENTINE, P.S. and JOHNSON, S.J.
(1992). Late dry season butterflies on Cape York Peninsula. Vict. Ent. 22: 87-91.
WATSON, J.A.L.
(1991). The Australian Gomphidae (Odonata). /nvert. Taxon. 5: 289-441.
WATT, J.C.
(1992). Relationships of Acrizeta and Cnemeplatiini (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Syst. Ent, 17: 287-299,
WEBB, G.A. and SIMPSON, J.A.
(1991). Notes on some Australian fungus beetles and their hosts and parasites. Coleopts Bull. 45: 42-44.
WEINSTEIN, P.
(1991). Undermining spitfire defence strategies. Aust. nat. Hist. 23: 848-857.
WEINSTEIN, P. and AUSTIN, A.
(1991). The host relationships of trigonalid wasps (Hymenoptera: Trigonalidae), with a review of their biology and catalogue to
world species. J. nat. Hist. 25: 399-435.
WHARTON, R.A. and AUSTIN, A.D.
(1991). Revision of Australian Dacnusini (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Alysiinae), parasitoids of cyclorrhaphous Diptera. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 193-206.
WILLIAMS, G.A. and WEIR, T.A.
(1992). Two new species of Anthaxomorphus Deyrolle (Coleoptera: Buprestidae: Trachyinae) from the Australasian Region. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 227-230.
WOODGER, T.
(1991). The Selwyn butterflies (part three). Vict. Ent. 21: 67.
YAMANE, S., ITO, Y. and SPRADBERY, J.P.
(1991). Comb cutting in Rhopalidia plebiana: a new process of colony fission in social wasps (Hymenoptera: Vespidae).
Insectes soc. 38: 105-110.
YEATES, D.K.
(1991). Revision of the Australian bee fly genus Aleucosia Edwards (Diptera: Bombyliidae). /nvert. Taxon. 5: 133-209.
(1991). - Revision of the Australian bee fly genus Comptosia (Diptera: Bombyliidae). Invert. Taxon. 5: 1023-1178.
(1992). Immature stages of the apterous fly Badisis ambulans McAlpine (Diptera: Micropezidae). J. nat. Hist. 26: 417-424.
YULE, C.M.
(1990). The life cycle and dietry habits of /Iliesoperla mayi Perkins (Plecoptera: Griptopterygidae) in Victoria, Australia. Pp.
71-80. In Campbell, I.C. (ed.), Mayflies and stoneflies: life histories and biologies. Proc. Sth Int. Ephemeroptera C. onf.
and 9th Int Pleoptera Conf. Pp. ix + 366. Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
. ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor Bho reserves the right to alter, qué or charge | I
for notices. ets b^ ;
w Suppliers of iit quality insect specimens diis ‘both me amateur and
.. professional collector. Our latest catalogue. contains over 1200 species of EIU.
. Papilionidae, Nymphalidae, Satyridae, Lycaenidae, Saturniidae, —
- Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Lucanidae and many other families from
. North and South America, Africa, Europe, Australia, Papua New Guinea,
i Solomons, Russia, etc. Many rare and hard to get species are available.
.. We also supply preset. material, The Insect IU P.O. Box 618, e
: . Cooktown, SOIC eH Si s c cote
See LORS SALE. Rosewood insect. EA Block of ist uii T
. drawer. Drawer size 680 mm x 600 mm. Each drawer lined with
| = polyethylene foam. Depth of drawers suitable for 38° mm pins Or unit |
il trays. Overall dimensions: height 1350. mm, width 1450 mm, depth Coat
mm. ‘Unit has polyurethane coated pine work top and sits on a 75 mm. rod
high recessed meranti Misa Price 222205 Phone OD: 877 9428 Bus), aes
(07) 376 5973 (A/B).
pa FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, e Bm etc. Specialists i Ines
. Morphidae, Brassolidae, Papilionidae. Many ex-pupae pomen v E
for our 12-page Lepidoptera catalogue: 7 T iz
OE RO. 6951, 10000. San Jose, Costa Rica, €; America.
2N OTES FOR AUTHORS
» Ca vr Me sienna for publication Fati preferably, be type: written, double spaced acti >
Siti triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style. — ee
All papers will be forwarded. to two referees End the editor reserves
` ape considered unsuitable. ~ £ :
ac E
iom d
did to o reject any a
zit occupying less than one printed page De be eid Me
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for DD copie
: at the c discretion. ot the Publications Committee.
P in 1 the journal. ‘Tine aunes should be about twice their required ize.
FEES Tee to: = DrK.J. Lambkin, Editor — -
a ae F The Australian Entomologist ;
© RO. Box 3300
: Sah Brisbane, Q gu
ST PAISAN
„Entomologist — :
ET Australian pls Magazine) domo 20, Part 2,31 August 1993.
- ALLSOPP, P.G.
. Three new species of Chilodiplus Sharp (olen: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae)
from voran Australia.
DANIELS, o
. The first record of Nice tat macrocosma [E E
- (Lepidoptera: Geometridae: Ennominae) zo Tasmania.
- FORSTER, P.I. 7 a, eee to a en ae Hen
= Brachychiton australis (Sterculiaceas), an CU host for Lygropia clytusalis
(Walker) (Lepidoptera: Pe 4 CON EN GA T ada de
JOHNSON, S.J. ` ;
, Butterfly ndn ME interest sitom northern n Ast
New fond inn dab for Chaetooeme doitz (iovis)
> 4 Cip Hesperides bree
aur isa undescribed female of Liphyra b brassoli. para
Samson Ru Sure selon Lycaenidae: Liphyri
The use of im Grae arietaria Er decns | Plants) the i
BERN) Ven itea Amon ugue nAustralia, ———
glo Wildlife Refuge, ———
THE AUSTRALIAN.
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
] SEN AS
"VEU,
io tual P.
K
RY
WA
| Volume 20, Part 3, 30 September 1993.
| Price: $5.00 per part
| MuSmUN OF VICTORIA Registered by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
iN
14767
|
d
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Fnloniolonical igo isanon- |
. profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of 73
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including: New ©
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are —
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced — —
Deu em SUE CDL OD to the Joumal is not included with membership of the
eSocietys
_ The Editorial Panel.
Editor e aen Dr KJ. ido
cre T. S SR: C ther Queensland Museum »
. Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels
|. University of Queensland |
.. DrG.B.Monteith —
bep pus os Queensland Museum Poet
2 Business Manager —. Dr A.P. Mackey ái
E "E Queensland Unies at Technology -
Sae
.— Subscriptions. are payable. in NEUES to the Business DIETER The Australian — SN
. Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068. l ;
K For individuals S ASTO.00 per annum Australia _
: : . . A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions igs AS20. 00 per annum Australia.
Stns . A822. 00 per annum elsewhere.
i Cheques i in currency. other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
5 / ENTOMOLOGICAL. SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND |
ere Membership i is open to anyone intereste in Entomology. Meetings ar are normal held
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of =
= March-June and August-December each year. Meetings are | announced in the
-Society's News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
KE notices. of other Society events and information on Members’ activities. at
i Enquiries. relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary, —
Entomological Society of Queensland, ea Purra of Entomolseye University o me
Queensland, ieu Qld, TM. 2 ee eat i paa
: pus Sustaining Associates ; ps P S
a — Arrest-A- Pest Pty Lid, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Py Ld.
D covers: Callistoleon erythr oce yhalum (Leach) (Neuro iot Nomeada :
_ is one of the most attractive of Australian lacewings. It occurs in both coastal
and inland. areas from northern Queensland. to the central coast of New South |
les. are in sand and loose. soil. E
Printed by Hans Quality Prin, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qa, 4030 > = m
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 81
BIOLOGY AND PHENOLOGY OF GIANT GRASSHOPPER,
VALANGA IRREGULARIS (WALKER) (ORTHOPTERA:
ACRIDIDAE: CRYTACANTHACRIDINAE), A PEST OF CITRUS, IN
CENTRAL WESTERN NEW SOUTH WALES
S.V. RAJAKULENDRAN!, R. PIGOTT? and G.L. BAKER!
! Biological and Chemical Research Institute, NSW Agriculture, P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W.
2116
2 NSW Agriculture, P.O. Box 865, Dubbo, N.S.W. 2830
Abstract
A study of giant grasshopper, Valanga irregularis, infesting an orange (Citrus sinensis (L.)
Osbeck) orchard at Coonamble [30°58'S 148°22'E] in central western New South Wales showed
the population was univoltine: eggs laid in early spring hatched in late spring and early summer
and nymphs fledged in early autumn; adult females remained in reproductive dormancy from
autumn to mid winter and became sexually mature in late winter. No parasitoids were reared
from field collected nymphs or adults, but the egg parasitoid Scelio flavicornis Dodd
(Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) was reared from 16.6 per cent of field collected egg pods.
Laboratory reared nymphs developed through 7 instars. At 27°C the mean nymphal development
time was 112.5 d+ SE 3.2.
Phenology and feeding behaviour indicate that control of nymphs in late summer (February) is
appropriate.
Introduction
The endemic giant grasshopper, Valanga irregularis, the largest acridid
species in Australia (Key 1970), occurs throughout the northern and eastern
coastal, sub-coastal and adjoining semi-arid zones of the Australian mainland
from the Kimberley district of Western Australia to the south coast of New
South Wales (COPR 1982, R. Elder, Dept. Prim. Ind., Rockhampton, pers.
comm.). It is known to feed on cotton, wheat, maize, grain sorghum, tomato
(Anon. 1951), carrot, banana (unpublished data Entomology Branch, NSW
Agriculture), grapevines and citrus (Hely et al. 1982). In New South Wales
damage to citrus in home gardens has occurred on North Western Slopes and
Plains and Central Western Slopes and Plains (Hely er al. 1982) and in
commercial orchards at Nyngan and Coonamble on the Central Western Plain
in 1989-1990 (Rajakulendran 1990) and at Tamworth on the North West
Slope in 1992 (R. Holtkamp, NSW Agric., Tamworth, pers. comm.).
Except for White's (1968) study of adult polymorphism, there is no published
information on the biology or phenology of V. irregularis and this study was
undertaken to gain a knowledge of the phenology necessary for the efficient
timing of insecticide applications.
Methods and materials
Field studies on phenology
Adult and nymphal development were studied in a population in an orchard at
Coonamble [30°58'S, 148°22'E] on the North Central Western Plain with a
recent history of damaging infestations of V. irregularis. The orchard
consisted of 12.5 ha of 40 year old Valencia and navel orange (Citrus
82 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Table 1. Average monthly mean daily maximum and minimum temperature
and average monthly rainfall at Coonamble (Bureau of Meteorology)
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sep. Oct. Nov. Dec
Temperature
Max. °C 35.0 34.0 31.6 26.7 21.9 18.0 17.0 19.3 23.4 27.6 31.2 34.0
Min.*C 19.0 18.7 163 11.6 7.7 49 3.6 45 72 114 15.0 17.7
Rainfall
(mm) 84.5 50.4 40.1 36 54.1 28 35.1 37.4 32.2 48.1 38.5 46.2
sinensis) trees on a 5 m (interrow) and 7 m (row) spacing with 3 year old
replacement plantings at the same density. Irrigation was by undertree
sprinklers. Interrow areas were maintained by regular slashing of mixed
grasses and weeds. The climatic characteristics of the study site are given in
Table 1.
Approximately 20 adult females were hand-picked from trees monthly from
September 1989 until October 1990 and transferred to the laboratory to
determine their body weight, ovary weight and ovariole number. Nymphs
were sweep netted from ground cover and also shaken off branches into a net
each month between mid December 1990 and April 1991. The proportion of
each instar in samples was determined in the laboratory using criteria derived
from laboratory studies of nymphal development. Field collected eggs were
held in the laboratory for the emergence of parasitoids.
Laboratory development of eggs and nymphs
Eggs were obtained by placing field collected sexually mature females and
males in clear perspex cages (40 x 55 x 38 cm) over sand filled pots. Eggs
laid in the pots were held at 25°C until hatching ceased. The sand was kept
moist during incubation.
Nymphs were either mass reared or held in low numbers per cage in a
constant environmental chamber (Thomson?) maintained at 27 + 1°C
(average mid-summer temperature in field: Table 1), 70 + 5% RH and 12 h
photophase. Those mass reared were held in clear perspex cylinders (9.5 cm
dia. x 16 cm) sealed at each end by perforated aluminium sheets. All nymphs
which hatched synchronously were placed in a single cage (approximately 50
per cage) for studies on total development time. Nymphs reared in low
numbers per cage (<5) were kept in clear plastic cylinders (3.5 cm dia. x 9
cm) with fine wire mesh bottoms and plastic cap tops for detailed
observations on the number of instars and the duration of each instar. Fresh
immature orange foliage in a glass vial filled with water was provided every 3
days. For both groups, the instar of each nymph and the presence of exuvia
were recorded at the time of changing the food.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 83
100 — 10
80} 1
E NES
IT 60 q =
[6] 1 ae
fr J o
HOD ü
‘a =
20; + J
EP REPE |
Herd Lj ua iis d el cid ind a od eie ld el ed aai iila d l
[Saeed 0.01
~ MAR. ^ APR. ^ MAY ^ JUNE^ JULY ^ AUG. ^SEPT.^ OCT. ^ NOV. ^ DEC
DATE
—-— % mat.'89 —*- Body wt.89 —8- Ovary wt.89
—9— % mat. '90 -&*- Body wt.90 —- Ovary wt.90
Fig. 1. Maturation of female Valanga irregularis in the field. Data on per
cent mature, mean body weight and mean ovary weight presented for spring
1989 and autumn/ winter/ spring 1990. Body weight and ovary weight are
plotted on log scale.
Nymphal morphometric data were obtained for 10 randomly selected
specimens (instars 1-4) and for five males and five females (instars 24).
Head capsule width and femur length were -measured using a
stereomicroscope fitted with a graticule after the method of Uvarov (1966).
Results
Field studies
Maturation of females (Fig. 1): Mean body weight increased slowly between
March and June 1990, with no apparent change in mean ovary weight.
Between June and September 1990 mean body weight increased x1.256 (3.8
to 4.79 g) and mean ovary weight increased x16.5 (0.04 to 0.66 g) and both
peaked in October (5.57 g and 1.13 g respectively).
Sexual maturation (indicated by the development of oocyte yolk) began in
late winter (August) and was completed by mid spring (October). Females
which had oviposited (indicated by the presence of laying bodies) and gravid
females were first recorded in late October in both 1989 and 1990.
Oviposition was not observed during the day, but two instances were
observed after dark (20.00 hr) on 31 October 1990. Egglaying was restricted
to beneath the periphery of the canopy where soil moisture was visibly
highest. During winter 2 of 81 females dissected were found to have mature
oocytes and had previously oviposited being senescent adults from the
previous season.
84 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993
100 ~
A Poem (Stet
—— Inst.2
80
| —*- Inst.3
~O- Inst.4
eor “x [nst.5
—9— Inst.6
——
40} Inst.7
20r
o LL ye gea X a " c
ween DEC Sr JUAN ee FEBS MARZ APR.
80r
40r
20r
INSTAR COMPOSITION (96)
h £x I
DEC. ^ JAN. ^ FEB. ^ MAR. ^ APR.
60r
40r
20r
Tene X X
11 8-4 Je TU arietis tn
DEC. ^ JAN. ^ FEB. ^ MAR. ^ APR.
Fig. 2. Percentage instar composition of nymphs of Valanga irregularis in a
citrus orchard. A, population in ground cover. B, population in trees (instars
1-3). C, population in trees (instars 4-7).
SS oe r— ——P o En———
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 85
Figs. 3-8. Valanga irregularis nymphs. 3, first instar. 4, second instar. 5,
third instar. 6, fourth instar 9 (fifth instar same as fourth except larger). 7,
sixth instar. 8, seventh instar 9. Scale bar = 5 mm.
The number of ovarioles in both ovaries ranged from 145 to 178. The
number of laying bodies (Uvarov 1966) indicated a minimum of three ovarian
cycles were completed by mid summer (January). There was little resorption
of eggs and the number of eggs per pod was equated with the ovariole
number.
Parasitism of eggs: Eighteen egg pods were collected in the field in
November 1990 and retained in the laboratory for hatching. An egg
parasitoid, Scelio flavicornis Dodd (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae), emerged
from 3 of the pods (16.696) and parasitised a variable proportion (47, 53 and
80 % respectively) of the eggs in each pod, equivalent to 10% of eggs in the
86 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Table 2. Morphometrics of V. irregularis nymphs (n=10 for each instar).
Instar Head capsule width = Femur length Body length
(mm) (mm) (mm)
x tSD x tSD x+SD
First 1.57 + 0.05 4.3 0.2 7.4 € 0.4
Second 1.98 + 0.06 5.4 € 0.3 11.2 0.7
Third 2.78 £0.13 8.1 € 0.3 16.2 € 1.8
Fourth 2.85 € 0.15 10.4 € 0.5 22.8 + 1.9
Fifth c 2.98 + 0.06 11.0 + 0.0 24.3 + 1.0
9 3.57 € 0.12 14.2 € 1.0 25.8 + 2.2
Sixth c 4.02 £0.18 16.0+0.6 31.9+3.0
9 5:18 € 0.33 19.5 € 0.8 36.9 + 3.0
Seventh g 5.15 + 0.41 20.1 + 0.9 40.2 € 3.1
9 6.86 € 0.32 25.9 + 1.0 45.4 € 3.1
field collected pods. This is the first record of a V. irregularis egg parasitoid
and is the first host record for S. flavicornis which was described in 1913
(Dodd 1913).
Egg hatching and nymphal development: Hatching commenced in late spring
(mid November) and continued until the mid-summer (late January) in both
the 1989 and 1990 seasons. Sweep netting of ground cover in mid-summer
(December 1990) revealed the presence of first, second and third instar
nymphs (Fig. 2A). Some senescent females persisted throughout autumn, but
no oviposition took place after mid-summer (January).
Nymphal development took 80-90 days (mid November-late February).
First and second instar nymphs were collected from ground cover and trees
(Fig. 2A), but later instars were .consistently found on trees (Fig. 2B) with
severe damage evident by mid-summer (January) by third and fourth instar
nymphs. Early instar nymphs inhabiting the ground cover fed on the foliage
of caltrop, Tribulus terrestris L. (Zygophyllaceae) and were not observed
feeding on monocotyledons.
The first adults appeared in late summer (25.ii.1991) and fledging was
complete by mid autumn (April).
Laboratory studies
Egg and nymphal development: Laboratory laid eggs held at 27°C had an
incubation period of 91.5 d SD + 0.93 (n=5 pods). Hatching of eggs in each
pod was completed within 3 d.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993 87
Seven nymphal instars were recorded. Their morphometrics are given in
Table 2 and a brief description of each follows:
First instar (Fig. 3): very pale on hatching but assuming a light green colour after 3-5
minutes. Head disproportionately large; relatively short, laterally compressed
abdomen. Subsequently, light green in colour with black markings on legs.
Wingbuds rudimentary.
Second instar Fig. 4): bright green with black markings on both legs and body.
Distinct median dorsal stripe from the cervix to last abdominal segment. Head and
thorax retain the rectangular appearance of Ist instar nymphs.
Third instar (Fig. 5): bright green with black markings. Head and prothorax much
enlarged and in side view appeared more triangular than rectangular. Wing buds
prominent, straight and pointing latro-ventrally.
Fourth instar (Fig. 6): pronounced colour change with green background assuming an
orange tinge. This change was not observed in the field collected nymphs of the same
instar.
Fifth instar: differ from fourth instar in size only. Wingbuds large and remain
pointing latero-ventrally. Sexual dimorphism apparent, females being larger than the
males.
Sixth instar (Fig. 7): readily distinguished from all previous instars by the reversal of
the wing buds (alar rudiments). Males had a mean fore wingbud length of 5.01 mm
XSD 0.451 and females 5.47 mm +SD 0.41.
Seventh instar (Fig. 8): large and robust, head and thorax taking on appearance of
adult. Males had a mean fore wingbud length of 11.35 mm-XSD 0.47 and females
11.35 mm ŁSD 0.67.
Laboratory reared and field collected adults did not differ in size, were
similarly coloured and exhibited the same colour pattern polymorphism.
Nymphal survival and instar mortality (Fig. 9): Mean mortality of the first
instar nymphs, during the first 10 days following hatching was 58.8 + SD
29.6% (n=5 pods). A rhabditid nematode present in the froth plug of some
egg pods also developed in many of the cadavers, but could not be confirmed
as the cause of death. Mortality of subsequent instars was relatively low (<
40%).
Duration of nymphal development (Fig. 10): Mass reared nymphs had a
shorter development time in all but the third instar than those reared in low
numbers. There was no difference in the development time of males and
female nymphs except in the final (seventh) instar where the development
time of females was almost twice that of males. The total development time
(X instar mean) in the laboratory at 27°C ranged from 77.5 d (unsexed, mass
reared in large cages) to 123.3 d (females in small cages). The development
time of mass reared unsexed nymphs is comparable to the 60-80 d from first
hatch to instar 7 and last hatch to peak of instar 7 observed in the field (Fig.
2).
PERCENT
88 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
100
80r
60r
40r
20 [ E |
i D a oa Ea E
TE ATA 5 = 6 Y 7 E
INSTAR
| EE MR instar mortality LN instar mortality
Pina MR pop. survival -8- LN pop. survival
Fig. 9. Population survival and instar mortality of Valanga irregularis mass
reared (MR) and reared at low numbers per cage (LN) in the laboratory. Bars,
mortality during each instar. Lines, progressive survival.
60 140
~ Or + 120
S
-| 100
$ $01
zZ 180
9 soL
E
« -|
£ 60
ER 40
10r +20
o— Sp
EB MR NNI LN —- MR cumul -&- LN cumul.
C] LNc& ZZ LN? —- LN & cumul. + LN 9 cumul.
Fig. 10. Development of nymphs of Valanga irregularis in the laboratory
when mass reared (MR) and reared at low numbers per cage (LN). Bars,
duration of each instar. Lines, cumulative duration.
CUMULATIVE DURATION (days)
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 89
Discussion
The phenology of V. irregularis is similar to that described for another
crytacanthrid, spur-throated locust, Nomadacris guttulosa (Walker), by
Farrow (1977), Casimir and Edge (1978) and Elder (1989). The reproductive
dormancy of N. guttulosa is an adaptation to a seasonally dry monsoonal
climate (Elder 1991), whereas V. irregularis is widely distributed in coastal
and sub-coastal regions where seasonal aridity is infrequent and any adaptive
advantage of the reproductive diapause in V. irregularis in these regions is
not immediately apparent. The suggestion by Sjóstedt (1932) that V.
irregularis overwinters as eggs is erroneous.
Given the relatively high fecundity of V. irregularis and the localised and
infrequent nature of outbreaks in citrus orchards, important mortality factors
must operate to keep numbers in check. This study identified two possibly
important natural mortality factors, egg parasitism by S. flavicornis and first
instar mortality from an unknown cause. The presence of acceptable plant
species in the ground cover may also be a significant factor in first instar
nymphal survival.
The rhabditid nematode found in dead, laboratory reared and field collected
first instar nymphs, was probably saprozoic, since exposure of live Galleria
mellonella (L.) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) larvae to high density dauer larvae
did not result in infection after 10 days exposure (R. Bedding, CSIRO
Division of Entomology, Canberra, pers. comm.). The nematode was first
reared from field collected adult S. flavicornis which died after placement
with laboratory laid V. irregularis eggs on moist sterilised sand. The
thabditid may have a phoretic relationship with S. flavicornis, being
transported between egg pods by the adult females then breeding in the froth
plug and finally completing the cycle by attaching to the next generation of S.
flavicornis as they emerge.
The phenology of V. irregularis provides a long period (March-September)
between fledging and oviposition when control could be undertaken, but
repetitious defoliation of autumn flush by late instar nymphs and adults is
considered by growers to substantially reduce fruit production in the
following season. Consequently, it is considered that control should be
carried out in late summer (February) after hatching is complete and the
nymphs have moved into the trees.
Acknowledgments
The authors would like to thank Dr R. Bedding, CSIRO, Canberra, for
investigating the entomopathogenicity of the rhabditid nematode and Dr A.
Austin, Waite Agricultural Research Institute, Adelaide, for identifying S.
flavicornis. Thanks are also extended to Mr R. Williams, Coonamble, on
whose property the field observations were made, for his cooperation and Mr
G. Wiseman and Mr T. Peckham, NSW Agriculture, Dubbo, for assistance
with field sampling.
90 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
References
ANON. 1951. The Queensland agricultural and pastoral handbook. Volume 3, Insect pests and
diseases of plants. Second edition. Government Printer, Brisbane: 560 pp.
CASIMIR, M. and EDGE, V.E. 1979. The development and impact of a control campaign
against Austracris guttulosa in New South Wales. Pans. 25: 223-236.
COPR. 1982. The locust and grasshopper agricultural manual. Centre for Overseas Pest
Research, London: 690 pp.
DODD, A.P. 1913. Australian Hymenoptera Proctotrypoidea No. 1. Transactions of the Royal
Society of South Australia 37: 130-181.
ELDER, R. 1989. Laboratory studies on the life history of Nomadacris guttulosa (Walker)
(Orthoptera: Acrididae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 28: 247-253.
ELDER, R. 1991. Laboratory studies of environmental factors affecting sexual maturation in
Nomadacris guttulosa (Walker) (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 30: 169-181.
FARROW, R.A. 1977. Maturation and fecundity of the spur-throated locust Austracris
guttulosa Walker, in New South Wales during the 1974/75 plague. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 16: 27-39.
HELY, P.C., PASFIELD, G. and GELLATLEY, J.G. 1982. Insect pests of fruit and vegetables
in NSW. Inkata Press, Melbourne, 312-pp.
KEY, K.H.L. 1970. Orthoptera. In: CSIRO (Ed.), The Insects of Australia. pp 323-347.
Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
RAJAKULENDRAN, S.V. 1990. A report on the incidence of Valanga irregularis as a pest of
orange trees in an orchard in the Coonamble area and the results of chemical control trials.
Unpublished Technical Report (A8.23), NSW Agriculture, Rydalmere: 7pp.
SJOSTEDT, Y. 1932. Neue Acridiodea aus dem Museum in Canberra (The Federal Capital
Territory of Australia) mit einer Revision der Gattuna Chortoicetes (Orth. Trux.). Ark. Zool. (A).
23: 15 pp.
UVAROV, B. 1966. Grasshoppers and locusts. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge:
48 pp.
WHITE, M.J.D. 1968. A gynandromorph grasshopper produced by double fertilization.
Australian Journal of Zoology 16: 101-109.
="
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 9]
HERBIVOROUS INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PAPERBARK
TREE MELALEUCA QUINQUENERVIA AND ITS ALLIES: II.
GEOMETRIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA)
J.K. BALCIUNAS!, D.W. BURROWS?, and E.D. EDWARDS?
1 United States Department of Agriculture, Australian Biological Control Laboratory, Australian
Centre for Tropical Freshwater Research, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811.
2 Australian Biological Control Laboratory, Australian Centre for Tropical Freshwater
Research, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811.
3 C.S.LR.O. Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
Although Melaleuca spp. trees and shrubs are diverse, common, and widely distributed
throughout Australia, there are few literature records of insects from them. Since late 1986,
surveys have been conducted in northern Queensland, south-eastern Queensland, and northern
New South Wales to detect insects with potential for controlling M. quinquenervia in Florida,
USA, where it has become a serious pest. Over 400 species of herbivorous insects have been
found associated with this tree, and its close allies, in eastern Australia. This paper presents our
records, including brief descriptions of several larvae, for 17 species of Geometridae moths
collected and reared on M. quinquenervia and three closely related species. Literature references,
where available, to other host plants of each of these moth species are provided. Four of these
Geometridae species may be considered for further research as biocontrol agents for M.
quinquenervia.
Introduction
The native Australian broad-leaved paperbark tree Melaleuca quinquenervia
(Cav.) S.T. Blake (Myrtaceae), was introduced into Florida, U.S.A., as an
ornamental at the beginning of this century. For many years, this tree caused
no problems and was even considered to be a worthwhile and beneficial plant
(Morton 1966). However, in the last 30 to 40 years, it has greatly expanded
its range in southern Florida, and now infests nearly 200,000 hectares (Cost
and Craver 1981), causing extensive environmental and economic damage.
The native habitat of M. quinquenervia is in swamps and wetlands along the
eastern coast of Australia, as far south as Sydney, but is also found in New
Caledonia and New Guinea (Holliday 1989). It is widely planted as an
ornamental in Australia. Blake (1968) placed M. quinquenervia with nine
other closely related species in the Melaleuca leucadendra (L.) L. complex.
With around 250 species (Barlow 1986), Melaleuca is the third most diverse
angiosperm genus in Australia, behind Acacia and Eucalyptus. Despite this
high level of diversity and abundance, records of moths from Melaleuca spp.
are comparatively few. McFarland (1979) lists 16 moth species with
Melaleuca hosts and Common (1990, Appendix B) lists a further 10 moth
species with recorded Melaleuca field hosts. That same Appendix lists 22
other plant genera that are hosts for an equal or greater number of moth
species. Most collecting and rearing of moths (and other insects) appears to
have been concentrated in the more populous areas and states, or upon
commercially important plants. It is likely that more intensive collecting
from the many species of Melaleuca trees and shrubs, will add many
additional moth species.
92 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
In 1977, a preliminary six week survey in Brisbane and New Caledonia to
detect potential biological control agents for M. quinquenervia, found more
than 40 species of herbivorous insects (Habeck 1981). In 1986, funding was
obtained to begin the long-term overseas research necessary to find and
evaluate potential biological control agents. This project is now run by the
Australian Biological Control Laboratory (ABCL), one of the overseas
laboratories of the United States Department of Agriculture, in co-operation
with CSIRO Division of Entomology, and James Cook University's
Australian Centre for Tropical Freshwater Research.
By the end of 1991, our surveys had detected over 400 species of herbivorous
insects upon six Melaleuca species (Balciunas, et al. in press). Balciunas, ef
al. (1993) presented host and collection records for the 25 species of
Noctuoidea moths collected during these surveys. One of the largest
Lepidopteran families in the world, the Geometridae, is represented in
Australia by 1300 species in 275 genera (Common 1990). This paper, the
second in a series, presents host records and observations of the 17
Geometridae moth species which we have reared from M. quinquenervia and
its close allies.
Methods
The majority of the moth caterpillars were collected in our quantitative
samples, which, at the end of 1991, totalled 834 samples. Collecting methods
were described in Balciunas, et al. (1993). Briefly, for each quantitative
sample, approximately 1 kg of plant material was collected in the field, then
sorted in the laboratory. These quantitative collections were supplemented by
direct collections of insects from the field and on our shadehouse cultures.
One of the authors (E.D. Edwards) identified the Geometridae adults. The
staff of the ABCL reared Geometridae larvae and associated them with the
identified adults.
The Geometridae moths were collected and reared on M. quinquenervia (539
quantitative collections) or three of its close relatives in the M. leucadendra
complex; M. leucadendra (173 collections), M. viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn.
(21), and M. new sp. A (24). Melaleuca new sp. A is a distinctive, linear-
leafed Melaleuca species, frequently encountered along the streams west of
Townsville, which according to Bryan Barlow (personal communication),
will be considered as a new species in his forthcoming monograph on
Melaleuca.
Our collecting was concentrated in two main regions along the east coast of
Australia. In northern Queensland (NQ), our regularly sampled sites ranged
from the Daintree River, north of Cairns, to Townsville. Sites marked with
an asterisk (*) are either ornamental plantings, or forest remnants in urban
areas. The NQ sites referred to in the text are: Apex Park* (19721.7'S
146°43.9'E), Rasmussen, Townsville; Armstrong Street* (19*16.7'S
146°48.0'E), Townsville; Barretts Lagoon (18°02.7'S 145°58.8'E), 14 km
SW of Tully; Cardwell Swamp (18°16.6'S 146°02.2'E), 2 km SE of
Cardwell; Centenary Park* (16°54.0'S 145°44.8'E), Cairns; Feluga Site 2
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 93
(17754.9'S 146°00.6'E), 10 km ENE Tully; Feluga Site 3 (17'52.9'S
146°00.0'E), 13 km NE of Tully; Forrest Beach West (18°42.6'S
146°17.4'E), 16 km SE of Ingham; Hubinger Road (18°13.3'S 145°58.7'E), 7
km NW of Cardwell; Hyde Park Shopping Centre* (19*16.5'S 146'47.6'E),
Townsville; James Cook University* (19*19.9'S 146'45.5'E), Townsville;
Murrigal (18°04.8'S 145°54.4'E), 16 km S of Tully; Pallarenda Retirement
Home* (19°13.1'S 146'46.5'E), Townsville; Woodward Park* (16°54.2'S
145°44.5'E), Cairns; Rockingham Road (18°00.2'S 145°57.6'E), 9 km SW of
Tully; Stratford Road* (16°52.8'S 145°44.5'E), Cairns; and Three Mile
Creek Park* (19°12.9'S 146°46.5'E), Townsville.
Our second major collecting region stretched from Coolum in south-eastern
Queensland (SQ) to Grafton in northern New South Wales (NSW). The SQ
sites referred to in the text are: Bribie Island Road (27°04.6'S 153°00.6'E),
45 km N of Brisbane City Centre; Browns Plains (27°39.5'S 153°0.2'E),
Logan City, 21 km S of Brisbane City Centre; Burpengary (27°9.5'S
152°58.4'E), 34 km N of Brisbane City Centre; Caloundra (26°47.8'S
153°06.9'E), 75 km NNE of Brisbane City Centre; Chelmer* (27°31.0'S
152°58.3'E), Brisbane; Fitzgibbon (27°20.1'S 153°1.8'E), Brisbane; Gailes*
(27*35.9'S 152°55.1'E), Brisbane; Indooroopilly* (27°30.7'S 152°59.8'E),
Brisbane; Morayfield (27°07.3'S 152°58.5'E), 45 km NNW of Brisbane City
Centre; Palm Beach (28'6.7S 153'27.3E), Gold Coast; Sherwood*
(27°31.8'S 152°58.8'E), Brisbane; Stapylton (27°43.93'S 153°15.8'E), 35 km
SE of Brisbane City Centre; Taringa* (27°29.62'S 152°28.47'E), Brisbane;
and Tibrogargan (26'55.79'S 152°57.31'E), 60 km NNW of Brisbane City
Centre.
We also present several records from NSW: Byron Bay Industrial Park*
(28'38.46'S 153'36.17E), 55 km SSE of Coolangatta; Junction Hill*
(29*29.0'S 152°55.5'E), 3 km NNW of Grafton; Lennox Heads (28°44.83'S
153°35.75'E), 75 km SSE of Coolangatta; and Pottsville (28°22.8'S
153°34.4'E), 23 km S of Coolangatta.
Results
Records for Geometridae Larvae Reared on Hosts
Specimens were reared on the tree. species from which they were collected.
Unless otherwise noted, the specimens were collected on M. quinquenervia.
Aeolochroma quadrilinea (Lucas).
According to Common (1990, p.371), "Aeolochroma Prout contains 15
extremely cryptic species".
Apex Park: M. leucadendra. Adult emerged from green larva collected
13.viii.90 and reared on foliage. Bribie Island Road: Larva collected
9.vii.91, reared on foliage, adult emerged 2.ix.91. Morayfield: Adult reared
from larva collected 16.vii.91 and reared on foliage.
Anisozyga (previously Eucyclodes) pieroides (Walker).
This species occurs in the Northern Territory and from Cooktown to Port
Macquarie (Common 1990). The larvae of this species are brown with
flanged body segments. They rarely move, even when disturbed, and the
94 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
curved position in which they hold their body enables them to resemble a
dead leaf. Larvae pupate in a silk net suspended between two stems or
between leaves bound together by silk and frass. Common (1990) reports
that the polyphagous larvae feed on young leaves of Eucalyptus, Syzygium
leuhmannii, Fenzlia obtusa (all Myrtaceae), Terminalia (Combretaceae),
Acacia and the introduced Mimosa pigra (both Mimosaceae) as well as
various cultivated plants including avocado, cherry, rose, guava and mango
flowers. Jones and Elliot (1986) also report callistemons, Rhodamnia
argentea (both Myrtaceae), Acacia fimbriata and phyllodinous wattles
(Mimosaceae) and Macadamia spp. (Proteaceae) as larval host plants.
Browns Plains: Larva collected 8.iii.88, reared on flowers, pupated 25.111.88,
adult emerged 11.iv.88. Burpengary: Larva collected 21.ix.88, not reared.
Larva collected 8.xi.88, not reared. Chelmer: Adult emerged from flower-
feeding larva collected 21.v.87. Fitzgibbon: Larva collected 5.vii.89, not
reared. Gailes: 2 larvae collected 4.iii.87, not reared. Larva collected
1.iv.87, not reared. Indooroopilly: Adult emerged from flower-feeding larva
collected 26.iv.88. Larva- collected 25.vii.88, reared on leaves, pupated
29.vii.88, adult emerged 29.viii.88. James Cook University: Larva collected
in Geoscience car park 25.vi.91, reared on flowers and foliage, pupated
2.vii.91, adult emerged 26.vii.91. Junction Hill: 2 larvae collected 16.1.89,
not reared. Lennox Heads: Larva collected 5.vi.90, reared on leaves,
pupated 19.vi.90, adult emerged 19.vii.90. Palm Beach: Larva collected
l.viii.89, reared on leaves, pupated 21.viii.89, adult failed to emerge.
Woodward Park: Larva collected from within inflorescence 29.viii.90, adult
emerged 13.ix.90. Pottsville: Larva collected 6.vi.89, not reared.
Sherwood: Larva collected 10.vii.87, not reared. Stapylton: Larva collected
29.v.90, fed on leaves but died before pupating. Tibrogargan: Larvae
collected 8.iii.89, not reared.
"Boarmia" lithina (Warren).
McFarland (1979) found or reared five species from this genus on members
of six plant families, none of which were Myrtaceae.
Barretts Lagoon: 2 cm brown looper larva collected 12.iii.91, pupated
l.iv.91, adult emerged 11.iv.91. Bribie Island Road: Adult emerged from
foliage-feeding larva collected 27.1.87. Larva collected 20.xii.89, reared on
leaves, pupated 4.1.90, adult emerged 10.i.90. Burpengary: Larva collected
6.11.90, reared on leaves, pupated 12.11.90, adult emerged 27.ii.90.
Caloundra: 2 larvae collected 29.i.90, reared on leaves, one pupated 22.11.90,
adult emerged 7.iii.90. Larva collected 7.xi.90, reared on leaves, pupated
14.xi.90, adult emerged 27.xi.90. Hubinger Road: Larva collected 27.ii.90,
fed on leaves, pupated 5.iii.90, adult emerged 22.11.90. Hyde Park
Shopping Centre: M. leucadendra. 4 larvae collected 21.vi.90, reared on
leaves, 2 pupated 27.vi.90, 1 adult emerged. Indooroopilly: Adult emerged
from foliage-feeding larva collected 21.vi.88. Junction Hill: Adult emerged
from foliage-feeding larva collected 17.1.89. Woodward Park: 3 larvae
collected 20.viii.90, reared on, and pupated in flowers, 1 pupated 13.ix.90 and
emerged 23.ix.90, 2 others pupated 17.ix.90 and both emerged 27.ix.90.
— ~
ee ee
nN
1
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 95
Chloroclystis insigillata Walker.
The larvae of this species are pale, greenish-white with black dots down their
back. This species is also known as a resident of Norfolk Island (Holloway
1982), which is outside of the native range of M. quinquenervia.
Cardwell Swamp: Larvae collected 11.vii.88, fed on flowers, 2 adults
emerged. Feluga Site 2: 7 larvae collected 11.vi.88, fed on flowers, 5 adults
emerged 22.vii.88. Rockingham Road: M. viridiflora. Larvae collected
12.iii.91, reared on flowers, at least one adult emerged 1.iv.91.
Chloroclystis sp. C
Chelmer: Adult emerged from flower-feeding larva collected 21.v.87.
Edmund Kennedy National Park: Larva collected 11.vii.88, adult emerged
25.vii.88. Sherwood: Adult emerged from flower-feeding larva collected
].vii.87.
Cleora repetita Butler.
This species occurs in the Northern Territory and from Cape York to northern
N.S.W., as well as Indonesia (Common 1990). Reported larval food plants
include Fenzlia obtusa (Myrtaceae) (McFarland 1979), Mimosa pigra
(Mimosaceae) (Wilson et al. 1990), Sida acuta (Malvaceae) (Wilson and
Flanagan 1990), Eucalyptus pilularis, Callistemon saligna [sic] (both
Myrtaceae), Flindersia australis (Rutaceae) and avocado (Lauraceae)
(Common 1990).
Indooroopilly: Adult emerged from larva collected 26.iii.87 and reared on
saplings. Larva collected 30.iv.90, reared on saplings, pupated 4.vi.90, adult
emerged 2.vii.90. Larva: collected 12.xi.90, reared on saplings, pupated
4.xii.90, adult emerged 17.xii.90. James Cook University: Larva collected
9.x.89, reared on leaves of juvenile tree, pupated 13.x.89, adult emerged
23.x.89.
Cleora sp. B
James Cook University: Adult emerged from larva collected 25.iii.91 and
reared on a sapling.
Comostola laesaria (Walker).
The larvae of this species are up to 15 mm long and white coloured, with a
dark-brown head capsule.
Byron Bay Industrial Park: Adult emerged from flower-feeding larva
collected 17.vii.88. Palm Beach: 4 larvae collected 17.iv.88, reared on
flowers, 2 pupated 28.iv.88, 2 adults emerged 9.v.88, 2 pupated 3.v.88, 2
adults emerged 9.v.88 and 10.v.88 respectively. Taringa: 2 larvae collected
9.iv.91, reared on flowers, 1 adult emerged 13.v.91.
Gymnoscelis lophopus Turner.
This species occurs in coastal areas from Cairns to northern N.S.W., with the
larvae being reported to feed on flowers of Acacia (Mimosaceae) and
Lantana (Verbenaceae) and sometimes damaging the flowers of Macadamia
(Proteaceae) (Common 1990).
Feluga Site 2: 2 larvae collected 11.vii.88, fed on flowers and leaves, 1 adult
emerged.
96 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Hypodoxa erebusata (Walker).
This species has also been included in the genera Aeolochroma [sic], Pingasa
and Terpna, but will be included under Hypodoxa in the forthcoming
Catalogue of Australian Lepidoptera.
Armstrong Street: 2 leaf-mimicing larvae collected 18.iii.91, reared on
foliage, pupated 1 and 6.iv.91 respectively, 2 adults emerged 14 and 22.iv.91
respectively.
Hyposidra janiaria Guenée.
Young larvae (« 1 cm) are black with several thin white stripes around their
body. As they grow, the white stripes disappear. By the time the larvae are 2
cm long, they have a grey, speckled body, with yellow spots forming bands
around each segment. According to Common (1990), this species is common
in north-western Australia, Northern Territory and from Cape York to central
Queensland, and their larvae have been reported from soybean Glycine max
(Fabaceae) and Citrus (Rutaceae). Wilson et al. (1990) reared this species
from the introduced species, Mimosa pigra (Mimosaceae). All of our
specimens have been collected from our shadehouse Melaleuca cultures, and
have never been found in any of our field collections.
James Cook University (Biosciences shadehouse): 2 larvae collected
26.x.89, reared on leaves, pupated 6.xi.89, 2 adult males emerged 10 and
12.xi.89 respectively. M. new sp. A. Larva collected 6.xi.89, reared on
leaves, pupated 27.xi.89, adult male emerged 5.xii.89. Adult female emerged
from foliage-feeding larva collected 16.xi.89. James Cook University
(USDA shadehouse): Adult male collected 7.iii.90. Larva collected
29.viii.91, reared on leaves, pupated 27.ix.91, 2 Tachinidae (Diptera) parasitic
flies emerged 9.x.91. Larva collected 13.ix.91, pupated 14.ix.91, adult female
emerged 1.x.91. M. new sp. A. Larva collected 26.x.89, reared on leaves,
pupated 12.xi.89, adult male emerged 20.xi.89.
Lobus lithinopa (Meyrick).
This larva is green-brown with a brown head capsule.
Armstrong Street: 8mm larva collected 18.iii.91, reared on leaves, pupated
9.iv.91, adult emerged 17.iv.91. Indooroopilly: Larva collected 12.11.88,
reared on leaves, pupated 28.ii.88, adult emerged 8.iii.88. Pallarenda
Retirement Home: Larva collected 20.ii.90, fed on leaves, pupated 2.11.90,
adult emerged 20.iii.90. Woodward Park: Larva collected 4.v.87, pupated
21.v.87, adult emerged 1.vi.87. Stratford Road: M. leucadendra. Adult
emerged from foliage-feeding larva collected 25.v.87.
Metallochlora militaris (Lucas).
McFarland (1979) reared one adult of this species on Averrhoa carambola
(Oxalidaceae).
Feluga Site 2: Larva collected 28.v.91, reared on flowers, adult emerged
l.viii.91.
Syneora hemeropa (Meyrick).
McFarland (1979) reared three other species of Syneora, each on a different
species of Melaleuca in South Australia.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 97
Bribie Island Road: Adult emerged from foliage-feeding larva collected
2713.87.
Thalasodes quadraria Guenée.
The narrow, elongate, green larva is pointed at both ends. The ventral portion
of the head is produced into a large, laterally-bilobed structure that resembles
the anal prolegs. A red, dorsal stripe runs the full length of the body.
Cardwell Swamp: Larva collected 11.vii.88, reared on flowers, adult
emerged 8.viii.88. Centenary Park: Larva collected 15.vi.88, reared on
flowers, adult emerged 24.vi.88. Feluga Site 2: Adult emerged from flower-
feeding larva 28.v.91. Feluga Site 3: Larva collected 16.vi.91, adult emerged
8.vii.91. | Murrigal: Adult emerged from larva collected 12.xi.90.
Woodward Park: 2 adults emerged from 3 larvae collected 9.vii.90.
Stratford Road: M. leucadendra. Larva collected 16.vi.91, not reared.
Three Mile Creek Park: M. leucadendra. Adult emerged from flower-
feeding larva collected 25.vii.90.
Uliocnemis partita (Walker).
This species can be found from Cape York to northern New South Wales, and
also occurs in India and Borneo (Common 1990), which is outside of the
range of occurrence of M. quinquenervia, but within the range of the closely
related M. cajuputi (Blake 1968).
Three Mile Creek Park: M. leucadendra. Larva collected 25.vii.90, reared
on flowers, adult emerged 14.viii.90.
Undetermined Geometridae sp.
Feluga Site 2: 2 larvae collected 11.vii.88, reared on flowers, 2 adults
emerged 28.vii.88. Forrest Beach West: Larva collected 30.v.88, reared on
flowers, adult emerged 27.vi.88.
Discussion
Although Melaleuca is a diverse and widespread genus, little is known about
the herbivorous insects associated with it. Of 280 Australian moth species
whose food plants were recorded by McFarland (1979), 155 were
Geometridae, but only 9 of these had Melaleuca hosts. Of the dozen moths
listed by Common (1990) in Appendix B (p.490) as having Melaleuca spp.
hosts, none were Geometridae. Thus, the host records for the 17 Geometridae
species presented in this paper are apparently all new.
Despite their diversity and herbivorous habits, Geometridae have seldom
been used as biological control agents. Of 83 Lepidoptera species recorded
By Julien (1992) as having been used for biological control of weeds, only 3
were Geometridae. Currently, none of the Geometridae species from M.
quinquenervia are being studied as biological control agents, although
"Boarmia" lithina, Comostola laesaria, Lobus lithinopa and Thalasodes
quadraria may be worthy of further investigation if sufficient numbers are
collected.
98 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Acknowledgments
We wish to thank Dr. B. Barlow for identification of Melaleuca species.
Thanks are extended to M.F. Purcell, G.J. Bowman, C.R. Maycock, J.R.
Makinson and S.J. Miller for help in collecting and rearing insects. This
study is funded by 8 U.S.A. Federal and State of Florida Agencies: U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers (Jacksonville District); National Park Service;
Florida Dept. Natural Resources; Florida Dept. Environ. Regulation (W. Palm
Beach Office); Florida Dept. Environ. Regulation (Ft. Myers Office); South
Florida Water Management District; Lee County, Florida; Dade County,
Florida.
References
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BURROWS, D.W. and PURCELL, M.F. In press. Australian insects for
the biological control of the paperbark tree, Melaleuca quinquenervia, a serious pest of Florida,
USA, wetlands. /n: Delfosse, E.S. and Scott, R.R. (eds). Proceedings of the 8th International
Symposium on Biological Control of Weeds, 2-7 February 1992, Canterbury, New Zealand.
DSIR/CSIRO, Melbourne.
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BOWMAN, GJ. and EDWARDS, E.D. 1993. Herbivorous insects
associated with the paperbark Melaleuca quinquenervia and its allies: I. Noctuoidea
(Lepidoptera). Australian Entomologist 20: 13-24.
BARLOW, B.A. 1986. Contribution to a revision of Melaleuca (Myrtaceae): 1-3. Brunonia 9:
163-177.
BLAKE, S.T. 1968. A revision of Melaleuca leucadendron and its allies (Myrtaceae).
Contributions Queensland Herbarium, No. 1. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Primary
Industries, Brisbane. 114 pp.
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. xxxii +
535 pp.
COST, N.D. and CRAVER, G.C. 1981. Distribution of Melaleuca in south Florida measured
from the air. Pp 1-8 /n: Geiger, R.K. (ed.) Proceedings of Melaleuca Symposium, Fort Myers,
Florida, September 23-24, 1980. Florida Division of Forestry. Tallahassee.
HABECK, D.H. 1981. Potential for biological control of Melaleuca. Pp 125-129 In: Geiger,
R.K. (ed.) Proceedings of Melaleuca Symposium, Fort Myers, Florida, September 23-24, 1980.
Florida Division of Forestry, Tallahassee.
HOLLIDAY, I. 1989. A Field guide to Melaleucas. Hamlyn, Port Melbourne. 254 pp.
HOLLOWAY, J.D. 1982. Further notes on the Lepidoptera of Norfolk Island, with particular
reference to migrant species. Journal of Natural History 16: 351-365.
JONES, D.L. and ELLIOT, W.R. 1986. Pests, diseases and ailments of Australian plants.
Lothian, Melbourne. 333 pp.
JULIEN, M.H. 1992. Biological control of weeds: A world catalogue of agents and their target
weeds. C.A.B. International, United Kingdom. 186 pp.
MCFARLAND, N. 1979. Annotated list of larval foodplant records for 280 species of
Australian Moths. Pp 1-72. Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society (supplement to Vol. 33).
MORTON, J.F. 1966. The cajeput tree - a boon and an affliction. Economic Botany 20: 31-39.
WILSON, C.G. and FLANAGAN, G.J. 1990. The phytophagous insect fauna of the introduced
shrubs Sida acuta Burm. F. and Sida cordifolia L. in the Northern Territory, Australia.
Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 7-15.
WILSON, C.G., FLANAGAN, G.J. and GILLETT, J.D. 1990. The phytophagous insect fauna
of the introduced shrub Mimosa pigra in northern Australia and its relevance to biological
control. Environmental Entomology 19: 776-784.
Pa
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993 99
TWO NEW SPECIES OF MACROCHELES FROM AUSTRALIA
(ACARINA: MESOSTIGMATA: MACROCHELIDAE)
R.B. HALLIDAY
CSIRO Division of Entomology, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Macrocheles faveolus sp. n. and Macrocheles virgo sp. n. (Acarina: Mesostigmata:
Macrochelidae) are described from leaf litter in northern Queensland.
Introduction
This paper forms part of a series dealing with the Macrocheles of Australia
(Acarina: Mesostigmata: Macrochelidae), a series that will eventually include
data on more than 50 species (Halliday 1986a, 1990). Two species have been
selected for early description because one of them, Macrocheles virgo sp. n.,
was the subject of a biological study, and a name is required before the results
of that study can be published. In order to adequately define M. virgo, it was
also necessary to describe a closely related species, M. faveolus sp. n. The
descriptions are based on specimens in the Australian National Insect
Collection (ANIC). The system of notation used for the dorsal shield setae is
that of Lindquist and Evans (1965) as applied to the Macrochelidae by
Halliday (1986b, 1987). The system of notation used for the leg setae is that
of Evans (1963).
Macrocheles faveolus sp. n. (Figs 1, 2, 4, 6-11)
Types - QUEENSLAND: Holotype female: Mt Tiptree, alt. 840 m,
29.vi.1971, rainforest leaf litter, R.W. Taylor and J. Feehan, ANIC347.
Paratypes (all QUEENSLAND): 41 females, 1 male, same data as holotype;
19 females, Mt Tiptree, alt. 730 m, 29.vi.1971, rainforest leaf litter, R.W.
Taylor and J. Feehan, ANIC345/346; 10 females (* lab-reared progeny of
these, comprising 1 male, 4 deutonymphs, 1 protonymph, 4 larvae), Mt
Tiptree, 13.vii.1984, rainforest leaf litter; R. B. Halliday, QLD22-18; 6
females, Tully Falls, 4.x.1978, rainforest leaf litter, A. Walford-Huggins,
ANIC683; 1 female, Cooktown, base of Mt Cook, May 1981, dung-baited
pitfall trap, J. Feehan, QLD11-23a; 2 females, Lake Barrine, 1.vii.1971,
rainforest leaf litter, R.W. Taylor and J. Feehan; 5 females, Cammoo Caves
(near Rockhampton), 25.x.1976, dense forest, R.W. Taylor and T. Weir,
ANIC535; 1 female, 1 male, Mt Haig, alt 1140 m, 30.vi.1971, rainforest leaf
litter, R.W. Taylor and J. Feehan, ANIC349; 1 female, Ravenshoe State
Forest, 1.x.1987, rainforest leaf litter, A. Walford-Huggins; 1 female,
Eungella National Park, 10.xi.1976, R.W. Taylor and T. Weir, ANIC563; 25
females, Eacham National Park, 27.iv.1973, rainforest leaf litter, R.W.
Taylor, ANIC466.
Female
Colour: In life, dark brown, often with much adhering debris.
100 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Dorsal shield (Fig. 1): Oval shaped; anterior and antero-lateral margins
smooth, slightly undulating, postero-lateral margins with fine serrations and
widely spaced larger teeth, posterior margin finely serrated; length 731-857
um, width 542-630 um (n=20); ornamented throughout with an irregular
pattern of polygonal cells separated by ridges; this pattern most strongly
developed postero-medially and weakest antero-medially; each polygonal cell
enclosing many minute papillae; shield with 29 pairs of setae and 22 pairs of
pores. Setae z1 fine, smooth, short, curved sharply inwards at the base; j5, z5,
j6, z6, Jl, J5 fine, pointed, lightly pilose, all other setae long, distally
thickened, heavily pilose.
Ventral surface: Sternal shield (Fig. 2) highly ornamented, divided into a
series of irregular polygonal fields separated by ridges; antero-lateral fields
finely granular, posterior fields with a smaller number of smooth papillae;
medial and postero-medial area of shield usually with approximately 8 much
smaller fields; shield with 3 pairs of setae and 2 pairs of lyriform pores;
anterior pair of setae long and distally pilose, second and third pairs of setae
shorter, smooth or very lightly pilose. Epigynial shield similarly ornamented,
with straight posterior margin and indistinct irregular anterior margin,
epigynial setae strongly pilose for most of their length. Metasternal plates
unornamented, each with an anterior pore and a coarsely pilose posterior seta.
Ventri-anal shield (Fig. 4) wider than long, length 252-307 um, length 319-
399 um, ratio length/width 1.14-1.39 (n=20). Shield strongly ornamented
with an irregular pattern of polygonal fields separated by ridges, each field
enclosing a large number of small papillae; shield carrying 3 pairs of pre-anal
setae, a pair of para-anal setae and an unpaired post-anal seta; pre-anal setae
coarsely pilose for most of their length, para-anal setae smooth and pointed,
post-anal seta short, distally pilose. Unsclerotised integument laterad of
ventri-anal shield striated, with 2 pairs of metapodal plates and 5 pairs of
strongly pilose setae.
Gnathosoma: Epistome with a long bifurcate median process, lightly
spiculate basally, pointed lateral processes, and serrated lateral margins (Fig.
6). Fixed digit of chelicera with two triangular teeth, a low blunt proximal
tooth and a terminal hook (Fig. 7); pilus dentilis short and fine, dorsal seta
conspicuous, flattened; movable digit with two triangular teeth and a terminal
hook. Hypostome with 5 rows of denticles, each row with more than 20
denticles, and a smooth anterior transverse line, denticles in middle row
noticeably fewer and coarser than the other 4 rows (Fig. 8). Other features of
gnathosoma normal for genus.
Spermathecal structures: Sacculus foemineus with two sessile rami opening
into a single unpaired sac (Fig. 9).
Legs: Surface of legs strongly rugose, especially on the dorsal surface of each
segment. Chaetotaxy: Leg I: coxa 0 0/1 0/1 0, trochanter 1 0/1 0/2 1, femur 2
3/1 2/3 2, genu 2 3/1 2/1 2, tibia 2 3/2 2/1 2; Leg II: coxa 0 0/1 0/1 0,
trochanter 1 0/1 0/2 1, femur 2 3/1 2/2 1, genu 2 3/1 2/1 2, tibia 2 2/1 2/1 2,
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993 101
Fig 1. Macrocheles faveolus sp. n.: dorsal shield of female. Scale bar
represents 100 um.
102 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
tarsus 3 3/2 3/2 3 + mv, md; Leg III: coxa 0 0/1 0/1 0, trochanter 1 1/1 0/1 1,
femur 1 2/1 1/0 1, genu 1 2/1 2/0 1, tibia 1 1/1 2/1 1, tarsus 3 3/2 3/2 3 + mv,
md; Leg IV: coxa 0 0/1 0/0 0, trochanter 1 1/2 0/1 0, femur 1 2/1 1/0 1, genu
1 2/1 2/0 O, tibia 1 1/1 2/1 1, tarsus 3 3/2 3/2 3 + mv, md. Most dorsal and
lateral setae strongly pilose in their distal half, ventral setae finer and smooth
or lightly pilose. Postero-lateral seta on tibia IV strongly expanded, much
longer and thicker than the other setae on this segment, with a fringe of short
pilosity at the tip (Fig 10). Postero-lateral setae on tarsus IV lightly pilose,
much longer and thicker than antero-lateral setae on this segment. Pre-tarsi II-
IV with opercula long, projecting well beyond claws, trifurcate; lateral lobes
of pulvillus similar in length to medial lobe.
Male
Colour: In life, yellow-brown, often with much adhering debris.
Dorsal shield: Length 596-609 um, width 462-470 um (n=3), structure and
chaetotaxy as for female.
Ventral surface: Sternal, epigynial, metasternal, metapodal, and ventri-anal
shields all fused to form a single holoventral shield. Shield ornamented
throughout with papillae arranged in groups; 4-8 papillae per group in sternal
and genital areas, 10-20 per group in ventri-anal area; shield carrying 9 pairs
of setae and the post-anal seta, setae all fine, smooth, pointed except for slight
pilosity on the pre-anal setae; most pores obscured by ornamentation.
Figs 2-5. Macrocheles spp., females: (2) M. faveolus sp. n., sternal shield;
(3) M. virgo sp. n., sternal shield; (4) M. faveolus sp. n., ventri-anal shield; (5)
M. virgo sp. n., ventri-anal shield. Scale bar represents 100 um.
: LU. A, 4 NC a vk f um 5
La
Bd
Lol
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993 103
Figs 6-12. Macrocheles spp. (6) - (11) Macrocheles faveolus sp. n.: (6)
epistome of female; (7) chelicera of female; (8) hypostome of female; (9)
sacculus foemineus of female; (10) tibia and tarsus IV of female, dorsal
aspect, pre-tarsus not shown; (11) chelicera of male; (12) Macrocheles virgo
sp. n., tibia and tarsus IV, dorsal aspect, pre-tarsus not shown. Scale bar
represents 100 um for (6), (7), (8), (9), (11), (12); 160 um for (10).
104 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Gnathosoma: Fixed digit of chelicera with 3 triangular teeth and a terminal
hook, movable digit with one triangular tooth and a terminal hook,
spermatodactly long, curved, gently tapering to a fine sharply recurved tip
(Fig. 11). Other features of gnathosoma as for female.
Legs: Structure and chaetotaxy as for female, except with the addition of a
thumb-like spur on the ventral surface of femur II, seta av on genu II and tibia
II reduced to a short thick spine; leg IV unarmed.
Notes
A female specimen of M. faveolus collected alive from Mt Tiptree laid eggs
in the laboratory, and one of these developed into an adult male. This
observation is consistent with the most common mode of reproduction in the
genus, arrhenotokous parthenogenesis. This lab-reared male was used as the
basis for identifying the two field-collected males.
Macrocheles virgo sp. n. (Figs 3, 5, 12, 13)
Types - QUEENSLAND: Holotype female: 45 km N of Cairns, Cook
Highway, 13.1.1991, sandy littoral rainforest litter, M. Manning; Paratypes: 1
female, same data as holotype; 3 females, Mt Webb National Park, 28.iv.-
3.v.1981, dung baited pitfall trap, A. Calder and J. Feehan.
Female
Colour: In life, dark brown, often with much adhering debris.
Dorsal shield (Fig. 13): Oval shaped; anterior and antero-lateral margins
smooth, slightly undulating, postero-lateral margins with fine serrations and
widely spaced larger teeth, posterior margin finely serrated; length 693-928
um, width 529-676 um (n=6); ornamented throughout with an irregular
pattern of polygonal cells separated by ridges; this pattern equally distinct
throughout, including antero-median region; each polygonal cell enclosing
many minute papillae; shield with 29 pairs of setae and 22 pairs of pores. Seta
zl coarsely pilose for most of its length, all other dorsal shield setae long,
distally thickened, heavily pilose; only z5 noticeably thinner and more lightly
pilose than surrounding setae.
Ventral surface: Sternal shield (Fig. 3) highly ornamented, divided into a
series of irregular polygonal fields separated by ridges; polygonal fields all
enclosing very large numbers of minute papillae; medial and postero-medial
region of shield usual.y with approximately 8 smaller fields; shield with 3
pairs of setae and 2 pairs of lyriform pores; anterior pair of setae long, heavily
pilose distally; second and third pairs of setae much shorter, fine, smooth,
pointed. Epigynial and metasternal shields as for M. faveolus. Ventri-anal
shield (Fig. 5) wider than long, length 252-327 um, width 323-432 um, ratio
length/width 1.26-1.54 (n=6); structure of shield and surrounding integument
as for M. faveolus.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993 105
Fig. 13. Macrocheles virgo sp. n. Dorsal shield of female. Scale bar
represents 100 um.
106 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
Gnathosoma: Epistome, chelicera, and hypostome as for M. faveolus.
Spermathecal structures not clearly visible in any of the available specimens.
Legs: Chaetotaxy as for M. faveolus, except tibia and tarsus IV lacking
conspicuous macrosetae, postero-lateral setae on these segments similar in
size and morphology to the surrounding setae (Fig 12).
Male: Unknown.
Discussion
Macrocheles faveolus and M. virgo may be distinguished on the basis of three
characters — (1) dorsal shield setae z1 are fine and smooth in M. faveolus,
but coarsely pilose for most of their length in M. virgo; (2) the polygonal
fields in the postero-lateral area of the sternal shield of M. faveolus are
smooth, or composed of no more than 12 large smooth papillae, while those
of M. virgo contain great numbers of very fine papillae; (3) M. faveolus has
postero-lateral macrosetae of distinctive morphology on tibia and tarsus IV,
while in M. virgo these setae are similar in size and structure to the
surrounding setae on these segments. Together these two species may be
distinguished from other members of the genus by the following combination
of characters—29 pairs of dorsal shield setae; most dorsal shield setae very
thick and heavily pilose; ventri-anal shield wider than long, with distinctive
polygonal ornamentation; most ventral shield setae pilose. The two species
have overlapping geographic ranges in northern Queensland, and have been
found together at Mt Tiptree.
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank Mr Matt Manning of Monash University for access to
specimens of M. virgo, and John Green and Chris Hunt for assistance with the
illustrations.
References
EVANS, G. O., 1963. Observations on the chaetotaxy of the legs in the free-living Gamasina
(Acari: Mesostigmata). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zoology 10: 277-303.
HALLIDAY, R. B., 1986a. Mites of the Macrocheles glaber group in Australia (Acarina,
Macrochelidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 733-752.
HALLIDAY, R. B., 1986b. On the systems of notation used for the dorsal setae in the family
Macrochelidae (Acarina). International Journal of Acarology 12: 27-35.
HALLIDAY, R. B., 1987. Further observations on the dorsal idiosomal chaetotaxy in the
Macrochelidae (Acarina). International Journal of Acarology 13: 51-53.
HALLIDAY, R. B., 1990. Mites of the Macrocheles muscaedomesticae group in Australia
(Acarina: Macrochelidae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 3: 407-430.
LINDQUIST, E. E. and EVANS, G. O., 1965. Taxonomic concepts in the Ascidae, with a
modified setal nomenclature for the idiosoma of the Gamasina (Acarina: Mesostigmata).
Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Canada 47: 1-64.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993 107
A NEW SUBSPECIES OF POLYURA SACCO SMART
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) FROM VANUATU
R. B. LACHLAN
Associate, Entomology Department, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W.
2000
Abstract
Polyura sacco santoensis subsp. nov. is recorded from the northern islands of Espiritu Santo
and Malekula, Vanuatu. P. s. sacco Smart is newly recorded from Erromango, southern
Vanuatu.
Introduction
One species of Polyura Billberg, P. sacco Smart, 1977, has been described
from Vanuatu, a chain of islands stretching over 800 km from south of the
Solomon Islands to east of New Caledonia. The original specimens were
taken in 1975/76 on the southern island of Tanna. .In 1988 I collected two
males and three females on the northern island of Espiritu Santo which
differ noticeably from those of the south.
Polyura sacco santoensis subsp. n.
(Figs 1-7)
Types - VANUATU, Port Olry, Espiritu Santo Island: holotype 9, 2.1.1988,
R. B. Lachlan (Australian Museum, Sydney); paratypes 2 7, 1 9, 2.1.1988,
4..1988 and 9.1.1988, R. B. Lachlan (Australian Museum, Sydney and
author's collection).
Description
Both sexes differ from the nominate race as follows:
Upperside. Forewing with yellow spots much reduced in size; yellow
median band in cells CuA1, CuA2 and 2A reduced in width particularly in
cd, Hindwing yellow median band narrower in both sexes; median band
bordered distally by a much narrower diffuse blue-green scaling,
particularly so in the 9 where it is reduced to an exceptionally thin line of
lunules.
Underside. Much of the red-brown ground colour is diffused by silver
scaling, particularly in basal areas; silvering much more evident in ? where
the hindwing subbasal tawny band is completely silvered; distal third of
forewing cells CuA2 and 2A blackened.
Discussion
P. s. santoensis can be distinguished from P. s. sacco by the reduced
spotting and narrower median bands on the upperside, and the increased
diffuse silver scaling of the underside that is particularly evident in
females.
P. s. sacco has been recorded previously only from restricted areas on the
108 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993
Figs 1-3. (1-2) Polyura sacco santoensis, paratype d,
underside; (3) Polyura sacco sacco, d" upperside.
1 upperside, 2
109
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993
holotype 9, 4 upperside, 5
(4-5) Polyura sacco santoensis,
underside; (6) Polyura sacco sacco, 9 underside.
Figs 4-6.
110 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993
Torres
y Islands
(6)
o
Os
D anks Islands 14°
Espiritu Santo
a)
i
— 16°
A Ambrym
Malekula
z
Suai] 8
Fig. 7. Distribution of Polyura sacco: %% subspecies sacco, @ subspecies
santoensis subsp. n.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sept 1993 111
island of Tanna in the southern Vanuatu archipelago (Smart 1977, Smiles
1982). In the Australian Museum there are two specimens from the
neighbouring island of Erromango, immediately north of Tanna (19^, Dillon
Bay, 31.viii.10; 1%, Erromango [sic.], K15894). P. s. santoensis is found
some 400 km to the north of P. s. sacco and although there are numerous
islands located between the known localities for the two subspecies they
appear to be geographically isolated. No specimens are known from
intervening islands and there is a gap in the island chain of over 100 km
between Erromango and Efate (Fig. 7). I have collected extensively on the
islands of Efate and Ambrym on many occasions during most months of
the year but have never sighted Polyura. Father Sacco (pers. comm.) has
not sighted Polyura on these intervening islands despite having resided in
the region for many years. Apart from the first damaged ? captured flying
along a road 8 km S of Port Olry, all sightings of P. s. santoensis occurred
when the adults were feeding on the fermenting sap of Mandarin Orange,
Citrus reticulata Blanco, within 2 m of the ground. A single sighting of P.
sacco was made by Father Sacco at the northern end of the island of
Malekula in 1990 (pers. comm.). Presumably this is P. s. santoensis and
represents the only other known locality for this subspecies. Unlike P. s.
sacco on Tanna, P. s. santoensis is very difficult to locate even in suitable
habitats. I have collected extensively in many different localities on
Espiritu Santo and not sighted further specimens. The food plant is
unknown.
Acknowlegements
I would like to thank Father Albert Sacco for making me welcome on his
Missions at Port Olry, Espiritu Santo and more recently at Olal, north
Ambrym, and for providing much support, information and guidance. I
also thank him for his gift of several specimens of P. s. sacco many of
which will be donated to the Australian Museum on his behalf. I also
thank Mr M.S. Moulds, Australian Museum, for the photographs of P. s.
santoensis and for providing, along with Dr C. N. Smithers, Australian
Museum, helpful comments on the manuscript. Mrs B. Moulds typed the
manuscript for which I am most grateful.
References
SMART, P. 1977. A new species of Polyura (Lep.: Charaxinae) from the New Hebrides
with some notes on allied species in the Australian region. Bulletin of the Amateur
Entomologist s Society: 36: 56-62.
SMILES, R.L. 1982. The taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Polyura Billberg
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Ent.) 44:
115-237.
112 Aust. Entomologist 20 (3) Sep 1993
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
ADAMS, P.B.
(1991). — Variation, multiple pollinators and breeding system in Dendrobium speciosum Smith: a biological review. Orchadian
10: 124-140.
ALLSOPP, P.G.
(1993). Evidence for sex attraction in three species of Australian canegrub beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae).
Coleopts Bull. 47: 51-52.
ANDERSEN, A.L.
(1992). The rainforest ant fauna of the northern Kimberley region of Western Australia (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 31: 187-192.
ANDERSEN, A.N. and YEN, A.L.
(1992). | Canopy ant communities in the semi-arid mallee region of north-western Victoria. Aust. J. ZOol. 40: 205-214.
ATKINS, A. p
(1993). Biological, behavioural, and distributional records of some butterflies from New South Wales. Vict. Ent. 23: 54-56.
AUSTIN, A.D. and DANGERFIELD, P.C.
(1992). Synopsis of Australasian Microgastrinae (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), with a key to genera and description of new taxa.
Invert. Taxon. 6: 1-76.
AUSTIN, A.D. and WHARTON, R.A.
(1992). New records of subfamilies, tribes and genera of Braconidae (Insecta: Hymenoptera) from Australia, with description
of seven new species. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 116: 41-63.
AUSTIN, A.D., WHARTON, R.A. and DANGERFIELD, P.C.
(1993). Revision of the endemic Australian subfamily Trachypetinae Schulz s.l. (including Cercobarconinae Tobias)
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae). Syst. Ent. 18: 97-119.
BAKER, G.L. and DYSART, R.J.
(1992). Development of Scelio bipartitus Kieffer (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) in diapause eggs of Gastrimargus musicus (F.)
(Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 241-242.
BANKS, C.B.
(1992). Notes on egg-laying in an Australian stick-insect (Phasmatodea). Vict. Ent. 22: 116-117.
BARKER, S.C. :
(1991). Taxonomic review of the Heterodoxus octoseriatus group (Phthiraptera: Boopidae). from rock-wallabies with the
description of three new species. Syst. Parasit. 19: 1-16.
(1991). Phylogeny of the Heterodoxus octoseriatus group (Phthiraptera: Boopidae) from rock-wallabies (Marsupialia:
Petrogale). Syst. Parasit. 19: 17-24.
(1991). Evolution of host-parasite associations among species of lice and rock-wallabies: Coevolution? (J.F.A. Sprent Prize
Lecture, Aug. 1990). Int. J. Parasit. 21: 497-501.
BARKER, S.C., BRISCOE, D.A. and CLOSE, R.L.
(1992). Phylogeny inferred from allozymes in the Heterodoxus octoseriatus group of species (Phthiraptera: Boopidae). Aust. J.
Zool. 40: 411-122.
BARKER, S.C., BRISCOE, D.A., CLOSE, R.L. and DALLAS, P. t
(1991). Genetic variation in the Heterodoxus octoseriatus group (Phthiraptera): a test of Price's model of parasitic evolution.
Int. J. Parasit. 21: 555-563.
BARKER, S.C., CLOSE, R.L. and BRISCOE, D.A.
(1991). Genetic divergence in Heterodoxus octoseriatus (Phthiraptera). /nt. J. Parasit. 21: 479-482.
BARRACLOUGH, D.A. ,
(1992). The systematics of the Australasian Dexiini (Diptera: Tachinidae: Dexiinae) with revisions of endemic genera. Invert.
Taxon. 6: 1127-1371.
BARTAREAU, T.
(1993). Some observations on the pollination of Dendrobium monophyllum F. Muell. in north-east Queensland. Orchadian
10: 446-450, pl. 6.
BELLAMY, C.L.
(1991). Further review of the genus Maoraxia Obenberger (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Invert. Taxon. 5: 457-468.
BEUTEL, R.G.
(1993). Phylogenetic analysis of Adephaga (Coleoptera) based on characters of the larval head. Syst. Ent. 18: 127-147.
BICKEL, D.J.
(1992). The Australian Sympycninae (Diptera: Dolichopodidae): introduction and description of a new genus, Yumbera.
Invert. Taxon. 6: 1005-1017.
BLAND, R.G. and RENTZ, D.C.F.
(1991). Studies in Australian Gryllacrididae: the postventriculus as a taxonomic character. Invert. Taxon. 5: 443-455.
BOROWIEC, L.
(1990). — A review of the genus Cassida L. of the Australian Region and Papuan Subregion. Genus 1: 1-51.
BOWER, C.C.
(1992). The use of pollinators in the taxonomy of sexually deceptive orchids in the subtribe Caladeniinae (Orchidaceae).
Orchadian 10: 331-338.
SEMMENS, T.D., McQUILLAN, P.B. and HAYHURST, G.
(1992). Catalogue of the insects of Tasmania. 104 pp. Department of Primary Industry: Tasmania.
ZWICK, P.
(1990. Transatlantic relationships in the Plecoptera. Pp. 141-148. /n Campbell, LC. (ed.), Mayflies and stoneflies: life
histories and biologies. Proc. 5th Int. Ephemeroptera Conf. and 9th Int. Plecoptera Conf. Kluwer Academic
Publishers: Dordrecht, The Netherlands.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES.
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices. nal :
Suppliers of fine quality insect specimens - for. both the amateur and
professional collector. Our latest catalogue contains over 1200 species « of
Papilionidae, Nymphalidae, Satyridae, Lycaenidae, | Saturniidae,
Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Lucanidae and many. other families from
North and South America, Africa, Europe, Australia, Papua New Guinea,
Solomons, Russia, etc. Many : rare and hard to get species are available.
We also supply preset material. The Insect COUN, P.O. Box: 618, —
Cooktown, Qld, 4871.
FOR SALE. Rosewood insect cabinet. Block of four units. "e sip 10
drawers. Drawer size 680 mm x 600 mm. Each drawer lined with -
polyethylene foam. Depth of drawers suitable for 38 mm pins or unit.
trays. Overall dimensions: height 1350 mm, width 1450 mm, depth 640
mm. Unit has polyurethane coated pine work top and sits on a 75 mm
high recessed meranti base. Price $3950. Phone (07) 877 LER. (Bus.),
/—.. (07) 376 5973 (A/H).
FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, Africa, Europe etc. Specialists in
Morphidae, Brassolidae, Papilionidae. Many ex- pupae specimens. Write
for our 12- -page Lepidoptera catalogue: Transworld Butterfly SIE s
Apartado 6951, 10000 San Jose, Costa Rica, C. America.
; NOTES FOR AUTHORS.
eE nini i publication should, preferably, be typewritten, double spaced. and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style. — 7 :
_ All papers. will be forwarded to two referees and the editor | CECINIT the right to. reject any :
paper considered unsuitable. oe
Papers longer than eight printed ET pages will normally not us Posen
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. SManscdds oe
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Ee: charees may, be siete
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
. Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted. at hes size they a are to to appear
dn the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
- Address papers to: - DrKJ. Lambkin, Editor
E . The Australian Entomologist
- Queensland. Museum.
P.O. Box 3300 * :
` South Brisbane, , Queensland, ES
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist -
(Formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) Volume 20, Part 3, 30 September 1993
CONTENTS
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BURROWS, D.W. and EDWARDS, E.D.
Herbivorous insects associated with the paperbark tree x
be Melaleuca usquam and its allies: II. Geometridae (Lepidoptera). _ 91
HALLIDAY, RB. t
Two new species of Yeas from Australia i
‘ esis Mesostigmata: Macrochelidae). = SeN 99
LACHLAN, RB. -
.. Anew subspecies of Polyura. sacco Smart aie š ' 4
e (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) f from Vanuatu. i 107 —
RAJAKULENDRAN, S, PIGOTT, R. and BAKER, G. n
. Biology and phenology of giant grasshopper, Valanga irregularis
- (Walker) (Orthoptera: Acrididae: Crytacanthacridinae), —
A a pest of citrus, in central western New South Wales. E: a ah 81
RECENT LITERATURE seco B
An accumulative E Da of Australian ob eee aE
> ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES.
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
PAO: ee
Volume 20, Part 4, 17 Dec 1993
Price: $5.00 per part
d by Australia Post — Publication No. QBQ 4856
Wht
q6259 7
MUSEUM OF VICTORIA
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
independently and subscription to the journal is not included with membership of the
Society.
The Editorial Panel J To
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin ARN
Queensland Museum ğ DAE
Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels | RS ties AEN
University of Queensland | 9q. \
Dr G.B. Monteith | i
Queensland Museum
Business Manager Dr A.P. Mackey ULL
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Old, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions AS20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of
March-June and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the
Society's News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd.
Cover: Callistoleon erythrocephalum (Leach) CULO PET Myrmeleontidae)
is one of the most attractive of Australian lacewings. It occurs in both coastal
and inland areas from northern Queensland to the central coast of New South
Wales. Larvae are of ant-lion type, excavating pits in sand and loose soil.
Illustration by Geoff Thompson.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 113
NEW LARVAL FOOD PLANTS FOR TWO AUSTRALIAN FRUIT-
FEEDING LYCAENID BUTTERFLIES
W.T. COOPER!, W. COOPER! and G.B. MONTEITH?
1PO Box 314, Malanda, Qld, 4885
2Queensland Museum, Box 3300, South Brisbane, Qld, 4101
Abstract
New larval food plants are recorded for Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman (Salacia
disepala (Hippocrateaceae) and Celastris subspicata (Celastraceae)) and Deudorix epijarbas dido
Waterhouse (Salacia disepala).
Introduction
Larvae of three related genera of Australian lycaenids, Virachola, Deudorix
and Bindahara feed on seeds inside the fruits of various woody trees and
vines. This contribution records additional food plant records for two
species. All fruits were collected from rainforest at Topaz (17°25'S 145°42'E)
at an altitude of 680 m on the south-eastern edge of the Atherton Tableland,
northern Queensland. Infested fruits were held in small glass aquaria with
soil, a few dead leaves and twigs, until the adult butterflies emerged.
Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman
Three observations were made. (1) A caterpillar was found in the seed of a
fruit (2.5 cm dia.) of the vine, Salacia disepala (C.T. White)
(Hippocrateaceae) on 28.1.1992. On 31 January it pupated under the edge of
loose bark on a rotten branchlet. On 25 March an adult male emerged. (2) A
caterpillar was found in a seed of S. disepala in early February 1992. It
pupated inside a curled dead leaf on 9 February and an adult female emerged
on 21 February. (3) A caterpillar was found on a fruit (1 cm dia.) of the vine,
Celastris subspicata Hook. (Celastraceae) on 1.iii.1992. Pupation was not
directly observed but an adult female emerged on 25 March.
The only previously recorded food plant for B. p. yurgama in Australia is the
vine, Salacia chinensis L., which grows along beachfronts. Storey and
Lambkin (1983), who described its life history on that vine, suggested that S.
disepala may be a food plant in the higher elevated parts of the butterfly's
range. This is confirmed. Celastris and Salacia are related because both
genera are sometimes placed together in the Celastraceae e.g. Morley &
Toelken, 1983.
Deudorix epijarbas dido Waterhouse
In January 1992 a fruit of S. disepala was found to contain a caterpillar,
which pupated on 19 January on a curled dead leaf. An adult male emerged
on February 1.
The taxonomic status of the two subspecies of Deudorix epijarbas as
recognised by Common and Waterhouse (1981), viz. D. e. diovis Hewitson
114 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
and D.e. dido, is at present unclear. Both occur sympatrically in north
Queensland. Dunn & Dunn (1991) have summarised the situation and have
tentatively treated Deudorix diovis as a full species.
The specimen bred from S. disepala has veins on the upperside of hind wing
contrastingly black for most of their length indicating that it belongs to the
taxon D.e.dido.
Larval host records for D. diovis include Harpullia pendula Planchon
(Common and Waterhouse 1981) and Cupaniopsis anacardioides (A. Rich.)
Radlk. (De Baar 1983) [both Sapindaceae], Macadamia sp. and
Buckinghamia celsissima F. Muell. (Common and Waterhouse 1981) [both
Protaceae] Host records for D. e. dido include Sarcopteryx martyana (F.
Muell.) Radlk. (Sankowsky 1991) and Litchi chinensis Sonner (Storey and
Rogers 1980) [both Sapindaceae], Connarus conchocarpus F. Muell. (T.A.
Lambkin, P.R. Samson pers. comm.) [Connaraceae] and Caryota rumphiana
Mart. (Common and Waterhouse 1981) [Arecaceae].
The present record of S. disepala adds a new species and family of plants to
the food plant list for these attractive butterflies.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus & Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Privately published by the authors.
De BAAR, M. 1983. New food plants, life history notes and distribution records for some
Australian Lepidoptera. Australian Entomological Magazine 9: 97-98.
MORLEY, B.D. and TOELKEN, H.R. 1983. Flowering plants in Australia. 416 pp. Rigby,
Adelaide.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1991. New food plants for various Queensland butterflies. Australian
Entomological Magazine 18: 9-19.
STOREY, R.I. and LAMBKIN, T.A. 1983. Notes on the life history of Bindahara phocides
yurgama Couchman (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 10: 35-38.
STOREY, R.I. and ROGERS, D.J. 1980. Lepidopterous pests of the litchi in north Queensland.
Queensland Journal of Agricure and Animal Science 37: 207-212.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 115
QUEENSLAND'S RAINFOREST CANOPIES - A MITEY
CORNUCOPIA
David Evans WALTER
Department of Entomology and Centre for Tropical Pest Management, University of Queensland,
Brisbane, Qld, 4072
Recent research, relying on the rain of arthropods that falls after the
application of a chemical fog or spray, has clearly demonstrated that insects
are abundant and diverse in the canopies of Australian rainforests (Bassett
1991; Kitching et al. 1993). Although estimates of insect species number
may have been too enthusiastic (Monteith 1990), actual arthropod diversity
and abundance are grossly underestimated by these chemical knockdown
techniques because of their strong bias against small arthropods, especially
mites (Walter et al. 1994). Like the soil beneath the canopy, rainforest trees
themselves are infused with a terrestrial plankton, composed primarily of
minute, scurrying, eight-legged arthropods.
To demonstrate this, I obtained estimates of the number of mites inhabiting
the leaves of rainforest trees.. Extendable pole-pruners were used to clip
leaves from the canopies of a scentless rosewood and a native gardenia
adjacent to Mick's Tower, O'Reilly's Rainforest Retreat, Lamington National
Park (one of the sites reported in Kitching et al. 1993) on 10.iii.1993, and to
clip the large, compound leaves of a brown tamarind at the CSIRO forestry
research tower at Curtain Fig near Atherton on 24.iv.1993. Leaves were
placed in plastic bags and chilled until mites could be counted and collected
using a fibre optic-illuminated stereomicrosope. I also counted the number of
leaves per branch on a sample of branches, and the number of branches per
tree on each of these, relatively small, rainforest trees. The mean number of
leaves per branch (rounded down) times the number of branches gave
conservative estimates of the number of leaves per tree (Table 1).
Table 1. Estimates of the number of mites inhabiting leaves of some
rainforest trees in Queensland. Only estimates of mites living on leaves are
given.
Site Tree Species Height Leaves/Tree Mites/Leaf Mites/Tree
Curtain Fig Diploglottis 26m 4,000 95.4+ 12.2 381,600
diphyllostegia (n= 15)
O'Reilly's Synoum 12m 16,500 28.3 42.8 466,950
glandulosum (n = 45)
O'Reilly's Randia 10m 34,000 10.92 + 1.3 371,280
benthamiana (n = 50)
116 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Rather than being relatively rare (Kitching et al. 1993) or absent (Basset
1991), as implied by previous studies, Australian rainforest canopies are
covered in mites, numerous species and uncountable numbers (Table 1).
Many thousands of other mites live on stems and bark, in flowers and
epiphytes, and as commensals and parasites on many of the insects and all of
the vertebrates that also inhabit these trees. This richness of animals must
have consequences for the canopy system, especially those resulting from the
feeding of the predatory and scavenging-fungivore mites that made up the
vast majority of the mites discovered.
References
BASSET, Y. 1991. The taxonomic composition of the arthropod fauna associated with an
Australian rainforest tree. Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 171-190.
KITCHING, R.L., BERGELSON, J.M., LOWMAN, M.D., McINTYRE, S. and
CARRUTHERS, G. 1993. The biodiversity of arthropods from Australian rainforest canopies:
General introduction, methods, sites and ordinal results. Australian Journal of Ecology 18: 181-
191.
MONTEITH, G.B. 1990. Rainforest insects: Biodiversity, bioguesstimation, or just hand-
waving? Myrmecia 26: 93-95.
WALTER, D.E., ODOWD, D.J. and BARNES, V. 1994. The forgotten arthropods: foliar mites
in the forest canopy. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 117
DESCRIPTION OF THE EGG OF A SPECIES OF ONCHESTUS STÀL
(PHASMATODEA: PHASMATIDAE)
Stephen J. Fellenberg
Entomology Department, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
The egg of a species of Onchestus is described and illustrated.
Introduction
Descriptions of phasmatid eggs have been mostly limited to known species
of economic importance or those found to be easily cultured under laboratory
conditions. Only about 596 of the known eggs have been described (Clark
1976; Bedford 1978). The fine structure provides excellent taxonomic
features (Key 1991).
Two endemic species of Onchestus were listed in Vickery's 1983 catalogue
of Australian stick insects, but more undescribed species exist in collections
and at the present time positive identification of species is not possible. Eggs
of the genus have not previously been recorded. Twelve eggs from the
ovipositors and opercula of two dried specimens of an unidentified species of
Onchestus from north-western New South Wales are described herein. A
sample of eggs glued to card, has been attached to the pin of each specimen.
Terminology follows that of Clark (1976). Fig. 3 shows the dimensions of
length, height and width of the eggs. Measurements are in millimetres and
ratios for height/length, width/height and width/length are given as
percentages.
Material examined
New South Wales: 6 eggs extracted from a dried adult ?, Carinda, 16.1.1934,
W. A. Wass. 6 eggs extracted from a dried adult ?, Tongo Stn, NNW of
Wilcannia, 30°30’S, 143°45’E, 18.11.1929, Mr W. Magnussen (K58858). In
Australian Museum.
Description (Figs 1, 2)
No capitulum present; operculum with raised area centred dorsoventrally and
offset laterally; operculum angle -10?. Quite convex on dorsal surface and
almost flat on ventral surface. Micropylar plate raised (0.1 mm) in a keel-like
shape, extending along dorsal aspect from just below the operculum to the
posterior pole and terminating sublaterally (raised at posterior pole 0.5 - 0.6
(mean 0.56) mm); parallel-sided. Colour of entire capsule, including
operculum, fawn to dark brown with black patches throughout; micropylar
plate creamy to off-white. Texture smooth, although appearing granular under
magnification of 25 times.
Dimensions (n=6): height 3.40-3.50 (mean 3.45); length (extension of
ale
:ntomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
E
Aust.
] mm.
o
[27
E
o
o
a
n
[s]
TS
n
nm
9
©
~
a
2
af
o
o
A
n
e
T
b
o
2
S
—^
E
a
n
ke]
2
n
e
Y
Ss
S
z2
Q
=
©
oD
5D
jaa)
ai
à
ved
ue
dy
E
line
P
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 119
ZA Operculum
Micropylar
plate
Capsule
b
Fig. 3. Generalised egg of Onchestus sp.: (a) lateral aspect; (b) dorsal aspect.
micropylar plate included) 5.70-5.94 (mean 5.82); width 2.50-2.50 (mean
2.50); micropylar plate (at centre) 0.2-0.2 (mean 0.2); height/length 57-61
(mean) 59); width/length 42-44 (mean 43); width/height 71-74 (mean 712.5).
Discussion
Onchestus was placed by Günther (1953) in the Phasmatini and the egg
recorded herein is similar to the known eggs of other species in this tribe. It
differs, however, in having the micropylar plate greatly extended, reaching
from near the operculum to beyond the posterior pole, where it is markedly
keel-shaped.
Acknowledgments l
I would like to thank Max Moulds for helpful comments on the manuscript
and Geoff Aven for assistance with microphotographs. Special thanks are due
to Mark Manly (Sydney Institute of Technology SEM unit) for taking the
electronmicrographs.
References
BEDFORD, G.O. 1978. Biology and ecology of the Phasmatodea. Annual Review of
Entomology 23: 125-149.
120 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
CLARK, J.T. 1976. The eggs of stick insects (Phasmida): a review with descriptions of the eggs
of eleven species. Systematic Entomology 1: 95-105.
GÜNTHER, K. 1953. Über die taxonomische Gliederung und die geographische Verbreitung
der Insektenordnung der Phasmatodea. Beitrage zur Entomologie 3: 541-563.
KEY, K.H.L. 1991. Phasmatodea (stick insects). Chapter 25 in The Insects of Australia.
Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. Vol I. Pp. 394-404.
VICKERY, V.R. 1983. Catalogue of Australian stick insects (Phasmida, Phasmatodea,
Phasmatoptera or Cheleutoptera). CSIRO Australia Division of Entomology. Technical Paper
20: 1-19.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 121
THE SPECIES COMPOSITION AND SEASONALITY OF AN
ASSEMBLAGE OF TROPICAL AUSTRALIAN DUNG BEETLES
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE: SCARABAEINAE)
C.J. HILL
Department of Zoology, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
Abstract
Regular trapping of dung beetles was carried out over 14 months at an elevated rainforest site in
northern Queensland. The fauna comprised 12 species and extended the known southern
distribution limit for most of the species. The dung beetle fauna was highly seasonal: maximum
values of both richness and abundance occurred in the wet season and minimum values in the dry
season.
Introduction
Whilst the taxonomy and geographical distributions of native species of dung
beetle are relatively well known (Matthews 1972, 1974, and 1976; Storey and
Weir 1990), their ecology remains poorly understood (Doube et al. 1991). In
particular, the seasonal changes which occur in native dung beetle
assemblages have not been investigated, although there have been studies on
seasonal abundance of particular species e.g. Tyndale-Biscoe er al. (1981).
This study examines the species composition and seasonality of a highland
native dung beetle community in tropical Australia.
Study site
The study area is located about 40 km north-west of Townsville at the
southern end of the Paluma Range in a region called the Bluewater State
Forest (19°10'S, 146°24'E). It also lies within the southern limit of the Wet
Tropics World Heritage Area. The vegetation of the area corresponds to
'simple notophyll vine forest' (type 8), although there are scattered areas of
woodland (type 16f) (Tracey 1982). The climate of the region is that of
tropical highlands with the wet season usually occurring from December to
April and drier months from May to November. Seven sampling sites with
altitudes ranging from 700-800 m were selected within this area. The sites
were at least 400 m apart, six within rainforest (type 8) and one in woodland
(type 16f).
Methods
Two commonly used trapping methods were used to sample the dung beetle
fauna. At each site one flight intercept trap (Peck and Davies 1980) was
erected. The trap comprised a vertical, transparent plastic sheet (130 x 90
cm) underneath which were three rectangular containers. In addition, two
pitfall traps with a 12 cm diameter were placed close to the intercept trap.
Initially the traps were filled with diluted ethylene glycol as a preservative
but this was changed to diluted formalin half way through the sampling
period. The change in preservative was necessary because heavy rainfall
reduced the effectiveness of the ethylene glycol.
The traps were installed on the 16.iii.1991 and cleared at 1-2 monthly
122 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Table 1. Species list of the dung beetles caught and the abundance of each
species over the sampling period.
1991 199] 1992 1992 TOTAL
APR MAY JUN JUL AUG OCT NOV JAN MAR MAY ABUND
SPECIES
T. involucre Matthews K ~ * S M "s * v M x 4373
L. palumensis Matthews i + x * e * E x i s 1212
T. aeneopiceum Matthews Z zx + t V Ay E : e x 1063
T. laeve (Castelnau) = x i S * * * * * 327
L. ustulatus Lansberge x e Š * a E * cd E 125
B. cornutus (Macleay) E e E * < * 112
0. brooksi Matthews * * * * 20
0. furcaticeps Masters Š si * 16
M. tropicus Lea vi * x 8
0. capella Kirby * 5 * * 4
A. pectoralis Matthews t 1
C. subaenea Harold 4 1
TOTAL 10 7 6 4 5 4 5 9 10 10
intervals until 3.v.1992. In total the traps were cleared 10 times on the
following dates: 13.iv.91; 18.v.91; 29.vi.91; 27.vii.91; 30.viii.91; 4.x.91;
15.xi.91; 25.1.92; 7.iii.92 and 3.v.92. The contents of the traps were stored in
70% ethanol and all dung beetles (subfamily Scarabaeinae) were removed.
Using the keys published by Matthews (1972, 1974 and 1976) the dung
beetles were identified to species and counted. Beetles from the intercept and
pitfall traps were pooled for the subsequent analysis. In order to standardise
the sampling intervals, all abundance values were converted to the number of
individuals per 30 sampling days (i.e. approximately monthly).
Results
Table | summarises the information gathered in this study. Twelve species of
dung beetles were recorded at the study area. Temnoplectron involucre
Matthews, Lepanus palumensis Matthews and T. aeneopiceum Matthews
8 SPECIES RICHNESS
MEAN NUMBER OF SPECIES
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991 1992
DATE
Fig. 1. Species richness of dung beetles over the sampling period (bars show
tl S.E.).
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 123
TOTAL ABUNDANCE
200
o
-
S
= 150
x
a
= 100
u-
e
=
= B
<
ud
=
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1
1991 = DATE 992
Fig. 2. Total abundance of dung beetles over the sampling period (bars show
+1 S.E.).
were abundant and occurred in all 10 of the samples. T. laeve (Castelnau), L.
ustulatus Lansberge and Boletoscapter cornutus (Macleay) were common in
the study area whilst the remaining species were relatively rare and were
recorded only between January and May. Onthophagus brooksi Matthews,
Monoplistes tropicus Lea, Amphistomus pectoralis Matthews and
Coptodactyla subaenea Harold were the only species not captured at the
woodland site.
Figs 1 and 2 describe the seasonality of the dung beetle assemblage. The
maximum number of species occurred in the wet season (January to April)
after which numbers declined steadily to a minimum in the dry season (June
to September) (Fig. 1). A sharp increase in species richness occurred from
October to December. The abundance of dung beetles followed a similar
pattern (Fig. 2) with the least numbers trapped in September and the most in
March. Fig. 3 shows the seasonal abundance for the six most common
species. Whilst all six species are most abundant in the wet season it is
apparent that the three most abundant species (T. involucre, L. palumensis
and T. aeneopiceum) are still relatively abundant in June and July, reaching a
minimum in September. In contrast the three less common species (T. laeve,
L. ustulatus and B. cornutus) show a very rapid decline from a wet season
maximum to a minimum in June or July.
Discussion
The results presented are the first published pattern of seasonality for a
tropical Australian dung beetle assemblage. The passive nature of the traps
probably resulted in the relatively simple assemblage of 12 species captured
and the use of baited traps might have augmented the species list. Howden et
al. (1991) found 18 species of dung beetle in the Wongabel State Forest (on
the Atherton Tablelands, northern Queensland) using flight intercept traps
124
TEMNOPLECTRON INVOLUCRE
150
n
MI
<
a
> 100
a
=
L
[z
c 50
z
z
<
ui
r
o =
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991 1992
DATE
TEMNOPLECTRON AENEOPICEUM
60
n
-l
<
E
e
x 40
a
z
=
[z]
S 20
x
=z
<
kad
r
o
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991 1992
DATE
LEPANUS USTULATUS
10
[z]
-
< 8
>
a
=
a 6
=
e 4
S
z
z
< 2
i
=
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991-
DATE 1992
MEAN NO. OF INDIYIDUALS
MEAN NO. OF INDIYIDUALS
MEAN NO. OF INDIVIDUALS
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
LEPANUS PALUMENSIS
60
40
20
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991 1992
DATE
25 TEMNOPLECTRON LAEVE
20
15
o
"JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991 1992
DATE
10 BOLETOSCAPTER CORNUTUS
o
JFMAMJJASONDJFMAM
1991
DATE 1992
Fig. 3. Abundance of the six most abundant dung beetle species over the
sampling period (bars show +1 S.E.).
-— ————
=
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 125
alone but recorded an additional four species using baited pitfall traps and
light traps. In terms of their geographical distribution, the species fall into
four groups. First there are the species for which the study site lies within
their known distribution (O. furcaticeps Masters, O. capella Kirby and T.
laeve) (Matthews 1972, 1974). Second are those species for which Paluma
(some 30 km to the north of the study site) was previously the most southern
record of their distribution (C. subaenea, T. aeneopiceum and B. cornutus)
(Matthews 1974, 1976). Third are species for which Paluma was previously
the only recorded locality (O. brooksi Matthews, T. involucre, L. palumensis
and A. pectoralis) (Matthews 1972, 1974). Finally there are M. tropicus
which had previously only been caught near Cairns (Matthews 1974) and L.
ustulatus for which Matthews (1974) lists the northern most distribution as
Eungella (west of Mackay). However in his list of material examined for the
species, there is one record of L. ustulatus from Paluma (Matthews 1974).
The dung beetle species at this site showed a very simple seasonal pattern
with both species richness and abundance reaching a maximum in the wet
season and a minimum in the dry season. This result is in accordance with
other studies of Australian species (Doube et al. 1991) but is perhaps
surprising for a tropical study because vertebrate dung is available throughout
the year and temperatures are generally high enough to sustain insect activity.
Similar results have been obtained in other tropical regions with a distinct wet
and dry season (e.g. Anderson and Coe 1974; Janzen 1983) and it has been
suggested that soil moisture is a critical factor in determining dung beetle
seasonality in these regions (Janzen 1983).
Acknowledgments
Thanks are due to Ross Storey for confirming and in some cases correcting
my dung beetle identifications. Jamie Seymour kindly gave me access to the
dung beetles from the traps. Glenn Bowman and Rob McGill provided
invaluable assistance in maintaining the sampling regime.
References
ANDERSEN, J.M. and COE, M.J. 1974. Decomposition of elephant dung in an arid tropical
environment. Oecologia 14: 111-125.
DOUBE, B.M., MACQUEEN, A., RIDSDILL-SMITH, T.J. and WEIR, T.A. 1991. Native and
introduced dung beetles in Australia. pp. 230-241. /n: Hanski, I. and Cambefort, Y. (eds.), Dung
beetle ecology. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
HOWDEN, H.F., HOWDEN, A.T. and STOREY, R.I. 1991. Nocturnal perching of scarabaeine
dung beetles (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) in an Australian tropical rainforest. Biotropica 23: 51-
57.
JANZEN, D.H. 1983. Seasonal change in abundance of large nocturnal dung beetles
(Scarabaeidae) in a Costa Rican deciduous forest and adjacent horse pasture. Oikos 41: 274-283.
MATTHEWS, E.G. 1972. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia I. Tribe
Onthophagini. Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 9: 1-330
MATTHEWS, E.G. 1974. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia II. Tribe
Scarabaeini. Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 24: 1-211.
126 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
MATTHEWS, E.G. 1976. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia III. Tribe
Coprini. Australian Journal of Zoology Supplementary Series 38: 1-52.
PECK, S.B. and DAVIES, A.E. 1980. Collecting small beetles with large area "window" traps.
Coleopterists' Bulletin 34: 237-239.
STOREY, R.I. and WEIR, T.A. 1990. New species of Onthophagus Latreille (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) from Australia. Invertebrate Taxonomy 3: 783-815.
TRACEY, J.G. 1982. The Vegetation of the humid tropical region of north Queensland.
CSIRO, Melbourne. 124 pp.
TYNDALE-BISCOE, M., WALLACE, M.M.H. and WALKER, J.M. 1981. An ecological
study of an Australian dung beetle, Onthophagus granulatus Boheman (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) using physiological age grading techniques. Bulletin of Entomological Research
71: 137-152.
d
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 127
A REMARKABLE AGGREGATION OF NYMPHES
MYRMELEONIDES LEACH (NEUROPTERA: NYMPHIDAE) IN THE
HUNTER VALLEY, NEW SOUTH WALES
C.N. SMITHERS
Research Associate, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Summary
A remarkable aggregation of adults of Nymphes myrmeleonides is reported from near Mt Royal,
Hunter Valley, New South Wales.
Introduction
Swarming aggregation is a widespread phenomenon in insects and there are
probably many reasons for aggregation. It is most frequently assumed to be
associated with mating (often without direct evidence) or with choice of
habitat suitable for hibernation or aestivation. Monteith (1982), when
discussing dry season aggregations of insects in monsoon forests, points out
that all of the Hemiptera and Lepidoptera noted by him have chemical
defences against predators, and suggests that aggregation in these species
might enhance the effectiveness of these deterrents. In the Neuroptera
ithonids and hemerobiids. have so far been reported to "aggregate" in
Australia. Ithonids gather in protected situations from which they fly on
mating flights (New 1991). Amongst Hemerobiidae, sluggish, hibernating
Micromus tasmaniae (Walker) and Drepanacra binocula (Newman) can
sometimes be found in large numbers by beating bunches of dead leaves in
winter.
Aggregation of Nymphes myrmeleonides
On 31st January, 1993, at Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, about 49km north of
Singleton, near Mt Royal in the Hunter Valley, New South Wales, a massive
aggregation of Nymphes myrmeleonides was observed in a patch of Imperata
cylindrica (L.) Beauv. (blady grass). N. myrmeleonides is a large, well
known lacewing, occurring in many habitats over eastern Australia (New
1981). The weather had been hot, very humid and overcast for some days,
with intermittent, brief periods of sunshine. At the time of the observation the
sky was clear. The stand of grass was small, about 20 m by 10 m, surrounded
by mixed eucalypt forest of which the ground cover was largely the grass Poa
labillardieri Steud. with a few other species of grass and a variety of small
herbs. Hundreds of specimens of the insect, of both sexes, were on the leaves
of the /. cylindrica. An estimate of the numbers present gave an average of
about four or five per square metre. On being disturbed they flew up in great
numbers, moved only a few metres and settled again. Males are known to
have eversible odoriferous glands between the sixth and seventh abdominal
sternites the products of which have been presumed to have significance in
mating. In the light of Monteith's comments (Monteith 1982) noted above, it
seems likely, however, that the glands could have a defensive function, as do
the repugnatorial glands of chrysopids. Many males were inspected in situ but
there was no sign of the glands being everted. There was no obvious factor
128 Aust..Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
which might have been responsible for the gathering. Several other areas of
similar habitat on the same property, some near the aggregation site, which
were searched for N. myrmeleonides and swept with a net failed to produce
any specimens. The aggregation appears to have been isolated.
Individuals of N. myrmeleonides have been recorded in flight at Tuglo from
early February to early March (Smithers 1993). In: Queensland
(Rockhampton) Mackey (1988) reported it in flight a little earlier, from the
second week in January to early March. Lambkin (in litt.) informs me that in
Brisbane the flight period is from late December to early March. The
aggregation at Tuglo seems, therefore, to have occurred at the beginning of
its flight period there, which is much later than in southern Queensland. The
lateness can be accounted for by the fact that at Tuglo, with an altitude of 750
m, the weather does not warm up until much later in the season. A week after
the aggregation was seen the gathering had obviously dispersed, only two
specimens being found at the same site, with occasional specimens being
seen in other parts of the Refuge.
References
MACKEY, A.P. 1988. Phenology of some myrmeleontoid (Neuroptera) species from
Rockhampton (Central Queensland). Australian Entomological Magazine 15: 87-90.
MONTEITH, G.B. 1982. Dry season aggregations of insects in Australian monsoon forests.
Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 20: 533-543.
NEW, T.R. 1981. A revision of the Australian Nymphidae (Insecta: Neuroptera). Australian
Journal of Zoology 29: 07-750.
NEW, T.R. 1991. Chapter 34. Neuroptera (lacewings). Pp. 525-542. In: The insects of
Australia. A textbook for students and research workers. Melbourne University Press: Carlton,
Melbourne.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1993. A note on the Megaloptera, Mecoptera and Neuroptera of Tuglo
Wildlife Refuge, New South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 20: 67-71.
Lm
L|
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 129
APPARENT OVERWINTERING OF BIPRORULUS BIBAX BREDDIN
(HEMIPTERA: PENTATOMIDAE) ON EREMOCITRUS GLAUCA
(RUTACEAE)
David G. James
Yanco Agricultural Institute, NSW Agriculture, Yanco, NSW, 2703
Abstract
Two aggregations of adult Biprorulus bibax each comprising approximately 50 individuals, were
observed on Eremocitrus glauca at Chinchilla, Queensland in May 1992. Laboratory analyses
revealed the aggregations to be comprised of non-reproductive bugs with large lipid reserves.
The occurrence of non-reproductive B. bibax on E. glauca in late autumn suggests this plant is a
winter as well as a summer host.
Introduction
B. bibax, a native pentatomid, has recently extended its range to become a
serious pest of citrus in inland southern Australia James 1989). Aspects of
the biology and ecology of B. bibax including overwintering (James 1990 a,
b; James et al. 1990; James 1991), have been studied in developing an
integrated management strategy (James 1993).
In southern New South Wales adult B. bibax enter reproductive diapause
during March in response to declining daylength (James 1991) and
overwinter in aggregations of 10-100 in oranges, grapefruit or mandarins,
usually adjacent to lemon groves (James 1989, 1990 a, b; James er al. 1990).
Overwintering bugs contain extensive lipid reserves which aid survival until
spring (James 1990a).
The overwintering ecology of B. bibax on its primary native host,
Eremocitrus glauca (Lindl.) Swing. (desert lime), is unknown. Summerville
(1931) reported the presence of B. bibax on this host during summer in
western Queensland but not during winter. James (1992) reported summer
non-reproductive populations of B. bibax on non-fruiting E. glauca in western
Queensland (Roma, Chinchilla) and western New South Wales (Roto).
Spring and summer breeding populations in these areas have also been
recorded (James unpubl. obs.). Summerville (1931) also recorded "fairly
large numbers" of B. bibax on another native citrus species, Microcitrus
australasica (F.Muell) Swing., in October and suggested that this plant may
be an overwintering host. However, M. australasica is largely coastal in
distribution requiring bugs to fly long distances between winter and summer
habitats. Summerville (1931) recognised this and searched in vain for an
additional inland winter host.
This note reports the occurrence of aggregating non-reproductive B. bibax on
E. glauca at Chinchilla in late autumn 1992.
Materials and Methods
A visit was made on 17.v.1992 to locations near Chinchilla in western
Queensland, previously observed to harbour summer breeding and non-
breeding populations of B. bibax (James 1992 and unpubl. obs.). Four hours
130 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
were spent searching thickets of E. glauca for B. bibax. Conditions were
overcast with temperatures of 18-20'C.
All adult B. bibax encountered were collected and held in muslin covered
cages with foliage of E. glauca for seven days. Temperatures during this
period ranged from 5-22'C. After seven days bugs were sexed and 10
females dissected for determination of reproductive status. Ovaries were
examined for oocytes and a distended, pigmented spermatheca indicated
insemination. A sample of 23 males and 26 females was analysed for size,
weight and lipid reserves. Bug size was recorded as the distance between tips
of the pronotal spines, measured under a microscope fitted with a micrometer.
Individual wet weights were recorded before storage in a freezer (-20°C) for
later processing. Bugs were dried overnight in an oven at 60°C and then
weighed; they were then individually ground using a mortar and pestle.
Gross lipid content was determined using the technique described by Tuskes
and Brower (1978), and expressed as mg/bug or g/0.1g dry weight. Lean dry
weight was recorded as the difference between dry weight and lipid weight.
Results and Discussion
Two tightly-packed aggregations of adult B. bibax were found on E. glauca
trees approximately 50 m apart. No other bugs of this species were found.
Each aggregation contained approximately 50 bugs which were spread along
a single upright branch at a height of approximately 2 m. All bugs were
oriented towards the sky and in some patches were two to three deep. The
aggregations were highly cryptic, due to perfect colour match between bugs
and plant and the striking similarity between bug and plant spines. James
(19902) suggested the pronotal spines of B. bibax might serve as an aid to
crypsis and this was supported by these observations.
All dissected females were unmated and showed no ovarian development.
The sex ratio of sampled bugs was 1:1 (42 male, 43 female). Data on size,
weight and lipid content of sampled B. bibax are summarised in Table 1. As
with B. bibax in commercial citrus in southern Australia, females were
significantly larger and heavier than males (Analysis of Variance, P«0.05).
Body weights and lipid content were generally lower than those reported for
individuals in late autumn aggregations on commercial non-lemon citrus in
New South Wales and Victoria (James 1990a; James et al. 1990). Bugs in
these aggregations generally show lipid levels of 0.040-0.048 g/0.1g.
However, lipid content of the Chinchilla bugs (0.036 g/0.1g) was higher than
that recorded for summer reproductive bugs or for bugs which remain on
lemon during winter (0.015 - 0.024 g/0.1g) (James 1990a; James et al. 1990).
The occurrence of aggregating, non-reproductive, lipid replete B. bibax on E.
glauca in late autumn, suggests that overwintering can occur on this host.
Reproductive populations of B. bibax were observed on E. glauca in the same
area during the previous spring (James unpubl. obs.). The progeny of this
population may have entered a summer reproductive dormancy as reported by
James (1992) for populations in this district, which then continued into
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 131
Table 1. Mean (SE) size, weight and lipid content of 23 male and 26
female B. bibax collected from E. glauca at Chinchilla in May 1992.
Sex Width Wet weight Dry weight Lean dry Lipid Lipid
(mm) (mg) (mg) weight (mg) (mg) (g/0.1g)
Male 14.23 245+ 143+ 92+ Sbe 036+
0.1 8.5 7.3 5.0 3.5 .002
* * * * *
Female 14.7+ 283+ 181+ 113+ 67+ .036+
0.2 14.5 8.7 4.8 4.2 .001
significantly greater than corresponding value for males
winter. Alternatively, dormancy may have broken in late summer giving rise
to an autumn generation which entered photoperiodically-cued winter
dormancy, as occurs in New South Wales and Victoria. Further studies are
required to determine the phenology of B. bibax on E. glauca. Summerville
(1931) did not find B. bibax on E. glauca during winter but may have
overlooked the cryptic aggregations of bugs. In this study approximately 100
trees were searched yet only two harboured B. bibax. The well-defined
movement of B. bibax in commercial citrus in southern Australia from a
summer host (lemon) to a winter host (orange/mandarin/grapefruit) might be
expected to have its origins in the ancestral habitat. The possibility of an
additional winter host for B. bibax in western areas of Queensland and New
South Wales therefore cannot be discounted.
Acknowledgments
I thank Ann Taylor for conducting the analyses on B. bibax physiology and
the Horticultural Research and Development Corporation for financial
assistance.
References
JAMES, D.G. 1989. Population biology of Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) in a southern New South Wales citrus orchard. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 28: 279-286.
JAMES, D.G. 1990a. Energy reserves, reproductive status and population biology of
overwintering Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) in southern New South Wales citrus
groves. Australian Journal of Zoology 38: 415-422.
JAMES, D.G. 1990b. Seasonality and population development of Biprorulus bibax Breddin
(Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) in south western New South Wales. General and Applied
Entomology 22: 61-66.
JAMES, D.G. 1991. Maintenance and termination of reproductive dormancy in an Australian
stink bug, Biprorulus bibax. Entomologia Experimentalis et Applicata 60: 1-5.
JAMES, D.G. 1992. Summer reproductive dormancy in Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) on Eremocitrus glauca (Rutaceae) in south-eastern Queensland and western New
South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 19: 65-68.
132 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
JAMES, D.G. 1993. Integrated management of Biprorulus bibax (Breddin) (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) in inland citrus of south-eastern Australia. Proceedings of Fifth Australian
Applied Entomological Research Conference.Pp. 96-98. C.S.L.R.O.
SUMMERVILLE, W.A.T. 1931. The larger horned citrus bug. Bulletin of the Division of
Entomology and Plant Pathology, Queensland Department of Agriculture and Stock No. 8.
TUSKES, P.M. and BROWER, L.P. 1978. Overwintering ecology of the monarch butterfly,
Danaus plexippus L., in California. Ecological Entomology 3: 141-153.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 133
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR THREE CICADAS
(HEMIPTERA: CICADIDAE) IN SOUTH-WESTERN NEW SOUTH
WALES
M. COOMBS
Department of Zoology, University of New England, Armidale, NSW, 2351
Abstract
Distribution extensions and plant associations are provided for Cicadetta oxleyi (Distant),
Urabunana festiva Distant and Pauropsalta fuscomarginata Distant in south-western New South
Wales.
New records and discussion
Cicadetta oxleyi
C. oxleyi is known from low rainfall (« 800 mm) areas in central and southern
Queensland (Moulds 1990). Seven males were collected by the author from
the property 'Woodbine' 17 km W of Goolgowi, New South Wales, in the
period 8-14.xii.1992. A further male was collected from the main street of
Hay, New South Wales, on the 14.xii.1992. These records extend the range
of C. oxleyi as recognised by Moulds (1990) southwards by approximately
750 km. The only other record of C. oxleyi outside of Queensland is that of
Ashton (1912) who lists this species as occurring in Victoria. Moulds (1990)
considered the occurrence of C. oxleyi in Victoria as unlikely; presumably in
the absence of other southern records. The occurrence of C. oxleyi in south-
western New South Wales as reported here, lends support to the claim by
Ashton that the species occurs in Victoria.
At the site near Goolgowi C. oxleyi occupied open woodland, where males
called from the outer branches of wilga (Geijera parviflora), and belah
(Casuarina cristata) trees at heights ranging from 2-5 m. Males typically
called continuously for periods in excess of 30 min. and were active from
mid-morning through until dusk.
Urabunana festiva
U. festiva was known previously from a few specimens from Victoria
(Moulds 1990). Twelve males and two females were collected from the
property "Woodbine' (as above) in the period 6 - 10 December 1992. All
specimens were taken in grassland bordering roads and irrigation canals
where adults favoured 'wild oats' (Avena sp.). Males were active calling from
mid-morning through until late afternoon. Males characteristically called for
1 - 2 min. before flying a short distance (< 3 m) to resume calling at a new
site.
Pauropsalta fuscomarginata
Moulds (1990) states that P. fuscomarginata is known only from specimens
recorded as coming from '540 miles west of Sydney’. Three males and one
female were collected by the author from a site 30 km NE of Hay, on the
14.xii.1992. A further male was collected from the property 'Wantwood'
134 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
approximately 40 km NW of Goolgowi, on the 12.xii.1992. The specimens
collected from near Hay occurred in a stand of nitre goosefoot (Chenopodium
nitrariaceum) shrubland. The male collected from the "Woodbine' locality
occurred in mixed saltbush (Chenopodiaceae) shrubland.
Acknowledgments
I thank M.S. Moulds, Australian Museum, for identification of cicada
specimens. Representative specimens of each species have been retained by
M. S. Moulds. The remaining material is retained in the author's collection.
References
ASHTON, J.H. 1912. Catalogue of the Victorian Cicadidae in the National Museum,
Melbourne. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 4: 23-29.
MOULDS, M.S. 1990. Australian cicadas. Pp. x + 217. New South Wales University Press,
Kensington.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 135
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF TARACTROCERA PAPYRIA
AGRAULIA (HEWITSON) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
Andrew A.E. Williams! and Andrew F. Atkins?
! Department of Conservation and Land Management, W.A. Wildlife Research Centre, P.O. Box
51, Wanneroo, W.A., 6065
2 9 Bathurst Street, Dudley, N.S.W., 2290
Abstract
The larval and pupal stages of the Western Australian skipper Taractrocera papyria agraulia are
described and illustrated. Three larval food plants are recorded.
Introduction
Taractrocera papyria agraulia is distributed in south-western Australia from
Perth, south to Albany and the Stirling Range, and east to Esperance
(Common and Waterhouse 1981; Dunn and Dunn 1991). Adults are on the
wing during spring, summer and early autumn. Although the life history of
the eastern subspecies T. p. papyria (Boisduval) is known (Common and
Waterhouse 1981), the early stages of T. p. agraulia have not been adequately
described. Common and Waterhouse (1981) state that they are said to
resemble typical T. p. papyria.
In August, 1992, seven advanced T. p. agraulia larvae were found on three
species of grass in mixed jarrah and banksia woodland near Wanneroo, 25 km
north of Perth.
Food plants and life history
Food plants: Ehrharta longiflora Smith (Annual veldt grass); E. calycina
Smith (Perennial veldt grass); Microlaena stipoides (Labill.) R.Br. (Weeping
grass). (All Poaceae).
Fourth to final instar larvae (Fig. 1). Length 16-20 mm; head pattern
somewhat variable, frons grey-brown, outer edges greyish white contrasting
strongly with blackish dorso-lateral area; body green, indistinct darker dorsal
line present in some individuals extending almost the length of the body.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Length 14-16 mm; long and cylindrical; overall colour dull
black, abdomen with a grey-green tinge; wing cases dull black to brownish
black, some pupae with a narrow slightly iridescent cream band along the
outer edge. Operculum (Fig. 4) simple, rounded and sclerotised with a slight
central raised area. Cremaster (Fig. 8) fan-shaped and irregular, with
grooved, spreading flange and long hooked posterior setae. Larval and pupal
setae (Figs 3, 5) simple and distally tapered.
Observations and Discussion
The larvae were found in shelters made of grass blades sewn together with
silk. As with T. p. papyria, the larval shelters were formed either by folding
over a grass blade on broad-leafed grasses, or by joining two or three leaves
together in narrow-leafed species (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The
larvae were observed feeding during both day and night. Pupation occurred
136 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Figs 1-8. (1-5) Life history of T. p. agraulia from Wanneroo, Western Australia: (1) final instar
larva, dorsal and lateral view (scale line = 5 mm); (2) pupa, dorsal and lateral view (scale line = 5
mm); (3) larval seta (scale line = 0.5mm); (4) pupa, frons view (scale line = 2 mm); (5) pupal
seta (scale line = 0.5 mm); (6-8) cremaster, dorsal view (scale line = 2 mm) of: (6) T. p. papyria
from Bolivia Hill, New South Wales; (7) T. p. papyria from Mossy Point, New South Wales; (8)
T. p. agraulia from Wanneroo, Western Australia.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 137
within the shelters, the entrances of which were partially sealed with fine
strands of silk. Pupation time was 29 to 30 days.
It is interesting to note that of the seven larvae collected, six were on the
introduced veldt grasses, E. longiflora and E. calycina, which are both
widespread and common in south western Australia. Only one larva was
found on the native grass, M. stipoides, which is also a known food plant of
the nominate subspecies (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Differences were found between the pupa of T. p. agraulia and T. p. papyria.
In specimens from Wanneroo, Western Australia the cremaster has an
irregular, fan-shaped flange with moderate dorso-lateral spines. The
cremaster of specimens from two areas in New South Wales (Figs 6, 7) is
more rounded with a definite rimmed dish-shaped flange with prominent
dorso-lateral spines. The significance of these structural differences between
western and eastern populations has yet to be established, but may prove to be
specifically important. In other Hesperiinae genera (e.g. Telicota Moore),
distinguishing specific characters are provided by cremaster morphology
(AFA pers. obs.). Furthermore differences in adult maculation between the
two subspecies, particularly on the underside of the hindwing, are also
significant. The underside of the hindwing of specimens from Western
Australia is covered with golden-orange scales and lacks the oblique silver-
white markings found in specimens from eastern Australia. The conspecific
status of T. p. papyria and T. p. agraulia has been retained in the absence of
any known structural differences in their genitalia. If future examination
shows differences, then full species status for T. p. agraulia should be
considered.
Voucher specimens pertinent to this paper are lodged in the Insect Collection
of the Western Australian Department of Conservation and Land
Management.
Acknowledgment
Greg Keighery of the Department of Conservation and Land Management
identified the food plant specimens.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian Butterflies : distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Part 2 : Family Hesperiidae. Privately published, Melbourne.
138 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Catalogue of the family-group, genus-group and species-group names of the
Sphingidae of the world by Charles A. Bridges. 1993. 296 pages. Privately published
by the author Charles A. Bridges, 502 W. Main St., #308, Urbana, Illinois, U.S.A.
61801. Price US$75 (including postage).
Charles Bridges is to be congratulated yet again on another impressive and very useful
catalogue, his sixth in a series covering the world butterfly fauna (5 volumes) and the
world Odonata (1 volume). This most recent addition concerns the world hawk moth
fauna.
There are just over 1000 known species of hawk moths. They have been a popular
group with both professional and amateur entomologists since the early days of
entomological science. Francis Walker was the first to catalogue the sphingids (in
1856) and there have been several other catalogues and major reviews of the family
since. The most notable has been that of Rothschild and Jordan published in 1903 and
the most recent was the lavishly illustrated book Sphingidae Mundi by D'Abrera
published in 1987. However, it has been 74 years since Wagner published the last
synonymic catalogue of world Sphingidae as part of the well-known series
Lepidopterorum Catalogus.
Bridges catalogue utilises computer technology to considerable advantage in
compiling a comprehensive work in 12 parts with 3 appendices. The most significant
sections concern genus-group names and species-group names together with a
bibliography. Much of the content concerning genus-group names unavoidably
repeats Fletcher and Nye's Generic Names of Moths of the World (1985) although it is
useful to have Bridges' Synonymic Catalogue of Generic-group Names and his Index
to Bibliographic Citations for Genus-group Names. The section concerning species-
group names is, however, unavailable anywhere else and forms one of the major
contributions of this Catalogue. It lists 1269 available specific names, 582 available
subspecific names and 817 available synonymic names plus 651 invalid available
names or unavailable names. Each entry includes the reference of the original
description, the current generic placement or if a junior synonym its senior synonym,
location of the type(s) and type locality plus citation of additional relevant references.
There is also a check list of species-group names by genus, and an index to
bibliographic citations.
The other major contribution of this Catalogue is the bibliography. Authors' given
names are included where known plus citations of when and where they were born and
died and what happened to their collections. There are 1430 entries. These are, of
course, primarily systematic in nature but some additional references have been
included concerning biology and zoogeography. It is a remarkably comprehensive list
involving a literature with more that its share of obscure and difficult to obtain
publications.
A complex and all-embracing work such as this is rarely perfect and Charles Bridges
admits defeat on a small number of entries. These he lists in three very short
appendices concerning unresolved genus-group and species-group name problems,
and a short list of just 21 references that require data confirmation.
To the serious hawk moth collector or professional Lepidopterist I cannot recommend
this Catalogue too strongly. I have already found it indispensable in locating
reference details and in checking spellings and synonymies. The sphingid fraternity is
indeed fortunate in having such a well written and well presented working catalogue.
M.S. Moulds
Australian Museum, Sydney
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 139
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF NUNGENA BINOCULARIS
McKEOWN (COLEOPTERA: CERAMBYCIDAE: CERAMBYCINAE)
G.A. WEBB!
Forestry Commission of New South Wales, P.O. Box 100, Beecroft, N.S.W., 2119.
Abstract
Cupressus macrocarpa is confirmed as a larval host of Nungena binocularis. An additional
record from an unidentified Cupressus sp. is also provided. Aspects of the biology of both adults
and larvae are discussed.
Introduction
Nungena binocularis is a small (ca. 10 mm long) cerambycid from
Queensland and New South Wales (McKeown 1947). McKeown (1942)
reared N. binocularis from "cypress pine" from Armidale (NSW). Various
species of Cupressaceae have been recorded as larval hosts of N. binocularis
including a number of introduced Cupressus spp. and Sabina bermudiana
Antoine (Webb 1987, Webb et al. 1988). The only published native larval
host is Callitris columellaris F. Muell. (Webb et al. 1988).
Two further larval host records of N. binocularis from New South Wales,
with notes on its biology, are presented.
Observations
1. NSW, Eden, emerged late August 1988 from twigs (ca. 2-5 mm diameter)
of dying Cupressus macrocarpa Hastw. collected on 1 March 1988.
Two adults had emerged by 26 August 1988. When twigs were dissected on
26 August 1988 no adults or pupae were present in the timber, but five larvae
were removed. All larvae were located in pupal chambers and appeared to be
at final instar stage. In some twigs, attack appeared to be concentrated
around branch stubs (Fig. 1) but in others the sub-cortical tissue was almost
completely removed, leaving the bark as semi-detached cylinders around the
remaining timber (Fig. 2). Larval channels beneath the bark were very broad
and somewhat artistically patterned in appearance (Fig. 3). Two clerid larvae
were also collected from the N. binocularis tunnels.
2. NSW, Lapstone, teneral adults extracted 25-28 August 1987 from twigs
(ca. 2-10 mm diameter) collected from a branch of a dying Cupressus sp. tree
on 2 August 1987.
Some large twigs (ca. 10 mm diameter) dissected on 2 August 1987
contained teneral adults within intact pupation chambers (Fig. 4). The
pupation plug was made from timber shavings rather than frass. No pupae or
larvae were found. Adults removed from their pupation chambers were
remarkably mobile and aggressive. The weevil, PAloeosinus cupressi
Hopkins was also reared from this material, in large numbers.
l Present Address: Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd, 3-5 Railway St, Baulkham Hills,
N.S.W., 2154
140 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Figs 1-4. Nungena binocularis: (1) attack around branch stubs; (2) semi-
detached bark resulting from extensive mining in the subcortical region; (3)
sculptured heartwood; (4) teneral adult in pupal chamber.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 141
Discussion
Teneral adults extracted from Cupressus spp. twigs from Lapstone appeared
to be close to emergence. Thus, the emergence period in both samples was
probably late winter - early spring. This is supported by emergence and
capture times recorded by Webb (1987) and Webb et al. (1988).
The presence of teneral adults in pupal chambers in early August (Lapstone)
and emergence of adults from timber in late August (Eden) suggests that
individuals may metamorphose during late winter and spend some time in the
pupal chamber awaiting warmer weather. However, a later emergence was
likely, as mature larvae were present on 26 August in completed pupal
chambers in timber from Eden.
As described by McKeown (1942), larvae produce very broad tunnels directly
beneath the bark. Larvae apparently only entered the centre of the twig to
pupate. The pupal chamber appears to be similar to most other similar sized
species of the subfamily Cerambycinae (Duffy 1963, Webb 1988).
N. binocularis has been reared from Callitris columellaris from coastal
Queensland (Webb et al. 1988) and from Barakula near Chinchilla in inland
Queensland (Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Forest Service
records). As yet there have been no records from C. columellaris in New
South Wales but given that N. binocularis is known from numerous inland
localities in New South Wales, and Queensland, within the range of C.
columellaris sensu Stanley and Ross (1989), further records are likely.
Acknowledgments
The Forest Service of the Queensland Department of Primary Industry kindly
provided unpublished records for N. binocularis. Roger de Keyzer and two
anonymous referees provided valuable comments on various drafts.
References
DUFFY, E.A. 1963. A monograph of the immature stages of Australasian timber
beetles (Cerambycidae). Pp. 1-225. British Museum (Natural History), London.
McKEOWN, K.C. 1942. Australian Cerambycidae. VI. Descriptions of new species
mostly from Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 21: 81-105.
McKEOWN, K.C. 1947. Catalogue of the Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) of Australia.
Memoirs of the Australian Museum 10: 1-190.
STANLEY, T.D. and ROSS, E.M. 1989. Flora of south-eastern Queensland, Vol. 3.
Queensland Department of Primary Industries Miscellaneous Publication QM88001,
Brisbane.
THOMPSON, J. and JOHNSON, L.A.S. 1986. Callitris glaucophylla, Australia's
‘white cypress pine' - a new name for an old species. Telopea 2: 731-736.
WEBB, G.A. 1987. Larval host plants of Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) held in some
Australian insect collections. Forestry Commission of New South Wales Technical
Paper 38: 1-19.
142 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
WEBB, G.A. 1988. Notes on the biology of Skeletodes tetrops Newman (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 15: 73-75.
WEBB, G.A., WILLIAMS, G.A. and de KEYZER, R. 1988. Some new and
additional larval host records for Australian Cerambycidae (Coleoptera). Australian
Entomological Magazine 15: 95-104.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 143
SEASONALITY | AND REPRODUCTIVE BEHAVIOUR OF
CICADETTA | TRISTRIGATA (GODING AND FROGGATT)
(HEMIPTERA: CICADIDAE) AT ARMIDALE, N.S.W.
M. COOMBS
Department of Zoology, University of New England, Armidale, NSW, 2351.
Abstract
At Armidale, New South Wales, adults of Cicadetta tristrigata were present from late November
to mid-January in 1992/93. Males call from early morning until shortly after sunset. Females fly
to and land near singing males. Mating pairs were evident from mid-morning until late afternoon.
Females construct from 3-6 egg slits, each containing 8-14 eggs, on the branches of Eucalyptus
viminalis saplings. ‘
Introduction
There are few published accounts of the reproductive behaviour of Australian
Cicadidae. Moulds (1990) provides a summary of the available information.
Observations on the reproductive behaviour of Cicadetta tristrigata are
detailed here. The name, C. rristrigata, has been loosely applied to a
complex of species that occur along the east coast of continental Australia
(Moulds 1990). In the vicinity of Armidale, in north-eastern New South
Wales, C. tristrigata is represented by a moderately sized cicada (body
length 21-25 mm, forewing length 29-33 mm). The head and thorax are
typically dark brown to black, and the abdomen is narrowly black above with
distinct orange-red lateral and ventral surfaces. The species commonly
inhabits eucalypt woodland to the north and east of Armidale. "Voucher
specimens (2 males and 2 females) have been lodged with the Australian
Museum (Sydney, NSW).
Methods
Observations on the reproductive behaviour of C. tristrigata were conducted
in an area of eucalypt woodland adjacent to the campus of the University of
New England, Armidale, N.S.W. during the period November 1992 to
February 1993. Observations on seasonal occurrence, male calling,
copulatory activity, and female oviposition behaviour were made.
Results
Seasonal occurrence
The seasonal occurrence of C. tristrigata during 1992/93, as indicated by the
activity of singing males, extended from late November to mid-January, with
adults being most numerous during late December. Exuviae of C. tristrigata
were noted on the lower trunks of eucalypt saplings throughout the period
mid-November to late December 1992; however, no recently emerged
exuviae were apparent during January 1993.
Male calling behaviour and copulation
Males were observed to perch on the trunks and lower limbs of eucalypt trees
at heights ranging from 1 to 5 m. Males were also noted to call from power
poles, fence posts, and the sides of buildings. Males remained largely
stationary and called continuously for periods of up to 25-30 min. The call
consists of a soft buzzing interspersed with ticking. Males called from
approximately 0800 h E.S.T. to half an hour after sunset (1900 h E.S.T.).
144 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Females were observed to fly to, and land near, singing males. Despite
observations of numerous males, with females in attendance, the initiation of
copulation was not observed. Copulating pairs were, however, observed on
several occasions. In all cases, pairs positioned themselves along side each
other, with their heads pointing in the same direction. The duration of
copulation was not recorded. Copulating pairs were apparent from mid-
morning through to late afternoon.
Oviposition behaviour
Females were observed ovipositing on the bark of Eucalyptus viminalis
(Labill.) (ribbon gum) saplings. Individual females constructed from 3 - 6
egg slits on the upper side of horizontal or near horizontal branches, the slits
being arranged in a row at approximately right angles to the long axis of the
branch. Eggs slits contained from 8 - 14 eggs each (average 10, n = 21).
Eggs were deposited in the woody tissue approximately 2 - 3 mm below the
outer surface of the bark and were arranged in pairs with successive pairs
overlapping one another. Eggs were narrow, elongate and approximately 1.0
- 1.5 mm in length. Ovipositing females were observed from mid-morning
through to late afternoon. Over the 11 weeks of the study, numerous females
were observed to oviposit on a single E. viminalis branch, with some 300 egg
slits eventually being made on a 1m length of branch. Examination of other
branches on which females were ovipositing showed similar arrangements,
indicating that several C. tristrigata females oviposit at the same site.
Discussion
Moulds (1990) gives the seasonal occurrence of C. tristrigata as extending
from mid-September to early March. The more restricted occurrence of C.
tristrigata recorded here (November - January) may reflect the shorter
favourable season experienced in the Armidale region (ca. 1000 m altitude),
and appears to be typical for other species in the area (M. Coombs unpubl.
Observ.).
The reproductive behaviour of C. tristrigata is characteristic of most
Cicadidae (Myers 1929, Moulds 1990), where males sing to attract females.
Oviposition records for this species are presented for the first time. The
number and arrangement of eggs in each egg slit are typical for similar sized
species (Moulds 1990). However, patterns of egg slit groupings are less
frequently documented. Myers (1929) provides descriptions of New Zealand
species arranging egg slits in a zig-zag fashion along stems, while females of
Cicadetta labeculata arrange egg slits in a herringbone fashion lengthwise
along stems (M. Coombs unpubl. observ.). Such patterns of oviposition scars
are possibly species specific and deserve documentation.
Acknowledgment
M. K. Notestine kindly proofed the manuscript.
References
MOULDS, M.S. 1990. Australian cicadas. Pp. x + 217. New South Wales University Press,
Kensington.
MYERS, J.G. 1929. Insect singers. A natural history of the cicadas. Pp. xix + 304. George
Routledge and Sons, London.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 145
MACROLEPIDOPTERA OF THE SCAMANDER FOREST RESERVE
IN NORTH-EASTERN TASMANIA
R. BASHFORD
Forestry Commission Tasmania, G.P.O. Box 207B, Hobart, Tas., 7001
Abstract
Eighty one species of macrolepidoptera are recorded from a Forest Reserve in north-eastern
Tasmania.
Introduction
Light trap collections of macrolepidoptera were made at two sites within the
Scamander Forest Reserve in north-eastern Tasmania resulting in the
determination of 81 species in 20 families. The establishment of forest
reserves based on botanical criteria, also provides habitat protection for
fauna. This paper catalogues for the first time part of the invertebrate fauna,
the diversity of which enhances the status of this reserve.
Locality
The Scamander Forest Reserve was established in 1987 at a 210 ha site
bordering the east bank of the Scamander River approximately 4 km west of
the township of Scamander (Fig. 1). The reserve was established to preserve
the dry coastal Eucalyptus sieberi forest type not.reserved elsewhere
(Duncan, 1985). The area is also of recreational value for fishing and boating
as well as providing superb scenic views (Grid Reference, Tasmania Sheet,
1:100,000 Georges Bay FQ 025 123).
Vegetation
The dry eucalypt forest in the reserve has a history of frequent low intensity
fires resulting in a sparse understorey dominated by vegetative reproducers.
The dominant eucalypt is E. sieberi with E. viminalis and E. amygdalina
present as minor species. Few understorey species are present amongst the
high surface rock cover. Small patches of Acacia dealbata and Casuarina
littoralis are present with Daviesia latifolia, Pteridium esculentum,
Lepidosperma spp. and Pultenaea gunnii as the main ground cover species.
Methods
Two sites were used for light trap collections during the study. Each site was
similar in vegetation and aspect but differed in elevation by 50 m. Standard
vane/bucket 8 W light traps were placed on tree stumps and run for one to
three nights in the months that trapping was done. On some occasions both
sites were used on the same nights. The catches from both sites were pooled
for each month and the mean totals per month recorded for the years 1986-
1992.
Results
Only the macrolepidoptera, as defined by Borror et al. (1981), were sorted
and identified. Table 1 shows the number of specimens and species collected
in 30 sample months during a 62 month period.
146 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
^
T
Location
Fig. 1 Lighttrap sites within the Scamander Forest Reserve.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 147
Table 1. Number of specimens and species ( ) collected using vane light
traps.
Month 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Mean
January - 33(6) 48(6) 26(8) 34(4) - 16(6) 31
February - 71(8) - - - - - 71
March - 147(6) 122(4) 68(6) 162(9) - - 125
April - 23(5) 68(6) 22(4) - - - 38
May - - 20(4) 66(4) - 3(1) - 30
June - - 16(3) - - - - 16
July - - 2(2) 2(2) - - - 2
August - - 20(4) 26(7) - - - 23
September - - 6(3) - - - - 6
October - 27(3) - - 107(5) 5(2) - 46
November - - - - 41(7) 24(6) - 33
‘December 13(5) 25(3) - - 30(6) - - 23
(Blanks are months not sampled).
Large numbers of some species and particularly members of the Family
Arctiidae were present in late summer months with a peak catch of 91
specimens of Castulo doubledayi occurring in March 1988.
In all a total of 1261 individuals, comprised of 81 species from 20 families,
were captured during 35 trap nights. Table 2 lists the species of
macrolepidoptera collected during the survey.
Table 2. Macrolepidoptera species and collection months from the
Scamander Forest Reserve.
Anthelidae
Anthelinae
Anthela acuta (Walker) July-August
Anthela connexa Walker December-January
Anthela nicothoe (Walker) January-March
Anthela ocellata (Walker) November-March
Anthela repleta (Walker) December-January
Pterolocera amplicornis Walker December-April
Pterolocera sp. December-April
Arctiidae
Arctiinae
Spilosoma glatignyi (Le Guillou) December-March
Utetheisa pulchelloides Hampson March
Lithosiinae
Castulo doubledayi (Newman) January-April
Palaeosia bicosta Walker December-April
148 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Table 2 (cont.). Macrolepidoptera species and collection months from the
Scamander Forest Reserve.
Arctiidae (cont.)
Lithosiinae
Phaeophlebosia furcifera Walker
Scoliacma bicolora Boisduval
sp.1
sp.2
Geometridae
Ennominae
Boarmia lyclaria (Guenée)
Capusa senilis Walker
Melanodes anthracitaria Guenée
Mnesampela privata (Guenée)
Phelotis cognata (Walker)
Plesanemma fucata (Felder & Rogenhofer)
Paralaea beggaria Guenée
Thalaina selenaea Doubleday
sp.1
Geometrinae
Chlorocoma dichloraria (Guenée)
Crypsiphona ocultaria (Donovan)
Eucyclodes buprestaria Guenée
Euloxia meandraria (Guenée)
Hypobapta percomptaria (Guenée)
sp.1
sp.2
Oenochrominae
Monoctenia fallernaria Guenée
Larentiinae
Chrysolarentia vicissata (Guenée)
Hepialidae
Fraus latistria Nielsen & Kristensen
Oxycanus fuscomaculatus Walker
Lasiocampidae
Lasiocampinae
Digglesia australasiae (Fabricius)
Limacodidae
Doratifera pinguis (Walker)
Lycaenidae
Polyommatinae
Neolucia agricola (Westwood)
Theclinae
Paralucia aurifer (Blanchard)
Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard)
August-May
October-March
February
February
February-March
February
November
April-May
March
March
April
March-April
January
August-April
November
March
February
January-April
February
January
October
February-March
April
April-May
August-March
July-February
December
November-January
October-January
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Table 2 (cont.). Macrolepidoptera species and collection months from the
Scamander Forest Reserve.
Lymantriidae
Acyphas leucomelas (Walker)
Teia anartoides Walker
Noctuidae
Agaristinae
Periscepta polysticta (Butler)
Amphipyrinae
Amphipyra sanguinipuncta Guenée
Rictonis atra (Guenée)
Rictonis flexirena (Walker)
sp.1
sp.2
Catocalinae
Pantydia sparsa Guenée
Praxis edwardsii Guenée
Rhapsa suscitalis (Walker)
sp. 1
Cucullinae
Neumichtis saliaris (Guenée)
Hadeninae
Dasygaster padockina Turner
"Sideridis" costalis (Walker)
Heliothinae
Heliothis rubrescens (Walker)
Noctuinae
Agrotis infusa (Boisduval)
Agrotis porphyricollis Guenée
Diarsia intermixta (Guenée)
Nolinae
Uraba lugens Walker
Notodontidae
Hylaeora inclyta (Walker)
Sorama bicolor Walker
Nymphalidae
Nymphalinae
Junonia villida (Fabricius)
Satyrinae
Heteronympha penelope Waterhouse
Oreixenica lathoniella (Westwood)
Oecophoridae
Oecophorinae
Garrha callianassa (Meyrick)
Machimia parthenopa (Meyrick)
February-March
March
October-December
February-March
December-May
October-March
March
April
January
August-February
October-February
February
August-October
August-September
February-March
November
October-February
March-April
March
February-March
April-June
June-February
February-March
January-February
February
December
December-January
150
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Table 2 (cont.). Macrolepidoptera species and collection months from the
Scamander Forest Reserve.
Family Species
Oecophoridae (cont.)
Xyloryctinae
Cryptophasa albacosta Lewin
Pieridae
Pierinae
Pieris rapae (Linnaeus)
Psychidae
Psychinae
Clania tenuis Rosenstock
Taleporiinae
Narycia cataphracta (Meyrick)
Pyralidae
Crambinae
Hednota sp.
Galleriinae
Meyriccia latro (Zeller)
Pyraustinae
Uresiphita ornithopteralis (Guenée)
Saturniidae
Opodiphthera helena (White)
Sphingidae
Macroglossinae
Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval)
Thaumetopoeidae
Epicoma tristis Hübner
Marane melanospila (Wallengren)
Oenosandra boisduvalii (Newman)
Tortricidae
Tortricinae
Epiphyas postvittana (Walker)
Zygaenidae
Pollanisus viridipulverulentus
Guérin-Méneville
Discussion
Collection month/s
January-March
September-April
April
February
January
December-January
November
October-December
December
December
March-April
March
January-April
January
The collection of 81 species of macrolepidoptera using a single trap design
provides an indication of the diversity of this order of insects within a specific
vegetative habitat.
The problems of assessing populations of Lepidoptera from light trap catches
have been well documented. Moonlight, rain and wind may affect catch
heterogeneity resulting in fluctuations of insect numbers from night to night
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 151
(Wolda 1977), whilst insect seasonality relates to climatic factors and to food
availability (Frith and Frith, 1985).
In comparison to other regional moth collections using light traps the number
of species captured were similar except for the geometrids of which only 18
species were collected (P.B. McQuillan pers. comm.). The presence of
extensive Pinus radiata plantations bordering both light trap sites may have
adversely influenced the number of species of this family captured.
The value of this coastal dry forest reserve is enhanced by the diversity of
macrolepidoptera found within its vegetation community.
The presence of an isolated population of the hairstreak butterfly
Pseudalmenus chlorinda ssp. near zephyrus, whose known distribution in
Tasmania has declined due to habitat loss (Couchman 1962), is of significant
conservation importance.
References
BORROR, D.J., DELONG, D.M. and TRIPLEHORN, C.A. 1981. An introduction to the study
of insects. Fifth Edition. Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia. xi + 827 pp.
COUCHMAN, L.E. 1962. Notes on some Tasmanian and Australian Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera.
Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 96: 73-81.
DUNCAN, F. 1985. Tasmania's vegetation and its response to forest operations. EIS Working
Paper 6: pg 127.
FRITH, C.B. and FRITH, D.W. 1985. Seasonality of insect abundance in an Australian upland
tropical rainforest. Australian Journal of Ecology 10: 237-248.
WOLDA, H. 1977. Fluctuations in abundance of some Homoptera in-a neotropical forest. Geo.
Eco. Trop. 3: 229-257.
152 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Tineid genera of Australia. Monographs on Australian Lepidoptera. Vol. 2. by G.S.
Robinson, & E.S. Nielsen, (1993). CSIRO, Melbourne. xvi 344 pages. A$80.00
While moths of the family Tineidae are familiar to many people as introduced clothes-
moths, it may come as a surprise to learn that Australia has an interesting and quite
diverse indigenous fauna of about 400 species (of which 187 are described). This
attractive volume surveys this fauna at the genus level in a comprehensive treatment of
44 genera spanning the eleven tineid subfamilies which occur in Australia (of 15
subfamilies worldwide). For many years the Tineidae has been a convenient
taxonomic sink for assorted shaggy-headed small moths, so a careful redefinition and
review of the family was overdue. Of course such a deconstruction also brings the
promise of exciting new finds, including recognition of the first Eriocottidae and the
only nemapogonine tineid (Vanna) from Australia.
Following an Introduction which has some interesting historical details, the
information is arranged in seven chapters. Chapter 1 establishes the family definition
and documents our present understanding of the phylogeny of the family. Chapter 2
surveys tineid morphology in words and pictures, and necessarily draws on much
evidence beyond the Australian genera. Chapter 3 is a very readable account of tineid
biology and concludes with a useful section on collecting methods including larval
rearing. Most detail is available for pest species but the more general close association
with fungal mycelia is highlighted; virtually no tineids are known to feed on living
plant tissue.
The biology of native tineids is very poorly known, but available evidence is sufficient
to suggest a diverse range of habitats, including termite mounds, birds nests, guano,
fungi and decaying wood and other plant tissue. There are numerous challenges here
for the careful field worker, such as finding the life history of the conspicuous genus
Edosa. Chapter 4 reviews diversity and distribution, with unremarkable consequences
given the inadequate knowledge of certain key faunas elsewhere for comparison.
Like most large insect families in Australia, the tineid fauna is a blend of tropical
northern elements, southern (perhaps Gondwanan) taxa and a smattering of
cosmopolitan or pantropical forms. Of notable interest are a number of true Tinea
from the wet forests of the south-east, and a monophyletic cluster of genera from the
dry forests and heathlands of southern Australia with a functional proboscis. Chapter 5
deals with the genera beginning with a generic key. For each genus the morphological
description is accompanied by a picture of the habitus, head, antenna, wing venation
and genitalia. A diagnosis helps to differentiate each taxon from its close relatives.
Two brief chapters, 6 and 7, account for unplaced and excluded (misplaced) taxa.
Comprehensive References and an Index conclude the book.
The book is robustly presented in hard covers and is written in an accessible, yet
precise and informative style. The production is virtually free of spelling errors and
lapses; suffixing -land to Gondwana creates a tautology, and what shape is a 'kukri' (p.
5)? It is very well illustrated with b & w photographs and line drawings. I generally
prefer to see line drawings of complicated structures such as genitalia, but with very
few exceptions (e.g. fig. 560) the photographs on offer are adequate. The line
drawings of the heads and wings are uniformly excellent. This handsome book is both
a comprehensive and useable manual to Australia's fascinating tineid fauna and an
exemplar of a contemporary account of a large continental moth family. It deserves a
place in the library of amateur and professional entomologists everywhere.
Peter B. McQuillan
Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 153
ANTITROGUS VILLOSUS SP. N. (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE:
MELOLONTHINAE) FROM WESTERN VICTORIA
P.G. ALLSOPP
Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, P.O. Box 651, Bundaberg, Qld, 4670
Abstract
Antitrogus villosus sp. n. is described from males taken near Dimboola, western Victoria.
Introduction
In his revision of the Australian Melolonthini, Britton (1978) recognised 17
species of Antitrogus Burmeister, all from the eastern half of the continent.
He predicted that, because of the very limited flight periods of adults (about
0.5 h at dusk on very few nights in the year), additional Antitrogus spp. may
be found. Britton (1980) added a further species, A. setifrons Britton, from
central Queensland. In considering the identity of specimens from southern
Queensland attributed to A. mussoni (Blackburn), I have reinstated A.
consanguineus (Blackburn) and A. rugulosus (Blackburn) from synonymy and
restricted the distribution of A. mussoni to central New South Wales (Allsopp
1993). Houston and Weir (1992) interpreted Britton’s (1978) incorrect
references to holotypes of some Antitrogus spp. as lectotype designations.
This paper describes a new species of Antitrogus from western Victoria.
Antitrogus villosus sp. n.
Figs 1-2
Types - VICTORIA: holotype d", 5 km S of Dimboola [36°25’S, 142*03'E],
25.xi.1988, H. & A. Howden, in Australian National Insect Collection
(ANIC), registered no. 110; paratypes 14 T, same data as holotype, in
ANIC, Allsopp (Bundaberg), Howden (Ottawa, Canada), Museum of Victoria,
Queensland Department of Primary Industries (Mareeba) and Queensland
Museum collections.
Description
MALE: Length 15.5-16.5 mm. Head, pronotum, scutellum, pygidium and
venter brown. pronotum mottled with dark brown marks, elytra dark brown
to more reddish brown near lateral and anterior margins, antennal lamellae
yellow-brown, Labrum not strongly projecting and not deflexed, densely
setose. anterior margin bilobed with shallow rounded emargination. Anterior
[ace of clypeus deep. ratio greatest width: mid depth 4.3:1, with scattered
setiferous punctures in middle as well as towards. sides; upper surface of
clypeus with well-defined punctures with long setae, shiny between punctures,
flat except for recurved anterior and lateral margins, outline almost
semicircular. transverse. ratio greatest width: mid length 2.1:1: clypeofrontal
Suture slightly indented in middle. Frons with long dense setae arising from
well-defined punctures anterior to midline of eyes, posterior smooth and
154 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
Figs 1-2. Antitrogus villosus Male parameres
glabrous. Last segment of maxillary palp broad, ratio greatest width: length
2.5:1, with a large dull-surfaced area on upper side. Antennae 10-segmented,
club 5%-lamellate, lamellae of segments 6-10 5.4 mm long, lamella of
segment 5 3.7 mm long. Pronotum covered with dense long thin yellowish
setae arising from well-defined punctures, ratio greatest width: mid length
1.65:1, anterior edge defined by a raised margin from side to side, posterior
edge without defined margin in middle, lateral margins well rounded,
posterior angles obtuse. Scutellum U-shaped, with punctures and setae similar
to pronotum. Elytra with deep rugose punctures each with a short yellowish
seta or occasionally with a long yellowish seta, long setae more common near
anterior margin, surface between punctures smooth and shiny. Venter clothed
with dense long thin yellow setae. Fore tibiae with proximal tooth very small.
Claws with a small tooth close to base. Pygidium uniformly clothed with
semierect sharp yellow-white setae. Venter clothed with yellowish setae,
longer towards middle and less dense on middle anterior of each sternite:
sutures separating sternites 3-5 fainter in middle than at sides. Parameres
symmetrical (Figs 1-2).
FEMALE: Unknown.
Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993 155
Notes
The long setae on the head and pronotum, and the male antennal club of six
lamellae clearly place A. villosus in a group with the central Queensland A.
setifer Britton and A. adamsi Britton. Males of A. villosus can be separated
from those of A. setifer and A. adamsi by having the lamella of antennal
segment 5 about two-thirds as long as the remaining lamellae, by the defined
anterior margin of the pronotum, and by the shape of the parameres. A.
villosus can be incorporated into the key to male Antitrogus spp. (Britton
1978, 1980; Allsopp 1993) by renumbering couplet 10 as 10a and inserting:
10 (9). Pronotum uniformly clothed with long, thin, yellowish
Ey op DE QU & & EE NN wo louAISOopp
Pronotum with minute setae .. .. .. 6. 6 0s s e e e lOa
Flights of Antitrogus spp., e.g. A. consanguineus and A. parvulus Britton,
often follow rainfall (Allsopp unpubl. data). Dimboola recorded 4.4 mm of
rain on 24 November 1988 (Australia Post, Dimboola, pers. comm.).
The specific name is the Latin adjective villosus, hairy, and refers to the long
setae on the head and pronotum.
Acknowledgment
I thank Henry and Anne Howden for their hospitality and access to their
collection.
References
ALLSOPP, P.G. 1993. Identity of canegrubs attributed to Antitrogus mussoni (Blackburn)
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae). Coleopterist's Bulletin. 47: 195-201.
BRITTON, E.B. 1978. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae) Vol.2. Tribe Melolonthini. Australian Journal of Zoology, Supplementary Series
60: 1-150.
BRITTON, E.B. 1980. New Australian Melolonthinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Journal of
the Australian Entomological Society 18: 193-197.
HOUSTON, W.W.K. and WEIR, T.A. 1992. Melolonthinae. pp. 174-358 /n Houston, W.W.K.
(Ed.), Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea. Vol. 9. Canberra: AGPS.
156 Aust. Entomologist 20 (4) Dec 1993
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
BRABY, M.F.
(1992). Conservation needs of lowland, coastal paperbark woodlands and eucalypt open forests in northern Queensland - notes
on some rare and threatened butterflies. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 20: 76-88. [Corrigenda to above News Bull. ent. Soc.
Qd 20: 107.]
(1993). A new larval host plant for the common imperial white butterfly, Delias harpalyce (Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae).
Vict. Ent. 23: 25-27.
(1993). The egg and egg-laying habits of Trapezites symmomus symmomus Hübner (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Vict. Ent. 23:
57-60.
(1993). Early stages, biology and taxonomic status of Tisiphone helena (Olliff) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Satyrinae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 32: 273-282.
BRABY, M.F., CROSBY, D.F. and VAUGHAN, P.J.
(1992). Distribution and range reduction in Victoria of the Eltham copper butterfly Paralucia pyrodiscus lucida Crosby.
Victorian Nat. 109: 154-161.
BREMER, H.J.
(1990). Eine neue Corticus-Art aus Brasilien sowie Anmerkungen zur synonymie einiger orientalischer und papuanisch-
australischer Corticus-Arten (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae, Hypophloeini). Entomofauna 11: 313-320.
BRITTON, E.B.
(1990). A synopsis of the Australian genera of Liparetrini (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae). /nvert. Taxon. 4: 159-195.
BROWN, G.R.
(1989). The Australian genus Encopothynnus Turner (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc, 28: 255-266.
(1992). Bifidothynnus wubiniensis, a new genus and species of Australian Thynnini (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae: Thynninae). J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 215-217.
(1993). A new species of Lestricothynnus Turner with notes on miscoupling in Thynninae (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 32: 197-199.
CALDER, A.A.
(1992). Notes on Parablax Schwarz and the subfamily Pityobiinae with description of Parablax ossa sp. n. from Tasmania
(Coleoptera: Elateridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 143-158.
CALDER, A.A. and von HAYEK, C.M.F.
(1992). A reappraisal and revision of the genus Antharacalaus Fairmaire (Coleoptera: Elateridae). Ent. scand. 23: 11-62.
CAMPBELL, K.G.
(1992). The biology and population ecology of two species of Cardiaspina (Hemiptera: Psyllidae) in plague numbers on
Eucalyptus grandis in New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 113: 135-150.
CARTER, DJ.
(1992). Butterflies and moths. 304 pp. Collins Angus and Robertson Publisers Pty Ltd: Australia.
CARVER, M.
(1992). Alloxystinae (Hymenoptera: Cynipoidea: Charipidae) in Australia. Invert. Taxon. 6: 769-785.
(1993). Australian Charipinae (Hymenoptera: Cynipoidea: Charipidae) described by A.A. Girault. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 43-44.
CAVENEY, S. and SCHOLTZ, C.H.
(1993). Evolution of ommatidium structure in the Trogidae (Coleoptera). Syst, Ent. 18: 1-10.
COLE, P.
(1992). Parasitoids for the control of Helicoverpa in eastern Australia. Vict. Ent. 22: 118-120.
CONWAY, J.R.
(1992). Notes on the excavation of a nest of Melophorus bagoti Lubbock in the Northern Territory, Australia (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 247-248.
COOK, M.A. and SCOBLE, M.J.
(1992). Tympanal organs of geometrid moths: a review of their morphology, function, and systematic importance. Syst. Ent. 17:
219-232.
CROSBY, D.F.
(1990). A management plan for the Altona skipper butterfly Hesperilla flavescens flavescens Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae). Arthur Rylah Inst. Envir. Res. Tech. Rep. Ser. No. 98, pp. i-vii, 1-65.
(1992). Notes on the butterfly fauna of the Snowy River National Park and nearby areas. Vict. Ent. 22: 82-86.
CROWSON, R.A.
(1990). A new genus of Boganiidae (Coleoptera) from Australia, with observations on glandular openings, cycad associations
and geographical distribution in the family. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 91-99,
DAMOISEAU, R.
(1989). Contribution à la systématique et corrections à la nomenclature des Brentinae et Ceocephalinae (Coleoptera-Brentidae).
Bull. Inst. r. sci. nat. Belg. (Ent.) 59: 43-98.
DANIELS, G.
(1991). Revision of the Australian genus Austrosaropogon Hardy (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc, 30: 29-44.
DAVIDOVA-VILIMOVÁ, J.
(1993). Jeffocoris gen. n—a new podopine genus from Australia (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 26: 105-109.
DEAN, J.C. and BUNN, S.E.
(1989). Larval descriptions of the Hydrobiosidae, Philopotamidae, Hydropsychidae and some Ecnomidae (Trichoptera) from
south-western Australia, with notes on biology. Aust. J. Freshw. Res. 40: 631-643.
DEBENHAM, M.
(1991). Australian and New Guinea species of the biting midge genus Brachypogon (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Invert. Taxon.
5: 765-806.
THE
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGIST
VOLUME 20
1993
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
independently and subscription to the journal is not included with membership of the
Society.
The Editorial Panel
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin
Queensland Museum
Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels
University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith
Queensland Museum
Business Manager Dr A.P. Mackey
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ISSN 1320-6133
Printed for The Entomological Society of Queensland
by Hans Quality Print, Brisbane
Copyright Reserved, 1993
iii
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
INDEX VOL. 20, 1993
ALLSOPP, P.G. Three new species of Chilodiplus Sharp (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae) from northern Australia.
ALLSOPP, P.G. Antitrogus villosus sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:
Melolonthinae) from western Victoria.
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BOWMAN, G.J. and EDWARDS, E.D. Herbivorous
insects associated with the paperbark Melaleuca quinquenervia and its
allies: I. Noctuoidea (Lepidoptera). .
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BURROWS, D.W. and EDWARDS, E.D. Herbivorous
insects associated with the paperbark tree Melaleuca quinquenervia and its
allies: II. Geometridae (Lepidoptera).
BASHFORD, R. Macrolepidoptera of the Scamander Forest Reserve in north-
eastern Tasmania.
COOMBS, M. Seasonality and reproductive behaviour of Cicadetta tristrigata
(Goding and Froggatt) (Hemiptera: Cicadidae) at Armidale, New South
Wales.
COOMBS, M. New distribution records for three cicadas (Hemiptera:
Cicadidae) in south-western New South Wales.
COOPER, W.T., COOPER, W. and MONTEITH, G.B. New larval food
plants for two Australian fruit-feeding lycaenid butterflies.
DANIELS, G. The first record of Nicteria macrocosma (Lower) (Lepidoptera:
Geometridae: Ennominae) from Tasmania.
De BAAR, M. and HANCOCK, D.L. The Australian species of Elodina C. &
R. Felder (Lepidoptera: Pieridae).
ENDERSBY, I.D. Aestivation of adult winter gnats (Diptera: Trichoceridae).
FELLENBERG, S.J. Description of the egg of a species of Onchestus Stal
(Phasmatodea: Phasmatidae).
FORSTER, P.I. Brachychiton australis (Sterculiaceae), an additional host for
Lygropia clytusalis (Walker) (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).
HALLIDAY, R.B. Two new species of Macrocheles from Australia (Acarina:
Mesostigmata: Macrochelidae).
HILL, C.J. The species composition and seasonality of an assemblage of
tropical Australian dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Scarabaeinae).
JAMES, D.G. Apparent overwintering of Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) on Eremocitrus glauca (Rutaceae).
JOHNSON, S.J. Butterfly records of interest from northern Australia.
LACHLAN, R.B. A new subspecies of Polyura sacco Smart (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) from Vanuatu.
LANE, D.A. New food plant records for Chaetocneme denitza (Hewitson)
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Pyrginae).
MONTEITH, G.B. A Range extension for the moth butterfly, Liphyra
brassolis major Rothschild (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).
49
153
13
91
145
143
133
113
iv
MULLER, C.J. and MAYO, R. The previously undescribed female of Liphyra
brassolis bougainvilleanus Samson and Smart (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae:
Liphyrinae). TI
POWELL, R.J. The use of two species of Parietaria (Urticaceae) as food plants
by the butterfly Vanessa itea (Fabricius) in south-western Australia. 57
RAJAKULENDRAN, S.V., PIGOTT, R. and BAKER, G.L. Biology and
phenology of giant grasshopper, Valanga irregularis (Walker) (Orthoptera:
Acrididae: Crytacanthacridinae), a pest of Citrus, in Central Western New
South Wales. 81
SCHNEIDER, M.A. A new species of Phytalmia (Diptera: Tephritidae) from
Papua New Guinea. 3
SMITHERS, C.N. A note on the Megaloptera, Neuroptera and Mecoptera of
Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, New South Wales. 67
SMITHERS, C.N. A remarkable aggregation of Nymphes myrmeleonides
Leach (Neuroptera: Nymphidae) in the Hunter Valley, New South Wales. 127
WALKER, K.L. Pachyhalictus stirlingi (Cockerell) (Hymenoptera:
Halictidae) - a unique Australian bee. 59
WALTER, D.E. Queensland's rainforest canopies - a mitey cornucopia. 115
WEBB, G.A. Notes on the biology of Nungena binocularis McKeown
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). 139
WEYLAND, S. Sex determination of the larvae of Ornithoptera priamus
euphorion (Gray) (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). 8
WILLIAMS, A.A.E. A new larval foodplant for Hesperilla donnysa albina
Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in Western Australia. 12
WILLIAMS: A.A.E. and ATKINS, A.F. Notes on the life history of
Taractrocera papyria agraulia (Hewitson) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). 135
WILLIAMS, A.A.E. and HALL, G.P. New records of butterflies (Lepidoptera:
Hesperioidea and Papilionidea) from Bernier Island, Western Australia. 45
BOOK REVIEWS 44, 138, 152
RECENT LITERATURE 48, 80, 112, 156
Publication dates: Part 1. (pp. 1-48) 14 July
Part 2 (pp. 49-80) 31 August
Part 3 (pp. 81-112) 30 September
Part 4 (pp. 113 156) 17 December
Em
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
<< fl cen A WA
fens QU EX
aa
Suppliers of fine quality insect specimens for both the amateur and
professional collector. Our latest catalogue contains over 1200 species of
Papilionidae, Nymphalidae, Satyridae, Lycaenidae, Saturniidae,
Scarabaeidae, Cerambycidae, Lucanidae and many other families from
North and South America, Africa, Europe, Australia, Papua New Guinea,
Solomons, Russia, etc. Many rare and hard to get species are available.
We also supply preset material. The Insect Company, P.O. Box 618,
Cooktown, Qld, 4871.
Bibliographic database on biting insect attractants research and development
is available on the InterNet using Gopher. The bibliography can be found
at the University of Minnesota Gophers, College of Natural Resources
Gopher, Forestry Library Gopher. Reply to Dan Dobbert, MMCD, 2099
University Ave W., St Paul MN 55104-3431. Phone 612-645-9149 FAX
645-3246.
Information required for post-graduate study on genetic similarities between
Ornithoptera priamus and O. richmondia and other birdwing butterflies
common to Papua New Guinea and Malaysia. Jeremy Hill, 32 Weeden
Drive South Vermont, Vic. 3133. Phone (03) 887 6053, or Fax (03) 802
2358.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
AII papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Dr K.J. Lambkin, Editor
The Australian Entomologist
Queensland Museum
P.O. Box 3300
South Brisbane, Queensland, 4101
SAUCIUS PUPA URSI Rate LSAT E udi, e E A E N EIER SE MAE
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
(Formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) Volume 20, Part 4, 17 December 1993
CONTENTS
ALLSOPP, P.G.
Antitrogus villosus sp. n. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae) from
western Victoria.
BASHFORD, R.
Macrolepidoptera of the Scamander Forest Reserve in north-eastern Tasmania.
COOMBS, M.
Seasonality and reproductive behaviour of Cicadetta tristrigata (Goding and
Froggatt) (Hemiptera: Cicadidae) at Armidale, New South Wales.
COOMBS, M.
New distribution records for three cicadas (Hemiptera: Cicadidae) in south-
western New South Wales.
COOPER, W.T., COOPER, W. and MONTEITH, G.B.
New larval food plants for two Australian fruit-feeding lycaenid butterflies.
FELLENBERG, S.J.
Description of the egg of a species of Onchestus Stål (Phasmatodea:
Phasmatidae).
HILL, CJ.
The species composition and seasonality of an assemblage of tropical
Australian dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Scarabaeinae).
JAMES, D.G.
Apparent overwintering of Biprorulus bibax (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) on
Eremocitrus glauca (Rutaceae).
McQUILLAN, P.B.
Book Review. Tineid genera of Australia
MOULDS, M.S.
Book Review. Catalogue of world sphingid family-, genus- and species-aroup
names
SMITHERS, C.N.
A remarkable aggregation of Nymphes myrmeleonides Leach (Neuroptera:
Nymphidae) in the Hunter Valley, New South Wales.
WALTER, D.E.
Queensland's rainforest canopies - a mitey cornucopia.
WEBB, G.A.
Notes on the biology of Nungena binocularis McKeown (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae).
WILLIAMS, A.A.E. and ATKINS, A.F.
Notes on the life history of Taractrocera papyria agraulia (Hewitson)
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae).
REGENT LITERATURE
127
115
139
135
156
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES Inside back cover.
ISSN 1320-6133
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
OF QUEENSLAND
SEUM OF VICTORIA
RE
|
Volume 21, Part 1, 30 June 1994.
Price: $5.00 per part
Published by: THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
ISSN 1320 6133
Nui LIBRARY
Eam ma ns
er ee aa
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
independently and subscription to the journal is not included with membership of the
Society.
The Editorial Panel
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin
Queensland Museum
Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels
University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith
Queensland Museum
Business Manager Dr A.P. Mackey
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of
March-June and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the
Society's News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd.
Cover: The giant burrowing cockroach, Macropanesthia rhinoceros Saussure occurs
in open eucalypt forest from Cooktown south to near Rockhampton, where it lives in
deep burrows in areas of sandy soil. It feeds on dead leaves which are dragged into
the burrow at night. Females give birth to litters of live young which reach maturity
in about three years. Adult life span is four to five years.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 l
A NEW SPECIES OF EUCARTERIA LEA (COLEOPTERA:
LUCANIDAE) AND NOTES ON THE AFFINITIES OF THE GENUS
B.P. MOORE
C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Eucarteria subvittata sp. n. is described from localities in the Central Tablelands district of New
South Wales and is compared with the generic type species, E. floralis Lea. The systematic
position of the genus within the Lucanidae is discussed.
Introduction
Lea (1914) erected the genus Eucarteria for his new species floralis, a
small, diurnal, flower-visiting stag beetle from the "Dorrigo scrub", New
South Wales. Nothing further appears to have been recorded concerning the
biology or distribution of this species but recently collected material of
Eucarteria, from localities to the south of Dorrigo, exists in the Australian
National Insect Collection (ANIC), Canberra and in major collections at
other centres. However, although the modern specimens broadly agree with
the original description of floralis and have generally been standing as Lea's
species, a recent examination of Lea's type material, from the South
Australian Museum (SAM), has revealed that they belong to a distinct
(though closely related) new species, described below.
Eucarteria subvittata sp. n. (Figs 1-5).
Types. NEW SOUTH WALES: holotype O', 31?53'S 151?32'E: Dilgry
River, Barrington Tops State Forest, 15-16.xi.1981, T. Weir and A. Calder,
in the Australian National Insect Collection. (ANIC), CSIRO, Canberra,
ACT. Paratypes, 4 d'O’, same data as holotype (except 2, with T. Weir as
the only collector), in ANIC; 3 070’, 31°54'S 151?33'E: Moppy Lookout,
Barrington Tops State Forest, 18.xi.1981, A. Calder, in ANIC; 1 0%, Wilson
River, 48 km NW of Port Macquarie, N.S.W., 29.xii.1971, K.R. Pullen, in
ANIC; 3 gg, Mount Boss State Forest, via Wauchope, 11.i.1984, C.
Williams & C. Cross, in the Department of Primary Industries (DPI)
Collection, Mareeba; 1 C, vicinity of Banda Banda Beech Reserve, Mount
Boss State Forest, 11.1.1984, C. Williams & C. Cross, in the Zoological
Collection of the University of Florence (ZCUF), Italy; 6 o'o', Werrikimbe
National Park, 2.iii.1985, K. Pullen, 1 in ZCUF, 1 in the South Australian
Museum (SAM) Adelaide, 4 in the author's collection (now lodged with
ANIC); 1 g, vicinity of Polblue Swamp, Barrington Tops State Forest,
25.x1.1986, C. Reid, in ANIC.
Male: mostly dark brownish-black, with slight bronze reflections; antennae,
palpi, canthi, pronotal margins, elytral vittae and tibiae lighter, reddish-
brown; scales grey.
Head transverse, coarsely punctate, squamose beside eyes; mandibles
showing little allometric variation, short, concave, rugose, weakly
bicuspidate internally; right more markedly than left; apex of left mandible
2 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Figs. 1-3. Eucarteria subvittata sp. n. (1) general habitus, based on a
paratype male from Werrikimbe National Park, N.S.W. Natural length = 9
mm. (2) aedeagus of holotype in ventral and (3) left lateral views. Scale-
line = 1 mm.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 3
^ | @&
A
m
a
Figs 4-9. Eucarteria spp., male and female mandibles: (4) subvittata sp. n.,
holotype male; (5) subvittata sp. n., paratype male; (6) floralis Lea, lectotype male;
(7) floralis Lea, paralectotype female; (8) floralis Lea, topotype male; (9) floralis
Lea, topotype female. Scale-lines = 1 mm.
overlapping that of right when clenched; eyes narrowly divided by canthi;
mentum small, flat, triangular, largely covered with scales. Pronotum
transverse (ca 3.5 x 2.5 mm), convex, coarsely punctate and sparsely
squamose except on disc, widest at about hind third; margins crenulate,
regularly rounded on front two-thirds, then obliquely contracted to base.
Elytra rugose, lightly and irregularly striate on disc; intervals sparsely
squamose, apical declivity more densely so; humeri raised; apices of
intervals 4-8 combining to form a slight tumidity before declivity; a poorly
defined, oblique pale vitta on each, extending from humerus to apical
declivity but not quite reaching suture. Legs hirsute; fore tibiae externally
with 3 large and 4-5 small teeth; mid and hind tibiae unarmed, the former
4 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
slightly curved, latter straight. Aedeagus (Figs 2-3) mostly strongly
sclerotised, except median lobe and part of its everted sac; sac broad,
sinuous and bandlike throughout its length; parameres circularly excised and
strongly falcate in lateral view. Length (including mandibles) 7.1-9.4 mm;
max. width 3.1-3.7 mm.
Female: unknown.
Diagnostic notes
This new species is evidently closely related to Eucarteria floralis but it
may be distinguished by its smaller size, dull and generally darker,
integument, coarsely rugose sculpture, extensive squamose vestiture and
shorter and less elaborate male mandibles. In floralis the integument is of a
light, shining brown, the elytral vittae are of a clearer yellow and are more
defined, and squamae are restricted to the head in males and the head and
pronotal front angles in females. The aedeagi of the 2 species are closely
similar in structure but the parameres in subvittata are somewhat more
markedly falcate in lateral view. From the limited distributional data
currently available, it would appear that these species are parapatric in the
mountains of eastern New South Wales, with subvittata occupying the more
southern range.
It is rather surprising that the extensive type series of subvittata comprises
males only (as confirmed by dissections), whereas that of floralis includes
both sexes in equal numbers. Since some males of subvittata are labelled as
having been found on flowers and Lea (1914) indicated that his species was
floricolous, it seems likely that females of subvittata may have more cryptic
habits. Moreover, in view of the comparatvely limited development, in
subvittata, of the male mandibles, which are scarcely more elaborate than
those of female floralis, it also appears probable that sexual dimorphism is
at a minimum in the new species.
Eucarteria floralis Lea (Figs 6-9)
Lea (1914) did not indicate how many specimens he had before him but as
he mentioned variation in both sexes, his type series must have included at
least 2 males and 2 females. Neither did he designate unequivocally a
holotype, although he did quote a type number (I. 2729) and indicated that
his type series came from "Dorrigo, N.S.W. (H. J. Carter, from R. J. Tillyard
and W. Heron)". The material now standing with this number in SAM
comprises 3 males and 3 females, including a male and a female, each
currently bearing a small label printed "Type", together with another
indicating "floralis Lea Comboyne", apparently in Lea's handwriting. The
male also carries a handwritten cabinet label indicating "Eucarteria floralis
Lea N.S.Wales. I. 2729", in agreement with the original citation.
It is not entirely clear why Lea should have labelled his chosen "types" as
having come from Comboyne, when this locality was not mentioned under
the original diagnosis. However, it seems likely that he took this action
-——
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
subsequently, perhaps much later, when he was preparing his collection for
incorporation in SAM, and that he had suffered a lapse of memory
concerning the original type locality. It also appears, from the forms of the
mandibles and canthi, that these chosen specimens were not those upon
which he based his published illustrations. Moreover, it should be noted
that Comboyne may well prove to be a false locality record for his species,
since it is now clear that this celebrated collecting area is well within the
known range of E. subvittata.
In these circumstances it was necessary to set aside Lea's apparent choices
and to select an alternative as lectotype, but the matter was further
complicated by the fact that all but one (a female) of the six available
specimens in SAM had evidently been subjected to subsequent re-curation: a
pair had been depinned and carded together and most labels throughout the
series carried multiple pinholes. Thus there was no guarantee that any of
these specimens remained as originally mounted and labelled. After careful
consideration, I therefore selected (p. 9 in Moore and Cassis 1992) and
labelled the male of the carded pair as Lectotype and the female as a
Paralectotype. These specimens, which appear to be those upon which Lea's
original illustrations were based, also currently carry a printed data label
"Dorrigo/N.S.Wales", a printed "cotype" and a handwritten cabinet label
"Eucarteria floralis Lea/ N.S.Wales./ 16900", with "Cotype" added in red.
An additional confirmed locality for this species is provided by 2 male
specimens on loan from the collections of Mr Hughes Bomans (Taulignan,
France) and of the Queensland Museum, with the following data: "Gibraltar
Ra. S(tate) F(orest), 30.xi.62, C.W. Frazier" and "Gibraltar Ra. N(ational)
P(ark), 10.xi.1980, G. Monteith, respectively.
The size ranges (overall lengths, including mandibles) over the material
before me are: 00’, 8.5-11.6 mm; 99 8.2-8.6 mm. Lea (1914) gave 7.5-11
mm and 7-8 mm, respectively.
Systematic position of Eucarteria
The permanently everted internal sac of the aedeagus and the well
developed occular canthi place this genus in the subfamily Lucaninae
(Holloway 1968) but as a satisfactory tribal classification within this
subfamily has not yet been developed, it is not possible to define its
systematic position further. However, on the basis of the broad, bandlike
form of the everted sac and the lateral excision of the parameres, together
with the 3-lamellate antennal club and general habitus, the monotypic and
endemic Cacostomus Newman (type: squamosus Newman) would appear to
be the closest genus, at least within the Australian fauna. In the related and
endemic Rhyssonotus Macleay, the parameres are not excised and the
everted sac tapers to a terminal flagellum in the type species [nebulosus
(Kirby)] and in 5 of 6 others listed as valid by Moore and Cassis (1992)
(only grandis Lea being unavailable for study). Moreover, the antennal club
6 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
in this genus is less markedly differentiated than in Eucarteria and is
composed of 6 serrate to shortly lamellate segments.
Acknowledgments
I thank Dr E.G. Matthews (SAM) for the loan of the type material of
Eucarteria floralis and for helpful background information concerning it;
Mr H. Bomans (Taulignan) and Dr G.B. Monteith (Queensland Museum) for
making their specimens of E. floralis available; and Dr A. Bartolozzi
(ZCUF) (who had also recognised the existence of a new species) and Mr
R.I. Storey (DPI, Mareeba) for the loan of additional material of E.
subvittata.
References
HOLLOWAY, B.A. 1968. The relationships of Syndesus Macleay and Sinodendron Schneider
(Coleoptera: Lucanidae). New Zealand Journal of Science 11: 264-269.
LEA, A.M. 1914. Notes on some miscellaneous Coleoptera, with descriptions of new species.
Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 38: 249-344, pl. 16.
MOORE, B.P. and CASSIS, G. 1992. Lucanidae, pp. 4-19. /n Houston, W.W.K. (ed.).
Zoological Catalogue of Australia Vol. 9: Coleoptera, Scarabaeoidea. Canberra: AGPS.
—"
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 7
A NOTE ON THE PERIPSOCIDAE (PSOCOPTERA) OF TUGLO
WILDLIFE REFUGE, HUNTER VALLEY, NEW SOUTH WALES
C.N. SMITHERS
Australian Museum, College St., Sydney, N.S.W., 2000
Abstract
Eight species of Peripsocus Hagen are recorded from Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, Hunter Valley,
New South Wales. The previously unknown female of P. morulops (Tillyard) is described and P.
reductus Badonnel and P. nitens Thornton and Wong are synonymised with P. milleri (Tillyard).
Introduction
Psocoptera have been collected during a fauna and flora survey of Tuglo
Wildlife Refuge, in the Hunter Valley, since the late 1970's. The locality and
collecting methods have been briefly described (Smithers 1993). This note
deals with the Peripsocidae, all in Peripsocus Hagen, of which more than 600
specimens were collected. Number of specimens taken are given for each
species; months of capture are indicated by small Roman numerals.
List of Peripsocus species from Tuglo Wildlife Refuge
Peripsocus edwardsi New
2 specimens; v, ix.
This species was described from macropterous and brachypterous females
from Victoria (New 1973). Material from South Australia (Smithers 1984)
included some females with longer wings. The two females taken at Tuglo
are macropterous.
Peripsocus hamiltonae Smithers
Peripsocus maoricus (Tillyard)
179 specimens; iv, v, vi, vii, x, xi, xii.
Peripsocus tillyardi New
48 specimens; i, iii, v, vi, ix, xi, xii.
Peripsocus milleri (Tillyard)
Peripsocopsis milleri Tillyard, 1923. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 54: 195, fig. 20; pl.
18, fig. 14. (cf. Roesler 1944: 154).
Peripsocus reductus Badonnel, 1943. Faune de France 43: 98, figs. 238-240. Syn.
nov.
Peripsocus eucalypti Edwards, 1950. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1949: 122, figs. 83-88.
Peripsocus nitens Thornton and Wong, 1968. Pacific Ins. Monogr. 19: 129, figs.
278-282. Syn. nov.
8 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Peripsocopsis milleri was described from New Zealand (Tillyard 1923).
Roesler (1944) synonymised the genus with Peripsocus. Edwards (1950)
described Peripsocus eucalypti from Tasmania, which New .(1973)
synonymised with P. milleri. —Badonnel (1943) described Peripsocus
reductus from France. Thornton and Wong (1968) described Peripsocus
nitens from Hawaii and New Zealand.
82 specimens; ii, iii, iv, v, viii, ix, x, xi, xii.
Perusal of the descriptions and illustrations of P. reductus and P. nitens
indicates that both are the same species as P. milleri. The illustration of the
male phallosome of P. milleri given by me (Smithers 1969, fig. 95) is
inaccurate and misleading owing to distortion of the specimen in preparation.
P. milleri has been recorded by several authors, under one or other of its
names, from many parts of the world, namely, New Zealand, Australia, the
Kermadecs, Norfolk Island, England, France, Madeira, Azores, Spain,
Luxembourg, Yugoslavia, Hawaii and Robinson Crusoe Island.
Peripsocus notialis Smithers
187 specimens; iii, iv, v, vi, viii, x, xi, xii.
Peripsocus roseus Smithers
90 specimens; i, ii, iii, iv, v, vi, viii, ix, x, xii.
Peripsocus morulops (Tillyard)
P. morulops was described from New Zealand on the basis of males. Males
have been recorded from Victoria and Tasmania (New, 1973). The material
from Tuglo includes a male (25.ix.1988) and two females (29.viii.1988,
11.1x.1988).
Description of female
Colouration (in alcohol). Similar to male (cf. Smithers 1969, redescription of
male). Head pale brown with darker marks. Median epicranial suture dark
brown. Epicranial plates with irregular, confluent spots across back of head,
adjacent to compound eyes and on either side of epicranial suture.
Postclypeus with anteriorly converging stripes almost meeting in midline. A
spot between antenna base and eye. Labrum brown. Antennae, legs and
maxillary palps pale brown. Eyes black. Ocellar tubercle brown. Fore wing
membrane very faintly tinged with brown, without distinctive pattern. Hind
wings similar but even paler, barely tinted.
Morphology. Length of body: 2.6 mm. Median epicranial suture very
distinct. Length of flagellar segments: f1: .405 mm; f2: .23 mm. Eyes much
smaller than in male, not reaching level of vertex when viewed from side nor
reaching back of head when viewed from above. IO/D:2.3; PO:.85.
Measurements of hind leg: F: .567 mm; T: 1.08 mm; tl: .27 mm; t2: .162
mm; rt: 1.6:1; ct: 11,0. Fore wing length: 3.5 mm; width: 1.2 mm. General
form of wing as in male (Smithers 1969, fig. 102) but lacking unusual
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 9
Figs. 1-4. Peripsocus morulops. Female. 1. Epiproct. 2. Gonapophyses. 3.
Paraproct. 4. Subgenital plate.
thickening of costa between wing base and pterostigma which is
characteristic of male. Costal margin slightly but perceptibly curved forward
in equivalent position. Wing margin at anal angle a little thickened but
normal between angle and wing base. Hind wing length: 2.7 mm, width: 0.9
mm. Ninth tergite with middle part of hind margin slightly curved
backwards, curved section bearing a row of tiny papillae similar to but
smaller than papillae in the equivalent position in male. Epiproct (fig. 1).
Paraproct (fig. 3). with small field of trichobothria, setae with small, widely
separated basal "rosettes". Subgenital plate (fig. 4). Ventral valve of
gonapophyses (fig. 2) with somewhat sinuous, dorsal, sclerotized. strip,
broader than usual in the genus. Dorsal valve broad, tapering posteriorly.
External valve short, almost rectangular, with long, fine, setae.
10 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank my wife for collecting all but a few of the specimens on
which this list is based and Heidi Marks and Graeme Smithers for taking care
of a malaise trap in my absence.
References
BADONNEL, A. 1943. Psocoptéres. Faune de France 42: 1-164.
EDWARDS, B.A.B. 1950. A study of the Tasmanian Psocoptera with descriptions of new
species. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania. 1949: 93-134.
NEW, T.R. 1973. New species and records of Peripsocus Hagen (Psocoptera, Peripsocidae)
from southeast Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 12: 340-346.
ROESLER, R. 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettiner entomologische Zeitung 195:
117-166.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1969. The Psocoptera of New Zealand. Records of the Canterbury Museum
8: 259-344.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1984. The Psocoptera of South Australia. Records of the South Australian
Museum 18: 453-491.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1993. A note on the Megaloptera, Neuroptera and Mecoptera of Tuglo
Wildlife Refuge, New South Wales. Australian Entomologist 20: 67-71.
THORNTON, LW.B. and WONG, S.K. 1968. The peripsocid fauna (Psocoptera) of the Oriental
Region and the Pacific. Pacific Insects Monographs 19: 1-158.
TILLYARD, R.J. 1923. A monograph of the Psocoptera, or Copeognatha, of New Zealand.
Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 54: 170-196, pl. 18.
rama, dmm
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 11
OCCURRENCE OF ANT SPECIES IN A RANGE OF SCLEROPHYLL
FOREST COMMUNITIES AT OLD CHUM DAM, NORTH-EASTERN
TASMANIA
B.B. LOWERY! and R.J. TAYLOR?
IPO. Box 362, Devonport, Tas., 7310
2Forest Practices Unit, Forestry Commission, 30 Patrick Street, Hobart, Tas., 7000
Abstract
There are an estimated 150 species of ants in Tasmania with five of the nine
Australian subfamilies being represented (B. Lowery unpubl. data). Very
little published information is available on their distribution or habitat
preferences. This papey reports on a short survey of the ants found in
different sclerophyll forest communities around Old Chum Dam (41°06'S,
148*03'E) in north-eastern Tasmania.
Introduction
Field work was undertaken on 14-15.i.1992. Most time was spent in forest on
the south-eastern facing slopes to the north of Old Chum Dam. One site was
also examined in forest SW of the dam. Altitude varies from 100-250 m.
Geology of the area is Ordovician granite. The main eucalypt present is
Eucalyptus obliqua L'Herit. E. amygdalina Labill. is subdominant over
much of the area and dominant in some flatter drainage lines. E. viminalis
Labill. is widespread but uncommon. Understorey on most upper and middle
slopes is very open being dominated by bracken Pteridium esculentum
(Forst.f.) Cockayne. The undergrowth is shrubbier,on slopes above creek
lines and gullies with Acacia verticillata (L'Herit.) Willd., Olearia lirata
(Sims.) Hutch. and A. terminalis (Salisb.) Macbr. being most common.
Vegetation along creeklines. is of two major types. Blackwood (A.
melanoxylon R.Br.) gully forest occurs along steep gullies and in some well
drained stream flats. Sassafras (Atherosperma moschatum Labill.) is present
in some of these sites. Dicksonia antarctica Labill., Olearia argophylla
(Labill) F.Muell., Pomaderris apetala Labill., Coprosma quadrifida
(Labill.) and Bursaria spinosa Cav. form a dense medium to tall shrub layer.
The second type has an undergrowth dominated by dense tea-tree scrub
consisting of Melaleuca squarrosa Don ex Smith and Leptospermum
scoparium Forst. & Forst. f. and is associated with basins and soakages with
impeded drainage.
About 85 ha of the site had been logged about 12 months prior to the survey.
A 100 m wide strip of forest was retained within the logged area. This strip
was located on a watercourse along a blackwood gully and then ran up the
slope and along the ridge top to connect with unlogged forest in the adjoining
catchment. The logged area, much of the retained strip and some as yet
unlogged forest were burnt by a hot wildfire on 15.x.1991. A length of
around 250 m of the retained strip, where the blackwood gully was deeply
incised, remained unburnt.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Six sites were surveyed. This involved searching an area for between 30
minutes and one and a half hours, with rocks and logs being overturned and
galleries examined. The sites were:
A. Blackwood gully in the retained strip where it had survived the burn.
B. Blackwood gully in a drainage line in the saddle of upper slopes.
C. Open bracken site nearby tea-tree gully, nearly flat, plenty of rocks and
sunny position.
D. Ridge top, flat, rocky, open bracken undergrowth.
E. Open to medium density, bracken-dominated undergrowth, nearby. tea-
tree gully, rocks and logs common, south-west of dam.
F. Unlogged patch (approximately 2 ha) within logged area, severely burnt.
Discussion
Sites under rocks and in rock crevices, sometimes covered by moss, and in
bare soil most often supported colonies. Few species were found in or under
logs and fewer still in patches of bracken. Only one species, (Camponotus
hartogi), was found nesting arboreally, in dead branches and rotting stumps.
The major determinant of the presence of ants appeared to be the amount of
direct sunlight reaching the ground rather than the presence of rocks, logs or
bare soil.
The taxonomy of many groups of ants is still uncertain and complexes
probably exist in certain species as presently defined. We have followed
usage in Shattuck (1992) for the Dolichoderinae and Andersen (1991) for
other groups. The ant species found in each of the sites is shown in Table 1.
A total of 33 species were recorded. However, experience (by B.B.L.)
collecting in similar sites close by indicate that it is likely that more species
would be found on the study area with further searching. A further 11 species
were found at a similar site 10 km to the north east. These were
Rhytidoponera tasmaniensis Emery, Polyrhachis patiens Santschi,
Myrmecorhynchus emeryi Andre, Monomorium leae Forel, Ochetellus
punctatissimus (Emery), Camponotus claripes Mayr, Stigmacros sp. (black),
Stigmacros barretti Santschi, Camponotus consobrinus Erichson, Pheidole
sp. (red) and Pheidole sp. (black).
Forest on well-drained open slopes and ridges supported the highest numbers
of species and the largest colonies, particularly sunny rocky sites. In the
gullies there were fewer species, far fewer colonies, smaller population sizes
per colony and species that are more cryptic in their habits. However, eight
of the 14 species found in the blackwood gullies were only found here. Five
of these were uncommon species and four of them occurred deep under large
rocks. One of these, the undescribed genus, has been very rarely collected. It
was previously known from only a few specimens collected in N.S.W. and
Victoria. The collection from the present site includes most ofa colony.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 13
Table 1. Ant species found at six sites located in the vicinity of Old Chum Dam in north-eastern
Tasmania.
SITE
A B io D E F
Blackwood Blackwood | Open Open Open Open
gully gully Bracken Bracken Bracken Bracken
lower upper rocky rocky south burnt
SPECIES slope slope ridge of dam
DOLICHODERINAE
Anonychomyrma biconvexa (Santschi) + + + +:
A. itinerans (Lowne) + +
A. nitidiceps (Andre) +
Tapinoma minutum Mayr +
FORMICINAE
Camponotus hartogi Forel + + + +
Melophorus sp. +
Notoncus ectatommoides (Forel) +
N. spinisquamis Andre +
Paratrechina tasmaniensis (Forel) +
Prolasius nitidissimus (Andre) + + + + +
Prolasius sp. A +
Prolasius sp. B +
Prolasius sp. C +
Prolasius sp. D +
Stigmacros sp. + + +
MYRMECIINAE
Myrmecia esuriens Fab. + ae
M. forficata Fab. + + + +
M. fulvipes Roger + + +
M. pilosula F. Smith complex + + a +
MYRMICINAE
Monomorium flavigaster (Clark) +
Monomorium sculpturatum Clark +
Monomorium sp. +
Orectognathus clarki Brown +
Solenopsis froggatti Forel + + + + + +
Strumigenys perplexa F. Smith + +
PONERINAE
Amblyopone australis Erichson + + + + +
A. punctulata Clark +
Undescribed genus! +
Hypoponera sp. A (brown) + + + +
Hypoponera sp. B (red) + A +
Myopias tasmaniensis Wheeler +
Rhytidoponera victoriae Andre + + + as
Sphinctomyrmex steinheili Forel + + +
8 8 17 14 19 10
No. of Species
IThis genus is closest to Cryptopone and Myopias but does not fit comfortably within these as
presently defined.
These patterns accord with the findings of Andersen (1986) for mesic south-
eastern Australia where species composition changes from drier to mesic sites
with cool-climate specialists and cryptic species dominating in the wetter
forests.
14 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
The burnt site held fewer species and many fewer individuals than the
unburnt sites. However, it is interesting that 10 species had managed to
survive (or rapidly colonise) a site burnt by a hot fire three months previous.
However, this contrasts with the findings of Andersen (1985, 1988) who
found that the number of species increased after fire in both woodland and
semi-arid mallee.
Acknowledgements
Laurie Gregson of the Forestry Commission of Tasmania provided invaluable
assistance in the field. The Forestry Commission provided travel and
accommodation expenses (for B.B.L.).
References
ANDERSEN, A.N. 1985. Immediate effects of fire on ants in the semi-arid mallee region of
north-western Victoria. Australian Journal of Ecology 10: 25-30.
ANDERSEN, A.N. 1986. Patterns of ant community organisation in mesic southeastern
Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 11: 87-97.
ANDERSEN, A.N. 1988. Immediate and longer-term effects of fire on seed predation by ants in
sclerophyllous vegetation in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Ecology 13: 285-
293.
ANDERSEN, A.N. 1991. Ants of Southern Australia. A Guide to the Bassian Fauna. 7Opp.
CSIRO, Melbourne.
SHATTUCK, S. 1992. Generic revision of the ant sub-family Dolichoderinae (Hymenoptera,
Formicidae). Sociobiology 21: 1-176.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 15
A NEW SPECIES OF OCYBADISTES HERON (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA
T.A. LAMBKIN and J.F. DONALDSON
Department of Primary Industries, 80 Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
Abstract
Ocybadistes knightorum sp.n. from coastal New South Wales is described and figured, and the
male genitalia compared with those of other Australian Ocybadistes spp. We propose the
common name, Knight's dart.
Introduction
The Hesperiinae contain three genera (Taractrocera Butler, Ocybadistes
Heron and Suniana Evans) commonly called grassdarts, all species of which
closely resemble each other in size and colour. Species identification can be
difficult, particularly for females, but males can be identified by the shape
and position, or absence, of a sex-brand on the forewing. All species of
Ocybadistes have sex-brands in the males (Evans 1949).
Four of the five previously known species of Ocybadistes are recorded from
Australia and O. hypomeloma Lower is endemic (Common and Waterhouse
1981). The extralimital species, O. papua Evans is restricted to New
Figs. 1-4. O. knightorum (1-2) ©": (1) upperside; (2) underside; (3-4) 9: (3)
upperside; (4) underside. Scale bar = 5 mm.
16 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
"Pd
=
y NG
x 7
x ¥
N
s
`
N
vs
xS
\
Figs 5-9. O. knightorum (5-6) C genitalia: (5) lateral view; (6) uncus,
dorsal view; (7) 9 genitalia (extended) dorsal view; (8) O' fore wing,
upperside; (9) 0” hindwing, upperside. Scale bar = 0.5mm (Figs 5-7); 5mm
(Figs 8-9).
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 17
Figs 10-14. ^ Ocybadistes spp., O' genitalia, lateral view (10) O.
hypomeloma; (11) O. walkeri; (12) O. ardea; (13) O. knightorum; (14)
O. flavovittatus. Scale bar 2 0.5mm.
Guinea. Specimens of a new species of Ocybadistes have been collected in
the Boambee Creek area, south of Coffs Harbour, New South Wales, from
September to November 1992, These resemble O. walkeri Heron in size
and colour, but are much darker, have a larger sex-brand and have different
genitalia.
Abbreviations
Abbreviations of collections where specimens are housed, are as follows:
AIK, A.I. Knight Collection, Brisbane; JFD, J.F. Donaldson Collection,
Thornlands; MDB, M. De Baar Collection, Brisbane; QDPI, Qld
Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane; OM, Qld Museum, Brisbane;
TAL, T.A. Lambkin Collection, Brisbane.
Ocybadistes knightorum sp.n. Kni ght's dart (Figs 1-9)
Types. NEW SOUTH WALES: Holotype 0’, Boambee Ck. S. of Coffs
Harbour, NSW, 25-26.ix.92, A.I. and C.T. Knight, Reg. no. 12994 in QM.
Paratypes, 1 9, same data as holotype except 12-15.xi.92, (QDPI); 18 Og,
18 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
same data as holotype except collected A.I. Knight (4 g AIK; 5 do
TAL; 9 g'g JED); 6 00’, same data except 11-12.ix.92 (2 d'o AIK; 4 d'o
TAL); 11 Jg, 19 ?? same data except 12-15.xi.92 (2 O'0’, 6 9PAIK; 3 d'O,
11 99 TAL; 6 oc, 2 9? JFD); 30 oC, 4 99, same data except 15.x.92, M.
De Baar (29 90, 3 ?? MDB; 10, 1 ? TAL).
Description
Male (Figs 1-2, 5-6, 8-9)
Head black, covered with short golden hairs; eyes smooth and black; labial
palpi densely covered with long hairs, mostly golden but some black;
proboscis naked, dark brown. Antennae: scape with tuft of long black hairs
laterally; flagellum gradually dilated apically to form club, with hooked tip;
15 16 17
.QO:-5mm .,
1
18 d
Figs 15-19. Ocybadistes spp., © uncus, dorsal view (15) O. hypomeloma;
(16) O. walkeri; (17) O. flavovittatus; (18) O. knightorum: (19) O. ardea.
Scale bar 2 0.5mm.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 19
club black with dorsal surface orange; each unit of flagellum with narrow
orange basal band. Thorax and abdomen with long golden hairs, dorsally
sparse, ventrally dense. Forewing above (Fig. 8): length 8.9-10.0 mm;
venation as illustrated; ground colour black, discal cell with central orange
patch extending into basal spaces bordered by Ry and R3; area anterior to
subcosta orange in basal two-thirds; irregular subapical orange patch
between R, and M}; subterminal orange band between M; and M3; narrow
irregular postmedian orange band from M3 to 1A+2A touching outside edge
of sex-brand for almost its whole length; 2 pale orange streaks above anal
vein and inner margin; long fringing scales black except for yellow tornus;
sex-brand black, oblique, from vein Mp to anal vein, broad throughout but
tapering slightly at base. Hindwing above (Fig. 9): small spot in cell with
narrow irregular postmedian band from M, to 1A+2A; long fringing scales
yellow. Forewing below: ground colour black but overlaid with orange
scales in subapical areas and extending down terminal area to CuA,;
markings as above but lacking inner marginal streaks. Hindwing below:
ground colour black with overlying orange scales (much less so in area
posterior to vein 1A+2A).
Genitalia (Figs 5-6): saccus in lateral view long and narrow; uncus in lateral
and dorsal views evenly tapering to acute hairy apex, latter bent ventrally;
valva in lateral view long with broadly rounded hairy apex; aedeagus in
lateral view with 2 slightly convex dorsal areas, ventral margin: slightly
concave, apex pointed and not bent ventrally.
Female (Figs 3-4, 7)
As in male but forewing with termen more convex, length 8.7-10.0 mm;
above without sex-brand and markings slightly more yellow; below as in
male, but overlaying scales lemon-yellow and also covering area posterior
to vein L[A+2A.
Genitalia (Fig. 7): corpus bursae simple, elongate, covered with strong
sculpturing, without signum; ductus bursae very short and broad; anterior
and posterior apophyses present, long and narrow; papillae anales hairy.
Variation
In some specimens of both sexes, the orange bands can be slightly narrower
giving the specimen a slightly darker appearance. Apart from this, all the
known specimens are almost uniform in size, colour and markings. Worn
specimens which have lost their overlaying scales beneath their wings have
a much darker appearance.
Distribution
This species is known only from a small area near Boambee Creek, south of
Coffs Harbour, New South Wales (30°22'S, 153°04'E).
20 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Etymology
The specific and common names honour A.I. (Ian) and C.T. (Cindy) Knight
who first discovered and collected this species.
Discussion
Ocybadistes and Taractrocera can be distinguished by the antennal club,
which has a short, slightly bent apiculus in Ocybadistes and a flattened,
spoon-shape in Taractrocera (Common and Waterhouse 1981). The
presence of a long narrow, undivided uncus in the male genitalia (Fig. 6)
(Common and Waterhouse 1981) separates Ocybadistes from Suniana. The
black ground colour, narrow orange markings and broad black sex-brand
distinguish O. knightorum from other Ocybadistes spp. It appears to be
extremely local in distribution, unlike its wide ranging congeners. Even
within the small collection site, the species appears to be local (A.I. Knight
pers. comm.)
The © genitalia of O. hypomeloma are quite different from that of other
Australian Ocybadistes spp. In O. hypomeloma the uncus (Fig. 10) has a
truncated apex and the valva is medially pointed. In the other species, the
apex of the uncus is acute and the valva is broadly rounded. O. knightorum
can be readily distinguished from these species by having the apex of the
uncus bent ventrally (Fig. 13).
The type locality near Boambee Creek consists of swampy, sparse eucalypt
woodland mixed with Melaleuca with an understorey of Gahnia and mixed
grass species. Adult males have been observed to fly fast and low, often
settling on densely packed clumps of low vegetation, while females fly more
slowly, closer to the ground visiting and circling patches of grass (A.I.
Knight pers. comm.). O. knightorum shares this habitat with O. walkeri
sothis Waterhouse, O. flavovittatus flavovittatus (Latreille), Suniana lascivia
lascivia (Rosenstock) and S. sunias nola (Waterhouse) and can be
distinguished in flight by its much darker appearance. The increasingly
uncommon satyrid, Tisiphone abeona morrisi Waterhouse (Nymphalidae)
also occurs commonly in this same small area. Nothing is known about the
early stages or the host of O. knightorum.
Acknowledgments
We thank Mr A.I. Knight and Mr M. De Baar for providing specimens and
information on the habitat and habits of this species.
References
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
EVANS,W.H. 1949. Catalogue of the Hesperiidae of Europe, Asia and Australia in the British
Museum (Natural History). Pp.1-502. British Museum (Natural History), London.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 2
NOTES ON SOME PACIFIC ISLAND TRYPETINAE AND
TEPHRITINAE (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)
D.L. HANCOCK and R.A.I. DREW
Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068.
Abstract
Taxonomic notes, distribution and host records are provided for 19 species of Trypetinae and
Tephritinae from the Western and Southern Pacific. Elleipsa quadrifasciata Hardy, Euphranta
lemniscata (Enderlein) and Tetreuaresta obscuriventris (Loew) in Tonga, and Dioxyna
brachybasis Hardy in Fiji are new distribution records. Ornithoschema pacifica nom. nov. is
proposed as a replacement name for Cycasia oculata Malloch, a junior secondary homonym of
O. oculatum de Meijere. Myoleja shirakii Hardy is placed as a new synonym of Philophylla
quadrata (Malloch), comb. nov. First host records are provided for Coelotrypes punctilabris
(Bezzi), comb. nov., Euphranta lemniscata and Sphaeniscus binoculatus (Bezzi), whilst
published reports of E. lemniscata and Philophylla nigroscutellata (Hering), comb. nov. from
papaya are considered erroneous. Fusciludia mesopleuralis (Malloch), Philophylla bifida
(Bezzi), P. curvinervis (Bezzi) and P. taylori (Malloch) are also new combinations.
Introduction
Non-dacine Tephritidae from the Pacific have received little attention due to
their largely non-economic status but much remains to be learned about
their biologies and distribution. In an attempt to stimulate interest in this
field, we provide information on 19 species, including the 12 species of
Trypetinae and 5 of the 13 species of Tephritinae recorded from Islands of
the Western and Southern Pacific excluding the Solomons (Hardy &. Foote
1989).
Bezzi (1928) recorded 9 species from Fiji, describing 7 as new. Curran
(1929) described Dioxyna conflicta (Curran) from New Caledonia, whilst
Malloch (1931, 1938, 1939c, 1942) recorded 8 species from Samoa, French
Polynesia, Fiji and Guam, describing 6 as new. Hardy, and Adachi (1956)
recorded 10 species from Micronesia, 2 (since synonymized) described as
new. Hardy (1988) later added Dioxyna brachybasis Hardy to the South
Pacific fauna.
Some of the specimens studied here were collected during project work
supported by the Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research
(ACIAR) and the Regional Project on Fruit Fly Control Strategies in the
South Pacific. This has added to the South Pacific fauna Elleipsa
quadrifasciata Hardy, previously known only from the Philippines and
Singapore. We are also able to confirm establishment of the introduced
weed-control agent Tetreuaresta obscuriventris (Loew) in both Fiji and
Tonga.
Specimen depositories are abbreviated as follows: USP - University of the
South Pacific, Suva; QDPI - Queensland Department of Primary Industries,
Brisbane.
22 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Family TEPHRITIDAE
Subfamily TRYPETINAE
Tribe ACANTHONEVRINI
Dirioxa pornia (Walker)
Trypeta pornia Walker, 1849: 1039.
Trypeta musae Froggatt, 1899: 501.
Material examined. NEW CALEDONIA: 2 Oc, 4 99, 3.1.1953, from
rotting fruit [in QDPI].
Remarks. This is reported as a widespread species in the South Pacific but
its establishment on several islands requires confirmation. It is sometimes
regarded as a pest but generally attacks already damaged or rotting fruit.
Enicopterina bivittata Malloch
Enicopterina bivittata Malloch, 1939c: 241.
Known only from Fiji, the biology of this endemic species and genus is
unrecorded.
Parachlaena greenwoodi (Bezzi) (Fig. 1)
Rhacochlaena greenwoodi Bezzi, 1928: 110.
Material examined. FIJI: 1 07, 1 9, Suva, 13.xii.1980 and 16.x.1990, R.A.
Beaver; 2 O70’, 3 99, Savura Creek, Suva, 9.v.-10.xii.1981, R.A. Beaver;
lo”, 19, Suva, 2-4.xii.1992, D.L. Hancock. [In USP and QDPI].
Remarks. Known only from Fiji, this endemic species and genus was
referred to the Gastrozonina by Hering (1944) and Hardy & Foote (1989)
but appears better placed in the Acanthonevrini. Bezzi (1928) noted only a
single superior orbital bristle on the head but a second, very weak upper
bristle is also present. There are normally 4 scutellar bristles, the apicals
shorter than the basals, but one specimen examined has 5, the extra bristle as
long as the apicals. The aculeus is typically acanthonevrine, being apically
rounded and with long preapical setae.
Tribe EUPHRANTINI
Coelotrypes punctilabris (Bezzi), comb. nov. (Fig. 2)
Ocneros punctilabris Bezzi, 1928: 107.
Euphranta punctilabris (Bezzi); Hardy & Foote, 1989: 521.
Material examined. FIJI: 1 c, Natova, 1914, R. Veitch; 1 9, Suva,
18.viii.1986, R.A. Beaver; 1 o, Suva, 2-4.xii.1992, D.L. Hancock.
TONGA: 5 (c, 1 9, Tongatapu Is., 15.viii.1972, J.A. Litsinger. [In USP &
QDPI].
Remarks. This species is known from Fiji, Tonga and Western Samoa.
Tongan specimens were bred from a Convolvulaceae vine (new record),
possibly the flower buds but actual larval site not recorded. Related species
| ade IR, ae, m s c Emma ae |
7
b
v
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 23
»
g
if
Figs 1-2. 1, Parachlaena greenwoodi, 0; 2, Coelotrypes punctilabris, C
24 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
breed in the buds of Ipomoea spp. This is one of a small group of Oriental
and Pacific species more closely allied to Afrotropical species of
Coelotrypes Bezzi than to Euphranta Loew, to which they have been
referred previously.
Elleipsa quadrifasciata Hardy (Fig. 3)
Elleipsa quadrifasciata Hardy, 1970: 90.
Material examined. TONGA: 4 Oc, 4 99, Tongatapu Is., 7.xii.1974, W.H.
Pierce; 72 O'9, Havelutotu, Tongatapu, 30.iv.1992, Pulotu, bred from
Fetaanu; 1 o, 1 $9, Tofoa, Tongatapu, 13.v.1992, Pulotu, bred from
Feta'anu; 4 0, Ohonua, 'Eua, 31.iii.1992, Ponciano, bred from Feta'anu;
5o'$, Faleloa, Ha'apai, 30.vi.1992, Suitoni, bred from Feta'anu. [In QDPI].
Remarks. This species is known from Balabac Is (Philippines), Singapore
and Tonga (new record). It breeds in the fruit of Excoecaria agallocha
(Euphorbiaceae) in Singapore (Lee 1991) and Tonga (above records).
Euphranta lemniscata (Enderlein) (Fig. 4)
Trypeta lemniscata Enderiein, 1911: 426.
Euphranta rivulosa Bezzi, 1928: 109.
Material examined. TONGA: 1 9, Ha'akio, Vava'u, 21.x.1991, Pulotu, bred
from Pula (vine) [in QDPI].
This widespread Oriental species is recorded from the Northern Marianas,
Fiji and Tonga (new record) in the Pacific. On Saipan it was reportedly
bred from papaya ("ex Carica papaya") (Hardy & Adachi 1956) but this has
not been repeated and is certainly an error. The Tongan specimen was bred
from the fruit of Stictocardia tiliifolia (Convolvulaceae) (new record).
Tribe RIVELLIOMIMINI
Genus Ornithoschema de Meijere
Ornithoschema de Meijere, 1914: 221. Type-species O. oculatum de Meijere.
Cycasia Malloch, 1942: 202. Type-species C. oculata Malloch.
The above genera were synonymized by Hancock (1991). As a result the
type-species are homonyms and a replacement name is proposed below for
O. oculatum (Malloch).
Ornithoschema oculatum de Meijere
Ornithoschema oculatum de Meijere, 1914: 221.
This species is known from Indonesia to the Bismarck and Solomon Islands.
It is very similar to O. flavum (Hardy) from Thailand, but the female
appears to have an additional abdominal segment, the apparent 6th segment
being equivalent to the 5th of the other 2 species. The true 6th tergite is
vestigial and not visible from above, as in the other species in this tribe.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Figs 3-4. 3, Elleipsa quadrifasciata, O'; 4, Euphranta lemniscata, 9
26 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Ornithoschema pacifica nom. nov.
Cycasia oculata Malloch, 1942: 203.
Ornithoschema oculatum (Malloch); Hancock, 1991; nec O. oculatum de
Meijere.
This species is known only from Guam, supposedly bred from Cycas but
this requires confirmation. The original data labels state "ex Cycas",
without definite indication the specimens were reared; they may have been
collected on Cycas. The new name pacifica is treated as a noun in
apposition.
Tribe TRYPETINI
Han (1992) has shown that most species previously referred to Myoleja
Rondani do not belong there. His provisional arrangement is followed here.
All but one (P. quadrata (Malloch)) of the new combinations noted here
were first recognized by Han (1992).
Fusciludia mesopleuralis (Malloch), comb. nov.
Pseudospheniscus mesopleuralis Malloch, 1939c: 242.
Myoleja mesopleuralis (Malloch); Hardy & Foote, 1989: 524.
Known only from Fiji, this species appears to be related to F. disjuncta
(Hardy) from Vietnam, F. bicuneata (Hardy) and F. unicuneata (Hardy)
from Papua New Guinea. Nothing is known of the biology of these species
but they show some resemblance to species of Hoplandromyia Bezzi and
may be leaf-miners. They were referred to Fusciludia Ito by Han (1992).
Philophylla bifida (Bezzi), comb. nov.
Psuedospheniscus bifidus Bezzi, 1928: 112.
Myoleja bifida (Bezzi); Hardy & Foote, 1989: 524.
Known only from Fiji, the affinities and biology of this species are
unknown.
Philophylla curvinervis (Bezzi), comb. nov.
Pseudospheniscus curvinervis Bezzi, 1928: 114.
Myoleja curvinervis (Bezzi); Hardy, 1987: 335.
Anomoia curvinervis (Bezzi); Hardy & Foote, 1989: 523.
Recorded only from Fiji, this species was referred to Anomoia Walker (=
Phagocarpus Rondani) by Malloch (1939a, c) and Hardy & Foote (1989) or
Myoleja by Hardy (1987) but appears better placed in Philophylla Rondani,
as was done by Han (1992), under the present concept of these genera. Its
biology is unknown but the related P. quadrata (Malloch) (= shirakii Hardy,
see below) has been collected on Premna (Verbenaceae) (Malloch 19392)
and fruit of this genus may be the host.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 27
Philophylla nigroscutellata (Hering), comb. nov.
Neanomoea nigroscutellata Hering, 1939: 18.
Hendelina bisecta Hardy & Adachi, 1956: 17.
Myoleja nigroscutellata (Hering); Hardy & Foote, 1989: 524.
Recorded from Myanmar (formerly Burma) to the Southern Mariana Is. On
Saipan it was reportedly bred from papaya ("ex Carica papaya") (Hardy &
Adachi 1956) but, as in the case of Euphranta lemniscata noted above, this
is certainly an error. Both species were possibly collected on papaya, rather
than bred from it. The form of the ovipositor (Hardy & Adachi 1956) and
wing pattern suggests that this may be a leaf petiole-mining species.
Philophylla quadrata (Malloch), comb. nov.
Anomoia quadrata Malloch, 19392: 275.
Myoleja shirakii Hardy, 1987: 335, syn. nov.
We are unable to detect any differences between A. quadrata Malloch and
M. shirakii Hardy and consider them to be synonyms. Both were described
from the Solomon Islands. As in the case of P. curvinervis (Bezzi), this
species appears better placed in Philophylla than Anomoia or Myoleja,
under the present concept of these genera. Malloch (1939a) recorded it on
Premna obtusifolia (Verbenaceae) and fruit of this is likely to be a host.
Philophylla taylori (Malloch), comb. nov.
Pseudospheniscus taylori Malloch, 1939b: 450.
Hendelina parva Hardy & Adachi, 1956: 18.
Myoleja taylori (Malloch); Hardy & Foote, 1989: 525.
Recorded from Indonesia (Irian Jaya) to the Solomon Islands and
Micronesia (Caroline Islands: Merir L). The biologies of this and related
species are unknown.
Subfamily TEPHRITINAE
Tribe TEPHRELLINI (2 ACIURINI)
Sphaeniscus binoculatus (Bezzi)
Spheniscomyia binoculata Bezzi, 1928: 115.
Material examined. FIJI: 1 0’, Cuvu, 10.x.1919, W. Greenwood; 1 C,
Lautoka, 20.11.1930, W. Greenwood, ex flowers of Coleus blumei. [In USP].
Remarks. This species is very similar to S. atilius (Walker) and has been
recorded only from Fiji. It has been bred from the flowers of Coleus blumei
(Labiatae) (new record).
Tribe TEPHRITINI
Dioxyna brachybasis Hardy
Dioxyna brachybasis Hardy, 1988: 21.
Material examined. FIJI: 10%, Suva, 13.xii.1988, R.A. Beaver. [In USP].
28 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
Remarks. Hardy (1988) recorded specimens referred to this species from
Austral, Niue and Cook Is. The above specimen from Fiji (new record) also
fits here; cell 2nd M2 is almost completely hyaline. Elsewhere it occurs in
Papua New Guinea.
Dioxyna sororcula (Wiedemann)
Trypeta sororcula Wiedemann, 1830: 509.
Material examined. FIJI: 2 99, Lautoka, 21. & 25.x.1920, W. Greenwood,
ex Cosmos caudatus; | 9, Suva, 2-4.xii.1992, D.L. Hancock. [In USP &
QDPI].
Remarks. This species is widespread in the Pacific. It has been bred from
the flowers of Cosmos caudatus (Compositae) in Fiji.
Spathulina acroleuca (Schiner)
Tephritis acroleuca Schiner, 1868: 268.
Oxyna parca Bezzi, 1913: 159.
Material examined. FIJI: 1 9, Cuvu, 12.vi.1915, R. Veitch; 1 9, Lautoka,
16.v.1919, W. Greenwood; 1 9, Lautoka, mts, 4.iv.1920, W. Greenwood;
3070", 599, Suva, 22.x. & 13.xii.1988 & 27.iii.1991, R.A. Beaver; 5070’,
299, Sigatoka Valley, 24.iv.1991, E. Hamacek; 10%, Suva, 2-4.xii.1992, D.L.
Hancock. WESTERN SAMOA: 2 9, airstrip, Savai'i, v.1991, A. Allwood &
R.A.I. Drew, on Compositae. [In USP & QDPI].
This species is widespread in the Pacific. It breeds in the flowers of
Compositae.
Tetreuaresta obscuriventris (Loew)
Trypeta obscuriventris Loew, 1873: 313.
Material examined. FIJI: 1 07, 3 99, Savura Creek, Suva, 11-17.vi. & 4-
10.vii.1981 & 7-14.v.1983, R.A. Beaver; 1 0%, 2 $9, Sigatoka Valley,
24.iv.1991, E. Hamacek. TONGA: 6 cc, 3 99, Vava'u, v.1991, R.A.I.
Drew, on Compositae. [In USP & QDPI].
Remarks. This New World species was introduced to Fiji and is now
established. It has spread to Tonga (new record). It breeds in the flowers of
Elephantopus mollis (Compositae), a noxious weed. It has also been
introduced to Hawaii.
Acknowledgements
Susan Phillips prepared the illustrations. Dr R.A. Beaver (University of the
South Pacific, Suva) provided access to specimens in his care. ACIAR,
Canberra and the Regional Project on Fruit Fly Control Strategies in the
South Pacific (RAS/90/004; under the direction of Mr A.J. Allwood)
provided financial support for field work in the Pacific. This assistance is
gratefully acknowledged.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 29
References
BEZZI, M. 1913. Indian trypaneids (fruit flies) in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Memoirs of the Indian Museum 3: 53-175.
BEZZI, M. 1928. Diptera Brachycera and Athericera of the Fiji Islands. 220 pp. British
Museum (Natural History), London.
CURRAN, C.H. 1929. New Diptera in the American Museum of Natural History. American
Museum Novitates 339: 1-13.
de MEIJERE, J.C.H. 1914. Studien über siidostasiatische Dipteren IX. Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 57: 137-274.
ENDERLEIN, G. 1911. Trypetiden Studien. Zoologische Jahrbücher. Abteilung für Systematik,
Oekologie und Geographie der Tiere 31: 407-460.
FROGGATT, W.W. 1899. Notes on fruit-maggot flies, with descriptions of new species.
Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales 10: 497-504.
HAN, H.Y. 1992. Classification of the tribe Trypetini (Diptera: Tephritidae: Trypetinae).
Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, The Pennsylvania State University, 274 pp.
HANCOCK, D.L. 1991. Revised tribal classification of various genera of Trypetinae and
Ceratitinae, and the description of a new species of Taomyia Bezzi (Diptera: Tephritidae).
Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern Africa 54: 121-128.
HARDY, D.E.-1970. Tephritidae collected by the Noona Dan Expedition in the Philippines and
Bismarck Islands. Entomologische Meddeleser 38: 71-136.
HARDY, D.E. 1987. The Trypetini, Aciurini and Ceratitini of Indonesia, New Guinea and
adjacent islands of the Bismarcks and Solomons (Diptera: Tephritidae: Trypetinae).
Entomography 5: 247-373.
HARDY, D.E. 1988. The Tephritinae of Indonesia, New Guinea, the Bismarck and Solomon
Islands (Diptera: Tephritidae). Bishop Museum Bulletins in Entomology 1: 1-92.
HARDY, D.E. and ADACHI, M. 1956. Insects of Micronesia. Diptera: Tephritidae. B.P. Bishop
Museum Bulletin 14: 1-28.
HARDY, D.E. and FOOTE, R.H. 1989. Family Tephritidae. Ch.66, pp. 502-531 in Evenhuis,
N.L. (ed.) Catalog of the Diptera of Australasian and Oceanian Regions. Bishop Museum Press,
Honolulu.
HERING, E.M. 1939. Entomological results from the Swedish Expedition 1934 to Burma and
British India. Arkiv für Zoologi 30 (A) (25): 1-86.
HERING, E.M. 1944. Neue Gattungen und Arten von Fruchtfliegen de Erde. Siruna Seva 5: l-
17.
LEE, C.S.C. 1991. Fruit flies (Diptera: Tephritidae) reared from fruits of Excoecaria agallocha
(Euphorbiaceae) in Singapore mangroves. Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 39: 105-118.
LOEW, H. 1873. Monograph of the Diptera of North America. Part IIl. Smithsonian
Miscellaenous Collections 11 (3): 1-351.
MALLOCH, J.R. 1931. Diptera Trypetidae. Insects of Samoa 6: 253-266.
MALLOCH, J.R. 1938. Trypetidae of the Mangarevan Expedition (Diptera). Occasional Papers
of B.P. Bishop Museum 14: 111-116.
MALLOCH, J.R. 1939a. Solomon Islands Trypetidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History
(11) 4: 228-278.
30 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
MALLOCH, J.R. 1939b. The Diptera of the Territory of New Guinea XI. Family Tephritidae.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 64: 409-465.
MALLOCH, J.R. 1939c. A new genus and two new species of Trypetidae (Dipt.) from the Fiji
Islands. Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of London (B) 8: 239-242.
MALLOCH, J.R. 1942. Trypetidae, Otitidae, Helomyzidae, and Clusiidae of Guam Men
B.P. Bishop Museum Bulletin 172: 201-210.
SCHINER, LR. 1868. Diptera. In Reise der österreichischen Fregatte Novara um die Erde in
den Jahren 1857-59. Zoologischer Theil 2, 1(B), vi - 388p. Wien.
WALKER, F. 1849. List of the specimens of dipterous insects in the collection of the British
Museum. Vol. 4, pp. 688-1172. British Museum, London.
WIEDEMANN, C.R.W. 1830. Aussereuropáische zweifliigelige Insekten. Vol. 2, xii + 684 pp.
Hamm.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994 31
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
DEHARVENG, L. and GREENSLADE, P.J.M.
1992 Hemilobella, a new genus of Lobellini (Collembola: Neanuridae) from Australia and Malaysia with notes on other
Australian lobelline genera. /nvert. Taxon. 6: 727-739.
DEITZ, L.L. and DIETRICH, C.H.
1993 Superfamily Membracoidea (Homoptera: Auchenorrhyncha). I. Introduction and revised classification with new family-
group taxa. Syst. Ent. 18: 287-296.
De MEYER, M. and GROOTAERT, P.
1992 Pipunculidae (Diptera) from Australia: the genera Cephalops Fallén and Beckerias Aczél. Invert. Taxon. 6: 143-158.
DESSART, P.
1990 Trois nouvelles espèces déprimées du sous-genre Ceraphron (Pristomicrops) Kieffer, 1906 (Hym. Ceraphronoidea
Ceraphronidae). Bull. Inst. R. Sci. nat. Belg. 60: 71-75.
DIETRICH, C.H. and DEITZ, L.L.
1993 Superfamily Membracoidea (Homoptera: Auchenorrhyncha). II. Cladistic analysis and conclusions. Syst. Ent. 18: 297-311.
DISNEY, R.H.L.
1989 A key to Australasian and Oriental Woodiphora (Diptera: Phoridae), affinities of the genus and descriptions of new species.
J. nat. Hist. 23: 1137-1175.
1991 The aquatic Phoridae (Diptera). Ent. scand. 22: 171-191.
DODSON, G.N. and YEATES, D.K.
1990 The mating system of a bee fly (Diptera: Bombyliidae). II. Factors affecting male territorial and mating success. J. insect
Behav. 3: 619-636.
DONALDSON, J.F.
1991 Revision of the Australian Tropidocephalini (Hemiptera: Delphacidae: Delphacinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 30: 325-332.
DUCKHOUSE, D.A.
1990 The Australasian genera of pericomoid Psychodidae (Diptera) and the status of related Enderlein genera in the Neotropics.
Invert. Taxon. 3: 721-746.
1991 A revision of Australopapuan and New Caledonian Brunettia (Diptera, Psychodidae). Invert. Taxon. 4: 973-1030.
DUNN, K.L.
1990 A lone migrating caper white butterfly. Vict. Ent. 20: 5.
1990 A response to M.F. Braby's "An alpine record for Geitoneura klugii.". Vict. Ent. 20: 32-33.
1990 Candalides absimilis (Felder) in Victoria. Vict. Ent. 20: 49-53.
1990 The pale form of the orchard butterfly in northern Queensland. Vict. Ent. 20: 72-
1990 A note on determining butterfly species of Anthene Doubleday. Vict. Ent. 20: 93.
1990 In the land of "old-man" Dodd - northern Queensland. Vict. Ent. 20: 103-117.
1991 New distribution records for some eastern Australian cicadas. Vict. Ent. 21: 52-53.
1992 Notes on the silver cicada Cicdetta celis Moulds. Vict. Ent. 22: 12-17.
1992 New distribution records for some Australian moths. Vict. Ent. 22: 70-71.
1992 Courtship behaviour in Toxidia peron (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Vict. Ent. 22: 131-134.
1993 Oviposition and territorial behaviour in Trapezites symmomus symmomus (Hübner) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae:
Trapezitinae). Vict. Ent. 23: 6-9.
1993 Oviposition and territorial behaviour in Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni (Semper) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae).
Vict. Ent. 23: 29-33.
1993 Courtship behaviour in Suniana sunias rectivitta (Mabille) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Vict. Ent. 23: 61-63.
1993 Oviposition behaviour in Parnaria naso sida (Waterhouse) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Vict. Ent. 23: 80-84.
1993 Notes on the biology and larval hosts of Cephrenes (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Hesperiinae) in Queensland. Vict. Ent. 23:
97-110.
1994 Oviposition and territorial behaviour in Cephrenes trichopepla (Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Hesperiinae), and a new
distribution record. Vict. Ent. 24: 21-25.
DUNN, K. and DUNN, L.E.
1991 The database on Australian butterflies: a projected report on the distribution of species. Vict. Ent. 21: 20-24.
1991 Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 1: Introduction, Papilionidae: Pieridae and
regional adult temporal data. Pp. i + 197. Published by the authors: Melbourne.
1991 Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 2: Family Hesperiidae. Pp. ii + 197-335.
Published by the authors: Melbourne.
1991 Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 3: Family Lycaenidae. Pp. iii + 336-512.
Published by the authors: Melbourne.
1991 Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. Part 4: Family Nymphalidae. Pp. v + 513-660.
Published by the authors: Melbourne.
DUNN, K.L. and MALIPATIL, M.B.
1990 Victorian agricultural insect and arachnid collection (VAIAC). Vict. Ent. 20: 142-145.
EARLY, J.W. and NAUMANN, I.D. :
1990 Rostropria, a new genus of opisthognathous diapriine wasp from Australia, and notes on the genus Neurogalesus
(Hymenoptera: Proctotrupoidea: Diapriidae). Invert. Tax. 3: 523-550.
EDWARDS, E.D.
1993 Golden sı 1 moth. Aust. nat. Hist. 26 (6):16-17. [Synemon plana (Lepidoptera: Castniidae)]
1993 Results for Lepidoptera. Pp. 187-191 in Naumman, I.D., Edwards, E.D., Weir, T.A. and Rentz, D.A., Insects of the
Heathlands Area, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Pp. 173-203 in Cape York Peninsula Scientific Expedition Wet Season
1992 Report. Vol. 2. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley, Qld.
32 Australian Entomologist 21 (1) June 1994
ELSON-HARRIS, M.M.
1992 Further descriptions of immature stages of Australian Culicoidini (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) with a revised key to pupae.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 271-280.
ENDERSBY, I.D.
1992 A novel collecting medium. Vict. Ent. 22: 114-1 15.
1993 A new locality for Hemiphlebia mirabilis Selys (Odonata: Hemiphlebiidae). Vict. Ent. 23: 4-5.
EVENHUIS, N.L.
1991 World catalog of genus-group names of bee flies (Diptera: Bombyliidae). Bishop Mus. Bull. Ent. 5: vii + 105,
EWART, A.
1993 Cicadas of the Heathlands Region, Cape York Peninsula. Pp. 135-147 in Cape York Peninsula Scientific Expedition Wet
Season 1992 Report. Vol. 2. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley, Qld.
EXLEY, E.M., SCHNEIDER, M.A. and DANIELS, G.
1993 Bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) from Heathlands, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Pp. 149-154 in Cape York Peninsula
Scientific Expedition Wet Season 1992 Report. Vol. 2. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley,
Qld.
FAITHFULL, I.
1992 Records of native dung beetles Onthophagus pexatus Harold, O. auritus Erichson and O. granulatus Boheman (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) at dog scats and their potential for biocontrol of dog dung. Vict. Ent. 22: 105-108.
1992 Butterflies at Yarra Bend 1983-90. Victorian Nat. 109: 162-167.
1993 Common imperial blue, Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan), an additional wattle park butterfly. Vict. Ent. 23: 34.
1993 Adult nectar plants, a bird predator and a new larval food plant, Acacia maidenii (Mimosaceae), of Nacaduba biocellata
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Vict. Ent. 23: 52-53.
1993 Observation of oviposition by Heteronympha merope (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) and failure of larvae to develop on
Pennisetum clandestinium (Poaceae). Vict. Ent. 23: 95-96.
1994 Biology and distribution of Trogodendron fasciculatum (Schreibers) (Coleoptera: Cleridae), a mimic of Fabriogenia sp.
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae: Pepsinae). Vict. Ent. 24: 8-19.
1994 Butterflies (Pieridae) eaten by dragon lizard and rainbow bee-eater. Victorian Nat. 111: 31.
FARNWORTH, A.
1992 The case of the silent twig thief. Geo 14 (4): 62-67. [Saunders' case moth larva Oiketicus elongatus (Psychidae)]
FLETCHER, M.J. and CONDELLO, A.A.
1993 Lectotype designations and new synonomies for G.W. Kirkaldy's Australian Deltocephalinae (Homoptera: Cicadellidae)
held in the B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. Gen. appl. Ent. 25: 35-59.
FOX, P.J.
1992 New distribution, food plant and life history notes for some southern Queensland butterflies. Vict. Ent. 22: 112-113.
1993 New larval host records and comments on the variation in some Queensland butterflies. Vict. Ent. 23: 64.
1993 A new locality for Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Oliff in central Queensland. Vict. Ent. 23: 65-66.
GALIAN, J. and LAWRENCE, J.F.
1993 First karotypic data on a cupedid beetle (Coleoptera: Archostemata) showing achiasmatic meiosis. Ent. News 104: 83-87.
GALLOWAY, LD., AUSTIN, A.D. and MASNER, L.
1992 Revision of the genus Neuroscelio Dodd, primitive scelionids (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) from Australia, with a discussion
of the ovipositor system of the tribe Gryonini. Invert. Taxon. 6: 523-545,
GIBBONS, B.
1992 Stalking the bush bee. Wildl. Aust. 29 (3): 3.
GREENSLADE, Penelope
1992 The identity of Australian specimens recorded as Lepidosinella armata Handschin 1920 (Collembola: Entomobryidae) with
a key to Australian Sinella and C. oecobrya. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 327-330.
GREENSLADE, Penelope and MAJER, J.D.
1993 Recolonization by Collembola of rehabilitated bauxite mines in Western Australia. Aust. J. Ecol. 18: 385-394,
GREY, P. and BARKER, R.
1993 Cordyceps or plant eats animal! Victorian Nat. 110: 98-107.
HALSTEAD, D.G.H.
1993 Keys for the identification of beetles associated with stored products—II. Laemophloeidae, Passandridae and Silvanidae. J,
stor. Prod. Res. 29: 99-197.
HASENPUSCH, J.W.
1993 She doesn't know the difference. N. Qd Nat. 196: 2-3.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J. and DAUBER, D.
1993 A review of the biology and host plants of the Australian longicorn beetle, Batocera boisduvali (Hope) (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae) with new data on mating and egg-laying behaviour. Sydney Basin Nat. 2: 31-34.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J. and LeBRETON, M.
1993 Observations on Pelororrhinus interstitialis Lea (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Sydney Basin Nat. 2: 17-20.
HEINZE, J. and HÓLLDOBLER, B.
1993 Queen polymorphism in an Australian weaver ant, Polyrhachis cf. doddi. Psyche, Camb. 100: 83-92.
HERATY, J.M.
1992 Revision of the genera Golluminella Hedqvist and Anorasema Boucek (Hymenoptera: Eucharitidae). Invert. Taxon. 6:
583-604.
HILL, C.J.
1993 The myrmecophilous organs of Arhopala madytus Fruhstorfer (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 283-288.
HILL, L.
1992 A revision of Pachyplagioides Gross (Heteroptera: Schizopteridae). Invert. Taxon. 6: 245-260.
I
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
FOR SALE. Chinese insects (except endangered species) and entomological
books. For free lists write to Kuen Chong, Dept of Insects, China Fujian
Specimen Co., 39* Chayuan Rd, Fuzhou, Fujian Prov., P.R. China.
EXCHANGE. Hungarian beetles, esp. Cerambycidae, Lucanidae,
Dynastinae and other Scarabaeidae for Australian specimens of same
families. Mihály Medvegy, Budapest, Polar Str. 5./VIIL/41, Hungary,
1033.
FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, Africa, etc. including many bred
or ranched specimens. Transworld Butterfly Company have been serving
Lepidopterists worldwide for over 18 years! Free 12-page Lepidoptera
catalogue: Transworld Butterfly Company, Apartado 6951, 10000 San
Jose, Costa Rica, C. America.
FOR SALE. Papered butterfly specimens from India, China, Russia,
Indonesia, Thailand, South America, Africa, etc. Also wanted: papered
specimens of Australian Papilionidae, Sphingidae and Saturniidae. For
free price list write to David Hall, 6 Rule St, Cambridge Park, N.S.W.
2747.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee,
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: Dr K.J. Lambkin, Editor
The Australian Entomologist
Queensland Museum
P.O. Box 3300
South Brisbane, Qld, 4101
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
(Formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) Volume 21, Part 1, 30 June 1994
CONTENTS
HANCOCK, D.L., and DREW, R.A.I.
Notes on some Pacific Island Trypetinae and Tephritinae (Diptera: Tephritidae). 21
LAMBKIN, T.A. and DONALDSON, J.F.
A new species of Ocybadistes Heron (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) from Australia. — 15
LOWERY, B.B. and TAYLOR, R.J.
Occurrence of ant species in a range of sclerophyll forest communities at
Old Chum Dam, north-eastern Tasmania.
MOORE, B.P.
A new species of Eucarteria Lea (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) and notes on the
affinities of the genus.
SMITHERS, C.N.
A note on the Peripsocidae (Psocoptera) of Tuglo Wildlife Refuge,
Hunter Valley, New South Wales.
RECENT LITERATURE
An accumulative bibliography of Australian entomology.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES Inside back cover.
ISSN 1320 6133
ii
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
independently and subscription to the journal is not included with membership of the
Society.
The Editorial Panel
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin
Queensland Museum
Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels
University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith
Queensland Museum
Business Manager Dr A.P. Mackey
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of
March-June and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the
Society's News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members: activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd.
Cover: The giant burrowing cockroach, Macropanesthia rhinoceros Saussure occurs
in open eucalypt forest from Cooktown south to near Rockhampton, where it lives in
deep burrows in areas of sandy soil. It feeds on dead leaves which are dragged into
the burrow at night. Females give birth to litters of live young which reach maturity
in about three years. Adult life span is four to five years. Illustration by Geoff
Thompson.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 33
AN INSULAR SUBSPECIES OF HESPERILLA MALINDEVA LOWER
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE) FROM NORTHERN
QUEENSLAND
S.J. JOHNSON! and P.S. VALENTINE?
lOonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
? Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
Abstract
Hesperilla malindeva dagoomba ssp. n. is described from Magnetic Island,
northern Queensland. It is distinguished from mainland populations by the
reduced maculation in both sexes.
Introduction
Hesperilla malindeva is a small brown trapezitine skipper which occurs
from Mareeba in northern Queensland to near Grafton in New South Wales
(Common and Waterhouse 1981). The only specimen known outside this
distribution is from Moa Island in Torres Strait (Atkins 1978) collected early
this century. A single male taken from Magnetic Island in 1986 was
initially thought to be a specimen of H. sarnia Atkins, but an examination of
the sex brand and genitalia showed it to be H. malindeva. The collection
and rearing of additional material has shown that this island population
differs consistently from mainland populations.
The following abbreviations are used for collections: AM, Australian
Museum, Sydney; PVC, P.S. Valentine, Townsville; QM, Queensland
Museum, Brisbane; RWHC, R.W. Hay, Perth; SAM, South Australian
Museum, Adelaide; SJJC, S.J. Johnson, Townsville. Collectors names are
abbreviated as follows: PV, P.S. Valentine; SJJ, S.J. Johnson.
Hesperilla malindeva malindeva Lower
Hesperilla malindeva Lower 1911: 129; Waterhouse 1932: 246, pl. XXXII, figs 15,
ISA; Evans 1949:217, Pl. 27, fig 1; Common 1964:20, figs 57, 58; McCubbin
1971:163, pl. 162-3, fig 9; Common and Waterhouse 1972: 109, pl. 7, figs 15, 15A.
Toxidia malindeva (Lower): Waterhouse and Lyell 1914: 190, figs 740, 741, 749.
Type. - Holotype O', "Herberton, north Queensland, i, 1910, F.P. Dodd" in Lower
collection SAM, 10" paratype, 1? paratype (‘Allotype') in AM.
Description. - Adult male and female described by Waterhouse (1932) and Common
and Waterhouse (1972; 1981).
Hesperilla malindeva dagoomba ssp. n. (Figs 1-4)
Types. QUEENSLAND: holotype 0’, Magnetic Island, emerged 29.i.1988, S.J.
Johnson, in QM Registered Type No. T.12683. Paratypes 15 O'O', 16 99, same
locality as holotype (10° 3.iv.1986, 200" 8.iii.1987, 20'O' 6.xii.1987, 1? em
20.xii.1987, 19 em 27.1.1988, 1? em 28.1.1988, 1? em 2.ii.1988, 19 em 3.ii.1988, 19
em 5.1.1988, 19 em 9.11988, 1? em 15.11.1988, lo” em 18.iii.1988, 19 em
21.1.1989, 19 em 22.1.1989, lo’ em 23.1.1989, lo’ em 30.i.1989, 19 em 5.ii.1989, 19
em 3.i11.1989) all SJJ (in SJJC), (19 24.1.88, 19 em 26.1.88 lo’ em 27.ii.88, 19 em
34 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
12.11.88, 10" em 13.iii.88, 30'0' em 20.ii.89, 23.ii.89, 25.ii.89, 1? em 5.iii.89) all
PV (in PVC), (10' em 15.1.1989, 1? em 9.11.1988) both SJJ (in RWHC).
Male (Figs 1, 2)
Similar to nominotypical male but on fore wing upperside subapicals, and
hyaline spot in cell and between MI and M2 much reduced and spot
between M2 and M3 absent. Black spots between M1 and M3 on hind wing
underside absent or occasionally vestigial. Fore wing length 14.5 mm (n =
16).
Female (Figs 3, 4)
Similar to nominotypical female but hyaline spots on fore wing upperside
reduced and rectangular area between M1 and M3 on hind wing underside
pale with black spots vestigial or absent. Fore wing length 16.0 mm (n =
16).
Variation. Four males lack the subapical spots, and three possess only a
single spot in the cell. A single male has a vestigial spot between M2 and
M3 and three males have vestigial black spots beneath the hind wings. In
seven females a pair of vestigial black spots is present on the pale area
between M1 and M3 on the hind wing underside.
Etymology. Dagoomba is an aboriginal word for Magnetic Island.
Discussion
Although males of H. m. dagoomba are variable they are readily separated
from mainland populations by the reduced spot in the cell, absence of the
spot between M2 and M3 and the absence of, or very much reduced black
spots on the hind wing underside. Those males lacking fore wing
maculation superficially resemble males of H. sarnia; however, they can be
separated from that species by the shape of the sex brand and ground colour
of the wings. Genitalia of male H. m. dagoomba are identical to those of H.
m. malindeva. Females of H. m. dagoomba can be separated from those of
H. m. malindeva by the reduced upperside maculation and the pale
rectangular area either lacking or bearing only vestigial black spots on the
hindwing underside.
Larvae and pupae of H. m. dagoomba occur commonly in characteristic
shelters on Gahnia aspera (R.Br.) Sprengel and do not differ from those of
H. m. malindeva.
Males of H. m. dagoomba congregate in sheltered sites adjacent to the
summits of hilltops where they select resting sites on dead twigs and fallen
branches within 1-2 m of the ground. In habits they are closer to H. sarnia
than to H. m. malindeva which usually rest on exposed twigs or foliage
above 2 m from the ground on summits.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 35
Figs 1-4. Hesperilla malindeva dagoomba ssp. n. holotype male (1) upperside; (2)
underside; paratype female (3) upperside; (4) underside.
The population of H. m. dagoomba is only 22 km from the nearest known
population of H. m. malindeva on Mt. Stuart near Townsville. The sea
barrier between the mainland and Magnetic Island is only 4.5 km at the
narrowest point. The isolation of Magnetic Island from the adjacent
mainland is relatively recent. Hopley (1983) provides evidence which
indicates a separation due to post glacial rise in sea level occurring around
6000 years BP. Prior to that time the extensive continental shelf offshore
from Townsville formed a significant coastal plain extending well beyond
Magnetic Island. This terrestrial connection remained in place for most of
the recent glacial period and the rise in sea level which formed the barrier
was completed not more than 7000 years but probably closer to 6000 years
ago. If H. malindeva existed on Magnetic Island before the rise in sea level
then an accurate time is available for the evolution of the distinctive
characteristics of H. m. dagoomba.
The prevailing winds blow from the east and southeast and constitute an
impediment to a crossing of the sea barrier from the adjacent mainland. The
differing habits of the island population suggest that interbreeding with
migrant specimens from the mainland may be unlikely to occur thereby
further maintaining the genetic isolation of the island population.
36 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
References
ATKINS, A. 1978. The Hesperilla malindeva group from northern Australia, including a new
species (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 17: 205-
215.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. xiv -- 682 pp
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
HOPLEY, D. 1983. Australian sea levels in the last 15000 years: a review. Monograph series,
Geography Department, James Cook University, Occasional paper No 3.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 37
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF OPODIPHTHERA FERVIDA
(JORDAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: SATURNIIDAE)
D.A. LANE
3 Janda Street, Atherton, Qld, 4883
Abstract
The mature larva of Opodiphthera fervida, which feeds on Maesa muelleri Mez and Rapanea
porosa (F. Muell.) Mez (both Myrsinaceae), is described. It lacks the yellow lateral stripes
present on the closely related species O. astrophela (Walker) for which Alstonia constricta F.
Muell. (Apocynaceae) is recorded as a new food plant. The cocoon of O. fervida is similar to
other species of Opodiphthera.
Introduction
Opodiphthera fervida occurs in rainforest between Mossman and Paluma in
north eastern Queensland (Common 1990). Its life history has not previously
been described. On the Atherton Tableland adults usually appear during
November, after the first summer storms, and are present until late January.
They have also been collected during April, suggesting a second brood.
In December 1992, mature larvae of O. fervida were found feeding on the
vine Maesa muelleri near Longlands Gap, 20 km south of Atherton, and again
during April 1993, feeding on Rapanea porosa (F. Muell.) Mez (both
Myrsinaceae (Williams 1984)), near Lake Eacham, Queensland.
Final instar larva: head smooth, reddish brown. Prothoracic shield reddish
brown, supporting fine, short, white setae. Larva very stout, black, with
raised red scoli, supporting numerous white setae and small, branched
secondary setae. Thoracic segments 2-3 and abdominal segments 1-7 each
carrying four upper scoli, and one smaller scolus below spiracles; abdominal
segment 8 carrying 3 upper scoli, as well as the smaller scolus below
spiracles; abdominal segment 9 with 4 upper scoli; a reddish line running
laterally below spiracles on abdominal segments 1-9, connecting the lower
scoli; spiracles elliptical, distinctly white; thoracic legs reddish brown,
supporting very fine, short setae; prolegs and anal prolegs very stout, black,
supporting many short whitish setae.
Larvae leave the food plant to seek a pupation site, often on adjoining trees or
vines. The cocoon is similar to those of other Opodiphthera species, being
tough, oval, and spun between several folded or overlapping leaves.
Occasionally, several larvae pupated together, with cocoons placed side by
side within folded leaves.
Adults of Opodiphthera fervida are very similar to those of O. astrophela
(Walker), which occurs from central Queensland to central New South Wales
(Common 1990). I have collected larvae of the latter species near
Toowoomba, southern Queensland, feeding on Alstonia constricta F. Muell.
(Apocynaceae). They are similar to those of O. fervida but differ in having
only yellow lateral stripes on the thoracic and abdominal segments.
38 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Acknowledgments
I thank Mr A.K. Irvine, CSIRO, Atherton, for identification of the O. fervida
food plants, Dr LF.B. Common of Toowoomba for his constructive criticism,
and Mr Denis Kitchin of Toowoomba, whose initial observations of saturniid
larvae feeding upon a Maesa vine near The Crater, south of Atherton, led to
these findings.
References
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Pp. xxxii + 535. Melbourne University Press,
Melbourne.
WILLIAMS, K.A.W. 1984 . Native plants of Queensland Vol. 2. Pp. 303. K.A.W. Williams,
North Ipswich.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 39
THE LIFE HISTORY OF ZIZULA HYLAX ATTENUATA (T.P. LUCAS)
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
M.F. BRABY!* and T. A. WOODGER?
Department of Zoology, James Cook Uni versity of North Queensland, Townsville, Qld, 4811
2C/- Bohle P.O., Bohle, Townsville, Qld, 4818
Abstract
The early stages of Zizula hylax attenuata are described and illustrated from north-eastern
Queensland. Larvae feed on the young fruits of Hygrophila angustifolia (Acanthaceae), a small
erect herb growing in paperbark swampland habitats. Larvae are not attended by ants.
Introduction
Zizula hylax attenuata occurs widely along the east coast of Australia, from
central New South Wales to Torres Strait (Common and Waterhouse 1981,
Dunn and Dunn 1991). It is also recorded from the Northern Territory, and
an isolated population apparently occurs in central Australia near the
Macdonnell Ranges west of Alice Springs (Pfitzner and Fargher 1976). The
life history of the African subspecies Z. h. gaitea Trimen was illustrated by
Clark and Dickson (1971), but there is no description of the Australian
subspecies. | Sankowsky (1991) listed Hygrophila angustifolia R.Br.
(Acanthaceae) as a larval food plant from a Melaleuca swamp near Tolga on
the Atherton Tablelands in March 1985. More recently Braby (1992)
recorded the early stages of the butterfly on the same plant in the coastal
paperbark swamplands near Cardwell, north-eastern Queensland, and
provided brief notes on egg-laying sites and pupal habits. The following
description of the life history was made chiefly from material collected from
a lowland swampland site 12 km NW of Rollingstone, approximately 65 km
NW of Townsville, on 24.iv.1993.
Life history
Egg (Fig. 1). White; mandarin-shaped, with irregular pattern of fine ridges;
0.4 mm dia. x 0.15 mm high.
First instar larva. Body very pale grey-brown, with faint pinkish lateral line;
thorax and abdomen with dark brown primary setae on dorsal and lateral
surface; head capsule light brown. Final length 1.5 mm.
Final instar larva (Fig. 2). Body light green, with conspicuous dark red
middorsal line stretching from prothorax to abdominal segment 10, one or
two faint white or pinkish-white subdorsal lines; each segment with
numerous short colourless setae; prothorax with pink transverse band
anteriorly; abdominal segments 7-10 with dark red lateral line edged below
white. Head capsule pale yellow-brown, hidden beneath prothorax. Spiracles
light brown. Dorsal nectary organ (Newcomer's organ) present on abdominal
segment 7. Eversible tentacular organs not visible. Length 7 mm, width 2
mm.
"Present address: CSIRO Div. of Entomology, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT, 2601.
40 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Pupa (Figs. 3, 4). Elongate, with numerous colourless setae up to 0.4 mm
long; head and thorax dull green; abdomen lighter green, with faint dark
green middorsal line; abdominal segment 1 with two conspicuous black spots.
Attached by anal hooks and a central girdle. Length 6.0-7.0 mm, width 2.0
mm.
Discussion
Eggs are laid singly on the bracts of the food plant Hygrophila angustifolia.
Early instar larvae do not eat the egg shell, and after emergence appear to
burrow inside the calyx of the developing fruits after flowering. Later instars
are found feeding either internally or externally on the young fruits, and are
not attended by ants. The larvae closely resemble the greenish colouration of
the bracts, and they can be detected by the presence of frass around a small
exit hole on the developing fruit. Pupae and pupal exuviae have only been
located on the stem and beneath leaves of the food plant, suggesting larvae
leave the fruits to pupate. In captivity, the pupal duration was eight days.
The early stages of Z. hylax in Australia are structurally very similar to those
illustrated by Clark and Dickson (1971) for the species in South Africa.
However, the South African race differs from attenuata in that the final instar
larva lacks the prominent dark red middorsal line, and the two black spots on
the pupa are less conspicuous.
Larvae of Z. hylax are similar in general appearance to other small Australian
lycaenids, viz. Freyeria trochylus putli (Kollar), Famegana alsulus alsulus
(Herrich-Schaffer), Zizeeria karsandra (Moore) and Zizina labradus
(Godart), but may be distinguished by the red dorsal line, usually not present
in the other species. Larvae of these other lycaenids also do not feed on
Hygrophila or indeed on any members of the Acanthaceae (Common and
Waterhouse 1981, Dunn and Dunn 1991). The only other Australian butterfly
which utilises H. angustifolia in the larval stage is Junonia hedonia zelima
(Fabricius) (Sankowsky 1975, Braby 1992). The larvae of this nymphalid,
however, feed only on the foliage.
At both Rollingstone and Cardwell, the food plant is very patchy in extent
and grows, as a small erect herb, in the lowland Melaleuca viridiflora
woodlands which are very swampy: in the wet season the plant typically
occurs in deep (30 cm) pools of water. Adults of Z. Aylax (Fig. 5) are local
but not necessarily found breeding in the same area each season. They fly
slowly over low vegetation near the surface of the pools of water, usually
close to the food plant, and frequently settle on the stems and leaves of
sedges, grasses etc. We have not followed the complete life cycle, but adults
are generally more abundant in March-May during, or after, the wet season
when H. angustifolia flowers. Only one specimen has been taken late in the
dry season; a freshly emerged female was collected at Cardwell on 17.x.1992
after a brief period of rainfall. In the dry season we have noticed that the
food plant usually withers and dries up so that little foliage or fruit remain.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 4l
Figs 1-5. Life history of Zizula hylax attenuata: (1) egg, dorsal view; (2) final instar
larva; (3) pupa, dorsal view; (4) pupa, lateral view; (5) adult male, underside. Scale =
0.2 mm for Fig. 1; 1.0 mm for Figs 2-4; 2.0 mm for Fig. 5.
Hence, the phenology of Z. hylax may be tightly limited to the seasonal
availability of fruits of H. angustifolia and the butterfly may diapause, as
occurs in the larval stage of another tropical-subtropical lycaenid Everes
lacturnus australis Couchman (Samson 1991). Alternatively, it is possible
that Z. hylax in Australia switches to another food during the dry months:
Clark and Dickson (1971) and Larsen (1991) recorded in Africa the early
stages of Z. hylax on several species of plants in the Acanthaceae, but also on
Oxalis (Oxalidaceae) and Tribulus (Zygophyllaceae).
42 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Acknowledgments
We are grateful to Betsy Jackes (James Cook University) for identifying the
food plant, and to Zoli Florian (James Cook University) for photographic
assistance.
References
BRABY, M.F. 1992. Conservation needs of lowland, coastal paperbark woodlands and eucalypt
open forests in northern Queensland - notes on some rare and threatened butterflies. News
Bulletin Entomological Society of Queensland. 20: 76-88.
CLARK, G.C. and DICKSON, C.G.C. 1971. Life Histories of the South African lycaenid
butterflies. Purnell, Cape Town.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Part III: Family Lycaenidae. Pp. 336-512. Privately published by the authors,
Melbourne.
LARSEN, T.B. 1991. The butterflies of Kenya and their natural history. Oxford University
Press, Oxford.
PFITZNER, J.C. and FARGHER, R.K. 1976. Butterflies of central Australia. Australian
Entomological Magazine 2: 117-122.
SAMSON, P.R. 1991. The life history of Everes lacturnus australis Couchman (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 18: 71-74.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1975. Life history of Precis hedonia zelima (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 108-109.
SANKOWSKY, G. 1991. New food plants for some Queensland butterflies. Australian
Entomological Magazine 18: 9-19.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 43
PREY CONSUMPTION BY PRISTHESANCUS | PLAGIPENNIS
WALKER (HEMIPTERA: REDUVIIDAE) DURING DEVELOPMENT
D.G. JAMES
Yanco Agricultural Institute, New South Wales Agriculture, Yanco, N.S.W., 2703
Abstract
Prey consumption by individual assassin bugs Pristhesancus plagipennis, during development
ranged from 94-172 prey items (adult Drosophila sp., larval Tribolium castaneum (Herbst) and
Tenebrio molitor (L.), and nymphal Biprorulus bibax Breddin and Nezara viridula (L.)). Total
consumption averaged 153.9, 127.6 and 117.3 at 22.5°, 25° and 30°C, respectively, although daily
consumption was greater at 30°C (2.5) than at 25°C (2.0) or 22.5°C (1.3). The large size, long
lifespan and voracity of this general predator suggest it may be an important regulator of insect
populations in some ecosystems.
Introduction
The assassin bug, Pristhesancus plagipennis, is currently being evaluated as a
component of integrated management of spined citrus bug, Biprorulus bibax
(James 1992, 1994). P. plagipennis, a generalist predator, is found in a
variety of crop ecosystems in Queensland and northern New South Wales. It
preys on a large range of insects including bees (McKeown 1942) and true
bugs (Illingworth 1921, Summerville 1931, Noble 1936). Hawkeswood
(1990) recorded butterflies, beetles, flies and leafhoppers as prey for P.
plagipennis. Feeding on moths, caterpillars and mealybugs has also been
observed (James unpublished observations). An apparent preference for bugs
and beetles has been noted. An example occurs in coastal southern
Queensland where P. plagipennis is commonly associated with the cotton
harlequin bug, Tectocoris diophthalmus (Thunberg), on cottonwood trees
(James unpublished observations). There is also a strong association between
P. plagipennis and infestations of the stink bugs B. bibax (Summerville 1931,
James 1992) and Musgraveia sulciventris (Stal) (Noble 1936) on citrus.
General predators have received little attention as biological control agents.
They are often considered poor candidates precisely because they are
polyphagous, are not synchronised with the pest and usually do not have a
high potential for increase. However, evidence is now accumulating to
suggest general predators can be important in biological control systems (e.g.
Murdoch et al. 1985; McMurtry 1992).
The potential importance of assassin bugs as biological control agents has
received even less attention than other general predators (Schaefer 1988).
Most studies on reduviids have been conducted in India, with most
concentrating on biology and ecology (eg. Abasa 1981, Vennison and
Ambrose 1989). Schaefer (1988) hypothesised that reduviids, being
relatively large, consume a considerable number of prey during their lifetime.
He also suggested that development through a great range of sizes (from first
instar to adult) means that an assassin bug consumes a wider array of prey
species than does a smaller predator. Given the paucity of information on
44 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
prey consumption in reduviids, data obtained on consumption of prey by
nymphal P. plagipennis during development are presented here.
Materials and Methods
P. plagipennis used in this study were obtained from a laboratory colony
maintained at the Yanco Agricultural Institute. The colony originated from
adult bugs collected at Nambour, Queensland in 1989 and was held at 25+1°C
under a 15 h photophase. Egg batches, containing 50-80 eggs, were
transferred within 12 h of oviposition to environmental growth chambers
maintained at 22.5°, 25° or 30°C under a 15 h photophase. Temperature
variance was +0.5°C, illumination was provided by cool, white 30 watt
fluorescent lamps and relative humidity was maintained at 40-7096. At
hatching, first instar nymphs were transferred to individual glass tubes fitted
with gauze caps. Third to fifth instars were caged in plastic cups (IO cm dia.)
with muslin lids. First and second instars were fed exclusively Drosophila
sp. Approximately 10-20 flies were introduced to each tube at 48 h intervals.
Third instar nymphs were also supplied with Drosophila sp. but were also
occasionally provided with 5-10 rust-red flour beetle larvae, Tribolium
castaneum (Herbst), or 3-5 second and third instar nymphs of B. bibax or
Nezara viridula (L.). Fourth and fifth instar nymphs were predominantly fed
larvae of T. castaneum and mealworms, Tenebrio molitor (L.), supplemented
with Drosophila and second and third instar nymphs of B. bibax and N.
viridula. Prey was always supplied in excess of nymphal requirements and
the number of prey items consumed was recorded on each occasion prey was
replenished (48 h intervals). Prey consumption data were obtained for
individual nymphs per instar and for complete development. Developmental
periods (instars and complete development) were also determined at each
temperature. Data were subjected to analysis of variance and least significant
difference procedures.
Results and Discussion
Prey consumption by individual P. plagipennis during development ranged
between 94-172 prey items, averaging 153.9, 127.6 and 117.3 at 22.5^, 25*
and 30°C, respectively (Table 1). Total prey consumed at 22.5°C was
significantly greater than at the other two temperatures (P<0.05). However,
prey consumption per day was significantly greater at 30° than at 25° or 22.5°
(P«0.05) (Fig. 1). Total consumption was greatest for each of the first three
instars at 22.5°C. Total consumption by fourth and fifth instars was similar at
all temperatures (Table 1). Prey consumption per day was significantly
greater at 30°C than 22.5°C for all instars except the third instar (Fig. 1).
These data indicate that developing P. plagipennis require 1-2.5 prey items
daily. Few detailed studies exist on prey consumption by reduviids.
Phonoctonus spp. nymphs consumed 1.1-4.0 prey (Dysdercus sp.) daily
during development (Stride 1965; Schaefer and Ahmad 1987). However,
Harpactor tibialis Stal, in Kenya consumed only 0.17 prey (looper
caterpillars) daily during development (Abasa 1981). Prey consumption by
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 45
MEAN NUMBER OF PREY CONSUMED PER DAY
INSTAR
Fig. 1. Daily prey consumption by developing P. plagipennis at 22.5, 25 and 30°C.
* Consumption significantly greater at 30°C than 22.5 or 25°C (P < 0.05)
yx Consumption significantly greater at 30°C than 22.5°C (P<0.05)
Table 1. Prey consumption of P. plagipennis at 22.5, 25 and 30°C.
22:51 25°C 30°C
Instar Mean No Range MeanNo Range MeanNo_ Range
prey prey prey
consumed consumed consumed
24.8* 10-58 10 7-16 16.8 6 - 46
li: 20 - 44 20.3 14 - 30 2222 12 - 31
4].4* 24 - 86 25.7 11-51 24.7 12 - 35
22.9 8 - 49 23.4 9 - 36 26.5 6 - 60
33.7 12 - 63 B25 12 - 69 27.2 9 -.58
AII 153.9*. 116-172 127.6 98-152 117.3 94 -147
* Significantly greater consumption than for same stage(s) at the other
temperatures (P«0.05)
ARWN |
46 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
reduviids is likely to vary considerably according to species size and prey
size. P. plagipennis is one of the largest Australian reduviids (20-25 mm in
length) and clearly consumes a considerable number of prey during its
lifetime. No data have yet been collected on prey consumption by adults but
laboratory observations indicate 1-2 items are consumed daily. "With a
potential feeding lifespan of 9-12 months (James unpublished Observations) a
single P. plagipennis could consume between 300 and 600 individual prey
items during its life. Even at the lower end of this estimate it is clear that a
resident population of P. plagipennis in a citrus orchard, for example, could
have a significant impact on populations of prey insects. Although the
generalist feeding nature of P. plagipennis will diminish its impact on
particular prey species, the observed tendency to aggregate in habitats with
large numbers of certain heteropterans (eg. B. bibax, T. diophthalmus) might
enhance regulation of these bug species. A precedent is provided by species
of the reduviid genus Phonoctonus which appear to "specialise" on cotton
stainers Dysdercus spp. and are considered valuable in biological control of
these pests (Fadare 1978; Schaefer and Ahmad 1987). The question of prey
preference should be studied in P. plagipennis.
Although preliminary and derived under laboratory conditions, the data
presented here do indicate the voracity of P. plagipennis and its potential
importance as a regulator of insect populations in natural and agricultural
ecosystems. P. plagipennis is an abundant bug in inland and coastal
Queensland and northern New South Wales, whose role in natural regulation
of pest populations deserves greater study.
Acknowledgments
I thank Renay Heffer for assistance in rearing bugs and collecting data. The
Horticultural Research and Development Corporation provided financial
assistance.
References
ABASA, R.O. 1981. Harpactor tibialis Stal (Hemiptera: Reduviidae), a predator of Ascotis
reciprocaria Wlk in Kenya coffee estates. Kenya Journal of Science and Technology (B) 2: 53-
55.
FADARE, T.A. 1978. Efficiency of Phonoctonus spp. (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) as regulators of
populations of Dysdercus spp. (Hemiptera:Pyrrhocoridae). Nigerian Journal of Entomology 1:
45-48.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J. 1990. Some notes on three species of Australian Reduviidae
(Hemiptera). Victorian Entomologist 20: 99-102.
ILLINGWORTH, J.F. 1921. The linear bug Phaenacantha australica Kirkaldy: a new pest of.
sugar-cane in Queensland. Queensland Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, Division of
Entomology Brisbane. Bulletin No 14.
JAMES, D.G. 1992. Effect of temperature on development and survival of Pristhesancus
plagipennis (Hemiptera: Reduviidae). Entomophaga 37: 259-264.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 47
JAMES, D.G. 1994. The development of suppression tactics for Biprorulus bibax (Heteroptera:
Pentatomidae) as part of an integrated pest management program in inland citrus of south-eastern
Australia. Bulletin of Entomological Research 84: 31-38.
McKEOWN, K.C. 1942. Australian Insects. Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.
Sydney.
McMURTRY. J.A. 1992. Dynamics and potential impact of "generalist" phytoseiids in
agroecosystems and possibilities for establishment of exotic species. Experimental and Applied
Acarology 14: 371-382.
MURDOCH, W.M., CHESSON, J. and CHESSON, P.L. 1985. Biological control in theory and
practice. American Naturalist 125: 345-366.
NOBLE, N.S. 1936. Pristhesancus papuensis Stàl; an assassin bug. Journal of Australian
Institute of Agricultural Science 2: 124-126.
SCHAEFER, C.W. 1988. Reduviidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) as agents of biological control.
Biocovas 1: 27-33.
SCHAEFER, C.W. and AHMAD, I. 1987. Parasites and predators of Pyrrhocoroidea
(Hemiptera) and possible control of cotton stainers by Phonoctonus spp. (Hemiptera:
Reduviidae). Entomophaga 32: 269-275.
STRIDE, G.O. 1965. On the biology of certain West African species of Phonoctonus
(Hemiptera:Reduviidae), mimetic predators of the Pyrrhocoridae. Journal of the Entomological
Society of Southern Africa 19: 12-28.
SUMMERVILLE, W.A.T. 1931. The larger horned citrus bug. Queensland Department of
Agriculture and Stock. Division of Entomology and Plant Pathology Bulletin No 8.
VENNISON, S.J. and AMBROSE, D.P. 1989. Biology and predatory potential of a reduviid
predator, Oncocephalus annulipes Stal (Hemiptera: Reduviidae). Journal of Biological Control
3: 24-27.
48 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Correction
Lachlan, R.B. (1993). A new subspecies of Polyura sacco Smart
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from Vanuatu. Australian Entomologist 21:
107-111.
The captions to Figs. 1-6 are incorrect. The following changes are necessary
to the figure numbers on the plates (not the captions): 2 should read 5; 4
should read 2; 5 should read 4.
—-—Qo-— — ` —M
er
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) July 1994 49
DISTRIBUTION, HOSTS AND PEST STATUS OF THE ORCHID
BEETLE STETHOPACHYS FORMOSA BALY (COLEOPTERA:
CHRYSOMELIDAE)
N. GOUGH! 3, T. BARTRAEAU? and B.L. MONTGOMERY! 4
1 Department of Primary Industries, 80 Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068
2Department of Botany, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld 4811
Abstract
The orchid beetle Stethopachys formosa occurs in the eastern areas of New South Wales and
Queensland and also in the Northern Territory. Surveys of orchid growers and by the authors
from 1990 to 1992 recorded S. formosa feeding on 27 species of orchids incorporating 67
varieties. Orchids were the only hosts, most commonly Dendrobium spp. Most orchid growers
rated S. formosa as a minor pest of orchids, but a third considered it to be a major pest.
Introduction
The indigenous orchid beetle Srethopachys formosa attacks wild orchids
(Fitzgerald 1892) and has become a pest of cultivated orchids grown outdoors
(Smith 1940, Rushton 1980, Hawkeswood 1991). Both adults and larvae feed
on inflorescences and seed pods and also on young leaves and growing
points. Despite its importance to orchid growers, its pest status has never
been accurately determined in terms of location and frequency of attack. The
most comprehensive host list provided to date (Hawkeswood 1991) included
16 orchid taxa but observations by the authors indicated that this was
incomplete.
This paper reports studies aimed at extending knowledge of the host range
and regional pest status of S. formosa.
Methods
Data on the host range, pest status and seasonal incidence of S. formosa were
obtained by direct field observations from 1990 to 1992. These data were
compiled by the authors during regular sampling at sites in south Queensland
(Gough and Montgomery 1992) and in a survey along coastal Queensland.
These observations were supplemented by reports from orchid growers
contacted during the surveys and by responses to a questionnaire published in
an orchid industry journal. The questionnaire required respondents to classify
the pest status as nil, minor or major; the frequency of attack as nil, rare,
sporadic or common, and to specify the orchid types attacked. A total of 122
responses were received from around Australia, all but a few of which were
from orchid growers.
Label data were also obtained from specimens of S. formosa held in the
following museums: Australian Museum, Sydney (AMS); Australian
National Insect Collection, Canberra (ANIC); Department of Primary
Industries and Fisheries, Berrimah, Northern Territory (DPIF); Museum of
3 Now deceased.
4 Present address: Medical Entomology Branch, Department of Health and Community Services,
PO Box 40596, Casuarina, N.T., 0810
50 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Victoria, Melbourne (MVM); Queensland Department of Primary Industries,
Brisbane (QDPI); Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba
(QDPM); Queensland Museum, Brisbane (QMB); South Australian
Museum, Adelaide (SAM); West Australian Museum, Perth (WAM).
Distribution
Our field work and information from respondents showed that S. formosa is
present from Ulladulla in New South Wales to Mareeba in northern
Queensland (Table 1). S. formosa was not reported by respondents from
Victoria (8), South Australia (1), Tasmania (1) or Western Australia (2).
Additional museum specimen records and published distribution records are
as follows: NEW SOUTH WALES: Bawley Point (ANIC); Blaxland (ANIC);
Coffs Harbour (ANIC); Cungewai Valley near Cessnock (AMS); Richmond
River (ANIC and AMS); Upper Landsdowne via Taree (AMS);
QUEENSLAND: Braemar State Forest via Kogan (QMB) Brisbane (QDPI
and ANIC); Cairns (ANIC); Cape York (QMB); Condamine (AMS);
Eidsvold (ANIC); Kroombit Tops (Lower Dry Creek) (QMB); Mareeba
(QDPM); Maryborough (ANIC); 7 km W of Paluma (ANIC); Mt. Walsh near
Biggenden (ANIC); Mt Moffatt National Park, Parada (QDPM); Peawaddy
Gorge (QMB) Pialba (ANIC); Rockhampton (ANIC), Sinclair Bay near
Bowen (ANIC); Toowoomba (ANIC). NORTHERN TERRITORY: Darwin
(SAM and DPIF); Ludmilla (DPIF); Smith Point (DPIF) Stuart Highway 37
km S of Darwin (DPIF). The total known distribution of S. formosa is the
coastal plain of New South Wales north of Batemans Bay, Queensland east of.
the Dividing Range and the vicinity of Darwin, N.T.
Table 1. Locality guide from north to south. (1-23 Queensland, 24-32 New
South Wales).
Locality Lat/Long Locality Lat/Long
1 Mareeba 16°59'S 145°25'E 17 Tinana 25°45'S 152°41'E
2 Tolga 17°13'S 145°29'E 18 Woombye 26°40'S 152°58'E
3 Atherton 17°16'S 145°29'E 19 Caloundra 26°48'S 153°08'E
4 Jaggan 17°24'S 145°36'E 20 Caboolture 27°05'S 152°57'E
5 Goondi 17*30'S 146°01'E 21 Brisbane 27°28'S 153?01'E
6 Mission Beach 17°53'S 146°06'E 22 Toowoomba 27°34'S 151°57'E
7 Tully 17*56'S 145°56'E 23 Nerang 28°00'S 153°20'E
8 Cardwell 18°16'S 146'01'E 24 Wardell 28°57'S 153°28'E
9 Ingham 18°39'S 146° 10'E 25 Werrington 33°45'S 150°45'E
10 Bluewater 19° 11'S 146°33'E 26 Lindfield 33°47'S 151° 10'E
11 Mackay 21°09'S 149°11'E 27 Harbord 33°47'S 151° 17'E
12 Eungella 21°10'S 148°24'E 28 Sydney 33°53'S 151°13'E
13 Airlie Beach — 20°16'S 148°53'E 29 Caringbah = 34°02'S 151°08'E
14 Sarina 21°26'S 149°13'E 30 Loftus 34°03'S 151°03'E
15 Yeppoon 23°08'S 150°44'E 31 Nowra 34°53'S 150°36'E
16 Rockhampton 23°22'S 150°32'E 32 Ulladulla 35°21'S 150°29'E
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) July 1994 51
Host range
A total of 27 species and 67 varieties of orchid were reported by respondents
and in our survey (Table 2). This is a major increase in the number of orchid
hosts previously listed (Hawkeswood 1991). S. formosa appears to feed and
breed only on orchids. Records of other hosts by our respondents were
checked and found to be due to confusion with another native chrysomelid,
the pumpkin beetle Aulacophora hilaris (Boisduval).
Table 2. Species of orchids attacked by S. formosa and the localities of these
records. See Table 1 for locality details.
Orchid species, varieties
Locality No.
*Arachnis sp. 5,6
*Arundina graminifolia (D.Don) Hochr. 1,3,4
Bulbophyllum baileyi F. Muell. 10
Bowringana sp. 3
*Cadetia taylori (F. Muell.) Schltr.
Calanthe sp. 3
Cattleya sp. 1, 16, 22
*Cymbidium canaliculatum R.Br. IL; Eel
*Cymbidium madidum Lindl. 3,21
Cymbidium suave R.Br. 21,25,27
Cymbidium hybrids 19, 22, 27, 32
Dendrobium hybrids 22, 31, 32
Dendrobium adae F.M. Bailey
Dendrobium aemulum R. Br.
*Dendrobium agrostophyllum F. Muell. 12, 28
*Dendrobium bigibbum Lindl. 1,8, 16,21
*Dendrobium bowmanii Benth. 17, 20
*Dendrobium canaliculatum R. Br.
Dendrobium cucumerinium Macleay ex Lindl.
3, 14, 19, 21
28
Dendrobium X delicatum F.M. Bailey 27, 28, 20
*Dendrobium discolor Lindl. 7, 15, 16, 21
Dendrobium falcorostrum Fitzg. 27, 28, 30
Dendrobium fleckeri Rupp and C.T. White 25
*Dendrobium gracilicaule F. Muell. 21, 25, 29
Dendrobium X gracillimum (Rupp) Leaney 7, 18, 28
Dendrobium ‘Hilda Poxon' 26
Dendrobium johannis Rchb.f. 11
*Dendrobium jonesii Rendle 21-7]
*Dendrobium kingianum Bidwill ex Lindl.
*Dendrobium linguiforme Sw.
*Dendrobium monophyllum F. Muell.
Dendrobium racemosum (Nichols) Clemesha and Dockrill
13, 21, 27, 28
52 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Table 2 (cont.). Species of orchids attacked by S. formosa and the localities
of these records. See Table 1 for locality details.
Orchid species, varieties Locality No.
Dendrobium schoeninum Lindley
Dendrobium smillieae F. Muell. 7
Dendrobium speciosum Smith var. speciosum 28
*Dendrobium speciosum var. curvicaule
(F.M. Bailey) D.P. Banks and Clemesha
Dendrobium speciosum var. hillii
(Mast.) D.P. Banks and Clemesha 21, 25, 27, 28
*Dendrobium speciosum var. pedunculatum
(Clemesha) D.P. Banks and Clemesha
Dendrobium soft cane hybrids 19
*Dendrobium teretifolium R. Br. 3, 12, 28
*Dipodium elegantulum D.L. Jones
*Dipodium ensifolium F. Muell.
Dipodium variegatum M.A. Clem and D.L. Jones 24
Diurus sp. 17
*Diurus oporina D.L. Jones
Epidendrum sp. 16
Epidendrum ibaguense Kunth 29
*Epidendrum X obrienianum Rolfe 21,28
Epidendrum radicans Pav. ex Lindl. and reed stem hybrids 18
*Geodorum densiflorum (Lam.) Schltr.
Laelia anceps Lindley 18
Microtis sp. 12
Miltonia sp. 26
Neobenthamia gracilis Rolfe 17
Oncidium sp. 1
Oncidium sphacelatum Lindley 31
Phalaenopsis sp. l
Plectorrhiza tridentata (Lindl.) Dockrill 23
Renanthera sp. 16
Sarcochilus hartmanii F. Muell. 23
Sarcochilus falcatus R. Br. 3
Spathoglottis sp. 9,11
Stanhopea spp. 4
Thelymitra venosa R. Br. 17
Vanda strap leaf, terete, semi-terete ]93391692
*Vanda alliance
Vanda tricolor Lindley 4, 21, 28
* direct observation by authors during field work.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) July 1994 53
Pest status
For those areas in which S. formosa was present, 56% of respondents
considered it to be a minor pest but 34% rated it as major pest (Table 3).
41% rated it as common in frequency of occurrence and 36% rated it as
sporadic, but there was considerable variation between regions. It was rated
as common by 7096 of growers in southern Queensland, by 5096 in Sydney
and 43% in northern Queensland. However in central Queensland only 27%
rated it as common whilst 50% rated it as sporadic.
70% of respondents noted feeding on Dendrobium spp., 57% on Vanda spp.,
29% on Epidendrum spp., 24% on Cymbidium spp. and 22% on Cattleya spp..
Museum specimens were recorded from Dendrobium spp. and Cymbidium
Spp.
Table 3. Pest status and frequency of attack (numbers of growers reporting
each class) of Stethopachys formosa in Australia as reported by growers
surveyed in 1992.
Region Pest status Frequency of attack on orchids Total No.
reports
nil minor major nil rare sporadic common
Qld - farnnoth — 2* 19 15 2* 3. 15 15 36#
Qld - central l 17 8 0 6 13 7 26
Qld - south 0 5 5 0 2 ^l 7 10
N.S.W. - north 3 6 3 1 3 4 4 12
N.S.W.-Sydney 4 7 5 2 3 3 8 16
N.S.W. - south l 6 1 2 0 3 3 8
Total numbers 11 60 37 7 17 39 44 108
Percentage 10 56 34 7 16 36 41 -
* orchids grown in shadehouses
# one questionnaire incomplete
Control measures
Control measures involving cultural methods and the use of insecticides as
appropriate have been recommended elsewhere (Gough and Montgomery
1992).
Conclusion
We conclude that S. formosa is a pest of orchids throughout much of coastal
and near coastal New South Wales and Queensland. It is a minor pest overall
but to a third of growers it is a major pest. Depending on locality it is
common or sporadic in frequency as a pest on a wide range of orchids,
especially species of Dendrobium.
Acknowledgments
We thank all the orchid growers who responded to the questionnaire or
otherwise provided information and help. We thank Dr M. Bengston and Dr
54 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
B.K. Cantrell for advice and assistance in preparation of this manuscript.
This project was funded in part by the Australian Orchid Foundation and the
Horticultural Research and Development Corporation.
References
FITZGERALD, R.D. 1892. Australian Orchids. Vol. 2, Part 4. G.S. Chapman, Acting
Government Printer, Sydney. In facsimile published by Landsdowne Editions, 1979.
GOUGH, N. and MONTGOMERY, B.L. 1992. Studies on the biology and control of the orchid
beetle Stethopachys formosa Baly. Orchadian 10: 180-190.
HAWKESWOOD, TJ. 1991. Review of the biology and control of the orchid beetle
Stethopachys formosa Baly (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Victorian Entomologist 21: 129-131.
RUSHTON, A. 1980. Dendrobium beetle (Stethopachys formosa Baly) and Cymbidium suave.
Orchadian 6: 228-229.
SMITH, W.A. 1940. Some orchid pests. A short account of their life histories and control.
Australian Orchid Review 5: 46-48.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 55
NOTES ON LIFE HISTORIES AND BIOLOGY OF THE SPECIES OF
NEOHESPERILLA WATERHOUSE AND LYELL (LEPIDOPTERA:
HESPERIIDAE)
S.J. JOHNSON!, P.S. VALENTINE? and D.A. LANE?
lQonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, PO Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
2Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
33 Janda Street, Atherton, Qld, 4883
Abstract
The life histories and biology of Neohesperilla crocea (Miskin), N. senta (Miskin), N.
xanthomera (Meyrick and Lower) and N. xiphiphora (Lower) are described. The species feed on
the grasses Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz), Themeda triandra Forsk, Heteropogon sp. and
Schizachyrium perplexum S.T. Blake (all Poaceae) respectively.
Introduction
The genus Neohesperilla Waterhouse and Lyell contains four small yellowish
brown skippers from northern Australia and New Guinea. All species are
widespread (Common and Waterhouse 1981) and can be locally common but
details of the life histories have remained unknown until now.
Life Histories
Neohesperilla crocea
Host plant. Chrysopogon aciculatus (Retz) (Poaceae)
Egg. Hemispherical, 0.8 mm wide, 0.6 mm high, pale green with 22-23 fine
vertical ribs.
Larva (Fig. 2). First instar: Length 3-6 mm; head shining black; body white,
prothoracic plate yellow. Second to final instar: Length 8-19 mm; head
black, rugose, covered in fine pubescence; body grey green covered in short
club-shaped setae (Fig. 7), dorsal prothorax with dark brown sclerotised plate
and small dorso-lateral plate above yellow spiracle, pinkish suffusion on
antero-dorsal mesothorax.
Pupa (Fig. 4). Length 15-19 mm, width 5 mm, pale yellowish brown. Pupal
cap (Fig. 7) bearing a pair of round, black spots dorsally and an irregular
inverted V-shaped black patch ventrally. Prothoracic plate bearing an
irregular series of dark brown spots, spiracular plates raised, black,
semicircular. Thoracic and abdominal setae long, pointed, flattened laterally
and expanded apically (Fig. 7), mesothorax with a pair of black semicircular
patches antero-medially. Abdominal segments with transverse row of setae
arising from irregular red-brown blotches.
Cremaster elongate with concave depression dorsally and ventrally, a large
oval pit laterally and tip armed with a row of 35-40 hooks.
56 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Figs 1-6. Neohesperilla spp. intermediate stages. (1) egg of N. xanthomera; (2-3)
mature larva (2) N. crocea (3) N. senta; (4-5) pupa (4) N. crocea (5) N. senta; (6) first
instar larval shelter of N. xanthomera.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 57
Figs 7-9. Frons of pupa and pupal caps (a), pupal setae (b) and larval setae (c) of
Neohesperilla spp. (7) N. crocea; (8) N. senta; (9) N. xanthomera. Scale bars a = 1
mm; b,c 2 0.2 mm.
Neohesperilla senta
Host plant. Themeda triandra Forsk. (Poaceae)
Egg. Hemispherical, 0.9-1.0 mm wide, 0.7-0.8 mm high, creamy white with
18-20 fine vertical ribs.
Larva (Fig. 3). First instar: Length 4-7 mm; head shining black; body
whitish, prothoracic plate pale brown. Second to final instar. Length 10-23
mm; head black, finely pitted, bearing numerous fine cream setae; body grey
brown, dorsal prothorax with fine transverse black line interrupted medially,
dorsal heart dark grey, thoracic and abdominal terga bearing transverse rows
of conical setae of variable height (Fig. 8), pink suffusion ventro-laterally on
abdominal segments.
Pupa (Fig. 5). Yellow brown, 18-20 mm long. Pupal cap (Fig. 8) with a pair
of dorsal black spots bearing numerous setae and with a triangular-shaped
central patch of dense setae. Prothorax with scattered dark brown spots,
mesothorax with a pair of circular black spots antero-medially. Abdominal
terga with 2-3 rows of long hockey stick shaped setae with spatulate ends
(Fig. 8). Anal plate blackish composed of a reticulated pattern of fine black
58 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
lines. Cremaster golden brown, dorso-ventrally flattened, slight depression
dorsally, deep conical pit antero-laterally and tip armed with 4-5 long hooks.
Neohesperilla xanthomera
Host plant. Heteropogon sp. (Poaceae)
Egg (Fig. 1). Hemispherical, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, 0.8-0.9 mm high, pale green
with 19-21 fine vertical ribs.
Larva. First instar: Length 3-6 mm; head shining black; body cream,
prothoracic plate brown. Second to final instar: Length 10-18 mm; head
black, finely pitted bearing fine pubescence; body grey brown, prothoracic
plate brown, thoracic and abdominal segments bearing transverse rows of
long thin setae with flared tips (Fig. 9).
Pupa. Yellow brown, 18-19 mm long. Pupal cap (Fig. 9) with a pair of black
dorsal patches and an irregular semicircular black patch ventrally.
Prothoracic plate with scattered brown blotches bearing setae. Mesothorax
with a pair of black spots antero-medially, remainder with scattered brown
blotches. Abdominal segments with 3-4 rows of long laterally flattened setae
(Fig. 9) arising from brown blotches. Cremaster elongated, dorsal and ventral
surfaces with a central depression, antero-laterally with an oval shaped pit
and tip armed with 31-32 long hooks.
Neohesperilla xiphiphora
Host plant. Schizachyrium perplexum S.T. Blake (Poaceae)
Egg. Hemispherical, 0.9-1.0 mm wide, 0.8-0.9 mm high, translucent white
with 18-19 fine vertical ribs.
First instar larva: Length 4-6 mm; head shining pale brown with scattered
setae; prothorax yellow with dorsal brown plate. Thoracic and abdominal
segments bearing a single row of clubbed setae, segment 10 and anal plate
with six long setae.
Notes
In all species the eggs are laid singly on the underside of the leaves of the
host grass. First and second instar larvae construct characteristic shelters
(Fig. 6) by folding a single leaf blade through 180* by means of silken hinges
on opposite edges of the blade. Later instar larvae construct silken shelters in
the base of the grass or in soil and detritus and emerge at night to feed. N.
senta and N. xiphiphora appear to be univoltine whereas N. crocea has at
least two broods annually. Larvae of Neohesperilla spp. are difficult to
identify and also resemble those of Toxidia Spp. which often occur in similar
situations. The characteristic shapes of the larval and pupal setae and of the
pupal caps enable separation of the individual species.
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 59
N. crocea occurs predominantly in wetter areas near rainforest or along the
margins of swamps. The males defend territories near breeding areas and rest
on the foliage of shrubs or small trees up to 3-4 m from the ground. Females
fly close to the ground in the same areas.
Adults of N. senta emerge early in the wet season and congregate in areas of
fresh regrowth following fires. Both sexes can be taken commonly feeding at
flowers of Grewia retusifolia Kurz which grows with T. triandra in coastal
Eucalyptus platyphylla F. Muell. forests. Males establish territories in small
open areas within the forest and settle on seed heads of the host plant. In
successive years adults have only been found in post fire succession areas.
First instar larvae appear unable to form shelters and feed on mature T.
triandra or on regrowth plants growing in full sunshine.
Males of N. xanthomera vigorously defend territories on the summits of steep
hills and ridges and rest on twigs, rocks or foliage of trees. Females are less
commonly encountered flying close to the ground in grassy areas on the
lower slopes.
Males of N. xiphiphora usually hilltop where they rest on the foliage of trees
up to 5 m above the ground. Early in the wet season on southern Cape York
Peninsula adults of both sexes can be common flying close to the ground in
post fire succession areas. In this situation, males appear not to establish
territories but roam widely presumably in search of females. Females show a
preference for ovipositing on grasses growing at the base of trees.
With respect to the relationships of Neohesperilla, the form of the larva and
pupa and the use of grasses as host plants indicate that the genus is closer to
Toxidia Mabille than Hesperilla Hewitson.
Acknowledgments
We thank Peter Wilson for information on the host plant of N. crocea, John
Clarkson for identification of Schizachyrium perplexum, Mareya Dashorst for
assistance with line drawings and Michele Hoogland for assistance with
photography.
Reference
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
60 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) July 1994
BOOK REVIEW
Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Volume 10. Hymenoptera: Apoidea by J.
C. Cardale. 1993. AGPS. Canberra. x + 406 pp. $59.95.
The Zoological Catalogue of Australia is designed to provide synonymy, reference to
primary literature, a brief summary of geographical distribution and ecology, the
location and status of type material and the type locality for every named animal
species known to occur in Australia.
The latest volume deals with the superfamily Apoidea, the bees. The format is the
well known, and well criticised one of previous volumes of the Catalogue (Matthews
1987), but one which is a direct consequence of the computer production and
typesetting of the book. I found the format clear and easy to follow, despite the
repetitions.
But what of the entomology? The bees are a large, diverse and economically
important group in Australia. The book covers the seven families and thirteen
subfamilies (including introduced members of the Apidae) found in Australia, which
includes over 60 genera and 1500 species. It contains much new taxonomic
information: 2 new replacement names, 21 nomina nuda, | new status assignment, 1
emendation and 26 corrections to type designations. The latest date for the inclusion
of taxa appears to have been early 1992 and the taxonomic arrangement is that of
Michener and Houston (1991) so the book is well up-to-date.
The book starts with an introduction to the superfamily Apoidea. Each of the seven
families is then treated in turn. I found the inclusion of a high quality illustration of a
member of each family, to show the general facies of the family, to be a welcome
addition to the usual catalogue format. There is then a general introduction to the
family followed by the species treatment. Here, the nomenclature of each species is
dealt with lucidly, followed by summaries of its distribution, and ecology. Important
inclusions in the ecology section are nesting descriptions and flower-visiting records
where these are known. Although I could cope with the taxonomy, the ecological
descriptions 'volant, melliferous' which seem to occur for each species had me
reaching for my dictionary to find melliferous means 'honey producing’ (of course!)
but to my surprise volant means 'at full gallop'. A frantic search found the definition
‘able to fly' well down on the list of other meanings.
In other parts of the world, the study of bees is notable for the contribution made by
amateur entomologists. By collating the taxonomic information on Australian bees
and providing a very valuable introduction to the fragmentary literature on their
biology and ecology this catalogue presents the Australian amateur entomologist with
the where-with-all to make valuable and substantial new contributions to the natural
history of this important group. It provides professionals with a mine of specialised
information on the nomenclature and taxonomy of the group. All bee workers should
have a copy.
References
MATTHEWS, E.G. 1987. Book Review. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Volume 4.
Coleoptera: Archostemata, Myxophaga and Adephaga. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 26: 346.
MICHENER, C.D. and HOUSTON, T.F. 1991. Apocrita. pp. 993-1000 in CSIRO (Ed.) The
Insects of Australia. A handbook for students and research workers. Melbourne University Press.
Volume 2.
A.P. Mackey
Qeensland University of Technology, Brisbane
Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994 61
NOTES ON NESTS OF LEIOPROCTUS CRISTATUS (SMITH)
(HYMENOPTERA: COLLETIDAE)
G.V. MAYNARD! and C.J. BURWELL
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072
Abstract
A nesting site of Leioproctus cristatus was found at Margate (27°15'S 153°06'E), coastal south-
eastern Queensland. The bees were nesting gregariously in firm moist sand, up to a density of 55
entrances/m2. Each entrance was surrounded by a tumulus of loose sand and led to a more or less
vertical burrow about | m long.
Introduction
A nesting site of a medium sized (10 mm) colletid bee (Leioproctus cristatus)
was brought to our attention in October 1990. Its nests have not been
recorded previously. The site was located in a small garden at Margate, a
coastal community north-east of Brisbane, Queensland. The residents of the
property have been stung frequently due to high numbers of females present
during the peak nesting season, particularly when the bees became lodged in
clothing on the washing line.
Observations
The nesting site was about 200 m from the high water (spring) level and
consisted of approximately 4 m? of bare sand with a sparse covering of carpet
grass (Axonopus sp.). The surface of the site was gently sloping and shaded
to varying degrees but never exposed to full sunlight. The nests were
excavated in 1991, but observations were made during both visits. Ten
burrows were followed, six of these by pouring thin plaster of paris down the
tunnel and carefully digging away the soil from them when the plaster had
set; the other four had fine coloured wire inserted down the burrows and the
sand then carefully dug away.
Nest entrances were 6-7 mm diameter in fine, moist, compact sand with as
many as 55 entrances/m? (Fig. 1). Many had a tumulus of loose orange sand
(in contrast to the black surface sand) about 35 mm in diameter and 20 mm
high (Fig. 2). Each burrow was more or less vertical, about 1 m long and the
diameter of the tunnel constant throughout its length. Cells were not located
along the length of the tunnel nor at its termination, possibly indicating that
few cells had been completed at the time of excavation. There was no
indication of interconnecting burrows.
The nesting site was visited on 3.x.1990 and 9.ix.1991 where female L.
cristatus were flying rapidly to and fro over the nests about 30 cm above the
ground. Upon landing they walked over the surface of the sand, often testing
several nest entrances before entering a burrow.
In October 1990 many females were observed carrying pollen into the
burrows. These females spent several minutes below ground before
I Present address: ABRS, P.O. Box 636, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
62 Australian Entomologist 21 (2) July 1994
Figs 1 and 2. (1) The nesting site showing the conspicuous aggregation of the nest
entrances. Each entrance is surrounded by a tumulus of light coloured sand; (2)
Detail of four nest entrances. The difference in height of the tumuli of the two
entrances in the foreground may reflect the stage of construction of the burrow.
Australian Entomologist 21 (1) July 1994 63
re-emerging. In September 1991 only a few females were seen carrying
pollen, but many females were observed constructing burrows, pushing sand
out of the burrows with their heads. Males were not collected at the nest site
but along with females at flowering Leptospermum and Melaleuca
approximately 200 m away.
Discussion
Nests of six other species of Leioproctus Smith have been recorded (unpubl.
obs.), all of which have similar architecture to L. cristatus. Each differs in
the depth and diameter of the burrows, but mostly have a low tumulus over a
single entrance burrow with one to several cells radiating terminally.
To date, all species of Leioproctus have been found to nest gregariously and
this may simply reflect the conspicuousness of large aggregations of nest
entrances (e.g. Fig. 1). It is quite possible that some species of Leioproctus
are dispersed or "solitary" nesters, the single nest entrances having gone
unnoticed. Despite the density of aggregations, no interactions between bees
have been observed.
Acknowledgments
We would like to thank Mr and Mrs S. Cramb for bringing the nests of
Leioproctus cristatus to our attention as well as for allowing us to excavate
their back garden.
64 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) July 1994
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
HOCH, H.
1993 A new troglobitic planthopper species (Hemiptera: Fulgaroidea: Meenoplidae) from Western Australia, Rec. West. Aust.
Mus. 16: 393-398.
HOLLDOBLER, B and WILSON, E.O.
1990 The ants. 732 pp. Belknap Press of Harvard University Press: Cambridge.
HOLMES, D.R. and HOLMES, J.
1993 A trip to the old and the new mountain country. Vict. Ent. 23: 78-79.
HORNE, P.A.
1992 Comparative life histories of two species of Notonomus (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in Victoria. Aust. J. Zool. 40: 163-171.
HOUSTON, T.F., LAMONT, B.B., RADFORD, S. and ERRINGTON, S.G.
1993 Apparent mutualism between Verticordia nitens and V. aurea (Myrtaceae) and their oil-ingesting bee pollinators
(Hymenoptera: Colletidae). Aust. J. Bot. 41: 369-380.
HOUSTON, W.W.K. and WEIR, T.A.
1992 Melolonthinae. pp. 174-358. In Houston, W.W.K. (ed.), Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea.
Vol. 9. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
HOWDEN, H.F.
1992 A revision of the Australian beetle genera Eucanthus Westwood, Bolbobaineus Howden & Cooper, Australobolbus
Howden & Cooper and Gilletinus Boucomont (Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). Invert. Taxon. 6: 605-717.
1993 New Bolboceratini from Western Australia (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 379-386.
ISMAY, J.W.
1993 Revision of Tricimba Lioy and Aprometopis Becker (Diptera: Chloropidae) from Australia and the Papuan Region. Invert.
Taxon. 7: 297-499.
JAMES, D.G.
1993 Migration biology of the monarch butterfly in Australia. Pp. 189-200. In: Malcolm, S.B. and Zalucki, M.P. (eds.), Biology
and conservation of the monarch butterfly. Sci. Ser. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County 38: xi 419.
1994 Effect of citrus host variety on lipid reserves in overwintering Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Vict.
Ent. 24: 42-45.
JELL, P.A.
1993 Late Triassic homopterous nymph from Dinmore, Ipswich Basin. Mem. Qd Mus. 33: 360.
JELL, P.A. and LAMBKIN, K.J.
1993 Middle Triassic orthopteroid (Titanoptera) insect from the Esk formation at Lake Wivenhoe. Mem. Qd Mus. 33: 258.
JONES, R.E.
1992 Phenotypic variation in Australian Eurema species. Aust. J. Zool. 40: 371-383.
KATHIRITHAMBY, J.
1992 Descriptions and biological notes of Halictophagidae (Strepsiptera) from Australia, with a checklist of the world genera and
species. Invert. Taxon. 6: 159-196.
1993 Myrmecolacidae (Strepsiptera) from Australia. Invert. Taxon. 7: 859-873.
KEY, K.H.L.
1992 Taxonomy of the genus Phaulacridium and a related new genus (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Invert. Taxon. 6: 197-243.
1992 A higher classification of the Australian Acridoidea (Orthoptera). I. General introduction and subfamily Oxyinae. /nvert.
Taxon. 6: 547-551.
1992 Three distinctive new genera of Australian catantopine grasshoppers (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Invert. Taxon. 6: 937-95 1.
1993 A higher classification of the Australian Acridoidea (Orthoptera). III. Subfamily Acridinae. Invert. Taxon. 7: 779-786.
1994 New genera of Catantopini in the subtribe Coryphistina (Orthoptera: Acrididae). Invert. Taxon. 8: 75-89.
KEY, K.H.L. and COLLESS, D.H.
1993 A higher classification of the Australian Acridoidea (Orthoptera). II. Subfamily Catantopinae. Invert. Taxon. 7: 89-111.
KIRK-SPRIGGS, A.H. and WIESNER, J.
1992 A catalogue of the historic and recent collections of tiger beetles (Coleoptera: Cicindellidae) in the the [sic.] National
Museum of Wales. Nat. Mus. Wales Ent. Ser. 1: 1-15.
KITCHING, R.L.
1993 Ecology, biodiversity and the future of Australia. [Inaugural lecture.] ‘40 pp. Faculty of Environmental Sciences, Griffith
University: Brisbane.
1993 Insect conservation: pitfalls and prospects. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 21: 32-41.
KITCHING, R.L., BERGELSON, J.M., LOWMAN, M.D., McINTYRE, S. and CARRUTHERS, G.
1993 The biodiversity of arthropods from Australian rainforest canopies: general introduction, methods, sites and ordinal results.
Aust. J. Ecol. 18: 181-191.
KITCHING, R.L. and SCHEERMEYER, E.
1993 The comparative biology and ecology of the Australian danaines. Pp. 165-175. In Malcolm, S.B. and Zalucki, M.P. (eds.),
Biology and conservation of the monarch butterfly. Sci. Ser. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles County 38: xi + 419.
KNIGHT, W.J. and WEBB, M.D.
1993 The phylogenetic relationships between virus vector and other genera of macrosteline leafhoppers, including descriptions of
new taxa (Homoptera; Cicadellidae: Deltocephalinae). Syst. Ent. 18: 11-55.
KRAKE, G.J.
1992 Notes on the occurrence of Rhipicera femorata (Kirby) (Coleoptera: Rhipiceridae) near Shepparton, Victoria. Vict. Ent. 22:
109-110.
LAMBKIN, K.J.
1993 New information on the Australian small bittacids (Mecoptera). Mem. Qd Mus. 33: 253-257.
^
— —ÀÀ
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
FOR SALE. Chinese insects (except endangered species) and entomological
books. For free lists write to Kuen Chong, Dept of Insects, China Fujian
Specimen Co., 39* Chayuan Rd, Fuzhou, Fujian Prov., P.R. China.
EXCHANGE. Hungarian beetles, esp. Cerambycidae, Lucanidae,
Dynastinae and other Scarabaeidae for Australian specimens of same
families. Mihály Medvegy, Budapest, Polar Str. 5./VIL/41, Hungary,
1033.
FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, Africa, etc. including many bred
or ranched specimens. Transworld Butterfly Company have been serving
Lepidopterists worldwide for over 18 years! Free 12-page Lepidoptera
catalogue: Transworld Butterfly Company, Apartado 6951, 10000 San
Jose, Costa Rica, C. America.
FOR SALE. Papered butterfly specimens from India, China, Russia,
Indonesia, Thailand, South America, Africa, etc. Also wanted: papered
specimens of Australian Papilionidae, Sphingidae and Saturniidae. For
free price list write to David Hall, 6 Rule St, Cambridge Park, N.S.W.
2747.
WANTED. Copy of Common and Waterhouse (1981) Butterflies of
Australia. Condition optional (though preferably as good as possible).
Please contact Rob Macsloy (07) 824 4348.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: The Editor
The Australian Entomologist
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
Volume 21, Part 2, 29 July 1994
CONTENTS
BRABY, M.F. and WOODGER, T.A.
The life history of Zizula hylax attenuata (T.P. Lucas) (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). 39
GOUGH, N., BARTRAEAU, T. and MONTGOMER Y, B.L.
Distribution, hosts and pest status of the orchid beetle Stethopachys formosa
Baly (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). 49
JAMES, D.G.
Prey consumption by Pristhesancus plagipennis Walker (Hemiptera:
Reduviidae) during development. 43
JOHNSON, SJ. and VALENTINE, P.S.
An insular subspecies of Hesperilla malindeva Lower (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) from northern Queensland. 33
JOHNSON, SJ., VALENTINE, P.S. and LANE, D.A.
Notes on life histories and biology of the species of Neohesperilla Waterhouse
and Lyell (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). 55
LANE, D.A.
Notes on the life history of Opodiphthera fervida (Jordan) (Lepidoptera:
Saturniidae). 37
—————————————————————— ——94
MACKEY, A.P.
Book Review: Zoological catalogue of Australia. Vol. 10. Hymenoptera:
Apoidea by J.C. Cardale 60
eee LU 0000 S)
MAYNARD, G.V. and BURWELL, CJ.
Notes on nests of Leioproctus cristatus (Smith) (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). 61
CORRECTION 48
RECENT LITERATURE 64
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Inside back cover
ISSN 1320 6133
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
OF VICTORIA
E
Volume 21, Part 3, 30 September 1994.
Price: $5.00 per part
Published by: THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
ISSN 1320 6133
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
independently and subscription to the journal is not included with membership of the
Society.
The Editorial Panel
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin
Queensland Museum
Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels
University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith
Queensland Museum
Business Manager Dr A.P. Mackey
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of
March-June and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the
Society's News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes,
notices of other Society events and information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd.
Cover: The giant burrowing cockroach, Macropanesthia rhinoceros Saussure occurs
in open eucalypt forest from Cooktown south to near Rockhampton, where it lives in
deep burrows in areas of sandy soil. It feeds on dead leaves which are dragged into
the burrow at night. Females give birth to litters of live young which reach maturity
in about three years. Adult life span is four to five years. Illustration by Geoff
Thompson.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 65
NEW DISTRIBUTION AND FOOD PLANT RECOR TOR. SOME
VICTORIAN BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTER 1 QIDEA,.
PAPILIONOIDEA) TON
D.F. CROSBY q
P.O. Box 32, Darling South, Vic., 3145
Abstract
New Victorian localities are given for Toxidia andersoni (Kirby) er XE A » A
(Waterhouse), Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan, Argynnina cyri ter! AKG c Lyelij^
Hypochrysops byzos hecalius (Boisduval), Ogyris abrota Westwood, Jalmenus icilius Hewitson,
Candalides consimilis goodingi (Tindale), Theclinesthes sulpitius (Miskin). Acacia longifolia
(Andr) Willd. and Acacia mearnsii De Wild. are newly recorded as larval food plants for
Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan) and Jalmenus icilius Hewitson respectively. Extension
of the range of Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder) in Melbourne is noted and its larvae are
recorded from bangalow palm Archontophoenix cunninghamiana (Wendl.) Wendl. & Drude,
kentia palm Howea forsteriana (C.Moore & F.Muell.), the exotic Senegal date palm Phoenix
reclinata Jacq., the exotic queen palm Arecastrum romanzoffianum (Cham.) Becc. and the exotic
Chinese windmill palm Trachycarpus fortunei (Hook.) Wendl.
HESPERIIDAE
Toxidia andersoni (Kirby)
Both sexes of this species were common at the summit of Waldron Mount, 15
km NNW of Cann River on 27.1.1988. A single female was taken on Donald
Knob, 15 km W of Cann River on 17.1.1988. Dunn and Dunn (1991b)
provide other records for eastern Victoria.
Antipodia chaostola chares (Waterhouse)
I have taken this species about 10 km SW of Nowa Nowa on 28.xi.1970,
20.x.1991 and 3.xi.1992 and at Anglesea on 2.xi.1990 and 12.x.1991.
Previously this species has been known from the Grampians and from an area
including the eastern suburbs of Melbourne (Ringwood and Heathmont) and
western Gippsland (Shady Creek - N of Warragul, Moondarra, Labertouche,
Upper Beaconsfield, Willow Grove, and a new colony at Tynong North
discovered by A. Bishop (pers. comm.) on 1.xi.1990). The Nowa Nowa
record thus extends the range of this species about 150 km east, whilst the
Anglesea record extends the range about 140 km south-west from the
Melbourne localities.
Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder)
Crosby (1990) reported the presence of the adults of this species at
Camberwell in Melbourne, presumably introduced on home garden palms
brought from the northern States. On 25.xi.1990 I caught a freshly emerged
female at East Melbourne. In February 1992 further specimens were reported
from Camberwell (J. Landy, pers. comm.) and on 14.ii.1992 I counted four
larvae and one emerged pupa on a bangalow palm Archontophoenix
cunninghamiana (Wendl.) Wendl. and Drude in my East Melbourne garden.
The larvae were bagged on the palm and subsequently a dead female was
found in the bag on 22.iii.1992, one male on 26.iii.1992 and another male on
27.11.1992. The remaining pupa died. On flowers in my garden, a further
male was seen on 29.iii.1992 and a female on 2.iv.1992. A kentia palm
Howea forsteriana (C. Moore & F. Muell.) in my garden was not used that
66 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
season. A single fresh female was noted at Kew on 4.v.1992 (D. Britton,
pers. comm.).
In the following season, on 20.ii.1993 in my East Melbourne garden I noted
several shelters on the bangalow palm and three larvae on the kentia palm, for
the first time. A male was seen at Kew on 22.41.1993 (D. Britton, pers.
comm.). On 1.iii.1993 in the Fitzroy Gardens, East Melbourne, about 0.5 km
from my garden, I collected two larvae from a Chinese windmill palm
Trachycarpus fortunei (Hook.) Wendl. and noted typical larval eats on
several kentia and bangalow palms and on a single queen palm Arecastrum
romanzoffianum (Cham.) Becc. On 21.iii.1993 in the Royal Botanic Gardens,
South Yarra, I observed five adults feeding at flowers and two females
ovipositing on the pinnae of a Senegal date palm Phoenix reclinata Jacq., on
which several empty larval shelters were found. There were additional empty
shelters on adjacent P. reclinata palms. R. Buckingham (pers. comm.)
confirmed a further population on four bangalow palms in South Yarra (0.5
km east of the Botanic Gardens) which had existed since early 1991.
It appears that this skipper is now established in Melbourne in a similar
fashion to its introduction to Perth around 1977 as reported by Hutchison
(1989). Petrie (1985) has recorded a similar range extension of Cephrenes
trichopepla (Lower) in New South Wales and Hutchison (pers. comm.)
reports this species is established at Karratha and Port Hedland W.A., where
C. augiades has also been recorded.
PAPILIONIDAE
Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan
I saw two females in my garden at Gipsy Point, in eastern Victoria, on
9.i11.1992 and on 8.iii.1993 a male flying in Mallacoota, where several
residents reported seeing "large black and white" butterflies during the 1992-
3 summer. These records confirm the presence of the species in eastern
Victoria as earlier recorded by Clark (1940 - in Dunn and Dunn 199 1a).
NYMPHALIDAE
Argynnina cyrila Waterhouse and Lyell
I have taken this species at several previously unrecorded localities in East
Gippsland, including Gipsy Point (26.x.1990, 11.xi.1991), Donald Knob c.
480 m - 15 km W of Cann River (30.x.1990, 22.x.1991), Maramingo - 5 km
NW of Genoa (24.x.1991), Mallacoota (27.x.1991), Cann River - 4 km SW
(9.xi.1991). Hunting (19802) records the species at Mt Raymond 294 m, 13
km east of Orbost. I have also taken the species at Tidal River, Wilson's
Promontory (10.xi.1982). ^ These records confirm the species wide
distribution in eastern Victoria and supplement the data of Dunn and Dunn
(1991c).
LYCAENIDAE
Hypochrysops byzos hecalius (Boisduval)
Due to the lack of records of this subspecies in eastern Victoria (Dunn and
Dunn 1991c), I report taking a single male on 31.1.1955 at about 5 km N of
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 67
Nowa Nowa c. 150 m. The adults are rarely seen and the subspecies may be
more widespread than the records indicate as the food plant, Pomaderris
aspera Sieber ex DC is common.
Ogyris abrota Westwood
Dunn and Dunn (1991b) show no records for this species in eastern Victoria.
The two following records are therefore of interest. A male was taken in
montane forest at Errinundra Plateau at 900 m, about 8 km SSE of Bonang,
by P. and J. Horne on 8.iv.1988. This record is notable in that the species is
usually found at lower altitudes (Common and Waterhouse 1981). Previously
it was recorded at approximately 500 m at Kinglake West in Victoria (Quick
1972). The Horne specimen is morphologically unusual in several respects,
being exceptionally large in size (approaching that of O. genoveva) and
considerably brighter and more intense purple above. The brown ground
colour of the hindwing underside is replaced with grey-black and the cryptic
mottled markings are black rather than brown. The second record is from
Gipsy Point where I have bred both sexes from larvae found on creeping
mistletoe, Mullerina eucalyptoides (DC.) B.A. Barlow; one male 16.xi.1990,
three females - 21-25.xi.1990.
Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan)
This species is common throughout eastern Victoria, where the usual food
plant is Acacia mearnsii De Wild. However in 1987 I found a single colony
near Mt Raymond, east of Orbost, feeding on Acacia longifolia (Andr.)
Willd. Adults were observed each summer until 1991 when the clump of
trees was badly damaged in a storm. A. longifolia has not been recorded as a
food plant for this butterfly previously and adds to the substantial list
provided by Braby (1988) and Hawkeswood (1981).
Jalmenus icilius Hewitson
In November 1990 I found a colony of this rare Victorian species at the
northern end of the Grampians, near Mt Zero, with larvae and pupae on
stunted bushes of Acacia mearnsii. Some pupae produced adults during the
first two weeks of December, but the flight season would have extended into
January as there were many small larvae. A colony near Kiata on Acacia
calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley, known in the early 1950's, died out many years
ago when the single food plant died (K. Hateley, pers. comm.). Another
small colony on A. pycnantha Benth. at Lah-arum, west of the Grampians
also appears to have died out. Another colony near Beaufort on A. mearnsii
which was strong in December 1982 disappeared when the roadside trees on
which it existed were felled. Douglas and Braby (1992) record a recently
discovered colony on A. deanei (R. Baker) Welch et al. near Kingower. A.
mearnsii has not been recorded previously as a food plant, however Haase
(1900) listed A. decurrens from Gisborne which was probably A. mearnsii.
Candalides consimilis goodingi (Tindale)
I took one male and noted several others at Donald Knob, west of Cann
River, on 30.x.1990 and caught a newly-emerged female on Buddleia at
68 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Gipsy Point on 28.1.1991. Hunting (1980b) has recorded the species at Genoa
Peak, near Mallacoota.
Theclinesthes sulpitius (Miskin)
On 31.1.1988 I discovered a colony of this small species at Gipsy Point, with
both sexes on the wing. Burns (1947) recorded this species from Wingan
Inlet, about 35 km south-west, and in the 1960's Gooding (pers. comm.) found
it at Manns Beach, about 13 km SE of Yarram.
Acknowledgments
I thank J. Landy, K. Hateley, A. Bishop, D. Britton, M. Braby, R.
Buckingham and P. Horne for data, N. Walsh of the Royal Botanic Gardens,
South Yarra and G. Osborne of the Melbourne City Council Gardens
Division, for botanical assistance.
References
ATKINS, A. 1984. A new genus Antipodia (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) with
comments on its biology and relationships. Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 45-58.
BRABY, M.F. 1988. New food plants for Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan)
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 15: 33-34.
BURNS, A.N. 1947. New records of Lepidoptera from Victoria with notes on some rare species.
Memoirs of the National Museum of Melbourne 15: 103-108.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
CROSBY, D.F. 1990. The orange palmdart, Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder)
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) in Victoria. Victorian Entomologist 20: 59-60.
DOUGLAS, F. and BRABY, M.F. 1992. Notes on the distribution and biology of some
Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) in Victoria. Australian Entomological Magazine 19:
117-124.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991a. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution. life history
and taxonomy. Part 1. Introduction, Papilionidae, Pieridae, and regional adult temporal data. Pp.
i, 1-196. Privately published by the authors, Melbourne.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN. L.E. 1991b. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Part 3. Family Lycaenidae. Pp. iii, 336-512. Privately published by the authors,
Melbourne.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991c. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Part 4. Family Nymphalidae. Pp. iv-v, 513-660. Privately published by the
authors, Melbourne.
HAASE, J.F. 1900. A lepidopterist at Gisborne and Macedon. Victorian Naturalist 17: 22-24.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J. 1981. The food plants of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan)
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 8: 1-2.
HUNTING, M.M. 1980a. Spring collecting near Orbost, East Gippsland. Victorian
Entomologist 10: 21-23.
HUNTING, M.M. 1980b. More records from Croajingolong Park, East Gippsland. Victorian
Entomologist 10: 29-30.
HUTCHISON, M,J. 1989. The invasion of south-western Australia by the orange palmdart
(Cephrenes augiades sperthias (Felder), Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae) and its positive effect on
species richness. Journal of Biogeography 16: 131-139.
PETRIE, E. 1985. A new southern record for the yellow palmdart, Cephrenes trichopepla
(Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Australian Entomological Magazine 12: 106.
QUICK, D. 1972. [No title]. Victorian Entomologist 2 (4): 4.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 69
INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE FAECAL PELLETS OF THE
KOALA, PHASCOLARCTOS CINEREUS GOLDFUSS
A. MELZER!, M.A. SCHNEIDER? and D. LAMB!
Department of Botany, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld 4072.
2Department of Entomology, The University of Queensland, Brisbane, Qld 4072.
Abstract
Faecal pellets of koalas (Phascolarctos cinereus Goldfuss) near Springsure were collected to
determine the insects responsible for observed damage and decomposition. A beetle, Ptinus sp.
(Anobiidae), and two moths, Argyrotoxa pompica Turner (Tortricidae) and Blastobasis sp.
(Blastobasidae), were bred from the pellets. Four species of parasitic wasps, Pycnobracon sp.,
Choeras sp. (Braconidae), Diaulomorpha sp. (Eulophidae) and a pteromalid (Pteromalinae) were
also recovered.
A large population of koalas (Phascolarctos cinereus) exists near Springsure
(148°02'E 24°06'S) in the central highlands of Queensland. Koala faecal
pellets accumulated at the bases of Eucalyptus trees were examined as part of
an extensive study of the ecology of this koala population. Evidence of insect
attack on the pellets, in the form of eroded exteriors, small holes and
tunnelled interiors filled with frass, was common. Pellets were placed in
sealed containers fitted with a device for trapping emerging adult. insects.
One species of beetle, Pfinus sp. (Anobiidae), two species of moths,
Argyrotoxa pompica Turner (Tortricidae) and Blastobasis sp. (Blastobasidae),
and four species of wasps, Pycnobracon sp. and Choeras sp. (Braconidae),
Diaulomorpha sp. (Eulophidae) and a pteromalid (Pteromalinae) emerged
from the pellets.
The larva of Ptinus sp. bored through the interior of the pellet, leaving a frass
filled chamber surrounded by an intact outer casing. Beetles of the subfamily
Ptiniinae are recorded as feeding on dry animal and vegetable material while
the larvae have been found in animal nests, dung and stored food products
(Lawrence and Britton 1991).
Pupal cases of what was almost certainly Argyrotoxa pompica were found
attached to the outside. of pellets in the containers after the adult insects had
emerged and been collected. The species of Blastobasis recovered from the
pellets was not determined but larvae of B. sarcophaga Meyrick and a second
unnamed species have been reared from Eucalyptus leaf litter (Common
1990).
Wasps of the three families Braconidae, Eulophidae and Pteromalidae all
parasitise beetle and moth larvae. Piinus sp. is a possible host for
Pycnobracon which is recorded (Naumann 1991) as parasitising the larvae of
cryptocephaline Chrysomelidae, none of which was collected with the faecal
pellets. The only host record for the microgastrine braconid genus, Choeras
is the rearing of C. epaphus from a moth, Euchaetis parthenopa Meyrick
(Oecophoridae) (Austin and Dangerfield 1992). The species of Choeras
collected in this study is undescribed (Austin pers. comm.); perhaps further
collecting will enable its host to be determined. Mazanec (1990) described
70 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
the life history of a Diaulomorpha sp. as an external parasitoid of the jarrah
leafminer, Perthida glyphopa (Incurvariidae). The present study did not
reveal the host of the Diaulomorpha sp. collected but since it emerged from
the dung, the host was probably one of the moths mentioned above and not a
leafminer. The single pteromalid specimen recovered from the pellets was in
very poor condition and without a gaster. Identification beyond subfamily
was therefore not possible.
An unidentified dung beetle (Superfamily Scarabaeoidea) was observed to
bury fresh faecal pellets and partially buried pellets were found on a few
occasions. This activity, however, was observed only during the wet season,
when fresh pellets were softened by rain.
Koalas feed predominantly on the leaves of Eucalyptus spp., relying on the
foliage for nutrients and water. The digestive system conserves water and the
faecal pellets produced are hard, dry pellets of compressed fragments of
Eucalyptus leaves (Cork and Sanson 1990). The pellets which accumulate at
the bases of Eucalyptus trees may provide an extension of resources available
to detritivores adapted to Eucalyptus leaf litter. Some of the insects observed,
however, may be especially adapted to utilise the resources in the pellets.
The exploitation of koala faecal pellets by coleopteran and lepidopteran
larvae would increase the rate of decomposition of the pellets. This has
implications for the practice of using the accumulated koala pellets as a
survey indicator of koala habitat utilisation.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank A.D. Austin, C.J. Burwell, L.F.B. Common and M.A. Horak
for assistance with identification of some of the wasps and the moths. This
work forms part of a joint University of Queensland - Department of
Environment and Heritage project. Principle support was received from the
Australian Koala Foundation. BHP-UTAH and the Rockhampton City
Council provided additional support. Hastings-Deering provided a vehicle.
The Bauhinia Shire Council and the land holders of Springsure kindly
allowed access to their land.
References
AUSTIN, A.D. and DANGERFIELD, P.C. 1992. Synopsis of Australasian Microgastrinae
(Hymenoptera: Braconidae), with a key to genera and description of new taxa. Invertebrate
Taxonomy 6: 1-76.
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Carlton. vi + 535 pp.
CORK, S.J. and SANSON, G.D. 1990. Digestion and nutrition in the koala: a review. In Lee,
A.K., Handasyde, K.A. and Sanson, G.D. (Eds), Biology of the koala. Surrey Beatty and Sons,
N.S.W.
LAWRENCE, J.F. and BRITTON, E.B. 1991. Coleoptera (beetles). Pp 543-683. In CSIRO
(Ed.), The insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Carlton.
MAZANEC, Z. 1990. The immature stages and life history of Diaulomorpha sp. (Hymenoptera:
Eulophidae), a parasitoid of Perthida glyphopa Common (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 29: 147-159.
NAUMANN, I.D. 1991. Hymenoptera (wasps, bees, ants, sawflies). Pp 916-1000. Jn CSIRO
(Ed.), The insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press: Carlton.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 71
FIRST RECORD OF THE GENUS HEMISARCOPTES LIGNIERES
(ACARI: ASTIGMATA: HEMISARCOPTIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA
Uri Gerson
Faculty of Agriculture, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 76-100, Israel
Abstract
Two species of Hemisarcoptes (Acari: Astigmata: Hemisarcoptidae), parasitic on armoured scale
insects (Homoptera: Diaspididae) were collected from various localities in Queensland.
Preliminary data on the age-dependent parasitization of one species on several hosts are
presented, as well as rates of occurrence on adults of the specific vector, Chilocorus Leach
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). A method of rearing the mite is described. This constitutes the first
record of Hemisarcoptes from Australia.
Introduction
Mites of the genus Hemisarcoptes (Astigmata: Hemisarcoptidae) are
obligate parasites of armoured scale insects (Homoptera: Diaspididae), and
have been used as biological control agents of pests belonging to that family
(Gerson et al. 1990). Mite eggs are deposited on the host, on which the
larvae, protonymphs, tritonymphs and adults feed, causing scale death or
reduction in fecundity. As the hosts die mites wander off in search of other
prey, or, if in the younger stages, moult into heteromorphic deutonymphs,
commonly called hypopodes (singular: hypopus). The latter are transmitted
by coccinellid beetles of the genus Chilocorus Leach (Gerson et al. 1990),
which also feed on diaspidids. The ontogeny and life history of H.
cooremani (Thomas) were studied by Houck and OConnor (1990). The
recent introduction of H. coccophagus Meyer into New Zealand and its
effect on a diaspidid pest attacking kiwifruit (Actinidia deliciosa) were
detailed by Hill et al. (1993).
Hemisarcoptes has not hitherto been known from Australia. This paper
records two species from Queensland, one found near Nambour, in the
south-east of the state, the other around Mareeba, in the north. As both
species appear to be undescribed (at present the genus contains only four
named species), the former is designated sp. 1, the other sp. 2. Specimens
of both species were sent for determination to Dr Barry M. OConnor,
Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.,
who is revising the genus. Preliminary quantitative data on the interaction
of Hemisarcoptes sp. 2 with host scales and Chilocorus beetles, as well as
preliminary rearing data, are given below.
Results
Hemisarcoptes sp. 1
This species was found in samples of citrus bark infested by white louse
scale, Unaspis citri (Comstock), obtained from Nambour, in November
1992. "Two batches of Chilocorus circumdatus Gyllenhal, a recently-
introduced species (Houston 1991), together comprising about 150 beetles,
were also examined. A total of nine Hemisarcoptes sp. 1 were found among
72 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
ca 500 female scales (the stage preferred by Hemisarcoptes). No
deutonymphs were seen amongst these hosts or on the beetles.
Hemisarcoptes sp. 2
This species was discovered on papaw (Carica papaya L.) bark, heavily
infested by oriental scale, Aonidiella orientalis (Newstead), collected at
Mareeba in November 1992. A batch of 200 female scales was examined
and data for young (preovipositing) and mature (ovipositing) hosts were
recorded separately. A total of 81 (40.5%) hosts was attacked by
Hemisarcoptes sp. 2; of the 51 young scales, 13 (25.5%) were parasitized, as
were 68 (45.6%) of the 149 mature females; the latter were thus
significantly (p=0.011) preferred by the mites. Such preference has been
observed in another species of Hemisarcoptes (Izraylevich and Gerson
1993).
A different parasitization pattern was seen on the California red scale
(Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell)). In April 1993 a sample of this diaspidid
was collected from citrus trees at Mareeba. Of the 200 scales examined,
159 were mature females, of which only 2 (1.3%) were parasitized. Of the
41 young females, 14 (34.1%) carried mites (p<0.001). In contrast to other
diaspidids, mated California red scale females appress their bodies to their
shields, thereby usually barring the entrance of natural enemies to the
oviposition portal. White louse scale on the same trees was likewise
attacked by Hemisarcoptes sp. 2, but the low number of available scales
precluded a quantitative assessment.
A sample comprising three species of Chilocorus was obtained from
Mareeba in November 1992. These were the indigenous C. australasiae
Kerville (= baileyi Blackburn, synonymy according to R.D. Pope, pers.
comm., 1992), C. flavidus Blackburn, and C. circumdatus. Twenty
specimens of C. australasiae had a mean of 217.6 mites/beetle (range 18-
847), C. flavidus (n=7) carried 250.6 mites/beetle (28-615) and C.
circumdatus (n=2) had 147 mites/beetle (113 and 181). The hypopodes
were packed together under the elytra, their bodies pointing in different
directions (Fig. 1; a single hypopus is shown in Fig. 2). A few deutonymphs
were seen on the folded hind wings, the thorax and even on the beetles’
dorsum, including their heads. All 27 beetles examined carried mites.
Pinned Chilocorus specimens, in the Queensland Department of Primary
Industries Insect Collection, Indooroopilly, were examined externally.
Deutonymphs of a Hemisarcoptes were noted on beetles (mostly C.
australasiae) collected at Ayr (from citrus), Innisfail (coconut) and
Walkamin (mango). If it is assumed that these are deutonymphs of
Hemisarcoptes sp. 2, then its distribution extends from Mareeba in the north
to Ayr in the south, the mite feeding on diaspidids attacking several major
treefruit crops.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 73
o
a
Ü
ia
m
Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrograph of deutonymphs (n-204) of
Hemisarcoptes sp. 2 on an elytron of Chilocorus australasiae.
OimmiSOkU 312bE2 0004-01
Fig. 2. Scanning electron micrograph of a single deutonymph of
Hemisarcoptes sp. 2.
74 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Rearing methods
Hemisarcoptes sp. 2 was cultured in the laboratory (21-24°C, no humidity
modifications) by placing deutonymph-laden elytra of C. australasiae onto
potato tubers previously infested by latania scale, Hemiberlesia lataniae
(Signoret). Feeding mite stages were seen within two weeks, and eggs after
another week. Several generations of the mite were reared and numbers
have increased substantially, indicating the success of this simple culturing
method. Very few deutonymphs were seen.
Discussion
These records of Hemisarcoptes from Australia make available two
additional species of natural enemies of armoured scale insects. The large
numbers of Hemisarcoptes sp. 2 obtained from various host scales and
beetle vectors, and the localities whence it had been collected, suggest that
it is an indigenous, tropical species. Nothing may at this time be speculated
about the origin of Hemisarcoptes sp. 1. The fact that the introduced C.
circumdatus carried hefty (2100) deutonymph loads attests to the ease with
which these organisms produce new associations, and should facilitate wider
establishment of these beneficial mites.
Acknowledgements
Thanks are due to the following members of the Queensland Department of
Primary Industries (QDPI): Jeff Watson and Dan Smith for providing scale
and beetle samples, John Donaldson for identifications, and Dr Marlene
Elson-Harris for scanning electron micrography. Thanks are also due to Dr
R.D. Pope, British Museum (Natural History), London, UK, for identifying
Chilocorus. "This study was conducted while the author was a visiting
scientist at QDPI, Indooroopilly.
References
GERSON, U., OCONNOR, B.M. and HOUCK, M.A. 1990 Acari. Pp. 77-97 in: Rosen, D.
(Ed.), The armored scale insects, their biology, natural enemies and control. Vol. 4B. Elsevier
Science Publications: Amsterdam.
HILL, M.G., ALLAN, D.J., HENDERSON, R.C. and CHARLES, J.C. 1993 Introduction of
armoured scale predators and establishment of the predatory mite Hemisarcoptes coccophagus
(Acari: Hemisarcoptidae) on latania scale, (Hemiberlesia lataniae) (Homoptera: Diaspididae) in
kiwifruit shelter trees in New Zealand. Bull. ent. Res. 83: 369-376.
HOUCK, M.A. and OCONNOR, B.M. 1990 Ontogeny and life history of Hemisarcoptes
cooremani (Acari: Hemisarcoptidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 85: 869-886.
HOUSTON, K.J. 1991 Chilocorus circumdatus Gyllenhal newly established in Australia and
additional records for Coccinella undecimpunctata L. (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 30: 341-342.
IZRAYLEVICH, S. and GERSON, U. 1993 Mite parasitization on armored scale insects: host
suitability. Exp. Appl. Acarol. 17: 861-875.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 75
NEW SPECIES AND NEW RECORDS OF TASMANIAN CAVE
CARABIDAE (COLEOPTERA)
B.P. MOORE
C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T., 2601
Abstract
Tasmanotrechus elongatus sp. n. (Trechini) and Pterocyrtus cavicola sp. n. and Idacarabus
ennis sp. n. (both Zolini) are described from Tasmanian caves. New records from caves
punctip
reviously known only from surface habitats in the State, and for the
for T. leai (Sloane), p
troglobitic T. cockerilli Moore are also reported.
Introduction
Despite the-discovery of extensive cave-adapted faunas in tropical Australia
(e.g., Howarth 1988), Tasmania remains the chief centre for cavernicolous
Carabidae in this country. This dominant position has been consolidated by
the results of recent expeditions, which have brought to light some further
new troglobites and troglophiles, reported by Eberhard et al. 1991. Three
such new species are described in the present paper. Unfortunately,
however, others mentioned in that report are currently represented by
inadequate material (a common situation in cave faunal studies) and their
descriptions must therefore be deferred.
TRIBE TRECHINI
Tasmanotrechus elongatus sp. n. (Figs 1, 5)
Types: holotype 0’, TASMANIA, Cave BH-202, Bubbs Hill (42°07'S, 145°46'E),
31.xii,1986, S. Eberhard (Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra)
(ANIC); paratypes, 5 99 (one immature), same data as holotype, (S. Eberhard
Collection, University of Tasmania); 2 99, same locality, 2.iii.1988, A. Clarke (B.P.
Moore Collection, now lodged with ANIC).
Depigmented; mostly light reddish- or yellowish-brown; microsculpture
very fine, quadrate on head, transverse elsewhere.
Head elongate; eyes reduced but pigmented and evidently functional,
scarcely projecting beyond genae; frontal furrows deep on disc, shallow
behind eyes; mandibles slender, subporrect, finely pointed. Pronotum
quadrate, cordate; base and apex subequal, truncate; sides widest at front
third, obliquely contracted to front angles, widely sinuate before base; front
angles obtuse, not prominent; hind angles sharp, prominent, markedly
reflexed; marginal channel narrow and shallow in front, becoming deeper
and markedly explanate towards base; 2 marginal setae present, the anterior
in marginal channel, posterior on margin before hind angle. Elytra free,
elongate-oval, depressed on disc, finely striate; striae subcrenulate; discal
setiferous pores well marked; humeri effaced; aedeagus (Fig. 5) slender;
median lobe regularly curved in lateral view; ostium subterminal.
Length 4.7-5.9 mm; max. width 1.8-2.5 mm.
76 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Fig. 1. Tasmanotrechus elongatus sp.n., holotype 0’; natural length = 5.9 mm.
This new species is easily distinguished within its genus by its slender form,
prominent pronotal hind angles and pale colour.
Tasmanotrechus cockerilli Moore
A specimen with the following data: Kelly's Pot, Mole Creek, 21.iii.1987, S.
Eberhard (Eberhard Coll), is now regarded as belonging to this rather
variable species, although it differs from the type series, from George's Hall
and Scott's Caves (Moore 1972), in its somewhat more slender build; it was
referred to in the report of Eberhard et al. (1991) under "Tasmanotrechus
sp.n. C".
Tasmanotrechus leai (Sloane)
This species has been collected previously only from surface habitats but the
following captures from caves must now be recorded: Bubbs Hill, caves
BHS, BH13, BH16 and BH203, A. Clarke (Moore Coll.); the specimens in
question are of a somewhat more slender build than seen in surface-dwelling
populations but the aedeagi show no significant divergences.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 77
In view of the above new information, my earlier key (Moore 1983) to the
species of Tasmanotrechus needs to be modified as follows:
1 Pronotum quadrate or subquadrate, cordate, with hind angles
sharp; (cave adapted species)... e 2
Pronotum transverse (width/length 1.15 or greater), trapezoidal,
with hind angles obtuse. ............ eene eee een 3
2 Size larger (length 6.0-6.5 mm); less depigmented; pronotal hind
angles acute; elytral border ending in an abrupt prominence
near peduncle ..........seseeesseseseresotsesestserseseserarserererereeres cockerilli Moore
Size smaller (length 4.7-5.9 mm); more depigmented; pronotal
hind angles right; elytral border not prominent near peduncle
AITE EEE OAA PEE COTE EYITI ATAY elongatus sp.n.
3 Pronotum more transverse (width/length c. 1.25); elytral outer
striae weak or obsolescent ............... eene ee
Pronotum less transverse (width/length c. 1.15); elytral outer
striae Strong ....essesesseseeseeseresteseesecseseeseesreseseesereereererresseseee leai (Sloane)
4 Pronotal side margins slightly sinuate before hind angles; elytra
broadly ovate............. esee eee concolor Moore
Pronotal side margins not sinuate; elytra less rounded at sides
compactus Moore
TRIBE ZOLINI
Pterocyrtus cavicola sp. n. (Figs 2, 3, 6)
Types: holotype OC, Tasmania South-west, Bill Nielson Cave, Nicholls Range,
28.1.1976, G.J. Middleton (ANIC); paratypes, 2 99, same data as holotype (Moore
Coll.); 4.00", 1 9, same locality, 19.ii.1987, S. Eberhard (Eberhard Coll.).
Flightless; body mostly shining, pitchy-black, margins of elytra, epipleura,
terminal abdominal sternite and appendages lighter, reddish.
Head small, smooth, triangular; frontal furrows deep, S-shaped; eyes small,
rather prominent, enclosed behind by swollen genae; labrum rectangular, 6-
setose; mandibles slender, acutely pointed. Pronotum smooth, transverse
(width/length 1.3 in holotype), cordate, widest at middle, much broader at
base than at apex; base truncate; apex slightly emarginate; sides rounded
about middle, obliquely contracted to apex and sinuate before base; front
angles obtuse, not prominent; hind angles rectangular; basal foveae broad,
deep, with 2 depresssions separated by a weak ridge, bordered externally by
a strong marginal carina and internally, by 2-5 deep punctures; 2 marginal
setae on border, one at mid-point, the other at hindangle. Elytra soldered,
very convex, globose, 6-striate on disc; striae punctate, strong on disc but
evanescent on basal and apical declivities and towards sides; no scutellary
strioles nor discal pores; apical strioles well marked; terminal abdominal
sternite 2-setose in male, 4-setose in female; legs slender; male anterior tarsi
scarcely modified; aedeagus (Fig. 6) lightly sclerotised and without
distinctive armature in the internal sac; median lobe laterally compressed;
78 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
C
Figs 2-3. Pterocyrtus cavicola sp.n., paratype 9 (2) in dorsal view; (3) in lateral
view; natural length 2 6.0 mm.
ostium covering all of dorsum.
Length: 5.9-7 mm.; max.width 2.8-3.5 mm.
Five valid species of Pterocyrtus Sloane, all surface-dwelling, are listed by
Moore et al. (1987), 4 of them from Tasmania and one from alpine Victoria.
The Victorian species, P. truncaticollis Sloane, differs from the others in its
pterostichine, rather than trechine facies, and by possessing 2 supraorbital
setae on each side of the head; it clearly belongs to a separate group within
the genus (Sloane 1923). The new Tasmanian species differs from all others
by its larger size (5.9-7 mm vs 3.6-5.5 mm for the rest), heavier build, more
convex elytra (Fig. 3) and stronger elytral striae; it shows no obvious
adaptation to cavernicolous habits and on general appearance, could be
taken for another epigean species of Pterocyrtus, or even mistaken for a
psydrine of the genus Theprisa Moore. However, although P. cavicola has
also been taken from Biglandulosum Cave in the neighbouring Franklin
River karst system (20°0’, 19, 12.iii.1982, K.W. Kiernan, Col. B.P. Moore),
it has not been present in any collections that I have examined from nearby
surface habitats.
Idacarabus punctipennis sp. n. (Figs 4, 7)
Type: holotype 0%: Tasmania, Capricorn Cave (MR-204), Mt Ronald Cross, 840 m,
30.xii. 1986, S. Eberhard (ANIC).
Elongate; apterous; mostly shining reddish-brown, the palpi and antennae
lighter, yellowish red.
!
f
oe
"uae
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 79
Fig. 4. Idacarabus punctipennis sp. n., dorsal habitus, reconstructed from the
contorted male holotype; natural length 2 4.5 mm.
( uM
5 6
Figs 5-7. Aedeagi in left lateral views. (5) Tasmanotrechus elongatus sp.n. (6)
Pterocyrtus cavicola sp.n. (7) Idacarabus punctipennis sp.n. All to same scale;
scale line = 0.25 mm.
80 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Head elongate; frontal furrows rather deep, slightly divergent behind; eyes
small but pigmented, slightly more prominent than genae; labrum
trapezoidal, 6-setose; mandibles short, acutely pointed; antennae shorter
than in other described species, pubescent from middle of 3rd segment.
Pronotum smooth, transverse (width/length 1.3), cordate, widest about front
3rd; base and apex truncate; sides slightly rounded on front 2/3, then
obliquely contracted and slightly sinuate before basal angles; front and hind
angles obtuse, not prominent; only the anterior marginal seta present; 2
shallow basal foveae on each side of midline. Elytra soldered, ovoid,
strongly punctato-striate; no scutellary strioles; humeri effaced; 3rd intervals
with 3 small setiferous pores; 5th intervals with 1-2 such pores; legs of
moderate length; male anterior tarsi with 2 basal segments weakly expanded
and inwardly dentate; aedeagus (Fig. 7) similar in form to that of 7.
troglodytes Lea.
Length 4.5 mm.; max. width 1.7 mm.
This distinctive new species differs from the 3 other species of Idacarabus
listed by Moore et al. (1987) by its smaller size and in particular, by its
strongly punctate elytral striae. Unfortunately, the holotype, which has been
preserved until recently in spirit, is currently the only known specimen.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to A. Clarke, S.M. Eberhard and G.J. Middleton for the
opportunity to study material from their Tasmanian cave collections.
References
EBERHARD, S.M., RICHARDSON, A.M.M. and SWAIN, R. 1991. The invertebrate cave
fauna of Tasmania. Pp vii + 174. University of Tasmania.
HOWARTH, F. 1988. Environmental ecology of north Queensland caves: or why are there so
many troglobites in Australia. Pp. 76-84 in Pearson, L. (ed.) Tropicon, Proceedings of the 17th
ASF Biennial Conference. Australian Speleological Federation, Cairns.
MOORE, B.P. 1972. A revision of the Australian Trechinae (Coleoptera: Carabidae).
Australian Journal of Zoology Supplement 18: 1-61.
MOORE, B.P. 1983. New Tasmanian Trechini (Coleoptera: Carabidae). ^ Australian
Entomological Magazine 10: 1-5.
MOORE, B.P., WEIR, T.A. and PYKE, J.E. 1987. Carabidae. Pp. 23-320 in Walton, D. (ed.),
Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Coleoptera: Archostemata, Myxophaga and Adephaga. Vol.
4. AGPS: Canberra.
SLOANE, T.G. 1923. Studies in Australian Entomology no. XVIII. New genera and species of
Carabidae (Scaritini, Pterostichini, Merizodini, Bembidionini, Trechini, Odacanthini, Panagaeini,
Licini, and Lebiini). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 48: 17-39.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 81
FURTHER PARASITE ASSOCIATIONS FOR SOME AUSTRALIAN
BUTTERFLIES (LEPIDOPTERA)
D.F. CROSBY
P.O. Box 32, Darling South, Vic., 3145
Abstract
Additional records of parasites of some Australian butterflies, principally Hesperiidae, are listed
with locations where hosts were found. Levels of parasitism in Hesperilla flavescens Waterhouse
are discussed.
Introduction
There is no comprehensive listing of natural enemies for Australian insects
generally. However, Crosskey (1973) and Cantrell (1986) provided extensive
lists of the Australian hosts of Tachinidae (Diptera) which include many
butterfly species. The literature on the parasitic Hymenoptera is more
scattered and includes Boutek (1988), Gauld (1984) and Gupta (1987).
Over the last 40 years I have bred a large number of parasites from butterfly
pupae and the opportunity is taken to add records not previously published.
These parasites belong to the Diptera (tachinid flies) and Hymenoptera
(ichneumonid, braconid and chalcidoid wasps). The high proportion of
examples from the Hesperiidae is due to my particular interest in that family,
and should not be used to draw inferences as to the incidence of parasitism
over all the families.
Voucher specimens are currently held in my collection but will be passed to
the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, in due course.
The lists
Table 1 lists hymenopterous parasites, hosts and the locations from which
hosts were obtained. Table 2 gives similar data for tachinid parasites. Table
3 lists parasites for each host species.
The tables include a small number of tachinid records not listed by Cantrell
(1986) and the sources of these records are provided in the footnotes to the
tables.
I have indicated those host records which appear to be new, and added those
previously recorded for which I have location data, as this is useful in
indicating parasite distributions.
Levels of parasitism
In a recent study (Crosby 1990) of Hesperilla flavescens (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae), I counted larvae and pupae of the spring 1988 and autumn 1989
broods in the colonies in the Altona-Point Cook area and noted the incidence
of parasitism shown in Table 4.
Discussion
The similar level of parasitism in H. flavescens at Altona and Point Cook of
14% means that this is a significant factor controlling adult insect numbers,
certainly during the spring emergence. At these sites the parasites are mainly
82 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Table 1. Hymenopterous parasites recorded from some Australian butterfly hosts,
with localities.
Parasite Host
Localities
ICHNEUMONIDAE
Pimplinae
Echthromorpha intricatoria (Fab.)
H Trapezites symmomus *
H Hesperilla chrysotricha
H H. donnysa
H H. ornata *
H H. flavescens *
H Oreisplanus perornatus *
H Antipodia atralba *
P Papilio anactus *
L Ogyris olane *
Theronia steindachneri Krieger
H Hesperilla picta *
Xanthopimpla arealis Krieger
H Hesperilla picta *
Ichneumoninae
Gavrana sp.
L Paralucia aurifera *
L Hypochrysops byzos *
?Lissosculpta sp.
H Hesperilla donnysa *
H H. idothea *
H H. chrysotricha *
H Oreisplanus perornatus *
Campopleginae
Campoletis tasmaniensis (Cameron)
L Lampides boeticus *
Casinaria hesperiophaga Jerman & Gauld
H Trapezites symmomus *
H Hesperilla donnysa
H H. chrysotricha *
Casinaria meridionalis (Turner)
H Hesperilla donnysa
VIC: Seaford.
VIC: Barwon Heads, Dromana,
Nelson, Tooradin. S.A:
Bridgewater, Mt Compass (2).
TAS: Prince of Wales Bay (2).
W.A: Bunbury (2).
S.A: Bridgewater. TAS: Mt
Wellington (2).
VIC: Belgrave.
VIC: Aireys Inlet, Altona,
Douglas. S.A.: St Kilda.
VIC: Heathmont, Narbethong.
VIC: Hattah.
N.S.W: Albury.
N.S.W: Buronga (2).
VIC: Gipsy Point.
VIC: Gipsy Point.
VIC: Emerald.
N.S.W: Armidale. VIC:
Kallista.
VIC: Dewhurst, Heathmont,
Moondarra, N.Yarragon, Nowa
Nowa, Rokeby, Waverley.
VIC: Belgrave.
VIC: Aireys Inlet, Labertouche.
VIC: Narbethong.
VIC: North Balwyn.
VIC: Seaford.
VIC: Warrandyte.
VIC: Altona, Point Lonsdale.
VIC: Broadford (2), Frankston,
Heathmont, Labertouche, Red
Hill South, Rokeby, Toora (2),
Waverley.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
83
Table 1 (cont.). Hymenopterous parasites recorded from some Australian butterfly
hosts, with localities.
Parasite Host
Localities
Ichneumoninae (cont.)
H H. chrysotricha
H H. picta *
H Oreisplanus munionga *
Banchinae
Australoglypta sp.
H Hesperilla crypsargyra *
Anomalinae
Agrypon coarctatum (Brullé)
H Hesperilla ornata *
H H. picta *
H H. chrysotricha *
H Oreisplanus perornatus *
N Tisiphone abeona *
Habronyx (Austranomalon) victorianus (Morley)
L Paralucia aurifera *
BRACONIDAE
Microgasterinae
Cotesia deliadis (Bingham)
W Delias argenthona
Cotesia rufiventris (Bingham)
L Ogyris genoveva *
Cotesia glomerata (Linn.)
W Pieris rapae
Cotesia rubecula (Marshall)
W Pieris rapae
Cotesia sp.
H Hesperilla donnysa *
H H. idothea *
Dolichogenidea sp.
H Ocybadistes walkeri *
Genus indet.
L Hypochrysops ignitus
? Braconinae
Genus indet.
H Hesperilla donnysa
CHALCIDIDAE
Chalcidinae
Brachymeria lasus (Walker)
H Hesperilla donnysa *
H Hesperilla idothea *
H H. picta *
VIC: Dromana, Hey wood (2),
Labertouche.
VIC: Gipsy Point.
VIC: Glen Wills (2), Mt
Hotham.
VIC: Grampians.
VIC: Belgrave.
VIC: Nowa Nowa.
VIC: Walkerville.
VIC: Heathmont, Narbethong.
VIC: Belgrave.
VIC: Emerald.
Not stated. (1)
QLD: Townsville (1).
Not stated (1)
Not stated (1)
VIC: Moondarra.
VIC: Grampians.
VIC: Malvern.
VIC: Little Desert.
VIC: Frankston.
QLD: Noosa. VIC: Frankston,
Moondarra. S.A: Port Lincoln.
N.S.W: Armidale.
N.S.W: Pymble. VIC: Gipsy
Point.
84 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Table 1 (cont.). Hymenopterous parasites recorded from some Australian butterfly
hosts, with localities.
Parasite Host
Localities
Chalcidinae (cont.)
H H. crypsargyra *
N Euploea core *
Brachymeria sp.
H Hesperilla flavescens *
H Antipodia atralba *
Haltichellinae
Antrocephalus sp.
L Jalmenus icilius *
PTEROMALIDAE
Pteromalinae
Pteromalus puparum (Linn.)
P Papilio anactus
EUPELMIDAE
Eupelminae
Anastatus sp.
H Hesperilla donnysa *
N.S.W: Armidale. VIC:
Grampians.
QLD: Brisbane (3).
VIC: Rossbridge, W. Natimuk,
Willaura.
VIC: Hattah.
VIC: Beaufort.
N.S.W: Albury.
VIC: Gipsy Point.
Key to References: 1. Parrott 1953; 2. Parrott 1957; 3. Rahman and Zalucki 1986;
* - New host record
Key to Butterfly Families: H - Hesperiidae, P - Papilionidae, W - Pieridae,
N - Nymphalidae, L - Lycaenidae.
Table 2. Tachinid parasites showing butterfly hosts and localities.
Parasite Host Localities
BLONDELIINI
Trigonospila sp.
L Hypochrysops byzos * VIC: Kallista.
ETHILLINI
Genus indet.
H Hesperilla donnysa
EXORISTINI
Exorista flaviceps Macquart
L Ogyris oroetes *
STURMIINI
Blepharipa sp. À
H Hesperilla ornata *
Palexorista sp.
L Ogyris oroetes *
L Jalmenus icilius *
Paradrino laevicula (Mesnil)
N Euploea core
? Paradrino sp.
L Jalmenus ictinus *
VIC: Dergholm, Rokeby.
W.A: Hyden.
VIC: Heathmont.
W.A: Hyden.
VIC: Grampians.
QLD: Brisbane (3).
VIC: Kerrisdale.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
85
Table 2 (cont.). Tachinid parasites showing butterfly hosts and localities.
Parasite Host
Localities
STURMIINI
Polychaeta sp.
L Ogyris olane *
Sturmia convergens (Wiedemann)
N Danaus plexippus
Sturmia sp.
N Danaus plexippus *
Tritaxys sp.
H Hesperilla donnysa
H H. ornata
H H. idothea *
H H. crypsargyra *
H H. chrysotricha *
H H. flavescens *
H Antipodia chaostola *
H Oriesplanus perornatus *
WINTHEMIINI
Winthemia sumatrana Townsend
N Danaus plexippus
N Euploea core
S.A: Brownhill Ck.
QLD: SE Queensland (5).
S.A: Brownhill Ck.
not stated (4).
VIC: Labertouche, Moondarra,
Peterborough, Rokeby.
VIC: Belgrave, Heathmont, N.
Trafalgar.
VIC: Belgrave.
VIC: Grampians.
VIC: Aireys Inlet, Anglesea,
Lake Bolac.
VIC: Altona, Hamilton,
Rossbridge, W. Natimuk.
VIC: Tynong.
VIC: Frankston, E. Kyneton.
Not stated (4).
QLD: Brisbane (3).
Keys to references: 3. Rahman and Zalucki 1986; 4. Smithers 1973; 5. Zalucki 1981.
Key to butterfly families: H Hesperiidae, P Papilionidae, W Pieridae,
N Nymphalidae, L Lycaenidae.
Table 3. Host-parasite list.
Host Parasite
* New host record.
Order
HESPERIIDAE
Trapezites symmomus Hübner
Echthromorpha intricatoria
Casinaria hesperiophaga
Hesperilla idothea (Miskin)
?Lissosculpta sp.
Cotesia sp.
Brachymeria lasus
Tritaxys sp.
Hesperilla donnysa Hewitson H
Echthromorpha intricatoria
?Lissosculpta sp.
Casinaria hesperiophaga
Casinaria meridionalis
Cotesia sp.
Gen. indet. (Braconinae)
Brachymeria lasus
mmmmmmm OTIT mum
86 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Table 3 (cont.). Host-parasite list.
Host Parasite
9
Q
[c]
5
HESPERIIDAE (cont.)
Anastatus sp.
Gen. indet. (Ethillini)
Tritaxys sp.
Hesperilla flavescens Waterhouse
Echthromorpha intricatoria
Brachymeria sp.
Tritaxys sp.
Hesperilla chrysotricha (Meyrick and Lower)
Echthromorpha intricatoria
?Lissosculpta sp.
Casinaria hesperiophaga
Casinaria meridionalis
Agrypon coarctatum
Tritaxys sp.
Hesperilla ornata (Leach) H
Echthromorpha intricatoria
Agrypon coarctatum
Tritaxys sp.
Hesperilla picta (Leach)
Theronia steindachneri
Xanthopimpla arealis
Casinaria meridionalis
Agrypon coarctatum
Brachymeria lasus
Hesperilla crypsargyra (Meyrick)
Australoglypta sp.
Brachymeria lasus
Tritaxys sp.
Oreisplanus munionga (Olliff)
Casinaria meridionalis
Oreisplanus perornatus (Kirby)
Echthromorpha intricatoria
?Lissosculpta sp.
Agrypon coarctatum
Tritaxys sp.
Antipodia atralba (Tepper)
Echthromorpha intricatoria
Brachymeria sp.
Antipodia chaostola (Meyrick)
Tritaxys sp.
Ocybadistes walkeri (Heron)
Dolichogenidea sp.
PAPILIONIDAE
Papilio anactus W.S. Macleay
Echthromorpha intricatoria
Pteromalus puparum
ae iel geimi o inian ut (olini priania dum uumumumcgimmumesgum
mm
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Table 3 (cont.). Host-parasite list.
87
Host Parasite Order
PIERIDAE
Delias argenthona (Fabricius)
Cotesia deliades H
Pieris rapae (Linnaeus)
Cotesia glomerata H
NYMPHALIDAE
Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus)
Sturmia convergens D
Sturmia sp. D
Winthemia sumatrana D
Euploea core (Cramer)
Brachymeria lasus H
Paradrino laevicula D
Winthemia sumatrana D
Tisiphone abeona (Donovan)
Agrypon coarctatum H
LYCAENIDAE
Paralucia aurifera (Blanchard)
Gravana Sp. H
Habronyx victorianus H
Hypochrysops ignitus (Leach)
Gen. indet. (Microgasterinae) H
Hypochrysops byzos (Boisduval)
Gavrana sp. H
Trigonospila sp. D
Ogyris genoveva Hewitson
Cotesia rufiventris H
Ogyris olane Hewitson
Echthromorpha intricatoria H
Polychaeta sp. D
Ogyris oroetes Hewitson
Exorista flaviceps D
Palexorista sp. D
Jalmenus ictinus Hewitson
?Paradrino sp. D
Jalmenus icilius Hewitson
Antrocephalus sp. H
Palexorista sp. D
Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus)
Campoletis tasmaniensis H
Key to Parasite Orders: H - Hymenoptera (Table 1)
D - Diptera (Table 2)
88 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Table 4. Parasitism of immature stages of Hesperilla flavescens Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae) from the Altona-Point Cook area.
Altona Point Cook Point Cook
Spring Spring Autumn
1988 1988 1989
Total number of larvae and
pupae 292 78 95
Number of larvae and pupae
parasitised 41 11 7
Percentage parasitism 14% 14% 1%
Echthromorpha intricatoria (Ichneumonidae), Casinaria sp. (Ichneumonidae)
and Tritaxys sp. (Tachinidae). The lower level of parasitism in the autumn
brood at Point Cook may be due to the number of parasites declining during
summer coupled with the lower number of hosts.
At Murtcaim, between Point Cook and Geelong, I have estimated the level of
parasitism for this species as 35-40%, whereas, in most of the other 21
colonies investigated, in a sample of around 3000, the level was 10-15%.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to Dr I.D. Naumann of ANIC Canberra and Dr B.K. Cantrell of
the Queensland Department of Primary Industries, Brisbane, for identification
of hymenopterous and dipterous parasites respectively and for helpful
comments on the draft of this paper.
References
BOUCEK, Z. 1988. Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). A biosystematic revision of
genera of fourteen families, with a reclassification of species. 832 pp. C.A.B. International,
Wallingford.
CANTRELL, B.K. 1986. An updated host catalogue for the Australian Tachinidae (Diptera).
Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 25: 255-265.
CROSSKEY, R.W. 1973. A conspectus of the Tachinidae (Diptera) of Australia, including keys
to the supraspecific taxa and taxonomic and host catalogues. Bulletin of the British Museum
(Natural History). Entomology Supplement 21: 1-221.
CROSBY, D.F. 1990. A management plan for the Altona skipper butterfly Hesperilla flavescens
flavescens Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Arthur Rylah Institute for Environmental
Research Technical Report Series No. 98. pp. i-vii, 1-65.
GAULD, I.D. 1984. An introduction to the Ichneumonidae of Australia. With a contribution on
Metopiinae by M.G. Fitton. 413 pp. British Museum, (Natural History), London.
GUPTA, V.K. 1987. The Ichneumonidae of the Indo-Australian area (Hymenoptera). A
synonymic catalogue of the taxa described through 1985 together with a bibliography, 1960-
1985. Memoirs of the American Entomological Institute 41: 1-1210.
PARROTT, A.W. 1953. A systematic catalogue of Australian Braconidae. Pacific Science 7:
193-218.
PARROTT, A.W. 1957. Notes on the host relation of some Australian Ichneumonidae, with a
description of a new species. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 21: 79-82.
‘RAHMAN, H.U. and ZALUCKI, M.P. 1986. Parasitoid records for Euploea core corinna (W.S.
Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in south-eastern Queensland. Australian Entomological
Magazine 12: 109-111.
SMITHERS, C.N. 1973. A note on natural enemies of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera:
Nymphalidae) in Australia. Australian Entomological Magazine 1: 37-40.
ZALUCKI, M.P. 1981. Temporal and spatial variation of parasitism in Danaus plexippus (L.)
(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Danainae). Australian Entomological Magazine 8: 3-8.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 89
BIOLOGY AND REPRODUCTION OF SOME AUSTRALIAN
SPECIES OF MACROCHELIDAE (ACARINA)
M.J. MANNING! and R.B. HALLIDAY?
! Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Monash University, Clayton, Victoria, 3168.
2 CSIRO Division of Entomology, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT, 2601
Abstract
The relationship between distribution and reproductive behaviour was examined in Australian
species of Macrochelidae. Species that reproduce by thelytokous parthenogenesis (Macrocheles
penicilliger, M. peniculatus, M. virgo) were usually found in temporally stable, physically
continuous habitats such as leaf litter and compost. Sexually reproducing (arrhenotokous) species
(M. glaber, M. subbadius, M. merdarius, M. robustulus, Glyptholaspis americana) were found in
a variety of habitats, but especially in ephemeral scattered habitats (dung pads in pasture). It has
been argued that thelytokous species should have an advantage in colonising patchy disturbed
habitats, but the females of arrhenotokous macrochelids are able to mate with their sons, and are
commonly phoretic on insects. These factors make them effective colonisers of new or disturbed
habitats.
Introduction
Mites of the family Macrochelidae are common inhabitants of all kinds of
decomposing organic matter, including leaf litter, compost, and dung. It has
been suggested that there is a clear ecological distinction’ between
macrochelid species occurring in two different types of habitat. Some
species, including the Macrocheles glaber group, occur in transient, spatially
scattered habitats such as isolated dung pads in pasture. Others occur in
spatially continuous and temporally predictable habitats such as natural leaf
litter (e.g. the genus Geholaspis) or in spatially restricted but still temporally
predictable habitats, such large dung accumulations (e.g. Macrocheles
muscaedomesticae) (Krantz 1983; Hyatt and Emberson 1988). Occurrence in
these two types of habitat may have different implications for the life cycle,
behaviour, and reproductive mode of the species concerned. The genus
Macrocheles offers an opportunity to examine these phenomena, since it
occurs in all of these types of habitat, and includes both obligate thelytokous
species and species with sexual reproduction (Filipponi 1964). Macrochelids
have some advantages as experimental animals, such as small body size (1
mm or less) and short generation times (ca. 1 week). We have therefore
examined some Australian species of Macrochelidae, and compared their
modes of reproduction, habitat preferences, and colonising ability.
Materials and Methods
The mites used in this study were collected by MJM from January to August
1991, from the following localities: Glyptholaspis americana (Berlese),
Frankston, Victoria, leaf litter and compost (94 females); Hampton, Victoria,
compost (1 female); Melbourne, Victoria, compost (1 female); Mount Eliza,
Victoria, compost (3 females); Fyshwick, ACT, cattle dung at dairy (2
females); Macrocheles glaber (Miiller), Langwarrin, Victoria, dung in pasture
(5 females); Fyshwick, ACT, cattle dung at dairy (8 females); Hampton,
Victoria, compost (8 females); Macrocheles penicilliger (Berlese), Mount
90 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Eliza, Victoria, leaf litter and compost (ca 700 females); Frankston, Victoria,
leaf litter (20 females); Macrocheles peniculatus Berlese, Monash University,
Victoria, sawdust in aviary (8 females); Leongatha, Victoria, dung in milking
yard (2 females); Macrocheles merdarius (Berlese), Fyshwick, ACT, cattle
dung at dairy (3 females); Macrocheles virgo Halliday, Cairns, Queensland,
leaf litter (12 females); Macrocheles subbadius (Berlese), Mount Eliza,
Victoria, compost (1 female); Macrocheles robustulus (Berlese), Fyshwick,
ACT, dung at dairy (2 females). Mites were identified according to the
criteria of Halliday (1986a, 1986b, 1993) and Hyatt and Emberson (1988).
Mites were extracted from their substrates using a Tullgren funnel, or were
collected individually in the field using an aspirator or a fine brush. Mites
were reared in plastic specimen tubes with a plaster/charcoal floor. (Walter
and Ikonen 1989). Cages were kept at 26°C in plastic boxes with moist paper
to maintain high humidity. Individual mites were removed from these cages
at the protonymph stage and reared to adult in isolation, to ensure their
virginity. Food was provided every 24 hours. All species were successfully
reared and completed their development on a diet of the eggs of Lucilia sp.,
Musca vetustissima Walker (Diptera), or nematodes (Panagreilus sp.). Fly
eggs used as food were frozen for preservation and to prevent them from
hatching. All mite species would sometimes feed on mite prey (Zygoseius,
Lasioseius), but would not attack Collembola or oribatid mites.
Results
Collection records
This study presents the first record of Macrocheles penicilliger from
Australia, and the first record of Glyptholaspis americana from Victoria.
Failure to record these species previously may be attributed to the fact that
most published records of Australian Macrochelidae have been drawn from
pasture dung and dung beetles, with relatively little attention having been
paid to the compost habitats in which these two species commonly occur.
Mode of reproduction
All mite species produced progeny without mating. Virgin females of G.
americana (9 parent females) and M. glaber (13 parent females) produced
only male progeny, indicating reproduction by arrhenotokous
parthenogenesis. Virgin females of M. penicilliger (8 parent females), M.
peniculatus (20 parent females), and M. virgo (22 parent females) produced
only female progeny, indicating reproduction by thelytokous parthenogenesis.
In cultures of M. virgo, 71 adult females were produced over 6 generations
without the production of a single male. These results for G. americana, M.
glaber, M. peniculatus, and M. penicilliger are consistent with previous
findings (Filipponi 1964). Bregetova and Koroleva (1960) reported males of
"M. penicilliger", but these specimens were subsequently shown to belong to
a different species, M. minervae (Cicolani 1983). The thelytokouş-species M.
virgo is morphologically very similar to M. faveolus Halliday, in which males
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 91
are known to occur (Halliday 1993). This situation parallels the relationship
between the arrhenotokous species M. muscaedomesticae (Scopoli) and its
thelytokous sibling species M. similis Krantz and Filipponi (Halliday 1990).
Mother-son matings were attempted for G. americana and M. glaber. In both
cases males were seen to ride on the back of their previously unmated female
parent, and in both species female progeny were sometimes produced from
these matings, indicating that fertilisation had taken place (1 case out of 4,
and 3 cases out of 10, respectively).
Habitat preference
The species in this study may be divided roughly into those that occur in
transient scattered habitats (dung pads in pasture), and those that occur in
continuous habitats (leaf litter, compost, dung accumulations). They may also
be classified by whether or not they are commonly phoretic on insects, based
on the data of Wallace (1986) and subsequent observations (Table 1).
Glyptholaspis americana, Macrocheles glaber, M. subbadius, and M.
merdarius may easily be collected in large numbers while phoretically
attached to dung beetles, or, more rarely, other dung-breeding insects. M.
peniculatus and M. robustulus are rarely collected in this way, even when
they are abundant in the surrounding habitat. M. penicilliger and M. virgo
have never been collected on insect carriers in Australia, although M.
penicilliger may occasionally be found on Trox scaber in Britain (Hyatt and
Emberson 1988).
M. peniculatus, M. virgo, M. penicilliger and M. subbadius were found only
in stable or continuous habitats, M. merdarius and M. robustulus were found
only in dung pads in pasture, while M. glaber and G. americana occurred in
both habitat types. Other studies have shown similar patterns of distribution
Table 1. Habitat preferences, reproductive mode and occurrence of phoresy in
Australian Macrochelidae.
* T = thelytokous, A = arrhenotokous
Species Reproductive* Phoresy Temporary Continuous
mode habitats habitats
M. penicilliger T no leaf litter, compost
M. virgo T no leaf litter
M. peniculatus T rare ; aviary, milking yard
G. americana A yes pasture dung leaf litter, compost
M. glaber A yes pasture dung compost
M. subbadius A yes compost
M. merdarius A yes pasture dung
M. robustulus A rare pasture dung
92 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
for these species, with the addition that M. peniculatus may be found in
pasture dung as well as dung accumulations (Krantz 1983; Wallace 1986).
A survey of other Australian species of Macrochelidae yielded similar results.
The fauna includes a total of 28 species that can be clearly classified as
typical of either continuous or discrete habitats, and whose mode of
reproduction has been established (including 9 undescribed species of
Macrocheles). Of these 28 species, 12 are typical of permanent habitats (3
thelytokous, 9 arrhenotokous) and 16 are typically found in isolated dung
pads in pasture (1 thelytokous, 15 arrhenotokous) (Halliday 1986a, 1986b,
1988, 1990; Wallace 1986; and new data). Thelytokous species do not occur
preferentially in temporary habitats (2x2 contingency table, exact probability
17.2%). It should be pointed out that "arrhenotoky" is here interpreted
loosely, to mean that the species includes both males and females. In most
cases haplodiploidy has not been rigorously proved.
Discussion
Hyatt and Emberson (1988) classified Macrocheles into "Leaf-litter species",
"Coprophilic species" and "Intermediate species". Five species are included
in both that study and the data presented here. We agree in classifying M.
robustulus, M. glaber, and M. merdarius as coprophilic, occurring in isolated
dung pads. Hyatt and Emberson classified M. subbadius as coprophilic, but it
appears to be more ecologically flexible than that would suggest. The single
female collected in this study came from a compost heap, but tlie ANIC
contains specimens of this species from dung pads, phoretic on sepsid flies, in
leaf litter, in a large dung pile at stables, and in dung-baited pitfall traps.
Hyatt and Emberson classified M. penicilliger as "Intermediate", on the basis
of morphological criteria, but their ecological data for this species agree with
ours in showing that this is a species typical of leaf litter and similar
predictable habitats.
Bell (1988) suggested that parthenogenetic (ie., thelytokous) animals are
inferior competitors in most habitats, but since each thelytokous female could
potentially found a colony, they should be good colonists, and should tend to
occur preferentially in recent, novel, or disturbed environments in which
competition is reduced. The species included in this study do not follow this
trend. The thelytokous species studied here usually occurred in spatially
continuous and temporally predictable habitats such as leaf litter, compost,
and dung accumulations, and were absent from ephemeral dung pads. The
sexually reproducing species occurred in a variety of habitats, but especially
in physically isolated transient habitats, as represented by isolated dung pads
in pasture. This observation may be partly explained by the pattern of mating
behaviour employed by these dung-pad inhabiting species. If, as seems likely,
females of arrhenotokous species are mated before they begin a colonising
attempt, they will arrive in a novel habitat fully prepared to found a new
population. Even if a colonising female has not been mated, she is able to
produce male progeny from unfertilised eggs, and then mate with her sons to
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 93
produce a viable bisexual population. The frequency of mother-son matings
under natural conditions is not known, and may be limited if females become
unreceptive as they age (Filipponi and Ilardi 1959). Nevertheless, the
opportunity for such matings may mean that thelytokous species have no
advantage in colonising ability over their arrhenotokous relatives arising from
this cause. Furthermore, the arrhenotokous species are commonly phoretic on
insects, and consistently bear a bidentate tooth on the movable digit of the
chelicera, which is used for attachment to their host (Walter 1984). The
thelytokous species lack this tooth and are rarely phoretic, and their inability
to disperse in this way may reduce their ability to colonise temporary
habitats.
The same trend may be seen in other macrochelids that were not included in
this study. The genus Geholaspis Berlese occurs in soil and accumulations of
organic matter, is not phoretic, but is completely thelytokous (Filipponi
1964), and the occasional reports of males in this genus have subsequently
been discredited. Other non-phoretic soil dwelling species such as
Macrocheles terreus (Berlese) and M. montanus (Willmann) are also
thelytokous (Filipponi 1964). Males of some of these species have been seen
on rare occasions, but thelytoky remains their principal means of
reproduction. M. similis Krantz and Filipponi may represent an. interesting
exception to this pattern. Australian populations of this species are both
thelytokous and phoretic, and occur in isolated dung pads in pasture.
However, the females retain a fully-developed spermathecal apparatus,
suggesting that thelytoky in this species is of recent evolutionary origin
(Halliday 1990). Apparently normal spermathecae have been reported in
thelytokous species in other genera, such as Lasioseius Berlese (Walter and
Lindquist 1989) and Geholaspis Berlese (Athias-Henriot 1968).
Acknowledgements
This work was carried out by the senior author to partially fulfil the
requirements of the Honours Degree of Bachelor of Science at Monash
University. MJM would like to thank Drs Dave Walter and Dennis O'Dowd
for their encouragement and support, and Dr John Tomasov, Dr Brian
Roberts, Mrs Sue Swann, and Ms Gunta Jaudzems for assistance with the
technical aspects of the project.
References
ATHIAS-HENRIOT, C. 1968. L'appareil d'insémination laelapoide (Acariens anactinotriches:
Laelapoidea). Premiéres observations. Possibilité d'emploi à des fins taxonomiques. Bull. Sci.
Bourgogne 25: 229-274.
BELL, G. 1988. Uniformity and diversity in the evolution of sex. pp. 126-138 in Michod, R.E.
and Levin, B.R. The Evolution of Sex: An examination of Current Ideas. (Sinauer Associates,
Sunderland Massachusetts).
BREGETOVA, N. G. and KOROLEVA, E. V. 1960. The macrochelid mites (Gamasoidea,
Macrochelidae) in the USSR. Parazitologicheskii Sbornik 19: 1-154.
94 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
CICOLANI, B. 1983. Una nuova specie di Macrocheles (Acarina: Macrochelidae) raccolta nella
grotta della Zinzulusa (Castro Marina — Puglie). Bolletino del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale,
Verona 9: 151-159.
FILIPPONI, A. 1964. Experimental taxonomy applied to the Macrochelidae (Acari:
Mesostigmata). Proceedings of the First International Congress of Acarology, pp. 92-100.
FILIPPONI, A., and ILARDI, A. 1959. Alcuni dati sulla biologia di Macrocheles insignitus,
Berl. (Acarina, Mesostigmata). Rivista di Parassitologia 20: 79-90.
HALLIDAY, R.B. 1986a. Mites of the genus Glyptholaspis Filipponi and Pegazzano (Acarina:
Macrochelidae) in Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 25: 71-74.
HALLIDAY, R.B. 1986b. Mites of the Macrocheles glaber group in Australia (Acarina:
Macrochelidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 34: 733-752.
HALLIDAY, R.B. 1988. The genus Holostaspella Berlese (Acarina: Macrochelidae) in
Australia. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society 27: 149-155.
HALLIDAY, R.B. 1990. Mites of the Macrocheles muscaedomesticae group in Australia
(Acarina: Macrochelidae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 3: 407-430.
HALLIDAY, R.B. 1993. Two new species of Macrocheles from Australia (Acarina:
Macrochelidae). Australian Entomologist 20: 99-106.
HYATT, K.H. and EMBERSON, R.M. 1988. A review of the Macrochelidae (Acari:
Mesostigmata) of the British Isles. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zoology
Series 54: 63-125.
KRANTZ, G.W. 1983. Mites as biological control agents of dung-breeding flies, with special
reference to the Macrochelidae. Pp. 91-98 in Hoy, M.A., Cunningham, G.L. and Knutson, L.
Biological Control of Pests by Mites. University of California, Berkeley. pp 91-98.
WALLACE, M.M.H. 1986. Some macrochelid mites (Acari: Macrochelidae) associated with
Australian dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Acarologia 27: 3-15.
WALTER, D.E. 1984. A revision of the Macrocheles glaber species group (Acari:
Macrochelidae) using phylogenetic systematics. PhD thesis, Department of Entomology, Oregon
State University, Corvallis. 214pp.
WALTER, D.E. and IKONEN, E.K. 1989. Species, guilds, and functional groups: Taxonomy
and behaviour in nematophagous arthropods. Journal of Nematology 21: 315-327.
WALTER, D. E. and LINDQUIST, E. E. 1989. Life history and behavior of mites in the genus
Lasioseius (Acari: Mesostigmata: Ascidae) from grassland soils in Colorado, with taxonomic
notes and description of a new species. Canadian Journal of Zoology 67: 2797-2813.
ee
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 95
EGG SAC PARASITISM IN THE SPIDER PHRYGANOPORUS
CANDIDUS (L. KOCH) (ARANEAE: DESIDAE) BY THE WASP
CERATOBAEUS SETOSUS DODD (HYMENOPTERA:
SCELIONIDAE)
M.F. DOWNES
Zoology Department, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811
Present address: Zoology Department, Aarhus University, DK 8000 Aarhus
C, Denmark.
Abstract
The scelionid parasitoid Ceratobaeus setosus Dodd was found in nests of the social spider
Phryganoporus candidus (L.Koch) (= Badumna candida (L. Koch)) at Townsville, northern
Queensland. It occurred from April to October inclusive, the months of the hosts egg
production. The wasps selectively parasitized some egg sacs, probably on the basis of the age of
the eggs within. The primary sex ratio of C. setosus was 88% female: 12% male. The mantispid
egg predator Austromantispa imbecilla (Gerstaecker) was sometimes present in sacs that
contained C. setosus.
Wasps of the genus Ceratobaeus Ashmead, like those of several other
scelionid genera, exclusively parasitize spider eggs, often with marked host
specificity (Austin 1984a,b). This oligophagous habit may be mediated by
specific adaptations for penetrating host nests and egg sacs (Austin 1985).
Ceratobaeus setosus Dodd has been recorded as a parasitoid of eggs of the
amaurobioid spiders Badumna longinqua (L. Koch) and B. insignis (L.
Koch) (previously /xeuticus robustus (L. Koch) - see Gray 1983). Apart
from these host records, nothing appears to be known of the biology of this
species, but Austin (1984b) has provided much information about its
congeners C. masneri Austin and C. clubionus Austin.
At Townsville, northern Queensland, between July 1987 and June 1989, I
sampled monthly at random from dry sclerophyll woodland a total of 280
thriving and 23 moribund nests of the social spider Phryganoporus candidus
(L. Koch) (= Badumna candida (L. Koch)), as part of a study of this spider's
life history and nesting biology (Downes 1993, 1994a). A current revision,
unpublished at the time of writing, proposes that B. candida revert to P.
candidus (M. Gray, pers. comm.), so I adopt the latter name here.
C. setosus was present in 2696 of the thriving nests of P. candidus and in
20% of the 1079 egg sacs they contained, either as free-living adults within
the nest retreat or in various stages of development within the spider's egg
sacs (Fig. 1) (Downes 1994b). No living C. setosus, adult or otherwise,
were found in the nests between November and March inclusive, in either
year, though sampling rates were similar to other months of the year. This
marked seasonality of occurrence of the parasitoid (Fig. 2) reflected the
host's oviposition cycle, which begins about March and continues until
September (Downes 1993). Of the egg sacs that were parasitized, 82% were
totally so, the remaining 18% containing one or more unaffected host eggs
96 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Fig. 1. An adult Ceratobaeus setosus emerging from the eggshell of its host,
Phryganoporus candidus. Scale bar, 50mm.
Number of adults
JASONDJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJ
1987 1988 1989
Fig. 2. Numbers of Ceratobaeus setosus adults free-living in nests of
Phryganoporus candidus, emerging from host eggs as the sample was taken, or
reared from host eggs. No sampling in October 1988 or March 1989.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 97
that hatched normally into spiderlings. Since the spider's sacs were usually
in clusters of 2-13, it was therefore common to find that contiguous sacs
were either unparasitized or totally parasitized. This suggested that C.
setosus normally oviposits only into relatively fresh eggs, as does its
congener C. masneri which does not utilize host eggs older than two days
(Austin 1984b).
Twelve fully-parasitized egg sacs that were extracted before any of the
wasps were fully developed, and from which all wasps were successfully
reared, gave primary sex ratios ranging from 76% female: 24% male to 95%
female: 5% male, with a mean of 88% female: 12% male (totals were 269
females and 38 males). The resulting mean of 25.6 wasps per sac reflects
the fecundity of the spider rather than that of the wasp. It was not
determined whether the progeny from each egg sac was that of one female
or more. If the former, this sex ratio bias suggests that local mate
competition (Hamilton 1967) is probably occurring, since the sexes of C.
setosus are equivalent in size, being distinguished primarily by the shape of
the antennae. Male wasps probably leave the egg sacs before females and
inseminate their subsequently-emerging sisters and/or females from other
parasitized egg sacs in the same nest, as happens with C. masneri and C.
clubionus which also have female-biased sex ratios (Austin 1984b). If so,
both inbreeding and outbreeding take place.
On four occasions, egg sacs that produced C. setosus also contained the
mantispid neuropteran Austromantispa imbecilla (Gerstaecker). In these
cases, parasitoids and egg predators developed successfully together.
The host specificity of wasps of the genus Ceratobaeus (Austin 1984a,b)
raises the question of how C. setosus survives in the Townsville area
between October and February, when eggs of P. candidus are unavailable.
In colder latitudes, wasps of this genus are quiescent as adults during the
winter months when host eggs are unavailable, and they can survive for
about 100 days at temperatures reflecting field conditions (Austin 1984b).
In Townsville, however, the lack of host eggs coincides with the hottest time
of the year, and it is unlikely that C. setosus adults are inactive during this
period; they may utilize the eggs of Badumna longinqua (L. Koch), the only
close relative of Phryganoporus (Badumna) candidus that occurs in the
Townsville area and breeds in the summer (pers. obs.).
Acknowledgements
I thank Rhondda Jones for supervising the study. I am indebted to Andrew
Austin, both for confirming the identity of C. setosus and for suggesting
many improvements, especially the consideration of the summer survival of
P. candidus. Funding, as part of a larger project, was provided by James
Cook University.
98 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
References
AUSTIN, A.D. 1984a. Species of. Ceratobaeus Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) from
South-eastern Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 108: 21-34.
AUSTIN, A.D. 1984b. The fecundity, development and host relationships of Ceratobaeus Spp.
(Hymenoptera: Scelionidae), parasites of spider eggs. Ecological Entomology 9: 125-138.
AUSTIN, A.D. 1985. The function of spider egg sacs in relation to parasitoids and predators,
with special reference to the Australian fauna. Journal of Natural History 19: 359-376.
DOWNES, M.F. 1993. The life.history of Badumna candida (Araneae: Amaurobioidea),
Australian Journal of Zoology 41: 441-466.
DOWNES, M.F. 1994a. The nest of the social spider Phryganoporus candidus (Araneae:
Desidae): structure, annual growth cycle and host plant relationships. Australian Journal of
Zoology 42:
DOWNES, M.F. 1994b. Arthropod nest associates of the social spider Phryganoporus candidus
(Araneae: Desidae). Bulletin of the British Arachnological Society 9: 249-255.
GRAY, M.R. 1983. The taxonomy of the semi-communal spiders commonly referred to the
species Ixeuticus candidus (L. Koch) with notes on the genera Phryganoporus, Ixeuticus and
Badumna (Araneae, Amaurobioidea). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
106: 247-261.
HAMILTON, W.D. 1967. Extraordinary sex ratios. Science 156: 477-488.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 99
CYCAD HOST PLANTS FOR LILIOCERIS NIGRIPES (FABRICIUS)
(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE) AND JTHECLINESTHES
ONYCHA (HEWITSON) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
P.I. FORSTER! and P.J. MACHIN?
1Queensland Herbarium, Queensland Department of Environment & Heritage, Meiers Road,
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
2111 Dorrington Drive, Ashgrove, Qld, 4060
Abstract
Cycad host plants in the Cycadaceae, Stangeriaceae and Zamiaceae for Theclinesthes onycha and
Lilioceris nigripes are reviewed. New host records for both are presented.
Introduction
Larvae of both the lycaenid butterfly Theclinesthes onycha and the
chrysomelid beetle Lilioceris nigripes feed on the young expanding foliage of
cycads. An apparent complex mutualism occurs between both these species
and several species of attendant ants (Wilson 1993). Despite this interesting
interaction and their conspicuous larvae, little is known about the host range
of either the butterfly (Common and Waterhouse 1981) or the beetle
(Monteith 1991; Hawkeswood 1992; Wilson 1993). Most of the previous
host plant identifications are imprecise or now superseded in the light of
recent advances in Australian cycad systematics (Jones 1993). In this note
we review the host plants of these two taxa, providing correct identifications
of previous imprecise or incorrect determinations, as well as several new
records.
This review (see Table 1) is based on the insect holdings at the Australian
Museum, Sydney (AM), Queensland Department of Primary Industries,
Indooroopilly (QDPI), Queensland Museum (QM) and Entomology
Department, University of Queensland (UQIC), previously published work
and our own observations of the insects in habitat and in rearing boxes. Some
previous host records (e.g. Macrozamia lucida at Kuanda (Sibatani & Grund
1978)) are discounted due to apparent misidentifications or the uncertainty of
unvouchered records from outside the natural range of the cited host. Cycad
systematics follows Forster (1994), Jones (1993), Jones (unpublished data)
and Stevenson (1992).
Observations
Larvae of T. onycha were collected near Inverell and in the Pilliga Scrub,
N.S.W. and subsequently fed young fronds of Macrozamia lucida from Mt
Glorious or from the species that they occurred on in habitat (specimens
deposited in UQIC). T. onycha occurs from the tip of Cape York Peninsula in
Queensland south to Tilba, N.S.W. and is also known from a single Northern
Territory record at Darwin (Dunn and Dunn 1991).
Larvae of L. nigripes were collected near Bundarra and in the Pilliga Scrub
and subsequently fed young fronds of M. lucida. Adults of L. nigripes were
collected at several localities in N.S.W. and south-eastern Queensland
100 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Table 1. Cycad food plants for Lilioceris nigripes (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and
Theclinisthes onycha (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).
LN = Lilioceris nigripes; TOO = Theclinesthes onchya onycha; TOC - T. onycha
capricornia
* indicates new host identification where previously imprecise
* indicates new record; # indicates putative record only, based on insect locality data
and the cycad species that occurs in the area
4 indicates adult record; | indicates larval record
Cycad Insect Source
CYCADACEAE
Cycas
1. media LN*4 Mareeba (Hawkeswood 1992)
TOC*a Ingham (T. Lambkin in QDPI)
TOC* Hopevale (G. Monteith in QM)
2. megacarpa TOC* Kroombit Tops (G. Monteith in QM)
3. ophiolitica TOC* Rockhampton (Sibatani & Grund 1978)
LN*a Rockhampton (Hawkeswood 1992)
LN3.TOC?! Rockhampton (Wilson 1993)
4. sp. (Cape York) TOC* N of Moreton, Cape York Peninsula
(ex "Cycas media grove") (Sibatani & Grund 1978)
STANGERIACEAE
Bowenia
l. spectabilis LN@ Kirrama & Cardwell Range (Monteith 1991)
LN@ Mossman (Hawkeswood 1992)
ZAMIACEAE
Macrozamia
1. communis TOO! Depot Beach (Sibatani & Grund 1978)
2. conferta LN*a near Warwick (this paper)
3. lucida LN"LTOO" Mt Glorious (this paper)
4. heteromera LN*a Warrumbungles (this paper)
5. moorei TOC* Mt Moffatt (G. Monteith in QM)
6. pauli-guilielmi Toc*al Cooloola (T. Lambkin in QDPI)
7. secunda (tentative id.) LN*a Coolamon (AM records) (ex "Xamia palms")
8. spiralis TOO! Newport (Sibatani & Grund 1978)
9. stenomera TOot# Mt Kaputar (Common & Waterhouse 1981)
10. viridis TOO** Stanthorpe (Common & Waterhouse 1981)
11. sp. (Bundarra) LN*al Bundarra (this paper)
12. sp. (Inverell) TOO*a Inverell (this paper)
13. sp. (Southern Pilliga)LN*@ Pilliga Scrub (this paper)
14. sp. (Northern Pilliga)LN"@!,TOO*!Pilliga Scrub (this paper)
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 101
(specimens deposited in UQIC and AM). Larvae grew to the final instar on
leaf material of M. lucida, but then escaped. L. nigripes is presently known
from Coolamon in N.S.W. to Mareeba in north Queensland. This beetle is
much more widespread than noted by Hawkeswood (1992) but remains a
poorly collected species.
Discussion
The larvae and adults of L. nigripes and the larvae of T. onycha feed on a
range of cycads. Despite the diversity in Australian hosts (Table 1), there has
been no apparent specialization of the beetle or the butterfly with respect to
the different Australian cycads, although experimental testing of the host
preferences of the subspecies of T. onycha would be of interest. In north-
eastern New Guinea, the beetle Lilioceris clarkii Baly feeds on young fronds
of Cycas schumanniana (given as C. papuana) in the Markham Valley
(Szent-Ivany et al. 1956), but. other species of Lilioceris use
monocotyledonous plants as hosts (Monteith 1991, Hawkeswood 1992).
There is general consensus that Cycas (Cycadaceae) is more distantly related
to the other cycad genera and families than they are to one another (Caputo ef
al. 1991, 1993), hence it is intriguing that these two insects are able to utilise
such a broad range of not only species, but genera and families.
Acknowledgments
Permits were provided by the Queensland Forest Service (QFS) and the
Forestry Commission of N.S.W. The cited institutions allowed access to the
collections in their care. G. Daniels (UQIC) and M. de Baar (QFS) assisted
with specimen identification and literature. M.S. Moulds (AM) provided
locality data on L. nigripes in N.S.W. Various aspects of this work were
discussed with D.L. Jones and G. Wilson.
References
CAPUTO, P., STEVENSON, D.W. and WURTZEL, E.T. 1991. A phylogenetic analysis of
American Zamiaceae (Cycadales) using chloroplast DNA restriction fragment length
polymorphisms. Brittonia 43: 135-145.
CAPUTO, P., MARQUIS, C., WURTZEL, T., STEVENSON, D.W. and WURTZEL, E.T.
1993. Molecular biology in cycad systematics. Pp. 213-219 in Stevenson, D.W. and Norstog,
K.J. (eds.), Proceedings of CYCAD 90, the Second International Conference on Cycad Biology.
Palm & Cycad Societies of Australia Ltd., Milton.
COMMON, I.F.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv. + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
DUNN, K.L. and DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian butterflies: distribution, life history
and taxonomy. Privately published by the authors.
FORSTER, P.I. 1994. Cycadaceae, Zamiaceae. Pp. 344-345 in Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.),
Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and Distribution. Queensland Department of Environment
& Heritage, Brisbane.
HAWKESWOOD, T.J. 1992. Notes on the biology and host plants of the Australian leaf beetle
Lilioceris (Crioceris) nigripes (Fabricius) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Entomologist 111: 210-
212.
102 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
JONES, D.L. 1993. Cycads of the World. Reed Books: Sydney.
MONTEITH, G.B. 1991. Corrections to published information on Johannica gemellata
(Westwood) and other Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera). Victorian Entomologist 21: 147-154.
SIBATANI, A. and GRUND, R.B. 1978. A revision of the Theclinesthes onycha complex
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Transactions of the Lepidopterological Society of Japan 29: 1-34.
STEVENSON, D.W. 1992. A formal classification of the extant cycads. Brittonia 44: 220-223.
SZENT-IVANY, J.J.H., WOMERSLEY, J.S. and ARDLEY, J.H. 1956. Some insects of Cycas
in New Guinea. Papua and New Guinea Agricultural Journal 11: 53-56.
WILSON, G. 1993. The relationship between Cycas ophiolitica K. Hill (Cycadaceae) and the
butterfly Theclinesthes onycha (Lycaenidae), the beetle Lilioceris nigripes (Chrysomelidae:
Criocerinae) and the ant /ridiomyrmex purpureus. Pp. 53-57 in Dekkers, A. et al. (eds),
Proceedings of the 1993 Postgraduate Student Association Symposium held at the University of
Central Queensland. University of Central Queensland, Rockhampton.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 103
A NOTE ON THE HESPERIIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) (SKIPPERS) OF
TUGLO WILDLIFE REFUGE, NEW SOUTH WALES
C.N. SMITHERS
Research Associate, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000.
Abstract
This paper presents results of observations on the seasonal flight activity of Hesperiidae at a
single New South Wales locality, in the Hunter River Valley, over a period of 12 seasons. The
species fall into three groups, those which appear early, in the middle and late in the season. The
taxonomic affinities and larval host plant preferences for each group are discussed briefly.
Introduction
Although information on seasonal flight activity of butterflies is available in
general terms in the literature (e.g. Common and Waterhouse 1972; Fisher
1978) there are few published details for individual localities or areas such
as that provided by Kitching et al. (1978) for the Australian Capital
Territory. Distribution of some species over several climatic and faunistic
zones in the eastern part of Australia make it inevitable that flight times
vary from one locality to another. Understanding of their biology and
ecology would be enhanced if detailed information on flight times were
available for a range of localities. This paper provides information based on
observations of flight activity of the Hesperiidae (Skippers and related
species) at Tuglo Wildlife Refuge (altitude 750 m) between mid 1980 and
mid 1992. A brief description of the location of the Refuge, about 49 km
north of Singleton, New South Wales, its environment and the method of
summarizing flight activity information in seven day periods, gathered over
a number of seasons, has been given in an earlier similar paper on the
Papilionoidea (Smithers 1981). Prior to the survey period casual
observations were made and these records, where significant, are included.
Flight periods for each species are given in Figure 1.
Results
Netrocoryne repanda C. and R. Felder (Eastern flat) was not captured until
1987 after which it has often been seen in flight from mid November to late
January. In 1988 the species was not seen after late December and it
appeared that the flight season had ended early. In early March, 1989,
however, a few more specimens were recorded. Knowledge of the life cycle
of this species (Common and Waterhouse 1972, p. 100) suggests that the
March specimens may not represent a second generation. As it is not a
known migrant immigration from another source area is also unlikely and its
temporary disappearance remains inexplicable on available data.
Trapezites symmomus Hübner (Symmomus skipper. An occasional
specimen was seen prior to 1989, since which it has been fairly common so
the records probably represent a true picture of its flight period. Its earliest
appearance was at the end of December and its latest record at the end of
March.
104 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
Trapezites praxedes (Plótz) has been taken only once, in March, 1991.
Length of flight period is, therefore, not known for the Tuglo area.
Anisynta tillyardi Waterhouse and Lyell (Tillyards's skipper) is not common
and its appearance somewhat erratic with only a few specimens seen in three
of the survey years. The flight period appears to be short, of about seven
weeks duration from mid January to early March.
Dispar compacta (Butler) (Dispar skipper) has a short flight period, also of
about seven weeks, but it appears and disappears a little later than A.
tillyardi, that is, from about,mid February to the end of March. It is a fairly
common species and the records probably represent the true flight period.
Pasma tasmanica (Miskin) has been taken twice only, in mid September,
1979 and in late March, 1988 suggesting an early beginning to a long flight
period. These specimens may represent an early and a late generation.
(Atkins 1988).
Signeta flammeata (Butler) (Bright shield skipper) is regularly in flight from
mid December until late March, but has not been common in any year.
Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick and Lower) (Dingy shield skipper) was
recorded on two occasions only, at the end of January and the end of March,
both in 1991, suggesting a possible late starting, short flight period. The
data for this species at Tuglo is minimal and it may belong to a group of
species with mid season flight.
Toxidia peron (Latreille) (Large dingy skipper). This is a common species
on the Refuge, in flight from mid October until mid April. It was recorded
in flight in almost every seven day period other than those of December,
from 1987 onwards.
Toxidia parvula (Plótz) (Parvula skipper). Only two specimens of this
species have been recorded, both before the start of the survey. The first
was collected by J.V. Peters in January, 1972 and the second by me in
March, 1978. It has not been seen since. At the latitude of Tuglo and
farther south it seems to be mainly a coastal species so its rarity at the Tuglo
altitude of 750m is to be expected. l
Toxidia doubledayi (Felder) (Doubleday's skipper) is in flight from mid
November to the end of March. Like T. parvula it seems to have a more
coastal distribution at the latitude of Tuglo and farther south. It, too, has
been recorded only twice during the survey, in mid December, 1988 and at
the beginning of April, 1991. Other, presurvey records, are for mid
February, 1978 and mid November, 1978.
Toxidia rietmanni (Semper) (White-brand skipper). Although this species is
known from Barrington Tops, to the north-east of the Refuge, only one
specimen has been collected, in January, 1976, by J.V. Peters. It is otherwise
mainly a coastal species and would certainly not be expected to be common
at the Refuge altitude of 750 m.
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 105
sapaxpad `I,
1UUDUJ314 ` [
pjnaaud *[
DIAI2SD] ^S
14324190M `O
niu&dpd `I,
uo4ad `I,
DIIUDUSD] `d
Djpouv "T
DIDULO `H
ISAOISDUL ^H
i&vpo|qnop `I
npupda4^N
D40doqui&j *§
Djpauuunpjf 'S
Djorduoo ‘q
ipao y
smuounuás *
Fig. 1. Flight period for species of Hesperiidae.
Hesperilla mastersi Waterhouse (Master's skipper) is in flight from mid
November to mid February. It is never common, its distribution being
somewhat similar to that of T. parvula.
Hesperilla ornata (Leach) (Spotted skipper) is also an uncommon species
having been seen on relatively few occasions, the earliest being mid
November and the latest the end of March. This covers the same flight
period as T. doubledayi.
Taractrocera papyria (Boisduval) (White grassdart) is probably the
commonest hesperiid at the Refuge and has the longest flight period,
exceeding even T. peron by a few weeks. It appears in early September and
106 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
ends its flights at the end of March. In the 1989-1990 and 1990-1991
seasons populations were low.
Ocybadistes walkeri Heron (Yellow-banded dart) has a similar flight period
to that of T. papyria but appears a little later, at the end of September, and
disappears at the end of March. It is also a common species, sometimes
being very adundant.
Suniana lascivia (Rosenstock) (Dingy dart) is common and appears in flight
from mid October until towards the end of April.
Telicota ancilla (Herrich-Scháffer) (Greenish darter) is not common at
higher altitudes over its range and is not so at Tuglo. The earliest recorded
appearance is in late November and the latest in early April. Few specimens
have been seen and all have been recorded after 1988.
Discussion
Eighteen species of Hesperiidae have been recorded at the Refuge. No
flight activity occurred between the 28th April and 8th September, that is,
there is little likelihood of any hesperiid being in flight during a nineteen
week period in the cooler months of the year. The whole flight "season"
lasts about 33 weeks. After appearance of the earliest species in early to mid
September the number increases to a maximum during February. After a
rapid decline in March all flight stops by the end of April (Fig. 2). Most
species continue their flight period into March irrespective of.the time of
first appearance.
Of the eighteen species recorded T. parvula has been taken twice on dates
close together and T. praxedes and T. rietmanni only once so that no
conclusions can be drawn as to their flight period at the Refuge. They are
not discusssed further. They are included in Figure 1 but not in Figure 2 or
Table 1.
The remaining species, for which the data appears to be a more reliable
indicator of true flight period, can be arranged in three groups according to
the time at which they first appear.
a) Five species, T. peron, S. lascivia, O. walkeri, P. tasmanica and T.
papyria appear early in the season and have the longest flight periods,
starting in early September (T. papyria and P. tasmanica)) or early/mid
October (the other species in this group) and continuing until the end of
March or even into mid April in the case of T. peron and S. lascivia.
b) N. repanda, H. mastersi, H. ornata, T. doubledayi and T. ancilla make up
a group which appears from about the middle of November and continues
until late March or into April.
c) The remaining five species, T. symmomus, A. tillyardi, S. flammeata, S.
tymbophora and D. compacta consistently delay appearance until late in the
season, that is until January with the last to appear, D. compacta, not being
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 107
Table 1. Larval food plants of hesperiid species. (Larval food plant data kindly provided by
Andrew Atkins indicated by open squares).
ynodon
yledons
a
o
Brachypodium
| Echinopogon
|
|
| Tetrarrhena
| i
| Pennisetum
| Microlaena
|
|
| Gahnia
| Imperata
| Paspalum
| Danthonia
|
| Sorghum
| Dianella
| Dicot
| Carex
| Oryza
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I
|
|
|
|
|
T. symmomus
A. tillyardi
D. compacta
S. flammeata
S. tymbophora
P
C HW Lomandra
HEB
[m
N. repanda L|
T. doubledayi L|
H. mastersi L|
H. ornata L|
T. ancilla [| B L|
P. tasmanica L| a
T. peron BO a
T. papyria L| L| L| gum
O. walkeri L| L| Hoa
S. lascivia i]
Fig. 2. Number of species in flight.
108 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
seen until February. Although there is a single December record for S.
flammeata all other Tuglo records for it are for January or later, suggesting
that its flight activity is probably more in keeping with this group than the
mid-season, November species.
It is interesting to consider the flight periods of the groups in the light of
their taxonomic relationships and their larval host plant preferences. The
early species include members of the Trapezitinae and Hesperiinae. The
middle group includes species of Trapezitinae, Hesperiinae and one species
of the Pyrginae. The late species, however, constitute a taxonomically more
restricted group, all belonging to the Trapezitinae.
The larval host plant preferences of the early- and middle flight-time Species
(Table 1) include a wide range of monocotyledonous plants such as species
of Cyperaceae (Gahnia spp. and, in the case of one species, dicotyledonous
plants) but they do not utilize either Poa (Poaceae) (apart from one
"perennial" species) nor Lomandra (Xanthorrhoeaceae). They do use other
genera of Poaceae and an early species (O. walkeri (Waterhouse) has been
reported using Dianella (Liliaceae). Heperiid species usually have a fairly
restricted host plant range.
The late-flight group is taxonomically more circumscribed (Trapezitinae
only) and has more restricted host plant preferences. They are the species
which are confirmed as using mainly Poa and Lomandra. This is in strong
contrast to the other groups. It may appear at first sight that flight time
coincidence is related to taxonomic affinity. That this may not be so,
however, is suggested by the fact that their relatives in other flight-time
groups do use other larval host plants. Flight-time constraints on the late
species may, in fact, to be imposed ecologically through host plant
preferences rather than by taxonomic affinity. Lomandra and Poa tend to
flush earlier than host plants of the early-flight species and the late
appearance of the species using these hosts may be better explained in terms
of development of their host plants. There are references in the literature to
host plants as "grasses". Unfortunately, without more information they
cannot be used to add much to the present discussion. They are included for
general information only in Table 1. In general, adults of the late-flight
groups lay their eggs in late summer or autumn. The larvae hatch and
commence feeding but development is slow, with reduced feeding activity
through winter. Growth becomes more rapid in summer with emergence of
the adults being delayed until January or February (Common and
Waterhouse 1972). It is interesting to note that these species are
synchronizing their developmental cycle with plants which renew their
growth early whereas the other species synchronize with later shooting
species. Thus, although the appearance of the adults is late in what we
usually regard as the butterfly "season" they are, in fact, "early" in their
development, this being in anticipation of availability of plants very early in
the following season. They appear to use a strategy of late emergence and
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 109
slow development during winter to achieve synchrony with early host plant
availability, where other species are using a different developmental regime
to achieve synchrony with later shooting hosts. There is, as would be
expected, a general relationship between growth period of host plants and
flight period in hesperiids. The suspected nature of this correlation proposed
here can only be confirmed or refuted by detailed study of flight times and
larval hosts at many localities over a wide area.
Detailed information on seasonal requirements and development is
important where there is need for environmental management. It is hoped
that these notes will encourage others to investigate in detail the
relationships between seasonal host availability, developmental rates and
adult flight periods in butterflies so that the basic data for management will
be readily available in future if needed for manipulation of the environment.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Andrew Atkins for helpful comments on a draft and
data on host plants, John Peters for discussion of this paper in draft and for
allowing me to include his collection data, Dr S. Jacobs for kindly providing
the all-important information on growth periods of host plants and my wife,
Smila, and sons, Graeme and Hartley, for assistance in the field.
References
ATKINS, A.F. 1988. The life histories of Pasma tasmanica (Miskin) and Toxidia rietmanni
(Semper) (Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 93-97.
COMMON, I.F.B. AND WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. i-xii, 1-498,
41 pls. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
FISHER, R.H. 1978. Butterflies of South Australia (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea).
Handbook of the Flora and Fauna of South Australia. 272 pp., 16 pls. South Australian
Government. à
KITCHING, R.L., EDWARDS, E.D., FERGUSON, D., FLETCHER, M.B. AND WALKER, L.M.
1978. The butterflies of the Australian Capital Territory. Journal of the Australian
Entomological Society 17: 125-133
SMITHERS, C.N. 1981. Preliminary note on the Papilionoidea (Lepidoptera) of Tuglo Wildlife
Refuge, New South Wales. Australian Entomological Magazine 77: 91-96.
110 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
SOFTWARE REVIEW
TREEDIS. A rainforest tree distribution data base by Veron Hansen and Garry
Sankowsky. 1992. Price A$95.00 (post paid). Available direct from the authors, P.O.
Box 210, Tolga, Qld, 4882.
Frequently the study of an insect's biology requires special botanical data not readily
accessible by entomologists. Distributions of rainforest trees is but one example.
TREEDIS not only supplies such information for more than 2000 Australian rainforest
shrubs and trees but also provides an interactive program which will list species from
defined areas or environments, lists species from sites with similar characteristics and
report on environmental characteristics of sites. Data can be printed out at any stage
although maps require either Epson or Hewlett Packard laser compatibility (these, in
fact, cover almost all printers).
The value of this program to any entomologist with an interest in the study of insect
life cycles should not be underestimated. To clarify the program's usefulness it is
probably best to examine the options of the Main Menu. Option A provides
distributions for given plant species. For example, if the plant Celtis philippensis is
mapped it becomes clear that the Australian Beak butterfly which feeds on this plant
may occur at Lawn Hill, a locality previously unrecorded for this butterfly.
Distribution maps are available either on an Australia-wide basis following the
standard 1 to 250,000 map series, or in detail at a five minute resolution. With the
latter, precise locality details are available simultaneously with the map. Option A
also permits site analyses, i.e. details distribution limits; lists all exact sites for the
species together with habitat details; gives percentage of forest type occupied by the
species; and lists rainfall preference, altitude preference and soil preference.
Option B lists all plant species known from a specific site. The sub-options within
Option A are also available here. Over 700 sites are available for selection but these
must be accessed via site number. This option also allows identification of forest
types for a locality, e.g. Thursday Island.
Option C lists species from environmental parameters selected by the user, again with
the sub-options as for Option A. Parameters available for choice include rainfall,
altitude, soil origin and forest type. This Option will, for example, list all other sites
matching a site of known forest type and altitude and give a list of all plant species
known from each of these sites. It is also possible to choose a State and then find all
rainforest localities (e.g. map all Northern Territory rainforest patches) or define an
area by latitude and longitude.
Option D permits a search for a text string. One can ask for a specific forest type, a
specific place, or a specific soil type, etc. For example, if semi-deciduous notophyll
vine forest (forest types can be selected from a list of 25 provided) then a list of all
plant species known from that forest type is provided and, as in all previous Options,
map plotting, site details etc. are all available on selection.
Option E prints any of three data files, i.e. species list (41 pages), site list (47 pages)
and a readme file (1 page). Option F permits alteration of printer set-up. In addition
any data set can be saved as a file and printed.
While the program covers all States of Australia data for Queensland is by far the most
comprehensive. Much of the data is based on the collection records of L.J. Webb and
J.G. Tracey although Sankowsky has added a significant number of his own records
from Cape York Peninsula in particular.
— -
Oo "---— o om ge ptt tlt EM i Rt t e tu M
Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994 111
I found only one minor difficulty in using this software package. This concerns
Option B which provides access to site data via a site number. ` Data relating to these
site numbers can be obtained through Option E by printing the 47 page list as hard
copy. From a screen it is somewhat cumbersome. Perhaps a future upgrade could
include an alphabetical list of sites directly accessible on screen.
In a way it is somewhat ironical that I should be writing this first software review for
the Australian Entomologist. 1 am certainly not a computer fanatic and computers
seem to sense this when I use them. However, I found TREEDIS easy to install and
easy to use and have no hesitation in strongly recommending the program to anyone
with an interest in rainforest plant/insect associations. It forms a perfect companion to
the interactive identification program of B.P.M. Hyland and T. Whiffin, ‘Australian
tropical rainforest trees.'
M.S. Moulds
Australian Museum
112 Australian Entomologist 21 (3) September 1994
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
LANE, D.A.
1993 A new food plant record for Hypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Vict. Ent. 23: 10-11.
1993 A new food plant record for Hypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Vict. Ent. 23: 35-36.
[This is a corrected version of the article which appeared on pages 10 and 11 of the same volume.]
1994 Distribution and foodplant records for Deudorix butterflies in northern Queensland (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Vict. Ent.
24: 20.
LANGLEY, S.
1994 Further notes on the distribution and behaviour in Trogodendron fasciculatum (Schreibers) Coleoptera Cleridae. Vict. Ent.
24: 34-35.
LAWRENCE, J.F. and POLLOCK, D.A
1994 Relationships of the Australian genus Synercticus Newman (Coleoptera: Boridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 33: 35-42.
LAVIGNE, R.J.
1992 Ethology of Neoaratus abludo Daniels (Diptera: Asilidae) in South Australia, with notes on N. pelago (Walker) and N.
rufiventris (Macquart). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 94: 253-262.
LeBRETON, M. and HAWKESWOOD, T.J.
1992 Record of apparent wasp predation on two species of Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from north-eastern New South Wales.
Sydney Basin Nat. 1: 85.
1993 Notes on some Coleoptera collected from the foliage of Gahnia erythrocarpa R. Br. (Cyperaceae) in north-eastern New
South Wales. Sydney Basin Nat. 2: 35-36.
LeBRETON, M. and VAARWERK, M.
1992 Records of three Apiomorpha, Rübsaaman (Homoptera: Eriococcidae: Apiomorphinae) employing Eucalyptus burgessiana
as a host in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. Sydney Basin Nat. 1: 77-78.
1993 Miscellaneous notes on Apiomorpha spp. (Homoptera: Eriococcidae) and their host plants in New South Wales. Sydney
Basin Nat. 2: 25-29.
1993 An additional adult host and some localities for the Australian fungus beetle, Episcaphula australis (Boisduval)
(Coleoptera: Erotylidae). Sydney Basin Nat. 2: 30.
LI, C.S.
1993 Review of the Australian Epilachninae (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 209-224.
MAJER, J.D.
1993 Comparison of the arboreal ant mosaic in Ghana, Brazil, Papua New Guinea and Australia — its structure and influence on
arthropod biodiversity. Pp. 115-141. Jn LaSalle, J. and Gauld, I. (eds.) Hymenoptera and Biodiversity. CAB
International: Wallingford.
MALIPATIL, M.B.
1992 Revision of Australian Campylomma Reuter (Hemiptera: Miridae: Phylinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 357-368.
1993 Two new species of Piestolestes Bergroth (Hemiptera: Reduviidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 7-11.
MALIPATIL, M.B., POSTLE, A.C., OSMELAK, J.A., HILL, M. and MORAN, J.
1993 First record of Frankliniella occidentalis (Pergande) in Australia (Thysanoptera: Thripidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 378.
MATHIS, W.N.
1993 A new species and subgenus of Periscelis Loew from Australia (Diptera: Periscelididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 13-19.
MATSURA, T. and KITCHING, R.
1993 The structure of the trap and trap-building behaviour in Callistoleon manselli New (Neuroptera: Myrmeleontidae). Aust. J.
Zool. 41: 77-84.
MATTHEWS, E.G.
1992 Classification, relationships and distribution of the genera of Cyphaleini (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Invert. Taxon. 6:
437-522.
1992 A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 6 Polyphaga: Lymexyloidea, Cleroidea and Cucujoidea. 75 pp-
South Australian Museum: Adelaide.
1993 Classification, relationships and distribution of the genera of Heleini (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Invert. Taxon. 7: 1025-
1095.
MATTHEWS, E.G. and LAWRENCE, J.F.
1992 A new genus and species of Heleini from Tasmania (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 31: 311-316.
MAWDSLEY, J.
1992 A new example of mimicry in Coleoptera from Australia. Y.E.S. Quarterly 9 (3): 21-24.
1992 A key to the species of the genus Trogodendron Spinola (Coleoptera: Cleridae) with translations of original descriptions of
species. Y.E.S. Quarterly 9 (4): 7-19.
MAY, B.M.
1994 An introduction to the immature stages of Australian Curculionoidea. Pp. 365-728 in Zimmerman, E.C. Australian weevils
(Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Vol. 2. C.S.I.R.O.: Australia.
MAYNE, W.
1993 The odyssey of a lady bird. Aust. Biologist 6: 131-132.
MCALPINE, D.K.
1993 Review of the upside-down flies (Diptera: Neurochaetidae) of Madagascar and Africa, and evolution of neurochaetid host
plant associations. Rec. Aust. Mus. 45: 221-239.
1993 A new genus of Australian cypselosommatid flies (Diptera: Nerioidea). Gen. appl. Ent. 25: 2-4.
1994 Review of the species of Achias (Diptera: Platystomatidae). /nvert. Taxon. 8: 117-281.
1994 A new Australian species of pseudopomyzid fly (Diptera: Nerioidea) and the subgenera of Pseudopomyza. Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W. 114: 181-188.
pd tO — —"———————— ———— —Ó—M——M——m
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
FOR SALE. Chinese insects (except endangered species) and entomological
books. For free lists write to Kuen Chong, Dept of Insects, China Fujian
Specimen Co., 39# Chayuan Rd, Fuzhou, Fujian Prov., P.R. China.
EXCHANGE. Hungarian beetles, esp. Cerambycidae, Lucanidae,
Dynastinae and other Scarabaeidae for Australian specimens of same
families. Mihály Medvegy, Budapest, Polár Str. 5./VIL/41, Hungary,
1033.
FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, Africa, etc. including many bred
or ranched specimens. Transworld Butterfly Company have been serving
Lepidopterists worldwide for over 18 years! Free 12-page Lepidoptera
catalogue: Transworld Butterfly Company, Apartado 6951, 10000 San
Jose, Costa Rica, C. America.
FOR SALE. Papered butterfly specimens from India, China, Russia,
Indonesia, Thailand, South America, Africa, etc. Also wanted: papered
specimens of Australian Papilionidae, Sphingidae and Saturniidae. For
free price list write to David Hall, 6 Rule St, Cambridge Park, N.S.W.
2747.
WANTED. Copy of Common and Waterhouse (1981) Butterflies of
Australia. Condition optional (though preferably as good as possible).
Please contact Rob Macsloy (07) 824 4348.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. Manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear
in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to: The Editor
The Australian Entomologist
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
(Formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) Volume 21, Part 3, 30 September 1994
CONTENTS
CROSBY, D.F.
New distribution and food plant records for some Victorian butterflies (Lepidoptera:
Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea).
CROSBY, D.F.
Further parasite associations for some Australian butterflies (Lepidoptera). 81
DOWNES, M.F.
Egg sac parasitism in the spider Phryganoporus candidus (L. Koch) (Araneae:
Desidae) by the wasp Ceratobaeus setosus Dodd (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae). 95
FORSTER, P.I. and MACHIN, P.J.
Cycad host plants for Lilioceris nigripes (Fabricius) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)
and Theclinesthes onycha (Hewitson) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). 100
GERSON, U.
First record of the genus Hemisarcoptes Lignières (Acari: Astigmata: Hemisarcoptidae)
in Australia. 7
MANNING, M.J. and HALLIDAY, R.B.
Biology and reproduction of some Australian species of Macrochelidae (Acarina). 89
MELZER, A., SCHNEIDER, M.A. and LAMB, D.
Insects associated with the faecal pellets of the koala, Phascolarctos cinereus Goldfuss. 69
MOORE, B.P.
New species and new records of Tasmanian cave Carabidae (Coleoptera). 75
es AEE E E HAE HEELERS RNA EE ONIS CDA ND RN
SMITHERS, C.N.
A note on the Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera) (skippers) of Tuglo Wildlife Refuge,
New South Wales. 103
Nee ly ra CNG Ieee en OR
MOULDS, M.S.
SOFTWARE REVIEW - TREEDIS. A rainforest tree distribution data base. 110
ee
RECENT LITERATURE
An accumulative bibliography of Australian entomology. 112
m ee es
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES Inside back cover.
ISSN 1320 6133
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
published by
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Volume 21, Part 4, 30 November 1994.
Price: $5.00 per part
MUSEUM OF VICTORIA : THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
ia aa
A
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist (formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) is a non-
profit journal published in four parts annually by the Entomological Society of
Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the Australian region, including New
Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the south-western Pacific. Articles are
accepted from amateur and professional entomologists. The journal is produced
independently and subscription to the journal is not included with membership of the
Society.
The Editorial Panel
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin
Queensland Museum
Assistant Editors: Mr G. Daniels
University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith
Queensland Museum
Business Manager: Dr A.P. Mackey
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
Membership is open to anyone interested in Entomology. Meetings are normally held
in the Department of Entomology, University of Queensland on the second Monday of
March-June and August-December each year. Meetings are announced in the Society's
News Bulletin which also contains reports of meetings, entomological notes, notices
of other Society events and information on Members' activities.
Enquiries relating to the Society should be directed to the Honorary Secretary,
Entomological Society of Queensland, C/- Department of Entomology, University of
Queensland, Brisbane, Qld, 4072.
Sustaining Associates
Arrest-A-Pest Pty Ltd, Rhone-Poulenc Rural Australia Pty Ltd.
Cover: The giant burrowing cockroach, Macropanesthia rhinoceros Saussure occurs
in open eucalypt forest from Cooktown south to near Rockhampton, where it lives in
deep burrows in areas of sandy soil. It feeds on dead leaves which are dragged into the
burrow at night. Females give birth to litters of live young which reach maturity in
about three years. Adult life span is four to five years. Illustration by Geoff Thompson.
Printed by Hans Quality Print, 20 Lyons Terrace, Windsor, Qld, 4030
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 113
ROPALIDIA PLEBEIANA RICHARDS (HYMENOPTERA:
VESPIDAE) IN CANBERRA
J. KOJIMA! and J.P. SPRADBERY?
l Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Ibaraki University, Mito 310, Japan
2CSIRO Division of Entomology, GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT, 2601
Abstract
Ropalidia plebeiana Richards is recorded from Canberra for the first time. The presence of
many nests during the summer of 1991/1992 suggests that the wasps have been established in
Canberra since well before 1990 when a nest was discovered for the first time. While the species
is known to make huge nest aggregations in the south-eastern coastal area of New South Wales,
it does not make such nest aggregations in Canberra. Details of nest architecture in the Canberra
population are described.
Introduction
The main, inland area of the Australian Capital Territory (ACT) which
includes Canberra and its suburbs, has a cooler climate than the south-
eastern coastal region of Australia, because of its higher elevation. Three
eusocial wasp species have so far been recorded from inland ACT, i.e., two
native paper wasps (Polistes humilis (Fabricius) and P. erythrinus
Holmgren) (Richards, 1978) and the accidentally introduced European wasp
(Vespula germanica (Fabricius)) (Spradbery and Maywald, 1992). Richards
(1978) and Cardale (1985) recorded Ropalidia plebeiana from the ACT, but
these records were from Jervis Bay, a part of the ACT located on the south-
eastern coast of Australia, where R. plebeiana is known to make huge
nesting aggregations (Richards, 1978; Itô et al., 1988). ~
Although the Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC) of CSIRO has
the best representative collection of Australian wasps, we could not find any
Ropalidia wasps from Canberra in the collection. This paper records details
of Ropalidia plebeiana and its nests in Canberra for the first time.
The First Record of Ropalidia plebeiana in Canberra and Distribution of
Colonies around CSIRO, Black Mountain
In 1990, JPS found a nest of Ropalidia plebeiana under the eaves of the
photographic building at CSIRO Division of Entomology, Black Mountain.
The colony was discovered on 10.xi.1990, when it consisted of one founding
female on a nest of 16 cells, each containing an egg, and 1 cell base. The
colony eventually produced 3 adult females, but only one wasp remained
when JPS collected it for identification on 5 January 1991. The nest was
placed in ANIC with the label “Ropalidia plebeiana Richards nest, building
No 109 CSIRO Entomology Black Mountain, Canberra, ACT Collected 27
May 1991 by J. P. Spradbery”.
In the spring of 1991, JPS located 3 nests under the eaves of the same
building. During his stay in Canberra between mid January and mid March
1992, JK made an intensive search for R. plebeiana colonies around the
buildings of CSIRO Division of Entomology, Black Mountain, and some of
114 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
the buildings on the campus of the Australian National University (ANU)
located opposite.
While JK did not find any additional nests at CSIRO, he found a number of
nests on the campus of the ANU (Fig. 1). On a Norway spruce (Picea abies
Karst.) in the garden of Bruce Hall, a residential college of the ANU, there
were at least 24 nests (Fig. 2).
Although there were no records of R. plebeiana in Canberra before the nest
was found in 1990, the presence of so many nests (including large old ones)
in the summer of 1991/1992 suggested that the wasps have been established
in Canberra since well before 1990. Further intensive investigation of
colony distribution in Canberra would be required to determine whether R.
plebeiana was a relatively recent, accidental introduction into the area
around Black Mountain, or if it is endemic to the Canberra area.
Nest Architecture
Richards (1978) briefly noted the architecture of nest aggregations in the
south-eastern coastal region of New South Wales, and Itó (1985) described a
nest of R. plebeiana in Brisbane. We describe here the nest architecture and
some nest construction behaviour based on observations of nests in the
Canberra population, where wasps do not apparently make nest
aggregations.
Substrate. Of 101 nests examined, 61 were made on the surface of artificial
constructions, such as buildings. The wasps did not show a preference for
particular substrates: they made nests on painted wooden walls or cornices
(29 nests), bricks (14 nests), and concrete surfaces (18 nests). The Wasps
nested both on vertical surfaces (43 nests), and the underside of horizontal
surfaces (17 nests), of which 15 were on concrete surfaces. The one
remaining nest was made under an oblique concrete surface.
The remaining 40 nests were found on plants, of which 24 were on the
branches of a Norway spruce in the garden of Bruce Hall. Various plant
species were used as the nest substrate, but in all cases nests were made on
twigs or main shoots of the plants. In no case were nests made under a
broad leaf or at the apex of a needle leaf of the coniferous tree.
Nest petiole. The nest was suspended from a single, main petiole although in
large nests, especially where the nest was built under a horizontal surface,
some additional, subsidiary petioles were made. The basic structure of the
petiole was similar to those found in paper wasps which build a “secretion
petiole”; the petiole had a central core made of plant fibers (nest carton)
mixed with a small amount of oral secretion, and was subsequently
thickened and strengthened by the repeated coating of oral secretions. In
large nests, however, the petiole was thickened by the application of plant
fibers to the petiole surface in fine striae running longitudinally, and then
coated with oral secretion. Thus, the petiole (except those of recently
initiated nests) was smooth and dark brown in colour. The primary, main
C
B
MENSES — o0
Ww
.--——
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 115
Building is
#109
ice =
IE
IE
ðm;
Dl e | —
~ EURE
Fig. 1. Distribution of Ropalidia plebeiana nests in and around CSIRO Division of
Entomology, Black Mountain, in the summer of 1991/1992.
|
Fig. 2. Distribution of Ropalidia plebeiana nests on and near the Norway spruce in
the garden of Bruce Hall, Australian National University, in the summer of 1991/1992.
A, view from above; B, lateral view.
116 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
petiole was 2.85+0.09 mm (x+SE, n=14; range 2.4-3.5 mm) in length, and
tended to become thicker in larger nests (0.4 x 0.6 mm in a nest with 13
shallow cells and 1.9 x 3.2 mm in a ca. 260 cell nest, n=14). Subsidiary
petioles were generally longer (3.8-5.4 mm, n=3) than the main petiole. In
some large nests on the spruce tree, a few needle leaves were connected to
the comb with oral secretion or plant fibers, and then heavily coated with
the oral secretion.
Shape of cells. The first cell was constructed at the apex of the petiole, and
the second and further cells were made laterally on the wall of the adjacent,
preformed cells, with the petiole located at the base of the first cell. Cells
were regularly arranged, with an hexagonal opening when they were
surrounded by other cells. The distance between the opposite sides of a
completed cell was 3.89+0.02 mm (n=87; range 3.4-4.3 mm) at the rim and
3.17+0.03 mm (n=62; range 2.6-3.7 mm) at the base, with a cell depth of
12.70+0.18 mm (n=49; 8.7-15.1 mm).
Cocoon caps. Cocoon caps were slightly domed, not produced beyond the
level of the rim of cell, light brown or nearly white in colour when they
were just spun, then became gradually darker to brown or dark brown with
age. Cocoon caps in pre-emergence nests sometimes had streaks of nest
carton, but such carton application was not observed in post-emergence
nests. Cocoon caps often had small central holes (diameter 0.9-1.0 mm) as
reported by Itó (1985).
Semitransparent windows at the cell base. Females of all Old World
polistines (Ropalidia Guérin-Méneville, Parapolybia Bingham,
Belonogaster de Saussure and Polybioides du Buysson) extract the larval
peritrophic sac through a hole made at the cell base. In Ropalidia and
Parapolybia, these holes are later closed with an adult oral secretion,
leaving semitransparent “windows” (van der Vecht, 1962; Kojima, 1983,
1992). However, the procedure of hole closure has not previously been
documented. We observed the procedure on nest-18 as described below.
Closure of the hole was begun by applying the oral secretion to the edge of
the hole soon after a female had extracted the meconium. Either the
individual which extracted the meconium or another individual performed
the closure. When an adult female started to apply oral secretion, the larva
in the cell closed the hole with the caudal part of its body. The adult female
then licked the hole to extend the oral secretion over the exposed larval
extremity. After continuous application of the oral secretion for 4-5
minutes, the hole was completely sealed with a semitransparent
membranous film.
Comb. Comb shape was quite variable; usually oval, and sometimes with
extending lobes; but in no case were combs slender with cells arranged in
one or two vertical rows as observed in R. revolutionalis (Hook and Evans,
1982). In all nests made on flat surfaces, such as walls of buildings, the
Zs,
>r
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 117
combs were parallel to the substrate surface; when a nest was made at the
corner of a building under the eaves, the nest was sometimes built in the
form of a right angle at the corner. Walls of a cell were usually reduced in
depth after evacuation of the cell, and large nests (possibly reutilized ones)
sometimes had irregular structures indicating that a part of the comb had
been cut off.
Acknowledgments
We thank JK’s family for help in locating nests. The stay of JK in Australia
wäs supported by the Australian Academy of Science and Japan Society for
the Promotion of Science.
References
CARDALE, J. 1985. Vespoidea & Sphecoidea. In Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 2
Hymenoptera. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
HOOK, A. and EVANS, H.E. 1982. Observations on the nesting behaviour of three species of
Ropalidia Guérin-Méneville (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Journal of the Australian Entomological
Society 21: 271-275.
ITÔ, Y. 1985. Social behaviour of an Australian paper wasp, Ropalidia plebeiana, with special
reference to the process of acceptance of an alien female. Journal of Ethology 3: 21-25.
ITÔ, Y., YAMANE, S. and SPRADBERY, J.P. 1988. Population consequences of huge nesting
aggregations of Ropalidia plebeiana (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Researches on Population
Ecology 30: 279-295.
KOJIMA, J. 1983. Peritrophic sac extraction in Ropalidia fasciata (Hymenoptera, Vespidae).
Kontyû 51: 158-159.
KOJIMA, J. 1992. Temporal relationships of rubbing behavior with foraging and petiole
enlargement in Parapolybia indica (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Insectes Sociaux 39: 275-284.
RICHARDS, O.W. 1978. The Australian social wasps (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Australian
Journal of Zoology, Supplementary Series 61: 1-132.
SPRADBERY, J.P. and MAYWALD, G.F. 1992. The distribution.of the European or German
wasp, Vespula germanica (F.) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae), in Australia: past, present and future.
Australian Journal of Zoology 40: 495-510.
Van der VECHT, J. 1962. The Indo-Australian species of the genus Ropalidia (Icaria)
(Hymenoptera, Vespidae) (second part). Zoologische Verhandelingen, Leiden 57: 1-72.
118 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
BOOK REVIEW
Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy by Kelvyn L. Dunn
and Lawrence E. Dunn Parts 1-4. Published privately by the authors, 1991, 660 pp.
ISBN 0 646 040903 6 (Part 1), ISBN 0 646 040902 8 (Set).
This review is published in four parts with A4 pages and soft covers. The bulk of the
text concentrates on species accounts where the authors provide an update of
information from recent publications on Australian butterflies and temporal data. The
authors sometimes make new taxonomic changes, particularly relating to the status of
certain subspecies. There are no illustrations of any butterflies or immature stages.
The authors focus on butterfly life-histories and new information available since
publication of Butterflies of Australia, by Common and Waterhouse (1981 edition),
for which the Review is intended to be a supplement. In Part | the Introduction is
followed by summaries for species in the families Papilionidae and Pieridae and
references. Maps showing floristic and phytogeographic regions of Australia and
maps for distribution of each species in the two families dealt with, are followed by
temporal data for all species based on label data from selected collections, tabulated
according to 33 biogeographic regions and zones of Barlow (1985, Brunonia 8: 387-
392). For each phytogeographic region, tables with monthly records for each species
are followed by graphs based on total species records by months. Finally, temporal
data are tabulated for all 396 Australian species and also graphed according to number
of records by months.
Subheadings in the Introduction discuss temporal and spatial distribution of butterflies,
referencing, use of early literature, biogeographic regions, taxonomy, reliability of
label data, early collections, collections referred to for compiling information and
acknowledgements. Parts 2 (Hesperiidae) and 3 (Lycaenidae) contain species
accounts and distribution maps while Part 4 (Nymphalidae) has in addition, a list of
larval food plants (including most recent records), followed by new information since
compilation of the text and a corrigenda. None of the parts contain an index.
An important contribution in this review is the temporal information and the way it is
presented. However, the phytogeographic zones and regions used are not always
appropriate for Lepidoptera. For example, the McPherson Region extends from about
Gympie, Qld to Newcastle, NSW but most biogeographers would agree that a more
appropriate southern boundary for Lepidoptera is nearer the Clarence River. Another
important biogeographic region extending from Cape York south to about Rocky
River, has not been recognised by the authors as distinct from a “Cape York" region,
which is shown to extend continuously from Cape York to about Townsville. The
Kimberley Region is shown in Western Australia to extend to about 100 km south of
Broome, whereas the actual southern limit for many coastal species of Lepidoptera is
at the edge of a higher rainfall area north of Broome. Fewer zones based on the most
prominent geographical boundaries of species of Lepidoptera would have been more
meaningful as a basis for the extensive analyses presented by the authors.
There are a few other difficulties with geographical information. In a reference to
Hypochrysops apelles apelles, p. 352:- “We have been unable to locate ‘Ash Island’
on maps of the (Newcastle) district...". Ash Island in the Hunter River was well
known to early insect collectors including W.A. Scott (1864) who collected a
specimen of H. apelles on the island. The specimen referred to is lodged in the
Australian Museum, Sydney. The distribution map for Ornithoptera (Troides)
priamus euphorion incorrectly shows the southern limit at about Townsville, though
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 119
this subspecies is stated in the text, and known to occur commonly at times near
Mackay, much further south than shown on the map.
Several published records have been overlooked. For example, Ornithoptera
richmondia (treated as a subspecies of Troides priamus), is discussed on p. 31 - “The
last reports for metropolitan Brisbane appear to those of Illidge (1927)". Chris Hill
and Roger Kitching (1983) “Appendix A” in (ed W. Davies), Wildlife of the Brisbane
Area, give more recent records for Mt Coot-tha, Sunnybank and Tanah Merah. Recent
reference to specimens lodged in institutional collections in the northern States would
have increased the accuracy of some statements. For C/iaetocneme denitza, p. 200,
the authors state:- *Until as recently as Common & Waterhouse (1981) the presence of
this species in the Northern territory remained unconfirmed." Actually this species is
well known by collectors in the Darwin area, although rare. Specimens are lodged in
the DPIF Collection at Berrimah. Similarly, a series of recently-collected specimens
of Protographium leosthenes geimbia have been lodged in this collection since 1988,
although the authors suggest that only four specimens were known. Perhaps the
authors could have avoided overlooking these records had they circulated their draft to
well-known northern collectors of Lepidoptera for checking.
Occasional typographical errors occur. For example, for Hypochrysops theon
medocus, p. 343:- * ..males congregated around midday in the semi-shade of
rainforest, about 23 metres from the ground..." This should read *...2-3 metres from
the ground...”. Doubts are sometimes cast by the authors about the authenticity of
records when the authors of the review have not examined or had access to specimens.
The most controversial aspect of this review is whether it is an appropriate publication
for taxonomic changes. Several subspecies are synonymised without providing the
nowadays-accepted grounds for doing so. The basis for making these changes is not
consistent throughout. For example, all subspecies of Hypochrysops delicia are
synonymised on the basis of population variation and presence of clines (pp. 345-
346). However, Jalmenus evagoras eubulus is “..tentatively maintained.." as a valid
subspecies because specimens from intermediate populations are apparently
insufficient to justify the synonymy. In fact, there are some intermediate populations
between the localities for ssp. eubulus and ssp. evagoras in the J.F.R. Kerr collection,
which show intermediate coloration. Several other subspecies are retained by the
authors even though the authors admit that clines occur (e.g Papilio fuscus capaneus
and ssp. indicatus). They re-assessed the status of Ornithoptera (Troides) richmondia
and regarded it as a subspecies of O. priamus though these two taxa can be separated
morphologically (by colour, shape and male genitalia), they are allopatric, their
hybrids are usually sterile and their biologies and behaviour differ considerably. The
authors did accept Hancock's (1983) synonymy of Ornithoptera, placing priamus in
Troides.
It could be argued that once authorities such as Common and Waterhouse (1981)
separate these taxa as valid species, it is better to recognise them as such unless new
information (such as intermediate populations) comes to hand. It is also questionable
whether this review is an appropriate publication in which to solve, difficult
taxonomic problems. For example, the specific status of Deudorix epijarbas dido and
D. epijarbas diovis. Most lycaenid specialists have known about the two, sometimes
sympatric species of Deudorix present in eastern Australia. Though epijarbas dido
and diovis have been separated by the authors, their status remains unclear and their
relationship with other taxa is even less clearly understood. The complex of Deudorix
species in Australia and the Pacific region, requires a comprehensive revision so that
120 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
the correct specific names can be applied. In neighbouring Papua New Guinea for
example, at least 4 very similar sympatric species occur while in the southwestern
Pacific, 4 other taxa (diovella Waterhouse, mathewi Druce, armstrongi Hopkins, doris
Hopkins) have been described but their specific relationships have not been
determined. Is dido from northern Queensland a subspecies of epijarbas from India or
is it a subspecies of another species known from PNG or elsewhere? What is the sub-
specific status of the southwestern Pacific populations? I believe these sort of
taxonomic changes should have been addressed in more comprehensive studies.
As a general rule the information for southern States seems to be quite accurate while
for Queensland and Northern Territory some of the information is out of date and
occasionally unsubstantiated comments have been made. For example, the author's
suggestion that “...it now seems probable that males hilltop or ‘tree top’ which may
explain the apparent scarcity of adults..." for Acrodipsas illidgei, is in my opinion
incorrect and cannot be deduced from the collection of a single female near
Toowoomba on a ridge top.
Despite a number of criticisms, this review is filled with detailed discussion and new
information that can be found nowhere else in one publication. In particular, it
provides a challenge for further biogeographic studies on these insects. Future
butterfly taxonomists, biogeographers and ecologists will refer to this publication for
many years to come.
D.P.A. Sands
CSIRO Div. of Entomology
Long Pocket Labs.
Brisbane
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 121
NEW AND INTERESTING BUTTERFLY RECORDS
(LEPIDOPTERA) FROM TORRES STRAIT ISLANDS
S.J. JOHNSON, LR. JOHNSON? AND P.S. VALENTINE?
1Qonoonba Veterinary Laboratory, P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
226 Brodie Street, Holland Park, Qld, 4121
3Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 481 1
Abstract
Tellervo zoilus digulica Hulstaert, Melanitis constantia Cramer and Nacaduba calauria (Felder)
are recorded from Australia for the first time. Telicota colon argeus (Plótz) and Nacaduba
pactolus (Felder) are recorded from Murray Island and Deudorix diovis Hewitson from Darnley
Island.
HESPERIIDAE
Telicota colon argeus (Plótz)
Several adults taken flying in grassy areas on Murray Island in April 1993
are the first record of this species from the island. Within Australian limits
the species was previously known only as far north as Moa Island (Common
and Waterhouse 1981).
NYMPHALIDAE
Tellervo zoilus digulica Hulstaert
In April 1993 adults were common in rainforest areas on Murray Island.
They differ from T. z. zoilus (Fabricius) and T. z. gelo Waterhouse and Lyell
in having a much reduced hindwing bar (Figs 1, 2). The markings are
consistent with T. z. digulica which occurs on the Digul River in West Irian
and the Bensback and Morehead Rivers in southern Papua New Guinea
(Ackery 1987).
Melanitis constantia (Cramer) -
Twelve specimens taken on Murray Island in April 1993 establish the
presence of this species within Australian limits. Elsewhere it is known
from the Moluccas through West Irian and Papua New Guinea to the
Bismarck Islands (D’Abrera 1971). All specimens were taken within
rainforest where they were markedly crepuscular and were attracted to
rotting fruit.
Males (Figs 3, 4) are variable and resemble the melanic form of M. leda
bankia (Fabricius) from which they can be separated by the absence of
ocelli on the upperside forewing band. Females (Fig 5, 6) are easily
recognised by the prominent cream forewing band. The Australian
specimens appear closest to M. c. constantia (Cramer).
122 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
5 B iy 6
Figs 1-6. (1-2) Tellervo zoilus digulica, Murray Island (1) G' upperside. (2) 3
underside. (3-6) Melanitis constantia, Murray Island (3) G upperside. (4) €
underside. (5) 9 upperside. (6) 2 underside.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 123
Figs 7-10. Nacaduba calauria, Murray Island (7) C upperside. (8) C" underside. (9)
g upperside. (10) 2 underside. Forewing lengths (1-2) 27 mm; (3-6) 42 mm; (7-10)
15 mm.
LYCAENIDAE
Deudorix diovis Hewitson
This species was first collected in the Torres Strait on Murray Island in 1986
(Lambkin and Knight 1990). A single male taken and others seen on
Darnley Island in April 1993 establishes its presence on that island.
‘Nacaduba calauria (Felder)
A series of 5 male and 3 female Nacaduba sp. taken on Murray Island in
April 1993 appeared to be different from N. berenice (Herrich-Schiffer).
The male genitalia showed marked differences to those of N. berenice and
were identical to those of N. calauria as figured by Tite (1963). Two males
taken in April 1989 by A.J. and I.R. Johnson which had been tentatively
assigned to N. berenice (Lambkin and Knight 1990) also belong to this
species.
Adults (Figs 7 - 10) can be distinguished by the violet upperside, the grey
suffusion on the underside and the distal displacement of the inner margin of
the forewing post median band at CuAl. The species occurs widely from
124 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
Ceylon to Papua New Guinea (Tite 1963). The Australian specimens appear
closest to N. c. calauria (Felder).
Nacaduba pactolus (Felder)
Previously known in Australia from a pair of specimens from Darnley Island
(Waterhouse and Lyell 1914), a male of this species taken on Murray Island
in April 1993 confirms its presence within Australia.
References
ACKERY, P.R. 1987. The danaid genus Tellervo (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) - a cladistic
approach. Zoological Journal of the Linnaen Society 89: 203-274.
COMMON, LF.B. and WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Pp. xiv + 682.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
D'ABRERA, B. 1971. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 415 pp. Lansdowne Press,
Melbourne.
LAMBKIN, T.A. and KNIGHT, A.I. 1990. Butterflies recorded from Murray Island Torres
Strait Queensland. Australian Entomological Magazine 17: 101-112.
TITE, G.E. 1963. A synonymic list of the genus Nacaduba and allied genera (Lepidoptera,
Lycaenidae). Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History (Entomology). 13: 69-116.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. and LYELL, G. 1914. The butterflies of Australia. 239 pp. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 125
LIFE HISTORY AND MORTALITY OF THE LONGICORN
EPITHORA DORSALIS MACLEAY (COLEOPTERA:
CERAMBYCIDAE) IN TASMANIA
R. BASHFORD
Forestry Tasmania, GPO Box 207B, Hobart, Tas., 7001
Abstract
The life history and mortality factors regulating populations of the cerambycid Epithora dorsalis
are recorded for Tasmania. The implications for the introduction of biological control agents
against Australian cerambycids attacking eucalypts overseas are discussed. F
Introduction
The longicorn Epithora dorsalis Macleay is a common wood boring beetle
found in the dry sclerophyll forests of Tasmania, attacking many species of
stressed or dying eucalypts.
There is little published information on the factors influencing mortality and
population size of Australian cerambycids which attack eucalypts (Powell
1982; Moore 1963, 1972). However many cerambycid species whose larvae
are subcortical zone feeders have parallel life histories, may share similar
mortality factors and co-habit stressed trees (Bashford, unpublished data).
Several species of Australian longicorns, such as Phoracantha semipunctata
(F.), have become important pests in overseas plantings of eucalypts
particularly in southern Europe, South Africa and more recently in
California (Hanks et al. 1993, Loyttyniemi 1980, Cadahia 1986, Drinkwater
1975). In some of these countries attempts are being made to introduce
biological control agents from Australia (Drinkwater 1973). Lack of
information on the species and distribution of these agents is an impediment
to successful control being implemented.
The mortality factors that regulate E. dorsalis populations within their
natural environment are examined in this study.
Methods
Sampling for E.dorsalis was conducted at Woodsdale 60 km east of Hobart
(1:100,000 Little Swanport sheet EN 518 966). The study site was a pure
stand of 63 year old E. obliqua L'Herit trees over a sparse understorey.
Twenty mature E. obliqua trees were felled in November 1984, some three
weeks prior to the start of the known emergence period of E. dorsalis, and
allowed to be naturally attacked. These trees were sampled on a regular
basis over two years for host insects and natural enemies.
The timing of trap tree establishment was important in reducing attack by
other cerambycids or woodboring insects. Most cerambycids at this site
emerge in spring whilst E.dorsalis is a mid-summer emergent. During the
log dissections all cerambycid larvae were identified and only E. dorsalis
recorded for mortality factor analysis. The portions of trees remaining in
126 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
the field in spring of the second year were not attractive to cambial feeding
cerambycids.
The felled trees were placed on trestles with crowns retained to slow the rate
of drying and to extend the period of tree attraction. The trees were divided
into four groups of five trees. A different group was sampled each week,
ensuring that all trees were sampled once a month.
A 50 cm length was cut alternately from the centre or the butt when
sampling each tree. This enabled any effect on egg deposition or larval
survival due to stem diameter or bark characteristics to be detected. Each
individual log sample was measured for length and diameter under bark, so
that surface area and log volume could be calculated. A 3 cm long disk was
cut from one end of the sample for assessment of bark and heart wood
moisture content. The 3 cm disks were debarked and both bark and heart
wood weighed, oven dried and then reweighed.
Counts were made of egg batches laid on the bark surface then egg
maturation and larval survival estimated by comparing egg counts with the
number of early instar galleries. The sample logs were then debarked and
life stages, predators and parasites counted. The debarked logs containing
pupal tunnels were individually placed in wire mesh cages at ambient room
temperature for emergence.
The pupae of parasitoids and larval hosts with dipterous larvae feeding on
them were separately placed in petri dishes in an incubator at 18?C to
monitor emergence. Predators were individually placed into petri dishes
lined with filter paper with one or two live host larvae and reared in the
incubator.
This programme of progressive sampling enabled an accurate assessment to
be made of the duration of life stages of both E. dorsalis and associated
insects. An analysis of mortality factors was then conducted using this data.
Results
Wood samples.
The mean diameter (DBHOB) and age of the 20 sample trees were 16.9+1.2
cm and 630.7 years respectively.
A total log length of 294.4 m was debarked and sampled during the study.
A total surface area of 112.3 m? was examined for life stages and a log
volume of 6.7 m? caged for adult emergence.
Life stages
(a) Egg deposition and survival
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 127
= ea
160 | |
Number of eggs/m?
8
0) — NE P
10 20 30 40
Stem diameter (cm)
Fig. 1. Egg deposition by Epithora dorsalis in relation to stem diameter of
Eucalyptus obliqua, (mean and SE, nz19).
Number of larvae measured
Sy O5 N x FS cy IY up TO
o wo o wo
z 3 8 a 8 3 3
Head capsule width (mm)
Fig. 2. Frequency distribution of head capsule witdths of Epithora dorsalis.
128 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
Egg counts were made from batches laid on the bark surface and further
checks made by comparing those totals with initial gallery formation made
by early instar larvae. During this study, parasitism, predation, or
desiccation of eggs was not directly observed. A total of 17765 eggs were
counted, averaging 888 per tree. Figure 1 shows the pattern of egg
deposition in relation to stem diameter. Females showed a preference for
oviposition sites on the lower half of the tree in areas where bark was less
than 1 cm thick or in deep fissures. Newly hatched larvae were seldom able
to penetrate thicker bark. Preference for rough fissured bark compared to
smooth surfaces was a factor in successful egg survival. Egg batches were
evenly deposited on upper and lower surfaces of the trestled trees with
larvae migrating to the shaded undersurface as they developed.
Egg laying commenced 30-36 days after the trees were felled and continued
to the end of March. Eggs held at 18°C and 70% RH hatched within three
weeks (x=20 d, range 19-22 d, n=37 batches). The pale yellow eggs were
laid in batches of 1-35 eggs (x=5+0.4, n=157) usually in bark fissures or the
crotches of branches. The poles of the eggs darkened during development.
The egg surface was covered with numerous short hairs making the surface
‘sticky’. The spindle shaped eggs measured 2.3+0.05 mm in length and 0.8+
0.04 mm in diameter (n= 25).
Regression analysis of egg deposition against billet diameter showed a
strong correlation (R = 0.82) with the basal 14 m of bole.
(b) Larval survival and development
Larvae hatching from eggs laid in bark fissures penetrated the bark
horizontally to reach the subcortical layer where the larvae then radiated out
from the common entry point forming a characteristic fan pattern.
The developing larvae fed for 10-43 weeks (x=32) in the cambial layer
before forming pupation chambers in the heartwood. Of these 34.5%
survived to final instar stage and commenced pupal chamber construction.
Larval mortality factors to this stage included parasitism, predation,
desiccation, fungal infection, and water logging of bark.
Individuals which completed their immature stages and emerged within one
year passed through a minimum of five instars leaving exuvial remains
embedded in frass filled galleries. Head capsule measurements are variable
and do not separate into discrete groupings (Figure 2). However application
of Dyars law to the range of widths demonstrated a probable fit of six
proportional growth increments of 8:11:15:21:29 and 41 mm (Dyar 1890).
Desiccation was the cause of at least 13% of larval mortality. Desiccated
larvae were defined as being entire, often lightly shrivelled and hard.
Desiccation was mainly due to bark drying then separating from the
subcortical layer. Bark separation occurred several months after the trees
were felled before the larvae were large enough to migrate to the shaded
undersurface of the trunk. Bark separation also allowed the entry of free
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 129
|
350 I1
ool!
5 300
o
o
O 1st season emergence
E aso | g
n
5 200 f H 2nd season emergence
[*]
'6 150
dell
G 100
oe
al
o
N D J F M A M J J A s o
month
Fig. 3. Seasonal emergence of the cerambycid Epithora dorsalis in Tasmania
water to seep along tunnels causing mortality by drowning and by providing
the climate for rapid fungal development.
The entomophagus fungus Beauvaria bassiana (Balsamo) caused high larval
mortality during periods of high moisture content of bark and wood, or
where overcrowding occurred. The extent of larval mortality caused by B.
bassiana was impossible to accurately assess and was included in 'other
causes'.
Attacks by the yellow-tailed black cockatoo Calyptorhynchus funereus
during the winter months resulted in removal of 1% of large larvae and also
caused mortality of adjacent larvae by exposure. Determination of cockatoo
predation was based on empty larval chambers exposed by the birds habit of
stripping bark away and splintering the underlying timber during the search
for large larvae. Only the upper surface of logs on trestles were damaged in
this way.
Predation by several species of clerid and elaterid beetle larvae (7.7%) and
parasitism by tachinid flies and braconid wasps (3.696) caused further
mortality. The weekly sampling of billets enabled predators to be collected
and reared. Predation in the life table is based on the number of predators
collected and not on the number of hosts those predators may have
consumed.
Up to 49% of final instar larvae died during construction of the pupal
chamber or as pharate pupae.
(c) Pupation and emergence
After the pupal chamber was constructed an exit hole was cut in the bark,
then the hole and gallery to the chamber sealed with sawdust. Four percent
of individuals in sealed chambers died during ecdysis.
Emerging adults cleared the sawdust-filled gallery and flight hole, then
often remained in the gallery for several days during inclement weather.
130 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
In this study approximately 1296 of the initial egg population developed
through to adult emergence over a two year period. Seventy eight percent
of adults emerged within 12 months, the remainder emerging in the second
year (Figure 3).
Adult behavior
Females mated on emergence and accepted multiple matings over a period
of several days before ovipositing. Mating lasted 2 - 8 minutes, the female
being passive and extruding the ovipositor.
The adults were very active on the bark of trees during the evenings and
sheltering during the day in bark crevices. Newly emerged females were
short lived even when supplied with water, which they drank avidly,
surviving at 20?C for 5 -8 d. Males kept under the same conditions lived for
5-14 d.
Life table
Construction of the life table was aided by the technique of regular sampling
in the field which ensured that most mortality factors were not affected by
storage in the insectary. The format used by Witter et al (1972) was adapted
to accommodate the multi-mortality factors influencing survival in a
restricted habitat. Table 1 lists the mortality factors, the actual mortality in
numbers as a percentage of initial population, and the survival within each
Table 1. Life table for a single generation of Epithora dorsalis within
Eucalyptus obliqua (means of 20 trees).
Life Number alive Mortality Number dx as 96 Survival of
stage per tree factor dead of x life stage
X Ix dxF dx 100qx Sx
Eggs 888 - 0 0 1.00
Larvae 888 Desiccation 114 12.80 0.87
Clerids 28 3.15 0.97
Elaterids 4] 4.62 0.95
Tachinids 2 0.23 0.99
Braconids 32 3.60 0.96
Cockatoos 8 0.90 0.99
Other 357 40.20 0.59
Final 306 Chamber
instar construction 150 49.02 0.51
larvae Clerids 3 0.98 0.99
Parasitism 46 15.03 0.85
Pupae 107 Ecdysis 4 3.74 0.96
Adults 103
786 88.51 0.11
Adapted from Witter et al (1972).
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 131
a
8
% water content
8
temperature (monthly mean and range)
oada AS
temperature (°C)
monthly average rainfall
8 8 8
8
rainfall (mm)
8
o
DJFMAMJJASONDJFMAMUJJASOND
month
Fig. 4. Comparison of wood and bark moisture content with temperature and
rainfall readings. Woodsdale.
132 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
life stage. A large proportion of larval mortality could not be assigned to
specific causes. However, competition between larvae for food would be a
limiting factor.
Moisture content of bark and wood
The rate of water loss (% moisture content) from both bark and heartwood
was measured at each sampling period. Survival of larvae was dependant on
a reduction of cambial moisture from 160% to 120%. Entry of larvae to the
cambium resulted in rapid moisture content decline over 15 days to 100%.
Once colonisation was established and bark separation occured then
fluctuations in the bark water content became very variable being regulated
by external weather conditions. Heartwood levels remained constant at
10096 until pupal chamber construction occured then dropped over a ten day
period to 60%. Following emergence of adult beetles a rapid decline of
heartwood texture and density resulted in considerable fluctuations in water
moisture levels. Figure 4 compares the moisture levels of bark and
heartwood over time to meteorological conditions. There is clearly a
relationship between increased variation in moisture content of bark during
the period of longicorn larval development. However, heart wood retained a
more constant moisture content level until pupation and emergence of adults
then fluctuations became marked especially during periods of high rainfall.
Prolonged high moisture levels under bark resulted in ideal conditions for B.
bassiana development and increased mortality of larvae.
Predation and parasitism
Twenty species of parasitoids and predators were reared from logs
containing Epithora larvae. One hyperparasitoid was present in low
numbers.
Parasitoids Number reared
Hymenoptera males : females
Braconidae
Austrohelcon sp. 2 0
Doryctes sp.A 30 12
Doryctes sp.B 10 6
Doryctes sp.C 196885239
Gen. near Doryctes 11 17
Iphiaulax rubricepsis Shenefelt 19 5
Syngaster sp.? lepidus Brullé 40 23
Trichiohelcon phoracanthae (Froggatt) 2 5
Diptera Individuals
Tachinidae
(Tribe Dexiini)
Platytainia maculata Macquart 40
Hyperparasitoid
Hymenoptera
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 = 133
Eurytomidae
Eurytoma sp. near descartisi Ashmead 13
Predators
Coleoptera
Elateridae
Agrypnus pictipennis (Candeze) 21
Agrypnus sp. 13
Toorongus jugulatus (Candeze) 5
Trogossitidae
Lepidopteryx decorata (Erichson) 2
Lepidopteryx monilata (Pascoe) 7
Cleridae
Blackburniella hilaris (Westwood) 6
Cylidrus nigrinus White 33
Eunatalis porcata (Fabricus) 4]
Tenerus abbreviatus White 162
Gen. indet. 3
Colydiidae
Deretaphrus piceus Pascoe 11
Observations on the parasitoids and predators
Parasitoids
Between 3-14 individual Doryctes spp. utilised a single cerambycid host.
The pupal period for these parasites lasted three months during the early
summer period and up to five months during the winter period.
Observations made during bark removal indicate that the larger parasitoid
species, Iphiaulax, Syngaster and Trichiohelcon, all laid a single egg on the
host and the larvae were solitary in occupation of a host. Subsequent egg
deposition resulted in cannabalism by the first hatched parasitoid larva.
Adults of the tachinid parasite Platytainia maculata, were active throughout
the summer months. Most longicorn host larvae contained a single tachinid
but some larger hosts supported up to three tachinids which pupated
successfully. Prior to this study the tachinid P. maculata was known only
from a headless holotype in the Australian National Insect Collection
(ANIC) (Barraclough, pers. comm.) A specimen of ?Platytainia
sp.indet.was reared by Moore (1972) and thought to be the cause of death of
a longicorn larva. A series of specimens of P. maculata have been lodged at
ANIC.
The eurytomid hyperparasite Eurytoma sp. nr descartisi emerged from the
pupae of Syngaster sp.? lepidus.
Predators
Elaterid and clerid larvae were common mortality agents and found in
samples from all trees. The predatory larvae were placed singly in filter
134 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
paper lined petri dishes and fed similar sized cerambycid larvae. Most
larvae moulted soon after consuming a host and feeding continued for up to
six months before pupation occurred. A one year life cycle was established
for all the predators except Eunatalis porcata. This large clerid consumed
up to 23 prey during a two year feeding period moulting five times. The
late instar larva entered the cerambycid pupal chamber during construction.
The host pre pupa or pupa was consumed, pupation occured in the host
chamber and adults emerged in autumn through the cerambycid emergence
tunnel. In a few cases E. porcata adults emerged three years after the log
had been caged. The other clerid and elaterid species emerged during the
summer months in the year of host emergence.
The colydiid Deretaphrus piceus was found only as pupae and although
reared on cerambycid larvae by Moore (1963) the larvae could also be
feeding on other predaceous larvae and parasite pupae.
Most of the elaterids and clerids in this study preferred to feed on
cerambycid larvae but consumed parasite pupae when offered. Agrypnus
spp. did feed on /phiaulax rubricepsis pupae when very hungry but on other
occasions died without attacking offered pupae.
Other insects reared from billets
Four species of cerambycids were reared from log billets. Numbers of
specimens are in brackets. Coptocercus rubripes (Boisduval) (36
specimens), Tessaromma sericans (Erichson) (28), Tessaromma undatum
Newman (7) and Callidiopis scutellaris (Fabricius) (11). The bostrichid
Xylion collaris Erichson and its associated predator Paratillus carus
(Newman) emerged in large numbers in both years.
Mites
Mites were found on most adult E. dorsalis emerging in the second year but
were seldom seen on first year emergents. Aggregations of 3-60 mites were
found situated mainly between the legs on the mesosternum. The large
brown mites did not appear to have any adverse effects on mating or
longevity of infested adults.
Discussion
In this study the pattern of early cambial drying with slower heartwood
moisture reduction was similar to work reported by Chafe (1986) who
measured the decrease in water content of both felled and standing
Eucalyptus regnans trees in Victoria and found there was no difference in
the rate of drying between the two groups of trees. The use of trestles to
support freshly felled trees would not appear to effect the rate of drying or
the attractiveness of the tree surface to ovipositing cerambycids. The
correlation between egg deposition by E. dorsalis and stem diameter most
likely reflects availability of suitable oviposition sites per surface area rather
than tree height. The technique described provides a simple method for the
determination of mortality factors or the collection of control agents.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 135
Placement of trees is reliant on prior knowledge of the primary insect flight
period so that infestation by other woodborers is reduced.
In most life-history studies of cerambycids,the major mortality factors have
not been determined (Moore 1963, Powell 1982, Togashi 1990). In this
study the technique of field sampling and subsequent insectary rearing
enabled the mortality factors for E. dorsalis to be better defined with a low
level of unknown mortality. Causes of mortality which could not be
quantitatively measured, were determined and included B. bassiana
infections, water saturation of bark, and competition between larvae. These
factors account for almost 40% of early larval mortality.
Parasites and predators accounted for only 1296 of larval mortality which
indicates that the introduction of natural enemies to control populations of
cerambycids with cambial feeding larvae is unlikely to be effective unless
the relationship of these agents to each other is established. However
knowledge of the feeding behavior of predators (ie.the number of hosts
required to complete life cycle) is an area requiring investigation. If the
assumption that the larger clerids and elaterids require to consume at least
one host before moulting (Murray 1973) then the combined dx in this study
would be 43.896 of all larvae rather than 8.896 calculated for one host. The
introduction of Australian parasitoids overseas has not been attempted
except in South Africa where the braconid larval parasitoid Syngaster
lepidus was released to control Phoracantha species but did not become
established (Drinkwater 1973). The number of parasites and predators
reared in this study of E. dorsalis suggests that range of control agents
against subcortical cerambycid feeders is considerable. Selection of a
combination of agents particularly predators, could be effective in reducing
damage by Australian cerambycids overseas.
References
CADAHIA, D. 1986. Importance des insects ravageurs de l'eucalyptus en region
mediterraneenne. Bulletin European and Mediterranean Plant Protection Organisation 16:
265-283.
CHAFE, S.C. 1986. Variation in moisture content, percentage saturation and collapse following
felling in trees of Eucalyptus regnans F. Muell. Australian Forest Research 16: 175-184.
DRINKWATER, T.W. 1973. ‘n Vergelykkende morfologiese en bioekologiese studie van
Phoracantha semipuntata (Fab.) en P.recurva Newman. MSc.thesis,Pretoria University. 212pp.
DRINKWATER,T.W. 1975. The present pest status of eucalyptus borers Phoracantha spp. in
South Africa. In Proceedings I Congress Entomological Society of Southern Africa. pp 119-129.
DYAR, H.G. 1890. The number of moults of lepidopterous larvae. Psyche, Cambridge 5: 420-
422.
HANKS,L.M., MILLAR,J.G. and PAINE, T.D. 1990. Biology and ecology of the eucalyptus
longhorned borer (Phoracantha semipuntata F.) in southern California. Pp12-16 in D. Adams
and J. Rios (eds.), Proceedings 39th Californian Forest Pest Council 14-15 Nov. Sacramento. pp.
12-16.
136 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
LOYTTYNIEMI, K. 1980. Life history and harmfulness of the eucalyptus longhorn borer,
Phoracantha semipunctata (Fabricius). Proceedings XI Commonwealth Forestry Conference,
Trinidad. pp 1-6.
MOORE, K.M. 1963. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 15. Some mortality
factors of Phoracantha semipunctata (F.) (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales 88: 221-229.
MOORE, K.M. 1972. Observations on some Australian forest insects. 25. Additional
information on some parasites and predators of longicorns. (Cerambycidae :Phoracanthini).
Australian Zoologist 17: 26-29.
MURRAY, L. 1973. Predation on Prionoplus reticularis (Cerambycidae) by Thoramus
wakefieldi (Elateridae). New Zealand Entomologist 5: 360-362.
POWELL, W. 1982. Age-specific life-table data for the Eucalyptus boring beetle, Phoracantha
semipunctata (F.) (Coleoptera:Cerambycidae) in Malawi. Bulletin of Entomological Research
72: 645-653.
TOGASHI, K. 1990. Life table for Monochamus alternatus (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) within
dead trees of Pinus thunbergii. Japanese Journal of Entomology 58: 217-230.
WITTER, J.A., KULMAN, H.M. and HODSON, A.C. 1972. Life tables for the forest tent
caterpillar. Annals of the Entomological Society of America 65: 25-31.
MM. m —
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 137
HERBIVOROUS INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PAPERBARK
MELALEUCA | QUINQUENERVIA AND ITS ALLIES: III.
GELECHIOIDEA (LEPIDOPTERA)
D.W. BURROWS!, J.K. BALCIUNAS? and E.D. EDWARDS?
l Australian Centre for Tropical Freshwater Research, USDA Australian Biological Control
Laboratory, Kevin Stark Research Building, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811.
2 United States Department of Agriculture, Australian Biological Control Laboratory, Kevin
Stark Research Building, James Cook University, Townsville, Qld, 4811.
3 C SIRO. Division of Entomology, G.P.O. Box 1700, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601
Abstract
Although Melaleuca spp. are common and diverse in Australia, the herbivorous insects associated
with these trees and shrubs are poorly known. Since late 1986, surveys have been conducted in
Queensland and northern New South Wales to detect insects with potential for controlling the
paperbark tree, Melaleuca quinquenervia, in Florida, USA, where it has become a serious pest.
This paper, the third in a series, presents new host records for 31 species of Gelechioidea moths
collected and reared on M. quinquenervia and six closely related tree species. Some of the
Xyloryctinae, as well as three other Gelechioidea may warrant further study of their potential as
biocontrol agents for M. quinquenervia.
Introduction
With around 250 species (Barlow 1988), Melaleuca spp. are very diverse.
Despite their diversity and distribution throughout Australia, the herbivorous
insect faunas of Melaleuca spp. are poorly known. Melaleuca quinquenervia
is one of 10 species included in the M. leucadendra (L.) L. complex (Blake
1968). A summary of the problems caused by M. quinquenervia in Florida,
and of the surveys to detect potential insect biological control agents is
described in the first paper in this series (Balciunas et al. 1993a). This paper,
the third in a series, presents our records and observations of the 31
Gelechioidea species which we reared from larvae or pupae collected on
Melaleuca species.
Methods
Collecting methods were described in Balciunas et al. (1993a). All of our
Gelechioidea moths were collected and reared on M. quinquenervia or one of
six close relatives in the M. leucadendra complex; M. leucadendra, M.
dealbata S.T. Blake, M. viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn., M. "fluviatilis", M.
nervosa (Lindl.) Cheel, and M. cajuputi Powell. M. "fluviatilis" has not yet
been formally described but is already in use in the literature (Barlow 1988).
We referred to M. "fluviatilis" as M. n. sp. A in our earlier papers (Balciunas
et al. 1993a, 1993b).
Our collecting was concentrated in two coastal areas: from the Daintree
River, north of Cairns, to Townsville; and from Coolum in southeastern
Queensland to Grafton in northern New South Wales. The locations of most
of the sites in this paper have been listed in the previous two publications in
this series. Sites listed for the first time are: Angus Smith Drive (19*19.4'S
146'42.3'E), Townsville; Bohle River (19°17.5'S 146°42.6'E), 12 kms WSW
of Townsville; Crossroads Swamp (16°16.8'S 145°22.7'E), 7 kms ESE of
138 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
Daintree village; Double Barrel Creek (18°07.8'S 145°54.9'E), 22 kms S of
Tully; Good Shepherd Hospice* (19*18.8'S 146°45.9'E), Townsville;
Palmetum Ponds* (19°18.8'S 146'45.9'E) Townsville; Ross River*
(19°18.5'S 146°45.6'E), Townsville; Rowes Bay Lions Park* (19*14.7'S.
146°47.6'E), Townsville; Sunnybank (27°34.5'S 153°04.1'E), Brisbane and
Woodburn (29°13.2'S 153°15.4'E), 62 kms NE of Grafton. Sites marked
with an asterix (*) are either ornamental plantings, or forests remnants in
urban areas. Specimens were reared on the tree species from which they were
collected. One of the authors (E.D. Edwards) identified the adults. As the
taxonomy of the Gelechioidea is currently being revised, identifications
presented in this paper may be subject to change. Staff of the USDA
Australian Biological Control Laboratory (ABCL) associated larvae with
identified adults. Voucher specimens will be deposited at the Australian
National Insect Collection in Canberra, while the remainder will be held at
the ABCL.
Results
Collection and rearing records for all Gelechioidea species in this paper are
presented in Table 1.
Discussion
This paper presents our records for the 31 Gelechioidea species reared from
larvae or pupae on M. quinquenervia or its close allies. The only
Gelechioidea listed by McFarland (1979) as feeding on Melaleuca, is
Myrascia megalocentra (Meyrick), which he recorded as feeding upon M.
uncinata R. Br., M. radula Lindl., M. megacephala F. Muell. and M. scabra
R. Br. No additional records for Gelechioidea upon Melaleuca are presented
by Common (1990), and the host records presented in this paper are
apparently all new.
Of 83 Lepidoptera species listed by Julien (1992) as being used for biological
control of weeds, eight were Gelechioidea. Five of these biocontrol agents
belonged to the family Gelechiidae, while two belonged to the family
Coleophoridae. The remaining species was an Oecophoridae. We have not
collected any Coleophoridae, but one of the three Gelechiidae species that we
have reared, Gelechiidae sp. A, may be further investigated to assess its
biocontrol potential. Although no cosmopterigids have been used as
biocontrol agents, Cosmopterigidae sp. A and B are both being considered for
further research into their biocontrol potential. However, our efforts to study
these species are hampered by the taxonomic difficulties associated with this
family.
Our Xyloryctinae specimens, like most members of this sub-family, are
wood-boring leaf-feeders. The larvae bore short tunnels into the branches
and trunks of trees, often at, or near, branch forks. The larvae leave their
tunnels, probably at night, to collect leaves which are brought back to the
tunnel entrance. The larvae then feed on the leaves from within the retreat.
The tunnel entrance is often covered with silk, detritus, and spherical faecel
139
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
pesiouro si[npe z
pos1ouro 3[npy
68'Xr'g pe31ouro jnpy
p 61=dd *9g'arg] pog1ouro qjnpy
P 0r-dd *zg'rirzi pos1ouro jnpy
posiouro sj[npe z
P ¢l=dd *gg'rirpg| posiouro qnpy
IGA] posiowa sj[npe g
P pl=dd ‘96 1x97 poS1ouro ynpy
L'HA T£ podrows ynpy
pasiowe j[npy
posiowis j[npy
P g=dd ‘16'i L7 pes1ouro jnpy
peS1ouro j]npy
SHA T£ poarouro j[npy
88 II CC-8I poS1ouro sj[np c
poured jednd = dd
uomneurojur Á10]stq-9]rT
SIO^O[J
nr]
cIIt3 opisuy
SIO^O[4
SIMOJ
SIMOJ
SI9MO[J
SI9^O[J
SIOMOL
SIOMOL]
ini
SIOMOL]
SIOMOL]
SIOMO]-J
zS19MO] J
poo,
uod( po4
weg weld
88 TIA67Z
C68I
88^'0€
88'zc
68 IA,
88 'zc
68 II^'9c
68 TIAL
06 11roc
c6 yc
Lg'^r9
887
I6'HUZI
TOIT
06'X'€z
88148
Lg'^'0c
88'Il^'Cc
88'^'0€
8g'rzc
I6 TI
L8'AVIC
88'II^'CC
881r 6c
Lg'^r9
88'1^'£C
poioo[[o)
oq
ynpv
WAWI C
synpe Z ‘VAT
Wnpy
WNpy
Ynpv
Sy[npe c
LAI E
ovale] p ‘edng
WAWI C
AJ €
AWI g
ynpy
IAI C
inpy
BAIR]
synpe c
gae
BAET
gaq
gaq
edng
AI CT
WAWI Z
VAIPT
ubJA
ubJA
ubp
ub]A
ubIA
ubIA
ubW
ubJA
ubW
ubW
ubJA
ub;
JAW
ubJA
ub
ubW
ubJA
ub]A
ubIA
ub]A
ubJA
ubJA
ubJA
ub;
ubJA
SIN
poioo[[o) pued
“ON pue ?3e]g
]s0H
yed pIEApooA,
Kjs1oAIU[) 3007) souref
SAMA YORI 1so1ioq
` y1q N Apouusy punupg
X921?) pueg o[qnoq
duieAS [[9p1e7)
KreSuodung
yed pIeApooA,
;uInqpooA,
esuley
xueq&uung
pooAiosus
peo» weysuryooy
emus, Sutddous Jed apAY
e[epuinc
ISOM Qovog ISIO
1$9A4 YOROG ISO
Jed WN Apouuay punwipy
Jed ‘WN Apouusy punwipy
Xieq WN Apouuay punuipg
wimjoop
nuy
dues ppmĪmpep
Kəjdsy
xueq&uung
JOATY SSOY
ag UOTdI][OD
g ‘ds oeprsiiajdoursoa pun
V ‘ds oepiSuo1dourso;?) “apun
C[oUAo]A) sapo42spp susazoido']
‘ds nipqvT
aepisisajdousod
sərvədş pue Á[rure,q
“SOATIL[A1 VSO] Sit JO XIS pue pia42u2nbuimb vonajv]aw Wo, poeo1 soroods voptoruoo[or) “T AQEL
140
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
P £r-dd */g'^'pc pog1ouro i[npy
P p1-8=dd
*'Lg'^rgI- "re poarouro si[npe Z
P Ol=dd 'gg'Arc] poz1ouro j]npy
poS1euro j]npy
poSiouro jnpy
16 A'gz pe1ouro npy
Lg WAZI poarouro 1[npy
C6'XVZT-0I pearouro i[npy
Z6TOI pe3rouro jnpy
p 6=dd *z6'x'c pos1ouro jjnpy
8g't^'g[ pe31ouro jjnpy
C6'X' 6c pos1ouro 1npy
P 8c-dd ‘2g tag] pegrouro inpy
PLI-O1=dd *zG'xrcc-cz 2wa si[npe z
C6 Xr0Z-6] pos1ouro snpe 4
p 11=dd *96x'c pes1ouro jjnpy
PE£L-0r-dd'cogx[[-p eur si[npe ¢
p cc-dd ‘gg i^'gz poS1ouro 1]npy
poSiouro j]npy
p [1=dd *gg'rrrq poarouro i[npy
76] poS1ouro npy
p 61=dd *6g'xr9 poS1ouro jpy
16'1r81 po31our jnpy
poS1ouro j[npy
Savoy
SOALIT]
S9AE2']
SOAvIT
SOALIT
SoA?2']
SOARIT
lopulq-je27]
SOAvI]
SOAvOT
SOAvIT
sdi,
sdi,
sdip
sdi
sdi,
spnq 1əĪmo]J4
sdiy,
sdiy,
sdiy
mna
06'11^'6
LEAP
LS rz
88 urp
lore
LEAST
161A 17
LEIA TT
c6 'Xr6
I6 oc
c6 XU 6C
88 HAST
c6 XOT
L8WryI
C6 XUE
C6 XV£
06'XUTI
c6 XUIC
O8 HAT
06 HA PT
88 Vol
c6 67
68]
1618
88'IIU'8C
8g cC
ynpy
LART
AJ €
LART
WAWI C
BAIR]
VAI C
LART
edng
BAIR]
ovale c 'ednq
gaT
VAIU']
va €
ALL C
aednd 4
PAIP']
LAET
BAIL]
LAT
PAIL]
vAIUT
BAIL]
gaq
Ynpv
BAIR]
ub;
ubJA
ubIA
IPW
ubJA
ubIA
fo
qUA
ub]A
ubJA
ub
UIN
ub]A
AUN
ub;
ub
ubJA
ub
ub
ubJA
ubJA
ubIA
ub
ub]A
UIN
ubJA
Med pI£ApoOAA
Jed pI£ApooAA
Jed pI£ApooA
spuog uinjoui[ed
SOMA YORIg ISIO
durems sa3uruaqny
dwems sproissolp
3[9917) NAL PAT
Jed prempoor,,
AJISIQAIUL] YOOD souref
PINy
JOATY IV
1S9M Qoeag 1S0110,]
pH ds „DYDD,
pV ds „DYDD,
g ‘ds s1041203]
IOMO'T 201/2019] $10./205]
"ds pido410$dui07)
DAU urs snSuy (yoIAap)) si4p]nsuo2 viuouoskyD
leg pIJEMpooA,
Jed plempoom
peoy xouu?'T
]$9A4 YORIg ISIO
uoqqi3zit
]$9A4 YOROG ISIO
Snep
poomiays
uoj[Adeig
peoy xouuoT
2217) uloJoq[29 M
duieAS pmp
ovuuoudooo()
oepr1oudo22()
V ‘ds oepitqoo[or) pun
‘ds 21/22]01044d
‘ds nuupd&g
oeplysapay)
q ‘ds ovprauo1dourso;) 'jopun
qa ds ovepiSuo1dourso;) apun
2 ‘ds oepiSuo1dourso;) 'jopun
"'SeAnv[o1 9so[o sii Jo xis pue nja42u2nbutnb p2n2[D]2jy woaz pareas soioods vopiorqoo[or) *(*)u07)) | ALL
141
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
88'A LI po31ouro 1[npy
88'^rg] pogrouro j[npy
poS1ouro j[npy
68 xg peS1ouro o[eur NPY
pos1ouro o[euloy [NPY
16 Hagg posiowe 1[npy
posiows inpy
SALT] po31oure inpy
p 8-dd *gg'rc po31ouro qjnpy
PII-0r-dd
'gg'^róc-gc pos1ouro si[npe Z
p ol=dd */g'Argz po31ouro ]npy
p 11=dd ‘g6°x'¢ pes1euro q[npy
88'187 po31ouro ynpy
p L=dd *96x: L1 pos1ouro 1[npy
c6 'Xr6 po31ouro NPY
Lg UA LITT pe3rouro jnpy
1677 po31ouro ojrsu1ed oepruooviq
P [[=dd ‘16'a g7 po31ouro jjnpy
c6 'Xrcc po31ouro 1npy
SoAPoT
S3ALəT
S3ALoT
SoAUo']
SoAE2']
SoAE9']
SoA£2']
SOAvoT
SAVIT
SƏALəT
sdi,
SOAvaT
SOAvOT
SALIT
sdi L
p 81=dd ‘z6x LI peg1eure ynpy jopulq-jeo'
88'1^9
88'r8c
88^ 0C
68 XLT
88 II^CT
I6 1^ 9I
88 HAST
88r vI
88'rcC
88 IT 8C
LEAT
06 HALI
88 Il CC
06'4°67
c6 XU6
16^9
164:9
TOXUG
T6'X'OT
(0661 uouxuo;)) soAeo[ 1dA[eono peəp uo po9j snuə3 sry} JO SIOQUIDUT ISON y
[1e3-dn *&uso[j *uoo18 v wos poa1ouro j[npy €
SI9^O]J [ENPIAIPUT UIYIIM Se [JIM se *oouoso1o[jur JO png 19^0]J B JO WIJS OY} UYIM poj OVALT C
DA0]fiptA14 `W = IAW 'D$0442Uu `W = AUN 'n4puappono] W = IW < sipipianjf, ^W = UIN "nivqipap jw = IPW ‘undn[po jy = loy ‘Diasauanbuinb py = ub 1
BAIR]
BAIR]
BAIT]
ednq
LAET
gaT
gaT
QVAIR] Z
ZAT
AJ C
oLa] E
VAT
ednq
BAIR]
VAT
ednq
BAIR]
IVAI Z
BAILY
BAET
qIN
IAW
JAW
ubJA
ub
ubJA
ubIA
JAW
JAW
qIIN
GIN
ubJA
ubJA
ubJA
ubIA
JAW
PWN
IN
ubIA
ubIA
x1eq suory Avg somoy
KJISIQAIU[] J000 Souref
Ausan YOOD souref
Ajjtdoo10opuy
KreSuoding
Jed pJEMpoOA,
199A uoeag 1s91104
Áyis1oATU[) 3007) souref
Aussun X007) souref
2217) uto1oq[oox
IAN 9[uog
eipuno[e?)
duieAS [[94p1?7)
eguue,
TINN
39917) IIN AA
dureAS speoIssoIp
duiemg Speo1sso17)
yed pIeMpooA,
T4 aug e3nje
g ‘ds oepuioudoooQ "jepun
V ‘ds oeurjoÁ10[ÁX "19pun
"ds njoK40]4X
ads vsnydojdkig
9 ‘ds pspudoid&u2)
1ouin] pwasoiydau vspydojded
Iouin] nj&u201]0d pyI1D1a]D
oeunoÁ10[ÁXx
‘ds nupydousy
LuV Wou
2 ‘ds əgunoydoo20 "jopun
(1ouin]) sadasdida r|oupzou2&qd
(gaye AA) njj2uunipuu pjudo&id
"ds posy20uaQ
g ‘ds vjdadoydoT
(JIM) 7]]242f1u31 vjdadoydoT
pO ds ,Di.LIDD),,
“SATIRIOI oso[o sit JO xis pue DIAsauanbuinb vonapvjaw WOI} po1ea1 sotoods vopiorgoo[o) *(-WUOD) T AQEL
142 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
pellets. Pupation may occur within the retreat or the larvae may leave the
retreat to pupate in the soil. Although not voracious leaf-feeders, the wood-
boring activities of these larvae may cause significant damage to M.
quinquenervia. Xyloryctinae larvae are common on the Melaleuca trees
outside of our shadehouse, but those that we have collected appear to have
long life-cycles and have proved very difficult to rear. We plan to
opportunistically study some of these Xyloryctinae in the future.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr. B. Barlow for identification of Melaleuca species.
Thanks to GJ. Bowman, L.M. Brown, P.K. Jones, J.R. Makinson, C.R.
Maycock, S.J. Miller and M.F. Purcell for help in collecting and rearing
insects. This study is funded by 9 U.S.A. Federal and State of Florida
Agencies: U.S. Dept. of Agriculture - Agricultural Research Service; U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers (Jacksonville District); National Park Service;
Florida Dept. Natural Resources; Florida Dept. Environ. Regulation (Ft.
Myers and West Palm Beach Offices); South Florida Water Management
District; Lee and Dade Counties, Florida.
References
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BOWMAN, GJ. and EDWARDS, E.D. 1993a. Herbivorous insects
associated with the paperbark Melaleuca quinquenervia and its allies: I. Noctuoidea
(Lepidoptera). Australian Entomologist 20: 13-24.
BALCIUNAS, J.K., BURROWS, D.W. AND EDWARDS, E.D. 1993b. Herbivorous insects
associated with the paperbark Melaleuca quinquenervia and its allies: II. Geometridae
(Lepidoptera). Australian Entomologist 20: 91-98.
BARLOW, B.A. 1988. Patterns of differentiation in tropical species of Melaleuca L.
(Myrtaceae). Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia 15: 239-247.
BLAKE, S.T. 1968. A revision of Melaleuca leucadendron and its allies (Myrtaceae).
Contributions Queensland Herbarium, No. 1. Queensland Herbarium, Department of Primary
Industries, Brisbane. 114 pp.
COMMON, LF.B. 1990. Moths of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. xxxii +
535 pp.
JULIEN, M.H. (ed.). 1992. Biological Control of Weeds: A World Catalogue of Agents and
Their Target Weeds. C.A.B. International, United Kingdom. 186 pp.
MCFARLAND, N. 1979. Annotated list of larval foodplant records for 280 species of
Australian moths. Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society 33: 1-72. (Supplement).
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 143
A NEW GENUS HERIMOSA (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE:
TRAPEZITINAE) AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO THE PROEIDOSA
GROUP OF ENDEMIC AUSTRALIAN SKIPPERS
ANDREW ATKINS
The University of Newcastle, New South Wales, 2308
Abstract
Herimosa gen. n. is proposed for the Australian endemic skipper Anisynta albovenata
Waterhouse. The immature stages and adults of this cryptic species are described and illustrated.
Both adult and immature structures show that A. albovenata belongs with the Proeidosa group of
genera and not with Anisynta, a genus of small, moderately robust skippers. Herimosa is defined,
and illustrated comparisons of adult structures are made with those of Anisynta cynone and
Croitana croites. It is also compared with the more distantly related Mesodina. Herimosa is
more closely related to the proeidosine genus Croitana. The randomly shared and generalised
characters of the Proeidosa group indicate that it is a diverse and archaic assemblage of the
Trapezitinae. A key to the Proeidosa group of genera is given, which is revised to accommodate
the new genus.
Introduction
On the 13th October, 1940 several specimens of a distinctive skipper were
collected by M.W. Mules at ‘Point Pierce, Yorke’s Peninsula’ South
Australia. The skipper was named albovenata (the veins of the underside of
the hindwing are finely traced with white scales) and assigned to the
endemic genus Anisynta Lower by Waterhouse (1940) with the following
comment....’The species is a typical Anisynta and allied to A. cynone gracilis
Tepper 1882, but larger.’
Fisher (1978) described the life history, and included photographs of the
juvenile stages, which can be compared with those of A. cynone illustrated
in the same publication. The eggs, larvae and pupae of both skippers differ
significantly. Those of cynone are typical of the genus (see also Atkins
1975), while those of albovenata resemble species of the Proeidosa group
(Atkins, 1973, 1984). Adults also differ. Both sexes of cynone have
moderate labial palpi, short wings and short, moderately stout bodies, whereas
albovenata has long, slender labial palpi, and (more noticeable in
females) long narrow wings and a larger abdomen. These characters,
together with the presence of two forewing subterminal spots, are consistent
with species of the Proeidosa group (see Atkins 1984).
Within the Trapezitinae, the Proeidosa group contains three divergent
genera, Proeidosa Atkins, 1978, Croitana Waterhouse, 1932 and Antipodia
Atkins, 1984, which share unspecialised adult and juvenile structural
characters. As well as distinctive wing maculations, the adults have distally
constricted valvae in the male genitalia, and a broad spherical caudal
chamber, with the lamella antevaginalis plate and accessory pouch of the
ductus bursae weakly developed or absent in the female. Distinguishing
features of the juveniles include a broad egg, moderately slender, tapered
larva and pupa, and an unusual manner of concealment - head downwards
within a woven conical shelter made from leaves of the grass and sedge
foodplants (Atkins 1973, 1984; Atkins & Miller 1987).
144 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
Anisynta is, by contrast, trapezitine in form (Waterhouse 1932). The egg is
small and heavily ribbed. The larva and pupa are short and stout, and are
concealed in loosely woven shelters found upright or horizontally among
grass foodplants, or among debris nearby. The male genitalia have
elongate, overlapping valvae that lack a dorsal process, and the female
genitalia have a narrow caudal chamber with the lamella antevaginalis plate
and accessory pouch strongly developed (Atkins, unpublished).
In this paper Anisynta albovenata is transferred to the Proeidosa group in
the new genus Herimosa.
Acronyms: AM = Australian Museum; Sydney; SAM = South Australian
Museum, Adelaide.
Genus Herimosa* gen. n.
Type species: Anisynta albovenata Waterhouse, 1940, p. 5
Diagnosis
Adult (Figs 7, 8, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21); labial palpus (Fig. 24) with second and
third segment long and slender: antenna short, with club (Fig. 15) broad
with 17 segments (nudum - 13), evenly bent before half its length, white
beneath; apiculus blunt, shaft chequered brown and white: fore-leg with
short, oval epiphysis (Fig. 21); mid-leg and hind-leg (Fig. 18) each with one
pair of tibial spurs; wing venation with forewing CuA2 closer to end of cell
than to base, hindwing with M2 clearly defined, cubitus between CuA1 and
M3 oblique: maculation (Figs 7, 8) with two subterminal forewing spots;
underside with forewing veins in apical and terminal areas white-lined;
hindwing with all veins lined with white on brown ground colour, paler
areas between veins. Sex brand absent on upperside of male. Male
genitalia (Fig. 9) with valvae distally constricted and protruding, upper edge
of ventral section with harpe process; uncus short, blunt with hooked tip:
female genitalia (Fig. 12) with broadly elliptical lamella postvaginallis;
sterigma plates broadly bifid; lamella antevaginallis plate weakly
developed; ductus bursae broad and short; corpus bursae spherical and
without accessory pouch.
Juvenile (Figs 1-6): Egg (Fig. 1) large, elliptical in cross-section with 40-50
vertical fine ribs: larva (Figs 2, 3, 5); Ist instar (Fig. 2) with body pale
yellow, covered with long clubbed setae and longer, plain setae on Ist
segment and posterior segments; prothoracic plate dark brown; mature larva
(Figs 3, 5) with body moderately elongate, pale yellowish-green, with darker
dorsal line, head pale fawn with darker brown marking from dorsal area to
frons, covered with long setae: pupa (Figs 4, 6) elongate, brown, posterior
segments darker, smooth, cremaster short, slightly curved, anterior dark
brown; operculum trifid, slightly raised, rounded and sclerotized, covered
*Herimosa = wilderness, hermit.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 145
Figs 1-8. Juvenile stages and adults of Herimosa albovenata weemala (Couchman),
all from Bredbo, NSW. (1) egg; (2) Ist instar larva; (3) final instar larval head; (4)
frons and operculum of pupa; (5) final instar larva; (6) pupa; (7) adult male,
upperside and underside; (8) adult female, upperside and underside. Scale bars: (1)
= 1 mm, (2-4) = 2 mm; (5, 6) = 10 mm; (7, 8) = 15 mm.
146 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
with branched setae. Larval/pupal shelter an upright, loosely spun tube
made from leaves and stems of foodplant (tussock grasses).
Discussion
The species of Anisynta have a short, fairly stout body, and the fore-legs
have a long epiphysis. The eggs are small and heavily ribbed. The
elliptical and finely ribbed egg of Herimosa is similar to that of Antipodia.
The larva is also similar to Croitana but is less active and the head more
hairy. Structural similarities occur in the pupae of Herimosa, Antipodia and
Proeidosa, particularly in the form of the slightly raised, granulated
operculum. The lack of posterior pupal spines, the most distinctive feature
of the Proeidosa group, is well evident in Herimosa.
Superficially, Herimosa appears to be quite unlike any genus in the
Proeidosa group, but the well defined subterminal forewing spots show its
true identity. The structural detail (male and female genitalia, configuration
of tibial spurs, small epiphysis and larval/pupal morphology, especially
elongate form and the lack of posterior pupal spines) places this taxon in the
Proeidosa group, and close to Croitana. There may be reason to consider
that Herimosa and Croitana are, in fact, cogeneric. However the structure
of the egg, form of the antennal club, slender labial palpus, wing-shape,
unusual hindwing maculation and the distinctive character of the female
genitalia, makes placement of albovenata in a new genus more appropriate.
Morphology of the genitalic structures of Herimosa also provides
convincing evidence for taxonomic affinity with Proeidosa and allied
genera. Both male and female genitalia are similar to those of Croitana,
and very dissimilar to those of all Anisynta species (Figs 9, 11, 12, 14; see
also Atkins (1973) for comparison to Anisynta/Pasma, and Edwards (1979)
for comparison to Croitana).
Character comparisons of adult and juvenile structures of Anisynta, the
Proeidosa group and Mesodina Meyrick (allied to this group) provide
further evidence of taxonomic affinities. The larval foodplant of Anisynta,
Proeidosa, Herimosa and Croitana is Poaceae, that of Antipodia is
Cyperaceae and that of Mesodina is Iridaceae. The egg of Mesodina is more
Figs 9-26. Comparative structures of Herimosa albovenata weemala (Couchman)
from Bredbo, NSW, Croitana croites (Hewitson) from Western Australia and
Anisynta cynone gunneda (Couchman) from Gunnedah, NSW. (9-11) male
genitalia; (9) H. a. weemala; (10) C. croites (from Bunbury); (11) A. c. gunneda.
(12-14) female genitalia; (12) H. a. weemala; (13) C. croites (from Cottesloe); (14)
A. c. gunneda. (15-17) antennal clubs; (15) H. a. weemala; (16) C. croites (from
Bunbury); (17) A. c. gunneda. (18-20) hind tibia; (18) H. a. weemala; (19) C.
croites (from Bunbury); (20) A. c. gunneda. (21-23) fore tibia epiphysis; (21) H. a.
weemala; (22) Croitana croites (from Bunbury); (23) A. c. gunneda; (24-26) Labial
palpi; (24) H. a. weemala; (25) Croitana croites (from Bunbury); (26) A. c.
gunneda. Scale bars: (9-20, 24-26) = 1 mm; (21-23) = 0.5 mm.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 147
148 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
or less smooth, slightly ribbed in Antipodia, moderately to deeply ribbed in
the other genera (Anisynta being extremely grooved). The larva of all
species, except Anisynta, is tapered and, with the exception of Croitana, is
somewhat inactive or ‘sluggish’ (but moderately so in Herimosa and
Anisynta). The larva of Mesodina is covered with a white waxy powder.
The pupa of all genera of the Proeidosa group and Mesodina is smooth,
tapered with a characteristic, slightly raised operculum, and lacks posterior
spines. Pupation in these genera occurs in a tube or tent-like shelter made
within the foodplant, and with the exception of Herimosa, faces downward
(transitional in Croitana).
The adult males of three species of Anisynta (A. sphenosema, A. cynone and
A. tillyardi) and Antipodia have a sex-brand (or stigma) on the upperside of
the forewing. The forewing of all species of the Proeidosa group have two
additional apical spots. The third segment of the labial palpi are long. The
antennal club of each genus differs in length and shape. It is bent and
pointed in Anisynta, curved and pointed in Proeidosa and Mesodina, and
more or less blunt and curved in the remaining genera. In three genera
(Croitana, Herimosa and Mesodina) the mid-tibial spurs of the hindleg are
absent.
Male genitalia of all these genera (except Anisynta) have a harpe process on
the ventral section of the valva. The valva of the Proeidosa group is also
distally constricted; and in Anisynta it is long and overlapping. With the
exception of Anisynta and Mesodina all genera have a bifid tip to the uncus.
The female genitalia of the Proeidosa group have a broad ductus bursa
(caudal chamber), lack or have a weakly defined antevaginallis plate, and
the accessory pouch is marginally developed (Antipodia) or absent. In
Anisynta (and to a lesser extent, Mesodina) the ductus bursa is narrow and
the accessory pouch is well developed.
The Proeidosa group is a diverse assemblage, characterised by the
possession of generalised trapezitine character states It may represent a
stem group assemblage from which most of the genera of Trapezitinae have
evolved.
The life cycle of the Proeidosa group is univoltine or bivoltine, with the
exception of one species of Antipodia, in which the juvenile stage lasts two
years. Habitats are more open biomes - often exposed, barren areas with
extreme climates and temperature regimes. Anisynta prefers cool, moist
areas; the juveniles usually occur in grassy swales and sheltered slopes.
Definition of the Proeidosa group
With the inclusion of Herimosa, the Proeidosa group of genera is defined as
follows:
Juveniles
Egg large, with many fine, or several strong ribs, laid on sedges or grasses.
Larva moderately elongate, tapered posteriorly, pale, semi-translucent,
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 149
lightly banded longitudinally on dorsal surface; head lightly sclerotized and
shallow-grooved, covered with moderate to long setae, more or less banded
with darker colour. Pupa moderately elongate, tapered; operculum reduced,
barely protruding and trifid, but rounded and sclerotized; posterior segments
smooth (without spines); cremaster unspecialised, short and weakly
sculptured. Larva and pupa (with the exception of Herimosa) situated head-
downward in conical shelters (transitional in Croitana).
Adults
Second and third segments of labial palpus moderately long to long, antenna
moderately short, club broad with apiculus moderately to very blunt and
gradually curved to bent. Body elongate, clothed in simple setae, legs
moderately short, tibial spur configuration 0-2-2 or 0-2-4; epiphysis short
(except in Antipodi ). Wings with two forewing sub-terminal spots, male
forewing with or without sex-brand, forewing CuA2 placed midway
between 1A+2A and CuAIl or closer to CuAI, hindwing with M2
moderately defined, cubitus between CuA1 and M3 slightly to moderately
angled, Rs long (especially in female). Male genitalia with broad but
distally constricted valvae, ventral section with harpe process present, uncus
short, slightly rounded with small lateral processes and bifid at tip, laterally
hook-shaped. Female with broad lamella postvaginalis, short but broad
sterigma plates, lamella antevaginallis absent (except in Herimosa where it
is very weakly developed), ductus bursae broad, leading to spherical or sub-
spherical corpus bursae without (or weakly present) accessory pouch.
Key to the Proeidosa group of genera
1. Fore tibia with small epiphysis; male without sex-brand ..................... eee 2
Fore tibia with long epiphysis; male with sex-brand .......................... Antipodia
Dee Fhnditiblagwith;one;DalHOÍfSDUESPer tener EE 3
Hind tibia with two pairs of Spurs 0.0... ccc essseesesseseeseseeseesesseeesseseens Proeidosa
3. Antennal club sharply bent near base; underside of hindwing with
MANEGE Drennan EE Croitana
Antennal club evenly bent; underside of hindwing with veins
bordered E ECOLE €— Herimosa gen. n.
Herimosa albovenata (Waterhouse) comb. n.
(Figs 1, 8,9, 12, 15, 18, 21)
Herimosa albovenata albovenata (Waterhouse) comb. n.
Anisynta albovenata Waterhouse, 1940, p. 568; Evans, 1949, p. 211.
Anisynta albovenata albovenata Waterhouse; Common 1964, p. 16;
McCubbin 1971, pp. 161, 162, fig. 6; Common & Waterhouse 1972, p. 90,
pl. 21, fig. 7; Fisher 1978, p. 80, pl. 1, figs 11, 12; Common & Waterhouse
1981, p. 123, pl. 22, fig. 7; Dunn & Dunn, 1991, p. 211, fig. 142.
150 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
Types. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Holotype C ‘Point Pierce, Yorke's
Peninsula, South Australia, 13th Oct., 1940' in AM.; 3 92 paratypes (incl.
" AT) same data, in AM (all examined). The type locality is almost certainly
Point Pearce, opposite Wardang Island, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia,
where this skipper still occurs.
Distribution. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: South-eastern and south-central areas,
from York Peninsula (Common & Waterhouse, 1981), Peterborough
(Atkins, unpublished), and the Lower Murray Valley and Upper South-East
to near the Victorian border (Fisher, 1978).
Food plant. Stipa semibarbata R.Br., and possibly Danthonia sp. (Poaceae),
Herimosa albovenata fuscata (Parsons) comb. n.
Anisynta albovenata fuscata Parsons, 1965, p. 176, pl. 15, figs 5-8;
McCubbin 1971, p. 161; Common & Waterhouse 1972, p. 90; Fisher 1978,
p. 82; Common & Waterhouse 1981, p. 123; Dunn & Dunn 1991, p. 211.
Types. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Holotype co ‘Salmon Gums, W. Austr.,
12 Oct. 1963, No. 1. 19134’, in SAM; ‘Allotype’ $ *Esperance, W. Austr.,
14th Oct. 1959" (both examined). Parsons designated approximately 29-32
paratypes which are probably all in the SAM, but these have not been
examined:
Distribution. WESTERN AUSTRALIA: 40 km SE of Denham near Shark
Bay, Wubin and Quairading, western districts of WA (Dunn & Dunn, 1991),
north of Southern Cross (M. Williams, pers. comm.), and the Cocklebiddy
and Balladonia areas (R. Mayo, pers. comm.) to Salmon Gums and
Esperance in eastern WA.
Foodplant. Not recorded, but probably tussock Stipa (Poaceae).
Variation. The type series from eastern Western Australia are larger than all
other specimens of albovenata that I have seen.
Herimosa albovenata weemala (Couchman) comb. n.
Anisynta albovenata weemala Couchman 1954, p. 78; Common 1964, pp.
16, 17, fig. 4; McCubbin 1971, p. 161; Common & Waterhouse 1972, p. 90;
Fisher 1978, p. 82; Common & Waterhouse 1981, p. 124; Dunn & Dunn
1991, p. 211.
Types. NEW SOUTH WALES: Holotype & labelled ‘Gunnedah, N.S.W.,
10th September, 1943, F.S. Paul’; ‘Allotype’ 9 with same data, and an
unidentified number of paratypes in the collection of L.E. Couchman (now
in ANIC, not examined).
Distribution. NEW SOUTH WALES: Gunnedah district at c. 300 m, Mt
Kaputar in the Nandewar Ranges at c. 600m, Bredbo district at c. 700 m.
Foodplant. Stipa semibarbata R.Br., Stipa scabra Lindl. and possibly Poa
Sp. (Poaceae).
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 151
Biology x
Herimosa albovenata is by no means a common insect. It occurs in the
most local of biomes in which it favours barren, often windswept areas of
tussock grassland, generally intersected by rocky limestone out-crops and
undulating hills. The colonies are usually confined to small (sometimes
100m diameter) areas of exposed rocks and soil lying on the fringes of
swales, hill slopes and shore-lines. The adults appear on the wing in small
numbers at co-ordinated flight-times, but settle as soon as the sun is
obscured. The skipper is univoltine, with a short flight-season of a few
weeks in September and October.
On the wing, Herimosa may be mistaken for Anisynta. The flight is rapid
and low, just above the tussocks, and very active. Both sexes will visit
flowering herbs, and males ‘patrol’ areas near the foodplants and settle on
the ground or low vegetation. When basking (generally on stones, leaf-litter
and bare earth), the skipper half-spreads both wings towards the sun, but at
rest, the wings are folded together over the thorax. H. albovenata only flies
in spring, unlike the adults of Anisynta which occur in late summer or
autumn. Other skippers occasionally found in the same habitats as
albovenata are Anisynta cynone Hewitson and Ocybadistes walkeri Heron.
Stipa semibarbata and S. scabra seem to be the main larval foodplants.
These wispy tussock grasses commonly grow in heavily textured red or red-
brown marls containing nodules of limestone (Quick 1985). Although
patchy in occurrence, these soils are widespread across southern Australia, a
factor that probably contributes to the broad range of the skipper. The
habitat vegetation often includes open duneheaths on the coast, and
scattered mallee scrub and other mixed open Eucalyptus woodland at an
elevation or inland.
The large egg is laid singly on the underside or upperside of a leaf-blade,
but also occasionally on the stems of the foodplant. The first instar larva
emerges within 12-14 days. Unlike Anisynta there appears to be no
diapause before hatching. The young larva makes a simple silken shelter by
drawing together leaf-blades, and feeds on the leaf-tips at night. Growth of
the larva is slow, especially during winter, and the final (probably fifth)
instar is reached by June or July the following year. The shelter at this stage
is little more than a loosely bound, upright tube made within the stems of
the foodplant. Pupation occurs in this final shelter, the pupal duration being
14-20 days. Both the larva and the pupa are orientated in an upright
position within this shelter. I have occasionally found larvae parasitised by
small, unidentified wasps.
Acknowledgments
I thank Mr Hugh Bollam W.A.; Mr Ted Edwards, ANIC, Canberra; Mr Bob
Fisher, S.A.; Mr Bob Hay, W.A., Mr Russel Mayo, N.S.W. and Mr Grant
152 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
Miller, N.S.W. for information, discussion and material relevant to the
genus Anisynta and the Proeidosa group.
References
ATKINS, A.F. 1973. A new genus Proeidosa for an Australian skipper, Pasma polysema
(Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). Journal of the Australian Entomological
Society 12: 253-260.
ATKINS, A.F. 1975. The life history of Anisynta tillyardi Waterhouse and Lyell (Lepidoptera:
Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). Australian Entomological Magazine 2: 72-75
ATKINS, A.F. 1984. A new genus Antipodia (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) with
comments on its biology and relationships. Australian Entomological Magazine 11: 45-58.
ATKINS, A.F. and MILLER, C.G. 1987. The life history of Croitana arenaria Edwards, 1979
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae). Australian Entomological Magazine 14: 73-75.
COMMON, LE.B. 1964. Australian Butterflies. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane
COMMON, I.F.B. & WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney.
COMMON, I.F.B. & WATERHOUSE, D.F. 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised Edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney,
COUCHMAN, L.E. 1954. Notes on some Tasmanian and Australian Lepidoptera Rhopalocera
with descriptions of new forms and subspecies. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Tasmania. 88: 67-79,
DUNN, K.L. & DUNN, L.E. 1991. Review of Australian Butterflies: distribution. Life history
and taxonomy. Part 2: Family Hesperiidae. Privately published, Melbourne.
EDWARDS, E.D. 1979. Two new species of Croitana Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae)
from central Australia. Australian Entomological Magazine 6: 29-33.
EVANS, W.H. 1949. A catalogue of the Hesperiidae from Europe, Asia. and Australia in the
British Museum (Natural History). London.
FISHER, R.H. 1978. Butterflies of South Australia (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea. Papilionoidea)
Woolman, Govt. Printer, South Australia.
McCUBBIN, C.W. 1971. Australian Butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne.
PARSONS, EE. 1965. Notes on some Western Australian Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera with
description of a new subspecies of Anisynta albovenata. Records of the South Australian
Museum 15: 175-177.
QUICK, W.N.B. 1985. Anisynta albovenata in Victoria? Victorian Entomologist 15: 56-57.
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney,
WATERHOUSE, G.A. 1940. Australian Hesperiidae IX. Description of a new species.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 65: 568.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 153
TROGIUM EVANSORUM SP. N. (PSOCOPTERA: TROGIIDAE) A
REMARKABLE, PROGNATHOUS SPECIES FROM NORFOLK
ISLAND
C.N. SMITHERS
Research Associate, Australian Museum, P.O. Box A285, Sydney South, N.S.W., 2000
Summary
Trogium evansorum sp. n. a species of Trogiidae (Psocoptera), unusual in that it is prognathous,
is described from the crown of a “Kentia” palm (Howea forsterana (C. Moore and F.J. Muell.))
on Norfolk Island.
Introduction
There are nineteen species of Psocoptera recorded from Norfolk and smaller
neighbouring islands (Smithers 1986). A twentieth species, Trogium
evansorum sp. n. represented by a single remarkable prognathous female
specimen collected from the crown of a “Kentia” palm (Howea forsterana
(C. Moore and F.J. Muell.)), is described here.
Trogium evansorum sp. n. Figs. 1-10.
Female
Coloration (in alcohol). Head, body and appendages almost colourless. Eyes
pale reddish. Epicranial suture colourless except for brownish spot on
highest point on vertex. Heavily sclerotized parts of mandibles show up
brown against colourless head capsule.
Morphology. Strongly prognathous, with head and body somewhat
dorsoventrally flattened. Length of body: 2.2 mm. Median epicranial suture
present; anterior arms not evident. Vertex unusually sharp for a species of
Trogium, fitting closely against prothorax. Seen from side vertex, frons and
postclypeus in same almost horizontal plane, setose. Postclypeus fairly
bulbous, anterior part somewhat overhanging anteclypeus and labrum. .Labrum
with elongate, posteriorly directed projection internally in middle of
anterior margin. Owing to prognathous form of head, antennae well forward
on head capsule. Antennae incomplete, presumably of more than twenty
segments. Length of flagellar segments: f1: 0.07 mm; f2: 0.08 mm; f3:
0.08 mm; f4: 0.07 mm; f5: 0.08 mm. Eyes fairly large, oval when seen from
side following contour of head; hardly protruding. IO/D (Pearman): 3.5. No
ocelli. Lacinia (fig. 1, right side, ventral view; fig. 2, left side, ventral view).
Left lacinia with three apical tines, outer slightly divided, the inner smaller,
pointed, inwardly curved. Right lacinia also with three tines, with outer tine
slightly divided, inner tine straight, bluntly pointed. Maxillary palp with
fourth segment hatchet shaped, as usual in genus; second segment with
small short sensillum, shorter than usual in the genus. Measurements of hind
leg: F: 0.35 mm; T: 0.55 mm; tl: 0.21 mm; t2: 0.06 mm; t3: 0.05 mm; rt:
3.5:1:0.83. Hind tibia setose, with some strong setae and with two apical
spines but without preapical spines. Claws (fig. 6) without preapical tooth,
pulvillus fine and sinuous. Hind femur broad, flattened. Fore wing length:
154 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
0.24 mm; width: 0.20 mm. Fore wing (fig. 3) reduced to rounded flap, lightly
sclerotized, without veins, with evenly distributed setae. No hind wings.
Epiproct (fig. 7) simple, rounded behind with a few setae in lateral quarters;
middle of epiproct glabrous. Paraproct (fig. 4) sparsely setose, a few setae in
dorsal half, without trichobothria, with moderately large posterior spine.
Subgenital plate simple, setose. Gonapophyses (fig. 10) with external valve
elongate, very narrow, setose, tapering to narrow, rounded end. Other valves
not evident. Spermatheca (fig. 9) large, complex, duct not ridged.
Spermathecal pore (fig. 5) with asymmetrical sclerite. Two parietal glands
(fig. 8) coarsely papillate with narrow marginal band of pores.
Material examined
1 $ (holotype), ex “Kentia” palm tree crown, Norfolk Island, 3.iii.1986, N.
Tavener. Holotype in Australian Museum, Sydney.
This species is named for Owen and Beryl Evans, in recognition of their
life-long study of the natural history of Norfolk Island, their dedication to
conservation of the island and their constant and generous help to naturalists
visiting Norfolk Island. Mrs Evans informs me that the “Kentia palm”
referred to is Howea forsterana.
Figs. 1-10. Trogium evansorum sp. n. Female. (1) Right lacinia, ventral view. (2) Left
lacinia, ventral view. (3) Right fore wing. (4) Paraproct. (5) Entrance to spermatheca.
(6) Claw. (7) Epiproct. (8) Parietal gland. (9) Spermatheca. (10) Gonapophyses.
Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994 155
Discussion
Trogium evansorum exhibits the characters of the genus but is remarkable in
having a prognathous head and somewhat flattened body and hind femora
and in being virtually colourless. Most species of the genus have some
pigment and pattern, at least on the head, and are rotund with head of
normal proportions. In addition to these features it differs from T. apterum
Broadhead and Richards (Kenya) and T. picticeps Badonnel (Madagascar) in
not being apterous but in having obvious wing rudiments of the flap-like,
rounded type found in other species of the genus. From T. braheicola Garcia
Aldrete (Mexico) it differs in having much narrower gonapophyses, the
Mexican species having a relatively shorter and particularly broad external
valve. In T. lapidarius (Badonnel) (Angola) and T. pulsatorium (L.)
(cosmopolitan and the only other species of the genus recorded from
Australia) there is at least some pigment and pattern on the head. From T.
stellatun (Badonnel) (Angola) it differs in the form of the parietal glands on
the spermatheca and in lacking ridges on the spermathecal duct.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Dr N. Tavener for collecting this interesting specimen
and Beryl Evans for providing the name of the palm.
Reference
SMITHERS, C.N. 1986. Some new records of Psocoptera from Norfolk and Phillip Islands.
Australian Entomological Magazine 13: 33-34.
156 Australian Entomologist 21 (4) November 1994
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by G. Daniels
McEVEY, S.F.
1993 A summary list of invertebrate and vertebrate species recorded. Pp. 39-58 in Cape York Peninsula Scientific Expedition
Wet Season 1992 Report. Vol. 1. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley, Qld.
1993 Drosophilidae (Diptera) of northern Cape York Peninsula. Pp. 155-168 in Cape York Peninsula Scientific Expedition
Wet Season 1992 Report. Vol. 2. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley, Qld.
McKEEVER, S. and COLLESS, D.H.
1991 Mouthparts of Australian Corethrella (Diptera: Corythellidae), with a report of a non-biting species. Proc. ent. Soc.
Wash. 93: 925-929.
McLEAN, J.A.
1993 Notes on two host plants of Delias argenthona argenthona (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) in north Queensland. Qd
Nat. 32: 82-83.
MINCHAM, H.
1993 Dainty killers. The life history of Campion spiniferus and observations on the behaviour of Austromantispa trevori:
Mantispidae, Neuroptera. S. Aust. Nat. 67 (1992): 4-25.
MONTEITH, G.B.
1993 The foodplant and a range extension for the shield bug, Catacanthus puctus (Fabricius) (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Qd
Nat. 32: 64-65.
MONTEITH, G.B. and DAVIES, V.T.
1991 Preliminary account of a survey of arthropods (insects and spiders) along an altitudinal rainforest transect in tropical
Queensland. Pp. 345-362. In Werren, G. and Kershaw, P. (Eds.), The rainforest legacy. Australian National Forests
Study. Vol. 2. Flora and fauna of the rainforests. Special Australian Heritage Publication Series No. 7 (2).
MOORE, B.P. and CASSIS, G.
1992 Lucanidae. Pp. 4-19. [n Houston, W.W.K. (ed.), Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Coleoptera: Scarabaeoidea. Vol. 9.
Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra.
MORTON, D.E.A.
1994 Surprise, surprise? Vict. Ent. 24: 36-37.
MOSS, J.T. St L., WOODALL, P.F. and MONTEITH, G.B.
1993 Butterfly records from Deepwater and Eurimbula National Parks, central coastal Queensland. Qd Nat. 32: 60-63.
MOULDS, M.S.
1993 Henicopsaltria danielsi sp. n., and a new locality for H. eydouxii (Hemiptera: Auchenorrhyncha: Cicadidae). Gen. appl.
Ent. 25: 23-26.
1994 The identity of Burbunga gilmorei (Distant) and B. inornata Distant (Hemiptera: Cicadidae) with the descriptions of two
allied species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 33: 97-103.
MOUND, L.A.
1991 The first thrips species (Insecta, Thysanoptera) from cycad male coles, and its family level significance. J. nat. Hist.
25: 647-652.
MOUND, L.A. and MARULLO, R.
1993 The Erythrothrips complex of tropical Aeolothripidae (Thysanoptera) with new taxa from Australia and South Africa.
Ent. scand. 24: 285-291.
MUONA, J.
1993 Review of the phylogeny, classification and biology of the family Eucnemidae (Coleoptera). Ent. scand Ssuppl. 44:
1-133.
NAUMANN, I.D.
1993 CSIRO handbook of Australian insect names. Common and scientific names for insects and allied organisms of economic
and environmental importance. Sixth edition. Pp. i-viii, 1-200. CSIRO Australia: Melbourne.
1993 The supposed Cretaceous ant Cretacoformica explicata Jell and Duncan (Hymenoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 32: 355-356.
1993 Results for aculeate wasps. Pp. 175-187 in Naumman, I.D., Edwards, E.D., Weir, T.A. and Rentz, D.A., Insects of the
Heathlands Area, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Pp. 173-203 in Cape York Peninsula Scientific Expedition Wet
Season 1992 Report. Vol. 2. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley, Qld.
NAUMANN, I.D., EDWARDS, E.D., WEIR, T.A. and RENTZ, D.C.F.
1993 Insects of the Heathlands Area, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Pp. 173-203 in Cape York Peninsula Scientific
Expedition Wet Season 1992 Report. Vol. 2. Royal Geographic Society of Queensland Inc.: Fortitude Valley, Qld.
NEW, T.R.
1991 Insects as predators. 178 pp. University of New South Wales Press: Kensington.
1992 Introductory entomology for Australian students. Pp. ix + 258. New South Wales University Press: Kensington.
1993 Mt Piper: a butterfly ‘threatened community’. [Summary of talk presented to Entomological Society of Victoria 19 Feb
1993.] Vict. Ent. 23: 37.
1993 Effects of exotic species on Australian native insects. Pp. 155-169 in Gaston, K.J., New, T.R. and Samways, M.J. (Eds.),
Perspectives on insect conservation. Intercept Ltd: Andover.
1994 A second species of Amphientomidae (Insecta: Psocoptera) from Western Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 114: 233-
236.
NEW, T.R. and SMITHERS, C.N.
1994 Two new species of Myrmeleon L. and new records of Myrmeleontini (Insecta, Neuroptera: Myrmeleontidae) from
Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 114: 189-194.
NEYLAND, M.G.
1991 The ptunarra brown butterfly recovery plan: management phase. Department of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage: Tasmania.
1992 The ptunarra brown butterfly, Oriexenica ptunarra. Conservation Research Statement, Science Report 92/2. Department
of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage: Tasmania.
THE
AUSTRALIAN |
ENTOMOLOGIST
VOLUME 21
1994
Published by:
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND
THE AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
The Australian Entomologist is a non-profit journal published in four parts annually
by the Entomological Society of Queensland. It is devoted to entomology of the
Australian region, including New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and islands of the
south-western Pacific. Articles are accepted from amateur and professional
entomologists. The journal is produced independently and subscription to the
journal is not included with membership of the Society.
The Editorial Panel
Editor: Dr K.J. Lambkin
Queensland Museum
Assistant Editors Mr G. Daniels
University of Queensland
Dr G.B. Monteith
Queensland Museum
Business Manager Dr A.P. Mackey
Queensland University of Technology
Subscriptions
Subscriptions are payable in advance to the Business Manager, The Australian
Entomologist, P.O. Box 537, Indooroopilly, Qld, Australia, 4068.
For individuals A$16.00 per annum Australia
A$20.00 per annum elsewhere
For institutions A$20.00 per annum Australia.
A$22.00 per annum elsewhere.
Cheques in currency other than Australian dollars should include an extra A$5.00.
ISSN 1320-6133
Printed for The Entomological Society of Queensland
by Hans Quality Print, Brisbane
Copyright Reserved, 1994
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGIST
Index Vol. 21, 1994
ATKINS, A. A new genus Herimosa (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae:
Trapezitinae) and its relationship to the Proeidosa group of
endemic Australian skippers.
BASHFORD, R. Life history and mortality of the longicorn Epithora
dorsalis Macleay (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in Tasmania.
BRABY, M.F. and WOODGER, T.A. The life history of Zizula hylax
attenuata (T.P. Lucas) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).
BURROWS, D.W., BALCIUNAS, J.K. and EDWARDS, E.D.
Herbivorous insects associated with the paperbark Melaleuca
quinquinervia and its allies: III. Gelechioidea (Lepidoptera).
CROSBY, D.F. New distribution and food plant records for some
Victorian butterflies (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea).
CROSBY, D.F. Further parasite associations for some Australian
butterflies (Lepidoptera).
DOWNES, M.F. Egg sac parasitism in the spider Phryganoporus
candidus (L. Koch) (Araneae: Desidae) by the wasp Ceratobaeus
setosus Dodd (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae).
FORSTER, P.I. and MACHIN, PJ. Cycad host plants for Lilioceris
nigripes (Fabricius) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and
Theclinesthes onycha (Hewitson) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).
GERSON, U. First record of the genus Hemisarcoptes Ligniéres
(Acari: Astigmata: Hemisarcoptidae) in Australia.
GOUGH, N., BARTRAEAU, T. and MONTGOMERY, B.L.
Distribution, hosts and pest status of the orchid beetle
Stethopachys formosa Baly (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae).
HANCOCK, D.L. and DREW, R.A.I. Notes on some Pacific Island
Trypetinae and Tephritinae (Diptera: Tephritidae)..
JAMES, D.G. Prey consumption by Pristhesancus plagipennis
Walker (Hemiptera: Reduviidae) during development.
JOHNSTON, S.J., JOHNSTON, I.R. and VALENTINE, P.S. New
and interesting butterfly (Lepidoptera) records from Torres Strait
Islands.
JOHNSON, S.J. and VALENTINE, P.S. An insular subspecies of
Hesperilla malindeva Lower (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) from
northern Queensland.
iii
143
125
39
137
65
81
95
100
71
49
2]
43
121
33
JOHNSON, S.J., VALENTINE, P.S. and LANE, D.A. Notes on life
histories and biology of the species of Neohesperilla Waterhouse
and Lyell (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). 55
KOJIMA, J. and SPRADBERY, J.P. Ropalidia plebeiana Richards
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in Canberra. 113
LAMBKIN, T.A. and DONALDSON, J.F. A new species of
Ocybadistes Heron (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) from Australia. 15
LANE, D.A. Notes on the life history of Opodiphthera fervida
(Jordan) (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae). 37
LOWERY, B.B. and TAYLOR, R.J. Occurrence of ant species in a
range of sclerophyll forest communities at Old Chum Dam, north-
eastern Tasmania. 1l
MANNING, M.J. and HALLIDAY, R.B. Biology and reproduction
of some Australian species of Macrochelidae (Acarina). 89
MAYNARD, G.V. and BURWELL, C.J. Notes on nests of
Leioproctus cristatus (Smith) (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). 61
MELZER, A., SCHNEIDER, M.A. and LAMB, D. Insects associated
with the faecal pellets of the koala, Phascolarctos cinereus
Goldfuss. 69
MOORE, B.P. A new species of Eucarteria Lea (Coleoptera:
Lucanidae) and notes on the affinities of the genus. l
MOORE, B.P. New species and new records of Tasmanian cave
Carabidae (Coleoptera). 75
SANDS, D.P.A. BOOK REVIEW Australian butterflies: distribution,
life history and taxonomy. 118
SMITHERS, C.N. A note on the Peripsocidae (Psocoptera) of Tuglo
Wildlife Refuge, Hunter Valley, New South Wales. 7
SMITHERS, C.N. A note on the Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera) (skippers)
of Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, New South Wales. 103
SMITHERS, C.N. Trogium evansorum sp. n. (Psocoptera: Trogiidae)
a remarkable, prognathous species from Norfolk Island 153
SOFTWARE REVIEW. 102
BOOK REVIEW. 118
RECENT LITERATURE. 31, 64, 112, 156
Publication dates: Part 1 (pp. 1-32) 30 June
Part 2 (pp. 33-64) 29 July
Part 3 (pp. 65-112) 11 October
Part 4 (pp. 113-156) 30 November
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
Items for insertion should be sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter, reject or charge
for notices.
FOR SALE. Butterflies of South America, Africa, etc. including many bred
Or ranched specimens. Transworld Butterfly Company have been serving
Lepidopterists worldwide for over 18 years! Free 12-page Lepidoptera
catalogue: Transworld Butterfly Company, Apartado 6951, 10000 San
Jose, Costa Rica, C. America.
WANTED. Specimens of Scaritini minor, S. splendens, S. optimum or S.
brisbanense. Contact Paul Anderson, P.O. Box 1797, Southport, Qld,
4215 or phone (075) 32 9142. |
FOR SALE. Russian butterflies and beetles - directly from Russia. Many
Parnassius, Colias, Erebia, Oeneis and other butterflies (Pieridae,
Satyridae, Nymphalidae, Lycaenidae). Beetles (Carabius, Cicindela,
Cetoniidae etc.) from Central Asia, Siberia, Far Eastern USSR. For new
catalogue send U.S.$1 cash for postage. Alexei G. Belik, pr. Entuziastov
29, kv 237, 410049 Saratov 49, Russia.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Manuscripts submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written. double spaced and
in triplicate. Refer to recent issues for layout and style.
All papers will be forwarded to two referees and the editor reserves the right to reject any
paper considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than eight printed journal pages will normally not be accepted. à
Papers will be accepted only if a minimum of 100 reprints is purchased. manuscripts
occupying less than one printed page may be accepted without charge if no reprints are required.
Charges are as follows: cost per printed page $25 for 100 copies. Page charges may be reduced
at the discretion of the Publications Committee.
` Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they are to appear in
the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Address papers to The Editor
The Australian Entomologist
P.O. Box 537
Indooroopilly, Qld, 4068
THE AUSTRALIAN
Entomologist
(Formerly Australian Entomological Magazine) Volume 21, Part 4, 30 November 1994
CONTENTS
ATKINS, A.
A new genus Herimosa (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) and its
relationship to the Proeidosa group of endemic Australian skippers. 143
BASHFORD, R.
Life history and mortality of the longicorn Epithora dorsalis Macleay
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in Tasmania. 125
BURROWS, D.W., BALCIUNAS, J.K. and EDWARDS, E.D.
Herbivorous insects associated with the paperbark Melaleuca quinquinervia
and its allies: III. Gelechioidea (Lepidoptera). 137
JOHNSTON, S.J., JOHNSTON, LR. and VALENTINE, P.S.
New and interesting butterfly (Lepidoptera) records from Torres Strait Islands. 121
KOJIMA, J. and SPRADBERY, J.P.
Ropalidia plebeiana Richards (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) in Canberra. 113
SANDS, D.P.A., BOOK REVIEW —
Australian butterflies: distribution, life history and taxonomy. 118
SMITHERS, C.N.
Trogium evansorum sp. n. (Psocoptera: Trogiidae) a remarkable,
prognathous species from Norfolk Island. 153
RECENT LITERATURE
An accumulative bibliography of Australian entomology. 156
ca a ee M SUR IN CURNLUN TE QURE
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES Inside back cover.
ISSN 1320 6133
m
Seis
eens
eter ae
Em
UR IEEE
cum
UADIT
UST
M Part as
SEEN
DEUS
ues de
IE
Ta LAE
em
Mares Rs
ae
in
m
UO EE ETUR
E
"t
Ara
e
ire
Aene
n
oen nce ede
DOSE
Soe
CE nae
Siero
Sores